Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

As filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on November 13, 2017

Registration No. 333-217601

 

 

 

UNITED STATES

SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

Washington, D.C. 20549

 

 

Amendment No. 4

to

FORM S-1

REGISTRATION STATEMENT

UNDER

THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933

 

 

Nine Energy Service, Inc.

(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)

 

Delaware    1389    80-0759121
(State or other jurisdiction of
incorporation or organization)
   (Primary Standard Industrial
Classification Code Number)
   (IRS Employer
Identification No.)

16945 Northchase Drive, Suite 1600

Houston, TX 77060

(281) 730-5100

(Address, including zip code, and telephone number, including area code, of registrant’s principal executive offices)

Theodore R. Moore

Senior Vice President and General Counsel

16945 Northchase Drive, Suite 1600

Houston, TX 77060

(281) 730-5100

(Name, address, including zip code, and telephone number, including area code, of agent for service)

 

 

Copies to:

 

Sarah K. Morgan

Lanchi D. Huynh

Vinson & Elkins L.L.P.

1001 Fannin, Suite 2500

Houston, Texas 77002

(713) 758-2222

  

Matthew R. Pacey

Justin F. Hoffman

Kirkland & Ellis LLP

609 Main Street

Houston, Texas 77002

(713) 836-3600

 

 

Approximate date of commencement of proposed sale to the public : As soon as practicable after the effective date of this Registration Statement.

If any of the securities being registered on this Form are to be offered on a delayed or continuous basis pursuant to Rule 415 under the Securities Act of 1933 check the following box:  

If this Form is filed to register additional securities for an offering pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act, please check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.  

If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(c) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.  

If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(d) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.  

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, smaller reporting company, or an emerging growth company. See the definitions of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer,” “smaller reporting company,” and “emerging growth company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act.

 

  Large accelerated filer       Accelerated filer         Non-accelerated filer       Smaller reporting company  
    (Do not check if a smaller reporting company)   Emerging growth company  

If an emerging growth company, indicate by check mark if the registrant has elected not to use the extended transition period for complying with any new or revised financial accounting standards provided pursuant to Section 7(a)(2)(B) of the Securities Act.  

 

 

The registrant hereby amends this Registration Statement on such date or dates as may be necessary to delay its effective date until the registrant shall file a further amendment which specifically states that this Registration Statement shall thereafter become effective in accordance with Section 8(a) of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or until this Registration Statement shall become effective on such date as the Securities and Exchange Commission, acting pursuant to said Section 8(a), may determine.

 

 

 


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

The information in this prospectus is not complete and may be changed. The securities described herein may not be sold until the registration statement filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission is effective. This prospectus is not an offer to sell these securities, and it is not soliciting an offer to buy these securities, in any jurisdiction where the offer or sale is not permitted.

 

Subject to completion, dated                     , 2017

Prospectus

                 shares

 

 

LOGO

Nine Energy Service, Inc.

Common stock

This is the initial public offering of common stock of Nine Energy Service, Inc. We are offering              shares of common stock. The estimated initial public offering price of our common stock is between $         and $         per share.

We have been approved, subject to official notice of issuance, to list our common stock on the New York Stock Exchange under the symbol “NINE.”

We are an “emerging growth company” as that term is used in the Jumpstart Our Business Startups Act of 2012, and as such, we have elected to take advantage of certain reduced public company reporting requirements for this prospectus and future filings. See “Risk factors” and “Prospectus summary—Emerging growth company.”

 

         Per share        Total  

Initial public offering price

     $                     $               

Underwriting discounts and commissions(1)

     $        $  

Proceeds to us, before expenses

     $        $  

 

(1)   See “Underwriting (conflicts of interest)” for additional information regarding underwriting compensation.

We have granted the underwriters an option for a period of 30 days to purchase up to an aggregate of              additional shares of our common stock on the same terms and conditions set forth above.

Investing in our common stock involves risks. See “ Risk factors ” beginning on page 25.

Neither the Securities and Exchange Commission nor any state securities commission has approved or disapproved of these securities or determined if this prospectus is truthful or complete. Any representation to the contrary is a criminal offense.

The underwriters expect to deliver the shares of common stock on or about                     , 2017.

 

J.P. Morgan                   Goldman Sachs & Co. LLC   Wells Fargo Securities
BofA Merrill Lynch   Credit Suisse
Raymond James                     

Simmons & Company International

Energy Specialists of Piper Jaffray

  Tudor, Pickering, Holt & Co.
HSBC   Scotia Howard Weil   UBS Investment Bank

                    , 2017


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

LOGO


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

Table of contents

 

Prospectus summary

     1  

Risk factors

     25  

Cautionary note regarding forward-looking statements

     50  

Use of proceeds

     51  

Dividend policy

     53  

Capitalization

     54  

Dilution

     56  

Selected financial data

     57  

Management’s discussion and analysis of financial condition and results of operations

     63  

Business

     83  

Management

     110  

Executive compensation

     116  

Certain relationships and related party transactions

     127  

Security ownership of certain beneficial owners and management

     133  

Description of capital stock

     134  

Certain ERISA considerations

    
139
 

Shares eligible for future sale

     142  

Material U.S. federal income tax considerations for non-U.S. holders

     144  

Underwriting (conflicts of interest)

     148  

Legal matters

     157  

Experts

     157  

Where you can find more information

     158  

Index to combined financial statements

     F-1  

You should rely only on the information contained in this prospectus and any free writing prospectus prepared by or on behalf of us or to which we have referred you. Neither we nor the underwriters have authorized anyone to provide you with information different from that contained in this prospectus and any free writing prospectus. We and the underwriters are offering to sell shares of common stock and seeking offers to buy shares of common stock only in jurisdictions where offers and sales are permitted. The information in this prospectus is accurate only as of the date of this prospectus, regardless of the time of delivery of this prospectus or any sale of the common stock. Our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects may have changed since that date.

This prospectus contains forward-looking statements that are subject to a number of risks and uncertainties, many of which are beyond our control. See “Risk factors” and “Cautionary note regarding forward-looking statements.”

Until                     , 2017 (25 days after commencement of this offering), all dealers that buy, sell or trade our common stock, whether or not participating in this offering, may be required to deliver a prospectus. This requirement is in addition to the dealers’ obligation to deliver a prospectus when acting as underwriters and with respect to their unsold allotments or subscriptions.

 

i


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

Presentation of information

Unless otherwise indicated, information presented in this prospectus (i) assumes that the underwriters’ option to purchase additional common stock is not exercised, (ii) except in our historical financial statements included in this prospectus, is adjusted to reflect the          for 1 stock split effected immediately prior to the consummation of this offering (the “Stock Split”), (iii) assumes that the initial public offering price of the shares of our common stock will be $         per share (which is the midpoint of the estimated price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus) and (iv) assumes the filing and effectiveness of the Third Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation (our “charter”) and the Fourth Amended and Restated Bylaws (our “bylaws”), both of which will be adopted immediately prior to the consummation of this offering. Please see “Description of capital stock” for a description of our charter and bylaws.

In addition, except as expressly stated or the context otherwise requires, our financial and other information in this prospectus relating to periods prior to the Combination (as defined in “Prospectus summary”) gives effect to the Combination and related transactions. See “Prospectus summary—Our history and the Combination” for more information regarding the Combination. In this prospectus, unless the context otherwise requires, the term “SCF” refers to SCF-VII, L.P. and SCF-VII(A), L.P., collectively, or any of them individually.

Industry and market data

The market data and certain other statistical information used throughout this prospectus are based on independent industry publications, government publications or other published independent sources. The industry data sourced from Spears & Associates, Inc. is from a report published in the second quarter of 2017. The industry data sourced from Baker Hughes is from its “North America Rotary Rig Count” published on November 10, 2017. Although we believe these third-party sources are reliable as of their respective dates, neither we nor the underwriters have independently verified the accuracy or completeness of this information. Some data is also based on our good faith estimates and our management’s understanding of industry conditions. The industry in which we operate is subject to a high degree of uncertainty and risk due to a variety of factors, including those described in the section entitled “Risk factors.” These and other factors could cause results to differ materially from those expressed in these publications.

Trademarks and trade names

We own or have rights to various trademarks, service marks and trade names that we use in connection with the operation of our business. This prospectus may also contain trademarks, service marks and trade names of third parties, which are the property of their respective owners. Our use or display of third parties’ trademarks, service marks, trade names or products in this prospectus is not intended to, and does not imply, a relationship with us or an endorsement or sponsorship by or of us. Solely for convenience, the trademarks, service marks and trade names referred to in this prospectus may appear without the ® , TM or SM symbols, but such references are not intended to indicate, in any way, that we will not assert, to the fullest extent under applicable law, our rights or the right of the applicable licensor to these trademarks, service marks and trade names.

 

ii


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

Prospectus summary

This summary provides a brief overview of information contained elsewhere in this prospectus. Because it is abbreviated, this summary does not contain all of the information that you should consider before investing in our common stock. You should read the entire prospectus carefully before making an investment decision, including the information presented under the headings “Risk factors,” “Cautionary note regarding forward-looking statements” and “Management’s discussion and analysis of financial condition and results of operations” and the historical combined financial statements and related notes thereto included elsewhere in this prospectus.

On February 28, 2017, Nine Energy Service, Inc. (“Nine”) merged (the “Combination”) with Beckman Production Services, Inc. (“Beckman”). In this prospectus, unless the context otherwise requires, the terms “Nine,” “we,” “us,” “our” and the “Company” refer to (i) Nine Energy Service, Inc. and its subsidiaries together with Beckman prior to the Combination and (ii) Nine Energy Service, Inc. and its subsidiaries after the Combination. In the Combination, all of the issued and outstanding shares of Beckman common stock were converted into shares of common stock of Nine Energy Service, Inc., other than 1.6% of Beckman shares paid in cash, and Beckman became a wholly owned subsidiary of Nine. See “Presentation of information.”

Company overview

We are a leading North American onshore completion and production services provider that targets unconventional oil and gas resource development. We partner with our exploration and production (“E&P”) customers across all major onshore basins in both the U.S. and Canada to design and deploy downhole solutions and technology to prepare horizontal, multistage wells for production. We focus on providing our customers with cost-effective and comprehensive completion solutions designed to maximize their production levels and operating efficiencies. We believe our success is a product of our culture, which is driven by our intense focus on performance and wellsite execution as well as our commitment to forward-leaning technologies that aid us in the development of smarter, customized applications that drive efficiencies.

We provide our comprehensive completion solutions across a diverse set of well-types, including on the most complex, technically demanding unconventional wells. Modern, high-intensity completion techniques are a more effective way for our customers to maximize resource extraction from horizontal oil and gas wells. These completion techniques provide improved estimated ultimate recovery (“EUR”) per lateral foot and a superior return on investment, which make them attractive to operators despite their associated increased well cost. We compete with a limited number of service companies for the most intricate and demanding projects, which are characterized by extended reach horizontal laterals, increased stage counts per well and increased proppant loading per lateral foot. As stage counts per well increase, so do our operating leverage and returns, as we are able to complete more jobs and stages with the same number of units and crews. Service providers for these demanding projects are selected based on their technical expertise and ability to execute safely and efficiently, rather than only price.

We offer a variety of completion applications and technologies to match customer needs across the broadest addressable completions market. Our comprehensive well solutions range from cementing the well at the initial stages of the completion, preparing the well for stimulation, isolating all the stages of an extended reach lateral, and drilling out plugs and performing associated remedial work as production comes online. Our completion techniques are specifically tailored to the customer and geology of each well. At the initial stage of a well completion, our lab facilities produce customized cementing slurries used to secure the production casing to ensure well integrity throughout the life of the well. Once the casing is in place, we utilize our proprietary tools at the toe (end) of the well, often called stage one, to prepare for the well stimulation process. We provide

 

 

1


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

customers with plug-and-perf or pinpoint frac sleeve system technology to complete the remaining stages of the well. Through our wireline units, we provide plug-and-perf services that, when combined with our fully-composite or dissolvable frac plugs, create perforations to isolate and divert the fracture to the correct stage. Our pinpoint frac sleeve system involves packers, either hydraulic or swellable, to isolate sections of the wellbore and frac sleeves to provide access to each stage for stimulation and production. Our equipment also includes high-specification coiled tubing units and workover rigs that are capable of reaching the farthest depths for the removal of plugs and cleaning of the wellbore to prepare for production. Once a well is producing, we are able to offer a range of production enhancement and well workover services through our fleet of well service rigs and ancillary equipment.

The following graphic provides a summary of our comprehensive well solutions that span the life cycle of a well completion.

 

 

LOGO

Our services

We operate in two segments: Completion Solutions and Production Solutions. Our Completion Solutions segment provides services integral to the completion of unconventional wells through a full range of tools and methodologies. Our Production Solutions segment provides a range of production enhancement and well workover services that are performed with a well servicing rig and ancillary equipment.

Completion Solutions

The following is a description of the primary service offerings and deployment methods within the Completion Solutions business segment:

Cementing services :    Our cementing services consist of blending high-grade cement and water with various solid and liquid additives to create a cement slurry that is pumped between the casing and the wellbore of the

 

 

2


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

well. We currently have three high-quality laboratory facilities capable of designing and testing all of the current industry cement designs. The laboratory facilities operate twenty-four hours a day and are fully staffed by qualified technicians with the latest equipment and modeling software. Additionally, our technicians and engineers ensure that all tests are performed to API specifications and results are delivered to customers promptly. Our cement slurries are designed to achieve the proper cement thickening time, compressive strength and fluid loss control. Our slurries can be modified to address a wide range of downhole needs of our E&P customers, including varying well depths, downhole temperatures, pressures and formation characteristics. We deploy our slurries by using our customized design twin-pumping units, which are fully redundant and significantly decrease our risk of downtime due to mechanical failure. From January 2014 to September 2017, we completed approximately 10,500 cementing jobs, with an on-time rate of approximately 90%. Punctuality of service has become one of the primary metrics that E&P operators use to evaluate the cementing services they receive. Key contributors to our 90% on-time rate include our lab capabilities, personnel, close proximity to our customers’ acreage, dual-sided bulk loading plants and our service-driven culture.

Completion tools :    We provide unconventional and conventional downhole solutions and technology used for multistage completions. Our comprehensive completion service offerings are complemented by our unconventional open hole and cemented completion tool products, such as liner hangers and accessories, fracture isolation packers, frac sleeves, stage one prep tools, fully composite and dissolvable frac plugs and specialty open hole float equipment and centralizers. Our completion tools provide pinpoint frac sleeve system technologies that enable comparable rates per stage while providing more control over fracture initiation. A few examples of our innovative portfolio of completion tools are: (i) the Scorpion Fully-Composite Plug TM , a patented packer-style fully composite plug designed to provide zonal isolation in a multi-stage well completion; we offer a diverse product group of fully-composite plugs designed for 3.5” to 5.5” well casings as well as a unique Scorpion Extended Range plug, which is used in demanding well applications where operators have to negotiate through internal diameter restrictions, (ii) the Scorpion Dissolvable Plug, a high performance plug designed to provide zonal isolation, is made entirely from proprietary materials that dissolve over time, leaving the wellbore unobstructed for production and eliminating the risk and costs of conventional plug removal, (iii) the SmartStart PLUS TM , an interventionless time-delayed pressure-activated sleeve that we have the exclusive distribution rights to in the northeastern U.S. and with certain customers in other regions, that eliminates the need for tubing or pipe-conveyed perforating when completing the toe stage of horizontal wells, (iv) the Storm Re-Frac Packer TM , a system that allows our customers to re-stimulate their existing wells using standard size plug-and-perf procedures to extend and enhance their production profiles with minimal flow restriction during stimulation, (v) the FlowGun TM , a stage one interventionless casing-conveyed perforating technology that eliminates the need to run wireline or coil tubing and requires no electronic detonation allowing our customers to perform a maximum pressure test and perforate stage one more efficiently with less risk and with no lateral length limitations, (vi) the Coil Frac Sleeve System, a system that utilizes coiled tubing to deploy a resettable frac packer, that we have the exclusive distribution rights to in the U.S., which is used to open and isolate frac sleeves that have been installed as an integral part of the casing, and (vii) the EON Ball Drop system, an interventionless single-size ball activated pinpoint frac sleeve system, that we have exclusive distributions rights to in the U.S. and Canada. Our systems provide completion efficiencies at the wellsite by reducing our customers’ equipment needs and stimulation time and allowing for specific zonal treatment. From March 2011 to September 2017, we have deployed approximately 65,000 swell and hydro-mechanical packers and approximately 18,000 frac sleeves for downhole completions.

Additionally, we offer a portfolio of completion technologies used for completing the toe stage of a horizontal well, as well as fully-composite, dissolvable and extended-range frac plugs to isolate stages during plug-and-perf operations.

 

 

3


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

Wireline services :    Our wireline services involve the use of a wireline unit equipped with a spool of wireline that is unwound and lowered into oil and gas wells to convey specialized tools or equipment for well completion, well intervention or pipe recovery. Our wireline units are equipped with the latest technology utilized to service long lateral completions, including head tension tools, ballistic release tools and addressable switches. The majority of our wireline work consists of plug-and-perf completions, which is a multistage well completion technique for cased-hole wells that consists of deploying perforating guns to a specified depth. We deploy proprietary specialized tools like our fully-composite frac plugs through our wireline units. From January 2014 to September 2017, we have completed approximately 62,000 wireline stages in the U.S. with a success rate of over 99%.

Coiled tubing services :    Coiled tubing services perform wellbore intervention operations utilizing a continuous steel pipe that is transported to the wellsite wound on a large spool in lengths of up to 25,000 feet. Coiled tubing provides a cost-effective solution for well work due to the ability to deploy efficiently and safely into a live well using specialized well-control equipment. The live well work capability limits the customer’s risk of formation damage associated with “killing” a well (the temporary placement of heavy fluids in a wellbore to keep reservoir fluids in place), while allowing for safer operations due to minimal equipment handling. Coiled tubing facilitates a variety of services in both new and old wells, such as milling, drilling, fishing, production logging, artificial lift installation, cementing, stimulation and restimulation services. In addition, our units are also used in conjunction with pinpoint hydraulic fracturing operations. Most of our coiled tubing units are capable of reaching total measured depths of 21,500 feet and beyond; including lateral lengths in excess of 12,500 feet, keeping pace with the industry’s most challenging downhole environments. While we specialize in larger-diameter (2  3 / 8 ” and 2  5 / 8 ”) applications, we also offer 2” and 1  1 / 4 ” diameter solutions to our customers. From April 2014 to September 2017, we have performed approximately 5,400 jobs and deployed more than 103 million running feet of coiled tubing, with a success rate of over 99%.

Production Solutions

The following is a description of the primary service offerings conducted within the Production Solutions business segment:

Well services :    Our well servicing business encompasses a full range of services performed with a mobile well servicing rig (or workover rig) and ancillary equipment throughout a well’s life cycle from completion to plugging and abandonment. Our rigs and personnel install and remove downhole equipment and eliminate obstructions in the well to facilitate the flow of oil and natural gas, often immediately increasing a well’s production. We believe the production increases generated by our well services substantially enhance our customers’ returns and significantly reduce their payback periods. Activities performed with our well servicing rigs can range from the milling of plugs following a plug-and-perf completion, to the installation in repair of artificial lift, to the ultimate plug and abandonment of a depleted well. Key components of our well services success include our geographic footprint, employee culture, fleet of rigs and inventory of equipment. Our operations extend across six major onshore U.S. basins, and our employee culture fosters local relationships within this expansive geographic footprint through excellent customer service and basin-level expertise.

We utilize a fleet of more than 100 rigs, approximately 40% of which are capable of performing completion-oriented work. This fleet and the inventory of equipment maintained at each of our regional locations are tailored to the needs of our customers in each particular basin. The high-specification rigs we utilize are engineered to perform in the most demanding laterals being drilled in the U.S. today. From January 2014 to September 2017, we operated more than 850,000 rig hours. According to the Association of Energy Service

 

 

4


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

Companies (“AESC”), only 53% of industry reported well service rigs were active or available from January 2015 to September 2017. In contrast, approximately 67% of our rigs have remained utilized in the same period.

Our competitive strengths

We believe that the following strengths differentiate us from many of our competitors and will contribute to our ongoing success:

Technology-driven business model enhances ability to capitalize on industry trend towards more technically demanding unconventional wells

We invest in innovative technology and equipment designed for modern completion and production techniques that increase efficiencies and production for our customers. North American unconventional onshore wells are increasingly characterized by extended lateral lengths, tighter spacing between hydraulic fracturing stages, increased cluster density and heightened proppant loads. Drilling and completion activities for wells in unconventional resource plays are extremely complex, and downhole risks and operating costs increase as the complexity and lateral length of these wells increase. For these reasons, E&P companies with complex wells generally prefer to partner with technically-proficient, established service companies that are capable of providing the necessary equipment and techniques to complete the services safely, efficiently and with a focus on operational excellence. We believe that these unconventional wells will comprise a growing portion of the market, and that our comprehensive completion service and solutions offerings position us well to capture this growing market.

We have developed a suite of proprietary downhole tools, products and techniques, such as the Scorpion Fully-Composite Plug TM , Scorpion Dissolvable Plug, SmartStart PLUS TM , Flow Gun TM , Coil Frac Sleeve System, EON Ball Drop System and Storm Re-Frac Packer TM , through both internal resources as well as strategic partnerships with manufacturers and engineering companies looking for a reliable and expansive channel to market. We have also made an investment in an advanced electromagnetic (EM) fracture monitoring service, Deep Imaging Technologies, which allows our customers to measure fracture efficacy, informing well spacing and infill development decisions. We believe we have become a “go-to” service provider for piloting new technologies across the U.S. and Canada because of our service quality and scale. These strategic partnerships provide us and our customers with access to unique downhole technology from independent innovators. This also allows us to minimize exposure to potential technology adoption risks and the significant costs associated with developing and implementing research and development (“R&D”) internally. Our internal resources are focused on evolving our existing proprietary tools to stay on trend and ensure quicker, lower cost completions for our customers.

Customized solutions offerings and a differentiated level of customer service

We are able to provide customized solutions for all completion types across North America, including plug-and-perf, pinpoint frac sleeve systems and hybrid wells. Our comprehensive completion service offerings, together with our complementary production services, enable us to deliver the most value to our customers throughout the life of the well. Through our strong relationships with our customers, we maintain a continuous dialogue and real-time feedback loop, allowing us to remain nimble and evolve our service offerings in concert with changing demands from our customers. We believe that our ability to be highly responsive to customers and nimbly address requests for changes in service delivery is a distinct competitive advantage and a cornerstone of our brand.

 

 

5


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

Established presence in all major onshore basins in both the U.S. and Canada

We operate in all major onshore basins in both the U.S. and Canada, including the Permian Basin, Marcellus and Utica Shales, Eagle Ford Shale, SCOOP / STACK Formation, Bakken Formation, Haynesville Formation and Western Canada Sedimentary Basin. We provide our services through strategically placed operating facilities located in-basin throughout North America. This local presence allows us to quickly respond to customer demands and operate efficiently. Additionally, through our extensive footprint, we are able to track and implement best practices around completion and production trends and technology across all divisions and geography.

The following map demonstrates our geographic footprint.

 

 

LOGO

We believe that our strategic geographic positioning will benefit us as activity increases in our core operating areas. Our broad geographic footprint provides us with exposure to the ongoing recovery in drilling and completion activity and will allow us to opportunistically pursue new business in basins with the most active drilling environments.

 

 

6


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

Returns-focused business model with high operational leverage

We are focused on generating attractive returns on capital for our stockholders. Our completion and production services require less equipment and fewer people than many other oilfield service lines. Unlike pressure pumping, the increase in oil and gas well completion intensity does not significantly impact our equipment. The rising level of completion intensity in our core operating areas contributes to improved margins and returns for us on a per job basis. This provides us significant operational leverage, and we believe positions us well to continue to generate attractive returns on capital as industry activity increases and the market for oilfield services improves. As part of our returns-focused approach to capital spending, we are focused on maintaining a capital efficient program with respect to the development of new products. We do not make large investments in R&D; instead we primarily rely on strategic partnerships with oilfield product development companies, who view us as an attractive distribution platform for their products. This allows us to benefit from new products and technologies while minimizing our R&D expenditures. We believe our return on invested capital (“ROIC”) generally exceeds that of many other oilfield service providers. For a definition of ROIC, which is a non-GAAP financial measure, see “—Summary financial data—Non-GAAP financial measures.”

Experienced and entrepreneurial management team and board of directors with a successful track record of executing growth and acquisition strategies

The members of our management team and board of directors have a blend of operating, financial and leadership experience in the industry, that we believe provides us with a competitive advantage. We have a deep management team, with experienced mid-level and field managers, many of whom previously started and managed smaller independent onshore oilfield services companies. Our management team has an average of over 20 years of experience in the oilfield service industry, and our field managers have expertise in the geological basins in which they operate and understand the regional challenges that our customers face. We believe this experience provides our management team with an in-depth understanding of our customers’ needs, which enhances our ability to deliver innovative, customer-driven solutions throughout varying industry cycles, which in turn strengthens our relationships with our customers. Many members of our senior management team are entrepreneurs and company founders who joined our company and remain major stockholders, and over 80% of company founders who joined our company continue to be a part of our company today. This is an important part of our growth-focused corporate culture. We focus on partnering with the right management teams and companies, which has enabled us to identify and acquire high-quality businesses with a similar culture to us and synergistically integrate them into our existing operation. Nine has completed four acquisitions as well as the Combination with Beckman. We believe this significant experience in identifying and closing acquisitions will help us identify additional attractive acquisition opportunities in the future. In addition, we believe that our extensive industry contacts and those of SCF Partners, L.P. (“SCF Partners”), our equity sponsor, will facilitate the identification of acquisition opportunities. See “—Our equity sponsor” for information regarding SCF Partners.

Balance sheet flexibility to selectively pursue accretive growth avenues

On a pro forma basis giving effect to (i) the entry into a new term loan and revolving credit facility (our “new credit facility”) and (ii) this offering and the use of a portion of the net proceeds therefrom, together with term loan borrowings under our new credit facility, to fully repay all outstanding borrowings under the Existing Nine Credit Facility and the Existing Beckman Credit Facility, as defined and described in “Management’s discussion and analysis of financial condition and results of operations—Our credit facilities,” as of September 30, 2017, we would have had $         million of cash on hand, $125 million in term loan borrowings and $50 million of revolver

 

 

7


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

availability under our new credit facility, providing us with the flexibility to pursue opportunities to grow our business. See “—Recent Developments—Our new credit facility” for information regarding our new credit facility, under which we expect to make term loan borrowings concurrently with, and conditioned upon, the consummation of this offering. Given our broad geographic and services footprint and strong reputation in the industry, we believe that we will have significant optionality to grow in existing service areas or expand into new areas as demanded by our customers.

Our business strategies

Our company strategy is very focused on returns on invested capital achieved through serving our customers’ needs to help maximize production and drive cost efficiencies through a unique combination of technology and service. We expect to achieve this through the following strategies:

Continue to innovate and enhance our technology-driven offerings

We intend to continue to invest and develop new technologies, techniques and equipment to provide our customers with continuously innovating services and the tools of tomorrow needed to efficiently complete and produce the most complex wells. The growth of unconventional oil and gas resources drives the need for new technologies, completion techniques and equipment to increase recovery rates, lower production costs and accelerate field development. Our customers operate in an extremely competitive environment, and they demand technology-driven service and innovative tools suitable for the most modern completion and production techniques. We have instilled in our employees a culture of innovation and open communication with both our customers and management to be the first responders to our customers’ need for the next innovation or tool. We will continue to listen and learn from operators and experts in the field to facilitate a fast and informative feedback loop that allows us to stay ahead of customers’ needs and share industry best practices across basins. With this real-time information, we seek strategic partnerships and accretive acquisitions with companies and innovators that specialize in developing new production equipment and technologies. We believe that our real-time access to information and focus on technology-driven innovation and efficiency will continue to differentiate us from our competitors and will drive our success with customers that demand a technologically focused and tailored approach.

Continue to focus on service quality and flawless wellsite execution

A successful completion requires both the implementation of a variety of technologies and the commitment to wellsite execution. As well complexities continue to increase, service quality becomes a key criteria used by operators in selecting their oilfield service providers. An E&P operator’s downhole risks and operating costs increase as the complexity and lateral lengths of wells increase. Our customers demand high quality service with fast and nimble responses. We seek to meet this demand by developing our employees through extensive classroom and on the job training, as well as health, safety and environmental (“HSE”) and the U.S. Department of Transportation (the “DOT”) training programs. This also enables us to have a flatter organization and empower employees throughout all levels of the company. Our employees’ extensive knowledge and training allows for more autonomy in the field, ultimately reducing response time and establishing trust with our customers. We continue to develop and implement comprehensive metrics and company standards while allowing our regional leadership to operate autonomously in accordance with those standards. We believe this nimble, customer-focused approach to service will allow us to increase efficiencies for our customers and drive success for our company.

 

 

 

8


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

Continue to capitalize on efficiencies being demanded by our customer base

Our customers are increasingly focused on driving efficiencies in drilling and completion techniques of unconventional wells. This focus has led to an increase in the adoption of pad drilling, zipper fracs and other techniques intended to reduce the time and cost inherent in drilling and completing wells. We believe that we are well-positioned to benefit from these efficiencies, which allow us to complete a greater number of jobs (such as stages, plugs or drillouts) with fewer workers and minimal capital maintenance and equipment, ultimately generating additional revenue and better margins. Prior to the adoption of longer laterals, more stages and pad drilling, the completion of 100 stages would require approximately ten wireline, coil or workover units (one unit per well). The increase in operating efficiencies of our E&P customers produced by developments in horizontal drilling have produced efficiencies in our operations. For example, operators in the current environment are completing 100 stages at a single pad, allowing us to send one unit and two crews to location. We now require less people and equipment to generate the same stage counts or drillouts. In 2014, we averaged approximately 5.5 stages per employee per month compared to approximately 7.1 stages per employee per month in 2016 and approximately 7.3 stages per employee per month throughout the first nine months of 2017. Additionally, we completed approximately 27 stages per well in 2014, 28 stages per well in 2015, 40 stages per well in 2016 and 48 stages per well throughout the first nine months of 2017. We have and will continue to be aligned to our customers’ efficiencies, which drive down our costs and increase our utilization.

Leverage our strategic footprint to pilot new technologies and share best practices

Our strategy includes leveraging our broad geographic and services footprint, customer network and strong reputation in the industry to serve as a channel to market for new and innovative technology and communicate best practices internally and to our customers. Having a local presence within each basin allows us to provide more responsive customer service, as well as significant exposure to every type of completion methodology and technology across North America. This expertise and knowledge is quickly shared across the company allowing us to inform customers, modify techniques and introduce new technology across all basins. For example, we have successfully leveraged our Canadian team that has helped introduce new technologies across the company, including a new coated wireline recently deployed in the SCOOP / STACK formation and the Permian Basin. We will continue to bring innovative best practices to our customers and alter completion applications to help customers maximize production. With a broad geographic footprint, we are also the ideal service provider for manufacturing, engineering and independent innovators looking for a reliable channel to market for new technology. We provide exposure to a large customer base across all major North American basins coupled with a high quality sales team with the ability to capture market share and promote new products in every onshore basin in North America. We will continue to establish regional locations to maintain high quality customer service, implement best practices and seek strategic partnerships.

Grow our product and service offerings through internal development, strategic partnerships and accretive acquisitions

We anticipate demand for our services to increase over the medium- and long-term throughout all onshore basins in North America. We plan to drive growth both organically and through strategic partnerships and accretive acquisitions. Our organic growth strategies, which focus on continuing to provide customers with exceptional service and a comprehensive array of technology-based solutions, give us a cost effective way of growing our revenue base by leveraging our existing infrastructure and customer network. Our organic growth initiatives target areas that are expected to provide the highest economic return while taking into consideration strategic

 

 

9


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

goals, such as growing or maintaining our key customer relationships. To complement our organic growth, we intend to continue to enter into strategic partnerships, including with technology-focused companies to enhance our ability to provide technologically-advanced solutions at a comparatively lower cost. We also intend to continue to actively pursue targeted, accretive acquisitions that will enhance our portfolio of products and services, market positioning or geographic presence. We seek potential acquisition targets with cultures compatible with our recognized service quality and forward-looking company culture. While we operate in all major onshore basins in both the U.S. and Canada, we do not currently offer all of our services in each of these basins. We plan to efficiently leverage our existing infrastructure in select basins to grow the breadth of our service offerings. We believe this will provide us with a cost-effective way to offer additional, complementary services to existing customers, thereby offering them a more comprehensive service offering and allowing us to respond more quickly to their needs and enhancing our revenue generation potential.

Maintain a strong balance sheet to preserve operational and strategic flexibility

We intend to maintain a conservative approach to managing our balance sheet, which allows us to better react to changes in commodity prices and related demand for our services as well as overall market conditions. We carefully manage our liquidity and debt position through monitoring our cash flows and spending levels. We intend to use a portion of the proceeds from this offering and term loan borrowings under our new credit facility to repay all outstanding borrowings under the Existing Nine Credit Facility and the Existing Beckman Credit Facility. We also intend to improve our liquidity with availability under our new credit facility. On a pro forma basis giving effect to (i) the entry into our new credit facility and (ii) this offering and the use of a portion of the net proceeds therefrom, together with term loan borrowings under our new credit facility, to fully repay all outstanding borrowings under the Existing Nine Credit Facility and the Existing Beckman Credit Facility, as of September 30, 2017, we would have had $         million of cash on hand, $125 million in term loan borrowings and $50 million of revolver availability under our new credit facility, providing us with the flexibility to pursue opportunities to grow our business.

Recent developments

July 2017 Subscription Offer

On July 25, 2017, we provided notice to certain eligible holders of the Company’s common stock that we were offering for sale up to approximately $20 million of the Company’s common stock (the “July 2017 Subscription Offer”). We closed the July 2017 Subscription Offer on August 23, 2017. We received consent from all the lenders under the Existing Nine Credit Facility for the cash proceeds from the July 2017 Subscription Offer to be deposited in a segregated account that does not constitute collateral for the indebtedness thereunder.

Our new credit facility

We have received commitments from a syndicate of commercial banks to provide a new credit facility with JPMorgan Chase Bank, NA. as administrative agent, consisting of $125 million of term loans and $50 million of revolving credit commitments, which will be secured by first priority security interests (subject to permitted liens) in substantially all of our and our domestic restricted subsidiaries’ personal property. Upon consummation of this offering, we expect to borrow $125 million of term loans and to have $50 million of revolver availability under our new credit facility. Our new credit facility is scheduled to mature two and a half years from the initial date on which we borrow loans thereunder.

 

 

10


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

Risk factors

Investing in our common stock involves risks. You should read carefully the section of this prospectus entitled “Risk factors” for an explanation of these risks before investing in our common stock. In particular, the following considerations may offset our competitive strengths or have a negative effect on our strategy or operating activities, which could cause a decrease in the price of our common stock and result in a loss of all or a portion of your investment:

 

 

Our business is cyclical and depends on capital spending and well completions by the onshore oil and natural gas industry in North America, and the level of such activity is volatile. Our business has been, and may continue to be, adversely affected by industry and financial market conditions that are beyond our control.

 

 

A decline in oil and natural gas commodity prices may adversely affect the demand for our services and the rates we are able to charge.

 

 

We may be unable to employ, or maintain the employment of, a sufficient number of key employees, technical personnel and other skilled and qualified workers.

 

 

We may be unable to implement price increases or maintain existing prices on our services.

 

 

Our operations are subject to conditions inherent in the oilfield services industry.

 

 

Restrictions in our debt agreements could limit our growth and our ability to engage in certain activities.

 

 

Our current and potential competitors may have longer operating histories, significantly greater financial or technical resources and greater name recognition than we do.

 

 

Our success may be affected by our ability to implement new technologies and services.

 

 

Our success may be affected by the use and protection of our proprietary technology as well as our ability to enter into license agreements. There are limitations to our intellectual property rights and, thus, our right to exclude others from the use of such proprietary technology.

 

 

The growth of our business through acquisitions may expose us to various risks, including those relating to difficulties in identifying suitable, accretive acquisition opportunities and integrating businesses, assets and personnel, as well as difficulties in obtaining financing for targeted acquisitions and the potential for increased leverage or debt service requirements.

 

 

We are subject to federal, state and local laws and regulations regarding issues of health, safety and protection of the environment. Under these laws and regulations, we may become liable for penalties, damages or costs of remediation or other corrective measures. Any changes in laws or government regulations could increase our costs of doing business.

 

 

We may be subject to claims for personal injury and property damage or other litigation, which could materially adversely affect our financial condition, prospects and results of operations.

 

 

We are dependent on customers in a single industry. The loss of one or more significant customers could adversely affect our financial condition, prospects and results of operations.

 

 

SCF controls a significant percentage of our voting power.

 

 

SCF and its affiliates are not limited in their ability to compete with us, and the corporate opportunity provisions in our charter could enable SCF to benefit from corporate opportunities that may otherwise be available to us.

 

 

11


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

Our equity sponsor

We have a valuable relationship with SCF Partners, which has made significant equity investments in us since our formation. At an institutional level, SCF Partners has specialized in investments in the oilfield services sector since it was founded in 1989, and has been instrumental in working with our management team to develop and execute our business strategies. SCF Partners is focused exclusively on oilfield services companies and has supported the development of 13 leading public companies in the sector, including National Oilwell Varco (NYSE: NOV), Oil States International (NYSE: OIS), Complete Production Services (merged into Superior Energy Services) (NYSE: CPX/SPN) and Forum Energy Technologies (NYSE: FET). We believe we will benefit from SCF Partners’ investment experience in the oilfield services sector, its expertise in mergers and acquisitions and its support on various near-term and long-term strategic initiatives.

Upon completion of this offering, SCF will own approximately         % of our common stock (or         % of our common stock if the underwriters exercise in full their option to purchase additional shares of common stock) and will therefore be able to strongly influence all matters that require approval by our stockholders, including the election and removal of directors, changes to our organizational documents and approval of acquisition offers and other significant corporate transactions. SCF’s interests may not coincide with the interests of other holders of our common stock. Additionally, SCF Partners is in the business of making investments in companies and may, from time to time, acquire and hold interests in businesses that compete directly or indirectly with us. We have renounced any interest in specified business opportunities, and SCF and its director nominees on our board of directors generally have no obligation to offer us those opportunities. L.E. Simmons & Associates, Incorporated, a Delaware corporation (“LESA”), SCF Partners’ ultimate general partner, may allocate any potential opportunities to its other portfolio companies where LESA determines, in its discretion, such opportunities are the most logical strategic and operational fit. See “Risk factors—Risks related to this offering and owning our common stock—SCF and its affiliates are not limited in their ability to compete with us, and the corporate opportunity provisions in our charter could enable SCF to benefit from corporate opportunities that may otherwise be available to us.”

Our history and the Combination

We were formed on February 28, 2013 through a combination of three service companies owned by SCF, the first of which was acquired in March 2011. Our foundation consisted of an entrepreneurial team with proven industry expertise and technological solutions for well completions, which we have continued to build upon organically and through acquisitions. We subsequently acquired Peak Pressure Control in August 2013, Dak-Tana Wireline in April 2014, Crest Pumping Technologies in June 2014 and G8 Oil Tool and its intellectual property related to its Scorpion frac plug in September 2015. These acquisitions provided us additional size, scale, product and service diversity and capabilities as well as an expanded geographic footprint. We have focused on the integration of these companies to create one united brand, culture and vision, while combining their expertise to develop customized completion solutions to the market.

On February 28, 2017, we merged with Beckman, a growth-oriented oilfield services company that provides a wide range of well service and coiled tubing services. Pursuant to the Combination, all of the issued and outstanding shares of Beckman common stock were converted into shares of our common stock, other than 1.6% of Beckman shares paid in cash. Prior to the Combination, Beckman was also an SCF Partners portfolio company since July 2012. A key strategic rationale for the Combination was to enhance our ability to serve customers and our growth potential through broader product lines and basin diversification, enabling us to cross-sell our products and compete with larger companies. For more information on the Combination, see “Certain relationships and related party transactions—The Combination.”

 

 

12


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

In connection with the Combination, we collectively issued 769,162 shares of our common stock and 79,890 warrants to purchase additional shares of our common stock in connection with the Nine and Combined Nine Subscription Offers and subsequent conversion of Beckman shares and warrants issued in connection with the Beckman Subscription Offer, each as defined and described in “Certain relationships and related party transactions—Subscription and warrants agreements.” The warrants held by our existing shareholders were called by us on July 25, 2017, and 297 warrants were exercised for proceeds of $74,330. All warrants that were not exercised by August 23, 2017 expired and are deemed cancelled.

Emerging growth company

We are an “emerging growth company” as defined in the Jumpstart Our Business Startups Act (the “JOBS Act”). For as long as we are an emerging growth company, unlike public companies that are not emerging growth companies under the JOBS Act, we will not be required to:

 

 

provide an auditor’s attestation report on management’s assessment of the effectiveness of our system of internal control over financial reporting pursuant to Section 404(b) of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 (the “Sarbanes-Oxley Act”);

 

 

provide more than two years of audited financial statements and related management’s discussion and analysis of financial condition and results of operations;

 

 

comply with any new requirements adopted by the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board requiring mandatory audit firm rotation or a supplement to the auditor’s report in which the auditor would be required to provide additional information about the audit and the financial statements of the issuer;

 

 

provide certain disclosures regarding executive compensation required of larger public companies or hold stockholder advisory votes on executive compensation required by the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act; or

 

 

obtain stockholder approval of any golden parachute payments not previously approved.

In addition, Section 107 of the JOBS Act provides that an emerging growth company can take advantage of the extended transition period provided in Section 7(a)(2)(B) of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”), for adopting new or revised financial accounting standards. We intend to take advantage of all of the reduced reporting requirements and exemptions, including the longer phase-in periods for the adoption of new or revised financial accounting standards under Section 107 of the JOBS Act until we are no longer an emerging growth company. Our election to use the phase-in periods permitted by this election may make it difficult to compare our financial statements to those of non-emerging growth companies and other emerging growth companies that have opted out of the longer phase-in periods under Section 107 of the JOBS Act and who will comply with new or revised financial accounting standards. See ‘‘Risk factors—Risk related to this offering and owning our common stock—Taking advantage of the reduced disclosure requirements applicable to ‘emerging growth companies’ may make our common stock less attractive to investors.” If we were to subsequently elect instead to comply with these public company effective dates, such election would be irrevocable pursuant to Section 107 of the JOBS Act.

We will cease to be an emerging growth company upon the earliest of:

 

 

the last day of the fiscal year in which we have $1.07 billion or more in annual revenues;

 

 

the date on which we become a “large accelerated filer” (the fiscal year-end on which the total market value of our common equity securities held by non-affiliates is $700 million or more as of June 30);

 

 

13


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements
 

the date on which we issue more than $1.0 billion of non-convertible debt securities over a three-year period; or

 

 

the last day of the fiscal year following the fifth anniversary of our initial public offering.

Corporate information

Our principal executive offices are located at 16945 Northchase Drive, Suite 1600, Houston, TX 77060, and our telephone number at that address is (281) 730-5100. Our website is available at www.nineenergyservice.com. We expect to make our periodic reports and other information filed with or furnished to the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “SEC”), available free of charge through our website as soon as reasonably practicable after those reports and other information are electronically filed with or furnished to the SEC. Information on our website or any other website is not incorporated by reference herein and does not constitute a part of this prospectus.

 

 

14


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

The offering

 

Issuer

Nine Energy Service, Inc.

 

Common stock offered by us

             shares (or             shares if the underwriters exercise in full their option to purchase additional shares of common stock).

 

Common stock outstanding after this offering(1)

             shares (or             shares if the underwriters exercise in full their option to purchase additional shares of common stock).

 

Underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares

We have granted the underwriters an option for a period of 30 days to purchase up to an aggregate of              additional shares of our common stock.

 

Use of proceeds

We will receive net proceeds from this offering of approximately $         million, assuming an initial public offering price of $         per share (the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus), after deducting estimated expenses and underwriting discounts and commissions payable by us. Each $1.00 increase (decrease) in the public offering price would increase (decrease) our net proceeds by approximately $         million. See “Use of proceeds.”

 

  We intend to use a portion of the net proceeds from this offering, together with $125 million of term loan borrowings under our new credit facility, to fully repay the outstanding borrowings under the Existing Nine Credit Facility and the Existing Beckman Credit Facility and the remainder for general corporate purposes. As of September 30, 2017, we had $119.8 million and $121.0 million of outstanding borrowings under the Existing Nine Credit Facility and the Existing Beckman Credit Facility, respectively. See “Use of proceeds.”

 

  Affiliates of several of the underwriters are lenders under the Existing Nine Credit Facility or the Existing Beckman Credit Facility and, accordingly, will receive a portion of the net proceeds from this offering. See “Use of proceeds” and “Underwriting (conflicts of interest).”

 

Dividend policy

We do not anticipate declaring or paying any cash dividends to holders of our common stock in the foreseeable future. In addition, our new credit facility will place restrictions on our ability to pay cash dividends.

 

Directed share program

The underwriters have reserved for sale at the initial public offering price up to     % of the common stock being offered by this prospectus for sale to our employees, executive officers, directors and director nominees who have expressed an interest in purchasing common stock in this offering. We do not know if these persons will choose to purchase all or any portion of these reserved shares, but any purchases they do make will reduce the number of shares available to the general public. Please read “Underwriting (conflicts of interest).”

 

 

15


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

Risk factors

You should carefully read and consider the information set forth under the heading “Risk factors” beginning on page 25 of this prospectus and all other information set forth in this prospectus before deciding to invest in our common stock.

 

Listing and trading symbol

We have been approved, subject to official notice of issuance, to list our common stock on the NYSE under the symbol “NINE.”

 

Conflicts of interest

The net proceeds from this offering will be used to repay borrowings under the Existing Nine Credit Facility and the Existing Beckman Credit Facility. See “Use of proceeds.” Because an affiliate of Wells Fargo Securities, LLC is a lender under the Existing Nine Credit Facility and the Existing Beckman Credit Facility, and an affiliate of J.P. Morgan Securities LLC is a lender under the Existing Nine Credit Facility, and such affiliates may receive 5% or more of the net proceeds of this offering due to the repayment of borrowings thereunder, each of Wells Fargo Securities, LLC and J.P. Morgan Securities LLC may be deemed to have a “conflict of interest” under Rule 5121 of the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority, Inc. (“FINRA”), and as a result, this offering will be conducted under that rule. Pursuant to FINRA Rule 5121, a “qualified independent underwriter” meeting certain standards is required to participate in the preparation of the registration statement and prospectus and exercise the usual standards of due diligence with respect thereto. Goldman Sachs & Co. LLC has agreed to act as a “qualified independent underwriter” within the meaning of FINRA Rule 5121 in connection with this offering. Goldman Sachs & Co. LLC will not receive any additional fees for serving as qualified independent underwriter in connection with this offering. We have agreed to indemnify Goldman Sachs & Co. LLC against liabilities incurred in connection with acting as a qualified independent underwriter, including liabilities under the Securities Act. See “Underwriting (conflicts of interest).”

 

(1)   The number of shares of common stock that will be outstanding after this offering excludes (a) the shares of common stock reserved and available for issuance under the Nine Energy Service, Inc. 2011 Stock Incentive Plan as of May 22, 2017, which consists of             shares of common stock and 12% of the total shares of common stock issued by the Company in connection with this offering and (b)             shares of common stock issuable upon the exercise of options outstanding as of                 , 2017 under the 2011 Stock Incentive Plan. The number of outstanding shares of common stock that will be outstanding after this offering includes             shares of restricted common stock issued to our directors, officers and other employees under our stock incentive plan that are subject to vesting.

 

 

16


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

Summary financial data

The following table presents our summary financial data for the periods and as of the dates indicated. The financial data set forth below, as well as our audited combined financial statements and related notes thereto and our unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements and related notes thereto, each included elsewhere in this prospectus and, except as otherwise indicated, all financial data provided in this prospectus, give effect to the Combination and represent the combined results of Nine and Beckman and their respective subsidiaries.

The summary historical combined financial data as of and for the years ended December 31, 2015 and 2016 are derived from our audited historical combined financial statements and related notes thereto included elsewhere in this prospectus. The summary financial data for the nine months ended September 30, 2016 and 2017, and as of September 30, 2017, are derived from our unaudited historical condensed consolidated financial statements and related notes thereto included elsewhere in this prospectus and which, in the opinion of management, include all adjustments, consisting only of normal recurring adjustments, necessary for a fair statement of the results for the unaudited interim periods. The summary historical combined financial data as of and for the year ended December 31, 2014 are derived from our unaudited combined financial statements not included in this prospectus, which were derived from the audited financial statements of Nine as of and for the year ended December 31, 2014 and the audited financial statements of Beckman as of and for the year ended December 31, 2014, also not included in this prospectus. The 2014 unaudited combined data of Nine and Beckman was prepared on the same basis as the audited combined financial statements included in this prospectus. The selected historical condensed consolidated financial data for the three months ended March 31, 2017, June 30, 2017 and September 30, 2017 are derived from our unaudited historical condensed consolidated financial statements, not included in this prospectus.

Historical results are not necessarily indicative of our future results of operations, financial position and cash flows.

 

 

17


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

The data presented below should be read in conjunction with, and are qualified in their entirety by reference to, “Capitalization” and “Management’s discussion and analysis of financial condition and results of operations” and our combined historical financial statements and the notes thereto included elsewhere in this prospectus. Among other things, those historical financial statements and related notes thereto include more detailed information regarding the basis of presentation for the following information.

 

      Nine months ended
September 30,
    Year ended December 31,  
(in thousands, except share and per share
information)
  2017     2016     2016     2015     2014(1)  
    (unaudited)                 (unaudited)  

Statement of operations data:

         

Revenues

  $ 389,380     $ 202,368     $ 282,354     $ 478,522     $ 663,191  

Cost and expenses

         

Cost of revenues (exclusive of depreciation and amortization shown separately below)

    322,901       178,676       246,109       373,191       434,064  

General and administrative expenses

    37,628       26,194       39,387       42,862       51,321  

Depreciation

    40,326       41,779       55,260       58,894       40,173  

Impairment of goodwill

                12,207       35,540        

Amortization of intangibles

    6,601       6,794       9,083       8,650       6,389  

Loss on equity investment

    255                          

Loss on sale of property and equipment

    4,793       2,420       3,320       2,004       971  
 

 

 

 

Income (loss) from operations

    (23,124     (53,495     (83,012     (42,619     130,273  
 

 

 

 

Other expense

         

Interest expense

    11,780       10,681       14,185       9,886       9,586  
 

 

 

 

Total other expense

    11,780       10,681       14,185       9,886       9,586  
 

 

 

 

Income (loss) from continuing operations before income taxes

    (34,904     (64,176     (97,197     (52,505     120,687  

Provision (benefit) for income taxes

    2,967       (19,017     (26,286     (14,323     44,515  
 

 

 

 

Income (loss) from continuing operations (net of tax)

    (37,871     (45,159     (70,911     (38,182     76,172  

Loss from discontinued operations, net of tax ($0, $0, $0, $513 and $11,158)(2)

                      (935     (28,207
 

 

 

 

Net income (loss)

    (37,871     (45,159     (70,911     (39,117     47,965  
 

 

 

 

Other comprehensive income, net of tax

         

Foreign currency translation adjustments, net of tax of $0, $0, $0, $0 and $58

    (192     203       210       (4,067     181  
 

 

 

 

Total other comprehensive income (loss), net of tax

    (192     203       210       (4,067     181  
 

 

 

 

Total comprehensive income (loss)

  $ (38,063   $ (44,956   $ (70,701   $ (43,184   $ 48,146  
 

 

 

 

Historical earnings per share data(3):

         

Weighted average shares outstanding—basic

    1,805,816       1,651,240       1,653,277       1,643,912       1,374,510  

Income (loss) from continuing operations per share—basic

  $ (20.97   $ (27.35   $ (42.89   $ (23.23   $ 55.42  

Loss from discontinued operations per share—basic

  $     $     $     $ (0.57   $ (20.52

Net income (loss) per share-basic

  $ (20.97   $ (27.35   $ (42.89   $ (23.80   $ 34.90  

Weighted average shares outstanding—fully diluted

    1,805,816       1,651,240       1,653,277       1,643,912       1,597,866  

Income (loss) from continuing operations per share-fully diluted

  $ (20.97   $ (27.35   $ (42.89   $ (23.23   $ 47.67  

Loss from discontinued operations per share-fully diluted

  $     $     $     $ (0.57   $ (17.65

Net income (loss) per share—fully diluted

  $ (20.97   $ (27.35   $ (42.89   $ (23.80   $ 30.02  

Pro forma earnings per share data(4) (Unaudited):

         

Pro forma weighted average shares outstanding—basic and diluted

         

Pro forma earnings (loss) per share—basic and diluted

  $       $      

 

   

 

 

 

 

 

18


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements
      Nine months ended
September 30,
    Year ended December 31,  
(in thousands)   2017     2016     2016     2015     2014(1)  
    (unaudited)                 (unaudited)  

Balance sheet data at period end:

         

Cash and cash equivalents

  $ 30,171       $ 4,074     $ 18,877     $ 24,236  

Property and equipment, net

    264,300         273,210       325,894       376,920  

Total assets

    628,382         576,094       658,434       869,933  

Debt

    240,840         245,888       252,378       379,658  

Total stockholders’ equity

    315,987         288,186       352,676       389,644  

 

   

 

 

 

Statement of cash flows data:

         

Net cash (used in) provided by operating activities

  $ 3,775       1,200     $ (3,290   $ 140,367     $ 127,188  

Net cash used in investing activities

    (29,816     (2,723     (4,176     (19,251     (456,955

Net cash (used in) provided by financing activities

    52,223       (10,852     (7,315     (126,878     335,813  

Other financial data:

         

EBITDA(5) (unaudited)

  $ 23,803     $ (4,922   $ (18,669   $ 23,990     $ 148,628  

Adjusted EBITDA(5) (unaudited)

    40,869       4,604       9,824       73,901       188,192  

ROIC(5) (unaudited)

    (6 )%      (9 )%      (11 )%      (5 )%      16%  

Adjusted gross profit (excluding depreciation and amortization)(5) (unaudited)

  $ 66,479     $ 23,692     $ 36,245     $ 105,331     $ 229,127  

 

   

 

 

 

 

(1)   We closed the acquisitions of Dak-Tana Wireline on April 30, 2014 and Crest Pumping Technologies on June 30, 2014 and Beckman closed the acquisitions of RedZone Coil Tubing on May 2, 2014 and Big Lake Services, LLC on August 29, 2014. As a result, financial results relating to each acquisition for periods prior to the close of each of the aforementioned acquisitions are not reflected in the full year 2014 results.

 

(2)   For 2014, represents a non-cash impairment charge related to the divestiture of certain assets of a subsidiary whose primary focus was conventional completions. See “Note 14—Discontinued Operations” to the financial statements included in this registration statement for additional detail regarding the Tripoint divestiture.

 

(3)   Historical share and per share information does not give effect to the              for 1 stock split of our issued and outstanding common stock effected immediately prior to the consummation of this offering.

 

(4)   Pro forma earnings per share data give effect to (i) the              for 1 stock split of our issued and outstanding common stock effected immediately prior to the consummation of this offering and (ii) the issuance by us of              shares of common stock pursuant to this offering, and the application of the net proceeds from this offering as set forth under “Use of proceeds,” assuming an initial public offering price of $             per share (which is the midpoint of the estimated price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus). This pro forma earnings per share data is presented for informational purposes only and does not purport to represent what our pro forma net income (loss) or earnings (loss) per share actually would have been had the Stock Split occurred on January 1, 2016 or to project our net income or earnings per share for any future period.

 

(5)   EBITDA, Adjusted EBITDA, ROIC and adjusted gross profit (excluding depreciation and amortization) are non-GAAP financial measures. For definitions of these measures, a reconciliation of EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA to our net income (loss), an explanation of our calculation of ROIC and a reconciliation of adjusted gross profit (excluding depreciation and amortization) to gross profit (loss), see “—Non-GAAP financial measures” below.

 

 

19


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements
       Three months ended  
      

September 30,
2017

   

June 30,

2017

   

March 31,

2017

 
           (unaudited)  

Statement of operations data:

      

Revenues

   $ 148,167     $ 135,860     $ 105,353  

Loss from operations

     (193     (8,141     (14,790

Net loss

     (5,052     (12,105     (20,714

Other financial data:

      

EBITDA(1) (unaudited)

     15,157       7,674       972  

Adjusted EBITDA(1) (unaudited)

     18,088       16,727       6,054  

ROIC(1) (unaudited)

     0     (6 )%      (13 )% 

Adjusted gross profit (excluding depreciation and amortization)(1) (unaudited)

   $ 28,258     $ 24,256     $ 13,965  

 

 

 

(1)   EBITDA, Adjusted EBITDA, ROIC and adjusted gross profit (excluding depreciation and amortization) are non-GAAP financial measures. For definitions of these measures, a reconciliation of EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA to our net income (loss), an explanation of our calculation of ROIC and a reconciliation of adjusted gross profit (excluding depreciation and amortization) to gross profit (loss), see “—Non-GAAP financial measures” below.

Non-GAAP financial measures

EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA

EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA are supplemental non-GAAP financial measures that are used by management and external users of our combined financial statements, such as industry analysts, investors, lenders and rating agencies.

We define EBITDA as net income (loss) before interest expense, depreciation, amortization and income tax expense. EBITDA is not a measure of net income or cash flows as determined by U.S. generally accepted accounting principles (“GAAP”).

We define Adjusted EBITDA as EBITDA further adjusted for (i) impairment of goodwill and other intangible assets, (ii) transaction expenses related to acquisitions or the Combination, (iii) loss from discontinued operations, (iv) loss or gains from the revaluation of contingent liabilities, (v) non-cash stock-based compensation expense, (vi) loss or gains on sale of assets, (vii) inventory writedown and (viii) adjustment for other expenses or charges, to exclude certain items which we believe are not reflective of ongoing performance of our business, such as costs related to this offering, legal expenses and settlement costs related to litigation outside the ordinary course of business, and restructuring costs.

Management believes EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA are useful because they allow for a more effective evaluation of our operating performance and compare the results of our operations from period to period without regard to our financing methods or capital structure. We exclude the items listed above from net income in arriving at these measures because these amounts can vary substantially from company to company within our industry depending upon accounting methods and book values of assets, capital structures and the method by which the assets were acquired. These measures should not be considered as an alternative to, or more meaningful than, net income as determined in accordance with GAAP or as an indicator of our operating performance. Certain items excluded from these measures are significant components in understanding and

 

 

20


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

assessing a company’s financial performance, such as a company’s cost of capital and tax structure, as well as the historic costs of depreciable assets, none of which are components of these measures. Our computations of these measures may not be comparable to other similarly titled measures of other companies. We believe that these are widely followed measures of operating performance.

The following table presents a reconciliation of the non-GAAP financial measures of EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA to the GAAP financial measure of net income (loss):

 

      Nine months ended
September 30,
    Three months
ended
    Year ended December 31,     Six months
ended
    Six months
ended
 

(in thousands)

(unaudited)

  2017     2016     September 30,
2017
    June 30,
2017
    March 31,
2017
    2016     2015     2014(1)     June 30,
2014(1)
    December 31,
2014(1)
 

EBITDA reconciliation:

                   

Net income
(loss)

  $ (37,871   $ (45,159   $ (5,052   $ (12,105   $ (20,714   $ (70,911   $ (39,117   $ 47,965     $ 27,059     $ 20,906  

Interest expense

    11,780       10,681       4,093       3,929       3,758       14,185       9,886       9,586       2,838       6,748  

Depreciation

    40,326       41,779       13,150       13,615       13,561       55,260       58,894       40,173       13,080       27,093  

Amortization

    6,601       6,794       2,200       2,200       2,201       9,083       8,650       6,389       2,056       4,333  

Provision (benefit) from income
taxes

    2,967       (19,017     766       35       2,166       (26,286     (14,323     44,515       16,957       27,558  
 

 

 

   

 

 

 

EBITDA

  $ 23,803     $ (4,922   $ 15,157     $ 7,674     $ 972     $ (18,669   $ 23,990     $ 148,628     $ 61,990     $ 86,638  
 

 

 

   

 

 

 

Adjusted EBITDA reconciliation:

                   

EBITDA

  $ 23,803     $ (4,922   $ 15,157     $ 7,674     $ 972     $ (18,669   $ 23,990     $ 148,628     $ 61,990     $ 86,638  

Impairment of goodwill and other intangible assets

                                  12,207       35,540                    

Transaction
expenses

    3,415             50       370       2,995             208       3,911       2,817       1,094  

Loss from discontinued operations(2)

                                        935       28,207       1,963       26,244  

Loss or gains from the revaluation of contingent liabilities(3)

    421             277       57       87       1,735       (293                  

Loss on equity investment

    255             83       172                                      

Non-cash stock-based compensation expense

    6,380       4,314       2,185       2,659       1,536       5,711       5,473       5,445       1,947       3,498  

Loss or gains on sale of assets

    4,793       2,420       148       4,421       224       3,320       2,004       971       46       925  

Legal fees and settlements(4)

    778       1,521       188       350    

 

240

 

    4,145                          

Inventory writedown

    1,024       287             1,024             287       2,772       1,030             1,030  

Restructuring costs

          984                         1,088       3,272                    
 

 

 

   

 

 

 

Adjusted EBITDA

  $ 40,869     $ 4,604     $ 18,088     $ 16,727     $ 6,054     $ 9,824     $ 73,901     $ 188,192     $ 68,763     $ 119,429  

 

   

 

 

 

 

(1)  

We closed the acquisitions of Crest Pumping Technologies on June 30, 2014 and Dak-Tana Wireline on April 30, 2014 and Beckman closed the acquisitions of RedZone Coil Tubing on May 2, 2014 and Big Lake Services, LLC on August 29, 2014. As a result, financial results relating to each acquisition for periods prior to the close of each of the aforementioned acquisitions are not reflected in the full year 2014 results. We believe that presenting investors with the selected information for the six months ended December 31, 2014 provides a representative period of the

 

 

21


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements
 

profitability of our business in a high demand environment, including six months of results from the acquisitions of Dak-Tana Wireline, Crest Pumping Technologies and RedZone Coil Tubing and the results of the acquisition of Big Lake Services, LLC from August 29, 2014 through December 31, 2014. For comparative purposes, we have also included such information for the six months ended June 30, 2014.

 

(2)   For 2014, represents a non-cash impairment charge related to the divestiture of certain assets of a subsidiary whose primary focus was conventional completions. See “Note 14—Discontinued Operations” to the financial statements included in this registration statement for additional detail regarding the Tripoint divestiture.

 

(3)   Loss or gain related to the revaluation of liability for contingent consideration relating to our acquisition of Scorpion to be paid in shares of Company common stock and in cash, contingent upon quantities of Scorpion Composite Plugs sold during 2016 and gross margin related to the product sales for three years following the acquisition.

 

(4)   Amount represents fees and legal settlements associated with legal proceedings brought pursuant to the Fair Labor Standards Act and/or similar state laws.

Return on invested capital

ROIC is a supplemental non-GAAP financial measure. We define ROIC as after-tax net operating profit, divided by average total capital. We define after-tax net operating profit as income (loss) from continuing operations (net of tax) plus interest expense, less taxes on interest. We define total capital as book value of equity plus the book value of debt less balance sheet cash and cash equivalents. We then take the average of the current and prior year-end total capital for use in this analysis.

Management believes ROIC is a meaningful measure because it quantifies how well we generate operating income relative to the capital we have invested in our business and illustrates the profitability of a business or project taking into account the capital invested. Management uses ROIC to assist them in capital resource allocation decisions and in evaluating business performance. Although ROIC is commonly used as a measure of capital efficiency, definitions of ROIC differ, and our computation of ROIC may not be comparable to other similarly titled measures of other companies.

 

 

22


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

The following table provides an explanation of our calculation of ROIC:

 

     

Nine months ended

September 30,

   

Three months ended

   

Year ended December 31,

 
(in thousands)   2017     2016     September 30,
2017
    June 30,
2017
    March 31,
2017
    2016     2015     2014  

Income (loss) from continuing operations (net of tax)

  $ (37,871   $ (45,159   $ (5,052   $ (12,105   $ (20,714   $ (70,911   $ (38,182   $ 76,172  

Add back:

               

Interest expense

    11,780       10,681       4,093       3,929       3,758       14,185       9,886       9,586  

Taxes on interest

    1,001       (3,165     448       283       270       (3,836     (2,697     (3,536
 

 

 

   

 

 

 

After-tax net operating profit

  $ (25,090   $ (37,643   $ (511   $ (7,893   $ (16,686   $ (60,562   $ (30,993)     $ 82,222  
 

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total capital as of prior year-end(1):

               

Total stockholders’ equity

  $ 288,186     $ 352,676     $ 288,186     $ 288,186     $ 288,186     $ 352,676     $ 389,644     $ 192,522  

Total debt

    245,888       252,378       245,888       245,888       245,888       252,378       379,658       140,767  

Less: Cash and cash equivalents

    (4,074     (18,877     (4,074     (4,074     (4,074     (18,877     (24,236     (18,505
 

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total capital

  $ 530,000     $ 586,177     $ 530,000     $ 530,000     $ 530,000     $ 586,177     $ 745,066     $ 314,784  
 

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total capital as of year-end/quarter-end:

               

Total stockholders’ equity

  $ 315,987     $ 312,036     $ 315,987     $ 298,883     $ 308,409     $ 288,186     $ 352,676     $ 389,644  

Total debt

    240,840       242,535       240,840       256,072       251,473       245,888       252,378       379,658  

Less: Cash and cash equivalents

    (30,171     (6,542     (30,171     (12,127     (27,039     (4,074     (18,877     (24,236
 

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total capital

  $ 526,656     $ 548,029     $ 526,656     $ 542,828     $ 532,843     $ 530,000     $ 586,177     $ 745,066  
 

 

 

   

 

 

 

Average total capital

  $ 528,328     $ 567,103     $ 528,328     $ 536,414     $ 531,422     $ 558,089     $ 665,622     $ 529,925  
 

 

 

   

 

 

 

ROIC

    (6)%       (9)%       0%       (6)%       (13)%       (11)%       (5)%       16%  

 

   

 

 

 
(1)   For 2014, total capital as of prior year-end is based on Beckman and Nine combined unaudited historical financial information not included in this prospectus.

Adjusted gross profit (excluding depreciation and amortization)

GAAP defines gross profit as revenues less cost of revenues, and includes in costs of revenues depreciation and amortization. We define adjusted gross profit (excluding depreciation and amortization) as revenues less cost of revenues (excluding depreciation and amortization). This measure differs from the GAAP definition of gross profit because we do not include the impact of depreciation and amortization, which represent non-cash expenses.

Management uses adjusted gross profit (excluding depreciation and amortization) to evaluate operating performance and to determine resource allocation between segments. We prepare adjusted gross profit (excluding depreciation and amortization) to eliminate the impact of depreciation and amortization because we do not consider depreciation and amortization indicative of our core operating performance. Adjusted gross profit (excluding depreciation and amortization) should not be considered as an alternative to gross profit (loss), operating income (loss) or any other measure of financial performance calculated and presented in accordance with GAAP. Adjusted gross profit (excluding depreciation and amortization) may not be comparable to similarly titled measures of other companies because other companies may not calculate adjusted gross profit (excluding depreciation and amortization) or similarly titled measures in the same manner as we do.

 

 

23


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

The following table presents a reconciliation of adjusted gross profit (excluding depreciation and amortization) to GAAP gross profit (loss).

 

      Nine months ended
September 30,
    Three months ended     Year ended December 31,  
(in thousands)  

2017

   

2016

    September 30,
2017
   

June 30,

2017

   

March 31,

2017

    2016     2015     2014(1)  

Calculation of gross profit (loss):

               

Revenues

  $ 389,380     $ 202,368     $ 148,167     $ 135,860     $ 105,353     $ 282,354     $ 478,522     $ 663,191  

Cost of revenue (exclusive of depreciation and amortization)

    322,901       178,676       119,909       111,604       91,388       246,109       373,191       434,064  

Depreciation (related to cost of revenues)

    39,658       41,091       12,927       13,397       13,334       54,344       58,042       39,719  

Amortization

    6,601       6,794       2,200       2,200       2,201       9,083       8,650       6,389  
 

 

 

   

 

 

 

Gross (loss) profit

  $ 20,220     $ (24,193   $ 13,131     $ 8,659     $ (1,570   $ (27,182   $ 38,639     $ 183,019  
 

 

 

   

 

 

 

Adjusted gross profit (excluding depreciation and amortization) reconciliation:

               

Gross (loss) profit

  $ 20,220     $ (24,193   $ 13,131     $ 8,659     $ (1,570   $ (27,182   $ 38,639     $ 183,019  

Depreciation (related to cost of revenues)

    39,658       41,091       12,927       13,397       13,334       54,344       58,042       39,719  

Amortization

    6,601       6,794       2,200       2,200       2,201       9,083       8,650       6,389  
 

 

 

   

 

 

 

Adjusted gross profit (excluding depreciation and amortization)

  $ 66,479     $ 23,692     $ 28,258     $ 24,256     $ 13,965     $ 36,245     $ 105,331     $ 229,127  

 

   

 

 

 

 

(1)   We closed the acquisitions of Crest Pumping Technologies on June 30, 2014 and Dak-Tana Wireline on April 30, 2014 and Beckman closed the acquisitions of RedZone Coil Tubing on May 2, 2014 and Big Lake Services, LLC on August 29, 2014. As a result, financial results relating to each acquisition for periods prior to the close of each of the aforementioned acquisitions are not reflected in the full year 2014 results.

 

 

24


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

Risk factors

An investment in our common stock involves a high degree of risk. You should carefully consider the risks described below together with other information set forth in this prospectus before investing in shares of our common stock. If any of the following risks or uncertainties actually occur, our business, financial condition, prospects, results of operations and cash flow could be materially adversely affected. The risks discussed below are not the only risks we face. Additional risks or uncertainties not currently known to us, or that we currently deem immaterial, may also have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, prospects, results of operations or cash flows. We cannot assure you that any of the events discussed in the risk factors below will not occur. In that case, the market price of our common stock could decline and you may lose all or a part of your investment.

Risks related to our business and our industry

Our business is cyclical and depends on capital spending and well completions by the onshore oil and natural gas industry in North America, and the level of such activity is volatile. Our business has been, and may continue to be, adversely affected by industry and financial market conditions that are beyond our control.

Our business is cyclical, and we depend on our customers’ willingness to make operating and capital expenditures to explore for, develop and produce oil and natural gas in North America, which, in turn, largely depends on prevailing industry and financial market conditions that are influenced by numerous factors beyond our control, including:

 

 

the level of prices, and expectations about future prices, for oil and natural gas;

 

 

the domestic and foreign supply of, and demand for, oil and natural gas and related products;

 

 

the level of global and domestic oil and natural gas production;

 

 

the supply of and demand for hydraulic fracturing and other oilfield services and equipment in North America;

 

 

governmental regulations, including the policies of governments regarding the exploration for and production and development of their oil and natural gas reserves;

 

 

the cost of exploring for, developing, producing and delivering oil and natural gas;

 

 

available pipeline, storage and other transportation capacity;

 

 

worldwide political, military and economic conditions;

 

 

lead times associated with acquiring equipment and products and availability of qualified personnel;

 

 

the discovery rates of new oil and natural gas reserves;

 

 

federal, state and local regulation of hydraulic fracturing and other oilfield service activities, as well as E&P activities, including public pressure on governmental bodies and regulatory agencies to regulate our industry;

 

 

economic and political conditions in oil and natural gas producing countries;

 

 

actions of the Organization of the Petroleum Exporting Countries, its members and other state-controlled oil companies relating to oil price and production levels, including announcements of potential changes to such levels;

 

25


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements
 

advances in exploration, development and production technologies or in technologies affecting energy consumption;

 

 

activities by non-governmental organizations to restrict the exploration, development and production of oil and natural gas so as to minimize emissions of carbon dioxide, a greenhouse gas;

 

 

the price and availability of alternative fuels and energy sources;

 

 

global weather conditions and natural disasters; and

 

 

uncertainty in capital and commodities markets and the ability of oil and natural gas producers to access capital.

A decline in oil and natural gas commodity prices may adversely affect the demand for our services and the rates we are able to charge.

The demand for our services and the rates we are able to charge are primarily influenced by current and anticipated oil and natural gas commodity prices and the related level of capital spending and drilling and completion activity in the areas in which we have operations. Volatility or weakness in oil and natural gas commodity prices (or the perception that oil and natural gas commodity prices will decrease) affects the spending patterns of our customers and may result in the drilling of fewer new wells or lower production spending on existing wells. The products and services we provide are, to a substantial extent, deferrable in the event oil and natural gas companies reduce capital expenditures. As a result, we may experience lower utilization of, and may be forced to lower our rates for, our equipment and services in weak oil and natural gas commodity price environments. For example, between the third quarter of 2014 and the first quarter of 2016, oil and natural gas commodity prices declined significantly, which resulted in most of our customers reducing their exploration, development and production activities, which in turn resulted in a reduction in the demand for our services, as well as the rates we were able to charge and the utilization of our assets, during this period as compared to levels in mid-2014. Reduced discovery rates of new oil and natural gas reserves in our market areas as a result of decreased capital spending may also have a negative long-term impact on our business, even in an environment of stronger oil and natural gas prices, to the extent the reduced number of wells for us to service more than offsets increasing completion activity and intensity.

Historically, oil and natural gas commodity prices have been extremely volatile. During the past six years, the posted price for West Texas Intermediate oil has ranged from a low of $26.19 per Bbl in February 2016 to a high of $113.39 per Bbl in April 2011, and the Henry Hub spot market price of gas has ranged from a low of $1.49 per MMBtu in March 2016 to a high of $7.51 per MMBtu in January 2010. Oil and natural gas commodity prices are expected to continue to be volatile. For example, in 2017, oil prices increased to a high of $57.33 in November 2017, following a low of $42.48 in June 2017. This environment could cause prices to remain at current levels or fall to lower levels. If the prices of oil and natural gas reverse their recent increases, our business, financial condition, results of operations, cash flows and prospects may be materially and adversely affected.

Our business could be adversely affected by a decline in general economic conditions or a weakening of the broader energy industry.

A prolonged economic slowdown or recession in North America, adverse events relating to the energy industry or regional, national and global economic conditions and factors, particularly a slowdown in the E&P industry, could negatively impact our operations and therefore adversely affect our results. The risks associated with our business are more acute during periods of economic slowdown or recession because such periods may be accompanied by decreased exploration and development spending by our customers, decreased demand for oil and natural gas and decreased prices for oil and natural gas.

 

26


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

We may be unable to employ, or maintain the employment of, a sufficient number of key employees, technical personnel and other skilled and qualified workers.

The delivery of our services and products requires personnel with specialized skills and experience, including personnel who can perform physically demanding work. Our ability to be profitable and productive will depend upon our ability to employ and retain skilled workers. Workers may choose to pursue employment with our competitors or in fields that offer a more desirable work environment as a result of the volatility in the oilfield service industry and the demanding nature of our work. The right-sizing of our and our competitors’ labor force over the recent sustained period of commodity price declines, as well as a significant decrease in the wages paid by us or our competitors as a result of reduced industry demand, has resulted in a reduction of the available skilled labor force to service the energy industry, and there is no assurance that the availability of skilled labor will improve following a subsequent increase in demand for our services or an increase in wage rates. If any of these events were to occur, our capacity and profitability could be diminished and our growth potential could be impaired.

We may be unable to implement price increases or maintain existing prices on our services.

We periodically seek to increase the prices on our services to offset rising costs and to generate higher returns for our stockholders. However, we operate in a very competitive industry and as a result, we are not always successful in raising, or maintaining, our existing prices. Additionally, during periods of increased market demand, a significant amount of new service capacity, including new well service rigs, wireline units and coiled tubing units, may enter the market, which also puts pressure on the pricing of our services and limits our ability to increase prices.

Even when we are able to increase our prices, we may not be able to do so at a rate that is sufficient to offset such rising costs. In periods of high demand for oilfield services, a tighter labor market may result in higher labor costs. During such periods, our labor costs could increase at a greater rate than our ability to raise prices for our services. Also, we may not be able to successfully increase prices without adversely affecting our activity levels. The inability to maintain our pricing and to increase our pricing as costs increase could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial position, results of operations and cash flows.

Our operations are subject to conditions inherent in the oilfield services industry.

Conditions inherent in the oil and natural gas industry can cause personal injury or loss of life, disruption or suspension in operations, damage to geological formations, damage to facilities, substantial revenue loss, business interruption and damage to, or destruction of, property, equipment and the environment. Such risks may include, but are not limited to:

 

 

equipment defects;

 

 

liabilities arising from accidents or damage involving our fleet of trucks and other equipment;

 

 

explosions and uncontrollable flows of gas or well fluids;

 

 

unusual or unexpected geological formations or pressures and industrial accidents;

 

 

blowouts;

 

 

fires;

 

 

cratering;

 

 

loss of well control;

 

27


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements
 

collapse of the borehole; and

 

 

damaged or lost equipment.

Defects or other performance problems in the products that we sell or services that we offer could result in our customers seeking damages from us for losses associated with these defects or other performance problems. In addition, our completion and production services could become a source of spills or releases of fluids, including chemicals used during hydraulic fracturing activities, at the site where such services are performed, or could result in the discharge of such fluids into underground formations that were not targeted for fracturing or well completion activities, such as potable aquifers, or at third party properties. These risks could expose us to substantial liability for personal injury, wrongful death, property damage, loss of oil and natural gas production, pollution and other environmental damages and could result in a variety of claims, losses and remedial obligations that could have an adverse effect on our business and results of operations. The existence, frequency and severity of such incidents could affect operating costs, insurability and relationships with customers, employees and regulators. In particular, our customers may elect not to purchase our services if they view our safety record as unacceptable or otherwise experience material defects in our products or performance problems, which could cause us to lose customers and substantial revenue, and any litigation or claims, even if fully indemnified or insured, could negatively affect our reputation with our customers and the public and make it more difficult for us to compete effectively or obtain adequate insurance in the future.

We have operated at a loss in the past, and there is no assurance of our profitability in the future.

Historically, we have experienced periods of low demand for our services and have incurred operating losses. In the future, we may not be able to reduce our costs, increase our revenues or reduce our debt service obligations sufficiently to achieve or maintain profitability and generate positive operating income. Under such circumstances, we may incur further operating losses and experience negative operating cash flow.

Restrictions in our debt agreements could limit our growth and our ability to engage in certain activities.

We expect to make term loan borrowings under our new credit facility concurrently with, and conditioned upon, the consummation of this offering. The operating and financial restrictions and covenants in our new credit facility and any future financing agreements could restrict our ability to finance future operations or capital needs or to expand or pursue our business activities. For example, our new credit facility will restrict or limit our ability to:

 

 

pay dividends and move cash;

 

 

grant liens;

 

 

incur additional indebtedness;

 

 

engage in a merger, consolidation or dissolution;

 

 

enter into transactions with affiliates;

 

 

sell or otherwise dispose of assets, businesses and operations;

 

 

materially alter the character of our business as conducted at the closing of this offering; and

 

 

make acquisitions and investments.

Furthermore, our new credit facility contains certain other operating covenants. Our ability to comply with the covenants and restrictions contained in our new credit facility, and, as of the end of each quarter, compliance with a leverage ratio, an asset coverage ratio and a fixed charge coverage ratio, may be affected by events beyond our control, including prevailing economic, financial and industry conditions. If market or other economic conditions deteriorate, our ability to comply with these covenants may be impaired. Any violation of the restrictions, covenants, or ratio tests

 

28


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

in our new credit facility could result in an event of default, which may cause a significant portion of our indebtedness becoming immediately due and payable, and our lenders’ commitment to provide further loans to us may terminate. We might not have, or be able to obtain, sufficient funds to make these accelerated payments. Any subsequent replacement of our new credit facility or any new indebtedness could have similar or greater restrictions. For more information about our new credit facility, please read “Management’s discussion and analysis of financial condition and results of operations—Our credit facilities—Our new credit facility.”

The Existing Nine Credit Facility and the Existing Beckman Credit Facility also contain various affirmative and negative covenants, including certain financial covenants. For the period ended March 31, 2017, Nine was in breach of the minimum EBITDA covenant and the fixed charge coverage ratio contained in the Existing Nine Credit Facility. However, Nine has cured such breaches by using a portion of the available proceeds from the Nine and Combined Nine Subscription Offers. See “Management’s discussion and analysis of financial condition and results of operations-Our credit facilities” for more information regarding the Existing Nine Credit Facility and the Existing Beckman Credit Facility and the restrictions and covenants contained therein.

We may incur additional indebtedness or issue additional equity securities to execute our long-term growth strategy, which may reduce our profitability or result in significant dilution to our stockholders.

We may require additional capital in the future to develop and execute our long-term growth strategy. For the year ended December 31, 2016 and the nine months ended September 30, 2017, we incurred approximately $9.1 million and $30.0 million, respectively, in capital expenditures and our capital expenditure budget for 2017, excluding possible acquisitions, is expected to be $45.0 million, of which $30.0 million has been spent through September 30, 2017. We continually evaluate our capital expenditures, and the amount we ultimately spend will depend on a number of factors including expected industry activity levels and company initiatives. We believe the net proceeds from this offering and borrowings under our new credit facility, together with cash flows from operations, should be sufficient to fund our capital requirements for the next twelve months. If we incur additional indebtedness or issue additional equity securities, our profitability may be reduced and our stockholders may experience significant dilution.

We may not be able to generate sufficient cash to service all of our indebtedness and may be forced to take other actions to satisfy our obligations under applicable debt instruments, which may not be successful.

Our ability to make scheduled payments on or to refinance our indebtedness obligations depends on our financial condition and operating performance, which are subject to prevailing economic and competitive conditions and certain financial, business and other factors beyond our control. We may not be able to maintain a level of cash flows from operating activities sufficient to permit us to pay the principal, premium, if any, and interest on our indebtedness. For example, as of September 30, 2017, we had $119.8 million of debt outstanding under the Existing Nine Credit Facility and $121.0 million of debt outstanding under the Existing Beckman Credit Facility. As of December 31, 2016, we had $120.6 million of debt outstanding under the Existing Nine Credit Facility that was then scheduled to mature on January 1, 2018, which is within twelve months of the date of the issuance of our audited financial statements and thereby resulted in a “going concern” paragraph being included in our independent registered public accounting firm’s audit report. Delivery of audited financial statements including a going concern qualification would result in an event of default under the Existing Nine Credit Facility absent an amendment or waiver. On March 23, 2017, we received the requisite waiver from the lenders under the Existing Nine Credit Facility with respect to this potential event of default. On August 2, 2017, we also entered into an amendment to the Existing Nine Credit Facility, which extended the maturity to May 31, 2018. We plan to repay the Existing Nine Credit Facility and the Existing Beckman Credit Facility in full with a portion of the proceeds from this offering and $125 million of term loan borrowings under our new credit facility. See “Use of proceeds.” However, our ability to satisfy our liquidity requirements following this offering will depend on our future operating performance, which is affected by prevailing economic and competitive

 

29


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

conditions, the level of drilling and completions activities in the North American E&P industry, and financial, business and other factors, many of which are beyond our control.

If our cash flows and capital resources are insufficient to fund debt service obligations, we may be forced to reduce or delay investments and capital expenditures, sell assets, seek additional capital or restructure or refinance indebtedness. Our ability to restructure or refinance indebtedness will depend on the condition of the capital markets and our financial condition at such time. Any refinancing of indebtedness could be at higher interest rates and may require us to comply with more onerous covenants, which could further restrict business operations. The terms of existing or future debt instruments may restrict us from adopting some of these alternatives. In addition, any failure to make payments of interest and principal on outstanding indebtedness on a timely basis would likely result in a reduction of our credit rating, which could harm our ability to incur additional indebtedness. In the absence of sufficient cash flows and capital resources, we could face substantial liquidity problems and might be required to dispose of material assets or operations to meet debt service and other obligations. We may not be able to consummate those dispositions, and the proceeds of any such disposition may not be adequate to meet any debt service obligations then due. These alternative measures may not be successful and may not permit us to meet scheduled debt service obligations.

Our current and potential competitors may have longer operating histories, significantly greater financial or technical resources and greater name recognition than we do.

The oilfield services industry is highly competitive and fragmented and includes several large companies that compete in many of the markets we serve, as well as numerous small companies that compete with us on a local basis. The oilfield services industry competes primarily on a regional basis, and the intensity of competition may vary significantly from region to region at any particular time. We believe the principal competitive factors in the market areas we serve include price, equipment quality, supply chains, balance sheet strength and financial condition, product and service quality, safety record, availability of crews and equipment and technical proficiency.

Many of our existing and potential competitors have substantially greater financial, technical, manufacturing and other resources than we do. The greater size of many of our competitors provides them with cost advantages as a result of their economies of scale and their ability to obtain volume discounts and purchase raw materials at lower prices. As a result, such competitors may have stronger bargaining power with their suppliers and have an advantage over us in pricing as well as securing a sufficient supply of raw materials during times of shortage. Many of our competitors also have better brand name recognition, stronger presence in more geographic markets, more established distribution networks, larger customer bases, more in-depth knowledge of the target markets, and the ability to provide a much broader array of services. Some of our competitors may also be able to devote greater resources to the research and development, promotion and sale of their products and better withstand the evolving industry standards and changes in market conditions as compared to us. Our operations may be adversely affected if our competitors introduce new products or services with better features, performance, prices or other characteristics than our products and services or expand into service areas where we operate. Our operations may also be adversely affected if our competitors are able to respond more quickly to new or emerging technologies and services and changes in customer requirements.

Competitive pressures could reduce our market share or require us to reduce the price of our services and products, particularly during industry downturns, either of which would harm our business and operating results. Significant increases in overall market capacity have also caused active price competition and led to lower pricing and utilization levels for our services and products. The competitive environment has intensified since the recent industry downturn that began in late 2014, which caused an oversupply of, and reduced demand for, oilfield services, and we have seen substantial reductions in the prices we can charge for our

 

30


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

services. Any significant future increase in overall market capacity for completion and production services may adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.

Fuel conservation measures may reduce oil and natural gas demand.

Fuel conservation measures, alternative fuel requirements and increasing consumer demand for alternatives to oil and natural gas could reduce demand for oil and natural gas. The impact of the changing demand for oil and natural gas may have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations, cash flows and prospects. Additionally, the increased competitiveness of alternative energy sources (such as wind, solar geothermal, tidal, fuel cells and biofuels) could reduce demand for hydrocarbons and therefore for our services, which would lead to a reduction in our revenues.

Our success may be affected by our ability to implement new technologies and services. Additionally, we rely on a limited number of manufacturers to produce the proprietary products used in the provision of our services, which exposes us to risks.

Our success may be affected by the ongoing development and implementation of new product designs, methods and improvements, and our ability to protect, obtain and maintain intellectual property assets related to these developments. If we are not able to obtain patent or other protection of our technology, it may not be economical for us to continue to develop systems, services and technologies to meet evolving industry requirements at prices acceptable to its customers. Further, we may face competitive pressure to develop, implement or acquire certain new technologies at a substantial cost. Although we take measures to ensure that we use advanced technologies, changes in technology or improvements in our competitors’ equipment could make our equipment less competitive or require significant capital investments to keep our equipment competitive.

We currently rely on a limited number of manufacturers for production of the proprietary products used in the provision of our services. Termination of the manufacturing relationship with any of these manufacturers could affect our ability to provide services to our customers. Though other alternate sources of supply for our proprietary products exist, we would need to establish relationships with new manufacturers, which could potentially involve significant expense and delay. Any protracted curtailment or interruptions of the supply of any of our key products, whether or not as a result or termination of our manufacturing relationships, could have a material adverse effect on our financial condition, business and results of operations.

Some of our competitors are large national and multinational companies that may be able to devote greater financial, technical, manufacturing and marketing resources to research and development of new systems, services and technologies and may have a larger number of manufacturers for their products or ability to manufacture their own products. As competitors and others use or develop new or comparable technologies in the future, we may lose market share or be placed at a competitive disadvantage if we are not able to develop and implement new technologies or products on a timely basis or at an acceptable cost. If we are unable to compete effectively given these risks, our business and results of operations could be affected.

Our success may be affected by the use and protection of our proprietary technology as well as our ability to enter into license agreements. There are limitations to our intellectual property rights and, thus, our right to exclude others from the use of such proprietary technology.

Our success may be affected by our development and implementation of new product designs and improvements and by our ability to protect, obtain and maintain intellectual property assets related to these developments. We rely on a combination of patents and trade secret laws to establish and protect this proprietary technology. We have received patents and have filed patent applications with respect to certain aspects of our technology, and we generally rely on patent protection with respect to our proprietary technology, as well as a combination of trade secrets and copyright law, employee and third-party

 

31


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

non-disclosure agreements and other protective measures to protect intellectual property rights pertaining to our products and technologies. In addition, we are a party to and rely on several arrangements with third parties, which give us exclusive distribution rights to certain product offerings with desirable intellectual property assets, and we may enter into similar arrangements in the future. Such measures may not provide meaningful protection of our trade secrets, know-how or other intellectual property in the event of any unauthorized use, misappropriation or disclosure. We cannot assure you that competitors will not infringe upon, misappropriate, violate or challenge our intellectual property rights in the future. If we are not able to adequately protect or enforce our intellectual property rights, such intellectual property rights may not provide significant value to our business, results of operations or financial condition.

Moreover, our rights in our confidential information, trade secrets, and confidential know-how will not prevent third parties from independently developing similar technologies or duplicating such technologies. Publicly available information (e.g., information in issued patents, published patent applications and scientific literature) can be used by third parties to independently develop technology, and we cannot provide assurance that this independently developed technology will not be equivalent or superior to our proprietary technology. In addition, while we have patented some of our key technologies, we do not patent all of our proprietary technology, even when regarded as patentable. The process of seeking patent protection can be long and expensive. There can be no assurance that patents will be issued from currently pending or future applications or that, if patents are issued, they will be of sufficient scope or strength to provide meaningful protection or any commercial advantage to us. Further, with respect to exclusive third-party arrangements, these arrangements could be terminated, which would result in our inability to provide the services and/or products covered by such arrangements.

We may be adversely affected by disputes regarding intellectual property rights and the value of our intellectual property rights is uncertain.

We may become involved in dispute resolution proceedings from time to time to protect and enforce our intellectual property rights. In these dispute resolution proceedings, a defendant may assert that our intellectual property rights are invalid or unenforceable. Third parties from time to time may also initiate dispute resolution proceedings against us by asserting that our businesses infringe, impair, misappropriate, dilute or otherwise violate another party’s intellectual property rights. We may not prevail in any such dispute resolution proceedings, and our intellectual property rights may be found invalid or unenforceable or our products and services may be found to infringe, impair, misappropriate, dilute or otherwise violate the intellectual property rights of others. The results or costs of any such dispute resolution proceedings may have an adverse effect on our business, operating results and financial condition. Any dispute resolution proceeding concerning intellectual property could be protracted and costly, is inherently unpredictable and could have an adverse effect on our business, regardless of its outcome.

We are exposed to the credit risk of our customers, and the deterioration of the financial condition of our customers could adversely affect our financial results.

We are subject to the risk of loss resulting from nonpayment or nonperformance by our customers, many of whose operations are concentrated solely in the domestic and Canadian E&P industry which, as described above, is subject to volatility and, therefore, credit risk. Our credit procedures and policies may not be adequate to fully reduce customer credit risk. If we are unable to adequately assess the creditworthiness of existing or future customers or unanticipated deterioration in their creditworthiness, any resulting increase in nonpayment or nonperformance by them and our inability to re-market or otherwise use our equipment could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, prospects and/or results of operations. In the course of our business we hold accounts receivable from our customers. In the event of the financial distress or bankruptcy of a customer, we could lose all or a portion of such outstanding accounts receivable

 

32


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

associated with that customer. Further, if a customer was to enter into bankruptcy, it could also result in the cancellation of all or a portion of our service contracts with such customer at significant expense or loss of expected revenues to us.

In addition, during times when the oil or natural gas markets weaken, our customers are more likely to experience financial difficulties, including being unable to access debt or equity financing, which could result in a reduction in our customers’ spending for our services.

Our assets require capital for maintenance, upgrades and refurbishment, and we may require capital expenditures for new equipment.

Our equipment requires capital investment in maintenance, upgrades and refurbishment to maintain their competitiveness. For the year ended December 31, 2016 and the nine months ended September 30, 2017, we spent approximately $3.8 million and $8.1 million, respectively, on capital expenditures related to maintenance. Our equipment typically does not generate revenue while it is undergoing maintenance, refurbishment or upgrades. Any maintenance, upgrade or refurbishment project for our assets could increase our indebtedness or reduce cash available for other opportunities. Further, such projects may require proportionally greater capital investments as a percentage of total asset value, which may make such projects difficult to finance on acceptable terms. To the extent we are unable to fund such projects, we may have less equipment available for service or our equipment may not be attractive to potential or current customers. Additionally, competition or advances in technology within our industry may require us to update our products and services. Such demands on our capital or reductions in demand and the increase in cost to maintain labor necessary for such maintenance and improvement, in each case, could have a material adverse effect on our business, liquidity position, financial condition, prospects and results of operations and may increase costs.

We may record losses or impairment charges related to idle assets or assets that we sell.

Prolonged periods of low utilization, changes in technology or the sale of assets below their carrying value may cause us to experience losses. These events could result in the recognition of impairment charges that increase our net loss. In 2015, we recognized $35.5 million of goodwill impairment charges for two reporting units, Crest Pumping Technologies and Dak-Tana. In 2016, we recognized $12.2 million of goodwill impairment in one of our operating units, Dak-Tana, due to persistent low completions activity in the market where the unit operates. Significant impairment charges as a result of a decline in market conditions or otherwise could have a material adverse effect on our results of operations in future periods.

Competition among oilfield service and equipment providers is affected by each provider’s reputation for safety and quality.

Our activities are subject to a wide range of national, state and local occupational health and safety laws and regulations. In addition, customers maintain their own compliance and reporting requirements. Failure to comply with these health and safety laws and regulations, or failure to comply with our customers’ compliance or reporting requirements, could tarnish our reputation for safety and quality and have a material adverse effect on our competitive position.

Seasonal and adverse weather conditions adversely affect demand for services and operations.

Weather can have a significant impact on demand as consumption of energy is seasonal, and any variation from normal weather patterns, cooler or warmer summers and winters, can have a significant impact on demand. Adverse weather conditions, such as hurricanes, tropical storms and severe cold weather, may interrupt or curtail operations, or customers’ operations, cause supply disruptions and result in a loss of revenue and damage to our equipment and facilities, which may or may not be insured. Specifically, we typically have experienced a pause by our customers around the holiday season in the fourth quarter, which may be

 

33


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

compounded as our customers exhaust their annual capital spending budgets towards year end. Additionally, our operations are directly affected by weather conditions. During the winter months (first and fourth quarters) and periods of heavy snow, ice or rain, particularly in the northeastern U.S., Michigan, North Dakota, Wyoming and western Canada, our customers may delay operations or we may not be able to operate or move our equipment between locations. Also, during the spring thaw, which normally starts in late March and continues through June, some areas, primarily in western Canada, impose transportation restrictions to prevent damage caused by the spring thaw. For the year ended December 31, 2016 and the nine months ended September 30, 2017, we generated approximately 4.4% and 4.0%, respectively, of our revenue from our operations in western Canada. Lastly, throughout the year heavy rains adversely affect activity levels, as well locations and dirt access roads can become impassible in wet conditions.

Oilfield anti-indemnity provisions enacted by many states may restrict or prohibit a party’s indemnification of us.

We typically enter into agreements with our customers governing the provision of our services, which usually include certain indemnification provisions for losses resulting from operations. Such agreements may require each party to indemnify the other against certain claims regardless of the negligence or other fault of the indemnified party; however, many states place limitations on contractual indemnity agreements, particularly agreements that indemnify a party against the consequences of its own negligence. Furthermore, certain states, including Louisiana, New Mexico, Texas and Wyoming, have enacted statutes generally referred to as “oilfield anti-indemnity acts” expressly prohibiting certain indemnity agreements contained in or related to oilfield services agreements. Such oilfield anti-indemnity acts may restrict or void a party’s indemnification of us, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, prospects and results of operations.

The growth of our business through acquisitions may expose us to various risks, including those relating to difficulties in identifying suitable, accretive acquisition opportunities and integrating businesses, assets and personnel, as well as difficulties in obtaining financing for targeted acquisitions and the potential for increased leverage or debt service requirements.

As a component of our business strategy, we have pursued and intend to continue to pursue selected, accretive acquisitions of complementary assets, businesses and technologies. Acquisitions involve numerous risks, including:

 

 

unanticipated costs and assumption of liabilities and exposure to unforeseen liabilities of acquired businesses, including, but not limited to, environmental liabilities;

 

 

difficulties in integrating the operations and assets of the acquired business and the acquired personnel;

 

 

limitations on our ability to properly assess and maintain an effective internal control environment over an acquired business, in order to comply with public reporting requirements;

 

 

potential losses of key employees and customers of the acquired businesses;

 

 

inability to commercially develop acquired technologies;

 

 

risks of entering markets in which we have limited prior experience; and

 

 

increases in our expenses and working capital requirements.

The process of integrating an acquired business may involve unforeseen costs and delays or other operational, technical and financial difficulties and may require a disproportionate amount of management attention and financial and other resources. Our failure to achieve consolidation savings, to incorporate the acquired businesses and assets into our existing operations successfully or to minimize any unforeseen operational

 

34


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

difficulties could have a material adverse effect on our financial condition and results of operations. Furthermore, there is intense competition for acquisition opportunities in our industry. Competition for acquisitions may increase the cost of, or cause us to refrain from, completing acquisitions.

In addition to potential future acquisitions, the ongoing integration of our business in connection with the Combination present a number of risks that could affect our results of operations. In particular, integrating the businesses from the Combination is difficult and involves a number of special risks, including the diversion of management’s attention to the assimilation of the operations, the unpredictability of costs related to the Combination and the difficulty of integration of the businesses, products, services, technology and employees. The ability to achieve the anticipated benefits of the Combination will depend, in part, upon whether the integration of the various businesses, products, services, technology and employees is accomplished in an efficient and effective manner, and there can be no assurance that this will occur.

Furthermore, we may not have sufficient capital resources to complete additional acquisitions. Historically, we have financed acquisitions primarily with funding from our equity investors, cash generated by operations and borrowings under debt facilities. We may incur substantial indebtedness to finance future acquisitions and also may issue equity, debt or convertible securities in connection with such acquisitions. Debt service requirements could represent a significant burden on our results of operations and financial condition and the issuance of additional equity or convertible securities could be dilutive to our existing stockholders. Furthermore, we may not be able to obtain additional financing on satisfactory terms. Even if we have access to the necessary capital, we may be unable to continue to identify additional suitable acquisition opportunities, negotiate acceptable terms or successfully acquire identified targets.

Our ability to grow through acquisitions and manage growth will require us to continue to invest in operational, financial and management information systems and to attract, retain, motivate and effectively manage our employees. The inability to effectively manage the integration of acquisitions could reduce our focus on current operations and subsequent acquisitions, which, in turn, could negatively impact our earnings and growth. Our financial position and results of operations may fluctuate significantly from period to period, based on whether or not significant acquisitions are completed in particular periods.

We are subject to federal, state and local laws and regulations regarding issues of health, safety and protection of the environment. Under these laws and regulations, we may become liable for penalties, damages or costs of remediation or other corrective measures. Any changes in laws or government regulations could increase our costs of doing business.

Our operations are subject to stringent federal, state, local and tribal laws and regulations relating to, among other things, protection of natural resources, clean air and drinking water, wetlands, endangered species, greenhouse gasses, nonattainment areas, the environment, occupational health and safety, chemical use and storage, waste management, waste disposal and transportation of waste and other hazardous and nonhazardous materials. Our operations involve risks of environmental liability, including leakage from an operator’s casing during our operations or accidental spills onto or into surface or subsurface soils, surface water or groundwater. Some environmental laws and regulations may impose strict liability, joint and several liability, or both. In some situations, we could be exposed to liability as a result of our conduct that was lawful at the time it occurred or the conduct of, or conditions caused by, third parties without regard to whether we caused or contributed to the conditions. Additionally, environmental concerns, including clean air, drinking water contamination and seismic activity, have prompted investigations that could lead to the enactment of regulations, limitations, restrictions or moratoria that could potentially have a material adverse impact on our business. Actions arising under these laws and regulations could result in the shutdown of our operations, fines and penalties (administrative, civil or criminal), revocations of permits to conduct business, expenditures for remediation or other corrective measures and/or claims for liability for property damage, exposure to

 

35


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

hazardous materials, exposure to hazardous waste, nuisance or personal injuries. Sanctions for noncompliance with applicable environmental laws and regulations may also include the assessment of administrative, civil or criminal penalties, revocation of permits and temporary or permanent cessation of operations in a particular location and issuance of corrective action orders. Such claims or sanctions and related costs could cause us to incur substantial costs or losses and could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, prospects and results of operations. Additionally, an increase in regulatory requirements, limitations, restrictions or moratoria on oil and natural gas exploration and completion activities at a federal, state or local level could significantly delay or interrupt our operations, limit the amount of work we can perform, increase our costs of compliance, or increase the cost of our services, thereby possibly having a material adverse impact on our financial condition.

If we do not perform our operations in accordance with government, industry, customer or our own stringent occupational safety, health and environmental standards, we could lose business from our customers, many of whom have an increased focus on environmental and safety issues.

We are subject to the U.S. Environmental Protection Agency (the “EPA”), the DOT, U.S. Nuclear Regulation Commission, Bureau of Alcohol, Tobacco, Firearms and Explosives, OSHA and state regulatory agencies that regulate operations to prevent air, soil and water pollution. The energy extraction sector is one of the sectors designated for increased enforcement by the EPA, which will continue to regulate our industry in the years to come, potentially resulting in additional regulations that could have a material adverse impact on our business, prospects or financial condition.

The EPA regulates air emissions from all engines, including off-road diesel engines that are used by us to power equipment in the field under the federal Clean Air Act’s (“CAA”) Tier 4 emission standards. The Tier 4 standards require substantial reductions in emissions of particulate matter and nitrous oxide from off-road diesel engines. Such emission reductions can be achieved through the use of appropriate control technologies. Under these U.S. emission control regulations, we could be limited in the number of certain off-road diesel engines we can purchase if we are unable to find a sufficient number of Tier 4-compliant engines from manufacturers. Further, these emission control regulations could result in increased capital and operating costs.

Changes in environmental laws and regulations could lead to material increases in our costs, and liability exposure, for future environmental compliance and remediation. Additionally, if we expand the size or scope of our operations, we could be subject to regulatory requirements that are more stringent than the requirements under which we are currently allowed to operate or require additional authorizations to continue operations. Compliance with this additional regulatory burden could increase our operating or other costs.

Federal, state and local legislative and regulatory initiatives relating to hydraulic fracturing could prohibit, restrict or limit hydraulic fracturing operations, or increase our operating costs.

Our business is dependent on hydraulic fracturing and horizontal drilling activities. Hydraulic fracturing is an important and common practice that is used to stimulate production of hydrocarbons, particularly natural gas, from tight formations, including shales. The process, which involves the injection of water, sand and chemicals under pressure into formations to fracture the surrounding rock and stimulate production, is typically regulated by state oil and natural gas commissions. However, federal agencies have asserted regulatory authority over certain aspects of the process. For example, the EPA has asserted federal regulatory authority pursuant to the federal Safe Drinking Water Act over certain hydraulic fracturing activities involving the use of diesel fuels and published permitting guidance in February 2014 addressing the performance of such activities using diesel fuels. In 2016, the EPA issued final regulations under the federal Clean Air Act establishing performance standards, including standards for the capture of air emissions released during hydraulic fracturing. On June 5, 2017, the EPA stayed three portions of these standards for 90 days: fugitive emissions requirements, well site

 

36


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

pneumatic pump standards, and requirements for certification of closed vent systems. This 90-day stay was vacated by the U.S. Court of Appeals for the D.C. Circuit on July 3, 2017, but the D.C. Circuit did not vacate the EPA’s June 16, 2017 proposal to stay these requirements for two years and revisit the entirety of the 2016 performance standards requirements. Comments to the EPA’s June 16, 2017 proposal were due August 9, 2017. As a result of these developments, future implementation of the 2016 performance standards requirements is uncertain at this time. Furthermore, in June 2017, the Bureau of Land Management (“BLM”) stayed a rule published in November 2016 that imposed requirements to reduce methane emissions from venting, flaring, and leaking on public lands from oil and gas operations that is similar to the EPA performance standards; that stay is subject to pending litigation. However, on October 5, 2017, the BLM published a proposed rule that would temporarily suspend or delay certain requirements contained in the November 2016 final rule until January 17, 2019. The comment period for this proposed rule ended on November 6, 2017. However, given the long-term trend towards increasing regulation, future federal regulation of methane and other greenhouse gas emissions from the oil and gas industry remain a possibility. The EPA also issued an advanced notice of proposed rulemaking under the Toxic Substances Control Act to require companies to disclose information regarding the chemicals used in hydraulic fracturing, and also finalized rules in June 2016 that prohibit the discharge of wastewater from hydraulic fracturing operations to publicly owned wastewater treatment plants. The BLM also finalized rules in March 2015 that impose new or more stringent standards for performing hydraulic fracturing on federal and Native American lands. The U.S. District Court of Wyoming struck down the rules in June 2016. In addition, following the issuance of a presidential executive order to review rules related to energy industry, on July 25, 2017, the BLM proposed to rescind its hydraulic fracturing rules. In September 2017, the Tenth Circuit issued a ruling to vacate this decision and dismiss the lawsuit challenging the rule in light of the BLM’s proposed rulemaking. The timing of a final rulemaking is unknown. As a result of these developments, future implementation of the BLM rules is uncertain at this time. Also, Congress has from time to time considered legislation to provide for federal regulation of hydraulic fracturing under the SDWA and to require disclosure of the chemicals used in the hydraulic fracturing process. It is unclear how any additional federal regulation of hydraulic fracturing activities may affect our operations.

Various studies analyzing the potential environmental impacts of hydraulic fracturing have also been performed. For example, in December 2016, the EPA released its final report on the potential impacts of hydraulic fracturing on drinking water resources. The final report concluded that “water cycle” activities associated with hydraulic fracturing may impact drinking water resources “under some circumstances,” noting that the following hydraulic fracturing water cycle activities and local- or regional-scale factors are more likely than others to result in more frequent or more severe impacts: water withdrawals for fracturing in times or areas of low water availability; surface spills during the management of fracturing fluids, chemicals or produced water; injection of fracturing fluids into wells with inadequate mechanical integrity; injection of fracturing fluids directly into groundwater resources; discharge of inadequately treated fracturing wastewater to surface waters; and disposal or storage of fracturing wastewater in unlined pits. As described elsewhere in this prospectus, these risks are regulated under various state, federal, and local laws.

Some states, counties and municipalities have enacted or are considering moratoria on hydraulic fracturing. For example, New York and Vermont have banned or are in the process of banning the use of high volume hydraulic fracturing. Alternatively, some municipalities are or have considered zoning and other ordinances, the conditions of which could impose a de facto ban on drilling and/or hydraulic fracturing operations. Further, some states, counties and municipalities are closely examining water use issues, such as permit and disposal options for processed water, which could have a material adverse impact on our financial condition, prospects and results of operations if such additional permitting requirements are imposed upon our industry. If the EPA or another federal or state-level agency asserts jurisdiction over certain aspects of hydraulic fracturing operations, an additional level of regulation established at the federal or state level could lead to operational delays, reduce demand for our services, and increase our operating costs. At this time, it is not possible to estimate the potential

 

37


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

impact on our business of the enactment of additional federal, state, or legislation or regulations affecting hydraulic fracturing. Compliance or the consequences of any failure to comply, such as the issuance of fines, penalties, or injunctions prohibiting some or all of our operations or the operations of our customers could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, prospects and results of operations.

Existing or future laws and regulations related to greenhouse gases and climate change could have a negative impact on our business and may result in additional compliance obligations with respect to the release, capture and use of greenhouse gasses that could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations, prospects and financial condition.

Changes in environmental requirements related to greenhouse gas emissions and climate change may negatively impact demand for our services. For example, oil and natural gas E&P may decline as a result of environmental requirements, including land use policies responsive to environmental concerns. Federal, state and local agencies have been evaluating climate-related legislation and other regulatory initiatives that would restrict emissions of greenhouse gases in areas in which we conduct business. Because our business depends on the level of activity in the oil and natural gas industry, existing or future laws and regulations related to greenhouse gases and climate change, including incentives to conserve energy or use alternative energy sources, could have a negative impact on our business if such laws or regulations reduce demand for oil and natural gas. Likewise, such restrictions may result in additional compliance obligations with respect to the release, capture, sequestration and use of greenhouse gasses that could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations, prospects and financial condition. Finally, some scientists have concluded that increasing concentrations of greenhouse gases in the Earth’s atmosphere may produce climate changes that could have significant physical effects, such as increased frequency and severity of storms, droughts, and floods and other climatic events; if such effects were to occur, they could have an adverse impact on our operations.

Studies by both state or federal agencies demonstrating a correlation between earthquakes and oil and natural gas activities could result in increased regulatory and operational burdens.

In light of concerns about seismic activity being triggered by the injection of produced waters into underground wells, certain regulators are also considering additional requirements related to seismic safety for hydraulic fracturing activities. A 2015 U.S. Geological Survey report identified eight states, including Texas, with areas of increased rates of induced seismicity that could be attributed to fluid injection or oil and gas extraction.

We may be subject to claims for personal injury and property damage or other litigation, which could materially adversely affect our financial condition, prospects and results of operations.

Our services are subject to inherent risks that can cause personal injury or loss of life, damage to or destruction of property, equipment or the environment or the suspension of our operations. As the wells we service continue to become more complex, our exposure to such inherent risks becomes greater as downhole risks increase exponentially with an increase in complexity and lateral length. Our operations are also exposed to risks of labor organizing and risks of claims for alleged employment-related liabilities, including risks of claims related to alleged wrongful termination or discrimination, wage payment practices, retaliation claims and other human resource related matters. Litigation arising from operations where our facilities are located, or our services are provided, may cause us to be named as a defendant in lawsuits asserting potentially large claims including claims for exemplary damages. For example, transportation of heavy equipment creates the potential for our trucks to become involved in roadway accidents, which in turn could result in personal injury or property damages lawsuits being filed against us.

We maintain what we believe is customary and reasonable insurance to protect our business against these potential losses, but such insurance may not be adequate to cover our liabilities, especially as the inherent risks in our operations increase with increasing well complexity, and we are not fully insured against all risks.

 

38


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

Further, our insurance has deductibles or self-insured retentions and contains certain coverage exclusions. The current trend in the insurance industry is towards larger deductibles and self-insured retentions. In addition, insurance may not be available in the future at rates that we consider reasonable and commercially justifiable, compelling us to have larger deductibles or self-insured retentions to effectively manage expenses. As a result, we could become subject to material uninsured liabilities or situations where we have high deductibles or self-insured retentions that expose us to liabilities that could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, prospects or results of operations.

In recent years, oilfield services companies have been the subject of a significant volume of wage and hour-related litigation, including claims brought under the Federal Labor Standards Act, in which employee pay practices have been challenged. We have been named as defendants in these lawsuits. Some of these cases remain outstanding and are in various states of negotiation and/or litigation. The frequency and significance of wage- or other employment-related claims may affect expenses, costs and relationships with employees and regulators.

Our operations are subject to cyber security risks that could have a material adverse effect on our combined results of operations and combined financial condition.

The efficient operation of our business is dependent on our information technology (“IT”) systems. Accordingly, we rely upon the capacity, reliability and security of our IT hardware and software infrastructure and our ability to expand and update this infrastructure in response to our changing needs. Our IT systems are subject to possible breaches and other threats that could cause us harm. If our systems for protecting against cyber security risks prove not to be sufficient, we could be adversely affected by, among other things, loss or damage of intellectual property, proprietary information, or customer data; interruption of business operations; or additional costs to prevent, respond to, or mitigate cyber security attacks. These risks could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and result of operations.

Changes in transportation regulations may increase our costs and negatively impact our results of operations.

We are subject to various transportation regulations including as a motor carrier by the DOT and by various federal, state and tribal agencies, whose regulations include certain permit requirements of highway and safety authorities. These regulatory authorities exercise broad powers over our trucking operations, generally governing such matters as the authorization to engage in motor carrier operations, safety, equipment testing, driver requirements and specifications and insurance requirements. Certain motor vehicle operators are required to register with the DOT. This registration requires an acceptable operating record. The DOT periodically conducts compliance reviews and may revoke registration privileges based on certain safety performance criteria, and a revocation could result in a suspension of operations. Since 2010, the DOT has pursued its Compliance, Safety, Accountability (“CSA”) program in an effort to improve commercial truck and bus safety. A component of CSA is the Safety Measurement System (“SMS”), which analyzes all safety violations recorded by federal and state law enforcement personnel to determine a carrier’s safety performance. The SMS is intended to allow DOT to identify carriers with safety issues and intervene to address those problems. However, in January 2016, the DOT proposed its Safety Determination rule, which would alter the DOT’s methodology for determining when a motor carrier is unfit to operate a commercial motor vehicle. At this time, we cannot predict whether the rule will be adopted as proposed nor the effect such a revision may have on our safety rating.

The trucking industry is subject to possible regulatory and legislative changes that may impact our operations, such as changes in fuel emissions limits, hours of service regulations that govern the amount of time a driver may drive or work in any specific period and limits on vehicle weight and size. For example, in December 2016, the DOT finalized minimum training standards for new drivers seeking a commercial driver’s license, and

 

39


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

effective December 2017, the Federal Motor Carrier Safety Administration will mandate electronic logging devices in all interstate commercial trucks. As the federal government continues to develop and propose regulations relating to fuel quality, engine efficiency and greenhouse gas emissions, we may experience an increase in costs related to truck purchases and maintenance, impairment of equipment productivity, a decrease in the residual value of vehicles, unpredictable fluctuations in fuel prices and an increase in operating expenses. Increased truck traffic may contribute to deteriorating road conditions in some areas where our operations are performed. Our operations, including routing and weight restrictions, could be affected by road construction, road repairs, detours and state and local regulations and ordinances restricting access to certain roads. Proposals to increase federal, state or local taxes, including taxes on motor fuels, are also made from time to time, and any such increase would increase our operating costs. Also, state and local regulation of permitted routes and times on specific roadways could adversely affect our operations. We cannot predict whether, or in what form, any legislative or regulatory changes or municipal ordinances applicable to our logistics operations will be enacted and to what extent any such legislation or regulations could increase our costs or otherwise adversely affect our business or operations.

We are dependent on customers in a single industry. The loss of one or more significant customers could adversely affect our financial condition, prospects and results of operations.

Our customers are engaged in the oil and natural gas E&P business in North America, which has been historically volatile. For the year ended December 31, 2016, our five largest customers, collectively accounted for approximately 30% of total revenues, and one customer, Pioneer Natural Resources Company, accounted for more than 10% of our revenue. If we were to lose several key alliances over a relatively short period of time or if one of our largest customers fails to pay or delays in paying a significant amount of our outstanding receivables, we could experience an adverse impact on our business, financial condition, results of operations, cash flows and prospects. Additionally, the E&P industry is characterized by frequent consolidation activity. Changes in ownership of our customers may result in the loss of, or reduction in, business from those customers, which could materially and adversely affect our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects.

Our executive officers and certain key personnel are critical to our business and these officers and key personnel may not remain with us in the future.

Our future success depends in substantial part on our ability to hire and retain our executive officers and other key personnel. In particular, we are highly dependent on certain of our executive officers, particularly our President and Chief Executive Officer, Ann G. Fox, and the President of our Completion Solutions segment, David Crombie. These individuals possess extensive expertise, talent and leadership, and they are critical to our success. The diminution or loss of the services of these individuals, or other integral key personnel affiliated with entities that we acquire in the future, could have a material adverse effect on our business. Furthermore, we may not be able to enforce all of the provisions in any employment agreement we have entered into with certain of our executive officers and such employment agreements may not otherwise be effective in retaining such individuals. In addition, we may not be able to retain key employees of entities that we acquire in the future. This may impact our ability to successfully integrate or operate the assets we acquire.

A terrorist attack or armed conflict could harm our business.

The occurrence or threat of terrorist attacks in the United States or other countries, anti-terrorist efforts and other armed conflicts involving the United States or other countries, including continued hostilities in the Middle East, may adversely affect the United States and global economies and could prevent us from meeting financial and other obligations. We could experience loss of business, delays or defaults in payments from payors or disruptions of fuel supplies and markets if wells, operations sites or other related facilities are direct

 

40


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

targets or indirect casualties of an act of terror or war. Such activities could reduce the overall demand for oil and natural gas, which, in turn, could also reduce the demand for our products and services. Oil and natural gas related facilities could be direct targets of terrorist attacks, and our operations could be adversely impacted if infrastructure integral to our customers’ operations is destroyed or damaged. Costs for insurance and other security may increase as a result of these threats, and some insurance coverage may become more difficult to obtain, if available at all. Terrorist activities and the threat of potential terrorist activities and any resulting economic downturn could adversely affect our results of operations, impair our ability to raise capital or otherwise adversely impact our ability to realize certain business strategies.

Delays or restrictions in obtaining, or inability to obtain or renew, permits or authorizations by our customers for their operations or by us for our operations could impair our business.

In most states, our operations and the operations of our customers require permits or authorizations from one or more governmental agencies or other third parties to perform drilling and completion and production activities, including hydraulic fracturing. Such permits or approvals are typically required by state agencies, but federal and local governmental permits may also be required. We are also required to obtain federal, state, local and/or third-party permits and authorizations in some jurisdictions in connection with our wireline services and trucking operations. The requirements for permits or authorizations vary depending on the location where the associated activities will be conducted. As with most permitting and authorization processes, there is a degree of uncertainty as to whether a permit will be granted, the time it will take for a permit or approval to be issued and the conditions which may be imposed in connection with the granting of the permit. In Texas, rural water districts have begun to impose restrictions on water use and may require permits for water used in drilling and completion activities. In addition, some of our customers’ drilling and completion activities may take place on federal land or Native American lands, requiring leases and other approvals from the federal government or Native American tribes to conduct such drilling and completion activities. Permitting, authorization or renewal delays, the inability to obtain new permits or the revocation of current permits could cause a loss of revenue and potentially have a materially adverse effect on our business, financial condition, prospects or results of operations.

Our Canadian operations subject us to currency translation risk, which could cause our results to fluctuate significantly from period to period.

A portion of our revenues are derived from our Canadian activities and operations. As a result, we translate the results of our operations and financial condition of our Canadian operations into U.S. dollars. Therefore, our reported results of operations and financial condition are subject to changes in the exchange rate between the two currencies. Fluctuations in foreign currency exchange rates could affect our revenue, expenses and operating margins. Currently, we do not hedge our exposure to changes in foreign exchange rates.

Risks related to this offering and owning our common stock

SCF controls a significant percentage of our voting power.

Upon completion of this offering, SCF will own approximately         % of our outstanding common stock (or         % of our common stock if the underwriters exercise in full their option to purchase additional shares of common stock). In addition, certain of our directors are currently employed by SCF. Consequently, SCF will be able to strongly influence all matters that require approval by our stockholders, including the election and removal of directors, changes to our organizational documents and approval of acquisition offers and other significant corporate transactions. This concentration of ownership will limit your ability to influence corporate matters, and as a result, actions may be taken that you may not view as beneficial. This concentration of stock ownership may also adversely affect the trading price of our common stock to the extent investors perceive a disadvantage in owning stock of a company with a controlling stockholder.

 

41


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

Certain of our directors may have conflicts of interest because they are also directors or officers of SCF. The resolution of these conflicts of interest may not be in our or your best interests.

Certain of our directors, namely David C. Baldwin and Andrew L. Waite, are currently officers of LESA. In addition, Mr. Baldwin and Mr. Waite are both directors of Forum Energy Technology, a corporation in which SCF and its affiliates own an approximate 21% equity interest as of September 30, 2017. These positions may conflict with such individuals’ duties as one of our directors or officers regarding business dealings and other matters between SCF and us. The resolution of these conflicts may not always be in our or your best interest.

SCF and its affiliates are not limited in their ability to compete with us, and the corporate opportunity provisions in our charter could enable SCF to benefit from corporate opportunities that may otherwise be available to us.

SCF and its affiliates have investments in other oilfield service companies that may compete with us, and SCF and its affiliates may invest in such other companies in the future. SCF, its other affiliates and its portfolio companies are referred to herein as the “SCF Group.” Conflicts of interest could arise in the future between us, on the one hand, and the SCF Group, on the other hand, concerning among other things, potential competitive business activities or business opportunities.

Our charter provides that, to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, we renounce any interest or expectancy in any business opportunity that involves any aspect of the energy equipment or services business or industry and that may be from time to time presented to SCF or any of our directors or officers who is also an employee, partner, member, manager, officer or director of any SCF Group entity, even if the opportunity is one that we might reasonably have pursued or had the ability or desire to pursue if granted the opportunity to do so. Our charter further provides that no such person or party shall be liable to us by reason of the fact that such person pursues any such business opportunity, or fails to offer any such business opportunity to us. As a result, any of our directors or officers who is also an employee, partner, member, manager, officer or director of any SCF Group entity may become aware, from time to time, of certain business opportunities, such as acquisition opportunities, and may direct such opportunities to other businesses in which they have invested, in which case we may not become aware of or otherwise have the ability to pursue such opportunity. Further, such businesses may choose to compete with us for these opportunities. As a result, by renouncing our interest and expectancy in any business opportunity that may be from time to time presented to any member of an SCF Group entity or any of our directors or officers who is also an employee, partner, member, manager, officer or director of any SCF Group entity, our business or prospects could be adversely affected if attractive business opportunities are procured by such parties for their own benefit rather than for ours. See “Certain relationships and related party transactions.” Our charter provides that any amendment to or adoption of any provision inconsistent with our charter’s provisions governing the renouncement of business opportunities must be approved by the holders of at least 80% of the voting power of the outstanding stock of the corporation entitled to vote thereon. See “Description of capital stock—Renouncement of business opportunities” for more information. Any actual or perceived conflicts of interest with respect to the foregoing could have an adverse impact on the trading price of our common stock.

The requirements of being a public company, including compliance with the reporting requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and the requirements of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act and the NYSE, may strain our resources, increase our costs and distract management, and we may be unable to comply with these requirements in a timely or cost-effective manner.

As a public company, we will need to comply with new laws, regulations and requirements, certain corporate governance provisions of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, related regulations of the SEC and the requirements of the NYSE, with which we are not required to comply as a private company. Complying with these statutes,

 

42


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

regulations and requirements will occupy a significant amount of time of our board of directors and management and will significantly increase our costs and expenses. We will need to:

 

 

institute a more comprehensive compliance function;

 

 

comply with rules promulgated by the NYSE;

 

 

continue to prepare and distribute periodic public reports in compliance with our obligations under the federal securities laws;

 

 

establish new internal policies, such as those relating to insider trading; and

 

 

involve and retain to a greater degree outside counsel and accountants in the above activities.

In addition, we expect that being a public company subject to these rules and regulations may make it more difficult and more expensive for us to obtain director and officer liability insurance and we may be required to accept reduced policy limits and coverage or incur substantially higher costs to obtain the same or similar coverage. As a result, it may be more difficult for us to attract and retain qualified individuals to serve on our board of directors or as executive officers. We are currently evaluating these rules, and we cannot predict or estimate the amount of additional costs we may incur or the timing of such costs.

We will be required to comply with certain provisions of Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act as early as our fiscal year ending December 31, 2018. Section 404 requires that we document and test our internal control over financial reporting and issue management’s assessment of our internal control over financial reporting. This section also requires that our independent registered public accounting firm opine on those internal controls upon becoming a large accelerated filer, as defined in the SEC rules, or otherwise ceasing to qualify as an emerging growth company under the JOBS Act. We are evaluating our existing controls against the standards adopted by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission. During the course of our ongoing evaluation and integration of the internal control over financial reporting, we may identify areas requiring improvement, and we may have to design enhanced processes and controls to address issues and prevent fraud identified through this review. For example, we anticipate the need to hire additional administrative and accounting personnel to conduct our financial reporting. We cannot be certain at this time that we will be able to successfully complete the procedures, certification and attestation requirements of Section 404.

We have identified material weaknesses in our internal control over financial reporting, with regard to the reporting of income tax expense (benefit), related balance sheet accounts and other comprehensive income and also with regard to segregation of certain accounting duties. We may identify additional material weaknesses in the future or otherwise fail to maintain an effective system of internal controls, which may result in material misstatements of our financial statements or cause us to fail to meet our reporting obligations.

In connection with the audit of our financial statements for the year ended December 31, 2016, we identified a material weakness in our internal control over the reporting of income tax expense (benefit), the related balance sheet accounts and other comprehensive income. A material weakness is defined as a deficiency, or a combination of deficiencies, in internal control over financial reporting, such that there is a reasonable possibility that a material misstatement of our annual or interim financial statements will not be prevented or detected on a timely basis.

During the first quarter of 2017, we hired a tax professional as our tax director, who performed a detailed review of our deferred taxes and our tax provision and identified certain immaterial errors in our income tax expense (benefit) and deferred tax balance for the years ended December 31, 2016 and 2015. Upon review of our internal controls in

 

43


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

connection with the identification of these errors, we determined that we did not design and maintain an effective control environment with formal accounting policies and controls, and with trained professionals with an appropriate level of income tax knowledge and experience, to properly analyze, record and disclose the accounting matters commensurate with our financial reporting requirements related to income taxes. Specifically, we did not have controls designed to address the accuracy of income tax expense (benefit) and related combined balance sheet accounts, including deferred income taxes, as well as adequate procedures and controls to review the work of external experts engaged to assist in income tax matters or to monitor the presentation and disclosure of income taxes.

This material weakness resulted in the need to correct misstatements in our combined financial statements as of and for the years ended December 31, 2016 and 2015 prior to their issuance. The misstatements were not material to either 2016 or 2015.

As described above, during the first quarter of 2017, we hired a tax professional as our tax director, who identified the misstatements described above and will be responsible for performing a detailed review of our deferred taxes and our annual and quarterly tax provision for all future periods. We further plan to remediate by implementing additional review procedures within the accounting and finance department and, if appropriate, engaging external accounting experts with the appropriate knowledge to supplement our internal resources in our computation and review processes. These planned actions are subject to ongoing management review and the oversight of our board of directors.

In addition, in connection with the preparation of our financial statements for the nine months ended September 30, 2017, we identified a material weakness in our internal control over financial reporting, specifically as it related to segregation of certain accounting duties stemming from our decentralized accounting structure and limited number of accounting personnel. We did not design and maintain adequate controls to address segregation of certain accounting duties related to journal entries, account reconciliations and other accounting functions. Certain accounting personnel have the ability to prepare and post journal entries, as well as reconcile accounts, without an independent review by someone other than the preparer. Specifically, our internal controls were not designed or operating effectively to evidence that journal entries were appropriately recorded or were properly reviewed for validity, accuracy and completeness. No misstatement has been identified related to the inadequate segregation of accounting duties.

We have begun to remediate and plan to further remediate this material weakness relating to segregation of certain accounting duties by replacing less sophisticated accounting systems used by some of our newly-acquired subsidiaries with the enterprise resource planning system used by the majority of our subsidiaries. Also, we will work with third party consultants to identify internal control risks and implement remedies. These actions and planned actions are subject to ongoing management review and the oversight of our board of directors.

The material weaknesses described above or any newly identified material weakness could limit our ability to prevent or detect a misstatement of our accounts or disclosures that could result in a material misstatement of our annual or interim financial statements. We cannot assure you that the measures we have taken to date, or any measures we may take in the future, will be sufficient to remediate the control deficiencies that led to the material weaknesses in our internal control over financial reporting described above or to avoid potential future material weaknesses. In addition, neither our management nor an independent registered public accounting firm has ever performed an evaluation of our internal control over financial reporting in accordance with the provisions of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act because no such evaluation has been required. Had we or our independent registered public accounting firm performed an evaluation of our internal control over financial reporting in accordance with the provisions of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, additional material weaknesses may have been identified.

Effective internal controls are necessary for us to provide reliable financial reports and prevent fraud. If we are unable to successfully remediate our existing or any future material weakness in our internal control over

 

44


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

financial reporting, or identify any additional material weaknesses that may exist, the accuracy and timing of our financial reporting may be adversely affected, we may be unable to maintain compliance with securities law requirements regarding timely filing of periodic reports in addition to applicable stock exchange listing requirements, we may be unable to prevent fraud, investors may lose confidence in our financial reporting, and our stock price may decline as a result. Additionally, our reporting obligations as a public company could place a significant strain on our management, operational and financial resources and systems for the foreseeable future and may cause us to fail to timely achieve and maintain the adequacy of our internal control over financial reporting.

There is no existing market for our common stock, and a trading market that will provide you with adequate liquidity may not develop. The price of our common stock may fluctuate significantly, and you could lose all or part of your investment.

Prior to this offering, there has been no public market for our common stock. After this offering, there will be only                  publicly traded shares of common stock held by our public common stockholders (                 shares of common stock if the underwriters exercise in full their option to purchase additional shares of common stock). SCF will own                  shares of common stock, representing an aggregate         % of outstanding shares of our common stock. We do not know the extent to which investor interest will lead to the development of an active trading market or how liquid that market might become. If an active trading market does not develop, you may have difficulty reselling any of our common stock at or above the initial public offering price. Additionally, the lack of liquidity may result in wide bid-ask spreads, contribute to significant fluctuations in the market price of the common stock and limit the number of investors who are able to buy the common stock.

The initial public offering price for the common stock offered hereby will be determined by negotiations between us and the representatives of the underwriters and may not be indicative of the market price of the common stock that will prevail in the trading market. Consequently, you may not be able to sell shares of our common stock at prices equal to or greater than the price paid by you in this offering.

The following is a non-exhaustive list of factors that could affect our stock price:

 

 

our operating and financial performance;

 

 

quarterly variations in the rate of growth of our financial indicators, such as net income per share, net income and revenues;

 

 

the public reaction to our press releases, our other public announcements and our filings with the SEC;

 

 

strategic actions by our competitors;

 

 

our failure to meet revenue or earnings estimates by research analysts or other investors;

 

 

changes in revenue or earnings estimates, or changes in recommendations or withdrawal of research coverage, by equity research analysts;

 

 

speculation in the press or investment community;

 

 

the failure of research analysts to cover our common stock;

 

 

sales of our common stock by us or other stockholders, or the perception that such sales may occur;

 

 

changes in accounting principles, policies, guidance, interpretations or standards;

 

 

additions or departures of key management personnel;

 

45


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements
 

actions by our stockholders;

 

 

general market conditions, including fluctuations in commodity prices;

 

 

domestic and international economic, legal and regulatory factors unrelated to our performance; and

 

 

the realization of any risks described under this “Risk factors” section.

The stock markets in general have experienced extreme volatility that has often been unrelated to the operating performance of particular companies. These broad market fluctuations may adversely affect the trading price of our common stock. Securities class action litigation has often been instituted against companies following periods of volatility in the overall market and in the market price of a company’s securities. Such litigation, if instituted against us, could result in substantial costs, divert our management’s attention and resources and harm our business, operating results and financial condition.

If securities or industry analysts do not publish research reports or publish unfavorable research about our business, the price and trading volume of our common stock could decline.

The trading market for our common stock will depend in part on the research reports that securities or industry analysts publish about us or our business. We do not currently have and may never obtain research coverage by securities and industry analysts. If no securities or industry analysts commence coverage of us, the trading price for our common stock and other securities would be negatively affected. In the event we obtain securities or industry analyst coverage, and one or more of the analysts who covers us downgrades our securities, the price of our securities would likely decline. If one or more of these analysts ceases to cover us or fails to publish regular reports on us, interest in the purchase of our securities could decrease, which could cause the price of our common stock and other securities and their trading volume to decline.

Our charter and bylaws contain provisions that could delay, discourage or prevent a takeover attempt even if a takeover might be beneficial to our stockholders, and such provisions may adversely affect the market price of our common stock .

Provisions contained in our charter and bylaws could make it more difficult for a third party to acquire us. Our charter and bylaws also impose various procedural and other requirements, which could make it more difficult for stockholders to effect certain corporate actions. For example, our charter authorizes our board of directors to determine the rights, preferences, privileges and restrictions of unissued series of preferred stock without any vote or action by our stockholders. Thus, our board of directors can authorize and issue shares of preferred stock with voting or conversion rights that could adversely affect the voting or other rights of holders of our capital stock. These rights may have the effect of delaying or deterring a change of control of our company. Additionally, for example, our bylaws (i) establish limitations on the removal of directors and on the ability of our stockholders to call special meetings, (ii) include advance notice requirements for nominations for election to our board of directors and for proposing matters that can be acted upon at stockholder meetings, (iii) provide that our board of directors is expressly authorized to adopt, or to alter or repeal, our bylaws, and (iv) provide for a classified board of directors, consisting of three classes of approximately equal size, each class serving staggered three-year terms, so that only approximately one-third of our directors will be elected each year.

See “Description of capital stock—Anti-takeover effects of provisions of our charter, our bylaws and Delaware law.” These provisions could limit the price that certain investors might be willing to pay in the future for shares of our common stock.

 

46


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

Our charter designates the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware as the sole and exclusive forum for certain types of actions and proceedings that may be initiated by our stockholders, which could limit our stockholders’ ability to obtain a favorable judicial forum for disputes with us or our directors, officers, employees or agents.

Our charter provides that, unless we consent in writing to the selection of an alternative forum, the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware will, to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, be the sole and exclusive forum for (i) any derivative action or proceeding brought on our behalf, (ii) any action asserting a claim of breach of a fiduciary duty owed by any of our directors, officers, employees or agents to us or our stockholders, (iii) any action asserting a claim arising pursuant to any provision of the Delaware General Corporation Law (the “DGCL”), our charter or our bylaws or (iv) any action asserting a claim against us that is governed by the internal affairs doctrine, in each such case subject to such Court of Chancery having personal jurisdiction over the indispensable parties named as defendants therein. Any person or entity purchasing or otherwise acquiring any interest in shares of our capital stock will be deemed to have notice of, and consented to, the provisions of our charter described in the preceding sentence. This choice of forum provision may limit a stockholder’s ability to bring a claim in a judicial forum that it finds favorable for disputes with us or our directors, officers, employees or agents, which may discourage such lawsuits against us and such persons. Alternatively, if a court were to find these provisions of our charter inapplicable to, or unenforceable in respect of, one or more of the specified types of actions or proceedings, we may incur additional costs associated with resolving such matters in other jurisdictions, which could adversely affect our business, financial condition or results of operations.

Investors in this offering will experience immediate and substantial dilution of $         per share.

Based on an assumed initial public offering price of $         per share (the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover of this prospectus), purchasers of our common stock in this offering will experience an immediate and substantial dilution of $         per share in the net tangible book value per share of common stock from the initial public offering price, and our historical and pro forma net tangible book deficit as of September 30, 2017 would be $         per share. Please see “Dilution.”

We do not intend to pay dividends on our common stock, and we expect that our debt agreements will place certain restrictions on our ability to do so. Consequently, your only opportunity to achieve a return on your investment is if the price of our common stock appreciates.

We do not plan to declare dividends on shares of our common stock in the foreseeable future. Additionally, our new credit facility will place certain restrictions on our ability to pay cash dividends. Consequently, unless we revise our dividend policy, your only opportunity to achieve a return on your investment in us will be if you sell your common stock at a price greater than you paid for it. There is no guarantee that the price of our common stock that will prevail in the market will ever exceed the price that you pay in this offering.

Future sales of our common stock in the public market could reduce our stock price, and any additional capital raised by us through the sale of equity or convertible securities may dilute your ownership in us.

We may sell additional shares of common stock in subsequent public offerings. We may also issue additional shares of common stock or convertible securities. After the completion of this offering, we will have outstanding                  shares of our common stock and SCF will own                  shares of our common stock or approximately         % of our total outstanding shares, all of which are restricted from immediate resale under the federal securities laws and are subject to the lock-up agreements with the underwriters described in “Underwriting (conflicts of interest),” but may be sold into the market in the future. Please see “Shares eligible for future sale.” SCF and certain of our other stockholders will be party to the Amended Stockholders Agreement (as defined and described in “Certain relationships and related party transactions—Stockholders agreement”), which will require us to effect the registration of their shares in certain circumstances no earlier

 

47


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

than the expiration of the lock-up period contained in the underwriting agreement entered into in connection with this offering. Additionally,                  shares held by our employees and others will be eligible for sale at various times and subject to a 180 day lock-up agreement contained in our existing stockholders agreement, including shares eligible for sale upon exercise of vested options, after the date of this prospectus pursuant to the provisions of Rule 144.

In connection with this offering, we intend to file a registration statement with the SEC on Form S-8 providing for the registration of shares of our common stock issued or reserved for issuance under our equity incentive plan. Subject to the satisfaction of vesting conditions, the expiration of lock-up agreements and the requirements of Rule 144, shares registered under the registration statement on Form S-8 will be available for resale immediately in the public market without restriction.

We cannot predict the size of future issuances of our common stock or securities convertible into common stock or the effect, if any, that future issuances and sales of shares of our common stock will have on the market price of our common stock. Sales of substantial amounts of our common stock (including shares issued in connection with an acquisition), or the perception that such sales could occur, may adversely affect prevailing market prices of our common stock.

The underwriters of this offering may waive or release parties to the lock-up agreements entered into in connection with this offering, which could adversely affect the price of our common stock.

Prior to this offering, we, all of our directors and executive officers and SCF will enter into lock-up agreements with respect to their common stock, pursuant to which they are subject to certain resale restrictions for a period of 180 days following the effectiveness date of the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part. J.P. Morgan Securities LLC, Goldman Sachs & Co. LLC and Wells Fargo Securities, LLC may, at any time and without notice, release all or any portion of the common stock subject to the foregoing lock-up agreements. If the restrictions under the lock-up agreements are waived, then common stock will be available for sale into the public markets, which could cause the market price of our common stock to decline and impair our ability to raise capital.

A significant reduction by SCF of its ownership interests in us could adversely affect us.

We believe that SCF’s substantial ownership interest in us provides them with an economic incentive to assist us to be successful. Upon the expiration or earlier waiver of the lock-up restrictions on transfers or sales of our securities following the completion of this offering, SCF will not be subject to any obligation to maintain its ownership interest in us and may elect at any time thereafter to sell all or a substantial portion of or otherwise reduce its ownership interest in us. If SCF sells all or a substantial portion of its ownership interest in us, it may have less incentive to assist in our success and its affiliates that are expected to serve as members of our board of directors may resign. Such actions could adversely affect our ability to successfully implement our business strategies which could adversely affect our cash flows or results of operations.

Taking advantage of the reduced disclosure requirements applicable to “emerging growth companies” may make our common stock less attractive to investors.

We qualify as an “emerging growth company” as defined in the JOBS Act. An emerging growth company may take advantage of certain reduced reporting and other requirements that are otherwise applicable generally to public companies. Pursuant to these reduced disclosure requirements, emerging growth companies are not required to, among other things, comply with the auditor attestation requirements of Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, provide certain disclosures regarding executive compensation, holding stockholder advisory votes on executive compensation or obtain stockholder approval of any golden parachute payments not previously approved. In addition, emerging growth companies have longer phase-in periods for the

 

48


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

adoption of new or revised financial accounting. We would cease to be an emerging growth company if we have more than $1.07 billion in annual revenue, have more than $700 million in market value of our common stock held by non-affiliates, or issue more than $1.0 billion of non-convertible debt over a three-year period.

We intend to take advantage of all of the reduced reporting requirements and exemptions, including the longer phase-in periods for the adoption of new or revised financial accounting standards under Section 107 of the JOBS Act, until we are no longer an emerging growth company. If we were to subsequently elect instead to comply with these public company effective dates, such election would be irrevocable pursuant to Section 107 of the JOBS Act.

Our election to use the phase-in periods permitted by this election may make it difficult to compare our financial statements to those of non-emerging growth companies and other emerging growth companies that have opted out of the longer phase-in periods under Section 107 of the JOBS Act and who will comply with new or revised financial accounting standards. We cannot predict if investors will find our common stock less attractive because we will rely on these exemptions. If some investors find our common stock less attractive as a result, there may be a less active trading market for our common stock and our common stock price may be more volatile. Under the JOBS Act, emerging growth companies can delay adopting new or revised accounting standards until such time as those standards apply to private companies.

We may not be able to utilize a portion of Beckman’s or our net operating loss carryforwards (“NOLs”) to offset future taxable income for U.S. federal or state tax purposes, which could adversely affect our net income and cash flows.

As of December 31, 2016, Beckman had federal and state income tax NOLs of approximately $130.9 million, which will begin to expire between 2020 and 2033 and Nine had federal and state income tax NOLs of approximately $7.7 million, which will begin to expire between 2022 and 2036. Utilization of these NOLs depends on many factors, including our future taxable income, which cannot be assured. In addition, Section 382 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (“Section 382”), generally imposes an annual limitation on the amount of an NOL that may be used to offset taxable income when a corporation has undergone an “ownership change” (as determined under Section 382). Determining the limitations under Section 382 is technical and highly complex. An ownership change generally occurs if one or more shareholders (or groups of shareholders) who are each deemed to own at least 5% of the corporation’s stock increase their ownership by more than 50 percentage points over their lowest ownership percentage within a rolling three-year period. In the event that an ownership change has occurred—or were to occur—with respect to a corporation following its recognition of an NOL, utilization of such NOL would be subject to an annual limitation under Section 382, generally determined by multiplying the value of the corporation’s stock at the time of the ownership change by the applicable long-term tax-exempt rate as defined in Section 382. However, this annual limitation would be increased under certain circumstances by recognized built-in gains of the corporation existing at the time of the ownership change. Any unused annual limitation with respect to an NOL generally may be carried over to later years, subject to the expiration of the NOL 20 years after it arose.

The issuance of stock contemplated herein may result in an ownership change under IRC Section 382 and we may be prevented from fully utilizing either Beckman’s NOLs or our NOL’s, as applicable, at the time of the ownership change prior to their expiration. Future changes in our stock ownership or future regulatory changes could also limit our ability to utilize Beckman’s or our NOLs. To the extent we are not able to offset future taxable income with Beckman’s or our NOLs, our net income and cash flows may be adversely affected.

 

49


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

Cautionary note regarding forward-looking statements

This prospectus contains forward-looking statements that are subject to a number of risks and uncertainties, many of which are beyond our control. All statements, other than statements of historical fact included in this prospectus, regarding our strategy, future operations, financial position, estimated revenues and losses, projected costs, prospects, plans and objectives of management are forward-looking statements. When used in this prospectus, the words “could,” “believe,” “anticipate,” “intend,” “estimate,” “expect,” “may,” “continue,” “predict,” “potential,” “project” and similar expressions are intended to identify forward-looking statements, although not all forward-looking statements contain such identifying words.

Forward-looking statements may include statements about:

 

 

the volatility of future oil and natural gas prices;

 

 

our ability to successfully manage our growth, including risks and uncertainties associated with integrating and retaining key employees of the businesses we acquire;

 

 

availability of skilled and qualified labor and key management personnel;

 

 

our ability to accurately predict customer demand;

 

 

competition in our industry;

 

 

governmental regulation and taxation of the oil and natural gas industry;

 

 

environmental liabilities;

 

 

political and social issues affecting the countries in which we do business;

 

 

our ability to implement new technologies and services;

 

 

availability and terms of capital;

 

 

general economic conditions;

 

 

benefits of our acquisitions;

 

 

operating hazards inherent in our industry;

 

 

the continued influence of SCF;

 

 

our ability to establish and maintain effective internal controls over financial reporting;

 

 

our ability to operate effectively as a public traded company;

 

 

our financial strategy, budget, projections, operating results, cash flows and liquidity; and

 

 

our plans, business strategy and objectives, expectations and intentions that are not historical.

All forward-looking statements speak only as of the date of this prospectus; we disclaim any obligation to update these statements unless required by law and we caution you not to place undue reliance on them. Although we believe that our plans, intentions and expectations reflected in or suggested by the forward-looking statements we make in this prospectus are reasonable, we can give no assurance that these plans, intentions or expectations will be achieved. We disclose important factors that could cause our actual results to differ materially from our expectations under “Risk factors” and “Management’s discussion and analysis of financial condition and results of operations” and elsewhere in this prospectus. These cautionary statements qualify all forward-looking statements attributable to us or persons acting on our behalf.

 

50


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

Use of proceeds

We will receive net proceeds of approximately $         million from the sale of the common stock by us in this offering assuming an initial public offering price of $         per share (the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus) and after deducting estimated expenses and underwriting discounts and commissions payable by us.

We intend to use a portion of the net proceeds from this offering and term loan borrowings under our new credit facility to fully repay the outstanding indebtedness under the two credit facilities we currently have in place and the remainder for general corporate purposes, which may include the acquisition of additional equipment and complementary businesses that enhance our existing service offerings, broaden our service offerings or expand our customer relationships.

The following table illustrates our anticipated use of the net proceeds from this offering:

 

Sources of funds (In millions)      Use of funds (In millions)  

Net proceeds from this offering

   $          

Repayment of the Existing Nine Credit Facility(1)

   $ 119.8  

Term loans under new credit facility

   $ 125.0     

Repayment of Existing Beckman Credit Facility(2)

     121.0  
      Funding of general corporate purposes   
  

 

 

       

 

 

 

Total Sources of Funds

   $          

Total Uses of Funds

   $           

 

 

 

(1)   Pursuant to the Existing Nine Credit Facility, Nine has a $35.2 million term loan. At September 30, 2017, the weighted average interest rate of the term loan was approximately 5.7%. Also, as of September 30, 2017, Nine had $75.0 million of outstanding revolving borrowings (including letters of credit) under the Existing Nine U.S. Revolving Credit Facility (defined and described in “Management’s discussion and analysis of financial condition and results of operations—Our credit facilities”) and Nine Energy Canada Inc. had $9.6 million of outstanding revolving borrowings (including letters of credit) under the Existing Nine Canadian Revolving Credit Facility (defined and described in “Management’s discussion and analysis of financial condition and results of operations—Our credit facilities”). Borrowings under the Existing Nine Credit Facility bear interest at a variable rate. At September 30, 2017, the weighted average interest rates on borrowings under the Existing Nine U.S. Revolving Credit Facility and the Existing Nine Canadian Revolving Credit Facility, all of which were incurred to fund working capital, were each approximately 5.7%. All loans and other obligations under the Existing Nine Credit Facility are scheduled to mature on May 31, 2018. We intend to terminate the Existing Nine Credit Facility in connection with this offering. See “Management’s discussion and analysis of financial condition and results of operations—Our credit facilities—Existing Nine Credit Facility” for additional information regarding the Existing Nine Credit Facility.

 

(2)   Pursuant to the Existing Beckman Credit Facility, Beckman has a $6.0 million term loan tranche (with a weighted average interest rate of 7.0% at September 30, 2017) and a $105.5 million term loan tranche (with a weighted average interest rate of 5.7% at September 30, 2017). Also, as of September 30, 2017, Beckman had $9.5 million of outstanding revolving borrowings, which were incurred to fund working capital, under the Existing Beckman Revolving Facility (defined and described in “Management’s discussion and analysis of financial condition and results of operations—Our credit facilities”). Borrowings under the Existing Beckman Credit Facility bear interest at a variable rate. At September 30, 2017, the weighted average interest rate on borrowings under the Existing Beckman Revolving Facility was approximately 5.9%. All loans and other obligations under the Existing Beckman Credit Facility are scheduled to mature on June 30, 2018, except for a portion of the term loans, of which $0.8 million is due in the fourth quarter of 2017 and $0.8 million is due in the first quarter of 2018. We intend to terminate the Existing Beckman Credit Facility in connection with this offering. See “Management’s discussion and analysis of financial condition and results of operations—Our credit facilities—Existing Beckman Credit Facility” for additional information regarding the Existing Beckman Credit Facility.

Because an affiliate of Wells Fargo Securities, LLC is a lender under the Existing Nine Credit Facility and the Existing Beckman Credit Facility and an affiliate of J.P. Morgan Securities LLC is a lender under the Existing Nine Credit Facility and may receive 5% or more of the net proceeds of this offering, Wells Fargo Securities, LLC and J.P. Morgan Securities LLC may be deemed to have a “conflict of interest” under FINRA Rule 5121, and as a result, this offering will be conducted under that rule. Pursuant to FINRA Rule 5121, a “qualified independent underwriter” meeting certain standards is required to participate in the preparation of the registration statement and prospectus and exercise the usual standards of due diligence with respect thereto. Goldman Sachs & Co. LLC has agreed to act as a “qualified independent underwriter” within the meaning of FINRA Rule 5121 in connection with this offering. See “Underwriting (conflicts of interest).”

 

51


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

A $1.00 increase or decrease in the assumed initial public offering price of $         per share would cause the net proceeds from this offering, after deducting the underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses, received by us to increase or decrease, respectively, by approximately $         million, assuming the number of shares offered by us, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same. If the proceeds increase due to a higher initial public offering price, we would use the additional net proceeds for general corporate purposes. If the proceeds decrease due to a lower initial public offering price, then we would first reduce by a corresponding amount the net proceeds directed to general corporate purposes and then, if necessary, the net proceeds directed to repay the outstanding borrowings under the Existing Nine Credit Facility and the Existing Beckman Credit Facility. We expect to borrow term loans under our new credit facility concurrently with the consummation of this offering, which we will use, along with a portion of the net proceeds them this offering, to fully repay the outstanding borrowings under the Existing Nine Credit Facility and the Existing Beckman Credit Facility. Availability under our new credit facility is conditioned upon the consummation of this offering as well as certain other closing conditions, including a closing liquidity requirement of $50.0 million (after giving effect to any borrowings to be made on the day on which we utilize our new credit facility, the issuance of any letters of credit on such date and the payment of all fees and expenses due under the new credit facility). Such closing liquidity consists of the sum of our unrestricted cash and cash equivalents and the availability under our new credit facility.

 

52


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

Dividend policy

We do not anticipate declaring or paying any cash dividends to holders of our common stock in the foreseeable future. We currently intend to retain future earnings, if any, to fund our operations and to develop and grow our business. Our future dividend policy is within the discretion of our board of directors and will depend upon various factors our board of directors deems relevant, including our results of operations, financial condition, capital requirements and investment opportunities. In addition, our new credit facility will place restrictions on our ability to pay cash dividends.

 

53


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

Capitalization

The following table sets forth our capitalization as of September 30, 2017:

 

 

on an actual basis; and

 

 

on an as adjusted basis to give effect to (i) an increase in our authorized shares of capital stock, (ii) the consummation of the              for 1 stock split of our issued and outstanding common stock effected immediately prior to the consummation of this offering, (iii) the effectiveness of, and term loan borrowings under, our new credit facility and application of those proceeds and (iv) the sale by us of              shares of our common stock in this offering at an assumed initial offering price of $         per share (which is the midpoint of the range set forth on the cover of this prospectus) and the application of the net proceeds from this offering as set forth under “Use of proceeds.”

The as adjusted and as further adjusted information set forth in the table below is illustrative only and the as further adjusted information will be adjusted based on the actual initial public offering price and other final terms of this offering. You should read the following table in conjunction with “Use of proceeds,” “Selected financial data,” “Management’s discussion and analysis of financial condition and results of operations” and our historical combined financial statements and related notes thereto appearing elsewhere in this prospectus.

 

       As of September 30, 2017  
(in thousands, except share and per share amounts)    Actual     As adjusted(1)  
              

Cash and cash equivalents

   $ 30,171     $                   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Long-term debt, excluding current maturities:

    

Existing Nine Credit Facility

   $ 119,790     $  

Existing Beckman Credit Facility

     121,050    

New credit facility(2)

    

Term loan borrowings

           125,000  

Revolving credit borrowings

            

Less: current maturities

     (240,840  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total long-term debt(3)

   $     $  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Stockholders’ equity:

    

Common stock, $0.01 par value; 6,000,000 shares authorized, actual;                  shares authorized, as adjusted; 1,965,543 shares issued and outstanding, actual;                  shares issued and outstanding, as adjusted

   $ 19     $  

Preferred stock, $0.01 par value; 100,000 shares authorized, actual; 20,000,000 shares authorized, as adjusted; no shares issued and outstanding, actual and as adjusted

            

Additional paid-in capital

     383,916    

Retained earnings (accumulated deficit)

     (64,270  

Treasury stock

        

Accumulated other comprehensive loss

     (3,678  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total stockholders’ equity

   $ 315,987     $  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total capitalization

   $ 315,987     $                   

 

 

 

(1)  

A $1.00 increase (decrease) in the assumed initial public offering price of $         per share, which is the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, would increase (decrease) cash and cash equivalents, additional paid-in capital, total stockholders’ equity and

 

54


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements
 

total capitalization by approximately $         million, $         million, $         million and $         million, respectively, assuming that the number of shares offered by us, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same, after deducting the estimated underwriting discounts and commissions payable by us. We may also increase or decrease the number of shares we are offering. An increase (decrease) of one million shares offered by us at an assumed offering price of $             per share, which is the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, would increase (decrease) cash and cash equivalents, additional paid-in capital, total stockholders’ equity and total capitalization by approximately $         million, $         million, $         million and $         million, respectively, after deducting the estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us.

 

(2)   Concurrently with, and conditioned upon, the consummation of this offering, we intend to satisfy the initial conditions to borrowing under our new credit facility. We expect to borrow $125 million in term loans upon consummation of this offering and to have $50 million of undrawn revolving credit availability under our new credit facility at such time. Borrowings under our new credit facility may vary significantly from time to time depending on our cash needs at any given time.

 

(3)   Excludes deferred financing costs.

 

55


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

Dilution

Purchasers of the common stock in this offering will experience immediate and substantial dilution in the net tangible book value per share of the common stock for accounting purposes. Our pro forma net tangible book value as of September 30, 2017 was approximately $         million, or $         per share of common stock. Pro forma net tangible book value per share is determined by dividing our tangible net worth (tangible assets less total liabilities) by the total number of outstanding shares of common stock that will be outstanding immediately prior to the closing of this offering (after giving effect to the Stock Split). After giving effect to the sale of          shares in this offering at an assumed initial public offering price of $         per share (the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus), and after deducting estimated discounts and commissions and offering expenses, our adjusted pro forma net tangible book value as of September 30, 2017 would have been approximately $         million, or $         per share. This represents an immediate increase in the net tangible book value of $         per share to our existing stockholders and an immediate dilution (i.e., the difference between the offering price and the adjusted pro forma net tangible book value after this offering) to new investors purchasing shares in this offering of $         per share. The following table illustrates the per share dilution to new investors purchasing shares in this offering:

 

Assumed initial public offering price per share

            $           

Pro forma net tangible book value per share as of September 30, 2017

   $              

Increase per share attributable to new investors in this offering

     
  

 

 

    

Adjusted pro forma net tangible book value per share

     
     

 

 

 

Dilution in adjusted pro forma net tangible book value per share to new investors in this offering

      $           

 

 

The following table summarizes, on an adjusted pro forma basis as of September 30, 2017, the total number of shares of common stock owned by existing stockholders and to be owned by the new investors in this offering, the total consideration paid, and the average price per share paid by our existing stockholders and to be paid by the new investors in this offering at $        , the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, calculated before deducting of estimated discounts and commissions and offering expenses:

 

       Shares acquired      Total consideration      Average price
per share
 
       Number      Percent      Amount      Percent     

Existing stockholders

                %      $         $           

New investors in this offering

                %           
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

Total

        100.0%      $                 100.0%     

 

 

Assuming the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares is exercised in full, the number of shares held by new investors will be increased to         , or         % on an adjusted pro forma basis as of September 30, 2017.

A $1.00 increase or decrease in the assumed initial public offering price of $         per share, which is the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, would increase or decrease our adjusted pro forma net tangible book value as of September 30, 2017 by approximately $         million, the adjusted pro forma net tangible book value per share after this offering by $         per share and the dilution in adjusted pro forma net tangible book value per share to new investors in this offering by $         per share, assuming the number of shares offered by us, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same and after deducting the estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and offering expenses.

 

56


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

Selected financial data

The following table presents our selected financial data for the periods and as of the dates indicated. The financial data set forth below, as well as our audited combined financial statements and related notes thereto and our unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements and related notes thereto, each included elsewhere in this prospectus and, except as otherwise indicated, all financial data provided in this prospectus, give effect to the Combination and represent the combined results of Nine and Beckman and their respective subsidiaries.

The selected historical combined financial data as of and for the years ended December 31, 2015 and 2016 are derived from our audited historical combined financial statements and related notes thereto included elsewhere in this prospectus. The selected financial data for the nine months ended September 30, 2016 and 2017, and as of September 30, 2017, are derived from our unaudited historical condensed consolidated financial statements and related notes thereto included elsewhere in this prospectus. The selected historical combined financial data as of and for the year ended December 31, 2014 are derived from our unaudited combined financial statements not included in this prospectus, which were derived from the audited financial statements of Nine as of and for the year ended December 31, 2014 and the audited financial statements of Beckman as of and for the year ended December 31, 2014, also not included in this prospectus. The 2014 unaudited combined data of Nine and Beckman was prepared on the same basis as the audited combined financial statements included in this prospectus. The selected historical condensed consolidated financial data for the three months ended March 31, 2017, June 30, 2017 and September 30, 2017 are derived from our unaudited historical condensed consolidated financial statements, not included in this prospectus.

Historical results are not necessarily indicative of our future results of operations, financial position and cash flows.

The data presented below should be read in conjunction with, and are qualified in their entirety by reference to, “Capitalization” and “Management’s discussion and analysis of financial condition and results of operations” and our combined historical financial statements and the notes thereto included elsewhere in this prospectus. Among other things, those historical combined financial statements and related notes thereto include more detailed information regarding the basis of presentation for the following information.

 

      Nine months ended
September 30,
            Year ended December 31,  
(in thousands, except share and per share information)   2017     2016             2016     2015     2014(1)  
    (unaudited)                       (unaudited)  

Statement of operations data:

           

Revenues

  $ 389,380     $ 202,368       $ 282,354     $ 478,522     $ 663,191  

Cost and expenses

           

Cost of revenues (exclusive of depreciation and amortization shown separately below)

    322,901       178,676         246,109       373,191       434,064  

General and administrative expenses

    37,628       26,194         39,387       42,862       51,321  

Depreciation

    40,326       41,779         55,260       58,894       40,173  

Impairment of goodwill

                  12,207       35,540        

Amortization of intangibles

    6,601       6,794         9,083       8,650       6,389  

Loss on equity investment

    255                            

Loss on sale of property and equipment

    4,793       2,420         3,320       2,004       971  
 

 

 

   

 

 

     

 

 

 

Income (loss) from operations

    (23,124     (53,495       (83,012     (42,619     130,273  
 

 

 

   

 

 

     

 

 

 

Other expense

           

Interest expense

    11,780       10,681         14,185       9,886       9,586  
 

 

 

   

 

 

     

 

 

 

Total other expense

    11,780       10,681         14,185       9,886       9,586  
 

 

 

   

 

 

     

 

 

 

Income (loss) from continuing operations before income taxes

    (34,904     (64,176       (97,197     (52,505     120,687  

Provision (benefit) for income taxes

    2,967       (19,017       (26,286     (14,323     44,515  
 

 

 

   

 

 

     

 

 

 

Income (loss) from continuing operations (net of tax)

    (37,871     (45,159       (70,911     (38,182     76,172  

Loss from discontinued operations, net of tax ($0, $0, $0, $513 and $11,158)(2)

                        (935     (28,207
 

 

 

   

 

 

     

 

 

 

Net income (loss)

    (37,871     (45,159       (70,911     (39,117     47,965  

 

 

 

57


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements
      Nine months ended
September 30,
    Year ended December 31,  
(in thousands, except share and per share
information)
  2017     2016     2016     2015     2014(1)  
    (unaudited)                 (unaudited)  

Other comprehensive income, net of tax

         

Foreign currency translation adjustments, net of tax of $0, $0, $0, $0 and $58

    (192     203       210       (4,067     181  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total other comprehensive income (loss), net of tax

    (192     203       210       (4,067     181  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total comprehensive income (loss)

  $ (38,063   $ (44,956   $ (70,701   $ (43,184   $ 48,146  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Historical earnings per share data(3):

         

Weighted average shares outstanding—basic

    1,805,816       1,651,240       1,653,277       1,643,912       1,374,510  

Income (loss) from continuing operations per share—basic

  $ (20.97   $ (27.35   $ (42.89   $ (23.23   $ 55.42  

Loss from discontinued operations per share—basic

  $     $     $     $ (0.57   $ (20.52

Net income (loss) per share—basic

  $ (20.97   $ (27.35   $ (42.89   $ (23.80   $ 34.90  

Weighted average shares outstanding—fully diluted

    1,805,816       1,651,240       1,653,277       1,643,912       1,597,866  

Income (loss) from continuing operations per share—fully diluted

  $ (20.97   $ (27.35   $ (42.89   $ (23.23   $ 47.67  

Loss from discontinued operations per share—fully diluted

  $     $     $     $ (0.57   $ (17.65

Net income (loss) per share—fully diluted

  $ (20.97   $ (27.35   $ (42.89   $ (23.80   $ 30.02  

Pro forma earnings per share data(4) (Unaudited):

         

Pro forma weighted average shares outstanding—basic and diluted

         

Pro forma earnings (loss) per share—basic and diluted

  $       $      

 

 

Balance sheet data at period end:

         

Cash and cash equivalents

  $ 30,171       $ 4,074     $ 18,877     $ 24,236  

Property and equipment, net

    264,300         273,210       325,894       376,920  

Total assets

    628,382         576,094       658,434       869,933  

Debt

    240,840         245,888       252,378       379,658  

Total stockholders’ equity

    315,987         288,186       352,676       389,644  

 

 

Statement of Cash Flows data:

         

Net cash (used in) provided by operating activities

  $ 3,775     $ 1,200     $ (3,290   $ 140,367     $ 127,188  

Net cash used in investing activities

    (29,816     (2,723     (4,176     (19,251     (456,955

Net cash (used in) provided by financing activities

    52,223       (10,852     (7,315     (126,878     335,813  

Other financial data:

         

EBITDA(5) (unaudited)

  $ 23,803     $ (4,922   $ (18,669   $ 23,990     $ 148,628  

Adjusted EBITDA(5) (unaudited)

    40,869       4,604       9,824       73,901       188,192  

ROIC(5) (unaudited)

    (6 )%      (9 )%      (11 )%      (5 )%      16

Adjusted gross profit (excluding depreciation and amortization)(5) (unaudited)

  $ 66,479     $ 23,692     $ 36,245     $ 105,331     $ 229,127  

 

 

 

(1)   We closed the acquisitions of Dak-Tana Wireline on April 30, 2014 and Crest Pumping Technologies on June 30, 2014 and Beckman closed the acquisitions of RedZone Coil Tubing on May 2, 2014 and Big Lake Services, LLC on August 29, 2014. As a result, financial results relating to each acquisition for periods prior to the close of each of the aforementioned acquisitions are not reflected in the full year 2014 results.

 

(2)   For 2014, represents a non-cash impairment charge related to the divestiture of certain assets of a subsidiary whose primary focus was conventional completions. See “Note 14—Discontinued Operations” to the financial statements included in this registration statement for additional detail regarding the Tripoint divestiture.

 

(3)   Historical share and per share information does not give effect to the          for 1 stock split of our issued and outstanding common stock effected immediately prior to the consummation of this offering.

 

58


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements
(4)   Pro forma earnings per share data give effect to (i) the          for 1 stock split of our issued and outstanding common stock effected immediately prior to the consummation of this offering and (ii) the issuance by us of             shares of common stock pursuant to this offering, and the application of the net proceeds from this offering as set forth under “Use of proceeds,” assuming an initial public offering price of $         per share (which is the midpoint of the estimated price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus). This pro forma earnings per share data is presented for informational purposes only and does not purport to represent what our pro forma net income (loss) or earnings (loss) per share actually would have been had the Stock Split occurred on January 1, 2016 or to project our net income or earnings per share for any future period.

 

(5)   EBITDA, Adjusted EBITDA, ROIC and adjusted gross profit (excluding depreciation and amortization) are non-GAAP financial measures. For definitions of these measures, a reconciliation of EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA to our net income (loss), an explanation of our calculation of ROIC and a reconciliation of adjusted gross profit (excluding depreciation and amortization) to gross profit (loss), see “—Non-GAAP financial measures” below.

 

       Three months ended  
       September 30,
2017
    June 30,
2017
    March 31,
2017
 
     (unaudited)  

Statement of operations data:

      

Revenues

   $ 148,167     $ 135,860     $ 105,353  

Loss from operations

     (193     (8,141     (14,790

Net loss

     (5,052     (12,105     (20,714

Other financial data:

      

EBITDA(1) (unaudited)

     15,157       7,674       972  

Adjusted EBITDA(1) (unaudited)

     18,088       16,727       6,054  

ROIC(1) (unaudited)

           (6 )%      (13 )% 

Adjusted gross profit (excluding depreciation and amortization)(1) (unaudited)

   $ 28,258     $ 24,256     $ 13,965  

 

 

 

(1)   EBITDA, Adjusted EBITDA, ROIC and adjusted gross profit (excluding depreciation and amortization) are non-GAAP financial measures. For definitions of these measures, a reconciliation of EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA to our net income (loss), an explanation of our calculation of ROIC and a reconciliation of adjusted gross profit (excluding depreciation and amortization) to gross profit (loss), see “—Non-GAAP financial measures” below.

Non-GAAP financial measures

EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA

EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA are supplemental non-GAAP financial measures that are used by management and external users of our combined financial statements, such as industry analysts, investors, lenders and rating agencies.

We define EBITDA as net income (loss) before interest expense, depreciation, amortization and income tax expense. EBITDA is not a measure of net income or cash flows as determined by U.S. GAAP.

We define Adjusted EBITDA as EBITDA further adjusted for (i) impairment of goodwill and other intangible assets, (ii) transaction expenses related to acquisitions or the Combination, (iii) loss from discontinued operations, (iv) loss or gains from the revaluation of contingent liabilities, (v) non-cash stock-based compensation expense, (vi) loss or gains on sale of assets, (vii) inventory writedown, and (viii) adjustment for expenses or charges, to exclude certain items which we believe are not reflective of ongoing performance of our business, such as costs related to this offering, legal expenses and settlement costs related to litigation outside the ordinary course of business, and restructuring costs.

Management believes EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA are useful because they allow for a more effective evaluation of our operating performance and compare the results of our operations from period to period without regard to our financing methods or capital structure. We exclude the items listed above from net income in arriving at these measures because these amounts can vary substantially from company to company within our industry depending upon accounting methods and book values of assets, capital structures and the

 

59


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

method by which the assets were acquired. These measures should not be considered as an alternative to, or more meaningful than, net income or cash flows from operating activities as determined in accordance with GAAP or as an indicator of our operating performance or liquidity. Certain items excluded from these measures are significant components in understanding and assessing a company’s financial performance, such as a company’s cost of capital and tax structure, as well as the historic costs of depreciable assets, none of which are components of these measures. Our computations of these measures may not be comparable to other similarly titled measures of other companies. We believe that these are widely followed measures of operating performance and may also be used by investors to measure our ability to meet debt service requirements.

The following table presents a reconciliation of the non-GAAP financial measures of EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA to the GAAP financial measure of net income (loss):

 

      Nine months ended
September 30,
    Three months ended     Year ended December 31,     Six months
ended
    Six months
ended
 
(in thousands)
(unaudited)
  2017     2016     September 30,
2017
    June 30,
2017
    March 31,
2017
    2016     2015     2014(1)     June 30,
2014(1)
    December 31,
2014(1)
 

EBITDA reconciliation:

                   

Net income (loss)

  $ (37,871   $ (45,159   $ (5,052   $ (12,105   $ (20,714   $ (70,911   $ (39,117   $ 47,965     $ 27,059     $ 20,906  

Interest expense

    11,780       10,681       4,093       3,929       3,758       14,185       9,886       9,586       2,838       6,748  

Depreciation

    40,326       41,779       13,150       13,615       13,561       55,260       58,894       40,173       13,080       27,093  

Amortization

    6,601       6,794       2,200       2,200       2,201       9,083       8,650       6,389       2,056       4,333  

Provision (benefit) from income taxes

    2,967       (19,017     766       35       2,166       (26,286     (14,323     44,515       16,957       27,558  
 

 

 

   

 

 

 

EBITDA

  $ 23,803     $ (4,922   $ 15,157     $ 7,674     $ 972     $ (18,669   $ 23,990     $ 148,628     $ 61,990     $ 86,638  
 

 

 

   

 

 

 

Adjusted EBITDA reconciliation:

                   

EBITDA

  $ 23,803     $ (4,922   $ 15,157     $ 7,674     $ 972     $ (18,669   $ 23,990     $ 148,628     $ 61,990     $ 86,638  

Impairment of goodwill and other intangible assets

                                  12,207       35,540                    

Transaction expenses

    3,415             50       370       2,995             208       3,911       2,817       1,094  

Loss from discontinued operations(2)

                                        935       28,207       1,963       26,244  

Loss or gains from the revaluation of contingent
liabilities(3)

    421             277       57       87       1,735       (293                  

Loss on equity investment

    255             83       172                                      

Non-cash stock-based compensation expense

    6,380       4,314       2,185       2,659       1,536       5,711       5,473       5,445       1,947       3,498  

Loss or gains on sale of assets

    4,793       2,420       148       4,421       224       3,320       2,004       971       46       925  

Legal fees and settlements(4)

    778       1,521       188       350       240       4,145                          

Inventory write down

    1,024       287             1,024             287       2,772       1,030             1,030  

Restructuring costs

          984                         1,088       3,272                    
 

 

 

   

 

 

 

Adjusted EBITDA

  $ 40,869     $ 4,604     $ 18,088     $ 16,727     $ 6,054     $ 9,824     $ 73,901     $ 188,192     $ 68,763     $ 119,429  

 

   

 

 

 

 

(1)   We closed the acquisitions of Dak-Tana Wireline on April 30, 2014 and Crest Pumping Technologies on June 30, 2014 and Beckman closed the acquisitions of RedZone Coil Tubing on May 2, 2014 and Big Lake Services, LLC on August 29, 2014. As a result, financial results relating to each acquisition for periods prior to the close of each of the aforementioned acquisitions are not reflected in the full year 2014 results. We believe that presenting investors with the selected information for the six months ended December 31, 2014 provides a representative period of the profitability of our business in a high demand environment, including six months of results from the acquisitions of Dak-Tana Wireline, Crest Pumping Technologies and RedZone Coil Tubing and the results of the acquisition of Big Lake Services, LLC from August 29, 2014 through December 31, 2014. For comparative purposes, we have also included such information for the six months ended June 30, 2014.
(2)   For 2014, represents a non-cash impairment charge related to the divestiture of certain assets of a subsidiary whose primary focus was conventional completions. See “Note 14—Discontinued Operations” to the financial statements included in this registration statement for additional detail regarding the Tripoint divestiture.

 

60


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements
(3)   Loss or gain related to the revaluation of liability for contingent consideration relating to our acquisition of Scorpion to be paid in shares of Company common stock and in cash, contingent upon quantities of Scorpion Composite Plugs sold during 2016 and gross margin related to the product sales for three years following the acquisition.
(4)   Amount represents fees and legal settlements associated with legal proceedings brought pursuant to the Fair Labor Standards Act and/or similar state laws.

Return on invested capital (ROIC)

ROIC is a supplemental non-GAAP financial measure. We define ROIC as net operating profit less income taxes, divided by average total capital. We define net operating profit as net income (loss) plus interest expense, less taxes on interest. We define total capital as book value of equity plus the book value of debt less balance sheet cash and cash equivalents. We then take the average of the current and prior year-end total capital for use in this analysis.

Management believes ROIC is a meaningful measure because it quantifies how well we generate operating income relative to the capital we have invested in our business and illustrates the profitability of a business or project taking into account the capital invested. Management uses ROIC to assist them in capital resource allocation decisions and in evaluating business performance. Although ROIC is commonly used as a measure of capital efficiency, definitions of ROIC differ, and our computation of ROIC may not be comparable to other similarly titled measures of other companies.

The following table provides an explanation of our calculation of ROIC:

 

     

Nine months ended

September 30,

   

Three months ended

   

Year ended December 31,

 
(in thousands)   2017     2016     September 30,
2017
    June 30,
2017
    March 31,
2017
    2016     2015     2014  

Income (loss) from continuing operations (net of tax)

  $ (37,871   $ (45,159   $ (5,052   $ (12,105   $ (20,714   $ (70,911   $ (38,182   $ 76,172  

Add back:

               

Interest expense

    11,780       10,681       4,093       3,929       3,758       14,185       9,886       9,586  

Taxes on interest

    1,001       (3,165     448       283       270       (3,836     (2,697     (3,536
 

 

 

   

 

 

 

After-tax net operating profit

  $ (25,090   $ (37,643   $ (511   $ (7,893   $ (16,686   $ (60,562   $ (30,993   $ 82,222  
 

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total capital as of prior year-end(1):

               

Total stockholders’ equity

  $ 288,186     $ 352,676     $ 288,186     $ 288,186     $ 288,186     $ 352,676     $ 389,644     $ 192,522  

Total debt

    245,888       252,378       245,888       245,888       245,888       252,378       379,658       140,767  

Less: Cash and cash equivalents

    (4,074     (18,877     (4,074     (4,074     (4,074     (18,877     (24,236     (18,505
 

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total capital

  $ 530,000     $ 586,177     $ 530,000     $ 530,000     $ 530,000     $ 586,177     $ 745,066     $ 314,784  
 

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total capital as of year-end:

               

Total stockholders’ equity

  $ 315,987     $ 312,036     $ 315,987     $ 298,883     $ 308,409     $ 288,186     $ 352,676     $ 389,644  

Total debt

    240,840       242,535       240,840       256,072       251,473       245,888       252,378       379,658  

Less: Cash and cash equivalents

    (30,171     (6,542     (30,171     (12,127     (27,039     (4,074     (18,877     (24,236
 

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total capital

  $ 526,656     $ 548,029     $ 526,656     $ 542,828     $ 532,843     $ 530,000     $ 586,177     $ 745,066  
 

 

 

   

 

 

 

Average total capital

  $ 528,328     $ 567,103     $ 528,328     $ 536,414     $ 531,422     $ 558,089     $ 665,622     $ 529,925  
 

 

 

   

 

 

 

ROIC (unaudited)

    (6)%       (9)%       0%       (6)%       (13)%       (11)%       (5)%       16%  

 

   

 

 

 
(1)   For 2014, total capital as of prior year-end is based on Beckman and Nine combined unaudited historical financial information not included in this prospectus.

 

61


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

Adjusted gross profit (excluding depreciation and amortization)

GAAP defines gross profit as revenues less cost of revenues, and includes in costs of revenues depreciation and amortization expenses. We define adjusted gross profit (excluding depreciation and amortization) as revenues less cost of revenues (excluding depreciation and amortization). This measure differs from the GAAP definition of gross profit because we do not include the impact of depreciation and amortization, which represent non-cash expenses.

Management uses adjusted gross profit (excluding depreciation and amortization) to evaluate operating performance and to determine resource allocation between segments. We prepare adjusted gross profit (excluding depreciation and amortization) to eliminate the impact of depreciation and amortization because we do not consider depreciation or amortization indicative of our core operating performance. Adjusted gross profit (excluding depreciation and amortization) should not be considered as an alternative to gross profit (loss), operating income (loss) or any other measure of financial performance calculated and presented in accordance with GAAP. Adjusted gross profit (excluding depreciation and amortization) may not be comparable to similarly titled measures of other companies because other companies may not calculate adjusted gross profit (excluding depreciation and amortization) or similarly titled measures in the same manner as we do.

The following table presents a reconciliation of adjusted gross profit (excluding depreciation and amortization) to GAAP gross profit (loss).

 

      Nine months ended
September 30,
    Three months ended     Year ended December 31,  
(in thousands)   2017     2016     September 30,
2017
    June 30,
2017
    March 31,
2017
    2016     2015     2014(1)  

Calculation of gross profit (loss):

               

Revenues

  $ 389,380     $ 202,368     $ 148,167     $ 135,860     $ 105,353     $ 282,354     $ 478,522     $ 663,191  

Cost of revenue (exclusive of depreciation and amortization)

    322,901       178,676       119,909       111,604       91,388       246,109       373,191       434,064  

Depreciation (related to cost of revenues)

    39,658       41,091       12,927       13,397       13,334       54,344       58,042       39,719  

Amortization

    6,601       6,794       2,200       2,200       2,201       9,083       8,650       6,389  
 

 

 

   

 

 

 

Gross (loss) profit

  $ 20,220     $ (24,193   $ 13,131     $ 8,659     $ (1,570   $ (27,182   $ 38,639     $ 183,019  
 

 

 

   

 

 

 

Adjusted gross profit (excluding depreciation and amortization) reconciliation:

               

Gross (loss) profit

  $ 20,220     $ (24,193   $ 13,131     $ 8,659     $ (1,570   $ (27,182   $ 38,639     $ 183,019  

Depreciation (related to cost of revenues)

    39,658       41,091       12,927       13,397       13,334       54,344       58,042       39,719  

Amortization

    6,601       6,794       2,200       2,200       2,201       9,083       8,650       6,389  
 

 

 

   

 

 

 

Adjusted gross profit (excluding depreciation and amortization) (unaudited)

  $ 66,479     $ 23,692     $ 28,258     $ 24,256     $ 13,965     $ 36,245     $ 105,331     $ 229,127  

 

   

 

 

 

 

(1)   We closed the acquisitions of Dak-Tana Wireline on April 30, 2014 and Crest Pumping Technologies on June 30, 2014 and Beckman closed the acquisitions of RedZone Coil Tubing on May 2, 2014 and Big Lake Services, LLC on August 29, 2014. As a result, financial results relating to each acquisition for periods prior to the close of each of the aforementioned acquisitions are not reflected in the full year 2014 results.

 

62


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

Management’s discussion and analysis of financial condition and results of operations

The following discussion and analysis of our financial condition and results of operations should be read in conjunction with “Selected financial data” and our financial statements and related notes appearing elsewhere in this prospectus. This discussion contains forward-looking statements based on our current expectations, estimates and projections about our operations and the industry in which we operate. Our actual results may differ materially from those anticipated in these forward-looking statements as a result of a variety of risks and uncertainties, including those described in this prospectus under “Cautionary note regarding forward-looking statements” and “Risk factors.” We assume no obligation to update any of these forward-looking statements.

Overview

We are a leading North American onshore completion and production services provider that targets unconventional oil and gas resource development. We partner with our E&P customers across all major onshore basins in both the U.S. and Canada to design and deploy downhole solutions and technology to prepare horizontal, multistage wells for production. We focus on providing our customers with cost-effective and comprehensive completion solutions designed to maximize their production levels and operating efficiencies. We believe our success is a product of our culture, which is driven by our intense focus on performance and wellsite execution as well as our commitment to forward-leaning technologies that aid us in the development of smarter, customized applications that drive efficiencies.

On February 28, 2017, we completed the Combination, pursuant to which all of the issued and outstanding shares of Beckman common stock were converted into shares of our common stock, other than 1.6% of Beckman shares paid in cash. Prior to the Combination, Beckman, a growth-oriented oilfield services company that provides a wide range of well service and coiled tubing services, was also an SCF Partners portfolio company. As a result, the Combination is accounted for using the reorganization accounting method for entities under common control. Under this method of accounting, the combined financial statements and the discussions herein include the operating results of Nine and Beckman. In this prospectus, unless the context otherwise requires, the terms “Nine,” “we,” “us,” “our” and the “Company” refer to (i) Nine Energy Service, Inc. and its subsidiaries together with Beckman prior to the Combination and (ii) Nine Energy Service, Inc. and its subsidiaries after the Combination. For more information on the Combination, see “Certain relationships and related party transactions—The Combination.”

We operate in two segments:

 

 

Completion Solutions :    Our Completion Solutions segment provides services integral to the completion of unconventional wells through a full range of tools and methodologies. Through our Completion Solutions segment, we provide (i) cementing services, which consist of blending high-grade cement and water with various solid and liquid additives to create a cement slurry that is pumped between the casing and the wellbore of the well, (ii) an innovative portfolio of completion tools, including those that provide pinpoint frac sleeve system technologies, which enable comparable rates per stage while providing more control over fracture initiation, (iii) wireline services, the majority of which consist of plug-and-perf completions, which is a multistage well completion technique for cased-hole wells that consists of deploying perforating guns to a specified depth, and (iv) coiled tubing services, which perform wellbore intervention operations utilizing a continuous steel pipe that is transported to the wellsite wound on a large spool in lengths of up to 25,000 feet and which provides a cost-effective solution for well work due to the ability to deploy efficiently and safely into a live well.

 

63


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements
 

Production Solutions :    Our Production Solutions segment provides a range of production enhancement and well workover services that are performed with a well servicing rig and ancillary equipment. Our well servicing business encompasses a full range of services performed with a mobile well servicing rig (or workover rig) and ancillary equipment throughout a well’s life cycle from completion to ultimate plug and abandonment. Our rigs and personnel install and remove downhole equipment and eliminate obstructions in the well to facilitate the flow of oil and natural gas, often immediately increasing a well’s production. We believe the production increases generated by our well services substantially enhance our customers’ returns and significantly reduce their payback periods.

For more information on our services and segments, see “Business—Our services.”

How we generate revenue and the costs of conducting our business

We generate our revenues by providing completion and production services to E&P customers across all major onshore basins in both the U.S. and Canada. We primarily earn our revenues pursuant to work orders entered into with our customers on a job-by-job basis. We typically will enter into a Master Service Agreement (“MSA”) with each customer that provides a framework of general terms and conditions of our services that will govern any future transactions or jobs awarded to us. Each specific job is obtained through competitive bidding or as a result of negotiations with customers. The rate we charge is determined by location, complexity of the job, operating conditions, duration of the contract and market conditions. In addition to MSAs, we have entered into a select number of longer-term contracts with certain customers relating to our wireline and cementing services, and we may enter into similar contracts from time to time to the extent beneficial to the operation of our business. These longer-term contracts address pricing and other details concerning our services, but each job is performed on a standalone basis.

The principal expenses involved in conducting both our Completion Solutions and Production Solutions segments are labor costs, materials and freight, the costs of maintaining our equipment and fuel costs. Our direct labor costs vary with the amount of equipment deployed and the utilization of that equipment. Another key component of labor costs relates to the ongoing training of our field service employees, which improves safety rates and reduces employee attrition.

How we evaluate our operations

We manage our operations through two business segments, Completion Solutions and Production Solutions, as described above. We evaluate the performance of these segments based on a number of financial and non-financial measures, including the following:

 

 

Revenue :    We compare actual revenue achieved each month to the most recent projection for that month and to the annual plan for the month established at the beginning of the year. We monitor our revenue to analyze trends in the performance of each of our segments compared to historical revenue drivers or market metrics applicable to that service. We are particularly interested in identifying positive or negative trends and investigating to understand the root causes.

 

 

Adjusted gross profit (excluding depreciation and amortization) and adjusted gross profit margin :    Adjusted gross profit (excluding depreciation and amortization) is a key metric that we use to evaluate segment operating performance and to determine resource allocation between segments. We define segment adjusted gross profit (excluding depreciation and amortization) as segment revenues less segment direct and indirect costs of revenues (excluding depreciation and amortization). Costs of revenues include direct and indirect labor costs, costs of materials, maintenance of equipment, fuel and transportation freight costs, contract services, crew cost and other miscellaneous expenses. Adjusted gross profit margin is calculated by dividing

 

64


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements
 

adjusted gross profit (excluding depreciation and amortization) by revenue. Our management continually evaluates our combined adjusted gross margin percentage and our adjusted gross margin percentage by segment to determine how each segment is performing. This metric aids management in capital resource allocation and pricing decisions.

 

 

Adjusted EBITDA :    Adjusted EBITDA is a supplemental non-GAAP financial measure that is used by management and external users of our combined financial statements, such as industry analysts, investors, lenders and rating agencies. We define Adjusted EBITDA as net income (loss) before interest expense, taxes and depreciation and amortization, further adjusted for (i) impairment of goodwill and other intangible assets, (ii) transaction expenses related to acquisitions or the Combination (iii) loss from discontinued operations, (iv) loss or gains from the revaluation of contingent liabilities, (v) non-cash stock-based compensation expense, (vi) loss or gains on sale of assets, (vii) inventory writedown, and (viii) adjustment for expenses or charges, to exclude certain items which we believe are not reflective of ongoing performance of our business, such as costs related to this offering, legal expenses and settlement costs related to litigation outside the ordinary course of business, and restructuring costs. Our management believes Adjusted EBITDA is useful because it allows us to more effectively evaluate our operating performance and compare the results of our operations from period to period without regard to our financing methods or capital structure. See “Prospectus summary—Summary financial data—Non-GAAP financial measures.”

 

 

Safety :    We measure safety by tracking the total recordable incident rate (“TRIR”), which is reviewed on a monthly basis. TRIR is a measure of the rate of recordable workplace injuries, defined below, normalized and stated on the basis of 100 workers for an annual period. The factor is derived by multiplying the number of recordable injuries in a calendar year by 200,000 (i.e., the total hours for 100 employees working 2,000 hours per year) and dividing this value by the total hours actually worked in the year. A recordable injury includes occupational death, nonfatal occupational illness and other occupational injuries that involve loss of consciousness, restriction of work or motion, transfer to another job, or medical treatment other than first aid.

Factors affecting the comparability of our future results of operations to our historical results of operations

Our future results of operations may not be comparable to our historical results of operations for the periods presented, primarily for the reasons described below:

 

 

Public company expenses :    Upon completion of this offering, we expect to incur direct, incremental G&A expenses as a result of being a publicly traded company, including, but not limited to, costs associated with hiring new personnel, annual and quarterly reports to stockholders, quarterly tax provision preparation, independent auditor fees, expenses relating to compliance with the rules and regulations of the SEC, listing standards of the NYSE and the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, investor relations activities, registrar and transfer agent fees, incremental director and officer liability insurance costs and independent director compensation. These direct, incremental G&A expenses are not included in our historical combined results of operations.

 

 

The Combination :    The historical combined financial statements included in this prospectus are based on the separate businesses of Nine and Beckman. As a result, the historical financial date may not give you an accurate indication of what our actual results would have been if the Combination, which was completed on February 28, 2017, would have been if it had been completed at the beginning of the periods presented or of what our future results of operations are likely to be. We anticipate the combination will provide potential benefits, including enhancing our ability to serve customers and our growth potential through broader product lines and basin diversification, enabling us to cross-sell our products and compete with larger companies.

 

65


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements
 

Decreased leverage :    As of September 30, 2017, on a pro forma basis giving effect to (i) the entry into our new credit facility and (ii) this offering and the use of a portion of the net proceeds therefrom, together with term loan borrowings under our new credit facility, to fully repay all outstanding borrowings under the Existing Nine Credit Facility and the Existing Beckman Credit Facility, we expect to have $125 million of outstanding total indebtedness, compared to the actual outstanding indebtedness of $240.8 million as of September 30, 2017. For more information on our new credit facility, under which we expect to make term loan borrowings concurrently with, and conditioned upon, the consummation of this offering, see “Management’s discussion and analysis of financial condition and results of operations—Our credit facilities—Our new credit facility.”

General trends and outlook

Our business depends to a significant extent on the level of unconventional resource development activity and corresponding capital spending of oil and natural gas companies onshore in North America. These activity and spending levels are strongly influenced by the current and expected oil and natural gas prices. Oil and natural gas prices declined significantly between the third quarter of 2014 and the first quarter of 2016. However, oil and natural gas prices have since gradually increased, a positive trend that was bolstered in the fourth quarter of 2016 when members of the Organization of Petroleum Exporting Countries and certain other oil-producing nations agreed to reduce their oil output. This price recovery has stimulated an increase in onshore North American completions activity, and if the current price environment holds or continues to improve, we expect a further increase in demand for our services. As the demand for our services and complexity of our jobs increase, we expect prices for our services to increase, creating more favorable margins for the services we provide.

The increase in high-intensity, high-efficiency completions of oil and gas wells further enhances the demand for our services. We compete with a limited number of service companies for the most complex and technically demanding wells in which we specialize, which are characterized by extended laterals, increased stage spacing and cluster spacing and high proppant loads. These well characteristics lead to increased operating leverage and returns for us, as we are able to complete more jobs and stages with the same number of units and crews. Service providers for these projects are selected based on their technical expertise and ability to execute safely and efficiently, rather than only price.

See “Business—Our industry—Industry trends” for more information regarding industry trends.

 

66


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

Results of operations

Nine months ended September 30, 2017 compared to nine months ended September 30, 2016

 

       Nine months ended
September 30,
 
(in thousands)    2017     2016  

Revenues

    

Completion Solutions

   $ 331,050     $ 156,768  

Production Solutions

     58,330       45,600  
  

 

 

 
     389,380       202,368  

Cost of revenues(1)

    

Completion Solutions

     275,711       139,920  

Production Solutions

     47,190       38,756  
  

 

 

 
     322,901       178,676  

Adjusted gross profit (excluding depreciation and amortization)

    

Completion Solutions

     55,339       16,848  

Production Solutions

     11,140       6,844  
  

 

 

 
     66,479       23,692  

General and administrative expenses

     37,628       26,194  

Depreciation

     40,326       41,779  

Amortization of intangibles .

     6,601       6,794  

Loss on equity method investment

     255        

Loss on sale of property and equipment

     4,793       2,420  
  

 

 

 

Loss from operations

     (23,124     (53,495

Interest expense .

     11,780       10,681  
  

 

 

 

Loss from operations before income taxes .

     (34,904     (64,176

Provision (benefit) for income taxes .

     2,967       (19,017
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss

   $ (37,871   $ (45,159

 

 
(1)   Excludes depreciation and amortization, shown separately below.

Revenue

Total revenue is comprised of revenue from Completion Solutions and Production Solutions. Revenue for the nine months ended September 30, 2017 increased by $187.0 million, or 92%, to $389.4 million, from $202.4 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2016. Both segments’ businesses depend to a significant extent on the level of unconventional resource development activity and corresponding capital spending of oil and natural gas companies onshore in North America, which in turn are strongly influenced by current and expected oil and natural gas prices, which were low during most of 2016, but showed improvement during the first nine months of 2017. In the first nine months of 2016, the closing price of oil reached a 12-year low of $26.19 per barrel and the closing price of natural gas reached an 18-year low of $1.49 per MMBtu. During the same period in 2017, the closing price of oil reached a high of $54.48 per barrel and the closing price of natural gas reached a high of $3.44 per MMBtu. The increase in revenue by reportable segment is discussed below.

 

67


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

Completion Solutions:     Completion Solutions segment revenue increased by $174.3 million, or 111%, to $331.1 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2017 from $156.8 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2016 due to a significant increase in completions activity and increased pricing in 2017 in response to the improvement of industry conditions. The increase in demand and price for our services resulted from our customers increasing their North American capital expenditures and drilling and completing more new wells in the nine months ended September 30, 2017 as compared to the nine months ended September 30, 2016. Wireline revenue increased 106% from the nine months ended September 30, 2016 to the nine months ended September 30, 2017; total stages completed increased 50% due to the increase in overall market activity, revenue per stage improved, and revenue from ancillary wireline services also increased. Cementing revenue increased by 167% on a 96% increase in job count and improved pricing from the nine months ended September 30, 2016 to the nine months ended September 30, 2017. Coiled Tubing Services revenue increased approximately 104%, with total jobs increasing approximately 51%. However, demand for our pinpoint frac sleeve systems declined in the Bakken region as a result of the ongoing methodology transition from open hole to cemented completions.

Production Solutions:     Production Solutions segment revenue increased by $12.7 million, or 28%, to $58.3 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2017 from $45.6 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2016. Hours worked for the Production Solutions segment increased approximately 31%. The increases were primarily attributable to our customers’ increase in well maintenance and increased well completions activity, which was in response to the improvement of industry conditions described above. However, Production Solutions average pricing decreased slightly, by 2%, for the nine months ended September 30, 2017 compared to the nine months ended September 30, 2016.

Cost of revenues

Cost of revenues for the nine months ended September 30, 2017 increased by $144.2 million, or 81%, compared to the nine months ended September 30, 2016. The increase was a result of an increase in revenue-generating activity related to improvement in the oil and gas market. Activity-driven costs were primarily responsible for the increase; materials installed in wells and consumed while performing services increased by $64.1 million and other activity-driven costs were $38.0 million higher. Compensation and benefits increased by $41.5 million.

Completion Solutions:     Completion Solutions segment cost of services for the nine months ended September 30, 2017 increased by $135.8 million, or 97%, when compared to the nine months ended September 30, 2016. The increase was driven primarily by the increased level of activity. Costs related to materials installed in wells and consumed while performing services increased by $63.8 million, and other activity-driven costs increased by $34.0 million. Additionally, compensation and benefits were $37.7 million higher, as headcount was increased in response to the increase in revenue and forecasted activity increases.

Production Solutions:     Production Solutions segment cost of services for the nine months ended September 30, 2017 increased by $8.4 million, or 22%, when compared to the nine months ended September 30, 2016. The increase was due to the increase in revenue-generating activity. Compensation and benefits increased by $3.8 million, materials and supplies consumed while performing services increased by $0.3 million, and other activity-driven costs increased by $4.0 million.

Adjusted gross profit (excluding depreciation and amortization)

Completion Solutions:     Adjusted gross profit (excluding depreciation and amortization) improved by $38.5 million, to $55.3 million, for the nine months ended September 30, 2017 compared to the nine months ended September 30, 2016, as a result of the factors described above under “—Revenue” and “—Cost of revenues.”

 

68


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

Production Solutions:     Adjusted gross profit (excluding depreciation and amortization) improved by $4.3 million, to $11.1 million, for the nine months ended September 30, 2017 compared to the nine months ended September 30, 2016, as a result of the factors described above under “—Revenue” and “—Cost of revenues.”

General and administrative expenses

General and administrative expenses increased by $11.4 million, to $37.6 million, for the nine months ended September 30, 2017 from $26.2 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2016. The increase was partly due to a $3.2 million increase in legal, audit and other professional fees incurred in connection with the combination of Nine with Beckman, and related to preparations for the Nine initial public offering. Compensation and benefits, including stock-based compensation, increased by $6.4 million, and other G&A expenses increased in order to support the company’s increased level of activity. G&A as a percentage of revenue was 10% for the nine months ended September 30, 2017, compared with 13% for the nine months ended September 30, 2016.

Depreciation

Depreciation expense for the nine months ended September 30, 2017 decreased by $1.5 million, to $40.3 million, from $41.8 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2016. The decrease resulted primarily from sales of fixed assets during 2016 and 2017.

Amortization of Intangibles

Amortization of intangibles decreased by $0.2 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2017 compared to the nine months ended September 30, 2016.

Interest expense

Interest expense was $11.8 million during the nine months ended September 30, 2017, an increase of $1.1 million from the nine months ended September 30, 2016. Higher interest rates accounted for an increase of approximately $1.7 million, which was partly offset by a $0.6 million decrease due to lower amortization and write-off of deferred financing costs.

Taxes

The effective tax rate for the nine months ended September 30, 2017 was (8.5%), compared with 29.6% for the nine months ended September 30, 2016. The Company’s tax position changed during the fourth quarter of 2016 when a full valuation allowance was recorded against the net deferred tax asset. A full valuation allowance typically results in an effective rate of 0%, but state income taxes and other factors resulted in tax expense despite the operating loss for the nine months ended September 30, 2017.

Adjusted EBITDA

Adjusted EBITDA was $40.9 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2017 as compared with $4.6 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2016, an increase of $36.3 million. The increase was primarily due to the changes in revenues and expenses discussed above and $3.5 million of expenses related to the combination of Nine and Beckman and the expenses related to preparations for the Nine initial public offering incurred during the nine months ended September 30, 2017. These expenses are included in general and administrative expenses but added back to EBITDA for the calculation of Adjusted EBITDA.

 

69


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

Year ended December 31, 2016 compared to year ended December 31, 2015

 

       Year ended December 31,  
(in thousands)    2016     2015  

Revenues

    

Completion Solutions

   $ 221,468     $ 380,174  

Production Solutions

     60,886       98,348  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 
     282,354       478,522  

Cost of revenues(1)

    

Completion Solutions

     194,436       295,969  

Production Solutions

     51,673       77,222  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 
     246,109       373,191  

Adjusted gross profit (excluding depreciation and amortization)

    

Completion Solutions

     27,032       84,205  

Production Solutions

     9,213       21,126  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 
     36,245       105,331  

General and administrative expenses

     39,387       42,862  

Depreciation

     55,260       58,894  

Impairment of goodwill

     12,207       35,540  

Amortization of intangibles

     9,083       8,650  

Loss on sale of property and equipment

     3,320       2,004  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Loss from operations

     (83,012     (42,619

Interest expense

     14,185       9,886  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Loss from continuing operations before income taxes

     (97,197     (52,505

Benefit for income taxes

     (26,286     (14,323
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Loss from continuing operations

     (70,911     (38,182

Loss from discontinued operations, net of tax

           (935
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss

   $ (70,911   $ (39,117

 

   

 

 

 

 

(1)   Excludes depreciation and amortization, shown separately below.

Revenue

Total revenue is comprised of revenue from Completion Solutions and Production Solutions. Revenue for the year ended December 31, 2016 decreased by $196.2 million, or 41%, to $282.4 million from $478.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2015. Both segments’ businesses depend to a significant extent on the level of unconventional resource development activity and corresponding capital spending of oil and natural gas companies onshore in North America, which in turn are strongly influenced by current and expected oil and natural gas prices, which were low during most of 2016. In the first quarter of 2016, the closing price of oil reached a 12-year low of $26.19 per barrel and the closing price of natural gas reached an 18-year low of $1.49 per MMBtu. The decrease in revenue by reportable segment is discussed below.

Completion Solutions :    Completion Solutions segment revenue decreased by $158.7 million, or 42%, to $221.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2016 from $380.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2015 due to the significant decline in completions activity and lowered pricing in 2016 in response to the weak industry

 

70


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

conditions. This reduction in demand and price for our services resulted from our customers reducing North American capital expenditures and drilling and completing fewer new wells in 2016 as compared to 2015. In our U.S. Wireline service, although our total stages completed increased slightly by approximately 6% due to increased market share, our revenue was down approximately 38% year over year due to pricing decreases. U.S. Cementing revenue was down approximately 44% with job count dropping approximately 15% year-over-year. Coiled Tubing services revenue dropped approximately 15% with total jobs down approximately 1% year-over-year. Demand for our pinpoint frac sleeve systems declined most significantly in the Bakken region, which had a rig count decline over 70% coupled with a methodology transition from open hole to cemented completions.

Production Solutions :    Production Solutions segment revenue decreased by $37.5 million, or 38%, to $60.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2016 from $98.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2015. Hours worked for the Production Solutions segment decreased by 27% for the year ended December 31, 2016 compared to the year ended December 31, 2015. Such decreases were primarily attributable to our customers’ deferred well maintenance and decreased well completions activity, which was in response to the weak industry conditions described above. Production Solutions average pricing decreased by 15% for the year ended December 31, 2016 compared to the year ended December 31, 2015.

Cost of revenues

Cost of revenues for the year ended December 31, 2016 decreased by $127.1 million, or 34%, when compared to the year ended December 31, 2015. This decrease was a result of a decline in revenue-generating activity related to the generally depressed oil and natural gas market. Activity-driven costs were the largest contributors to the decline in expenses. Materials installed in wells and consumed while performing services at the well decreased by $51 million. Other activity-related expenses fell by more than $15 million. Additionally, compensation and benefits were reduced by $53 million as the organization was sized to meet the lower levels of activity. Cost of revenues as a percentage of total revenue for the year ended December 31, 2016 was 87%, which represented an increase of 9% from 78% for the year ended December 31, 2015. The change in costs of revenues by reportable segment is further discussed below.

Completion Solutions :    Completion Solutions segment cost of services for the year ended December 31, 2016 decreased by $101.5 million, or 34%, to $194.4 million when compared to the year ended December 31, 2015. The decrease in cost of revenues was due to the decline in revenue-generating activity, which was a result of the generally depressed oil and natural gas market. Activity-driven costs were the largest contributors to the decline in expenses. Materials installed in wells and consumed while performing services at the well decreased by $50 million. Other activity-driven costs fell by more than $10 million. In addition, compensation and benefits were reduced by $34 million in response to the decline in activity.

Production Solutions :    Production Solutions segment cost of revenues for the year ended December 31, 2016 decreased by $25.5 million, or 33%, to $51.7 million when compared to the year ended December 31, 2015. The decrease in cost of revenues was due to the decline in revenue-generating activity, which was a result of a generally depressed oil and natural gas market. Compensation and benefits were reduced by $19 million in response to the drop in activity, and activity-related costs fell by more than $5 million.

Adjusted gross profit (excluding depreciation and amortization)

Completion Solutions :    Adjusted gross profit (excluding depreciation and amortization) decreased $57.2 million to $27.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2016 compared to adjusted gross profit (excluding depreciation and amortization) of $84.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2015 as a result of the factors described above under “—Revenue” and “—Cost of revenues.”

 

71


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

Production Solutions :    Adjusted gross profit (excluding depreciation and amortization) decreased $11.9 million to $9.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2016 compared to $21.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2015 as a result of the factors described above under “—Revenue” and “—Cost of revenues.”

General and administrative expenses

General and administrative (“G&A”) expense, which represents costs associated with managing and supporting our operations, decreased by $3.5 million, or 8%, to $39.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2016 from $42.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2015. The decrease in G&A expense is primarily a result of a reduction in compensation and benefits, which declined $3.9 million due to headcount and salary reductions. G&A as a percentage of total revenue was 14% for the year ended December 31 2016 compared with 9% for the year ended December 31, 2015, which was primarily a result of decreased revenue, which is described under “Revenues.”

Depreciation

Depreciation expense for the year ended December 31, 2016 decreased $3.6 million to $55.3 million from $58.9 million for the year December 31, 2015. The decline resulted from sales of fixed assets during both 2015 and 2016.

Impairment of goodwill

For the year ended December 31, 2016, we recognized $12.2 million of goodwill impairment in our Dak-Tana operating unit due to persistently low completions activity in the market where the unit operates. In 2015, we recognized goodwill impairment charges of $30.4 million and $5.1 million for Crest Pumping Technologies and Dak-Tana, respectively, as a result of the decline in completions activity and forecasted activity declines.

Amortization of Intangibles

Intangible assets, acquired in business acquisitions, are amortized over 3 to 15 years. Amortization expense increased by $0.4 million during 2016, primarily due to a full year of amortization expense on intangible assets acquired during 2015.

Interest expense

We incurred $14.2 million of interest expense during the year ended December 31, 2016, an increase of $4.3 million, or 43%, from the year ended December 31, 2015. Higher interest rates accounted for approximately $3.3 million of the increase; $1.0 million of the increase was due to the write-off of a portion of deferred financing costs as a result of amending debt agreements.

Taxes

Tax expense includes current income taxes expected to be due based on taxable income to be reported during the applicable period in the various jurisdictions in which we conduct business, and deferred income taxes based on changes in the tax effect of temporary differences between the bases of assets and liabilities for financial reporting and tax purposes at the beginning and end of the applicable period. The effective tax rate, calculated by dividing provision for income tax expense by income from continuing operations before income taxes, was 27% and 27% for the years ended December 31, 2016 and 2015, respectively.

 

72


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

Adjusted EBITDA

Adjusted EBITDA was $9.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2016 as compared with $73.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2015, a decrease of 87%. The Adjusted EBITDA decrease is primarily due to the changes in revenues and expenses discussed above.

Liquidity and capital resources

Sources and uses of liquidity

Historically, we have met our liquidity needs principally from cash flows from operating activities, external borrowings and capital contributions. Our principal uses of cash are to fund capital expenditures and acquisitions to service our outstanding debt and to fund our day to day operations. We continually monitor potential capital sources, including equity and debt financing, to meet our investment and target liquidity requirements. Our future success and growth will be highly dependent on our ability to continue to access outside sources of capital.

At September 30, 2017, we had $30.2 million of cash and cash equivalents and $5.8 million of availability under the Existing Nine Credit Facility and the Existing Beckman Credit Facility collectively, which resulted in a total liquidity position of $36.0 million. On a pro forma basis giving effect to (i) the entry into our new credit facility and (ii) this offering and the use of a portion of the net proceeds therefrom and term loan borrowings under our new credit facility to fully repay all outstanding borrowings under the Existing Nine Credit Facility and the Existing Beckman Credit Facility, as of September 30, 2017, we would have had $     million of cash on hand, $125 million in term loan borrowings and $50 million of revolver availability under our new credit facility. As discussed in Note 3 to our unaudited financial statements, as of September 30, 2017 the Company had $119.8 million of debt under the Existing Nine Credit Facility and $121.0 million of debt under the Existing Beckman Credit Facility that are scheduled to mature on May 31, 2018 and June 30, 2018, respectively. As discussed above, we plan to repay in full the Existing Nine Credit Facility and the Existing Beckman Credit Facility prior to their respective maturities with the proceeds of this offering and term loan borrowings under our new credit facility and expect to have $125 million of term loans outstanding under our new credit facility following the completion of this offering. See “Use of proceeds.” Our ability to satisfy our liquidity requirements following this offering depends on our future operating performance, which is affected by prevailing economic conditions, the level of drilling, completion and production activity for North American onshore oil and natural gas resources, and financial and business and other factors, many of which are beyond our control.

Our total 2017 capital expenditure budget, excluding possible acquisitions, is $45.0 million, of which $30.0 million has been spent through September 30, 2017. The nature of our capital expenditures is comprised of a base level of investment required to support our current operations and amounts related to growth and company initiatives. Capital expenditures for growth and company initiatives are discretionary. We continually evaluate our capital expenditures, and the amount we ultimately spend will depend on a number of factors including expected industry activity levels and company initiatives. We believe the net proceeds from this offering and borrowings under our new credit facility, together with cash flows from operations, should be sufficient to fund our capital requirements for the next twelve months.

Although we do not budget for acquisitions, pursuing growth through acquisitions is a significant part of our business strategy. Our ability to make significant additional acquisitions for cash will require us to obtain additional equity or debt financing, which we may not be able to obtain on terms acceptable to us or at all.

 

73


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

Our cash flows for the nine months ended September 30, 2017 and 2016 are presented below:

 

       Nine months ended
September 30,
 
(in thousands)    2017     2016  

Net cash provided by operating activities

   $ 3,775     $ 1,200  

Net cash used in investing activities

     (29,816     (2,723

Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities

     52,223       (10,852

Impact of foreign exchange rate on cash

     (85     40  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net change in cash and cash equivalents

   $ 26,097     $ (12,335

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash provided by operating activities

Net cash provided by operating activities was $3.8 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2017 compared to $1.2 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2016. The $2.6 million increase in cash provided by operating activities was due to the general improvement in profitability and the receipt of a $14.6 million tax refund, mostly offset by increases in accounts receivable and inventories less increases in accounts payable and accrued liabilities, all related to business growth.

Net cash flows used in investing activities

Net cash used in investing activities was $29.8 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2017, an increase of $27.1 million from the nine months ended September 30, 2016. The increase was mainly attributable to a $22.9 million increase in purchases of property and equipment, a $1 million equity investment, and decreases in proceeds from sales of equipment and proceeds from repayment of notes receivable.

Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities

Net cash provided by financing activities totaled $52.2 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2017 compared with $10.9 million used in financing activities for the nine months ended September 30, 2016, an increase of $63.1 million. Share issuances of $61.4 million and a $3.6 million increase in borrowings in excess of debt payments, partly offset by distributions to shareholders and deferred financing costs, were responsible for the increase.

Our cash flows for the years ended December 31, 2016 and 2015 are presented below:

 

       Year ended December 31,  
(in thousands)    2016     2015  

Net cash (used in) provided by operating activities

   $ (3,290   $ 140,367  

Net cash used in investing activities

     (4,176     (19,251

Net cash used in financing activities

     (7,315     (126,878

Impact of foreign exchange rate on cash

     (22     403  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net change in cash and cash equivalents

   $ (14,803   $ (5,359

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash (used in) provided by operating activities

Net cash used in operating activities was $3.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2016 compared to net cash provided by operating activities of $140.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2015. The decrease in operating net cash flows was primarily attributable to the overall decline in completions activity and well services activity, as described in “—Results of operations.” The increase in net operating losses in 2016 and a decline of $89 million in accounts receivable balances in 2015 were primarily responsible for the unfavorable swing in cash provided by operating activities.

 

74


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

Our operating cash flows are sensitive to a number of variables, the most significant of which is the level of drilling, completion and production activity for North American onshore oil and natural gas resources. These activity levels are in turn impacted by the volatility of oil and natural gas prices, regional and worldwide economic activity and its effect on demand for hydrocarbons, weather, infrastructure capacity to reach markets and other variable factors. These factors are beyond our control and are difficult to predict. For additional information on the impact of changing prices on our financial position, see “—Quantitative and qualitative disclosures about market risk” below.

Net cash flows used in investing activities

Net cash used in investing activities was $4.2 million and $19.3 million for the years ended December 31, 2016 and December 31, 2015, respectively, a $15.1 million decrease, which was primarily attributable to lower equipment purchases.

Net cash used in financing activities

Net cash used in financing activities was $7.3 million and $126.9 million for the years ended December 31, 2016 and December 31, 2015, respectively, a $119.6 million decrease, which was primarily attributable to net repayments of debt during 2015.

Our credit facilities

Concurrently with, and conditioned upon, the consummation of this offering, we expect to make term loan borrowings under our new credit facility. We intend to use a portion of the net proceeds from this offering and term loan borrowings under our new credit facility to fully repay and terminate the Existing Nine Credit Facility and the Existing Beckman Credit Facility. See “Use of proceeds.”

Existing Nine Credit Facility

As of June 30, 2014, Nine and its wholly-owned Canadian subsidiary, Nine Energy Canada Inc. (“Nine Canada”), entered into the Amended and Restated Credit Agreement, dated June 30, 2014 and amended May 13, 2016 (as amended, the “Existing Nine Credit Facility”) with HSBC Bank USA, N.A., as U.S. administrative agent, HSBC Bank Canada, as Canadian agent, and certain other financial institutions. Pursuant to the Existing Nine Credit Facility, Nine has a $35.2 million term loan, and Nine is entitled to borrow up to $75.0 million (including letters of credit) under the U.S. revolving commitments (the “Existing Nine U.S. Revolving Credit Facility”) and Nine Canada is entitled to borrow up to $10.0 million (including letters of credit) under the Canadian revolving commitments (the “Existing Nine Canadian Revolving Credit Facility”). As of September 30, 2017, we had $75.0 million of outstanding revolving borrowings (including letters of credit) under the Existing Nine U.S. Revolving Credit Facility and $9.6 million of outstanding revolving borrowings (including letters of credit) under the Existing Nine Canadian Revolving Credit Facility. All loans and other obligations under the Existing Nine Credit Facility are scheduled to mature on May 31, 2018. We intend to use a portion of the net proceeds from this offering and term loan borrowings under our new credit facility to fully repay the outstanding borrowings under the Existing Nine Credit Facility and terminate the Existing Nine Credit Facility in connection with this offering. See “Use of proceeds.”

All of the obligations under the Existing Nine Credit Facility are secured by first priority perfected security interests (subject to permitted liens) on substantially all of the assets of Nine and its domestic restricted subsidiaries (other than Beckman and its subsidiaries, which are unrestricted subsidiaries), excluding certain assets. All borrowings under the Existing Nine Credit Facility by Nine Canada as Canadian borrower are secured by substantially all of Nine Canada’s assets, excluding certain assets.

 

75


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

Loans under the Existing Nine Credit Facility may be base rate loans or LIBOR loans. Nine and Nine Canada may repay any amounts borrowed prior to the maturity date without any premium or penalty other than customary LIBOR breakage costs.

The Existing Nine Credit Facility contains various affirmative and negative covenants. The Existing Nine Credit Facility also requires Nine and its restricted subsidiaries (other than Beckman and its subsidiaries, which are unrestricted subsidiaries), on a consolidated basis, to maintain the following:

 

 

minimum EBITDA (as defined in the Existing Nine Credit Facility) on a trailing four quarter basis of not less than $14.3 million for the fiscal quarter ending June 30, 2017, $15.0 million for the fiscal quarter ending September 30, 2017, $17.0 million for the fiscal quarter ending December 31, 2017 and $19.0 million for the fiscal quarter ending March 31, 2018;

 

 

a leverage ratio (as defined in the Existing Nine Credit Facility) of not more than 4.50 to 1.00 at the end of the fiscal quarter ending September 30, 2017 and December 31, 2017 and 3.50 to 1.00 for the fiscal quarter ending March 31, 2018 and each fiscal quarter thereafter; and

 

 

a fixed charge coverage ratio (as defined in the Existing Nine Credit Facility) of not less than 1.00 to 1.00 for each fiscal quarter ending on or prior to June 30, 2017, 1.25 to 1.00 for each fiscal quarter ending on or prior to December 31, 2017 and 1.50 to 1.00 for each fiscal quarter thereafter.

For the quarter ended March 31, 2017, Nine was in breach of the minimum EBITDA covenant and the fixed charge coverage ratio. However, Nine cured such breaches by using a portion of the available proceeds from the Nine and Combined Nine Subscription Offers. Nine was in compliance with all financial covenants for the quarter ended September 30, 2017.

Beckman was designated as an unrestricted subsidiary under the Existing Nine Credit Facility following the Combination and therefore is not subject to the covenants contained therein and is not liable for the loans and other obligations thereunder.

In addition, the Company had $120.6 million of debt under the Existing Nine Credit Facility as of December 31, 2016 that was scheduled to mature on January 1, 2018, which was within twelve months of the date of the issuance of our audited financial statements and thereby resulted in a “going concern” paragraph being included in our independent registered public accounting firm’s audit report. Delivery of audited financial statements including a going concern paragraph would result in an event of default under the Existing Nine Credit Facility absent an amendment or waiver. On March 23, 2017, we received the requisite waiver from the lenders under the Existing Nine Credit Facility with respect to this potential event of default. The maturity date for the Existing Nine Credit Facility has been extended to May 31, 2018. As discussed above, we plan to repay in full the Existing Nine Credit Facility prior to its maturity with a portion of the proceeds of this offering and term loan borrowings under our new credit facility. See “Use of proceeds.”

After giving effect to its exercise of any needed equity cure and the March 23, 2017 waiver, Nine was in compliance with the Existing Nine Credit Facility as of March 31, 2017, June 30, 2017 and September 30, 2017.

Existing Beckman Credit Facility

Beckman entered into a Credit Agreement, dated May 2, 2014 (as amended, the “Existing Beckman Credit Facility” and, together with the “Existing Nine Credit Facility, “our existing credit facilities”), with Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, as administrative agent, and certain other financial institutions pursuant to which Beckman obtained a $145 million senior credit facility. A portion of the commitments up to $132.5 million were available on a revolving basis, and $12.5 million of the commitments were extended as term advances. The

 

76


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

amount available to be borrowed under the revolving portion was further limited by a borrowing base determined monthly based upon a formula calculated by reference to Beckman’s eligible accounts receivable, equipment, inventory and real estate. As of December 31, 2016, the borrowing base was $120.8 million and $114.3 million was outstanding under revolving loans. As of December 31, 2016, $11.0 million was outstanding under the term loan.

On February 10, 2017, pursuant to Agreement and Amendment No. 5 to the Existing Beckman Credit Facility, the above-described facility was amended, and Beckman currently has (i) a $6.0 million term loan tranche (the “Existing Beckman Tranche B Term Loan”), (ii) a $106.3 million term loan tranche (the “Existing Beckman Tranche C Term Loan” and together with the Existing Beckman Tranche B Term Loan, the “Existing Beckman Term Loans”), and (iii) a $15.0 million revolving facility (subject to a borrowing base that is determined monthly and was $15 million as of February 28, 2017) (the “Existing Beckman Revolving Facility”). The actual amount available to be borrowed under the Existing Beckman Revolving Facility is limited by a borrowing base that is determined monthly based upon a formula calculated by reference to Beckman’s eligible accounts receivable and inventory. As of September 30, 2017, the borrowing base was $15.0 million. As of September 30, 2017, we had $9.5 million of outstanding revolving borrowings under the Existing Beckman Revolving Facility. All loans and other obligations under the Existing Beckman Credit Facility are scheduled to mature on June 30, 2018. We intend to use a portion of the net proceeds from this offering and term loan borrowings under our new credit facility to repay the outstanding borrowings under the Existing Beckman Credit Facility and terminate the Existing Beckman Credit Facility in connection with this offering. See “Use of proceeds.”

All of the obligations under the Existing Beckman Credit Facility are secured by first priority perfected security interests (subject to permitted liens) on substantially all of the assets of Beckman and its subsidiaries, excluding certain assets. Additionally, all of the obligations under the Existing Beckman Credit Facility are guaranteed by Beckman’s subsidiaries.

Loans under the Existing Beckman Credit Facility may be either base rate loans or LIBOR loans at Beckman’s election. Beckman may repay any amounts borrowed prior to the maturity date without any premium or penalty other than customary LIBOR breakage costs.

The Existing Beckman Credit Facility contains various affirmative and negative covenants. The Existing Beckman Credit Facility also requires Beckman and its subsidiaries, on a consolidated basis, to maintain the following:

 

 

a leverage ratio (as defined in the Existing Beckman Credit Facility) of not more than 3.50 to 1.00 at the end of each fiscal quarter commencing with the fiscal quarter ending December 31, 2017; and

 

 

a fixed charge coverage ratio (as defined in the Existing Beckman Credit Facility) of not less than 1.15 to 1.00 for each fiscal quarter ending on or prior to June 30, 2017 and 1.25 to 1.00 for each fiscal quarter thereafter, each determined on a standalone quarterly basis.

Beckman and its restricted subsidiaries were in compliance with such covenants and ratios as of March 31, 2017, June 30, 2017 and September 30, 2017.

Our new credit facility

Concurrently with, and conditioned upon, the consummation of this offering, we intend to utilize our new credit facility consisting of $125 million of term loan commitments and $50 million of revolving credit commitments. Upon consummation of this offering, we expect to borrow $125 million of term loans and to have approximately $50 million of available revolving credit loans under our new credit facility. Borrowings under our new credit facility may vary significantly from time to time depending on our cash needs at any given time.

 

77


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

Our new credit facility is evidenced by a credit agreement (the “New Credit Agreement”) with JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., as administrative agent, and certain other financial institutions. The Company is not permitted to borrow under the New Credit Agreement, and the covenants of the New Credit Agreement are not binding on the Company, until the consummation of this offering. Pursuant to the New Credit Agreement, Nine and its domestic restricted subsidiaries will be entitled to borrow $125 million of term loans and up to $50 million (including letters of credit) as revolving credit loans under the revolving commitments. At no time will the maximum principal amount of revolving credit loans, together with the face amount of letters of credit, under the New Credit Agreement be permitted to exceed $50 million, absent Nine obtaining additional commitments from existing or new lenders.

All of the obligations under the New Credit Agreement will be secured by first priority perfected security interests (subject to permitted liens) in substantially all of the personal property of Nine and its domestic restricted subsidiaries (including Beckman and its subsidiaries), excluding certain assets. Nine Canada will not be a borrower or guarantor under the New Credit Agreement.

Loans to Nine and its domestic restricted subsidiaries under the New Credit Agreement may be base rate loans or LIBOR loans. The applicable margin for base rate and prime rate loans will vary from 1.50% to 2.75%, and the applicable margin for LIBOR loans will vary from 2.50% to 3.75%, in each case depending on Nine’s leverage ratio. Nine will be permitted to repay any amounts borrowed prior to the maturity date without any premium or penalty other than customary LIBOR breakage costs.

If addition, a commitment fee of 0.50% per annum will be charged on the average daily unused portion of the revolving commitments. Such commitment fee is payable quarterly in arrears.

The term loans will be payable on a quarterly basis in amounts equal to 2.5% of the original principal balance. The term loans and revolving loans will mature two and a half years from the initial date on which we borrow loans under the new credit facility.

The New Credit Agreement contains various affirmative and negative covenants, including financial reporting requirements and limitations on indebtedness, liens, mergers, consolidations, liquidations and dissolutions, sales of assets, dividends and other restricted payments, investments (including acquisitions) and transactions with affiliates. The New Credit Agreement does not contain any financial covenants, other than a total leverage ratio, an asset coverage ratio and a fixed charge coverage ratio, each of which will be tested on a quarterly basis. The covenants (financial and otherwise) of our New Credit Agreement will not be effective until the consummation of this offering.

Contractual obligations

In the normal course of business, we enter into various contractual obligations that impact or could impact our liquidity. The table below contains our known contractual commitments at December 31, 2016.

 

       Payments due by period for the year ended  December 31,                    
(in thousands)        2017          2018            2019            2020            2021      Thereafter      Total  

Existing credit facilities(1)

   $ 17,975      $ 227,913      $      $      $      $      $ 245,888  

Other debt

     272                                           272  

Interest expense

     14,000        6,900                                    20,900  

Operating leases

     5,538        4,195        3,452        2,572        2,249        12,544        30,550  
  

 

 

 

Total

   $ 37,785      $ 239,008      $ 3,452      $ 2,572      $ 2,249      $ 12,544      $ 297,610  

 

 

 

(1)   This table does not include future commitment fees, amortization of deferred financing costs or other fees on our existing credit facilities because obligations thereunder are floating rate instruments, and we cannot determine with accuracy the timing of future loan advances, repayments or future interest rates to be charged.

The table above does not reflect our use of a portion of the net proceeds from this offering and term loan borrowings under our new credit facility to fully repay and terminate our existing credit facilities (the Existing Nine Credit Facility and the Existing Beckman Credit Facility).

 

78


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

Please see “Use of proceeds.” Also, see “—Our credit facilities—Our new credit facility” for information regarding our new credit facility under which we intend to make term loan borrowings concurrently with, and conditioned upon, the consummation of this offering.

During the nine months ended September 30, 2017, there were additional borrowings and payments not reflected in this table and the maturity date for the Existing Nine Credit Facility was extended to May 31, 2018. Please see “—Our credit facilities—Existing Nine Credit Facility” for more information.

Critical accounting policies and estimates

The discussion and analysis of our financial condition and results of operations are based upon our combined financial statements, which have been prepared in accordance with GAAP. The preparation of our financial statements requires us to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets, liabilities, revenues and expenses and related disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities. Certain accounting policies involve judgments and uncertainties to such an extent that there is a reasonable likelihood that materially different amounts could have been reported under different conditions, or if different assumptions had been used. We evaluate our estimates and assumptions on a regular basis. We base our estimates on historical experience and various other assumptions that are believed to be reasonable under the circumstances, the results of which form the basis for making judgments about the carrying values of assets and liabilities that are not readily apparent from other sources. Actual results may differ from these estimates and assumptions used in preparation of our combined financial statements. We provide expanded discussion of our more significant accounting policies, estimates and judgments below. We believe that most of these accounting policies reflect our more significant estimates and assumptions used in preparation of our combined financial statements.

Emerging growth company status

We are an “emerging growth company” as defined in the JOBS Act. Under Section 107 of the JOBS Act, as an emerging growth company, we can take advantage of an extended transition period for the adoption of new or revised financial accounting standards. We intend to take advantage of all of the reduced reporting requirements and exemptions, including the longer phase-in periods for the adoption of new or revised financial accounting standards, until we are no longer an emerging growth company. Our election to use the phase-in periods permitted by this election may make it difficult to compare our financial statements to those of non-emerging growth companies and other emerging growth companies that have opted out of the longer phase-in periods under Section 107 of the JOBS Act and who will comply with new or revised financial accounting standards. If we were to subsequently elect instead to comply with these public company effective dates, such election would be irrevocable pursuant to Section 107 of the JOBS Act.

Revenue recognition

The Company recognizes revenue for products and services based upon purchase orders, contracts or other persuasive evidence of an arrangement with the customer that include fixed or determinable prices and that do not include right of return or other similar provisions or other post-delivery obligations. Revenue is recognized for services when they are rendered and collectability is reasonably assured. Revenue for products, which represent less than 3% of total revenue, is recognized upon delivery, customer acceptance and when collectability is reasonably assured.

Property and equipment

Property and equipment are recorded at cost or valuation, less applicable depreciation. Equipment held under capital leases is stated at the present value of minimum lease payments. Depreciation is computed using the straight-line method over the estimated useful lives of the respective assets, which range from one to 15 years,

 

79


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

except for buildings which have lives up to 39 years (see Note 4—“Property and Equipment” to our audited combined financial statements for further information). Equipment held under capital leases is amortized straight-line over the shorter of the lease term or estimated useful life of the asset. Maintenance and repairs are charged to operating expense as incurred; significant renewals and betterments are capitalized.

Definite-lived intangible assets

Definite-lived intangible assets that are acquired in connection with business acquisitions are amortized utilizing the estimated pattern of the consumption of the economic benefit over their estimated useful lives, which range from 3 to 15 years.

Impairment of long-lived assets, goodwill and other intangible assets

Long-lived assets are reviewed for impairment when circumstances indicate the carrying value of an asset may not be recoverable. For assets that are to be held and used, impairment is recognized when the estimated undiscounted cash flows associated with the asset or group of assets are less than their carrying value. If impairment exists, an adjustment is made to write the asset down to its fair value, and a loss is recorded as the difference between the carrying value and fair value. Fair values are determined based on quoted market values, discounted cash flows or internal and external appraisals, as applicable. Assets to be disposed of are carried at the lower of carrying value or estimated net realizable value. The costs of assets that are sold or retired and the related accumulated depreciation are removed from the accounts, and any resulting gain or loss is reflected in income.

Goodwill is tested for impairment annually and when indicators of impairment exist. In the first step, the Company determines the fair value of its individual reporting units by blending two valuation approaches: the income and market value approach. The income approach uses the Company’s own market assumptions, including projections of future cash flows, determinations of appropriate discount rates, and other assumptions which are considered reasonable and inherent in the discounted cash flow analysis. The projections are based on historical performance and future estimated results. The market value approach uses financial information from comparable entities. If the carrying amount exceeds the fair value, the second step of the goodwill impairment test is performed to measure the amount of the impairment loss, if any. In the second step, the implied fair value of the goodwill is estimated as the fair value of the reporting unit used in the first step less the fair values of all other net tangible and intangible assets of the reporting unit. If the carrying amount of the goodwill exceeds its implied fair market value, an impairment loss is recognized in an amount equal to that excess, not to exceed the carrying amount of the goodwill.

Recognition of provisions for contingencies

In the ordinary course of business, we are subject to various claims, suits and complaints. We, in consultation with internal and external advisors, will provide for a contingent loss in the combined financial statements if it is probable that a liability has been incurred at the date of the combined financial statements and the amount can be reasonably estimated. If it is determined that the reasonable estimate of the loss is a range and that there is no best estimate within the range, provision will be made for the lower amount of the range. Legal costs are expensed as incurred.

Share-based compensation

We account for awards of share-based compensation at fair value on the date granted to employees and recognize the compensation expense in the financial statements over the requisite service period. Fair value of

 

80


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

the share-based compensation was measured using the Black-Scholes model for all of the options outstanding. These models require assumptions and estimates for inputs, especially the estimate of the volatility in the value of the underlying share price, that affect the resultant values and hence the amount of compensation expense recognized. We determine the estimate of volatility periodically based on the averages for the stocks of comparable publicly traded companies.

Determining fair market value

Determining the appropriate fair value model and calculating the fair value of options requires the input of highly subjective assumptions, including the expected volatility of the price of our stock, the risk-free rate, the expected term of the options and the expected dividend yield of our common stock. These estimates involve inherent uncertainties and the application of management’s judgment. If factors change and different assumptions are used, our share-based compensation expense could be materially different in the future. We estimate the fair value of each option grant using the Black-Scholes option-pricing model. The Black-Scholes option pricing model requires estimates of key assumptions based on both historical information and management judgment regarding market factors and trends.

Expected volatility —We developed our expected volatility by using the historical volatilities of our peer group of public companies.

Risk-free interest rate —The risk-free interest rates for options granted are based on the average of five year and seven year constant maturity Treasury bond rates whose term is consistent with the expected term of an option from the date of grant.

Expected Term —The expected term is based on the midpoint between the vesting date and contractual term of an option. The expected term represents the period that our stock-based awards are expected to be outstanding.

Expected dividend yield —We do not anticipate paying cash dividends on our shares of common stock; therefore, the expected dividend yield is assumed to be zero.

Recent accounting pronouncements

See Note 2—“Summary of Significant Accounting Policies” to our audited combined financial statements for a discussion of recently issued accounting pronouncements. As an “emerging growth company” under the JOBS Act, we can take advantage of an extended transition period for the adoption of new or revised financial accounting standards. We intend to take advantage of all of the reduced reporting requirements and exemptions, including the longer phase-in periods for the adoption of new or revised financial accounting standards under Section 107 of the JOBS Act, until we are no longer an emerging growth company. Our election to use the phase-in periods permitted by this election may make it difficult to compare our financial statements to those of non-emerging growth companies and other emerging growth companies that have opted out of the longer phase-in periods under Section 107 of the JOBS Act and who will comply with new or revised financial accounting standards. If we were to subsequently elect instead to comply with these public company effective dates, such election would be irrevocable pursuant to Section 107 of the JOBS Act.

Related party transactions

Transactions with related parties are disclosed in Note 13—“Related Party Transactions” in our audited combined financial statements.

 

81


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

Off-balance sheet arrangements

As of September 30, 2017, we had no off-balance sheet instruments or financial arrangements, other than operating leases entered into in the ordinary course of business.

Quantitative and qualitative disclosures about market risk

At December 31, 2016 and September 30, 2017, we held no significant derivative instruments that materially increased our exposure to market risks for interest rates, foreign currency rates, commodity prices or other market price risks.

We have interest rate exposure arising from the Existing Nine Credit Facility, the Existing Beckman Credit Facility and other financing agreements, which have variable interest rates. Our new credit facility also has a variable interest rate. These variable interest rates are impacted by changes in short-term interest rates. Assuming the current level of borrowings, a hypothetical one-percentage point increase in interest rates would increase our annual interest expense by $2.4 million.

Our fuel purchases expose us to commodity price risk. Our fuel costs consist primarily of diesel fuel used by our various trucks and other motorized equipment. The prices for fuel are volatile and are impacted by changes in supply and demand, as well as market uncertainty and regional shortages. Recently we have been able to pass along price increases to our customers; however, we may be unable to do so in the future. We generally do not engage in commodity price hedging activities.

We operate in the U.S. and Canadian markets, and as a result our primary exposure to fluctuations in currency exchange rates relates to fluctuations between the U.S. dollar and the Canadian dollar. In Canada, the effects of currency fluctuations are largely mitigated because local expenses of such operations are also generally denominated in the local currency. However, there may be instances in which costs and revenue will not be matched with respect to currency denomination and we may experience economic loss and a negative impact on earnings or net assets solely as a result of foreign currency exchange rate fluctuations. We do not hedge our exposure to changes in foreign exchange rates. See “Risk Factors—Our Canadian operations subject us to currency translation risk, which could cause our results to fluctuate significantly from period to period.”

Assets and liabilities for which the functional currency is the local currency are translated using the exchange rates in effect at the balance sheet date, resulting in translation adjustments that are reflected as accumulated other comprehensive income in the stockholders’ equity section on our balance sheet. We recorded an adjustment of approximately $210,000 to increase our equity account for the year ended December 31, 2016 to reflect the net impact of the strengthening of the Canadian dollar against the U.S. dollar.

 

82


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

Business

Company overview

We are a leading North American onshore completion and production services provider that targets unconventional oil and gas resource development. We partner with our E&P customers across all major onshore basins in both the U.S. and Canada to design and deploy downhole solutions and technology to prepare horizontal, multistage wells for production. We focus on providing our customers with cost-effective and comprehensive completion solutions designed to maximize their production levels and operating efficiencies. We believe our success is a product of our culture, which is driven by our intense focus on performance and wellsite execution as well as our commitment to forward-leaning technologies that aid us in the development of smarter, customized applications that drive efficiencies.

We provide our comprehensive completion solutions across a diverse set of well-types, including on the most complex, technically demanding unconventional wells. Modern, high-intensity completion techniques are a more effective way for our customers to maximize resource extraction from horizontal oil and gas wells. These completion techniques provide improved EUR per lateral foot and a superior return on investment, which make them attractive to operators despite their associated increased well cost. We compete with a limited number of service companies for the most intricate and demanding projects, which are characterized by extended reach horizontal laterals, increased stage counts per well and increased proppant loading per lateral foot. As stage counts per well increase, so do our operating leverage and returns, as we are able to complete more jobs and stages with the same number of units and crews. Service providers for these demanding projects are selected based on their technical expertise and ability to execute safely and efficiently, rather than only price.

We offer a variety of completion applications and technologies to match customer needs across the broadest addressable completions market. Our comprehensive well solutions range from cementing the well at the initial stages of the completion, preparing the well for stimulation, isolating all the stages of an extended reach lateral, and drilling out plugs and performing associated remedial work as production comes online. Our completion techniques are specifically tailored to the customer and geology of each well. At the initial stage of a well completion, our lab facilities produce customized cementing slurries used to secure the production casing to ensure well integrity throughout the life of the well. Once the casing is in place, we utilize our proprietary tools at the toe (end) of the well, often called stage one, to prepare for the well stimulation process. We provide customers with plug-and-perf or pinpoint frac sleeve system technology to complete the remaining stages of the well. Through our wireline units, we provide plug-and-perf services that, when combined with our fully-composite or dissolvable frac plugs, create perforations to isolate and divert the fracture to the correct stage. Our pinpoint frac sleeve system involves packers, either hydraulic or swellable, to isolate sections of the wellbore and frac sleeves to provide access to each stage for stimulation and production. Our equipment also includes high-specification coiled tubing units and workover rigs that are capable of reaching the farthest depths for the removal of plugs and cleaning of the wellbore to prepare for production. Once a well is producing, we are able to offer a range of production enhancement and well workover services through our fleet of well service rigs and ancillary equipment.

 

83


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

The following graphic provides a summary of our comprehensive well solutions that span the life cycle of a well completion.

 

 

LOGO

Our services

We operate in two segments: Completion Solutions and Production Solutions. Our Completion Solutions segment provides services integral to the completion of unconventional wells through a full range of tools and methodologies. Our Production Solutions segment provides a range of production enhancement and well workover services that are performed with a well servicing rig and ancillary equipment.

Completion Solutions

The following is a description of the primary service offerings and deployment methods within the Completion Solutions business segment:

Cementing services :    Our cementing services consist of blending high-grade cement and water with various solid and liquid additives to create a cement slurry that is pumped between the casing and the wellbore of the well. We currently have three high-quality laboratory facilities capable of designing and testing all of the current industry cement designs. The laboratory facilities operate twenty-four hours a day and are fully staffed by qualified technicians with the latest equipment and modeling software. Additionally, our technicians and engineers ensure that all tests are performed to API specifications and results are delivered to customers promptly. Our cement slurries are designed to achieve the proper cement thickening time, compressive strength and fluid loss control. Our slurries can be modified to address a wide range of downhole needs of our E&P customers, including varying well depths, downhole temperatures, pressures and formation characteristics.

We deploy our slurries by using our customized design twin-pumping units, which are fully redundant, containing two pumps, two hydraulic systems, two mixing pumps and two electrical systems. This significantly

 

84


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

decreases our risk of downtime due to mechanical failure and eliminates the necessity to have an additional cementing unit on standby. We have invested in the highest quality cementing equipment, and since 2012, we have deployed only new equipment for use in the fields. We currently operate a total of 28 twin-pumping units each of which has 1,000 horsepower (which we believe is the highest in the industry).

From January 2014 to September 2017, we completed approximately 10,500 cementing jobs, with an on-time rate of approximately 90%. Punctuality of service has become one of the primary metrics that E&P operators use to evaluate the cementing services they receive. Key contributors to our 90% on-time rate include our lab capabilities, personnel, close proximity to our customers’ acreage, dual-sided bulk loading plants and our service-driven culture. In order to further improve punctuality, respond to customers’ demands for providers near their acreage, and gain access to an additional customer base, we recently built a bulk plant and lab facility in Hobbs, New Mexico, with close proximity to the Delaware Basin. We believe this location will reduce operating expenses due to improved logistics as well as provide cross-selling opportunities for other service lines.

Completion tools :    We provide unconventional and conventional downhole solutions and technology used for multistage completions. Our comprehensive completion service offerings are complemented by our unconventional open hole and cemented completion tool products, such as liner hangers and accessories, fracture isolation packers, frac sleeves, stage one prep tools, fully composite and dissolvable frac plugs and specialty open hole float equipment and centralizers. Our completion tools provide pinpoint frac sleeve system technologies that enable comparable rates per stage while providing more control over fracture initiation. A few examples of our innovative portfolio of completion tools are: (i) the Scorpion Fully-Composite Plug TM , a patented packer-style fully composite plug designed to provide zonal isolation in a multi-stage well completion; we offer a diverse product group of fully-composite plugs designed for 3.5” to 5.5” well casings as well as a unique Scorpion Extended Range plug, which is used in demanding well applications where operators have to negotiate through internal diameter restrictions, (ii) the Scorpion Dissolvable Plug, a high performance plug designed to provide zonal isolation, is made entirely from proprietary materials that dissolve over time, leaving the wellbore unobstructed for production and eliminating the risk and costs of conventional plug removal, (iii) the SmartStart PLUS TM , an interventionless time-delayed pressure-activated sleeve that we have the exclusive distribution rights to in the northeastern U.S. and with certain customers in other regions, that eliminates the need for tubing or pipe-conveyed perforating when completing the toe stage of horizontal wells, (iv) the Storm Re-Frac Packer TM , a system that allows our customers to re-stimulate their existing wells using standard size plug-and-perf procedures to extend and enhance their production profiles with minimal flow restriction during stimulation, (v) the FlowGun TM , a stage one interventionless casing-conveyed perforating technology that eliminates the need to run wireline or coil tubing and requires no electronic detonation allowing our customers to perform a maximum pressure test and perforate stage one more efficiently with less risk and with no lateral length limitations, (vi) the Coil Frac Sleeve System, a system that utilizes coiled tubing to deploy a resettable frac packer, that we have the exclusive distribution rights to in the U.S., which is used to open and isolate frac sleeves that have been installed as an integral part of the casing, and (vii) the EON Ball Drop system, an interventionless single-size ball activated pinpoint frac sleeve system, that we have exclusive distributions rights to in the U.S. and Canada. Our systems provide completion efficiencies at the wellsite by reducing our customers’ equipment needs and stimulation time and allowing for specific zonal treatment. From March 2011 to September 2017, we have deployed approximately 65,000 swell and hydro-mechanical packers and approximately 18,000 frac sleeves for downhole completions.

Additionally, we offer a portfolio of completion technologies used for completing the toe stage of a horizontal well, as well as fully-composite, dissolvable and extended-range frac plugs to isolate stages during plug-and-perf operations.

Wireline services :    Our wireline services involve the use of a wireline unit equipped with a spool of wireline that is unwound and lowered into oil and gas wells to convey specialized tools or equipment for well completion,

 

85


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

well intervention or pipe recovery. We operate a fleet of modern and “fit-for-purpose” cased hole wireline units designed for operating in unconventional completion operations, with 37 wireline units in the U.S. and 14 wireline units in Canada. Our wireline units are equipped with the latest technology utilized to service long lateral completions, including head tension tools, ballistic release tools and addressable switches. We currently have wireline units equipped with customized drums to hold up to 40,000 feet of Enviroline. Enviroline is a coated wireline that significantly reduces injector oil use requiring only 5% of the amount needed with standard wireline. Offering a lower dynamic coefficient of friction, Enviroline requires less pump down fluid to operate and is more conducive for reaching further depths in longer laterals.

The majority of our wireline work consists of plug-and-perf completions, which is a multistage well completion technique for cased-hole wells that consists of deploying perforating guns to a specified depth. We deploy proprietary specialized tools like our fully-composite frac plugs through our wireline units. From January 2014 to September 2017, we have completed approximately 62,000 wireline stages in the U.S. with a success rate of over 99%.

Coiled tubing services :    Coiled tubing services perform wellbore intervention operations utilizing a continuous steel pipe that is transported to the wellsite wound on a large spool in lengths of up to 25,000 feet. Coiled tubing provides a cost-effective solution for well work due to the ability to deploy efficiently and safely into a live well using specialized well-control equipment. The live well work capability limits the customer’s risk of formation damage associated with “killing” a well (the temporary placement of heavy fluids in a wellbore to keep reservoir fluids in place), while allowing for safer operations due to minimal equipment handling. Coiled tubing facilitates a variety of services in both new and old wells, such as milling, drilling, fishing, production logging, artificial lift installation, cementing, stimulation and restimulation services. In addition, our units are also used in conjunction with pinpoint hydraulic fracturing operations.

We currently operate 16 coiled tubing units serving the Permian Basin, SCOOP/STACK region and Haynesville markets. Each of our coiled tubing units carries data acquisition and dissemination technology, allowing our customers to monitor jobs via a web interface. Of the 16 coiled tubing units, we consider 11 to be “extended reach” units capable of reaching the toe of wells with total measured depths of 21,500 feet and beyond, including lateral lengths in excess of 12,500 feet, keeping pace with the industry’s most challenging downhole environments. While we specialize in larger-diameter (2  3 / 8 ’’ and 2  5 / 8 ’’) applications, we also offer 2’’ and 1  1 / 4 ’’ diameter solutions to our customers. From April 2014 to September 2017, we have performed approximately 5,400 jobs and deployed more than 103 million running feet of coiled tubing, with a success rate of over 99%.

Production Solutions

The following is a description of the primary service offerings conducted within the Production Solutions business segment:

Well services :    Our well servicing business encompasses a full range of services performed with a mobile well servicing rig (or workover rig) and ancillary equipment throughout a well’s life cycle from completion to plugging and abandonment. Our rigs and personnel install and remove downhole equipment and eliminate obstructions in the well to facilitate the flow of oil and natural gas, often immediately increasing a well’s production. We believe the production increases generated by our well services substantially enhance our customers’ returns and significantly reduce their payback periods. Activities performed with our well servicing rigs can range from the milling of plugs following a plug-and-perf completion, to the installation in repair of artificial lift, to the ultimate plug and abandonment of a depleted well. Key components of our well services success include our geographic footprint, employee culture, fleet of rigs and inventory of equipment. Our operations extend across six major onshore U.S. basins, and our employee culture fosters local relationships within this expansive geographic footprint through excellent customer service and basin-level expertise.

 

86


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

We utilize a fleet of more than 100 rigs, approximately 40% of which are capable of performing completion-oriented work. This fleet of rigs and the inventory of equipment maintained at each of our regional locations are tailored to the needs of our customers in each particular basin. The high-specification rigs we utilize are engineered to perform in the most demanding laterals being drilled in the U.S. today. In addition, we also own and operate auxiliary equipment necessary to support the activities of our rigs, swabbing units, hot oilers, high pressure pump trucks, cementers, vacuum trucks and transport tankers in the basins in which we operate. These complementary services facilitate the production enhancement of existing wells or are called upon to plug and abandon a well at the end of its life. From January 2014 to September 2017, we operated more than 850,000 rig hours. According to the AESC, only 53% of industry reported well service rigs were active or available from January 2015 to September 2017. In contrast, 67% of our rigs have remained utilized in the same period.

Our industry

As a provider of well completion and production services, we participate in the North American onshore completions market and production services markets. Given our broad geographic footprint across North America, as well as our comprehensive completion and production services offerings, we believe that we are able to offer our services to the vast majority of wells in North America. Primarily, we service horizontal wells associated with unconventional resources, but are able to complete any onshore well drilled in North America, from shallow conventional vertical wells to the most technically demanding extended reach horizontal wells. Our production services business is similarly capable of servicing any onshore North American well.

Completion services prepare a previously drilled well for production, including providing entry points from the drilled wellbore into the surrounding deep rock formations and ensuring isolation between the individual frac stages to enable hydraulic fracturing and stimulation treatments to be more effectively executed. In horizontal wells, multistage completions typically start with a stage at the far end of the lateral, often referred to as the “toe.” Each subsequent stage is completed in succession, moving from the toe at the end toward the vertical section of the wellbore. After each stage is completed, the next stage is isolated from the one before it. The process is comparable in vertical wells, with the first stage beginning at the deepest point, and moving sequentially upward with the last completed stage at the shallowest depth.

There are two primary techniques currently used in the completion of unconventional wells, both of which we are able to execute for our customers. The most common is plug-and-perf, which is most frequently applied when the well casing or lining has been cemented in place. With plug-and-perf completions, a frac plug must be pumped downhole prior to a wireline-conveyed perforating gun detonating explosives downhole. This creates holes in a section of the wellbore casing, enabling that section to be hydraulically fractured through these perforations. After that section or “stage” has been fractured, it is isolated from the next stage to be completed using another frac plug. This process of stage isolation, perforation and hydraulic fracturing is repeated until the desired number of stages has been placed. After all of the stages have been hydraulically fractured, a coiled tubing unit or workover rig is required to mill out the frac plugs prior to the well being placed on production.

The second commonly used completion technique is known as a “pinpoint frac sleeve system” that is used in both open hole or cemented well configurations. This method uses sliding sleeves that have been installed as part of the well casing using packers on either side for zonal isolation in an open hole application. In a cemented application, zonal isolation is achieved by cementing the casing and sleeves in the wellbore. Once activated via a ball and seat activator or coiled tubing, the sleeves open providing a conduit to the reservoir, enabling the wellbore to be stimulated. This completion technique does not require intervention to pump down or remove frac plugs and requires significantly less pumping time and well intervention. This completion technique also reduces the time to bring a well online. We are able to effectively provide completion services

 

87


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

using either plug-and-perf or pinpoint frac sleeve system methodology, allowing us to satisfy the preferences of a broader customer base.

The participants in the completion services sector include large, international oilfield services companies (including Halliburton Company, Schlumberger Limited, Baker Hughes Incorporated and Weatherford International Ltd.) as well as smaller, independent companies that may focus on a specific service category or operate primarily on a regional basis. Other than those firms that primarily focus on hydraulic fracturing, there are few completion services companies that offer a comprehensive suite of completion services and have a geographic footprint across all major onshore North American basins. We believe our ability to provide a range of completion services and address a broad market opportunity positions us well to compete in the onshore completions market. For example, even during the recent industry downturn that began in late 2014, which resulted in an intensified competitive environment, we were able to gain market share and effectively compete in the onshore completions market. Our wireline services and completion tools were used in 8% of total frac stages completed in 2016, a market share that we have maintained through the first nine months of 2017, as compared to 5% in 2014 based on Spears & Associates, Inc. data on total frac stages completed for those periods. In addition, although the overall level of rigs working remains lower than it was in 2014, we increased our market share within our cementing services from 2014 to September 30, 2017. For example, the number of drilling rigs our cementing crews followed in West Texas increased from 10% of total rigs working in West Texas as of December 31, 2014 to 13% as of September 30, 2017, and the number of drilling rigs our cementing crews followed in South Texas increased from 17% of total rigs working in South Texas as of December 31, 2014 to 28% as of September 30, 2017.

Industry trends

Our business depends to a significant extent on the level of unconventional resource development activity and corresponding capital spending of oil and natural gas companies onshore in North America. These activity and spending levels are strongly influenced by the current and expected oil and natural gas prices. We believe that the following trends will positively impact the completion and production services markets, and providers of comprehensive completion solutions in particular, in the coming years:

Increasing global demand for crude oil and natural gas

We believe that increasing global demand for hydrocarbons over time will cause increased demand for oilfield services. This growing demand is being driven by global economic growth, including rapid growth among emerging industrializing countries globally. According to BP p.l.c.’s 2017 Energy Outlook, global natural gas demand and global liquids demand are expected to increase at a cumulative annualized growth rate of 1.6% and 0.7%, respectively, through 2035. This growth is illustrated by the following charts:

Global Liquids Demand

(Million tons oil equivalent)

 

LOGO

Source: BP Energy Outlook

 

88


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

Global Natural Gas Demand

(Million tons oil equivalent)

 

LOGO

Source: BP Energy Outlook

Improving onshore North American market

Oil and natural gas prices declined significantly between the third quarter of 2014 and the first quarter of 2016, when the closing price of oil reached a 12-year low of $26.19 per barrel and the closing price of natural gas reached an 18-year low of $1.49 per MMBtu. This substantial decline in oil and natural gas prices caused a reduction in activity for the majority of our customer base and their corresponding spending on our services.

Oil and natural gas prices have since gradually increased, a positive trend that was bolstered in the fourth quarter of 2016 when members of the Organization of Petroleum Exporting Countries and certain other oil-producing nations agreed to reduce their oil output. The prices of oil and natural gas as of November 10, 2017 were $56.75 per barrel and $3.14 per MMBtu, respectively. These prices represent improvements of 117% and 111% respectively, from first quarter of 2016 lows of $26.19 per barrel for oil and $1.49 per MMBtu for natural gas. The U.S. Energy Information Administration (the “EIA”) expects oil prices will continue to increase in future years and, according to its Annual Energy Outlook 2017, projects average crude prices of $59.83 and $68.48 per barrel in 2018 and 2019, respectively. This price recovery, together with significant cost and efficiency improvements in unconventional resource extraction, has stimulated an increase in onshore completions activity, as evidenced by a strong rebound in onshore rig count. According to Baker Hughes’ North American Rig Count, the number of active drilling rigs in the United States has increased to 907 as of November 10, 2017, an increase of 125% since the low of 404 reported on May 27, 2016. We believe North American onshore unconventional resources are positioned to capture a growing portion of global oil and gas resource capital spending, supported by its competitive cost positioning and relatively low political, reservoir and legal risks as compared to other producing regions. If the current price environment holds or continues to improve, we expect a further increase in demand for our services.

Additionally, we believe that the short-cycle, repeatable nature of North American onshore unconventional resource projects will continue to attract capital from the E&P industry during a time of perceived commodity price volatility. This has been evidenced by the heightened level of mergers and acquisitions in what are believed to be highly economic unconventional resource plays such as the Permian Basin in West Texas and the SCOOP / STACK Formations in Oklahoma. The trend has been for well-capitalized public E&P companies to acquire smaller, privately held E&P companies, with the aim of accelerating development activity on the acquired asset base. We believe that this trend will drive increases in demand for completion and production services such as ours.

 

89


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

Growth of North American unconventional resource production through horizontal drilling

The combination of horizontal drilling with hydraulic fracturing, and the ongoing refinement of these techniques have added considerable resource potential in recent years, with multi-billion barrel fields of oil and trillions of cubic feet of natural gas discovered over the last five years. According to Baker Hughes, the horizontal rig count increased 205% between 2007 and 2014, with horizontal rigs making up 91% of active rigs as of December 30, 2016. Driven by this increase in horizontal drilling, U.S. production volumes from tight oil resources grew between 2007 and 2016 at a cumulative annual rate of 28%. Drilling techniques related to unconventional resources often benefit from tighter acre-spacing and multi-well pad drilling, increasing number of wells drilled relative to conventional methods, which drives increased completions spending and in turn benefits our business.

 

U.S. Active Rig Count

 

LOGO

Source: Baker Hughes; Percentages at year end

U.S. Tight Oil Production

(million barrels per day)

 

 

LOGO

Source: EIA; Volumes at year end

Compounding secular themes driving increased completion intensity

As extracting methods have been refined, E&P companies have exhibited a preference towards extended lateral length, increased cluster density and more numerous hydraulic fracturing stages per well in order to increase well productivity. These trends have led to significant efficiency gains for E&P companies, allowing them to extract oil and gas in greater volumes and at lower cost, and have driven additional demand for our industry’s services on a per well basis by significantly increasing the service intensity required for each well. Each of these themes independently requires incremental completion services and related products as longer laterals, more stages, increased cluster density, added complexity, and more technically demanding wells generally translate to more cement, more plugs, more sleeves, more guns, and more expertise needed by our customers.

Extended well lateral length

 

 

Average lateral length has increased by nearly 1,000 feet from 2014 to 2016, a trend that is expected to continue going forward. While the average 2018 projected horizontal well lateral length is 8,706 feet, there

 

90


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements
 

are currently wells being drilled that are much longer, with some reaching over 20,000 feet. The following chart illustrates this trend of increasing lateral lengths:

Historical and Projected Average U.S. Lateral Length

(feet)

 

 

LOGO

Source: Spears & Associates, Inc., July 2017

Increased stages per well and in aggregate

 

 

Average U.S. frac stages have increased significantly in recent years, representing a trend that is expected to continue. Average stages per well grew to 29 from 22 between 2014 and 2016, representing an increase of 30% over two years. This is expected to continue at a compounded annual growth rate of 13% from 2016 through 2018. While the 2018 projected average frac stages is 37, there are currently wells that have a much higher stage count, with some utilizing over 100 stages. The following chart illustrates this trend of increasing stage counts:

Historical and Projected Average U.S. Frac Stages

Per Horizontal Well

 

 

LOGO

Source: Spears & Associates, Inc., July 2017

 

91


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

The increase in stage counts per well, coupled with the expected increase in drilling activity, is expected to drive an increase in the aggregate number of frac stages in the United States. The number of frac stages is expected to increase 161% from approximately 266,472 in 2016 to approximately 696,687 in 2018, according to Spears & Associates, Inc., as illustrated in the following chart:

Historical and Projected Frac Stages in the U.S. (‘000s)

 

 

LOGO

Source: Spears & Associates, Inc., July 2017

Increasing rig efficiency

 

 

Techniques being used by E&P companies, including multi-well pad development programs, have led to improved rig efficiencies, resulting in more horizontal wells drilled per rig. Coupled with longer laterals, this trend indicates that demand for well completion services can be expected to outpace standalone rig growth. The co-location of wells on a single pad also allows for more efficient access to wellbores and sharply reduces the mobilization and de-mobilization time between completion and production service jobs. This efficiency improves our operating leverage and allows us to provide our services more efficiently.

Unconventional drilling trends are increasing need for new completions technologies, techniques and equipment

The development of unconventional oil and gas resources is driving the need for new technologies, completion techniques and equipment to help increase recovery rates, lower production costs and accelerate field development. We believe that market trends are changing the method by which resource companies select service suppliers, becoming more focused on service companies’ ability to successfully perform on highly technical, complex horizontal wells with higher capital investment and risk. We are working with our customers to develop customized downhole systems to generate higher efficiencies and increase production. As lateral lengths become increasingly longer, operators will need new solutions and technologies to reach these farther lengths. This includes, but is not limited to, toe initiation technology, dissolvable technology and sleeve systems. We are utilizing internal resources and striking strategic partnerships with manufacturing and engineering companies to provide forward-leaning technology for our customers. We believe our technical expertise provides us with an advantage, particularly when it comes to longer lateral wells where many of our competitors do not have our capabilities or expertise. As operators continue to see significant production uplift, we see significant growth opportunity to provide highly technical services and technology.

The recent cyclical downturn reduced the number of service providers, deployable capacity and skilled workforce

Throughout the last decade, there has been an increase in the demand for completion services. This growth in demand was met with an influx of new companies providing such services, including many small privately owned companies. Since late 2014, the significant decline in well drilling and completion activity has led to

 

92


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

industry consolidation and attrition. We believe industry consolidation and the resulting reduction in competition will position us to succeed as demand for the industry’s services continues to increase. In addition to the reduction in the number of service providers with deployable equipment, public companies in our industry are estimated to have reduced their aggregate headcount by at least 170,000, or over 25 percent of, total oilfield service employees from late 2014 to July 2016. We believe that companies that have remained relatively active during the industry downturn, such as ours, will benefit from having and retaining skilled personnel as demand for our industry’s services increases. Additionally, we believe that oilfield services companies that are relatively asset light, like us, will better be able to maintain or grow their business activity levels in a challenging labor environment.

Growing backlog of aging producing wells, many of which were not well maintained through the recent cyclical downturn

The increase in drilling activity demonstrated in recent years, coupled with the shift toward unconventional resource extraction, has resulted in a substantial and growing inventory of producing unconventional wells. As E&P operators made investment decisions during the recent downturn, capital allocations for well maintenance programs were reduced. As a result, there is a substantial inventory of wells that failed during the downturn and remain offline, and a backlog of poorly maintained producing wells. These failed wells will require maintenance spending to be brought online, in the same way that drilled but uncompleted wells (DUCs) require completions spending to be brought online. Similarly, this backlog of poorly maintained wells are more likely to fail or require workover servicing going forward. We believe that the recent increase in commodity prices has improved the economics of workover and other well servicing programs, and will drive demand for our production services at an accelerated rate going forward compared to 2015 and 2016.

Our competitive strengths

We believe that the following strengths differentiate us from many of our competitors and will contribute to our ongoing success:

Technology-driven business model enhances ability to capitalize on industry trend towards more technically demanding unconventional wells

We invest in innovative technology and equipment designed for modern completion and production techniques that increase efficiencies and production for our customers. North American unconventional onshore wells are increasingly characterized by extended lateral lengths, tighter spacing between hydraulic fracturing stages, increased cluster density and heightened proppant loads. Drilling and completion activities for wells in unconventional resource plays are extremely complex, and downhole risks and operating costs increase as the complexity and lateral length of these wells increase. For these reasons, E&P companies with complex wells generally prefer to partner with technically-proficient, established service companies that are capable of providing the necessary equipment and techniques to complete the services safely, efficiently and with a focus on operational excellence. We believe that these unconventional wells will comprise a growing portion of the market, and that our comprehensive completion service and solutions offerings position us well to capture this growing market.

We have developed a suite of proprietary downhole tools, products and techniques, such as the Scorpion Fully-Composite Plug TM , Scorpion Dissolvable Plug, SmartStart PLUS TM , Flow Gun TM , Coil Frac Sleeve System, EON Ball Drop System and Storm Re-Frac Packer TM , through both internal resources as well as strategic partnerships with manufacturers and engineering companies looking for a reliable and expansive channel to market. We have also made an investment in an advanced electromagnetic (EM) fracture monitoring service, Deep Imaging

 

93


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

Technologies, which allows our customers to measure fracture efficacy, informing well spacing and infill development decisions. We believe we have become a “go-to” service provider for piloting new technologies across the U.S. and Canada because of our service quality and scale. These strategic partnerships provide us and our customers with access to unique downhole technology from independent innovators. This also allows us to minimize exposure to potential technology adoption risks and the significant costs associated with developing and implementing R&D internally. Our internal resources are focused on evolving our existing proprietary tools to stay on trend and ensure quicker, lower cost completions for our customers.

Customized solutions offerings and a differentiated level of customer service

We are able to provide customized solutions for all completion types across North America, including plug-and-perf, pinpoint frac sleeve systems and hybrid wells. Our comprehensive completion service offerings, together with our complementary production services, enable us to deliver the most value to our customers throughout the life of the well. Through our strong relationships with our customers, we maintain a continuous dialogue and real-time feedback loop, allowing us to remain nimble and evolve our service offerings in concert with changing demands from our customers. We believe that our ability to be highly responsive to customers and nimbly address requests for changes in service delivery is a distinct competitive advantage and a cornerstone of our brand.

Established presence in all major onshore basins in both the U.S. and Canada

We operate in all major onshore basins in both the U.S. and Canada, including the Permian Basin, Marcellus and Utica Shales, Eagle Ford Shale, SCOOP / STACK Formation, Bakken Formation, Haynesville Formation and Western Canada Sedimentary Basin. We provide our services through strategically placed operating facilities located in-basin throughout North America. This local presence allows us to quickly respond to customer demands and operate efficiently. Additionally, through our extensive footprint, we are able to track and implement best practices around completion and production trends and technology across all divisions and geography.

 

94


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

The following map demonstrates our geographic footprint. In the first nine months of 2017, we derived 39% of our revenue from the Permian Basin, 19% from the Marcellus and Utica Shales, 10% from the Eagle Ford Shale, 8% from the Haynesville Formation, 8% from the Midcontinent, 6% from the Bakken Formation, 4% from the Western Canada Sedimentary Basin, 4% from the Rockies region and 2% from the Barnett Shale.

 

LOGO

We believe that our strategic geographic positioning will benefit us as activity increases in our core operating areas. Our broad geographic footprint provides us with exposure to the ongoing recovery in drilling and completion activity and will allow us to opportunistically pursue new business in basins with the most active drilling environments.

Returns-focused business model with high operational leverage

We are focused on generating attractive returns on capital for our stockholders. Our completion and production services require less equipment and fewer people than many other oilfield service lines. Unlike pressure pumping, the increase in oil and gas well completion intensity does not significantly impact our equipment. The rising level of completion intensity in our core operating areas contributes to improved margins and returns for us on a per job basis. This provides us significant operational leverage, and we believe positions us well to continue to generate attractive returns on capital as industry activity increases and the market for oilfield services improves. As part of our returns-focused approach to capital spending, we are focused on maintaining a capital efficient program with respect to the development of new products. We do not make large investments

 

95


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

in R&D; instead we primarily rely on strategic partnerships with oilfield product development companies, who view us as an attractive distribution platform for their products. This allows us to benefit from new products and technologies while minimizing our R&D expenditures. We believe our ROIC generally exceeds that of many other oilfield service providers. For a definition of ROIC, which is a non-GAAP financial measure, see “Prospectus summary—Summary financial data—Non-GAAP financial measures.”

Experienced and entrepreneurial management team and board of directors with a successful track record of executing growth and acquisition strategies

The members of our management team and board of directors have a blend of operating, financial and leadership experience in the industry, that we believe provides us with a competitive advantage. We have a deep management team, with experienced mid-level and field managers, many of whom previously started and managed smaller independent onshore oilfield services companies. Our management team has an average of over 20 years of experience in the oilfield service industry, and our field managers have expertise in the geological basins in which they operate and understand the regional challenges that our customers face. We believe this experience provides our management team with an in-depth understanding of our customers’ needs, which enhances our ability to deliver innovative, customer-driven solutions throughout varying industry cycles, which in turn strengthens our relationships with our customers. Many members of our senior management team are entrepreneurs and company founders who joined our company and remain major stockholders, and over 80% of company founders who joined our company continue to be a part of our company today. This is an important part of our growth-focused corporate culture. We focus on partnering with the right management teams and companies, which has enabled us to identify and acquire high-quality businesses with a similar culture to us and synergistically integrate them into our existing operation. Nine has completed four acquisitions as well as the Combination with Beckman. We believe this significant experience in identifying and closing acquisitions will help us identify additional attractive acquisition opportunities in the future. In addition, we believe that our extensive industry contacts and those of SCF Partners, our equity sponsor, will facilitate the identification of acquisition opportunities. See “Prospectus summary—Our equity sponsor” for information regarding SCF Partners.

Balance sheet flexibility to selectively pursue accretive growth avenues

On a pro forma basis giving effect to (i) the entry into our new credit facility and (ii) this offering and the use of a portion of the net proceeds therefrom, together with term loan borrowings under our new credit facility, to fully repay all outstanding borrowings under the Existing Nine Credit Facility and the Existing Beckman Credit Facility, as of September 30, 2017, we would have had $         million of cash on hand, $125 million in term loan borrowings and $50 million of revolver availability under our new credit facility, providing us with the flexibility to pursue opportunities to grow our business. See “ Prospectus summary—Recent developments—Our new under credit facility” for information regarding our new credit facility, under which we expect to make term loan borrowings concurrently with, and conditioned upon, the consummation of this offering. Given our broad geographic and services footprint and strong reputation in the industry, we believe that we will have significant optionality to grow in existing service areas or expand into new areas as demanded by our customers.

 

96


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

Our business strategies

Our company strategy is very focused on returns on invested capital achieved through serving our customers’ needs to help maximize production and drive cost efficiencies through a unique combination of technology and service. We expect to achieve this through the following strategies:

Continue to innovate and enhance our technology-driven offerings

We intend to continue to invest and develop new technologies, techniques and equipment to provide our customers with continuously innovating services and the tools of tomorrow needed to efficiently complete and produce the most complex wells. The growth of unconventional oil and gas resources drives the need for new technologies, completion techniques and equipment to increase recovery rates, lower production costs and accelerate field development. Our customers operate in an extremely competitive environment, and they demand technology-driven service and innovative tools suitable for the most modern completion and production techniques. We have instilled in our employees a culture of innovation and open communication with both our customers and management to be the first responders to our customers’ need for the next innovation or tool. We will continue to listen and learn from operators and experts in the field to facilitate a fast and informative feedback loop that allows us to stay ahead of customers’ needs and share industry best practices across basins. With this real-time information, we seek strategic partnerships and accretive acquisitions with companies and innovators that specialize in developing new production equipment and technologies. We believe that our real-time access to information and focus on technology-driven innovation and efficiency will continue to differentiate us from our competitors and will drive our success with customers that demand a technologically focused and tailored approach.

Continue to focus on service quality and flawless wellsite execution

A successful completion requires both the implementation of a variety of technologies and the commitment to wellsite execution. As well complexities continue to increase, service quality becomes a key criteria used by operators in selecting their oilfield service providers. An E&P operator’s downhole risks and operating costs increase as the complexity and lateral lengths of wells increase. Our customers demand high quality service with fast and nimble responses. We seek to meet this demand by developing our employees through extensive classroom and on the job training, as well as HSE and DOT training programs. This also enables us to have a flatter organization and empower employees throughout all levels of the company. Our employees’ extensive knowledge and training allows for more autonomy in the field, ultimately reducing response time and establishing trust with our customers. We continue to develop and implement comprehensive metrics and company standards while allowing our regional leadership to operate autonomously in accordance with those standards. We believe this nimble, customer-focused approach to service will allow us to increase efficiencies for our customers and drive success for our company.

Continue to capitalize on efficiencies being demanded by our customer base

Our customers are increasingly focused on driving efficiencies in drilling and completion techniques of unconventional wells. This focus has led to an increase in the adoption of pad drilling, zipper fracs and other techniques intended to reduce the time and cost inherent in drilling and completing wells. We believe that we are well-positioned to benefit from these efficiencies, which allow us to complete a greater number of jobs (such as stages, plugs or drillouts) with fewer workers and minimal capital maintenance and equipment, ultimately generating additional revenue and better margins. Prior to the adoption of longer laterals, more stages and pad drilling, the completion of 100 stages would require approximately ten wireline, coil or workover units (one unit per well). The increase in operating efficiencies of our E&P customers produced by

 

97


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

developments in horizontal drilling have produced efficiencies in our operations. For example, operators in the current environment are completing 100 stages at a single pad, allowing us to send one unit and two crews to location. We now require less people and equipment to generate the same stage counts or drillouts. In 2014, we averaged approximately 5.5 stages per employee per month compared to approximately 7.1 stages per employee per month in 2016 and approximately 7.3 stages per employee per month throughout the first nine months of 2017. Additionally, we completed approximately 27 stages per well in 2014, 28 stages per well in 2015, 40 stages per well in 2016 and 48 stages per well throughout the first nine months of 2017. We have and will continue to be aligned to our customers’ efficiencies, which drive down our costs and increase our utilization.

Leverage our strategic footprint to pilot new technologies and share best practices

Our strategy includes leveraging our broad geographic and services footprint, customer network and strong reputation in the industry to serve as a channel to market for new and innovative technology and communicate best practices internally and to our customers. Having a local presence within each basin allows us to provide more responsive customer service, as well as significant exposure to every type of completion methodology and technology across North America. This expertise and knowledge is quickly shared across the company allowing us to inform customers, modify techniques and introduce new technology across all basins. For example, we have successfully leveraged our Canadian team that has helped introduce new technologies across the company, including a new coated wireline recently deployed in the SCOOP / STACK formation and the Permian Basin. We will continue to bring innovative best practices to our customers and alter completion applications to help customers maximize production. With a broad geographic footprint, we are also the ideal service provider for manufacturing, engineering and independent innovators looking for a reliable channel to market for new technology. We provide exposure to a large customer base across all major North American basins coupled with a high quality sales team with the ability to capture market share and promote new products in every onshore basin in North America. We will continue to establish regional locations to maintain high quality customer service, implement best practices and seek strategic partnerships.

Grow our product and service offerings through internal development, strategic partnerships and accretive acquisitions

We anticipate demand for our services to increase over the medium- and long-term throughout all onshore basins in North America. We plan to drive growth both organically and through strategic partnerships and accretive acquisitions. Our organic growth strategies, which focus on continuing to provide customers with exceptional service and a comprehensive array of technology-based solutions, give us a cost effective way of growing our revenue base by leveraging our existing infrastructure and customer network. Our organic growth initiatives target areas that are expected to provide the highest economic return while taking into consideration strategic goals, such as growing or maintaining our key customer relationships. To complement our organic growth, we intend to continue to enter into strategic partnerships, including with technology-focused companies to enhance our ability to provide technologically-advanced solutions at a comparatively lower cost. We also intend to continue to actively pursue targeted, accretive acquisitions that will enhance our portfolio of products and services, market positioning or geographic presence. We seek potential acquisition targets with cultures compatible with our recognized service quality and forward-looking company culture. While we operate in all major onshore basins in both the U.S. and Canada, we do not currently offer all of our services in each of these basins. We plan to efficiently leverage our existing infrastructure in select basins to grow the breadth of our service offerings. We believe this will provide us with a cost-effective way to offer additional, complementary services to existing customers, thereby offering them a more comprehensive service offering and allowing us to respond more quickly to their needs and enhancing our revenue generation potential.

 

98


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

Maintain a strong balance sheet to preserve operational and strategic flexibility

We intend to maintain a conservative approach to managing our balance sheet, which allows us to better react to changes in commodity prices and related demand for our services as well as overall market conditions. We carefully manage our liquidity and debt position through monitoring our cash flows and spending levels. We intend to use a portion of the proceeds from this offering and term loan borrowings under our new credit facility to repay all outstanding borrowings under the Existing Nine Credit Facility and the Existing Beckman Credit Facility. We also intend to improve our liquidity with availability under our new credit facility. On a pro forma basis giving effect to (i) the entry into our new credit facility and (ii) this offering and the use of a portion of the net proceeds therefrom, together with term loan borrowings under our new credit facility, to fully repay all outstanding borrowings under the Existing Nine Credit Facility and the Existing Beckman Credit Facility, as of September 30, 2017, we would have had $         million of cash on hand, $125 million in term loan borrowings and $50 million of revolver availability under our new credit facility, providing us with the flexibility to pursue opportunities to grow our business.

Our history and the combination

We were formed on February 28, 2013 through a combination of three service companies owned by SCF, the first of which was acquired in March 2011. Our foundation consisted of an entrepreneurial team with proven industry expertise and technological solutions for well completions, which we have continued to build upon organically and through acquisitions. We subsequently acquired Peak Pressure Control in August 2013, Dak-Tana Wireline in April 2014, Crest Pumping Technologies in June 2014 and G8 Oil Tool and its intellectual property related to its Scorpion frac plug in September 2015. These acquisitions provided us additional size, scale, product and service diversity and capabilities as well as an expanded geographic footprint. We have focused on the integration of these companies to create one united brand, culture and vision, while combining their expertise to develop customized completion solutions to the market.

On February 28, 2017, we merged with Beckman, a growth-oriented oilfield services company that provides a wide range of well service and coiled tubing services. Pursuant to the Combination, all of the issued and outstanding shares of Beckman common stock were converted into shares of our common stock, other than 1.6% of Beckman shares paid in cash. Prior to the Combination, Beckman was also an SCF Partners portfolio company since July 2012. A key strategic rationale for the Combination was to enhance our ability to serve customers and our growth potential through broader product lines and basin diversification, enabling us to cross-sell our products and compete with larger companies. For more information on the Combination, see “Certain relationships and related party transactions—The Combination.”

Sales and marketing

Our sales activities are conducted through a network of sales representatives and business development personnel, which provides us coverage at both the corporate and field level of our customers. Sales representatives work closely with local operations managers to target potential opportunities through strategic focus and planning. Customers are identified as targets based on their drilling and completion activity, geographic location and economic viability. Direction of the sales team is conducted through weekly meetings and daily communication. The Completion Solutions team is led by a Vice President or Director of Sales within the service line that reports to the segment President. Our marketing activities are performed internally with input and guidance from a third party marketing agency. Our strategy is based on building a strong North American brand though multiple media outlets including our website, select social media accounts, print,

 

99


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

billboard advertisements, press releases and various industry-specific conferences, publications and lectures. We have a technical sales organization with expertise and focus within their specific service line. We focus on organic growth through “cross-selling” of services and marketing excellence through brand service quality, technology and metrics of success. We accomplish this through communication across sales and operations departments and regions to share best practices and leverage existing customer relationships.

New product development and intellectual property

Our engineering and technology efforts are focused on providing efficient and cost-effective solutions to maximize production for our customers across major North American onshore basins. We have dedicated resources focused on the internal development of new technology and equipment, as well as resources focused on sourcing and commercializing new technologies through strategic partnerships. Our sales and earnings are influenced by our ability to successfully introduce new or improved products and services to the market.

We have developed a suite of proprietary downhole tools, products and techniques through both internal resources, as well as strategic partnerships with manufacturers and engineering companies looking for a reliable and expansive channel to market. Examples of our technology includes:

 

 

Scorpion Fully-Composite Plug TM : Our patented packer-style fully composite plug is designed to provide zonal isolation in a multi-stage well completion. We offer a diverse product group of fully-composite plugs for the use in 3.5” to 5.5” well casings used today, as well as a unique Scorpion Extended Range plug offering. Our Extended Range plugs are used in demanding well applications where operators have to negotiate tough mechanical casing internal diameter restrictions. With the Scorpion plug’s shorter length, nonmetallic casing anchor slips and robust engineered design, our plugs provide superior reliability and greatly reduced drill-out times.

 

 

Scorpion Dissolvable Plug: We recently developed and completed successful trials of our Scorpion Dissolvable Plug, a high performance plug designed to provide zonal isolation that is made entirely from proprietary materials that dissolve over time based on temperature and salinity. The Dissolvable plug has a large ID to assist immediate flowback, while ultimately leaving the wellbore unobstructed for production and eliminating the risk and costs of conventional plug removal.

 

 

SmartStart PLUS TM : We currently have exclusive distribution rights in the northeastern U.S. and with certain customers in other regions for the SmartStart frac valve. The SmartStart frac valve is an interventionless time-delayed pressure-activated frac sleeve that eliminates the need for tubing or pipe conveyed perforating when completing the toe stage of horizontal wells. The SmartStart frac valve is deployed on production string and allows operators to achieve a maximum casing pressure test and begin frac operations up to nine times faster, greatly cutting cost and reducing risk during toe stage completions.

 

 

Storm Re-Frac Packer TM : We recently entered into an exclusive North American arrangement to deploy the Storm Re-Frac Packer, a system that allows our customers to re-stimulate their existing wells using standard size plug-and-perf procedures to extend and enhance their production profiles with minimal flow restriction during stimulation. Our systems provide completion efficiencies at the wellsite by reducing our customers’ equipment needs and stimulation time and allowing for specific zonal treatment.

 

 

FlowGun TM : We recently completed successful trials on our patented FlowGun technology. The FlowGun is a stage one interventionless casing-conveyed perforating technology that eliminates the need to run wireline or coil tubing and requires no electronic detonation. This new technology allows customers to perform a maximum pressure test, perforate stage one more efficiently with less risk and with no lateral length limitations. The FlowGun manages several downhole jobs with one tool and one crew, increasing efficiency with the entire process taking no more than one hour.

 

100


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements
 

EON Ball Drop System: We recently entered into an exclusive North American arrangement to provide the EON Single Size Ball Drop Sleeve System. This completely interventionless completion tool system can be used in both cemented and non-cemented applications and utilizes a single-size ball to activate pinpoint frac sleeves run downhole on the well casing. This system enables operators to reduce their footprint and time on the well site creating efficiencies and reducing costs.

 

 

Coil Frac Sleeve System: We recently entered into an agreement becoming the exclusive provider of a Coil Frac Sleeve System in the United States. This system utilizes coiled tubing to deploy a resettable frac packer which is used to open and isolate frac sleeves that have been installed as an integral part of the casing. This frac packer can also be used where no frac sleeves have been installed by abrasive cutting perforations in the casing.

We strike strategic alliances with manufacturing and technology companies to be the exclusive distributor and service provider of downhole technology across a variety of basins in North America. In these partnerships, we have exclusive rights to market and sell technology unavailable to any other service providers in the designated regions. With these partnerships, we sell the technology directly to the customer and order from the manufacturer on an as-needed basis, with no minimum volume requirements and without having to hold excess inventory.

We currently hold six U.S. and two Canadian patents and two pending U.S. and three pending Canadian patent applications relating to our Scorpion Fully-Composite Plug TM . We also have five U.S. patents, one Canadian patent, one pending U.S. and one pending Canadian patent application relating to our FlowGun TM completion tool. In addition we have entered into strategic partnerships with respect to the SmartStart PLUS TM toe valve, QuickStart TM frac valve, Coil Frac Sleeve System, EON Ball Drop System, and the Storm TM , Force TM , Centurion TM completion product line for the frac and re-frac market. Although in the aggregate our patents, licenses and strategic partnerships are important to us, we do not regard any single patent, license or strategic partnership as critical or essential to our business as a whole. In general, we depend on our technological capabilities, customer service oriented culture and application of our know-how to distinguish ourselves from our competitors, rather than our right to exclude others through patents or exclusive licenses. We also consider the quality and timely delivery of our products, the service we provide to our customers, and the technical knowledge and skill of our personnel to be more important than our registered intellectual property in our ability to compete.

We believe we have become a “go-to” service provider for piloting new technologies across North America because of our service quality, execution at the wellsite and scale. These strategic partnerships provide us and our customers with access to unique downhole technology from independent innovators. This also allows us to minimize exposure to potential technology adoption risks and the significant costs associated with developing and implementing R&D internally. Our internal resources are focused on evolving our existing proprietary tools to stay on trend and ensure quicker, lower completion and production costs for our customers.

Customers

Our customer base includes a broad range of integrated and independent E&P companies. For the year ended December 31, 2016, our top five customers collectively accounted for approximately 30% of our revenues. For the year ended December 31, 2016, one customer, Pioneer Natural Resources Company, accounted for more than 10% of our revenues.

Competition

We provide our services and products across the United States and Canada and we compete against different companies in each service and product line we offer. Our competition includes many large and small oilfield service companies, including the largest integrated oilfield services companies. We believe that the principal

 

101


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

competitive factors in the markets we serve are technology offerings, wellsite execution, service quality, technical expertise, equipment capacity, work force competency, efficiency, safety record, reputation and experience. Additionally, projects are often awarded on a bid basis, which tends to create a highly competitive environment. We seek to differentiate our company from our competitors by delivering the highest-quality services, technology and equipment possible, coupled with superior execution and operating efficiency in a safe working environment. By focusing on cultivating our existing customer relationships and maintaining our high standard of customer service, technology, safety, performance and quality of crews, equipment and services, we believe we are equipped for continued growth and success in a competitive market.

Our major competitors for our completion solutions include Halliburton Company, Schlumberger Limited, Baker Hughes Incorporated, Weatherford International Ltd., C&J Energy Services, Inc. and a significant number of locally oriented businesses. Our major competitors for our production solutions include Pioneer Energy Services Corp., Key Energy Services, Inc., Basic Energy Services, Inc., Superior Energy Services, Inc. and a significant number of locally oriented businesses.

Suppliers

We purchase a wide variety of raw materials, parts and components that are manufactured and supplied for our operations from various suppliers. We are not dependent on any single supplier for those parts, supplies or materials. During the year ended December 31, 2016, no single supplier of the materials used in our services from various suppliers exceeded 10% or more of our materials or equipment as a percentage of overall costs.

To date, we have generally been able to obtain the equipment, parts and supplies necessary to support our operations on a timely basis. While we believe that we will be able to make satisfactory alternative arrangements in the event of any interruption in the supply of these materials and/or products by one of our suppliers, we may not always be able to make alternative arrangements. In addition, certain materials for which we do not currently have long-term supply agreements could experience shortages and significant price increases in the future. As a result, we may be unable to mitigate any future supply shortages and our results of operations, prospects and financial condition could be adversely affected.

Properties

We believe our facilities are in good condition and suitable for our current operations. The following table describes the material facilities owned or leased by us as of September 30, 2017:

 

Segment    Location   

Basin/

Region

   Leased or owned    Principal/most significant
use

Headquarters

   Houston, TX   

   Leased    Corporate Headquarters / Administrative

Headquarters

   Houston, TX   

   Leased    Corporate Headquarters / Administrative

Completion

   Athens, TX   

   Leased    Operations

Completion

   Baker, MT   

Bakken

   Owned    Operations/Administrative

Completion

   Calgary, AB, Canada   

   Leased    Administrative

Completion

   Cheyenne, WY   

Rockies

   Leased    Operations

Completion

   Dickinson, ND   

Bakken

   Leased    Operations/Administrative

Completion

   Enid, OK   

SCOOP/STACK

   Leased    Operations/Administrative

Completion

   Fort St. John, BC, Canada   

WCSB

   Leased    Operations

Completion

   Fort Worth, TX   

   Leased    Administrative

Completion

   Grand Prairie, AB, Canada   

WCSB

   Leased    Operations

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

 

102


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements
Segment    Location   

Basin/

Region

   Leased or owned    Principal/most significant
use

Completion

   Hobbs, NM   

Permian

   Leased    Operations

Completion

   Jacksboro, TX   

Barnett

   Leased    Operations

Completion

   Kilgore, TX   

Haynesville

   Leased    Operations/Administrative

Completion

   Marietta, OH   

Marcellus/Utica

   Leased    Operations

Completion

   Midland, TX   

Permian

   Leased    Operations

Completion

   Midland, TX   

Permian

   Owned    Operations/Administrative

Completion

   Midland, TX   

Permian

   Leased    Administrative

Completion

   Monahans, TX   

Permian

   Leased    Operations/Administrative

Completion

   Pleasanton, TX   

Eagle Ford

   Leased    Operations

Completion

   Poolville, TX   

   Owned    Operations

Completion

   Red Deer, AB, Canada   

WCSB

   Leased    Operations

Completion

   Shawnee, OK   

SCOOP/STACK

   Leased    Operations

Completion

   Sweetwater, TX   

Permian

   Leased    Operations

Completion

   Ulster, PA   

Marcellus/Utica

   Leased    Operations

Completion

   Washington, PA   

Marcellus/Utica

   Leased    Operations

Completion

   Whitecourt, AB, Canada   

WCSB

   Leased    Operations

Completion

   Williston, ND   

Bakken

   Owned    Operations

Completion

   Williston, ND   

Bakken

   Owned    Operations/Administrative

Production

   Big Lake, TX   

Permian

   Owned    Operations/Administrative

Production

   Casper, WY   

Rockies

   Owned    Operations/Administrative

Production

   Douglas, WY   

Rockies

   Owned    Operations/Administrative

Production

   Edgerton, WY   

Rockies

   Owned    Operations/Administrative

Production

   Gaylord, MI   

Antrim

   Owned    Operations

Production

   Gillette, WY   

Rockies

   Leased    Operations/Administrative

Production

   Harrison, MI   

Antrim

   Owned    Operations

Production

   Hennessey, OK   

SCOOP/STACK

   Owned    Operations

Production

   Kalkaska, MI   

Antrim

   Owned    Operations/Administrative

Production

   Mesick, MI   

Antrim

   Owned    Operations

Production

   Midland, TX   

Permian

   Owned    Operations/Administrative

Production

   Powell, WY   

Rockies

   Owned    Operations/Administrative

Production

   Thermopolis, WY   

Rockies

   Leased    Operations/Administrative

Production

   Tioga, ND   

Bakken

   Leased    Operations

Production

   Worland, WY   

Rockies

   Leased    Operations

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

Seasonality

Our operations are subject to seasonal factors and our overall financial results reflect seasonal variations. Specifically, we typically have experienced a pause by our customers around the holiday season in the fourth quarter, which may be compounded as our customers exhaust their annual capital spending budgets towards year end. Additionally, our operations are directly affected by weather conditions. During the winter months (first and fourth quarters) and periods of heavy snow, ice or rain, particularly in the northeastern U.S., Michigan, North Dakota, Wyoming and western Canada, our customers may delay operations or we may not be able to operate or move our equipment between locations. Also, during the spring thaw, which normally starts in late March and continues through June, some areas, primarily in western Canada, impose transportation restrictions to prevent damage caused by the spring thaw. Lastly, throughout the year heavy rains adversely affect activity levels, as well locations and dirt access roads can become impassible in wet conditions.

 

103


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

Weather conditions also affect the demand for, and prices of, oil and natural gas and, as a result, demand for our services. Demand for oil and natural gas is typically higher in the fourth and first quarters, resulting in higher prices in these quarters.

Risk management and insurance

Our operations are subject to hazards inherent in the oil and natural gas industry, including, but not limited to, accidents, blowouts, explosions, craterings, fires, oil spills and hazardous materials spills. These conditions can cause:

 

 

personal injury or loss of life;

 

damage to, or destruction of property, the environment and wildlife; and

 

the suspension of our or our customers’ operations.

In addition, claims for loss of oil and gas production and damage to formations can occur in the oilfield services industry. If a serious accident were to occur at a location where our equipment and services are being used, it could result in us being named as a defendant in lawsuits asserting large claims.

Because our business involves the transportation of heavy equipment and materials, we may also experience traffic accidents which may result in spills, property damage and personal injury.

Despite our efforts to maintain high safety standards, from time to time, we have suffered accidents, and there is a risk that we will experience accidents in the future. In addition to the property and personal losses from these accidents, the frequency and severity of these incidents affect our operating costs and insurability, and our relationship with customers, employees and regulatory agencies. In particular, in recent years many of our large customers have placed an increased emphasis on the safety records of their service providers. Any significant increase in the frequency or severity of these incidents, or the general level of compensatory payments, could adversely affect the cost of, or our ability to obtain, workers’ compensation and other forms of insurance, and could have other material adverse effects on our financial condition and results of operations.

We maintain insurance coverage of types and amounts that we believe to be customary in the industry including workers’ compensation, employer’s liability, claims based pollution, umbrella, comprehensive commercial general liability, business automobile and property. Our insurance coverage may be inadequate to cover our liabilities. In addition, we may not be able to maintain adequate insurance in the future at rates we consider reasonable and commercially justifiable or on terms as favorable as our current arrangements.

We endeavor to allocate potential liabilities and risks between the parties in our MSAs. We retain the risk for any liability not indemnified by our customers in excess of our insurance coverage. These MSAs delineate our and our customers’ respective warranty and indemnification obligations with respect to the services we provide. We endeavor to negotiate MSAs with our customers that provide, among other things, that we and our customers assume (without regard to fault) liability for damages to our respective personnel and property. For catastrophic losses, we endeavor to negotiate MSAs that include industry-standard carve-outs from the knock-for-knock indemnities. Additionally, our MSAs often provide carve-outs to the “without regard to fault” concept that would permit, for example, us to be held responsible for events of catastrophic loss only if they arise as a result of our gross negligence or willful misconduct. Our MSAs typically provide for industry-standard pollution indemnities, pursuant to which we assume liability for surface pollution associated with our equipment and originating above the surface (without regard to fault), and our customer assumes (without regard to fault) liability arising from all other pollution, including, without limitation, underground pollution and pollution emanating from the wellbore as a result of an explosion, fire or blowout.

 

104


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

The summary of MSAs set forth above is a summary of the material terms of the typical MSA that we have in place and does not reflect every MSA that we have entered into or may enter into in the future, some of which may contain indemnity structures and risk allocations between our customers and us that are different than those described here.

Environmental, health and safety regulation

Our operations are subject to numerous stringent and complex laws and regulations at the U.S. federal, state and local levels governing the release, disposal or discharge of materials into the environment, health and safety aspects of our operations, or otherwise relating to environmental protection. In addition, due to our operations in Canada, we are also subject to Canadian environment statutes and regulations. Failure to comply with these laws and regulations or to obtain or comply with permits may result in the assessment of administrative, civil and criminal penalties, imposition of remedial or corrective action requirements and the imposition of injunctions or other orders to prohibit certain activities, restrict certain operations or force future compliance with environmental requirements.

There is inherent risk of incurring significant environmental costs and liabilities in the performance of our operations due to our handling of petroleum hydrocarbons, other hazardous substances and wastes, as a result of air emissions and wastewater discharges related to our operations, and because of historical operations and waste disposal practices. Spills or other releases of regulated substances, including such spills and releases that occur in the future, could expose us to material losses, expenditures and liabilities under applicable environmental laws and regulations. Under certain of such laws and regulations, we could be held strictly liable for the removal or remediation of previously released materials or property contamination, regardless of whether we were responsible for the release or contamination and even if our operations met previous standards in the industry at the time they were conducted.

The following is a summary of some of the existing laws, rules and regulations to which we are subject.

Hazardous substances and waste handling

The Resource Conservation and Recovery Act (“RCRA”) and comparable state statutes, regulate the generation, transportation, treatment, storage, disposal and cleanup of hazardous and non-hazardous wastes. Under the guidance issued by the EPA, the individual states administer some or all of the provisions of RCRA, sometimes in conjunction with their own, more stringent requirements. We are required to manage the disposal of hazardous and non-hazardous wastes in compliance with RCRA and analogous state laws. RCRA currently exempts many E&P wastes from classification as hazardous waste. Specifically, RCRA excludes from the definition of hazardous waste produced waters and other wastes intrinsically associated with the exploration, development, or production of crude oil and natural gas. However, these oil and gas E&P wastes may still be regulated under state solid waste laws and regulations, and it is possible that certain oil and natural gas E&P wastes now classified as non-hazardous could be classified as hazardous waste in the future. For example, in December 2016, the EPA and environmental groups entered into a consent decree to address EPA’s alleged failure to timely assess its RCRA Subtitle D criteria regulations exempting certain E&P related oil and gas wastes from regulation as hazardous wastes under RCRA. The consent decree requires EPA to propose a rulemaking no later than March 15, 2019 for revision of certain Subtitle D criteria regulations pertaining to oil and gas wastes or to sign a determination that revision of the regulations is not necessary. If EPA proposes rulemaking for revised oil and gas regulations, the Consent Decree requires that the EPA take final action following notice and comment rulemaking no later than July 15, 2021. Stricter regulation of wastes generated during our or our customers’ operations could result in increased costs for our operations or the operations of its customers, which could in turn reduce demand for our services and adversely affect our business.

 

105


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

Comprehensive Environmental Response, Compensation, and Liability Act

The Comprehensive Environmental Response, Compensation, and Liability Act (“CERCLA”), also known as the Superfund law, imposes joint and several liability, without regard to fault or legality of conduct, on classes of persons who are considered to be responsible for the release of a hazardous substance into the environment. These persons include the current and former owner or operator of the site where the release occurred, and anyone who transported or disposed or arranged for the transport or disposal of a hazardous substance released at the site. Persons who are or were responsible for releases of hazardous substances under CERCLA and any state analogs may be subject to joint and several, strict liability for the costs of cleaning up the hazardous substances that have been released into the environment, and for damages to natural resources and for the costs of certain health studies. We currently own, lease, or operate numerous properties that have been used for manufacturing and other operations for many years. These properties and the substances disposed or released on them may be subject to CERCLA, RCRA and analogous state laws. Under such laws, we could be required to remove previously disposed substances and wastes, remediate contaminated property, or perform remedial operations to prevent future contamination. In addition, it is not uncommon for neighboring landowners and other third-parties to file claims for personal injury and property damage allegedly caused by the hazardous substances released into the environment.

Water discharges

The Federal Water Pollution Control Act (the “Clean Water Act”) and analogous state laws impose restrictions and strict controls with respect to the discharge of pollutants, including spills and leaks of oil and other substances, into waters of the United States. The discharge of pollutants into regulated waters, including jurisdictional wetlands, is prohibited, except in accordance with the terms of a permit issued by the EPA or an analogous state agency. In September 2015, a new EPA and U.S. Army Corps of Engineers (the “Corps”) rule defining the scope of federal jurisdiction over wetlands and other waters became effective. To the extent the rule expands the range of properties subject to the Clean Water Act’s jurisdiction, certain energy companies could face increased costs and delays with respect to obtaining permits for dredge and fill activities in wetland areas, which in turn could reduce demand for our services. The rule has been challenged in court on the grounds that it unlawfully expands the reach of Clean Water Act programs, and implementation of the rule has been stayed pending resolution of the court challenge. In addition, following the issuance of a presidential executive order to review the rule, on July 27, 2017, the EPA proposed to repeal the rule and also separately announced its intent to conduct a substantive re-evaluation of the definition of “waters of the United States” in a future rulemaking. As a result, future implementation of the rule is uncertain at this time. The process for obtaining permits has the potential to delay our operations and those of our customers. Spill prevention, control and countermeasure requirements of federal laws require appropriate containment berms and similar structures to help prevent the contamination of navigable waters by a petroleum hydrocarbon tank spill, rupture or leak. In addition, the CWA and analogous state laws require individual permits or coverage under general permits for discharges of storm water runoff from certain types of facilities. Federal and state regulatory agencies can impose administrative, civil and criminal penalties as well as other enforcement mechanisms for non-compliance with discharge permits or other requirements of the CWA and analogous state laws and regulations. The Clean Water Act and analogous state laws provide for administrative, civil and criminal penalties for unauthorized discharges and, together with the Oil Pollution Act of 1990, impose rigorous requirements for spill prevention and response planning, as well as substantial potential liability for the costs of removal, remediation, and damages in connection with any unauthorized discharges.

Air emissions

The CAA, and comparable state laws, regulate emissions of various air pollutants through air emissions permitting programs and the imposition of other requirements. In addition, the EPA has developed, and

 

106


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

continues to develop, stringent regulations governing emissions of toxic air pollutants at specified sources. These regulations change frequently. These laws and regulations may require us to obtain pre-approval for the construction or modification of certain projects or facilities expected to produce or significantly increase air emissions, obtain and strictly comply with stringent air permit requirements or utilize specific equipment or technologies to control emissions of certain pollutants. For example, in May 2016, the EPA finalized rules regarding criteria for aggregating multiple small surface sites into a single source for air-quality permitting purposes applicable to the oil and gas industry. This rule could cause small facilities, on an aggregate basis, to be deemed a major source, thereby triggering more stringent air permitting requirements. In addition, in October 2015, the EPA lowered the National Ambient Air Quality Standard (“NAAQS”) for ozone from 75 to 70 parts per billion. In June 2017, the EPA extended the deadline for states to promulgate initial area designations for ozone by an additional year, to October 1, 2018, but later withdrew the deadline extension. The EPA did not meet the October 1, 2017 deadline for designating non-attainment areas but has indicated that it continues to work with states to make the required designations. State implementation of the revised NAAQS could result in stricter permitting requirements, which in turn could delay or impair our or our customers’ ability to obtain air emission permits, and result in increased expenditures for pollution control equipment, the costs of which could be significant. Federal and state regulatory agencies can impose administrative, civil and criminal penalties, as well as injunctive relief, for non-compliance with air permits or other requirements of the CAA and associated state laws and regulations.

Climate change

The EPA has determined that emissions of greenhouse gases, including carbon dioxide and methane, present a danger to public health and the environment because emissions of such gases are, according to the EPA, contributing to warming of the Earth’s atmosphere and other climatic changes. The EPA has established greenhouse gas emission reporting requirements for sources in the oil and gas sector, and has also promulgated rules requiring certain large stationary sources of greenhouse gases to obtain preconstruction permits under the CAA and follow “best available control technology” requirements. Although we are not likely to become subject to greenhouse gas emissions permitting and best available control technology requirements because none of our facilities are presently major sources of greenhouse gas emissions, such requirements could become applicable to our customers and could have an adverse effect on their costs of operations or financial performance, thereby adversely affecting our business, financial condition and results of operations.

Also, the U.S. Congress has from time to time considered adopting legislation to reduce emissions of greenhouse gases and many states have already have established regional greenhouse gas “cap- and-trade” programs. The adoption of any legislation or regulation that restricts emissions of greenhouse gases from the equipment and operations of our customers or with respect to the oil and natural gas they produce could adversely affect demand for our products and services. Finally, some scientists have concluded that increasing concentrations of greenhouse gases in the Earth’s atmosphere may produce climate changes that could have significant physical effects, such as increased frequency and severity of storms, droughts, and floods and other climatic events; if such effects were to occur, they could have an adverse impact on our operations.

Hydraulic fracturing

Our businesses are dependent on hydraulic fracturing and horizontal drilling activities. Hydraulic fracturing is an important and common practice that is used to stimulate production of hydrocarbons, particularly natural gas, from tight formations, including shales. The process, which involves the injection of water, sand and chemicals under pressure into formations to fracture the surrounding rock and stimulate production, is typically regulated by state oil and natural gas commissions. However, federal agencies have asserted

 

107


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

regulatory authority over certain aspects of the process. For example, the EPA has asserted federal regulatory authority pursuant to the SDWA over certain hydraulic fracturing activities involving the use of diesel fuels and published permitting guidance in February 2014 addressing the performance of such activities using diesel fuels. In 2016, the EPA issued final regulations under the CAA establishing performance standards, including standards for the capture of air emissions released during hydraulic fracturing. On June 5, 2017, the EPA stayed three portions of these standards for 90 days: fugitive emissions requirements, well site pneumatic pump standards, and requirements for certification of closed vent systems. This 90-day stay was vacated by the U.S. Court of Appeals for the D.C. Circuit on July 3, 2017, but the D.C. Circuit did not vacate the EPA’s June 16, 2017 proposal to stay these requirements for two years and revisit the entirety of the 2016 performance standards requirements. Comments to the EPA’s June 16, 2017 proposal were due August 9, 2017. As a result of these developments, future implementation of the 2016 performance standards requirements is uncertain at this time. Furthermore, in June 2017, the BLM stayed a rule published in November 2016 that imposed requirements to reduce methane emissions from venting, flaring, and leaking on public lands from oil and gas operations that is similar to the EPA performance standards; that stay is subject to pending litigation. However, on October 5, 2017, the BLM published a proposed rule that would temporarily suspend or delay certain requirements contained in the November 2016 final rule until January 17, 2019. The comment period for this proposed rule ended on November 6, 2017. However, given the long-term trend towards increasing regulation, future federal regulation of methane and other greenhouse gas emissions from the oil and gas industry remain a possibility. The EPA also issued an advanced notice of proposed rulemaking in May 2014 under the Toxic Substances Control Act to require companies to disclose information regarding the chemicals used in hydraulic fracturing, and also finalized rules in June 2016 that prohibit the discharge of wastewater from hydraulic fracturing operations to publicly owned wastewater treatment plants. The BLM also finalized rules in March 2015 that impose new or more stringent standards for performing hydraulic fracturing on federal and Native American lands. The U.S. District Court of Wyoming struck down the rules in June 2016. In addition, following the issuance of a presidential executive order to review rules related to energy industry, on July 25, 2017, the BLM proposed to rescind its hydraulic fracturing rules. In September 2017, the Tenth Circuit issued a ruling to vacate this decision and dismiss the lawsuit challenging the rule in light of the BLM’s proposed rulemaking. The timing of a final rulemaking is unknown. As a result of these developments, future implementation of the BLM rules is uncertain at this time. Also, Congress has from time to time considered legislation to provide for federal regulation of hydraulic fracturing under the SDWA and to require disclosure of the chemicals used in the hydraulic fracturing process. It is unclear how any additional federal regulation of hydraulic fracturing activities may affect our operations.

Various studies analyzing the potential environmental impacts of hydraulic fracturing have also been performed. For example, in December 2016, the EPA released its final report on the potential impacts of hydraulic fracturing on drinking water resources. The final report concluded that “water cycle” activities associated with hydraulic fracturing may impact drinking water resources “under some circumstances,” noting that the following hydraulic fracturing water cycle activities and local- or regional-scale factors are more likely than others to result in more frequent or more severe impacts: water withdrawals for fracturing in times or areas of low water availability; surface spills during the management of fracturing fluids, chemicals or produced water; injection of fracturing fluids into wells with inadequate mechanical integrity; injection of fracturing fluids directly into groundwater resources; discharge of inadequately treated fracturing wastewater to surface waters; and disposal or storage of fracturing wastewater in unlined pits. As described elsewhere in this prospectus, these risks are regulated under various state, federal, and local laws.

Some states, counties and municipalities have enacted or are considering moratoria on hydraulic fracturing. For example, New York and Vermont have banned or are in the process of banning the use of high volume hydraulic fracturing. Alternatively, some municipalities are or have considered zoning and other ordinances, the

 

108


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

conditions of which could impose a de facto ban on drilling and/or hydraulic fracturing operations. Further, some states, counties and municipalities are closely examining water use issues, such as permit and disposal options for processed water, which could have a material adverse impact on our financial condition, prospects and results of operations if such additional permitting requirements are imposed upon our industry. If new laws or regulations that significantly restrict hydraulic fracturing are adopted, such laws could reduce our business by making it more difficult or costly for their customers to perform fracturing to stimulate production from tight formations. In addition, if hydraulic fracturing becomes regulated at the federal level as a result of federal legislation or regulatory initiatives by the EPA, the business and operations of our customers could be subject to additional permitting requirements, and also to attendant permitting delays, increased operating and compliance costs and process prohibitions, which could have an adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

Employee health and safety

We are subject to a number of federal and state laws and regulations, including the federal Occupational Safety and Health Act (“OSHA”) establishing requirements to protect the health and safety of workers. The OSHA hazard communication standard, the EPA community right-to-know regulations under Title III of the federal Superfund Amendment and Reauthorization Act and comparable state statutes requires maintenance of information about hazardous materials used or produced in operations and provision of this information to employees, state and local government authorities and citizens. The Federal Motor Carrier Safety Administration (FMCSA) regulating and providing safety oversight of commercial motor vehicles, the EPA establishing requirements to protect human health and the environment, the federal Bureau of Alcohol, Tobacco, Firearms and Explosives (ATF) establishing requirements for the safe use and storage of explosives, and the federal Nuclear Regulatory Commission (NRC) establishing requirements for the protection against ionizing radiation. Substantial fines and penalties can be imposed and orders or injunctions limiting or prohibiting certain operations may be issued in connection with any failure to comply with these laws and regulations.

Transportation safety and compliance

Operating a fleet in excess of 1,100 commercial motor vehicles, we are subject to a number of federal and state laws and regulations, including the Federal Motor Carrier Safety Regulations (“FMCSR”) and Hazardous Material Regulations for Interstate travel, and comparable state regulations for Intrastate travel. Substantial fines and penalties can be imposed and orders or injunctions limiting or prohibiting certain operations may be issued in connection with any failure to comply with laws and regulations relating to the safe operation of commercial motor vehicles.

Employees

As of September 30, 2017, we had 1,755 employees (all of which were full time). Of our total employees, 1,672 were in the United States and 83 were in Canada. We are not a party to any collective bargaining agreements.

Legal proceedings

From time to time, we have various claims, lawsuits and administrative proceedings that are pending or threatened with respect to personal injury, workers’ compensation, contractual matters and other matters. Although no assurance can be given with respect to the outcome of these and the effect such outcomes may have, we believe any ultimate liability resulting from the outcome of such claims, lawsuits or administrative proceedings, to the extent not otherwise provided for or covered by insurance, will not have a material adverse effect on our business, operating results or financial condition.

 

109


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

Management

Executive officers and directors

Set forth below are the names, ages and positions of our executive officers and directors as of November 1, 2017. All directors are elected for a term of one year or serve until their successors are elected and qualified or upon earlier of death, disability, resignation or removal. All executive officers hold office until their successors are elected and qualified or upon earlier of death, disability, resignation or removal. There are no family relationships among any of our directors or executive officers, except that David Baldwin and Mark Baldwin are brothers. The address of each director and executive officer is: 16945 Northchase Drive, Suite 1600, Houston, TX 77060.

 

Name    Age      Position
Ann G. Fox      40      President, Chief Executive Officer, Interim Chief Financial Officer, Secretary and Director

David Crombie

     44      Executive Vice President and President, Completion Solutions

Edward Bruce Morgan

     50      President, Production Solutions

Theodore R. Moore

     40      Senior Vice President and General Counsel

Ernie L. Danner

     62      Chairman of the Board

David C. Baldwin

     54      Director

Mark E. Baldwin

     64      Director

Curtis F. Harrell

     53      Director

Scott E. Schwinger

     52      Director

Gary L. Thomas

     67      Director

Andrew L. Waite

     56      Director

 

Ann G. Fox, President, Chief Executive Officer, Interim Chief Financial Officer, Secretary and Director .    Ms. Fox has served as the President, Chief Executive Officer and Secretary of the Company since July 2015, and from February 2013 to July 2015, Ms. Fox served the Company as Chief Financial Officer and Vice President, Strategic Development. In addition, Ms. Fox has served as the Interim Chief Financial Officer of the Company since September 2017 and previously served in such capacity from July 2015 through April 2017. From December 2008 to February 2013, Ms. Fox served in various positions with SCF Partners, focusing on the evaluation of potential investment opportunities. Ms. Fox became a Managing Director of SCF Partners in December 2012. Prior to joining SCF Partners, Ms. Fox served in the United States Marine Corps. During her service, Ms. Fox worked with a small team embedded in the South of Iraq in order to ensure Iraqi Security Force combat operations were consistent with the application of US counterinsurgency tactics. Ms. Fox has also served as an Investment Banking Analyst for both Prudential Securities and Warburg Dillon Read in New York. Ms. Fox holds a Bachelors of Science in Diplomacy and Security in World Affairs from Georgetown University’s Walsh School of Foreign Service and an M.B.A. from the Harvard Business School and is currently a member of the Harvard Business School Alumni Board. We believe that Ms. Fox’s leadership experience, industry experience and deep knowledge of our business and our customers make her well qualified to serve as our President, Chief Executive Officer and Director.

David Crombie, Executive Vice President and President, Completion Solutions .      Mr. Crombie currently serves as the President, Completion Solutions and as an Executive Vice President of the Company. Prior to serving in this position, Mr. Crombie served as President, US Wireline and Cementing and was an EVP of the Company

 

110


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

from December 2013 to February 2017. Mr. Crombie joined the Company from Crest Pumping Technologies, LLC, which he founded and guided to success as President. Before starting Crest, Mr. Crombie was Vice President of Operations and Sales for Pumpco Energy Services, a wholly-owned subsidiary of Complete Production Services (now part of Superior Energy Services) from 2000 to 2012. At Pumpco, he oversaw stimulation and cementing services in prolific, unconventional plays throughout the continental United States. Prior to Pumpco, Mr. Crombie was employed by Halliburton Energy Services from 1994 to 2000. Since 1994, Mr. Crombie has worked in both cementing and stimulation operations in the areas of domestic and international operations, including the Permian Basin, the Fort Worth Basin, Oklahoma, the Gulf of Mexico and Saudi Arabia.

Edward Bruce Morgan, President, Production Solutions .    Mr. Morgan currently serves as the Company’s President, Production Solutions. Prior to serving in this position, Mr. Morgan served as an Operations Manager for the Company since August 2013. Mr. Morgan joined the Company from Peak Pressure Control, LLC, which he founded in 2010. Peak Pressure Control was acquired by Nine in August 2013. Before founding Peak, Mr. Morgan was the regional manager at STS Rental and Supply from 2005 to 2010 overseeing operations in West Texas and Williston, North Dakota. Prior to Peak, Mr. Morgan held various positions at Schlumberger from 1990 to 2004, including positions handling all onshore and offshore wireline for Union Pacific Resources, serving as location manager in Natchez, Mississippi; managing all wireline operations for Unocal in Lafayette, Louisiana, before transferring to Houston and serving as operations manager for West Texas, where he oversaw all wireline operations in the Permian Basin. Mr. Morgan holds a Bachelors of Science in Engineering from Mississippi State University.

Theodore R. Moore, Senior Vice President and General Counsel .    Mr. Moore currently serves as the Company’s Senior Vice President and General Counsel. Prior to joining the Company, Mr. Moore served as the Executive Vice President, General Counsel and Chief Risk Officer of C&J Energy Services, Inc. from March 2015 to June, 2016, Executive Vice President from October 2012 and Vice President, General Counsel and Corporate Secretary from February 2011. Prior to that time, Mr. Moore practiced corporate law at Vinson & Elkins L.L.P. from 2002 through January 2011. Mr. Moore represented public and private companies and investment banking firms in capital markets offerings, mergers and acquisitions and corporate governance matters, primarily in the oil and gas industry. Mr. Moore graduated magna cum laude from Tulane University with a B.A. in Political Economy and a J.D. from Tulane Law School.

Ernie L. Danner, Chairman of the Board .      Mr. Danner has served as the Company’s Chairman of the Board since the consummation of the Combination on February 28, 2017. From 1998 until his retirement in October 2011, Mr. Danner was employed by Universal Compression Holdings, Inc., which became Exterran Holdings, Inc. following a merger with Hanover Compressor Company in August 2007. Mr. Danner joined Universal Compression Holdings in 1998 as its Chief Financial Officer and served in various positions of increasing responsibility, including as Chief Operating Officer from July 2006 through August 2007. From August 2007 to October 2011, Mr. Danner served as a director of Exterran Holdings and of Exterran GP, LLC, and beginning in July 2009, he also served as President and Chief Executive Officer of both companies. Mr. Danner holds a Bachelor of Arts degree and a Master of Arts degree in Accounting from Rice University. In 2011, Mr. Danner joined Beckman where he served as the President, Chief Executive Officer and Chairman until the merger of the Company in February 2017. We believe that Mr. Danner’s extensive leadership, financial and operational experience in the energy industry, particularly with respect to his leadership involvement in Beckman, make him well qualified to serve as our Chairman of the Board.

David C. Baldwin, Director .      Mr. Baldwin has served as a Director of the Company since the consummation of the Combination on February 28, 2017 and served on Beckman’s board of directors prior to the Combination. Mr. David C. Baldwin serves as Co-President of SCF Partners since April 2014 and has served as its Managing Director since 1999. Mr. Baldwin is responsible for overseeing U.S. based investments and creating investment

platforms around emerging energy trends. Mr. Baldwin joined SCF in 1991. From September 2002 to April 2004,

 

111


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

he served as President and Chief Executive Officer of Integrated Production Services, Ltd. He served as Chief Financial Officer and Vice President of ION Geophysical Corporation from June 1999 to January 2000. He started his career as a Drilling and Production Engineer with Union Pacific Resources. He later went on to start an energy consulting business and worked for General Atlantic Partners. He currently serves on the Board of Directors Forum Energy Technologies (NYSE: FET), Rockwater Energy Solutions, Inc., and Oil Patch Group, Inc. Additionally he is a Trustee of The Center, The Center Foundation, The Baylor College of Medicine, and Baylor St. Lukes Medical Center Hospital. Mr. Baldwin received both a B.S. degree in Petroleum Engineering in 1980, and M.B.A. degree from the University of Texas at Austin. We believe that Mr. Baldwin’s experience in the private equity industry, board experience and overall knowledge of our business and operational strategy, make him well qualified to serve as a Director on our board of directors. Further, his service as a Co-President of the ultimate general partner of our largest stockholder provides a valuable perspective into its insights and interests.

Mark E. Baldwin, Director .    Mr. Baldwin has served as a Director of the Company since May 10, 2013. Mr. Baldwin has been a Director of KBR, Inc. since October 3, 2014 and Director of TETRA Technologies, Inc. since January 16, 2014. He served as a Director of Seahawk Drilling, Inc. from 2009 to 2011. He served as the Chief Financial Officer and Executive Vice President of Dresser-Rand Group Inc. from 2007 to 2013 and as the Chief Financial Officer, Executive Vice President and Treasurer of Veritas DGC Inc. from 2004 to 2007. From 2003-2004 he was an Operating Partner of First Reserve Corporation. He served as the Chief Financial Officer and Executive Vice President of Nextiraone, LLC from 2001 to 2002. He served as Chairman of the Board of Pentacon, Inc. from November 1997 to 2001 and served as its Chief Executive Officer from September 1997 to 2001. From 1980 to 1997, he served in a variety of finance and operations positions with Keystone International Inc., including Treasurer, Chief Financial Officer and President of the Industrial Valves and Controls Group. For the three years ending in 1980, he served as an Accountant with a national accounting firm. Mr. Baldwin holds a B.S. in Mechanical Engineering from Duke University and an MBA from Tulane University. We believe that Mr. Baldwin’s financial and operational experience with public companies and his extensive knowledge of the energy industry make him well qualified to serve as a Director on our board of directors.

Curtis F. Harrell, Director .      Mr. Harrell has served as a Director of the Company since the consummation of the Combination on February 28, 2017. Mr. Harrell currently serves as President and Chief Executive Officer of Citation Oil & Gas Corp. Curtis joined Citation in 2002 where he took on the position of Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer. In 2004, Curtis was promoted to President, Chief Operating and Financial Officer. Then in 2008, Curtis was named President and Chief Executive Officer. Citation Oil & Gas Corp. is one of the largest privately-held independent oil & gas acquisition, development and production companies in the United States. Founded in 1981, Citation has built a significant portfolio of mature, long-life producing properties through a combination of disciplined acquisitions, focused operations and subsequent development. He served as the Chief Financial Officer of Brigham Exploration Company from August 1999 to July 2002 and served as its Executive Vice President since August 2000. Mr. Harrell joined Citation in 2002. From 1997 to August 1999, Mr. Harrell served as Executive Vice President and Partner at R. Chaney & Company, Inc., where he managed R. Chaney & Company, Inc.’s investment origination efforts in the U.S., focusing on investments in corporate equity securities of energy companies in the exploration and production and oilfield service industry segments. From 1995 to 1997, Mr. Harrell served as Director of Domestic Corporate Finance for Enron Capital & Trade Resources, Inc. from 1995 to 1997, where he was responsible for initiating and executing a variety of debt and equity financing transactions for independent exploration and production companies. Before Enron Capital & Trade Resources, Mr. Harrell spent eight years working in corporate finance and reservoir engineering positions for two public independent exploration and production companies, Kelley Oil & Gas Corporation and Pacific Enterprises Oil Company, Inc. He serves as a Director of Carlile Bancshares, Inc. Mr. Harrell has over fifteen years of experience in corporate finance and management. He served as a Director of Brigham Exploration Co.

 

112


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

since August 1999. He was a Member of Yellowstone Academy Board of Directors. Mr. Harrell holds a B.S. in Petroleum Engineering from the University of Texas at Austin and M.B.A. from Southern Methodist University. We believe that Mr. Harrell’s extensive experience as an executive officer of other oil and natural gas companies, and his strategic, operational and financial expertise in the oil and natural gas industry make him well qualified to serve as a Director on our board of directors.

Scott E. Schwinger, Director.  Mr. Schwinger was appointed as a director of Nine on May 25, 2017. Mr. Schwinger is the President and CEO of the McNair Group and the Chief Financial Officer for the Houston Texans, a National Football League franchise. For the past plus 20 years, Mr. Schwinger has held positions with various companies owned, directly or indirectly, by Robert C. McNair including President of Palmetto Partners Ltd., RCM Financial Services, L.P., and Vice President of Cogen Technologies. In April 2010, he was named the CEO of The McNair Group. In his role, he oversees the investment and management activities for The McNair Group of companies which include portfolios of public and private equities, a private trust company, several foundations and various other operating companies. Mr. Schwinger serves on the board of directors of The Make-A-Wish Foundation and the Salient Capital complex of mutual funds. Mr. Schwinger received an M.B.A. from the University of Texas at Austin and a B.A. in mathematics from Vanderbilt University. We believe that Mr. Schwinger’s broad experience as an executive officer and proven financial expertise make him well qualified to serve as a Director on our board of directors.

Gary L. Thomas, Director .      Mr. Thomas has served as a Director of the Company since March 15, 2013. Mr. Gary L. Thomas is President and Chief Operating Officer of EOG Resources, Inc. Mr. Thomas served as a Senior Executive Vice President of Operations at EOG Resources, Inc. from February 2007 to September 2011. He served as an Executive Vice President, North America Operations of EOG Resources Inc. since May 1998 and served as its Executive Vice President, Operations from May 1998 to February 26, 2007. Previously, he served as Senior Vice President and General Manager of EOG’s Midland Division. Mr. Thomas joined a predecessor of EOG in July 1978. He holds a Petroleum Engineering degree from The University of Texas at Austin and a Master’s degree in Engineering Management from The University of Tulsa. We believe that Mr. Thomas’ experience in the oil and gas industry, the perspective he brings as a result of his long tenure as an executive of a public company, and his valuable insight as a result of his long history as a customer for the oilfield services industry make him well qualified to serve as a Director on our board of directors.

Andrew L. Waite, Director .      Mr. Waite has served as a director of Nine since February 28, 2013. He served as Chairman of Nine from February 2013 until the consummation of the Combination. Mr. Waite is Co-President of LESA, the ultimate general partner of SCF, and has been an officer of that company since October 1995. He was previously Vice President of Simmons & Company International, where he served from August 1993 to September 1995. From 1984 to 1991, Mr. Waite held a number of engineering and project management positions with the Royal Dutch/Shell Group, an integrated energy company. Mr. Waite currently serves on the board of directors of Forum Energy Technologies, Inc. (NYSE: FET), a position he has held since August 2010, is on the board of directors of Atlantic Navigation Holdings (Singapore) Limited (SGX: 5UL), a position he has held since January 2016. Mr. Waite previously served on the board of directors of Complete Production Services, Inc., a provider of specialized oil and gas completion and production services from 2007 to 2009, Hornbeck Offshore Services, Inc., a provider of marine services to exploration and production oilfield service, offshore construction and military customers from 2000 to 2006, and Oil States International, Inc., a diversified oilfield services and equipment company from August 1995 through April 2006. Mr. Waite received an M.B.A. with High Distinction from the Harvard University Graduate School of Business Administration, an M.S. degree in Environmental Engineering Science from California Institute of Technology and a BSc degree with First Class Honours in Civil Engineering from England’s Loughborough University of Technology. We believe that Mr. Waite’s extensive public company experience in the energy sector, in particular in the oilfield services industry, and his experience in identifying strategic growth trends in the energy industry and evaluating potential transactions

 

113


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

make him well qualified to serve on our board of directors. Further, his service as a Co-President of the ultimate general partner of our largest stockholder provides a valuable perspective into its insights and interests.

Board of directors

The number of members of our board of directors will be determined from time-to-time by resolution of the board of directors. Currently, our board of directors consists of eight persons. We expect our board of directors will be increased to nine persons within one year of the consummation of this offering.

Additionally, upon consummation of this offering, our board of directors will be divided into three classes of directors, with each class as equal in number as possible, serving staggered three-year terms. Class I, Class II and Class III directors will serve until our annual meetings of stockholders in 2018, 2019 and 2020, respectively. David C. Baldwin and Curtis F. Harrell will be assigned to Class I; Scott E. Schwinger, Gary L. Thomas and Andrew L. Waite will be assigned to Class II; and Mark E. Baldwin, Ernie L. Danner and Ann G. Fox will be assigned to Class III. At each annual meeting of stockholders held after the initial classification, directors will be elected to succeed the class of directors whose terms have expired. This classification of our board of directors could have the effect of increasing the length of time necessary to change the composition of a majority of the board of directors. In general, at least two annual meetings of stockholders will be necessary for stockholders to effect a change in a majority of the members of the board of directors. Our directors are removable only for “cause.”

In evaluating director candidates, we will assess whether a candidate possesses the integrity, judgment, knowledge, experience, skills and expertise that are likely to enhance the board of directors’ ability to manage and direct our affairs and business, including, when applicable, to enhance the ability of the committees of the board of directors to fulfill their duties.

Our board of directors has determined that Mark E. Baldwin, Curtis F. Harrell and Scott E. Schwinger are independent under NYSE listing standards.

Committees of the board of directors

Our board of directors intend to establish an audit committee and a nominating, governance and compensation committee prior to the completion of this offering, and we may have such other committees as the board of directors shall determine from time to time. We anticipate that each of the standing committees of the board of directors will have the composition and responsibilities described below.

Audit committee

We will establish an audit committee prior to the completion of this offering. We anticipate that following completion of this offering, our audit committee will consist of Mark E. Baldwin, Curtis F. Harrell and Scott E. Schwinger, each of whom will be independent under SEC rules and NYSE listing standards. As required by the SEC rules and NYSE listing standards, the audit committee will consist solely of independent directors. SEC rules also require that a public company disclose whether or not its audit committee has an “audit committee financial expert” as a member. An “audit committee financial expert” is defined as a person who, based on his or her experience, possesses the attributes outlined in such rules. We anticipate that at least one of our independent directors will satisfy the definition of “audit committee financial expert.”

This committee will oversee, review, act on and report on various auditing and accounting matters to our board of directors, including: the selection of our independent accountants, the scope of our annual audits, fees to be paid to the independent accountants, the performance of our independent accountants and our accounting practices. In addition, the audit committee will oversee our compliance programs relating to legal and regulatory requirements. We expect to adopt an audit committee charter defining the committee’s primary duties in a manner consistent with the rules of the SEC and applicable stock exchange or market standards. We

 

114


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

expect to adopt an audit committee charter defining the committee’s primary duties in a manner consistent with the rules of the SEC and the listing standards of the NYSE.

Nominating, governance and compensation committee

We will establish a nominating, governance and compensation committee prior to the completion of this offering. We anticipate that the nominating, governance and compensation committee will consist of Mark E. Baldwin, Curtis F. Harrell and Scott E. Schwinger, each of whom will be “independent” under the NYSE listing standards. This committee will identify, evaluate and recommend qualified nominees to serve on our board of directors; develop and oversee our internal corporate governance processes; and maintain a management succession plan. This committee will also establish salaries, incentives and other forms of compensation for officers and other employees and will administer our incentive compensation and benefit plans. We expect to adopt a nominating, governance and compensation committee charter defining the committee’s primary duties in a manner consistent with the rules of the SEC and the listing standards of the NYSE.

Compensation committee interlocks and insider participation

None of our executive officers serve on the board of directors or compensation committee of a company that has an executive officer that serves on our board or nominating, governance and compensation committee. No member of our board is an executive officer of a company in which one of our executive officers serves as a member of the board of directors or compensation committee of that company.

Executive sessions of our board of directors

Our independent directors are provided the opportunity to meet in executive session at each regularly scheduled meeting of our board.

Risk oversight

The board is actively involved in oversight of risks that could affect us. This oversight function is conducted primarily through committees of our board, but the full board retains responsibility for general oversight of risks. The Audit Committee is charged with oversight of our system of internal controls and risks relating to financial reporting, legal, regulatory and accounting compliance. Our board will continue to satisfy its oversight responsibility through full reports from the Audit Committee chair regarding the committee’s considerations and actions, as well as through regular reports directly from officers responsible for oversight of particular risks within our Company.

Code of business conduct and ethics

Prior to the completion of this offering, our board of directors will adopt a code of business conduct and ethics applicable to our employees, directors and officers, in accordance with applicable U.S. federal securities laws and the corporate governance rules of the NYSE. Any waiver of this code may be made only by our board of directors and will be promptly disclosed as required by applicable U.S. federal securities laws and the corporate governance rules of the NYSE.

Corporate governance guidelines

Prior to the completion of this offering, our board of directors will adopt corporate governance guidelines in accordance with the corporate governance rules of the NYSE.

 

115


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

Executive compensation

The tables and narrative disclosure below provide compensation disclosure that satisfies the requirements applicable to emerging growth companies, as defined in the JOBS Act.

Our management structure was reorganized in connection with the Combination. In this section, we provide disclosure relating to the compensation of our current executive officers who were also executive officers as of December 31, 2016, Ann G. Fox, our President and Chief Executive Officer, David Crombie, Executive Vice President and President, Completion Solutions, and Edward Bruce Morgan, President, Production Solutions. We believe this is the most appropriate and useful information to evaluate our executive compensation program. We refer to Ms. Fox, Mr. Crombie and Mr. Morgan herein, collectively, as our “Named Executive Officers.”

2016 summary compensation table

The following table summarizes the compensation paid to our Named Executive Officers for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2016.

 

Name and principal position    Year      Salary($)(1)      Bonus($)(2)     

All other
compensation

($)(3)

     Total($)  
Ann G. Fox      2016      $ 297,500      $      $ 36,439      $ 333,939  

(President and Chief Executive Officer) (4)

              
David Crombie      2016      $ 325,000      $ 50,000      $ 16,488      $ 391,488  

(Executive Vice President and President—Completion Solutions)

              
Edward Bruce Morgan      2016      $ 157,500      $      $ 22,113      $ 179,613  

(President—Production Solutions)

              

 

 

 

(1)   In 2016, Ms. Fox’s and Mr. Morgan’s annualized base salaries were reduced by approximately 15% and 10%, respectively, in light of general market conditions.

 

(2)   Bonus compensation for 2016 represents Mr. Crombie’s annual guaranteed bonus amount under his employment agreement. No discretionary bonuses were provided to our Named Executive Officers in 2016.

 

(3)   Amounts reported in the “All other compensation” column for 2016 include costs of $15,120 for Ms. Fox, $16,488 for Mr. Crombie and $16,250 for Mr. Morgan for the Company to lease vehicles for use by our Named Executive Officers. Ms. Fox currently participates in health benefit plans maintained by SCF. The Company reimburses SCF for the costs associated with the participation of Ms. Fox, her spouse and her eligible dependants in such plans. The aggregate amount of the reimbursement to SCF for providing these benefits to Ms. Fox in 2016 was $21,319. The Company reimburses Mr. Morgan’s employee premiums associated with coverage under the Company’s health benefit plans for Mr. Morgan, his spouse and his eligible dependents. The aggregate amount of such premiums reimbursed by the Company in 2016 was $5,863.

 

(4)   Ms. Fox also served as Interim Chief Financial Officer during the fiscal year ended December 31, 2016.

Narrative disclosure to summary compensation table

Employment agreements

Ms. Fox and Messrs. Crombie and Morgan have each entered into employment agreements with the Company or one of our affiliates, which we refer to herein, collectively, as the “Employment Agreements.” In 2017, we entered into a new employment agreement with Mr. Morgan that superseded his Employment Agreement in effect as of 2016 fiscal year-end. Please see the section entitled “Additional narrative disclosure—2017 base salary adjustments and annual bonus awards—2017 employment agreements” below for a description of the new employment agreement with Mr. Morgan. Other than as set forth in that section, the discussion below describes the terms of Mr. Morgan’s Employment Agreement in effect as of 2016 fiscal year-end.

Ms. Fox’s and Mr. Crombie’s Employment Agreements each have a three-year initial term, and Mr. Morgan’s Employment Agreement has a two-year initial term. The term of the agreements is automatically extended for

 

116


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

successive, additional one-year periods, unless either the executive or the Company provides 60 days’ prior written notice in the case of Ms. Fox or Mr. Crombie or 30 days’ prior written notice in the case of Mr. Morgan that no such automatic extension will occur. Ms. Fox’s Employment Agreement provides for an annualized base salary of $350,000, which amount may be decreased by up to 10% as part of similar base salary reductions applicable to the Company’s other executive officers. Mr. Crombie’s Employment Agreement provides for an annualized base salary of $250,000 and an annual guaranteed bonus equal to $50,000. In December 2015, Mr. Crombie’s annualized base salary was increased to $350,000 in connection with a change in his title and an increase in his duties and responsibilities. Mr. Morgan’s Employment Agreement provides for an annualized base salary of $175,000. In addition, subject to the satisfaction of certain performance criteria established by our board of directors, the Employment Agreements provide for the opportunity to receive an annual incentive bonus under the terms of Company’s annual cash incentive bonus program based on criteria determined in the discretion of our board of directors; however, other than the annual guaranteed bonus paid to Mr. Crombie, no annual incentive bonuses were provided to our Named Executive Officers for fiscal year 2016. While employed under the Employment Agreements, the executives are eligible for certain additional benefits, including reimbursement of reasonable business expenses, paid vacation, and participation in the Company’s benefit plans, programs or arrangements.

The Employment Agreements provide for certain severance benefits upon a resignation by the applicable executive for “good reason” or upon a termination by the Company without “cause,” and, in the case of Mr. Morgan, upon a termination due to death or disability. Please see the section entitled “Additional narrative disclosure—Potential payments upon termination or change in control” below for more details regarding the severance benefits provided to our Named Executive Officers under the Employment Agreements.

The Employment Agreements also contain certain restrictive covenants, including provisions that create restrictions, with certain limitations, on our Named Executive Officers competing with the Company and its affiliates, soliciting any customers, or soliciting or hiring Company employees or inducing them to terminate their employment. These restrictions are intended to generally apply during the term of the executives’ employment with the Company and for the one-year period following termination of employment for Ms. Fox and Mr. Morgan and the two-year period following termination of employment for Mr. Crombie.

2011 Stock Incentive Plan

Historically, we have provided grants of stock options and restricted stock to our employees pursuant to our 2011 Stock Incentive Plan. No awards were provided to our Named Executive Officers under the 2011 Stock Incentive Plan in the 2016 fiscal year. As described below, the 2011 Stock Incentive Plan was amended and restated in connection with the Combination. Please see the section entitled “Additional narrative disclosure—Actions taken following fiscal year-end—Amended and Restated 2011 Stock Incentive Plan” below for a description of the 2011 Stock Incentive Plan as amended and restated.

Other compensation elements

We offer participation in broad-based retirement, health and welfare plans to all of our employees. We currently maintain a retirement plan intended to provide benefits under section 401(k) of the Internal Revenue Code. Under the 401(k) plan, eligible employees, including our Named Executive Officers, are allowed to contribute portions of their base compensation to a tax-qualified retirement account. Given recent market conditions, we did not provide matching contributions to participants in our 401(k) plan for the 2016 plan year. See “Additional narrative disclosure—Retirement benefits” for more information. In addition, minimal perquisites have historically been provided to our Named Executive Officers, including company-provided vehicles for our Named Executive Officers and reimbursements for certain healthcare costs. Ms. Fox currently

 

117


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

participates in the healthcare plans maintained by SCF, and we reimburse SCF for the costs associated with the participation of Ms. Fox, her spouse and her eligible dependants in such plans. In 2016, the Company reimbursed Mr. Morgan for his employee premiums associated with medical coverage for him, his spouse and his eligible dependents under the Company’s health benefit plans.

Outstanding equity awards at 2016 fiscal year-end

The following table reflects information regarding outstanding equity-based awards held by our Named Executive Officers as of December 31, 2016.

 

              Option awards(1)     Stock awards  
Name   Grant date    

Number of
securities
underlying
unexercised
options
exercisable

(#)

   

Number of
securities
underlying
unexercised
options
unexercisable

(#)

   

Option
exercise price

($)

   

Option
expiration

date

   

Number of
shares or
units of stock
that have not
vested

(#)(2)

   

Market value of
shares or units of
stock that have
not vested

($)(3)

 

Ann G. Fox

    2/28/2013       783           $ 191.51       02/28/2023           $  
    7/15/2015       6,960       13,920     $ 332.20       02/15/2025           $  
    7/15/2015                 $             1,003     $ 251,021  

David Crombie

    8/31/2015                 $             2,500     $ 625,675  

Edward Bruce Morgan

    8/30/2013       2,500       —       $ 191.52       08/30/2023       —       $ —    

 

 

 

(1)   The option awards reported in these columns are subject to time-based vesting conditions. The option awards vest in three equal installments on the first three anniversaries of the date of grant of such awards. The remaining unvested installment of the stock options granted to Ms. Fox on July 15, 2015 will vest on July 15, 2018, subject to Ms. Fox’s continued employment through such vesting date.

 

(2)   The restricted stock awards reported in this column are subject to time-based vesting conditions. Restricted stock awards held by Ms. Fox vest in three equal installments on the first three anniversaries of the date of grant of such awards. The remaining unvested installment of such awards will vest on July 15, 2018, subject to Ms. Fox’s continued employment through such vesting date. Restricted stock awards held by Mr. Crombie vest on the third anniversary of the date of grant, or August 31, 2018, subject to Mr. Crombie’s continued employment through such vesting date.

 

(3)   Calculated based on the fair market value of our common stock on December 31, 2016, which was $250.27 per share.

Additional narrative disclosure

Retirement benefits

We have not maintained, and do not currently maintain, a defined benefit pension plan or nonqualified deferred compensation plan. We currently maintain a retirement plan intended to provide benefits under section 401(k) of the Internal Revenue Code where employees, including our Named Executive Officers, are allowed to contribute portions of their base compensation to a tax-qualified retirement account. We do not currently provide matching contributions of our employees’ eligible compensation contributed to the plan, and we did not provide any matching contributions in the 2016 fiscal year.

Potential payments upon termination or change in control

The employment agreements with our Named Executive Officers provide for potential severance benefits in connection with certain terminations of employment. The Employment Agreements provide that upon a resignation by the applicable executive for “good reason,” upon a termination by the Company without “cause” and, in the case of Mr. Morgan, upon a termination due to death or disability, then, subject to the applicable executive’s execution and non-revocation of a release within the time provided to do so, the applicable

 

118


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

executive will be eligible to receive the following benefits: (i) in the case of Ms. Fox, an amount equal to the sum of (x) one year annualized base salary at the time of termination and (y) Ms. Fox’s then-current target annual bonus, payable in 12 equal monthly installments; (ii) in the case of Mr. Crombie, 18 months of Mr. Crombie’s annualized base salary at the time of termination, payable in 18 equal installments; (iii) in the case of Mr. Morgan, an amount equal to one year of his annualized base salary at the time of termination, payable in 12 equal monthly installments; and (iv) if the applicable executive elects COBRA continuation coverage, monthly reimbursement for the amount paid by such executive to continue such coverage for up to 12 months in the case of Ms. Fox and Mr. Morgan and 18 months in the case of Mr. Crombie following the date of termination. If any of our Named Executive Officers’ employment is terminated for any reason other than those described above, the applicable executive will continue to receive the compensation and benefits to be provided by the Company until the date of termination, and the applicable executive’s compensation and benefits will terminate contemporaneously with such executive’s termination of employment. Our Named Executive Officers’ employment agreements do not provide for any enhanced benefits in connection with a termination of employment at or following a change in control.

Ms. Fox’s Employment Agreement provides that “cause” means that Ms. Fox has: (i) engaged in gross negligence or willful misconduct in the performance of her duties; (ii) breached any material provision of her Employment Agreement, any other agreement between the Company and Ms. Fox or any of the Company’s corporate policies or codes of conduct; (iii) willfully engaged in conduct that is injurious to the Company; or (iv) committed, pleaded no contest to or received deferred adjudication with respect to a felony or any crime involving fraud, dishonesty or moral turpitude. Ms. Fox’s Employment Agreement provides that “good reason” means: (a) a material diminution in Ms. Fox’s base salary, other than a decrease of up to 10% of the base salaries of all executive officers; or (b) the relocation of Ms. Fox’s principal place of employment by more than 75 miles from her principal place of employment as of the effective date of her Employment Agreement; provided, that, upon written notice from Ms. Fox of the existence of either such condition, the Company will have 30 days to cure such condition. Generally, a disability will exist under Ms. Fox’s Employment Agreement if she is unable to perform her duties or fulfill her obligations under her Employment Agreement by reason of any physical or mental impairment for a continuous period of not less than three months.

Mr. Crombie’s Employment Agreement provides that “cause” means that Mr. Crombie has: (i) engaged in gross negligence or willful misconduct in the performance of his duties; (ii) willfully refused to perform his duties for a period of more than 30 days following written notice from the Company; (iii) breached any material provision of his Employment Agreement or any other agreement between Mr. Crombie and the Company, which breach is not remedied within 30 days of written notice from the Company; (iv) materially violated a material corporate policy or code of conduct established by the Company; (v) committed an act of theft, fraud, embezzlement, or misappropriation against the Company; (vi) been convicted of (or pleaded no contest to) a crime involving fraud, dishonesty or moral turpitude or any felony; or (vii) willfully and knowingly violated any material legal requirement applicable to the Company. Mr. Crombie’s Employment Agreement provides that “good reason” means: (a) Mr. Crombie’s reassignment to a position not commensurate with his current position and level of seniority; (b) a reduction in his annual base salary of more than 10%; (c) the Company’s material breach of Mr. Crombie’s Employment Agreement; or (d) the relocation of Mr. Crombie’s principal place of work outside a 50-mile radius of Tarrant County, Texas; provided that, upon written notice from Mr. Crombie of the existence of any of the foregoing conditions, the Company will have 30 days to cure such condition. Generally, a disability will exist under Mr. Crombie’s Employment Agreement if he is incapacitated by accident, sickness or other circumstance that renders him mentally or physically incapable of performing his duties under his Employment Agreement for a period of at least 120 consecutive days or for a period of at least 180 days (whether or not consecutive) during any 12-month period.

 

119


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

Mr. Morgan’s Employment Agreement provides that “cause” means that Mr. Morgan has: (i) engaged in gross negligence, gross incompetence or willful misconduct in the performance of his duties; (ii) willfully refused to perform his duties for a period of more than 30 days following written notice from the Company; (iii) breached any material provision of his Employment Agreement or any other agreement between Mr. Morgan and the Company, which breach is not remedied within 30 days of written notice from the Company; (iv) violated a material, written corporate policy or code of conduct established by the Company, which breach is not remedied within 30 days of written notice from the Company; (v) willfully engaged in conduct that is materially injurious to the Company, and such injury, if curable, is not remedied within 30 days of written notice from the Company; (vi) disclosed without authorization confidential information that is, or could be expected to be, materially injurious to the Company; (vii) committed an act of theft, fraud, embezzlement, misappropriation or willful breach of a fiduciary duty to the Company; (viii) been convicted of (or pleaded no contest to) a crime involving fraud, dishonesty or moral turpitude or any felony; or (ix) willfully violated any material legal requirement applicable to the Company. Mr. Morgan’s Employment Agreement provides that “good reason” means: (a) the relocation of Mr. Morgan’s principal place of employment outside a 30-mile radius of Midland County or Ector County, Texas; (b) a reduction in his annual base salary of more than 10%, unless such reduction coincides with a similar reduction to the base salaries of all similarly situated executives; or (c) the Company’s material breach of a material provision of Mr. Morgan’s Employment Agreement; provided that, upon written notice from Mr. Morgan of the existence of any of the foregoing conditions, the Company will have 30 days to cure such condition. Generally, a disability will exist under Mr. Morgan’s Employment Agreement if he is incapacitated by accident, sickness or other circumstance that renders him mentally or physically incapable of performing his duties under his Employment Agreement for a period of at least 120 consecutive days or for a period of at least 180 days (whether or not consecutive) during any 12-month period.

Generally, any shares of restricted stock subject to forfeiture restrictions held by our Named Executive Officers are forfeited for no consideration upon any termination of employment. In addition, stock options held by our Named Executive Officers may only be exercised to the extent vested while such Named Executive Officer remains employed by the Company or one of our affiliates; however, our Named Executive Officers may exercise vested stock options for a period of 30 days following a termination of employment other than for “cause” (as defined in the applicable stock option agreement) or for a period of one year following a termination of employment due to death or disability. Other than the foregoing, we do not currently maintain any other severance or change in control agreements with any of our Named Executive Officers.

Actions taken following fiscal year-end

Amended and Restated 2011 Stock Incentive Plan

In connection with the Combination, the Company adopted an amendment and restatement of the Nine Energy Service, Inc. 2011 Stock Incentive Plan, which we refer to herein as the “Stock Plan.” Employees, consultants and directors of the Company and its affiliates are eligible to participate in the Stock Plan. The description of the Stock Plan below is a summary of the material terms of the Stock Plan and is not meant to be a complete description of all of the provisions of the Stock Plan. This summary is qualified in its entirety by reference to the Stock Plan, which is included as an exhibit to the Registration Statement of which this prospectus forms a part.

Administration .      The Stock Plan is administered by a committee of directors selected by our board of directors (the “Committee”). The Committee has the power to determine to whom and when awards will be granted, determine the amount of awards (measured in cash or in shares of our common stock), prescribe and interpret the terms and provisions of each award agreement (the terms of which may vary), accelerate the vesting or exercisability of an award, delegate duties under the Stock Plan and execute all other responsibilities permitted or required under the Stock Plan. Subject to the constraints of applicable law, the Committee may from time to

 

120


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

time, in its sole discretion, delegate to our Chief Executive Officer the administration (or interpretation of any provision) of the Stock Plan and the right to grant awards under the Stock Plan. The Committee may revoke any such delegation at any time, and may put any conditions and restrictions on the powers that may be exercised by the Chief Executive Officer upon such delegation as the Committee determines in its sole discretion.

Types of awards .      The Stock Plan provides for the grant of: (i) incentive stock options qualified as such under U.S. federal income tax laws (“incentive stock options”); (ii) stock options that do not qualify as incentive stock options (“non-statutory stock options,” and together with incentive options, “options”); (iii) stock appreciation rights (“SARs”); (iv) restricted stock awards (“restricted stock awards”); (v) performance awards (“performance awards”); (vi) restricted stock units (“restricted stock units” or “RSUs”); (vii) bonus stock (“bonus stock awards”); (viii) dividend equivalents; (ix) other stock-based awards; (x) cash awards; and (xi) substitute awards (referred to collectively herein with the other awards as “awards”).

Options and SARs .      The Stock Plan provides for two types of options: incentive stock options and non-statutory stock options. The Committee is authorized to grant options to eligible participants (which in the case of incentive stock options are only individuals who are employed by us or one of our subsidiaries at the time of grant) subject to the terms and conditions set forth below:

The exercise price per share of common stock will be determined by the Committee; however, the exercise price per share of common stock will not be less than the fair market value of a share of common stock on the date of the grant of such option regardless of whether such option is an incentive stock option or a non-statutory stock option. Further, the exercise price of any incentive stock option granted to an employee who possesses more than 10% of the total combined voting power of all classes of the Company’s common stock or of any of our subsidiaries within the meaning of Section 422(b)(6) of the Code, must be at least 110% of the fair market value of a share of common stock at the time such option is granted. The exercise price or portion thereof will be paid in full in the manner prescribed by the Committee.

The Committee determines the term of each option; provided, however, that any incentive stock option granted to an employee who possesses more than 10% of the total combined voting power of all classes of our common stock or of any of our subsidiaries within the meaning of Section 422(b)(6) of the Code must not be exercisable after the expiration of five years from the date of grant. The Committee also determines the time at which an option may be exercised in whole or in part (subject to the restrictions on exercisability described above), and the method by which (and the form, including cash or shares of common stock or any combination thereof having a fair market value on the exercise date equal to the relevant exercise price, in which) payment of the exercise price with respect thereto may be made or deemed to have been made. Each incentive stock option is not transferable other than by will or the laws of descent and distribution and is exercisable during the holder’s lifetime only by the holder or the holder’s guardian or legal representative.

The Committee, in its sole discretion, may grant SARs in connection with option awards. SARs granted in connection with incentive stock options are exercisable only when the fair market value of our common stock exceeds the exercise price specified under the option. The term of each stock option may not exceed 10 years from the date of grant. Option agreements may contain such other terms as determined by the Committee. The Committee is authorized to amend outstanding option agreements from time to time in any manner not inconsistent with the terms of the Stock Plan, including acceleration of the time at which the option, or a portion thereof, may be exercised, provided that unless otherwise provided for in the Stock Plan, no such amendment that materially reduces the rights of a participant may be made without such participant’s consent.

Except in connection with adjustments for certain subdivisions or consolidations of our common stock or the payment of a stock dividend as described below, without stockholder approval, the Committee cannot amend an option agreement to decrease the exercise price of the option or SARs granted in connection with the option

 

121


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

(or cancel an option agreement and replace it with one having a lower exercise price for options or SARs granted under the agreement).

Stock appreciation rights .      A SAR is the right to receive a share of our common stock, or an amount equal to the excess of the fair market value of one share of common stock on the date of exercise over the grant price of the SAR, as determined by the Committee. The exercise price of a share of common stock subject to the SAR shall be determined by the Committee, but in no event shall that exercise price be less than the fair market value of our common stock on the date of grant. The Committee will have the discretion to determine other terms and conditions of a SAR award.

Restricted stock awards .      The Committee is authorized to grant restricted stock awards to eligible participants. Pursuant to a restricted stock award, shares of common stock will be issued or delivered to the holder without any cash payment to the Company, except to the extent otherwise provided by the Committee or required by law; provided, however, that the shares will be subject to certain restrictions on the disposition thereof and certain obligations to forfeit the shares to the Company as may be determined in the discretion of the Committee. The restrictions on disposition and the forfeiture restrictions may lapse based upon:

 

 

the Company’s attainment of specific performance measures established by the Committee that are based on (i) the price of a share of common stock, (ii) earnings per share, (iii) market share, (iv) revenues or sales, (v) operating income or operating income margin, (vi) net income or net income margin (before or after taxes), (vii) cash flow, cash flow from operations or return on investment, (viii) earnings or earnings margin before or after interest, taxes, depreciation, amortization, exploration and/or abandonment costs, (ix) economic value added, (x) return on capital, assets, net assets or equity, (xi) debt level or debt reduction, (xii) cost reduction targets, (xiii) total stockholders’ return, (xiv) capital expenditures, (xv) general and administrative expenses, (xvi) net asset value, (xvii) operating costs, (xviii) safety performance or incident rate or (xix) any combination of the foregoing;

 

 

the holder’s continued employment with the Company or its affiliates or continued service as a consultant or director for a specified time;

 

 

the occurrence of any event or the satisfaction of any other condition specified by the Committee; or

 

 

a combination of these factors.

The performance measures may be absolute, relative to one or more other companies or relative to one or more indexes, and may be contingent upon the Company’s future performance or that of any affiliate, business unit, division or department. The Committee is authorized under the Stock Plan to adjust performance measures for significant extraordinary items or events.

The Company retains custody of the shares of common stock issued pursuant to a restricted stock award until the disposition and forfeiture restrictions lapse. The holder may not sell, transfer, pledge, exchange, hypothecate or otherwise dispose of the shares until the expiration of the restriction period. However, upon the issuance to the holder of shares of common stock pursuant to a restricted stock award, except for the foregoing restrictions or as otherwise provided by the Committee in the terms of a restricted stock agreement, the holder will have all the rights of a stockholder with respect to the shares, including the right to vote the shares and to receive all dividends and other distributions paid with respect to the shares. Restricted stock award agreements may contain such other terms as determined by the Committee.

Performance awards .      The Committee may, in its sole discretion, grant performance awards under the Stock Plan that may be paid in cash, shares of common stock, or a combination thereof as determined by the Committee. At the time of the grant, the Committee will establish the maximum number of shares of common

 

122


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

stock subject to, or the maximum value of, each performance award and the performance period over which the performance applicable to the award will be measured. A performance award will terminate if the recipient’s employment or service as a consultant to or director for the Company and its affiliates terminates during the applicable performance period, except as otherwise determined by the Committee.

The receipt of cash or shares of common stock pursuant to a performance award will be contingent upon satisfaction by the Company, or any affiliate, business unit, division or department, of performance measures established by the Committee. The performance measures to which the Committee may subject a performance award are the same as those available with respect to the grant of restricted stock awards, and are subject to the same adjustment as applies with respect to restricted stock awards. Following the end of the performance period, the Committee will determine and certify in writing the amount payable to the holder of the performance award, not to exceed the maximum number of shares of common stock subject to, or the maximum value of, the performance award, based on the achievement of the performance measures for such performance period. Payment may be made in cash, shares of common stock or a combination thereof, as determined by the Committee. The payment will be made in a lump sum or in installments as prescribed by the Committee. If a performance award covering shares of common stock is to be paid in cash, then the payment will be based on the fair market value of such stock on the payment date or such other date as may be specified by the Committee. Performance award agreements may contain such other terms as determined by the Committee.

Restricted stock units .      RSUs are rights to receive common stock, cash or a combination of both at the end of a specified period. The Committee may subject RSUs to restrictions (which may include a risk of forfeiture) as specified in the RSU award agreement, and such restrictions may lapse at such times determined by the Committee. RSUs may be settled by delivery of common stock, cash equal to the fair market value of the specified number of shares of common stock covered by the RSUs, or any combination thereof determined by the Committee at the date of grant or thereafter. Dividend equivalents on the specified number of shares of common stock covered by RSUs may be paid on a current, deferred or contingent basis, as determined by the Committee on or following the date of grant.

Bonus stock awards .      The Committee is authorized to grant bonus stock awards under the Stock Plan. Bonus stock awards are unrestricted shares of common stock that are subject to such terms and conditions as the Committee may determine. The Committee determines the purchase price, if any, for bonus stock awards.

Dividend equivalents .      Dividend equivalents entitle a participant to receive cash, common stock, other awards or other property equal in value to dividends paid with respect to a specified number of shares of our common stock, or other periodic payments at the discretion of the Committee. Dividend equivalents may be granted on a free-standing basis or in connection with another award (other than a restricted stock award or a bonus stock award).

Other stock-based award s .      Other stock-based awards are awards denominated or payable in, valued in whole or in part by reference to, or otherwise based on or related to, the value of the Company’s common stock.

Cash awards .      Cash awards may be granted on a free-standing basis, as an element of or a supplement to, or in lieu of any other award.

Substitute awards .      Awards may be granted in substitution or exchange for any other award granted under the Stock Plan or under another equity incentive plan or any other right of an eligible person to receive payment from us. Awards may also be granted under the Stock Plan in substitution for similar awards held for individuals who become participants as a result of a merger, consolidation or acquisition of another entity by or with us or one of our affiliates.

Shares subject to the stock plan and limitations on awards to individual participants .      Pursuant to the Stock Plan, the aggregate maximum number of shares of our common stock that may be issued under the Stock Plan,

 

123


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

and the aggregate maximum number of shares of common stock that may be issued under the Stock Plan through incentive stock options, will not exceed the sum of (i)                  shares of the Company’s common stock and (ii) 12% of the total shares of common stock issued by the Company in this offering. Shares will be deemed to have been issued under the Stock Plan only to the extent actually issued and delivered pursuant to an award. To the extent that an award lapses or the rights of its holder terminate, any shares of common stock subject to such award will again be available for the grant of an award under the Stock Plan. In addition, shares issued under the Stock Plan and forfeited back to the Stock Plan, shares surrendered in payment of the exercise price or purchase price of an award, and shares withheld for payment of applicable employment taxes and/or withholding obligations associated with an award will again be available for the grant of an award under the Stock Plan. Any shares of common stock delivered pursuant to an award may consist, in whole or in part, of authorized and unissued shares or (where permitted by applicable law) previously issued shares of common stock that have been reacquired. Further, the following limitations apply with respect to awards granted under the Stock Plan:

 

 

the maximum number of shares of common stock that may be subject to awards denominated in shares of common stock granted to any one individual during any 12-month period may not exceed 50% of the common stock that may be issued under the Stock Plan; and

 

 

the maximum amount of compensation that may be paid under all performance awards that are not denominated in shares of common stock (including the fair market value of any shares of common stock paid in satisfaction of such performance awards) granted to any one individual during any 12-month period may not exceed $20,000,000 and any payment due with respect to a performance award must be paid no later than 10 years after the date of the grant of the award.

Adjustments .      The Stock Plan provides that if the Company effects a subdivision or consolidation, or a payment of a stock dividend without receipt of consideration, on the shares of common stock subject to an award, the number of shares subject to the award, and the purchase price thereunder (if applicable) are proportionately adjusted. If the Company recapitalizes, reclassifies or otherwise changes its capital structure, outstanding awards will be adjusted so that the award will thereafter cover the number and class of shares to which the holder would have been entitled if he or she had been the holder of record of the shares covered by such award immediately prior to the recapitalization, reclassification or other change in the Company’s capital structure. Further, the aggregate number of shares available under the Stock Plan and the individual award limitations may also be appropriately adjusted by the Committee.

Corporate change .      The Stock Plan provides that, upon a Corporate Change (as defined in the Stock Plan), the Committee may accelerate the vesting and exercise date of outstanding awards, cancel outstanding awards and make payments in respect thereof in cash or adjust the outstanding awards as appropriate to reflect the Corporate Change. The Stock Plan provides that a Corporate Change occurs if:

 

 

the Company is dissolved and liquidated;

 

 

if the Company is not the surviving entity in any merger, consolidation or other business combination or reorganization (or survives only as a subsidiary of an entity);

 

 

if the Company sells, leases or exchanges or agree to sell, lease or exchange all or substantially all of its assets;

 

 

any person, entity or group acquires or gains ownership or control of more than 50% of the outstanding shares of the Company’s voting stock; or

 

 

after a contested election of directors, the persons who were directors before such election cease to constitute a majority of our board of directors.

 

124


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

Amendment and termination of the stock plan .      Our board of directors in its discretion may terminate the Stock Plan ( at any time with respect to any shares of common stock for which awards have not been granted. Our board of directors also has the right to alter or amend the Stock Plan or any part thereof from time to time; provided that no change in the Stock Plan may be made that would materially impair the rights of a participant without the consent of the participant. In addition, our board of directors may not, without approval of our stockholders, amend the Stock Plan to increase the aggregate maximum number of shares common stock that may be issued under the Stock Plan, increase the aggregate maximum number of shares of common stock that may be issued under the Stock Plan through incentive stock options, change the class of individuals eligible to receive awards under the Stock Plan or amend or delete the restrictions on the repricing of options.

Transferability of awards .      Awards granted under the Stock Plan (other than incentive stock options, which are subject to special rules described above) may not be transferred other than (i) by will or the laws of descent and distribution, (ii) pursuant to a qualified domestic relations order as defined by the Internal Revenue Code or Title I of the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended, or (iii) with the consent of the Committee.

2017 base salary adjustments and annual bonus awards

In 2017, our Named Executive Officers’ annualized base salaries were increased to $500,000, $400,000 and $250,000 for Ms. Fox, Mr. Crombie and Mr. Morgan, respectively, in order to more appropriately align our Named Executive Officers’ base salaries with current market practice. In addition, for the 2017 fiscal year, our Named Executive Officers will be eligible to earn target annual bonuses of up to $500,000 for Ms. Fox, up to $400,000 for Mr. Crombie and up to $250,000 for Mr. Morgan. In addition to the target annual bonus described in the preceding sentence, Mr. Crombie remains eligible to receive an annual guaranteed bonus of $50,000.

2017 employment agreements

In 2017, we entered into a new employment agreement with Mr. Morgan, which we refer to as the “Morgan 2017 Employment Agreement.” The Morgan 2017 Employment Agreement has a three-year initial term, which is automatically extended for successive, additional one-year periods, unless either Mr. Morgan or the Company provides 60 days’ prior written notice that no such automatic extension will occur. The Morgan 2017 Employment Agreement provides for certain severance benefits upon a resignation by Mr. Morgan for “good reason” or upon a termination by the Company without “cause.” These benefits include: (i) a severance payment amount equal to the sum of (x) one year annualized base salary at the time of termination and (y) Mr. Morgan’s then-current target annual bonus, payable in 12 equal monthly installments, (ii) accelerated vesting of a certain portion of Mr. Morgan’s outstanding equity awards, and (iii) if Mr. Morgan elects COBRA continuation coverage, monthly reimbursement for the amount paid by Mr. Morgan to continue such coverage for up to 12 months. The Morgan 2017 Employment Agreement also contains certain restrictive covenants, including provisions that create restrictions, with certain limitations, on Mr. Morgan competing with the Company and its affiliates, soliciting any customers, or soliciting or hiring Company employees or inducing them to terminate their employment. These restrictions are intended to generally apply during the term of Mr. Morgan’s employment with the Company and for the one-year period following the termination of his employment.

2017 awards

As of the date of this prospectus, our board of directors has granted awards in 2017 under the Stock Plan to certain of our employees (including our Named Executive Officers) and non-employee directors with respect to              shares of our common stock. Generally, these awards either vest in full on the third anniversary of the applicable date of grant or vest in three equal installments on each of the first three anniversaries of the

 

125


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

applicable date of grant in each case, so long as the employee remains employed by us through the applicable vesting date.

Director compensation

Generally, our non-employee directors receive quarterly cash payments of $6,375 for their service on our board of directors. In addition, in 2016, our non-employee directors received an additional $6,375 payment in connection with the special meeting held in February 2016. No equity-based awards were granted to our non-employee directors in 2016. As discussed above, our non-employee directors received awards under the Stock Plan in 2017. Directors that also provide services to the Company or its affiliates as employees, including Ms. Fox, and directors appointed to our board of directors by SCF do not receive compensation for their service on our board of directors.

The following table summarizes the compensation awarded or paid to the members of our board of directors for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2016.

 

Name    Fees earned or
paid in cash
($)(1)
     Stock
awards
($)(2)
     All other
compensation
($)
     Total
($)
 

Gary Thomas

   $ 31,875      $      $      $ 31,875  

Mark Baldwin

   $ 31,875      $      $      $ 31,875  

John Schmitz(3)

   $ 31,875      $      $      $ 31,875  

Wendell Brooks(3)

   $ 31,875      $      $      $ 31,875  

 

 

 

(1)   Amounts reported in this column reflect annual cash retainer amounts received by our non-employee directors for service on our board of directors. As described above, in 2016, our directors received quarterly payments of $6,375 and an additional $6,375 payment in connection with the special meeting held in February 2016.

 

(2)   No equity-based awards were granted to our directors in 2016, and no equity-based awards held by our directors were outstanding and unvested as of December 31, 2016.

 

(3)   Following the completion of the Combination, Messrs. Schmitz and Brooks no longer serve on our board of directors.

2017 non-employee director compensation program

In connection with this offering, we adopted a compensation policy for our non-employee directors (the “Non-Employee Director Compensation Policy”). Our non-employee directors are entitled to receive compensation for services they provide to us consisting of retainers and equity compensation as described below. Each non-employee director will be eligible to receive the following for their service on our board of directors pursuant to the Non-Employee Director Compensation Policy:

 

 

A quarterly retainer of $17,500;

 

 

An additional quarterly retainer of $7,500 for the Chairman of the Board;

 

 

An additional quarterly retainer of $2,500 for the non-employee directors serving as chairs of the audit committee and the nominating, governance and compensation committee;

In addition to cash compensation, our non-employee directors receive annual equity-based compensation consisting of restricted stock awards with an aggregate grant date value equal to $100,000 or, in the case of the Chairman of the Board, $150,000. However, in the first calendar year in which non-employee directors are appointed or elected to our board of directors, they are eligible to receive an initial restricted stock award with an aggregate grant date value equal to $125,000 in lieu of such annual restricted stock award. The forfeiture restrictions applicable to the restricted stock awards generally lapse on the one-year anniversary of the date of grant of such awards. The restricted stock awards granted to our non-employee directors are subject to the terms and conditions of the Stock Plan and the award agreements pursuant to which such awards are granted.

 

126


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

Certain relationships and related party transactions

The descriptions set forth below are qualified in their entirety by reference to the applicable agreements and unless otherwise indicated, are reflected on a pre-Stock Split basis.

The Combination

On February 28, 2017, we closed the Combination with Beckman, a growth-oriented oilfield services company that provides a wide range of well and coiled tubing services. Pursuant to the Combination, all of the issued and outstanding shares of Beckman common stock were converted into shares of our common stock, except 1.6% of Beckman shares paid in cash. In addition to the conversion of all of the shares of outstanding common stock of Beckman to shares of our common stock, all of the restricted stock and outstanding stock options of Beckman were also converted to restricted stock and stock options of Nine. Options exercisable for approximately 17,313 shares of Beckman common stock with a weighted average exercise price of $123.02 per share and 20,225 shares of restricted stock of Beckman outstanding as of December 31, 2016 converted to options exercisable for approximately 9,808 shares of our common stock with a weighted average exercise price of $216.91 per share and 11,458 shares of restricted stock of Nine.

Prior to the Combination, Beckman was also an SCF Partners portfolio company. A key strategic rationale for the Combination was to enhance our ability to serve customers and our growth potential through broader product lines and basin diversification, enabling us to cross-sell our products and compete with larger companies. The Combination was a means of achieving these objectives and created various synergistic opportunities, including greater ability to raise capital for expansion, opportunity to develop broader and more diversified product lines, ability to compete with larger companies and opportunity to leverage internal initiatives.

Immediately prior to the Combination and the Subscription Offers (described below), SCF owned 615,525 shares of Beckman common stock or 56.4%.

Immediately following the completion of the transactions contemplated by the Combination and the Subscription Offers, SCF beneficially owned a total of 1,088,426 shares of our common stock (calculated pursuant to Rule 13d-3 under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (the “Exchange Act”)). This beneficial ownership consisted of (1) 938,064 shares of common stock issued to SCF in connection with the Combination, (2) 100,242 shares of common stock issued to SCF in connection with the Subscription Offers, and (3) warrants to purchase 50,120 shares of our common stock issued to SCF in connection with the Subscription Offers. For a discussion of the Combination, please see “Prospectus Summary—Our history and the Combination,” and for a discussion of the Subscription Offers, and related issuance of warrants to SCF, please see “—Subscription and warrant agreements.”

Transactions with our significant stockholders and our directors and executive officers

During 2014, in conjunction with an exercise of warrants to provide a capital infusion, a $1.25 million promissory note was issued to Christopher Payson, who was an executive officer of the Company in 2014 and 2015. The principal is due on June 30, 2019 (the “Maturity Date”). Interest of 4% per annum is due and payable on the Maturity Date. As of December 31, 2015 and 2014, the outstanding balance of the notes, including principal and unpaid interest, was $2.7 million and $1.3 million, respectively.

During 2014, promissory notes totaling $9.4 million were issued to former owners of Crest, including Mr. Crombie. The principal is due on June 30, 2019. The interest rate is based on the prime rate, the federal funds rate or LIBOR, plus a margin to be determined in connection with Nine’s credit agreement, and is due quarterly. Mr. Crombie paid $1.8 million during 2016 to repay his promissory note in full. From 2014 to the date of such repayment, Mr. Crombie made principal and interest payments totaling $1.8 million and $0.1 million, respectively.

 

127


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

In 2014, Beckman entered into a shared services agreement with Winco Development, LLC (“Winco”), pursuant to which Winco provides office space, personnel and certain general and administrative services to Beckman. A manager of Winco, Benjamin Winston, is also a stockholder of the Company and was a member of Beckman’s board of directors from 2014 through the consummation of the Combination. Beckman paid Winco $0.2 million, $0.2 million and $0.1 million for the years ended December 31, 2016, 2015 and 2014, respectively.

Beckman leases facilities and buildings in Monahans, Texas and Enid, Oklahoma, from an entity owned by Mr. Winston. Beckman paid rent expenses of $0.6 million and $0.5 million to this entity during 2016 and 2015, respectively.

Beckman utilizes Winco Trucking, LLC to transport equipment, chemicals and supplies. Mr. Winston serves as a manager of Winco Trucking, LLC. Beckman incurred expense of $0.7 million, $0.7 million and $0.2 million for these services during 2016, 2015 and 2014, respectively.

Beckman utilizes airplanes and related services, owned by Mr. Winston. Beckman incurred expenses of $0.2 million and $0.1 million for these services during 2016 and 2015, respectively.

In 2015, Beckman sold $1.2 million of equipment to an entity owned by Mr. Winston. Beckman facilitates pass-through billings on behalf of Momentum Completions, LLC, an entity owned by one of the shareholders who was also a member of the Board. Beckman recognizes no revenue or expense related to this activity. During 2015, the related entity billed Beckman $2.2 million. Beckman rebilled respective customers of this related entity $2.2 million, and Beckman collected cash for and reimbursed to the related entity approximately $2.1 million. During 2016, the related entity billed Beckman $0.8 million, and Beckman billed respective customers the same amount. Beckman collected cash for and reimbursed to the related entity $1.1 million.

The Company provides services in the ordinary course of business to EOG Resources, Inc. Gary L. Thomas acts as the President and Chief Operating Officer of EOG Resources, Inc. The Company received payments from EOG Resources, Inc. of $13.8 million, $25.3 million and $51.7 million in 2016, 2015 and 2014, respectively.

Beckman provides services in the ordinary course of business to Citation Oil & Gas Corp., an entity owned by Curtis F. Harrell, a director of the Company. Beckman billed approximately $0.4 million and $0.5 million for services provided to Beckman during 2016 and 2015, respectively.

The Company leases office space, yard facilities and equipment from Mr. Crombie under operating leases. Lease expense was $0.7 million in each of the years ended December 31, 2016 and 2015.

Subscription and warrant agreements

In connection with the Combination and pursuant to subscription agreements dated March 10, 2017, we offered each of our stockholders (our existing stockholders and the Beckman stockholders) who were accredited investors or non-U.S. persons (as such term is defined in Regulation S under Securities Act) the opportunity to purchase shares of our common stock worth $20 million in the aggregate, up to their pro-rata ownership of the Company (the “Combined Nine Subscription Offer”). If each eligible purchaser did not purchase its respective pro rata portion of such approximately $20 million of shares of our common stock, the eligible purchasers that elected to participate in the Combined Nine Subscription Offer were entitled, but not obligated, to purchase the remaining number of shares of our common stock worth $20 million in the aggregate. The proceeds from the Combined Nine Subscription Offer were used to (i) to finance the purchase of non-accredited investors’ shares in the Combination and pay fees and expenses related to the Combination and (ii) for general corporate purposes, including ensuring compliance with our financial covenants under the Existing Nine Credit Facility. In connection with the Combined Nine Subscription Offer, we issued to those stockholders who purchased shares of our common stock a warrant to purchase additional shares of our common stock on the basis of one warrant share for every two shares purchased in the Combined Nine Subscription Offer. The warrants were called by the Company on July 25, 2017, and all warrants that were not exercised by August 23, 2017 expired and are deemed cancelled.

 

128


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

In addition to the Combined Nine Subscription Offer, though not in connection with the Combination, pursuant to subscription agreements dated March 10, 2017, we offered each of our existing stockholders pre-Combination who were accredited investors or non-U.S. persons (as such term is defined in Regulation S under the Securities Act) the opportunity to purchase shares of our common stock worth $5 million in the aggregate, up to their pro-rata ownership of the Company (the “Nine Subscription Offer”). If each eligible purchaser did not purchase its respective pro rata portion of such approximately $5 million of shares of our common stock, the eligible purchasers that elected to participate in the Nine Subscription Offer were entitled, but not obligated, to purchase the remaining number of shares of our common stock worth $5 million in the aggregate. The proceeds from the Nine Subscription Offer were retained by us to ensure compliance with our financial covenants under the Existing Nine Credit Facility. In connection with the Nine Subscription Offer, we issued to those stockholders who purchased shares of our common stock a warrant to purchase additional shares of our common stock on the basis of one warrant share for every two shares purchased in the Nine Subscription Offer. The warrants were called by the Company on July 25, 2017, and all warrants that were not exercised by August 23, 2017 expired and are deemed cancelled.

In addition to the Combined Nine Subscription Offer and the Nine Subscription Offer, though not in connection with the Combination, pursuant to subscription agreements dated February 10, 2017, Beckman offered each of its stockholders pre-Combination who were accredited investors or non-U.S. persons (as such term is defined in Regulation S under the Securities Act) the opportunity to purchase shares of its common stock worth $15 million in the aggregate, up to their pro-rata ownership of Beckman (the “Beckman Subscription Offer” and with the Combined Nine Subscription Offer and the Nine Subscription Offer, the “Subscription Offers”). If each eligible purchaser did not purchase its respective pro rata portion of such approximately $15 million of shares of its common stock, the eligible purchasers that elected to participate in the Beckman Subscription Offer were entitled, but not obligated, to purchase the remaining number of shares of its common stock worth $15 million in the aggregate. The proceeds from the Beckman Subscription Offer were used to pay outstanding indebtedness under the Existing Beckman Credit Facility. In connection with the Beckman Subscription Offer, Beckman issued to those stockholders who purchased shares of its common stock a warrant to purchase additional shares of its common stock on the basis of one warrant share for every two shares purchased in the Beckman Subscription Offer. Beckman shares of common stock issued in the Beckman Subscription Offer and warrants purchased in the Beckman Subscription Offer converted into shares and warrants of our common stock based on the exchange ratio used with respect to the Combination. The warrants were called by the Company on July 25, 2017, and all warrants that were not exercised by August 23, 2017 expired and are deemed cancelled.

The following table identifies each related person who participated in the Combined Nine and Nine Subscription Offers.

 

Related person    No. of shares
purchased
     $ amount
purchased
     No. of warrant
shares(1)
 

Mark Baldwin

     87      $ 21,774        43  

David Crombie(1)

     1,289      $ 322,598        644  

Ernie L. Danner(2)

     499      $ 124,884        249  

Ann G. Fox

     239      $ 59,815        119  

Curtis F. Harrell(3)

     173      $ 43,297        86  

Gary L. Thomas

     87      $ 21,774        43  

 

 

 

(1)   The warrants were called by the Company on July 25, 2017, and all warrants that were not exercised by August 23, 2017 expired and are deemed cancelled.

 

(2)   Amounts reported include 1,289 shares purchased at a purchase price of $322,598 and 644 warrants by DKM Investments, LP of which Mr. Crombie is a member.

 

129


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements
(3)   Amounts reported include 172 shares purchased at a purchase price of $43,046 and 86 warrants by Autumn Plecher, LP of which Mr. Danner is a limited partner of the general partner.

 

(4)   Amounts reported include 173 shares purchased at a purchase price of $43,297 and 86 warrants by Harrell Ventures, LLC of which Mr. Harrell is the managing member.

In connection with the Beckman Subscription Agreement, Mr. Danner subscribed to purchase 1,850 shares of Beckman common stock (1,049 shares of our common stock after giving effect to the application of the exchange ratio used with respect to the Combination to convert the shares of Beckman common stock into shares of our common stock) in exchange for a purchase price of $141.94. Mr. Danner also received 925 warrants to purchase Beckman shares of common stock, which were converted into 524 warrants to purchase Nine shares of common stock after giving effect to the application of the exchange ratio use with respect to the Combination to convert the Beckman warrants into Nine warrants. The warrants were called by the Company on July 25, 2017, and all warrants that were not exercised by August 23, 2017 expired and are deemed cancelled.

In connection with the Beckman Subscription Agreement, Mr. Harrell subscribed to purchase 672 shares of Beckman common stock (381 shares of our common stock after giving effect to the application of the exchange ratio used with respect to the Combination to convert the shares of Beckman common stock into shares of our common stock) in exchange for a purchase price of $141.94. Mr. Harrell also received 226 warrants to purchase Beckman shares of common stock, which were converted into 190 warrants to purchase Nine shares of common stock after giving effect to the application of the exchange ratio use with respect to the Combination to convert the Beckman warrants into Nine warrants. The warrants were called by the Company on July 25, 2017, and all warrants that were not exercised by August 23, 2017 expired and are deemed cancelled.

Pursuant to a Subscription Agreement dated March 31, 2017, Douglas S. Aron, who acted as the Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer of the Company from April 2017 until September 8, 2017, subscribed to purchase 4,000 shares of our common stock in exchange for a cash payment of $1,001,080.

On July 25, 2017, we provided notice to certain eligible holders of the Company’s common stock that we are offering for sale up to approximately $20 million of the Company’s common stock for $150.00 per share. We closed the July 2017 Subscription Offer on August 23, 2017. We received consent from all the lenders under the Existing Nine Credit Facility for the cash proceeds from the July 2017 Subscription Offer to be deposited in a segregated account that does not constitute collateral for the indebtedness thereunder.

Stockholders agreement

In connection with the Combination, on February 28, 2017, we, SCF and substantially all of the holders of our common stock and warrants entered into the Second Amended and Restated Stockholders Agreement, which was further amended on July 24, 2017 (as amended, the “Existing Stockholders Agreement”). The Existing Stockholders Agreement contains provisions related to, among other things, stock transfer restrictions, tag-along and drag-along rights, preemptive rights, registration rights and board composition.

The Existing Stockholders Agreement, other than the provisions relating registration rights and certain miscellaneous provisions, will terminate upon the consummation of (i) an initial public offering; (ii) our merger into or combination with a corporation whose common stock is authorized and approved for listing on a national securities exchange (a “Qualified Public Company”) or a subsidiary of a Qualified Public Company and our stockholders receive cash and/or common stock of such Qualified Public Company in respect of their shares of our common stock in such merger; (iii) our merger or combination with another entity if our stockholders receive solely cash in respect of their shares of our common stock in such merger or (iv) a sale pursuant to the drag-along provisions contained in the Existing Stockholders Agreement (a “drag-along sale”). In the event of a drag-along sale or merger or combination in which our stockholders receive solely cash, the Existing Stockholders Agreement will terminate in its entirety. Upon the consummation of this offering, we will amend

 

130


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

and restate the Existing Stockholders Agreement (the “Amended Stockholders Agreement”) to eliminate all terminated provisions. The registration rights provisions that will be contained in the Amended Stockholders Agreement are described below.

Demand registration rights

Under the Amended Stockholders Agreement, from and after 180 days following consummation of this offering, SCF (and its permitted transferees) will have the right to demand (a “Demand Request”) on five occasions that we register all or any portion of the SCF Registrable Securities (as such term is defined in the Amended Stockholders Agreement) (a “Demand Registration”) so long as the SCF Registrable Securities proposed to be sold on an individual registration statement have an aggregate gross offering price of at least $10.0 million or at least $1.0 million if we are then eligible to register such sale on a Form S-3 registration statement (or any comparable or successor form) and provided that we are not required to effect more than one Demand Registration in any six-month period. After such time that we become eligible to use Form S-3 (or comparable form) for the registration under the Securities Act of any of our securities, any Demand Request with a reasonably anticipated aggregate offering price of $100.0 million may be for a “shelf” registration statement pursuant to Rule 415 under the Securities Act.

We may delay the filing of a registration statement pursuant to a Demand Request until a date not later than 60 days after the required filing date if (i) we are engaged in confidential negotiations or other confidential business activities that would require disclosure in the registration statement and our board of directors determines in good faith that such disclosure would be materially detrimental to us or (ii) we have experienced some other material non-public event or is in possession of material non-public information concerning the Company. We may also delay the filing if, prior to receiving a Demand Request, we are already proceeding with another offering for its own account or for the account of another requesting holder.

Piggyback registration rights

If we propose to file a registration statement under the Securities Act relating to an offering of our common stock for our own account or for the account of any common stockholder (other than certain registration statements, including those relating to securities offered in connection with benefit plans or acquisitions), the holders of Registrable Securities (as defined in the Amended Stockholders Agreement) will have customary piggyback registration rights that allow them to include the Registrable Securities that they own in any such registration statement, and any related underwriting. We will provide written notice to holders of Registrable Securities of such filing as soon as practicable (but in no event less than 15 days prior to the anticipated filing).

If the managing underwriter of a proposed underwritten offering advises us that in its opinion the total amount of securities to be included in such offering is sufficiently large to materially and adversely affect the price or success of the offering, then the securities to be included in such offering will be allocated first to the requesting holders if the registration statement is pursuant to a Demand Request or, if not, then to us, and then pro rata among the holders of piggyback securities on the basis of the number of Registrable Securities then held by each such holder.

Holdback agreements

Each holder of Registrable Securities will be subject to certain lock-up provisions that restrict transfer during the period beginning 14 days prior to, and continuing for a period not to exceed 180 days after, the date of a final prospectus for an initial public offering, or 90 days for any subsequent underwritten public offering of equity securities of the Company, except as part of such registration (subject to an extension of such lock-up period by up to 35 days in certain circumstances).

 

131


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

Registration procedures and expenses

The Amended Stockholders Agreement will contain customary procedures relating to underwritten offerings and the filing of registration statements. We will agree to pay all registration expenses incurred in connection with any registration, including all registration, qualification and filing fees, printing expenses, accounting fees, escrow fees, legal fees of the Company, reasonable fees of one counsel to the holders of Registrable Securities, blue sky fees and expenses and the expense of any special audits incident to or required by any such registration. All underwriting discounts and selling commissions and stock transfer taxes applicable to securities registered by holders and fees of counsel to any such holder (other than as described above) will be payable by holders of Registrable Securities.

Indemnification and contribution

The Amended Stockholders Agreement will contain customary indemnification and contribution provisions by the Company for the benefit of holders participating in any registration. Each holder participating in any registration will also agree to indemnify the Company in respect of information provided by such holder to the Company for use in connection with such registration; provided that such indemnification will be limited to the net proceeds actually received by such indemnifying holder from the sale of Registrable Securities.

Procedures for approval of related person transactions

A “Related Party Transaction” is a transaction, arrangement or relationship in which we or any of our subsidiaries was, is or will be a participant, the amount of which involved exceeds $120,000, and in which any related person had, has or will have a direct or indirect material interest. A “Related Person” means:

 

 

any person who is, or at any time during the applicable period was, one of our executive officers or one of our directors;

 

 

any person who is known by us to be the beneficial owner of more than 5.0% of our common stock;

 

 

any immediate family member of any of the foregoing persons, which means any child, stepchild, parent, stepparent, spouse, sibling, mother-in-law, father-in-law, son-in-law, daughter-in-law, brother-in-law or sister-in-law of a director, executive officer or a beneficial owner of more than 5.0% of our common stock, and any person (other than a tenant or employee) sharing the household of such director, executive officer or beneficial owner of more than 5.0% of our common stock; and

 

 

any firm, corporation or other entity in which any of the foregoing persons is a partner or principal or in a similar position or in which such person has a 10.0% or greater beneficial ownership interest.

Our board of directors intends to adopt a written related party transactions policy prior to the completion of this offering. Pursuant to this policy, the Audit Committee expects to review all material facts of all Related Party Transactions and either approve or disapprove entry into the Related Party Transaction, subject to certain limited exceptions. In determining whether to approve or disapprove entry into a Related Party Transaction, the Audit Committee expects to take into account, among other factors, the following: (1) whether the Related Party Transaction is on terms no less favorable than terms generally available to an unaffiliated third-party under the same or similar circumstances and (2) the extent of the Related Person’s interest in the transaction. Further, the policy would require that all Related Party Transactions required to be disclosed in our filings with the SEC be so disclosed in accordance with applicable laws, rules and regulations.

 

132


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

Security ownership of certain beneficial owners and management

The following table sets forth information with respect to the beneficial ownership of our common stock as of                     , 2017 by:

 

 

each of our Named Executive Officers;

 

each of our directors;

 

all of our directors and executive officers as a group; and

 

each person known to us to beneficially own 5% or more of our outstanding common stock.

Except as otherwise indicated, the persons or entities listed below have sole voting and investment power with respect to all shares of our common stock beneficially owned by them, except to the extent this power may be shared with a spouse. All information with respect to beneficial ownership has been furnished by the respective directors, executive officers, or 5% or more stockholders, as the case may be. Unless otherwise noted, the mailing address of each listed beneficial owner is 16945 NorthChase Drive, Suite 1600, Houston, Texas 77060.

To the extent the underwriters sell more than              shares of common stock, the underwriters have the option to purchase, exercisable within 30 days from the date of this prospectus, up to an additional              shares from us.

 

Name and address of beneficial owner

   Shares beneficially owned
prior to the  offering
    

 

     Shares beneficially
owned after this
offering (assuming
no exercise of the
underwriters’ option
to purchase
additional shares)
     Shares beneficially
owned after this
offering (assuming
exercise in full of the
underwriters’ option
to purchase
additional shares)
 
   Number      %(1)             Number      %      Number      %  

5% or more Stockholders:

                                                              

SCF(2)

                    

Directors and Named Executive Officers:

                    

Ann G. Fox

                    

David Crombie

                    

Edward Bruce Morgan

                    

Ernie L. Danner

                    

David C. Baldwin

                    

Mark E. Baldwin

                    

Curtis F. Harrell

                    

Scott E. Schwinger

                    

Gary L. Thomas

                    

Andrew L. Waite

                    

All directors and executive officers as a group (11 persons)

                    

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

*   less than 1%.

 

(1)   Based upon an aggregate of                  shares outstanding as of                     , 2017. For each stockholder, in accordance with Rule 13d-3 promulgated under the Exchange Act, this percentage is determined by assuming the named stockholder exercises all options and other instruments pursuant to which the stockholder has the right to acquire shares of our common stock within 60 days of                 , but that no other person exercises any options or other purchase rights (except with respect to the calculation of the beneficial ownership of all directors and executive officers as a group, for which the percentage assumes that all directors and executive officers exercise all such options or other purchase rights).

 

(2)   L. E. Simmons is the natural person who has voting and investment control over the securities owned by SCF. Mr. Simmons serves as the President and sole member of the board of directors of LESA, the ultimate general partner of SCF. Because SCF-VII, L.P. and SCF-VII(A), L.P. are controlled by LESA, these entities may be considered to be a group for purposes of Section 13(d)(3) under the Exchange Act. As a group, SCF beneficially owns              shares of our common stock in the aggregate. This beneficial ownership includes              shares of our common stock held by SCF-VII, L.P. and              shares of our common stock held by SCF-VII(A), L.P. The address for SCF-VII, L.P. and SCF-VII(A), L.P. is 600 Travis Street, Suite 6600, Houston, Texas 77002.

 

133


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

Description of capital stock

Our authorized capital stock consists of              shares of common stock, par value $0.01 per share, of which              shares of common stock will be issued and outstanding upon completion of this offering and              shares of preferred stock, par value $0.01 per share, of which no shares will be issued and outstanding.

The following summary of the capital stock and our charter and our bylaws does not purport to be complete and is qualified in its entirety by reference to the provisions of applicable law and to our charter and bylaws, which will be filed as exhibits to the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part.

Common stock

Except as provided by law or in a preferred stock designation, holders of our common stock are entitled to one vote for each share held of record on all matters submitted to a vote of the stockholders. Because holders of our common stock have the exclusive right to vote for the election of directors and do not have cumulative voting rights, the holders of a majority of the shares of our common stock can elect all of the members of the board of directors standing for election, subject to the rights, powers and preferences of any outstanding series of preferred stock. Subject to the rights and preferences of any preferred stock that we may issue in the future, the holders of our common stock are entitled to receive:

 

 

dividends as may be declared by our board of directors; and

 

 

all of our assets available for distribution to holders of our common stock in liquidation, pro rata, based on the number of shares held.

There are no redemption or sinking fund provisions applicable to our common stock. All outstanding shares of our common stock are fully paid and non-assessable, and the shares of common stock to be issued upon completion of this offering will be fully paid and non-assessable.

Preferred stock

Subject to the provisions of our charter and legal limitations, our board of directors will have the authority, without further vote or action by our stockholders:

 

 

to issue up to 20,000,000 shares of preferred stock in one or more series; and

 

 

to fix the rights, preferences, privileges and restrictions of our preferred stock, including provisions related to dividends, conversion, voting, redemption, liquidation and the number of shares constituting the series or the designation of that series, which may be superior to those of our common stock.

There will be no shares of preferred stock outstanding upon the closing of this offering, and we have no present plans to issue any preferred stock.

The issuance of shares of preferred stock by our board of directors as described above may adversely affect the rights of the holders of our common stock. For example, preferred stock may rank prior to our common stock as to dividend rights, liquidation preference or both, may have full or limited voting rights and may be convertible into shares of our common stock. The issuance of shares of preferred stock may discourage third-party bids for our common stock or may otherwise adversely affect the market price of our common stock. In addition, preferred stock may enable our board of directors to make it more difficult or to discourage attempts to obtain control of us through a hostile tender offer, proxy contest, merger or otherwise, or to make changes in our management.

 

134


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

Anti-takeover effects of provisions of our charter, our bylaws and Delaware law

Some provisions of Delaware law, our charter and our bylaws could make certain change of control transactions more difficult, including acquisitions of us by means of a tender offer, a proxy contest or otherwise, as well as removal of our incumbent officers and directors. These provisions may also have the effect of preventing changes in our management. It is possible that these provisions could make it more difficult to accomplish or could deter transactions that stockholders may otherwise consider to be in their best interest or in our best interests, including transactions that might result in a premium over the market price for our shares. Therefore, these provisions could adversely affect the price of our common stock.

These provisions, summarized below, are intended to discourage coercive takeover practices and inadequate takeover bids. These provisions are also designed to encourage persons seeking to acquire control of us to first negotiate with our board of directors. We believe that the benefits of increased protection and our potential ability to negotiate with the proponent of an unsolicited proposal to acquire or restructure us outweigh the disadvantages of discouraging these proposals because, among other things, negotiation of these proposals could result in an improvement of their terms.

Opt out of Section 203 of the DGCL

In our charter, we have elected not to be subject to the provisions of Section 203 of the DGCL regulating corporate takeovers until the date on which the SCF group is no longer the holder of at least 15% of our outstanding common stock. On and after such date, we will be subject to the provisions of Section 203 of the DGCL. In general, those provisions prohibit a Delaware corporation, including those whose securities are listed for trading on the NYSE, from engaging in any business combination with any interested stockholder for a period of three years following the date that the stockholder became an interested stockholder, unless:

 

 

the transaction is approved by the board of directors before the date the interested stockholder attained that status;

 

 

upon consummation of the transaction that resulted in the stockholder becoming an interested stockholder, the interested stockholder owned at least 85% of the voting stock of the corporation outstanding at the time the transaction commenced; or

 

 

on or after the date the interested stockholder attained that status, the business combination is approved by the board of directors and authorized at a meeting of stockholders by at least two-thirds of the outstanding voting stock that is not owned by the interested stockholder.

Our charter and bylaws

Among other things, our charter and bylaws:

 

 

establish advance notice procedures with regard to stockholder proposals relating to the nomination of candidates for election as directors or new business to be brought before meetings of our stockholders. These procedures provide that notice of stockholder proposals must be timely given in writing to our corporate secretary prior to the meeting at which the action is to be taken. Generally, to be timely, notice must be received at our principal executive offices not less than 90 days nor more than 120 days prior to the first anniversary date of the annual meeting for the preceding year’s annual meeting. Our bylaws specify the requirements as to form and content of all stockholders’ notices. These requirements may deter stockholders from bringing matters before the stockholders at an annual or special meeting;

 

 

authorize our board of directors to issue undesignated preferred stock. This ability makes it possible for our board of directors to issue, without stockholder approval, preferred stock with voting or other rights or

 

135


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements
 

preferences that could impede the success of any attempt to change control of us. These and other provisions may have the effect of deferring hostile takeovers or delaying changes in control or management of our company;

 

 

provide that the authorized number of directors may be changed only by resolution of the board of directors;

 

 

provide that all vacancies, including newly created directorships, may, except as otherwise required by law or, if applicable, the rights of holders of a series of preferred stock, be filled by the affirmative vote of a majority of the total number of directors then in office, even if less than a quorum;

 

 

provide that any action required or permitted to be taken by the stockholders must be effected at a duly called annual or special meeting of stockholders and may not be effected by any consent in writing in lieu of a meeting of such stockholders, subject to the rights of the holders of any series of preferred stock with respect to such series;

 

 

provide that special meetings of our stockholders may only be called by a majority of the total number of directors;

 

 

provide that our board of directors be divided into three classes of directors, with each class as nearly equal in number as possible, serving staggered three-year terms, other than directors which may be elected by holders of preferred stock, if any. This system of electing and removing directors may tend to discourage a third party from making a tender offer or otherwise attempting to obtain control of us because it generally makes it more difficult for stockholders to replace a majority of the directors;

 

 

provide that we renounce any interest or expectancy in any business opportunity (existing and future) that involves any aspect of the energy business or industry and that may be from time to time presented to SCF or any director or officer of the corporation who is also an employee, partner, member, manager, officer or director of any SCF entity, and that such persons have no obligation to offer us those investments or opportunities (see “—Renouncement of business opportunities” for more information);

 

 

provide that our charter and bylaws may be amended by the affirmative vote of the holders of at least two-thirds of our then outstanding common stock (except with respect to provisions relating to the renouncement business opportunities, which require approval of at least 80% of the voting power of the outstanding stock entitled to vote thereon); and

 

 

a member of our board of directors may only be removed for cause and only by the affirmative vote of the holders of at least two-thirds of our then outstanding common stock.

Forum selection

Our charter provides that unless we consent in writing to the selection of an alternative forum, the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware will, to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, be the sole and exclusive forum for:

 

 

any derivative action or proceeding brought on our behalf;

 

 

any action asserting a claim of breach of a fiduciary duty owed by any of our directors, officers, employees or agents to us or our stockholders;

 

 

any action asserting a claim against us or any director or officer or other employee of ours arising pursuant to any provision of the DGCL, our charter or our bylaws; or

 

136


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements
 

any action asserting a claim against us or any director or officer or other employee of ours that is governed by the internal affairs doctrine, in each such case subject to such Court of Chancery having personal jurisdiction over the indispensable parties named as defendants therein.

Our charter also provides that any person or entity purchasing or otherwise acquiring any interest in shares of our capital stock will be deemed to have notice of, and to have consented to, this forum selection provision. Although we believe these provisions benefit us by providing increased consistency in the application of Delaware law for the specified types of actions and proceedings, the provisions may have the effect of discouraging lawsuits against our directors, officers, employees and agents. The enforceability of similar exclusive forum provisions in other companies’ certificates of incorporation has been challenged in legal proceedings, and it is possible that, in connection with one or more actions or proceedings described above, a court could rule that this provision in our charter is inapplicable or unenforceable.

Renouncement of business opportunities

SCF has investments in other oilfield service companies that may compete with us, and SCF and its affiliates, other than us, may invest in such other companies in the future. SCF, its other affiliates and its portfolio companies are referred to as the “SCF group.” Our charter provides that, until we have had no directors that are SCF Nominees for a continuous period of one year, we renounce any interest in any business opportunity in which any member of the SCF group participates or desires or seeks to participate in and that involves any aspect of the energy equipment or services business or industry, other than:

 

 

any business opportunity that is brought to the attention of an SCF Nominee solely in such person’s capacity as our director or officer and with respect to which no other member of the SCF group independently receives notice or otherwise identifies such opportunity; or

 

 

any business opportunity that is identified by the SCF group solely through the disclosure of information by or on behalf of us.

In addition, LESA, the ultimate general partner of SCF, has an internal policy that discourages it from investing in two or more portfolio companies with substantially overlapping industry segments and geographic areas. However, LESA’s internal policy does not restrict the management or operation of its other individual portfolio companies from competing with us. Pursuant to LESA’s policy, LESA may allocate any potential opportunities to the existing portfolio company where LESA determines, in its discretion, such opportunities are the most logical strategic and operational fit. Thus, members of the SCF group, which includes any SCF Nominees, may pursue opportunities in the oilfield services industry for their own account or present such opportunities to us or one of SCF’s other portfolio companies. Our charter provides that the SCF group, which includes any SCF Nominees, has no obligation to offer such opportunities to us, even if the failure to provide such opportunity would have a competitive impact on us. We are not prohibited from pursuing any business opportunity with respect to which we have renounced any interest.

Our charter further provides that any amendment to or adoption of any provision inconsistent with the charter’s provisions governing the renouncement of business opportunities must be approved by the holders of at least 80% of the voting power of the outstanding stock of the corporation entitled to vote thereon.

Limitation of liability and indemnification of officers and directors

Our directors will not be personally liable to us or our stockholders for monetary damages for breach of fiduciary duty as a director, except, if required by Delaware law, for liability:

 

 

for any breach of the duty of loyalty to us or our stockholders;

 

137


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements
 

for acts or omissions not in good faith or involving intentional misconduct or a knowing violation of law;

 

for unlawful payment of a dividend or unlawful stock purchases or redemptions; or

 

for any transaction from which the director derived an improper personal benefit.

As a result, neither we nor our stockholders have the right, through stockholders’ derivative suits on our behalf, to recover monetary damages against a director for breach of fiduciary duty as a director, including breaches resulting from grossly negligent behavior, except in the situations described above. We intend to enter into indemnification agreements with each of our current and future directors and officers.

Registration rights

For a description of registration rights relating to our common stock, please read “Certain relationships and related party transactions—Stockholders agreement.”

Transfer agent and registrar

The transfer agent and registrar for the common stock is American Stock Transfer & Trust Company, LLC.

Listing; public market

We have been approved, subject to official notice of issuance, to list our common stock on the NYSE under the symbol “NINE.” There is no established market for our shares of common stock. The development and maintenance of a public market for our common stock, having the desirable characteristics of depth, liquidity and orderliness, depends on the existence of willing buyers and sellers, the presence of which is not within our control or that of any market maker. The number of active buyers and sellers of shares of our common stock at any particular time may be limited, which may have an adverse effect on the price at which shares of our common stock can be sold.

 

138


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

Certain ERISA considerations

The following is a summary of certain considerations associated with the acquisition and holding of shares of common stock by employee benefit plans that are subject to Title I of the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended (“ERISA”), plans, individual retirement accounts and other arrangements that are subject to Section 4975 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”) or employee benefit plans that are governmental plans (as defined in Section 3(32) of ERISA), certain church plans (as defined in Section 3(33) of ERISA), non-U.S. plans (as described in Section 4(b)(4) of ERISA) or other plans that are not subject to the foregoing but may be subject to provisions under any other federal, state, local, non-U.S. or other laws or regulations that are similar to such provisions of ERISA or the Code (collectively, “Similar Laws”), and entities whose underlying assets are considered to include “plan assets” of any such plan, account or arrangement (each, a “Plan”).

This summary is based on the provisions of ERISA and the Code (and related regulations and administrative and judicial interpretations) as of the date of this registration statement. This summary does not purport to be complete, and no assurance can be given that future legislation, court decisions, regulations, rulings or pronouncements will not significantly modify the requirements summarized below. Any of these changes may be retroactive and may thereby apply to transactions entered into prior to the date of their enactment or release. This discussion is general in nature and is not intended to be all inclusive, nor should it be construed as investment or legal advice.

General fiduciary matters

ERISA and the Code impose certain duties on persons who are fiduciaries of a Plan subject to Title I of ERISA or Section 4975 of the Code (an “ERISA Plan”) and prohibit certain transactions involving the assets of an ERISA Plan and its fiduciaries or other interested parties. Under ERISA and the Code, any person who exercises any discretionary authority or control over the administration of an ERISA Plan or the management or disposition of the assets of an ERISA Plan, or who renders investment advice for a fee or other compensation to an ERISA Plan, is generally considered to be a fiduciary of the ERISA Plan.

In considering an investment in shares of common stock with a portion of the assets of any Plan, a fiduciary should consider the Plan’s particular circumstances and all of the facts and circumstances of the investment and determine whether the acquisition and holding of shares of common stock is in accordance with the documents and instruments governing the Plan and the applicable provisions of ERISA, the Code, or any Similar Law relating to the fiduciary’s duties to the Plan, including, without limitation:

 

 

whether the investment is prudent under Section 404(a)(1)(B) of ERISA and any other applicable Similar Laws;

 

 

whether, in making the investment, the ERISA Plan will satisfy the diversification requirements of Section 404(a)(1)(C) of ERISA and any other applicable Similar Laws;

 

 

whether the investment is permitted under the terms of the applicable documents governing the Plan;

 

 

whether the acquisition or holding of the shares of common stock will constitute a “prohibited transaction” under Section 406 of ERISA or Section 4975 of the Code (please see discussion under “—Prohibited transaction issues” below); and

 

 

whether the Plan will be considered to hold, as plan assets, (i) only shares of common stock or (ii) an undivided interest in our underlying assets (please see the discussion under “—Plan asset issues” below).

 

139


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

Prohibited transaction issues

Section 406 of ERISA and Section 4975 of the Code prohibit ERISA Plans from engaging in specified transactions involving plan assets with persons or entities who are “parties in interest,” within the meaning of ERISA, or “disqualified persons,” within the meaning of Section 4975 of the Code, unless an exemption is available. A party in interest or disqualified person who engages in a non-exempt prohibited transaction may be subject to penalties and liabilities under ERISA and the Code. In addition, the fiduciary of the ERISA Plan that engages in such a non-exempt prohibited transaction may be subject to excise taxes, penalties and liabilities under ERISA and the Code. The acquisition and/or holding of shares of common stock by an ERISA Plan with respect to which the issuer, the initial purchaser, or a guarantor is considered a party in interest or a disqualified person may constitute or result in a direct or indirect prohibited transaction under Section 406 of ERISA and/or Section 4975 of the Code, unless the investment is acquired and is held in accordance with an applicable statutory, class or individual prohibited transaction exemption.

Because of the foregoing, shares of common stock should not be acquired or held by any person investing “plan assets” of any Plan, unless such acquisition and holding will not constitute a non-exempt prohibited transaction under ERISA and the Code or a similar violation of any applicable Similar Laws.

Plan asset issues

Additionally, a fiduciary of a Plan should consider whether the Plan will, by investing in us, be deemed to own an undivided interest in our assets, with the result that we would become a fiduciary of the Plan and our operations would be subject to the regulatory restrictions of ERISA, including its prohibited transaction rules, as well as the prohibited transaction rules of the Code and any other applicable Similar Laws.

The Department of Labor (the “DOL”) regulations provide guidance with respect to whether the assets of an entity in which ERISA Plans acquire equity interests would be deemed “plan assets” under some circumstances. Under these regulations, an entity’s assets generally would not be considered to be “plan assets” if, among other things:

 

 

the equity interests acquired by ERISA Plans are “publicly offered securities” (as defined in the DOL regulations)—i.e., the equity interests are part of a class of securities that is widely held by 100 or more investors independent of the issuer and each other, are freely transferable and are either registered under certain provisions of the federal securities laws or sold to the ERISA Plan as part of a public offering under certain conditions;

 

 

the entity is an “operating company” (as defined in the DOL regulations)—i.e., it is primarily engaged in the production or sale of a product or service, other than the investment of capital, either directly or through a majority-owned subsidiary or subsidiaries; or

 

 

there is no significant investment by “benefit plan investors” (as defined in the DOL regulations)—i.e., immediately after the most recent acquisition by an ERISA Plan of any equity interest in the entity, less than 25% of the total value of each class of equity interest (disregarding certain interests held by persons (other than benefit plan investors) with discretionary authority or control over the assets of the entity or who provide investment advice for a fee (direct or indirect) with respect to such assets, and any affiliates thereof) is held by ERISA Plans, IRAs and certain other Plans (but not including governmental plans, foreign plans and certain church plans), and entities whose underlying assets are deemed to include plan assets by reason of a Plan’s investment in the entity.

Due to the complexity of these rules and the excise taxes, penalties and liabilities that may be imposed upon persons involved in non-exempt prohibited transactions, it is particularly important that fiduciaries, or other

 

140


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

persons considering acquiring and/or holding shares of our common stock on behalf of, or with the assets of, any Plan, consult with their counsel regarding the potential applicability of ERISA, Section 4975 of the Code and any Similar Laws to such investment and whether an exemption would be applicable to the acquisition and holding of shares of common stock. Purchasers of shares of common stock have the exclusive responsibility for ensuring that their acquisition and holding of shares of common stock complies with the fiduciary responsibility rules of ERISA and does not violate the prohibited transaction rules of ERISA, the Code or applicable Similar Laws. The sale of shares of common stock to a Plan is in no respect a representation by us or any of our affiliates or representatives that such an investment meets all relevant legal requirements with respect to investments by any such Plan or that such investment is appropriate for any such Plan.

 

141


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

Shares eligible for future sale

Prior to this offering, there has been no public market for our common stock. Future sales of our common stock in the public market, or the availability of such shares for sale in the public market, could adversely affect market prices prevailing from time to time. As described below, only a limited number of shares will be available for sale shortly after this offering due to contractual and legal restrictions on resale. Nevertheless, sales of a substantial number of shares of our common stock in the public market after such restrictions lapse, or the perception that those sales may occur, could adversely affect the prevailing market price at such time and our ability to raise equity-related capital at a time and price we deem appropriate.

Sales of restricted shares

Upon the closing of this offering, we will have outstanding an aggregate of              shares of common stock. Of these shares, all of the              shares of common stock to be sold in this offering will be freely tradable without restriction or further registration under the Securities Act, unless the shares are held by any of our “affiliates” as such term is defined in Rule 144 of the Securities Act. All remaining shares of common stock held by existing stockholders will be deemed “restricted securities” as such term is defined under Rule 144. The restricted securities were, or will be, issued and sold by us in private transactions and are eligible for public sale only if registered under the Securities Act or if they qualify for an exemption from registration under Rule 144 or Rule 701 under the Securities Act, which rules are summarized below.

As a result of the lock-up agreements described below and the lock-up provision contained in our existing stockholders agreement and the provisions of Rule 144 and Rule 701 under the Securities Act, the shares of our common stock (excluding the shares to be sold in this offering) that will be available for sale in the public market are as follows:

 

 

             shares will be eligible for sale upon the expiration of the lock-up agreements, beginning 180 days after the date of this prospectus and when permitted under Rule 144 or Rule 701; and

 

 

             shares will be eligible for sale, upon exercise of vested options, upon the expiration of the lock-up agreements, beginning 180 days after the date of this prospectus.

Lock-up agreements

We, all of our directors and officers and SCF have agreed not to sell any common stock for a period of 180 days from the date of this prospectus, subject to certain exceptions. See “Underwriting (conflicts of interest)” for a description of these lock-up provisions.

Rule 144

In general, under Rule 144 as currently in effect, once we have been a reporting company subject to the reporting requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act for 90 days, a person (or persons whose shares are aggregated) who is not deemed to have been an affiliate of ours at any time during the three months preceding a sale, and who has beneficially owned restricted securities within the meaning of Rule 144 for a least six months (including any period of consecutive ownership of preceding non-affiliated holders) would be entitled to sell those shares, subject only to the availability of current public information about us. A non-affiliated person who has beneficially owned restricted securities within the meaning of Rule 144 for at least one year would be entitled to sell those shares without regard to the provisions of Rule 144.

Once we have been a reporting company subject to the reporting requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act for 90 days, a person (or persons whose shares are aggregated) who is deemed to be an affiliate

 

142


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

of ours and who has beneficially owned restricted securities within the meaning of Rule 144 for at least six months would be entitled to sell within any three-month period a number of shares that does not exceed the greater of one percent of the then outstanding shares of our common stock or the average weekly trading volume of our common stock reported through the NYSE during the four calendar weeks preceding the filing of notice of the sale. Such sales are also subject to certain manner of sale provisions, notice requirements and the availability of current public information about us.

Rule 701

In general, under Rule 701, any of our employees, directors, officers, consultants or advisors who purchases shares from us in connection with a compensatory stock or option plan or other written agreement pursuant to Rule 701 before the effective date of the registration statement for this offering is entitled to sell such shares 90 days after the effective date of this offering in reliance on Rule 144, without having to comply with the holding period requirement of Rule 144 and, in the case of non-affiliates, without having to comply with the public information, volume limitation or notice filing provisions of Rule 144. The SEC has indicated that Rule 701 will apply to typical stock options granted by an issuer before it becomes subject to the reporting requirements of the Exchange Act, along with the shares acquired upon exercise of such options, including exercises after the date of this prospectus.

Stock issuable under employee plans

We intend to file a registration statement on Form S-8 under the Securities Act to register stock issuable under our 2017 Plan. This registration statement is expected to be filed following the effective date of the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part and will be effective upon filing. Accordingly, shares registered under such registration statement will be available for sale in the open market following the effective date, unless such shares are subject to vesting restrictions with us, Rule 144 restrictions applicable to our affiliates or the lock-up restrictions described above.

Registration rights

For a description of registration rights relating to our common stock, please read “Certain relationships and related party transactions—Stockholders agreement.”

 

143


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

Material U.S. federal income tax considerations for non-U.S. holders

The following is a summary of the material U.S. federal income tax considerations related to the purchase, ownership and disposition of our common stock by a non-U.S. holder (as defined below), that holds our common stock as a “capital asset” (generally property held for investment). This summary is based on the provisions of the Code, U.S. Treasury regulations, administrative rulings and judicial decisions, all as in effect on the date hereof, and all of which are subject to change, possibly with retroactive effect. The President has proposed significant changes to U.S. federal tax laws, and Congress is currently considering these and other tax reform proposals. We cannot assure you that a change in law will not significantly alter the tax considerations that we describe in this summary. We have not sought any ruling from the Internal Revenue Service (“IRS”) with respect to the statements made and the conclusions reached in the following summary, and there can be no assurance that the IRS or a court will agree with such statements and conclusions.

This summary does not address all aspects of U.S. federal income taxation that may be relevant to non-U.S. holders in light of their personal circumstances. In addition, this summary does not address the Medicare tax on certain investment income, U.S. federal estate or gift tax laws, any state, local or non-U.S. tax laws or any tax treaties. This summary also does not address tax considerations applicable to investors that may be subject to special treatment under the U.S. federal income tax laws, such as:

 

 

banks, insurance companies or other financial institutions;

 

 

tax-exempt or governmental organizations;

 

 

qualified foreign pension funds (or any entities all of the interests of which are held by a qualified foreign pension fund);

 

 

dealers in securities or foreign currencies;

 

 

traders in securities that use the mark-to-market method of accounting for U.S. federal income tax purposes;

 

 

persons subject to the alternative minimum tax;

 

 

partnerships or other pass-through entities for U.S. federal income tax purposes or holders of interests therein;

 

 

persons deemed to sell our common stock under the constructive sale provisions of the Code;

 

 

persons that acquired our common stock through the exercise of employee stock options or otherwise as compensation or through a tax-qualified retirement plan;

 

 

certain former citizens or long-term residents of the United States; and

 

 

persons that hold our common stock as part of a straddle, appreciated financial position, synthetic security, hedge, conversion transaction or other integrated investment or risk reduction transaction.

PROSPECTIVE INVESTORS ARE ENCOURAGED TO CONSULT THEIR TAX ADVISORS WITH RESPECT TO THE APPLICATION OF THE U.S. FEDERAL INCOME TAX LAWS (INCLUDING ANY POTENTIAL FUTURE CHANGES THERETO) TO THEIR PARTICULAR SITUATION, AS WELL AS ANY TAX CONSEQUENCES OF THE PURCHASE, OWNERSHIP AND DISPOSITION OF OUR COMMON STOCK ARISING UNDER THE U.S. FEDERAL ESTATE OR GIFT TAX LAWS OR UNDER THE LAWS OF ANY STATE, LOCAL, NON-U.S. OR OTHER TAXING JURISDICTION OR UNDER ANY APPLICABLE INCOME TAX TREATY.

Non-U.S. holder defined

For purposes of this discussion, a “non-U.S. holder” is a beneficial owner of our common stock that is not for U.S. federal income tax purposes a partnership or any of the following:

 

 

an individual who is a citizen or resident of the United States;

 

144


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements
 

a corporation (or other entity treated as a corporation for U.S. federal income tax purposes) created or organized in or under the laws of the United States, any state thereof or the District of Columbia;

 

 

an estate the income of which is subject to U.S. federal income tax regardless of its source; or

 

 

a trust (i) the administration of which is subject to the primary supervision of a U.S. court and which has one or more United States persons who have the authority to control all substantial decisions of the trust or (ii) which has made a valid election under applicable U.S. Treasury regulations to be treated as a United States person.

If a partnership (including an entity or arrangement treated as a partnership for U.S. federal income tax purposes) holds our common stock, the tax treatment of a partner in the partnership generally will depend upon the status of the partner, upon the activities of the partnership and upon certain determinations made at the partner level. Accordingly, we urge partners in partnerships (including entities or arrangements treated as partnerships for U.S. federal income tax purposes) considering the purchase of our common stock to consult their tax advisors regarding the U.S. federal income tax considerations of the purchase, ownership and disposition of our common stock by such partnership.

Distributions

Distributions of cash or property on our common stock, if any, will constitute dividends for U.S. federal income tax purposes to the extent paid from our current or accumulated earnings and profits, as determined under U.S. federal income tax principles. To the extent those distributions exceed our current and accumulated earnings and profits, the distributions will be treated as a non-taxable return of capital to the extent of the non-U.S. holder’s tax basis in our common stock and thereafter as capital gain from the sale or exchange of such common stock. See “—Gain on Disposition of Common Stock.” Subject to the withholding requirements under FATCA (as defined below) and with respect to effectively connected dividends, each of which is discussed below, any distribution made to a non-U.S. holder on our common stock generally will be subject to U.S. withholding tax at a rate of 30% of the gross amount of the distribution unless an applicable income tax treaty provides for a lower rate. To receive the benefit of a reduced treaty rate, a non-U.S. holder must provide the applicable withholding agent with an IRS Form W-8BEN or IRS Form W-8BEN-E (or other applicable or successor form) certifying qualification for the reduced rate.

Dividends paid to a non-U.S. holder that are effectively connected with a trade or business conducted by the non-U.S. holder in the United States (and, if required by an applicable income tax treaty, are treated as attributable to a permanent establishment maintained by the non-U.S. holder in the United States) generally will be taxed on a net income basis at the rates and in the manner generally applicable to United States persons (as defined under the Code). Such effectively connected dividends will not be subject to U.S. withholding tax if the non-U.S. holder satisfies certain certification requirements by providing the applicable withholding agent with a properly executed IRS Form W-8ECI certifying eligibility for exemption. If the non-U.S. holder is a corporation for U.S. federal income tax purposes, it may also be subject to a branch profits tax (at a 30% rate or such lower rate as specified by an applicable income tax treaty) on its effectively connected earnings and profits (as adjusted for certain items), which will include effectively connected dividends.

 

145


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

Gain on disposition of common stock

Subject to the discussions below under “—Backup Withholding and Information Reporting” and “—Additional Withholding Requirements under FATCA,” a non-U.S. holder generally will not be subject to U.S. federal income or withholding tax on any gain realized upon the sale or other disposition of our common stock unless:

 

 

the non-U.S. holder is an individual who is present in the United States for a period or periods aggregating 183 days or more during the calendar year in which the sale or disposition occurs and certain other conditions are met;

 

 

the gain is effectively connected with a trade or business conducted by the non-U.S. holder in the United States (and, if required by an applicable income tax treaty, is attributable to a permanent establishment maintained by the non-U.S. holder in the United States); or

 

 

our common stock constitutes a United States real property interest by reason of our status as a United States real property holding corporation (“USRPHC”) for U.S. federal income tax purposes and as a result such gain is treated as effectively connected with a trade or business conducted by the non-U.S. holder in the United States.

A non-U.S. holder described in the first bullet point above will be subject to U.S. federal income tax at a rate of 30% (or such lower rate as specified by an applicable income tax treaty) on the amount of such gain, which generally may be offset by U.S. source capital losses.

A non-U.S. holder whose gain is described in the second bullet point above or, subject to the exceptions described in the next paragraph, the third bullet point above, generally will be taxed on a net income basis at the rates and in the manner generally applicable to United States persons (as defined under the Code) unless an applicable income tax treaty provides otherwise. If the non-U.S. holder is a corporation for U.S. federal income tax purposes whose gain is described in the second bullet point above, then such gain would also be included in its effectively connected earnings and profits (as adjusted for certain items), which may be subject to a branch profits tax (at a 30% rate or such lower rate as specified by an applicable income tax treaty).

Generally, a corporation is a USRPHC if the fair market value of its United States real property interests equals or exceeds 50% of the sum of the fair market value of its worldwide real property interests and its other assets used or held for use in a trade or business. We believe that we currently are not a USRPHC for U.S. federal income tax purposes, and we do not expect to become a USRPHC for the foreseeable future. However, in the event that we become a USRPHC, as long as our common stock is and continues to be “regularly traded on an established securities market,” (within the meaning of the U.S. Treasury Regulations) only a non-U.S. holder that actually or constructively owns, or owned at any time during the shorter of the five-year period ending on the date of the disposition or the non-U.S. holder’s holding period for the common stock, more than 5% of our common stock will be treated as disposing of a U.S. real property interest and will be taxable on gain realized on the disposition of our common stock as a result of our status as a USRPHC. If we were to become a USRPHC and our common stock were not considered to be regularly traded on an established securities market, such holder (regardless of the percentage of stock owned) would be treated as disposing of a U.S. real property interest and would be subject to U.S. federal income tax on a taxable disposition of our common stock (as described in the preceding paragraph), and a 15% withholding tax would apply to the gross proceeds from such disposition.

Non-U.S. holders should consult their tax advisors with respect to the application of the foregoing rules to their ownership and disposition of our common stock.

Backup withholding and information reporting

Any dividends paid to a non-U.S. holder must be reported annually to the IRS and to the non-U.S. holder. Copies of these information returns may be made available to the tax authorities in the country in which the non-U.S. holder resides or is established. Payments of dividends to a non-U.S. holder generally will not be subject to

 

146


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

backup withholding if the non-U.S. holder establishes an exemption by properly certifying its non-U.S. status on an IRS Form W-8BEN or IRS Form W-8BEN-E (or other applicable or successor form).

Payments of the proceeds from a sale or other disposition by a non-U.S. holder of our common stock effected by or through a U.S. office of a broker generally will be subject to information reporting and backup withholding (at the applicable rate) unless the non-U.S. holder establishes an exemption by properly certifying its non-U.S. status on an IRS Form W-8BEN or IRS Form W-8BEN-E (or other applicable or successor form) and certain other conditions are met. Information reporting and backup withholding generally will not apply to any payment of the proceeds from a sale or other disposition of our common stock effected outside the United States by a non-U.S. office of a broker. However, unless such broker has documentary evidence in its records that the non-U.S. holder is not a United States person and certain other conditions are met, or the non-U.S. holder otherwise establishes an exemption, information reporting will apply to a payment of the proceeds of the disposition of our common stock effected outside the United States by such a broker if it has certain relationships within the United States.

Backup withholding is not an additional tax. Rather, the U.S. federal income tax liability (if any) of persons subject to backup withholding will be reduced by the amount of tax withheld. If backup withholding results in an overpayment of taxes, a refund may be obtained, provided that the required information is timely furnished to the IRS.

Additional withholding requirements under FATCA

Sections 1471 through 1474 of the Code, and the U.S. Treasury regulations and administrative guidance issued thereunder (“FATCA”), impose a 30% withholding tax on any dividends paid on our common stock and on the gross proceeds from a disposition of our common stock (if such disposition occurs after December 31, 2018), in each case if paid to a “foreign financial institution” or a “non-financial foreign entity” (each as defined in the Code) (including, in some cases, when such foreign financial institution or non-financial foreign entity is acting as an intermediary), unless (i) in the case of a foreign financial institution, such institution enters into an agreement with the U.S. government to withhold on certain payments, and to collect and provide to the U.S. tax authorities substantial information regarding U.S. account holders of such institution (which includes certain equity and debt holders of such institution, as well as certain account holders that are non-U.S. entities with U.S. owners), (ii) in the case of a non-financial foreign entity, such entity certifies that it does not have any “substantial United States owners” (as defined in the Code) or provides the applicable withholding agent with a certification identifying the direct and indirect substantial United States owners of the entity (in either case, generally on an IRS Form W-8BEN-E), or (iii) the foreign financial institution or non-financial foreign entity otherwise qualifies for an exemption from these rules and provides appropriate documentation (such as an IRS Form W-8BEN-E). Foreign financial institutions located in jurisdictions that have an intergovernmental agreement with the United States governing these rules may be subject to different rules. Under certain circumstances, a holder might be eligible for refunds or credits of such taxes. Non-U.S. holders are encouraged to consult their own tax advisors regarding the effects of FATCA on an investment in our common stock.

INVESTORS CONSIDERING THE PURCHASE OF OUR COMMON STOCK ARE URGED TO CONSULT THEIR OWN TAX ADVISORS REGARDING THE APPLICATION OF THE U.S. FEDERAL INCOME TAX LAWS (INCLUDING ANY POTENTIAL FUTURE CHANGES THERETO) TO THEIR PARTICULAR SITUATIONS AND THE APPLICABILITY AND EFFECT OF U.S. FEDERAL ESTATE AND GIFT TAX LAWS AND ANY STATE, LOCAL OR NON-U.S. TAX LAWS AND TAX TREATIES.

 

147


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

Underwriting (conflicts of interest)

We are offering the shares of common stock described in this prospectus through a number of underwriters. J.P. Morgan Securities LLC, Goldman Sachs & Co. LLC and Wells Fargo Securities, LLC are acting as joint book-running managers of the offering and as representatives of the underwriters. We have entered into an underwriting agreement with the underwriters. Subject to the terms and conditions of the underwriting agreement, we have agreed to sell to the underwriters, and each underwriter has severally agreed to purchase, at the public offering price less the underwriting discounts and commissions set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, the number of shares of common stock listed next to its name in the following table:

 

Name    Number of shares  

J.P. Morgan Securities LLC

  

Goldman Sachs & Co. LLC

  

Wells Fargo Securities, LLC

  

Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith

                        Incorporated

  

Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC

  

Raymond James & Associates, Inc.

  

Piper Jaffray & Co.

  

Tudor, Pickering, Holt & Co. Securities, Inc.

  

HSBC Securities (USA) Inc.

  

Scotia Capital (USA) Inc.

  

UBS Securities LLC

  
  

 

 

 

Total

  

 

 

The underwriters are committed to purchase all the common shares offered by us. The underwriting agreement also provides that if an underwriter defaults, the purchase commitments of non-defaulting underwriters may also be increased or the offering may be terminated.

The underwriters propose to offer the common shares directly to the public at the initial public offering price set forth on the cover page of this prospectus and to certain dealers at that price less a concession not in excess of $        per share. Any such dealers may resell shares to certain other brokers or dealers at a discount of up to $        per share from the initial public offering price. After the initial offering of the shares to the public, the offering price and other selling terms may be changed by the underwriters. Sales of shares made outside of the United States may be made by affiliates of the underwriters. The offering of the common shares by the underwriters is subject to receipt and acceptance and subject to the underwriters’ right to reject any order in whole or in part.

The underwriters have an option to buy up to                  additional shares of common stock from us to cover sales of shares by the underwriters which exceed the number of shares specified in the table above. The underwriters have 30 days from the date of this prospectus to exercise this option to purchase additional shares. If any shares are purchased with this option to purchase additional shares, the underwriters will purchase shares in approximately the same proportion as shown in the table above. If any additional shares of common stock are purchased, the underwriters will offer the additional shares on the same terms as those on which the shares are being offered.

The underwriting fee is equal to the public offering price per share of common stock less the amount paid by the underwriters to us per share of common stock. The underwriting fee is $        per share. The following table

 

148


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

shows the per share and total underwriting discounts and commissions to be paid to the underwriters assuming both no exercise and full exercise of the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares.

 

       Per share      Total  
       Without
over-allotment
exercise
    

With full
over-allotment

exercise

     Without
over-allotment
exercise
    

With full
over-allotment

exercise

 

Underwriting discounts and commissions paid by us

   $                   $                   $                   $               

Expenses payable by us

   $      $      $      $  

 

 

We estimate that the total expenses of this offering, including registration, filing and listing fees, printing fees and legal and accounting expenses, but excluding the underwriting discounts and commissions, will be approximately $         million. We have also agreed to reimburse the underwriters for certain FINRA-related expenses incurred by them in connection with their offering of up to $20,000.

A prospectus in electronic format may be made available on the web sites maintained by one or more underwriters, or selling group members, if any, participating in the offering. The underwriters may agree to allocate a number of shares to underwriters and selling group members for sale to their online brokerage account holders. Internet distributions will be allocated by the representatives to underwriters and selling group members that may make Internet distributions on the same basis as other allocations.

We have agreed that we will not (i) offer, pledge, announce the intention to sell, sell, contract to sell, sell any option or contract to purchase, purchase any option or contract to sell, grant any option, right or warrant to purchase or otherwise dispose of, directly or indirectly, or file with the Securities and Exchange Commission a registration statement under the Securities Act relating to, any shares of our common stock or securities convertible into or exchangeable or exercisable for any shares of our common stock, or publicly disclose the intention to make any offer, sale, pledge, disposition or filing, or (ii) enter into any swap or other arrangement that transfers all or a portion of the economic consequences associated with the ownership of any shares of common stock or any such other securities (regardless of whether any of these transactions are to be settled by the delivery of shares of common stock or such other securities, in cash or otherwise), in each case without the prior written consent of J.P. Morgan Securities LLC, Goldman Sachs & Co. LLC and Wells Fargo Securities, LLC for a period of 180 days after the date of this prospectus; provided that the restrictions described in clause (i) shall not apply to issuances of common stock directly to a seller of a business or assets as part of the purchase price or private placements in connection with acquisitions thereof by us; provided, further, that (x) any such recipient of such shares of common stock will agree to be bound by these restrictions for the remainder of such 180-day period and (y) the aggregate number of shares of common stock that we may offer pursuant to the foregoing proviso shall not exceed 10% of the total number of shares of our common stock issued and outstanding immediately following the completion of the offering contemplated by this prospectus.

Our directors and executive officers and certain of our significant stockholders have entered into lock-up agreements with the underwriters prior to the commencement of this offering pursuant to which each of these persons or entities, with limited exceptions, for a period of 180 days after the date of this prospectus, may not, without the prior written consent of J.P. Morgan Securities LLC, Goldman Sachs & Co. LLC and Wells Fargo Securities, LLC, (1) offer, pledge, announce the intention to sell, sell, contract to sell, sell any option or contract to purchase, purchase any option or contract to sell, grant any option, right or warrant to purchase, or otherwise transfer or dispose of, directly or indirectly, any shares of our common stock or any securities convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for our common stock (including, without limitation, common stock or such other securities which may be deemed to be beneficially owned by such directors, executive officers, managers and members in accordance with the rules and regulations of the SEC and securities which

 

149


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

may be issued upon exercise of a stock option) or (2) enter into any swap or other agreement that transfers, in whole or in part, any of the economic consequences of ownership of the common stock or such other securities, whether any such transaction described in clause (1) or (2) above is to be settled by delivery of common stock or such other securities, in cash or otherwise, or (3) make any demand for or exercise any right with respect to the registration of any shares of our common stock or any security convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for our common stock.

We have agreed to indemnify the underwriters against certain liabilities, including liabilities under the Securities Act of 1933.

We have been approved, subject to official notice of issuance, to list our common stock on the NYSE under the symbol “NINE.”

In connection with this offering, the underwriters may engage in stabilizing transactions, which involves making bids for, purchasing and selling shares of common stock in the open market for the purpose of preventing or retarding a decline in the market price of the common stock while this offering is in progress. These stabilizing transactions may include making short sales of the common stock, which involves the sale by the underwriters of a greater number of shares of common stock than they are required to purchase in this offering, and purchasing shares of common stock on the open market to cover positions created by short sales. Short sales may be “covered” shorts, which are short positions in an amount not greater than the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares referred to above, or may be “naked” shorts, which are short positions in excess of that amount. The underwriters may close out any covered short position either by exercising their option to purchase additional shares, in whole or in part, or by purchasing shares in the open market. In making this determination, the underwriters will consider, among other things, the price of shares available for purchase in the open market compared to the price at which the underwriters may purchase shares through the option to purchase additional shares. A naked short position is more likely to be created if the underwriters are concerned that there may be downward pressure on the price of the common stock in the open market that could adversely affect investors who purchase in this offering. To the extent that the underwriters create a naked short position, they will purchase shares in the open market to cover the position.

The underwriters have advised us that, pursuant to Regulation M of the Securities Act of 1933, they may also engage in other activities that stabilize, maintain or otherwise affect the price of the common stock, including the imposition of penalty bids. This means that if the representatives of the underwriters purchase common stock in the open market in stabilizing transactions or to cover short sales, the representatives can require the underwriters that sold those shares as part of this offering to repay the underwriting discount received by them.

These activities may have the effect of raising or maintaining the market price of the common stock or preventing or retarding a decline in the market price of the common stock, and, as a result, the price of the common stock may be higher than the price that otherwise might exist in the open market. If the underwriters commence these activities, they may discontinue them at any time. The underwriters may carry out these transactions on the NYSE, in the over-the-counter market or otherwise.

Prior to this offering, there has been no public market for our common stock. The initial public offering price will be determined by negotiations between us and the representatives of the underwriters. In determining the initial public offering price, we and the representatives of the underwriters expect to consider a number of factors including:

 

 

the information set forth in this prospectus and otherwise available to the representatives;

 

 

our prospects and the history and prospects for the industry in which we compete;

 

150


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements
 

an assessment of our management;

 

 

our prospects for future earnings;

 

 

the general condition of the securities markets at the time of this offering;

 

 

the recent market prices of, and demand for, publicly traded common stock of generally comparable companies; and

 

 

other factors deemed relevant by the underwriters and us.

Neither we nor the underwriters can assure investors that an active trading market will develop for our common shares, or that the shares will trade in the public market at or above the initial public offering price.

Other than in the United States, no action has been taken by us or the underwriters that would permit a public offering of the securities offered by this prospectus in any jurisdiction where action for that purpose is required. The securities offered by this prospectus may not be offered or sold, directly or indirectly, nor may this prospectus or any other offering material or advertisements in connection with the offer and sale of any such securities be distributed or published in any jurisdiction, except under circumstances that will result in compliance with the applicable rules and regulations of that jurisdiction. Persons into whose possession this prospectus comes are advised to inform themselves about and to observe any restrictions relating to the offering and the distribution of this prospectus. This prospectus does not constitute an offer to sell or a solicitation of an offer to buy any securities offered by this prospectus in any jurisdiction in which such an offer or a solicitation is unlawful.

Directed share program

At our request, the underwriters have reserved for sale at the initial public offering price up to     % of the common stock being offered by this prospectus for sale to our employees, executive officers, directors and director nominees who have expressed an interest in purchasing common stock in this offering. Any (i) executive officer, director or director nominee purchasing shares of common stock as part of the directed share program or (ii) other person who purchases more than $200,000 of shares of common stock as part of such program will be subject to the 180-day lock-up restriction as described above. We do not know if these persons will choose to purchase all or any portion of these reserved shares, but any purchases they do make will reduce the number of shares available to the general public. Any reserved shares of our common stock that are not so purchased will be offered by the underwriters to the general public on the same terms as the other shares of our common stock offered by this prospectus. We have agreed to indemnify the underwriters against certain liabilities and expenses, including liabilities under the Securities Act, in connection with sales of the reserved shares.

Relationships with the underwriters and their affiliates

Certain of the underwriters and their affiliates have provided in the past to us and our affiliates and may provide from time to time in the future certain commercial banking, financial advisory, investment banking and other services for us and such affiliates in the ordinary course of their business, for which they have received and may continue to receive customary fees and commissions. In addition, from time to time, certain of the underwriters and their affiliates may effect transactions for their own account or the account of customers, and hold on behalf of themselves or their customers, long or short positions in our debt or equity securities or loans, and may do so in the future.

 

151


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

Conflicts of interest

An affiliate of Wells Fargo Securities, LLC is a lender under the Existing Nine Credit Facility and the Existing Beckman Credit Facility, and an affiliate of J.P. Morgan Securities LLC is a lender under the Existing Nine Credit Facility, and such affiliates may receive more than 5% of the net proceeds of this offering in connection with the repayment of borrowings under the Existing Nine Credit Facility and the Existing Beckman Credit Facility. Accordingly, this offering is being made in compliance with the requirements of Rule 5121 of the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority, Inc. In accordance with this rule, Goldman Sachs & Co. LLC has assumed the responsibilities of acting as a “qualified independent underwriter.” In its role as a qualified independent underwriter, Goldman Sachs & Co. LLC has participated in due diligence and the preparation of the registration statement. Goldman Sachs & Co. LLC will not receive any additional fees for serving as a qualified independent underwriter in connection with this offering. We have agreed to indemnify Goldman Sachs & Co. LLC against certain liabilities incurred in connection with acting as a “qualified independent underwriter,” including liabilities under the Securities Act. Pursuant to Rule 5121, Wells Fargo Securities, LLC and J.P. Morgan Securities LLC will not confirm sales of the shares to any account over which they exercise discretionary authority without the prior written approval of the customer.

Notice to prospective investors in the European Economic Area

In relation to each Member State of the European Economic Area (each, a “Relevant Member State”), no offer of shares may be made to the public in that Relevant Member State other than:

 

A.   to any legal entity which is a qualified investor as defined in the Prospectus Directive;

 

B.   to fewer than 100 or, if the Relevant Member State has implemented the relevant provision of the 2010 PD Amending Directive, 150, natural or legal persons (other than qualified investors as defined in the Prospectus Directive), as permitted under the Prospectus Directive, subject to obtaining the prior consent of the representatives; or

 

C.   in any other circumstances falling within Article 3(2) of the Prospectus Directive,

provided that no such offer of shares shall require the Company or the representatives to publish a prospectus pursuant to Article 3 of the Prospectus Directive or supplement a prospectus pursuant to Article 16 of the Prospectus Directive.

Each person in a Relevant Member State who initially acquires any shares or to whom any offer is made will be deemed to have represented, acknowledged and agreed that it is a “qualified investor” within the meaning of the law in that Relevant Member State implementing Article 2(1)(e) of the Prospectus Directive. In the case of any shares being offered to a financial intermediary as that term is used in Article 3(2) of the Prospectus Directive, each such financial intermediary will be deemed to have represented, acknowledged and agreed that the shares acquired by it in the offer have not been acquired on a non-discretionary basis on behalf of, nor have they been acquired with a view to their offer or resale to, persons in circumstances which may give rise to an offer of any shares to the public other than their offer or resale in a Relevant Member State to qualified investors as so defined or in circumstances in which the prior consent of the representatives has been obtained to each such proposed offer or resale.

The Company, the representatives and their affiliates will rely upon the truth and accuracy of the foregoing representations, acknowledgements and agreements.

This prospectus has been prepared on the basis that any offer of shares in any Relevant Member State will be made pursuant to an exemption under the Prospectus Directive from the requirement to publish a prospectus

 

152


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

for offers of shares. Accordingly any person making or intending to make an offer in that Relevant Member State of shares which are the subject of the offering contemplated in this prospectus may only do so in circumstances in which no obligation arises for the Company or any of the underwriters to publish a prospectus pursuant to Article 3 of the Prospectus Directive in relation to such offer. Neither the Company nor the underwriters have authorized, nor do they authorize, the making of any offer of shares in circumstances in which an obligation arises for the Company or the underwriters to publish a prospectus for such offer.

For the purpose of the above provisions, the expression “an offer to the public” in relation to any shares in any Relevant Member State means the communication in any form and by any means of sufficient information on the terms of the offer and the shares to be offered so as to enable an investor to decide to purchase or subscribe the shares, as the same may be varied in the Relevant Member State by any measure implementing the Prospectus Directive in the Relevant Member State and the expression “Prospectus Directive” means Directive 2003/71/EC (including the 2010 PD Amending Directive, to the extent implemented in the Relevant Member States) and includes any relevant implementing measure in the Relevant Member State and the expression “2010 PD Amending Directive” means Directive 2010/73/EU.

Notice to prospective investors in the United Kingdom

In addition, in the United Kingdom, this document is being distributed only to, and is directed only at, and any offer subsequently made may only be directed at persons who are “qualified investors” (as defined in the Prospectus Directive) (i) who have professional experience in matters relating to investments falling within Article 19 (5) of the Financial Services and Markets Act 2000 (Financial Promotion) Order 2005, as amended (the “Order”) and/or (ii) who are high net worth companies (or persons to whom it may otherwise be lawfully communicated) falling within Article 49(2)(a) to (d) of the Order (all such persons together being referred to as “relevant persons”).

Any person in the United Kingdom that is not a relevant person should not act or rely on the information included in this document or use it as basis for taking any action. In the United Kingdom, any investment or investment activity that this document relates to may be made or taken exclusively by relevant persons. Any person in the United Kingdom that is not a relevant person should not act or rely on this document or any of its contents.

Notice to prospective investors in Canada

The shares may be sold only to purchasers purchasing, or deemed to be purchasing, as principal that are accredited investors, as defined in National Instrument 45-106 Prospectus Exemptions or subsection 73.3(1) of the Securities Act (Ontario), and are permitted clients, as defined in National Instrument 31-103 Registration Requirements, Exemptions and Ongoing Registrant Obligations. Any resale of the shares must be made in accordance with an exemption from, or in a transaction not subject to, the prospectus requirements of applicable securities laws.

Securities legislation in certain provinces or territories of Canada may provide a purchaser with remedies for rescission or damages if this prospectus (including any amendment thereto) contains a misrepresentation, provided that the remedies for rescission or damages are exercised by the purchaser within the time limit prescribed by the securities legislation of the purchaser’s province or territory. The purchaser should refer to any applicable provisions of the securities legislation of the purchaser’s province or territory for particulars of these rights or consult with a legal advisor.

Pursuant to section 3A.3 of National Instrument 33-105 Underwriting Conflicts (NI 33-105), the underwriters are not required to comply with the disclosure requirements of NI 33-105 regarding underwriter conflicts of interest in connection with this offering.

 

153


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

Notice to prospective investors in Switzerland

The shares may not be publicly offered in Switzerland and will not be listed on the SIX Swiss Exchange (“SIX”) or on any other stock exchange or regulated trading facility in Switzerland. This document does not constitute a prospectus within the meaning of, and has been prepared without regard to the disclosure standards for issuance prospectuses under art. 652a or art. 1156 of the Swiss Code of Obligations or the disclosure standards for listing prospectuses under art. 27 ff. of the SIX Listing Rules or the listing rules of any other stock exchange or regulated trading facility in Switzerland. Neither this document nor any other offering or marketing material relating to the shares or the offering may be publicly distributed or otherwise made publicly available in Switzerland.

Neither this document nor any other offering or marketing material relating to the offering, the Company, the shares have been or will be filed with or approved by any Swiss regulatory authority. In particular, this document will not be filed with, and the offer of shares will not be supervised by, the Swiss Financial Market Supervisory Authority FINMA (FINMA), and the offer of shares has not been and will not be authorized under the Swiss Federal Act on Collective Investment Schemes (“CISA”). The investor protection afforded to acquirers of interests in collective investment schemes under the CISA does not extend to acquirers of shares.

Notice to prospective investors in the Dubai International Financial Centre (“DIFC”)

This document relates to an Exempt Offer in accordance with the Markets Rules 2012 of the Dubai Financial Services Authority (“DFSA”). This document is intended for distribution only to persons of a type specified in the Markets Rules 2012 of the DFSA. It must not be delivered to, or relied on by, any other person. The DFSA has no responsibility for reviewing or verifying any documents in connection with Exempt Offers. The DFSA has not approved this prospectus supplement nor taken steps to verify the information set forth herein and has no responsibility for this document. The securities to which this document relates may be illiquid and/or subject to restrictions on their resale. Prospective purchasers of the securities offered should conduct their own due diligence on the securities. If you do not understand the contents of this document you should consult an authorized financial advisor.

In relation to its use in the DIFC, this document is strictly private and confidential and is being distributed to a limited number of investors and must not be provided to any person other than the original recipient, and may not be reproduced or used for any other purpose. The interests in the securities may not be offered or sold directly or indirectly to the public in the DIFC.

Notice to prospective investors in the United Arab Emirates

The shares have not been, and are not being, publicly offered, sold, promoted or advertised in the United Arab Emirates (including the Dubai International Financial Centre) other than in compliance with the laws of the United Arab Emirates (and the Dubai International Financial Centre) governing the issue, offering and sale of securities. Further, this prospectus does not constitute a public offer of securities in the United Arab Emirates (including the Dubai International Financial Centre) and is not intended to be a public offer. This prospectus has not been approved by or filed with the Central Bank of the United Arab Emirates, the Securities and Commodities Authority or the Dubai Financial Services Authority.

Notice to prospective investors in Australia

This prospectus:

 

 

does not constitute a product disclosure document or a prospectus under Chapter 6D.2 of the Corporations Act 2001 (Cth) (the “Corporations Act”);

 

154


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements
 

has not been, and will not be, lodged with the Australian Securities and Investments Commission (“ASIC”), as a disclosure document for the purposes of the Corporations Act and does not purport to include the information required of a disclosure document under Chapter 6D.2 of the Corporations Act;

 

 

does not constitute or involve a recommendation to acquire, an offer or invitation for issue or sale, an offer or invitation to arrange the issue or sale, or an issue or sale, of interests to a “retail client” (as defined in section 761G of the Corporations Act and applicable regulations) in Australia; and

 

 

may only be provided in Australia to select investors who are able to demonstrate that they fall within one or more of the categories of investors, or Exempt Investors, available under section 708 of the Corporations Act.

The shares may not be directly or indirectly offered for subscription or purchased or sold, and no invitations to subscribe for or buy the shares may be issued, and no draft or definitive offering memorandum, advertisement or other offering material relating to any shares may be distributed in Australia, except where disclosure to investors is not required under Chapter 6D of the Corporations Act or is otherwise in compliance with all applicable Australian laws and regulations. By submitting an application for the shares, you represent and warrant to us that you are an Exempt Investor.

As any offer of shares under this document will be made without disclosure in Australia under Chapter 6D.2 of the Corporations Act, the offer of those securities for resale in Australia within 12 months may, under section 707 of the Corporations Act, require disclosure to investors under Chapter 6D.2 if none of the exemptions in section 708 applies to that resale. By applying for the shares you undertake to us that you will not, for a period of 12 months from the date of issue of the shares, offer, transfer, assign or otherwise alienate those securities to investors in Australia except in circumstances where disclosure to investors is not required under Chapter 6D.2 of the Corporations Act or where a compliant disclosure document is prepared and lodged with ASIC.

Notice to prospective investors in Japan

The shares have not been and will not be registered pursuant to Article 4, Paragraph 1 of the Financial Instruments and Exchange Act. Accordingly, none of the shares nor any interest therein may be offered or sold, directly or indirectly, in Japan or to, or for the benefit of, any “resident” of Japan (which term as used herein means any person resident in Japan, including any corporation or other entity organized under the laws of Japan), or to others for re-offering or resale, directly or indirectly, in Japan or to or for the benefit of a resident of Japan, except pursuant to an exemption from the registration requirements of, and otherwise in compliance with, the Financial Instruments and Exchange Act and any other applicable laws, regulations and ministerial guidelines of Japan in effect at the relevant time.

Notice to prospective investors in Hong Kong

The shares have not been offered or sold and will not be offered or sold in Hong Kong, by means of any document, other than (a) to “professional investors” as defined in the Securities and Futures Ordinance (Cap. 571) of Hong Kong and any rules made under that Ordinance; or (b) in other circumstances which do not result in the document being a “prospectus” as defined in the Companies (Winding Up and Miscellaneous Provisions) Ordinance (Cap. 32) of Hong Kong or which do not constitute an offer to the public within the meaning of that Ordinance. No advertisement, invitation or document relating to the shares has been or may be issued or has been or may be in the possession of any person for the purposes of issue, whether in Hong Kong or elsewhere, which is directed at, or the contents of which are likely to be accessed or read by, the public of Hong Kong (except if permitted to do so under the securities laws of Hong Kong) other than with respect to shares which are or are intended to be disposed of only to persons outside Hong Kong or only to “professional investors” as defined in the Securities and Futures Ordinance and any rules made under that Ordinance.

 

155


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

Notice to prospective investors in Singapore

This prospectus has not been registered as a prospectus with the Monetary Authority of Singapore. Accordingly, this prospectus and any other document or material in connection with the offer or sale, or invitation for subscription or purchase, of shares may not be circulated or distributed, nor may the shares be offered or sold, or be made the subject of an invitation for subscription or purchase, whether directly or indirectly, to persons in Singapore other than (i) to an institutional investor under Section 274 of the Securities and Futures Act, Chapter 289 of Singapore (the “SFA”), (ii) to a relevant person pursuant to Section 275(1), or any person pursuant to Section 275(1A), and in accordance with the conditions specified in Section 275 of the SFA, or (iii) otherwise pursuant to, and in accordance with the conditions of, any other applicable provision of the SFA.

Where the shares are subscribed or purchased under Section 275 of the SFA by a relevant person which is: (1) a corporation (which is not an accredited investor (as defined in Section 4A of the SFA)) the sole business of which is to hold investments and the entire share capital of which is owned by one or more individuals, each of whom is an accredited investor; or (2) a trust (where the trustee is not an accredited investor) whose sole purpose is to hold investments and each beneficiary of the trust is an individual who is an accredited investor, securities (as defined in Section 239(1) of the SFA) of that corporation or the beneficiaries’ rights and interest (howsoever described) in that trust shall not be transferred within six months after that corporation or that trust has acquired the shares pursuant to an offer made under Section 275 of the SFA except: (1) to an institutional investor or to a relevant person defined in Section 275(2) of the SFA, or to any person arising from an offer referred to in Section 275(1A) or Section 276(4)(i)(B) of the SFA; (2) where no consideration is or will be given for the transfer; (3) where the transfer is by operation of law; (4) as specified in Section 276(7) of the SFA; or (5) as specified in Regulation 32 of the Securities and Futures (Offers of Investments) (Shares and Debentures) Regulations 2005 of Singapore.

 

156


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

Legal matters

The validity of our common stock offered by this prospectus will be passed upon for Nine Energy Service, Inc., by Vinson & Elkins L.L.P., Houston, Texas. The validity of the common stock offered hereby will be passed upon for the underwriters by Kirkland & Ellis LLP, Houston, Texas.

Experts

The audited financial statements of Nine Energy Service, Inc. included in this prospectus, except as they relate to Beckman Production Services Inc. as of December 31, 2015 and for the year then ended, have been audited by PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP, an independent registered public accounting firm. Such financial statements, except as they relate to Beckman Production Services Inc, as of December 31, 2015 and for the year then ended, have been so included in reliance on the report (which contains an explanatory paragraph relating to the Company’s ability to continue as a going concern as described in Note 7 to the financial statements) of such independent registered public accounting firm given on the authority of said firm as experts in auditing and accounting.

The financial statements of Beckman Production Services Inc. as of December 31, 2015 and for the year then ended, not separately presented in this Prospectus, have been audited by BDO USA LLP, an independent registered public accounting firm, whose report thereon appears herein, given on the authority of said firm as experts in auditing and accounting.

 

157


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

Where you can find more information

We have filed with the SEC a registration statement on Form S-1 (including the exhibits, schedules and amendments thereto) under the Securities Act, with respect to the shares of our common stock offered hereby. This prospectus does not contain all of the information set forth in the registration statement and the exhibits and schedules thereto. For further information with respect to us and the common stock offered hereby, we refer you to the registration statement and the exhibits and schedules filed therewith. Statements contained in this prospectus as to the contents of any contract, agreement or any other document are summaries of the material terms of this contract, agreement or other document. With respect to each of these contracts, agreements or other documents filed as an exhibit to the registration statement, reference is made to the exhibits for a more complete description of the matter involved. A copy of the registration statement, and the exhibits and schedules thereto, may be inspected without charge at the public reference facilities maintained by the SEC at 100 F Street NE, Washington, D.C. 20549. Copies of these materials may be obtained, upon payment of a duplicating fee, from the Public Reference Section of the SEC at 100 F Street NE, Washington, D.C. 20549. Please call the SEC at 1-800-SEC-0330 for further information on the operation of the public reference facility. The SEC maintains a website that contains reports, proxy and information statements and other information regarding registrants that file electronically with the SEC. The address of the SEC’s website is http://www.sec.gov.

After we have completed this offering, we will file annual, quarterly and current reports, proxy statements and other information with the SEC. We maintain a website at http://www.nineenergyservice.com. and we expect to make our periodic reports and other information filed with or furnished to the SEC available, free of charge, through our website, as soon as reasonably practicable after those reports and other information are electronically filed with or furnished to the SEC. Information on our website or any other website is not incorporated by reference into this prospectus and does not constitute a part of this prospectus. We will provide electronic or paper copies of our filings free of charge upon request.

 

158


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

Nine Energy Service, Inc.

Index to condensed consolidated financial statements

Nine months ended September 30, 2017

 

Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements

  

Balance Sheets

     F-2  

Statements of Comprehensive Income

     F-3  

Statements of Stockholders’ Equity

     F-4  

Statements of Cash Flows

     F-5  

Notes to Financial Statements

     F-7  

Nine Energy Service, Inc. and subsidiaries

Index to combined financial statements

December 31, 2016 and 2015

 

     Page(s)  

Reports of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firms

     F-25  

Combined financial statements

  

Balance sheets

     F-27  

Statements of comprehensive income

     F-28  

Statements of stockholders’ equity

     F-29  

Statements of cash flows

     F-30  

Notes to financial statements

     F-31  

 

F-1


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

Nine Energy Service, Inc.

Condensed consolidated balance sheets

September 30, 2017 and December 31, 2016

 

(in thousands of dollars, except shares and share data)   

September 30,

2017

   

December 31,

2016

 
     (unaudited)        

Assets

    

Current assets

    

Cash and cash equivalents

   $ 30,171     $ 4,074  

Accounts receivable, net

     94,540       47,366  

Inventories

     20,937       15,169  

Income taxes receivable

     42       14,620  

Prepaid expenses and other

     9,718       9,485  
  

 

 

 

Total current assets

     155,408       90,714  

Property and equipment, net

     264,300       273,210  

Goodwill

     125,286       125,286  

Intangible assets, net

     69,545       76,144  

Other long-term assets

     3,392       364  

Notes receivable from shareholders

     10,451       10,376  
  

 

 

 

Total assets

   $ 628,382     $ 576,094  
  

 

 

 

Liabilities and Stockholders’ Equity

    

Current liabilities

    

Long term debt, current portion

   $ 239,710     $ 17,975  

Accounts payable

     37,753       18,823  

Accrued expenses

     19,873       12,417  

Notes payable—insurance premium financing

           272  
  

 

 

 

Total current liabilities

     297,336       49,487  

Long-term liabilities

    

Long-term debt

           226,287  

Deferred taxes

     13,250       10,637  

Other long-term liabilities

     1,809       1,497  
  

 

 

 

Total liabilities

     312,395       287,908  
  

 

 

 

Commitments and contingencies (Note 4)

    

Stockholders’ equity

    

Common stock (6,000,000 shares authorized at $.01 par value; 1,965,543 and 1,668,036 shares issued and outstanding at September 30, 2017 and December 31, 2016, respectively)

     19       16  

Additional paid-in capital

     383,916       318,055  

Accumulated other comprehensive loss

     (3,678     (3,486

Accumulated deficit

     (64,270     (26,399
  

 

 

 

Total stockholders’ equity

     315,987       288,186  
  

 

 

 

Total liabilities and stockholders’ equity

   $ 628,382     $ 576,094  

 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these condensed consolidated financial statements.

 

F-2


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

Nine Energy Service, Inc.

Condensed consolidated statements of comprehensive income (unaudited)

Nine months ended September 30, 2017 and 2016

 

       Nine months ended September 30,  
(in thousands of dollars, except shares and share data)                    2017                     2016  

Revenues

   $ 389,380     $ 202,368  

Cost and expenses

    

Cost of revenues (exclusive of depreciation and amortization shown separately below)

     322,901       178,676  

General and administrative expenses

     37,628       26,194  

Depreciation

     40,326       41,779  

Amortization of intangibles

     6,601       6,794  

Loss on equity method investment

     255        

Loss on sale of property and equipment

     4,793       2,420  
  

 

 

 

Loss from operations

     (23,124     (53,495
  

 

 

 

Other expense

    

Interest expense

     11,780       10,681  
  

 

 

 

Total other expense

     11,780       10,681  
  

 

 

 

Loss before income taxes

     (34,904     (64,176

Provision (benefit) for income taxes

     2,967       (19,017
  

 

 

 

Net loss

     (37,871     (45,159
  

 

 

 

Loss per share—basic and diluted

   $ (20.97   $ (27.35

Weighted average shares outstanding

     1,805,816       1,651,240  

Other comprehensive income (expense)

    

Foreign currency translation adjustments

     (192     203  
  

 

 

 

Total other comprehensive income (loss)

     (192     203  
  

 

 

 

Total comprehensive loss

   $ (38,063   $ (44,956

 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these condensed consolidated financial statements.

 

F-3


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

Nine Energy Service, Inc.

Condensed consolidated statements of stockholders’ equity (unaudited)

Nine Months Ended September 30, 2017

 

      Common stock     Warrants    

Additional

paid-in

capital

   

Accumulated

other

comprehensive

loss

   

Accumulated

deficit

   

Total

stockholders’

equity

 
(in thousands of dollars)   Shares     Amounts     Units     Amounts          

Stockholders’ equity as of December 31, 2016

    1,668,036     $ 16           $     $ 318,055     $ (3,486   $ (26,399   $ 288,186  

Issuance of common stock

    307,237       3                   61,919                   61,922  

Distribution to non-accredited investors

    (9,730                       (2,438                 (2,438

Issuance of common stock warrants

                79,889       2,687       (2,687                  

Exercise and cancellation of common stock warrants

            (79,889     (2,687     2,687                    

Stock-based compensation expense

                            6,380                   6,380  

Other comprehensive loss

                                  (192           (192

Net loss

                                        (37,871     (37,871
 

 

 

 

Stockholders’ equity as of September 30, 2017

    1,965,543    

$

19

          $     $ 383,916     $ (3,678   $ (64,270   $ 315,987  

 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these condensed consolidated financial statements.

 

F-4


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

Nine Energy Service, Inc.

Condensed consolidated statements of cash flows (unaudited)

Nine months ended September 30, 2017 and 2016

 

       Nine months ended September 30,  
(in thousands of dollars)                2017                 2016  

Cash flows from operating activities

    

Net loss

   $ (37,871   $ (45,159

Adjustments to reconcile net loss to net cash (used in) provided by operating activities

    

Depreciation

     40,326       41,779  

Amortization of intangibles

     6,601       6,794  

Amortization of deferred financing costs

     1,212       1,987  

Provision for doubtful receivables

     (7     (62

Deferred tax expense (benefit)

     2,624       (7,356

Provision for inventory obsolescence

     1,023       287  

Stock-based and deferred compensation expense

     6,380       4,314  

Loss on sales of assets

     4,793       2,420  

Loss on revaluation of contingent consideration

     421        

Loss on equity method investment

     255        

Changes in operating assets and liabilities

    

Accounts receivable

     (46,940     4,848  

Inventories

     (6,560     (451

Prepaid expenses and other current assets

     (289     294  

Accounts payable and accrued expenses

     19,051       (4,283

Income taxes receivable/payable

     14,577       (4,035

Other assets and liabilities

     (1,821     (177
  

 

 

 

Net cash provided by in operating activities

     3,775       1,200  
  

 

 

 

Cash flows from investing activities

    

Proceeds from sales of assets

     1,078       2,354  

Proceeds from property and equipment casualty losses

     97       210  

Proceeds from notes receivable payments

           1,849  

Purchases of property and equipment

     (29,991     (7,136

Equity method investment in DIT

     (1,000      
  

 

 

 

Net cash used in investing activities

     (29,816     (2,723

 

 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these condensed consolidated financial statements.

 

F-5


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

Nine Energy Service, Inc.

Condensed consolidated statements of cash flows (unaudited)

Nine months ended September 30, 2017 and 2016

 

       Nine months ended September 30,  
(in thousands of dollars)                2017                 2016  

Cash flows from financing activities

    

Borrowings on revolving credit facilities

     53,500       51,740  

Payments on revolving credit facilities

     (37,500     (46,556

Payments on term loans

     (21,725     (15,490

Proceeds on notes payable—insurance premium financing

           1,127  

Payments on notes payable—insurance premium financing

     (272     (428

Proceeds from issuance of common stock

     61,374        

Distribution to shareholders

     (2,438      

Deferred financing costs

     (716     (1,245
  

 

 

 

Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities

     52,223       (10,852
  

 

 

 

Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents

     26,182       (12,375

Impact of foreign currency exchange on cash

     (85     40  

Cash and cash equivalents

    

Beginning of period

     4,074       18,877  
  

 

 

 

End of period

   $ 30,171     $ 6,542  

 

 

 

 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these condensed consolidated financial statements.

 

F-6


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

Nine Energy Service, Inc.

Notes to condensed consolidated financial statements (unaudited)

September 30, 2017 and 2016

1. Description of business and organization

Nine Energy Service, Inc. (the “Company” or “Nine”), a Delaware corporation, is an oilfield services business that provides services integral to the completion of unconventional wells through a full range of tools and methodologies, and provides a range of production enhancement and well workover services. The Company is headquartered in Houston, Texas.

On February 28, 2017, pursuant to the terms and conditions of a combination agreement dated February 3, 2017 (“Combination”) the Company merged with Beckman Production Services, Inc. (“Beckman”), and all of the issued and outstanding shares of Beckman common stock were converted into shares of common stock of Nine Energy Service, Inc. Beckman shares were converted at a ratio of .567 Nine shares per Beckman share. Prior to the Combination, SCF-VII, L.P. had controlled a majority of the voting interests of Nine and Beckman since February 28, 2011 and July 31, 2012, respectively. The merger of the entities into the combined Company was accounted for using reorganization accounting (i.e., “as if” pooling of interest) for entities under common control.

As of September 30, 2017, the Company has $119,790,000 of debt that is scheduled to mature on May 31, 2018 and $121,050,000 of debt that is scheduled to mature on June 30, 2018. The accompanying condensed consolidated financial statements have been prepared on a basis which assumes that the Company will continue as a going concern and which contemplates the realization of assets and satisfaction of liabilities and commitments in the normal course of business. The Company performed an evaluation of its ability to continue as a going concern within one year after the date that the condensed consolidated financial statements are issued, as described more fully in Note 3.

In the opinion of management, all adjustments necessary for the fair statement of the Company’s financial position, results of operations and cash flows have been included.

These interim financial statements are unaudited and have been prepared pursuant to the rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “SEC”) regarding interim financial reporting. Accordingly, they do not include all of the information and notes required by accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America (“U.S. GAAP”). The December 31, 2016 balance sheet data was derived from audited financial statements, but does not include all disclosures required by U.S. GAAP.

Our financial results for the nine months ended September 30, 2017 are not necessarily indicative of the results that may be expected for the full year.

2. Significant accounting policies

Basis of presentation

The accompanying condensed consolidated financial statements are prepared in accordance with U.S. GAAP.

Principles of consolidation

The condensed consolidated financial statements for the nine months ended September 30, 2017 and September 30, 2016, and as of September 30, 2017 and December 31, 2016, include the accounts of Nine Energy

 

F-7


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

Nine Energy Service, Inc.

Notes to condensed consolidated financial statements (unaudited)

September 30, 2017 and 2016—Continued

 

Service, Inc. and Beckman Production Services, Inc. and their wholly owned subsidiaries since the date of their respective acquisition (Note 1). The Company’s historical financial information was recast to combine the condensed consolidated financial statements of the Company with those of Beckman as if the combination had been in effect since inception of common control. All inter-company balances and transactions have been eliminated in consolidation.

Use of estimates

The preparation of financial statements in conformity with U.S. GAAP requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the condensed consolidated financial statements and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting period. Actual results could differ from those estimates. These estimates are based on management’s best knowledge of current events and actions that the Company may undertake in the future. Such estimates include, but are not limited to, fair value assumptions used in purchase accounting and in analyzing goodwill, other intangibles and long-lived assets for possible impairment, useful lives used in depreciation and amortization expense, stock based compensation fair value, estimated realizable value on excess and obsolete inventories, deferred taxes and income tax contingencies and losses on accounts receivable. It is at least reasonably possible that the estimates used will change within the next year.

Revenue recognition

The Company recognizes revenue for equipment, products and services based upon purchase orders, contracts or other persuasive evidence of an arrangement with the customer that include fixed or determinable prices and that do not include right of return or other similar provisions or other post-delivery obligations. Revenue is recognized for products upon delivery, customer acceptance and when collectability is reasonably assured. Revenue is recognized for services when they are rendered and collectability is reasonably assured.

Completion Solutions— Completion Solutions consists primarily of cementing, wireline and coiled tubing services. Revenue is recognized when services are performed and accepted by the customer; there is persuasive evidence of an arrangement with the customer that includes fixed or determinable prices; and when collectability is reasonably assured. Product sales are less than 3% of total Company revenue.

Production Solutions —Production Solutions consists of rig-based well maintenance and workover services. Revenue is recognized when services are performed and accepted by the customer; there is persuasive evidence of an arrangement with the customer that includes fixed or determinable prices; and when collectability is reasonably assured.

Accounts receivable

The Company extends credit to customers in the normal course of business. Accounts receivable are carried at their estimated collectible amount. Trade credit is generally extended on a short-term basis; thus receivables do not bear interest, although a finance charge may be applied to amounts past due. The Company maintains an allowance for doubtful accounts for estimated losses that may result from the inability of its customers to make required payments. Such allowances are based upon several factors including, but not limited to, credit

 

F-8


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

Nine Energy Service, Inc.

Notes to condensed consolidated financial statements (unaudited)

September 30, 2017 and 2016—Continued

 

approval practices, industry and customer historical experience as well as the current and projected financial condition of the specific customer. Accounts receivable outstanding longer than contractual terms are considered past due. The Company writes off accounts receivable to the allowance for doubtful accounts when they become uncollectible. Any payments subsequently received on receivables previously written off are credited to bad debt expense.

Bad debt expense (net recovery of accounts receivable previously written off) was ($7,000) and ($62,000) for the nine months ended September 30, 2017 and 2016, respectively, and the allowance for doubtful accounts was $441,000 and $627,000 at September 30, 2017 and 2016, respectively.

Inventories

Inventories are stated at the lower of cost or market, cost being determined on an average cost basis. Inventory on hand at September 30, 2017 and December 31, 2016 consisted of the following:

 

(in thousands of dollars)    September 30,
2017
     December 31,
2016
 

Raw Materials

   $ 828      $ 605  

Finished Goods

     20,109        14,564  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 20,937      $ 15,169  

 

  

 

 

    

 

 

 

The Company reviews its inventory balances and writes down its inventory for estimated obsolescence or excess inventory equal to the difference between the cost of inventory and the estimated market value based upon assumptions about future demand and market conditions. The reserves for obsolescence were $3,219,000 and $3,311,000 at September 30, 2017 and December 31, 2016, respectively.

Equity method investment

The Company accounts for investments, which it does not control but has the ability to significantly influence, using the equity method of accounting. Under this method, the investment is carried originally at cost, increased by any allocated share of the investee’s net income and contributions made, and decreased by any allocated share of the investee’s net losses and distributions received. The investee’s allocated share of income and losses is based on the rights and priorities outlined in the equity investment agreement.

On March 13, 2017, the Company entered into an agreement to acquire shares of the Series B Preferred Stock of Deep Imaging Technologies (“DIT”) for $1,000,000. DIT provides an advanced electromagnetic fracture monitoring service which will allow our customers to make on-site decisions regarding efficiencies. The Company’s investment in DIT is accounted for as an equity method investment, as the Company has a non-controlling interest in DIT but has the ability to exercise significant influence.

From the date of the investment through September 30, 2017, the Company’s share of DIT’s net loss was $255,000, and is reported as “loss on equity method investment” in the Condensed Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income and as a reduction of the investment in DIT, which is reported within “other long-term assets” in the Condensed Consolidated Balance Sheets.

 

F-9


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

Nine Energy Service, Inc.

Notes to condensed consolidated financial statements (unaudited)

September 30, 2017 and 2016—Continued

 

Stockholders’ equity

In connection with the Combination, Nine and Beckman completed the following offerings:

 

 

$5 million of shares of our common stock to pre-Combination holders of our common stock (the “Nine Subscription Offer”), the proceeds of which were retained by the Company to ensure compliance with financial covenants under the Existing Nine Credit Facility;

 

 

$15 million of shares of common stock of Beckman to the holders of Beckman common stock (the “Beckman Subscription Offer”), the proceeds of which were used to pay outstanding indebtedness under the Existing Beckman Credit Facility; and

 

 

$20 million of shares of Nine common stock to pre-Combination holders of Nine common stock and holders of Beckman common stock, the proceeds of which were used to (i) to finance the purchase of non-accredited investors’ shares in the Combination and pay fees and expenses related to the Combination and (ii) for general corporate purposes, including ensuring compliance with Nine’s financial covenants under the Existing Nine Credit Facility (the “Combined Nine Subscription Offer” and, together with the Nine Subscription Offer and the Beckman Subscription Offer and related warrant issuances described below, the “Subscription Offers”).

In connection with the Nine Subscription Offer and Combined Nine Subscription Offer, the Company issued warrants to purchase additional shares of our common stock, on the basis of one warrant share for every two shares purchased in the Nine Subscription Offer and Combined Nine Subscription Offer, to stockholders who purchased Nine shares. Prior to the Combination, and in connection with the Beckman Subscription Offer, Beckman issued warrants to purchase additional shares of its common stock, on the basis of one warrant share for every two shares purchased in the Beckman Subscription Offer, to those stockholders who purchased shares of its common stock. Beckman shares of common stock issued in the Beckman Subscription Offer and warrants purchased in the Beckman Subscription Offer converted into shares and warrants of Nine common stock based on the exchange ratio used with respect to the Combination. The Company collectively issued 79,889 warrants to purchase additional shares of Nine common stock in connection with the Nine Subscription Offer and Combined Nine Subscription Offer and subsequent conversion of Beckman shares and warrants issued in connection with the Beckman Subscription Offer.

The warrants described above had a 3-year term and could be exercised, in whole or in part, either for cash or on a cashless basis. The warrants were exercisable upon their issuance and were to remain exercisable until the consummation of the contemplated Initial Public Offering (“IPO”). The initial exercise price of the warrants was $250.27 per share. Prior to the consummation of the contemplated IPO, the warrants could be exercised by the payment of cash for the applicable exercise price. However, upon consummation, all warrants that remained unexercised were to be exercised in whole on a cashless basis automatically, without further action by the Company.

For warrants issued pursuant to the above, a fair value of $33.63 per warrant was determined using the Black-Scholes pricing model with the following assumptions:

 

 

Expected term of 0.26 years

 

Volatility of 68.0%

 

F-10


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

Nine Energy Service, Inc.

Notes to condensed consolidated financial statements (unaudited)

September 30, 2017 and 2016—Continued

 

 

Dividend yield of 0%

 

Risk-free interest rate of 0.86%

On July 25, 2017, the Company issued a call notice for the warrants to all eligible shareholders whereby shareholders would have the right to exercise their warrants in whole or in part. Any warrants that were not exercised at the close of the offering on or around August 23, 2017 would be forfeited, without any further action from the Company.

On July 25, 2017, the Company initiated a $20 million Rights Offering to (“the Offering”) to all holders of common stock as of that date whereby every common stock holder would have the right, but not the obligation, to participate in the Offering on a pro-rata basis. The Offering was backstopped by the Company’s majority shareholder to the extent certain shareholders elected to participate in the Offering below their respective pro rata share amounts. The Offering closed on August 23, 2017. The proceeds raised from the exercise of the Combination warrants and the Rights Offering totaled $20.1 million. All warrants not exercised were cancelled.

Income taxes

The Company follows the liability method of accounting for income taxes. Under this method, deferred income tax assets and liabilities are determined based upon temporary differences between the carrying amounts and tax bases of the Company’s assets and liabilities at the balance sheet date, and are measured using enacted tax rates and laws that will be in effect when the differences are expected to reverse. The effect on deferred tax assets and liabilities of a change in the tax rates is recognized in income in the period in which the change occurs. The Company records a valuation reserve in each reporting period when management believes that it is more likely than not that any deferred tax asset created will not be realized.

The accounting guidance for income taxes requires that the Company recognize the financial statement benefit of a tax position only after determining that the relevant tax authority would more likely than not sustain the position following an audit. If a tax position meets the “more likely than not” recognition criteria, the accounting guidance requires that the tax position be measured at the largest amount of benefit greater than 50% likely of being realized upon ultimate settlement.

The Company recorded an income tax provision (benefit) of $2,967,000 and ($19,017,000) for the nine months ended September 30, 2017 and September 30, 2016, respectively. The effective tax rate was (8.5%) and 29.6% for the nine months ended September 30, 2017 and September 30, 2016, respectively. The September 30, 2017 effective tax rate is different than the U.S. statutory rate (35%) primarily as a result of state income taxes (-1.6%), permanent differences (-3.4%), and changes in valuation allowance recorded against deferred tax assets (-38.5%). The September 30, 2016 effective tax rate is different than the U.S. statutory rate primarily as a result of state income taxes (-0.8%) and various permanent differences (-4.6%). The Company estimates its annual effective tax rate for each quarterly period. Jurisdictions with a projected loss for the year where no tax benefit can be recognized are excluded from the estimated annual effective tax rate.

The Company evaluates deferred tax assets on a quarterly basis to determine whether a valuation allowance is required. We assess whether a valuation allowance should be established based on our determination of whether it is more likely than not that some or all of the deferred tax assets will not be realized. The ultimate realization of deferred tax assets is dependent upon the generation of future taxable income during the periods

 

F-11


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

Nine Energy Service, Inc.

Notes to condensed consolidated financial statements (unaudited)

September 30, 2017 and 2016—Continued

 

in which those temporary differences become deductible and prior to the expiration of our net operating loss carryforwards. Our federal net operating loss will begin to expire in 2033 and a small portion of state net operating losses will begin to expire in 2020. We consider the scheduled reversal of deferred tax liabilities, projected future taxable income, and tax planning strategies in making this assessment. Due to recent operating results and goodwill impairments recorded during 2016 and 2015, we entered into a three-year cumulative loss position for the year ending December 31, 2016. According to ASC Topic No. 740, Income Taxes, cumulative losses in recent years represent significant negative evidence in considering whether deferred tax assets are realizable. Therefore, during the quarter ended December 31, 2016 we recorded a valuation allowance against our deferred tax assets. We have excluded deferred tax liabilities related to certain indefinite lived intangibles when calculating the amount of valuation allowance needed as these liabilities cannot be considered a source of income when determining the realizability of the net deferred tax assets. If we are able to generate sufficient taxable income in the future, and it becomes more likely than not that we will be able to fully utilize the net deferred tax assets on which a valuation allowance was recorded, the allowance will be released resulting in a potential decrease to our effective tax rate.

Fair value of financial instruments

The carrying amounts for financial instruments classified as current assets and current liabilities approximate fair value, due to the short maturity of such instruments. The book values of other financial instruments, such as the Company’s debt under its Credit Facility (as defined in Note 3), approximates fair value because interest rates charged are similar to other financial instruments with similar terms and maturities and the rates vary in accordance with a market index in accordance with ASC 820—Fair Value measurement.

For the financial assets and liabilities disclosed at fair value, fair value is determined as the exit price, or the price that would be received to sell an asset or paid to transfer a liability in an orderly transaction between market participants at the measurement date. The established fair value hierarchy divides fair value measurement into three broad levels:

 

 

Level 1—inputs are quoted prices (unadjusted) in active markets for identical assets or liabilities that the reporting entity has the ability to access at the measurement date;

 

 

Level 2—inputs other than quoted prices included within Level 1 that are observable for the assets or liability, either directly or indirectly; and

 

 

Level 3—inputs are unobservable for the asset or liability, which reflect the best judgment of management.

The financial assets and liabilities that are disclosed at fair value for disclosure purposes are categorized in one of the above three levels based on the lowest level input that is significant to the fair value measurement in its entirety. Level 1 provides the most reliable measure of fair value, whereas Level 3 generally requires significant management judgment.

Recently issued accounting pronouncements

In February 2016, FASB issued new guidance related to leases in order to increase transparency and comparability among organizations by recognizing lease assets and lease liabilities on the balance sheet and

 

F-12


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

Nine Energy Service, Inc.

Notes to condensed consolidated financial statements (unaudited)

September 30, 2017 and 2016—Continued

 

disclosing key information about leasing arrangements. The new guidance is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2019. The Company is evaluating the impact of the new guidance on the financial position, results of operations and cash flows.

In July 2015, FASB issued new guidance requiring that inventory that is not measured using last-in, first-out (“LIFO”) or the retail inventory method be measured at the lower of cost and net realizable value. The new guidance is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2016. The adoption of this new guidance is not expected to have a material impact to the financial position, results of operations and cash flows of the Company. The adoption of this new guidance did not have a material impact to the financial position, results of operations and cash flows of the Company.

In May 2014, FASB issued new guidance related to revenue recognition for contracts with customers. This new guidance removes most industry-specific revenue recognition requirements and requires that an entity recognize revenue for the transfer of goods or services to a customer at an amount that reflects the consideration to which an entity expects to be entitled in exchange for the goods or services. Insurance contracts are not covered by this guidance. The new guidance also requires additional disclosures regarding the nature, amount, timing, and uncertainty of revenue and cash flows arising from customer contracts. The new guidance is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2017, with early adoption permitted in 2017. The Company will adopt the new revenue standard consistent with the timeline for private companies, which requires adoption in years beginning after December 15, 2018, with early adoption permitted in 2018.

In January 2017, the FASB issued ASU No. 2017-01, Business Combinations (Topic 805): Clarifying the Definition of a Business , in an effort to clarify the definition of a business with the objective of adding guidance to assist entities with evaluating whether transactions should be accounted for as acquisitions (or disposals) of assets or businesses. The amendments in this standard provide a screen to determine when an integrated set of assets and activities is not a business. The screen requires that when substantially all of the fair value of the gross assets acquired (or disposed of) is concentrated in a single identifiable asset or a group of similar identifiable assets, the integrated set of assets and activities is not a business. The new guidance is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2017, and interim periods within those fiscal years. Early adoption is allowed for transactions for which the acquisition date occurs before the issuance date or effective date of the amendments, only when the transaction has not been reported in financial statements that have been issued or made available for issuance and for transactions in which a subsidiary is deconsolidated or a group of assets is derecognized before the issuance date or effective date of the amendments, only when the transaction has not been reported in financial statements that have been issued or made available for issuance. Entities will be required to apply the guidance prospectively when adopted. The adoption of this new guidance is not expected to have a material impact to the financial position, results of operations and cash flows of the Company.

In January 2017, the FASB issued ASU 2017-04, Intangibles—Goodwill and Other which simplifies the accounting for goodwill impairment by eliminating Step 2 of the current goodwill impairment test. In computing the implied fair value of goodwill under Step 2, an entity had to perform procedures to determine the fair value at the impairment testing date of its assets and liabilities (including unrecognized assets and liabilities) following the procedure that would be required in determining the fair value of assets acquired and liabilities assumed in a business combination. Instead, under the new standard, an entity should perform its annual, or interim, goodwill impairment test by comparing the fair value of a reporting unit with its carrying amount. An entity should recognize an impairment charge for the amount by which the carrying amount exceeds the reporting

 

F-13


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

Nine Energy Service, Inc.

Notes to condensed consolidated financial statements (unaudited)

September 30, 2017 and 2016—Continued

 

unit’s fair value; however, the loss recognized should not exceed the total amount of goodwill allocated to that reporting unit. An entity still has the option to perform the qualitative assessment for a reporting unit to determine if the quantitative impairment test is necessary. The new guidance should be adopted for annual or any interim goodwill impairment tests in fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2019. Early adoption is permitted for interim or annual goodwill impairment tests performed on testing dates after January 1, 2017. This standard will be implemented prospectively for all future goodwill impairment tests and will simplify such evaluations. The adoption of this new guidance is not expected to have a material impact to the financial position, results of operations and cash flows of the Company.

In August 2016, the FASB issued ASU No. 2016-15, Statement of Cash Flows (Topic 230)—Classification of Certain Cash Receipts and Cash Payment . This new guidance addresses eight specific cash flow issues with the objective of reducing the existing diversity in practice, including: debt prepayment or debt extinguishment costs, settlement of zero-coupon debt instruments or other debt instruments, contingent consideration payments made after a business combination, proceeds from the settlement of insurance claims, proceeds from the settlement of corporate-owned life insurance policies, distributions received from equity method investees, beneficial interests in securitization transactions, and separately identifiable cash flows and application of the predominance principle. ASU 2016-15 is effective for public business entities for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2017, and interim periods within those fiscal years. Early adoption is permitted, including adoption in an interim period. The adoption of this new guidance is not expected to have a material impact to the financial position, results of operations and cash flows of the Company.

In January 2017, the FASB issued Accounting Standards Update No. 2017-03 (“ASU 2017-03”), Accounting Changes and Error Corrections (Topic 250) and Investments-Equity Method and Joint Ventures (Topic 323): Amendments to SEC Paragraphs Pursuant to Staff Announcements at the September 22, 2016 and November 17, 2016 EITF Meetings. This update adds language to the SEC Staff Guidance in relation to ASU 2014-09, ASU 2016-02, and ASU 2016-13. This ASU 2017-03 provides the SEC Staff view that a registrant should consider additional quantitative and qualitative disclosures related to the previously mentioned ASUs in connection with the status and impact of their adoption. This guidance, which was effective immediately, did not have a material impact on our Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements.

Subsequent events

The Company has evaluated events occurring after the balance sheet date through November 13, 2017.

 

F-14


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

Nine Energy Service, Inc.

Notes to condensed consolidated financial statements (unaudited)

September 30, 2017 and 2016—Continued

 

3. Long-term debt

Notes payable and revolving credit facility consist of the following as of September 30, 2017 and December 31, 2016:

 

(in thousands of dollars)    September 30,
2017
    December 31,
2016
 

Nine US revolving credit facility

   $ 75,000     $ 55,500  

Nine US term loan

     35,175       56,150  

Nine Canada revolving credit facility

     9,615       8,938  

Beckman revolving credit facility

     9,500       114,300  

Beckman term loan

     111,550       11,000  
  

 

 

 
   $ 240,840     $ 245,888  
  

 

 

 

Current portion

   $ 240,840    

Less deferred financing costs

     (1,130  
  

 

 

   
   $ 239,710    

Total debt

     $ 245,888  

Less current portion

       (17,975
    

 

 

 

Long-term debt

       227,913  

Less deferred financing costs

       (1,626
    

 

 

 
     $ 226,287  

 

 

Nine credit facilities

In conjunction with the Crest Pumping Technologies (“Crest”) acquisition on June 30, 2014, the Company entered into a $300 million credit facility arrangement with several major financial institutions, secured by substantially all of the Company’s assets. Under the credit facility arrangement, $270 million could be borrowed in the U.S, consisting of an $85 million 5-year Term Loan and a $185 million Revolving Credit Facility, and $30 million could be borrowed in Canada under a Revolving Credit Facility. The maturity date was June 30, 2019. Interest rates were based on prime rate, the federal funds rate or the London Interbank Offered Rate (LIBOR), plus a margin determined by the funded debt to EBITDA ratio. There was also a standby fee of 0.375% to 0.5%. Interest rates ranged from 2.2% to 3.4% during 2015 and were approximately 2.7% in 2016 through May 13, 2016 when the Company entered into an amendment to the credit facility (see below). The debt covenants required that the ratio of debt to Earnings before Interest, Taxes, Depreciation and Amortization (“EBITDA”) be no higher than 3.5 to 1 during the period from inception of the loan through December 31, 2014, 3.25 to 1 from January through June 2015 and 3 to 1 thereafter.

On May 13, 2016, the Company entered into an amendment to the credit facility (“Amended Credit Facility”) described above. The Amended Credit Facility reduced the borrowing capacity of the Revolving Credit Facility to $75 million in the US and $13 million in Canada, with a new maturity date of January 1, 2018 and increased interest rates and standby fees. The amendment waived all previous covenants through 2016, established minimum 12-month EBITDA targets for the quarter ended June 30, 2016 through the quarter ended June 30,

 

F-15


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

Nine Energy Service, Inc.

Notes to condensed consolidated financial statements (unaudited)

September 30, 2017 and 2016—Continued

 

2017 and limited the amount of capital expenditures in 2016 and 2017. The amendment established a debt to EBITDA ratio of 4.5 starting subsequent to June 30, 2017, and EBITDA to fixed charge ratios of 1.00 for the quarters ended March 31 and June 30, 2017 and a ratio of 1.25 for the quarter ended September 30, 2017 and thereafter. (Fixed charges include interest, term loan payments, capital expenditures and income tax payments.) The amendment also required that all future income tax refunds resulting from net operating losses be used to prepay term loan advances in reverse order of maturity.

On August 2, 2017, the Company amended the Existing Nine Credit Facility (“Amended Existing Nine Credit Facility”) and secured approval of the amendment by Legacy Nine’s existing lenders. Under the Amended Existing Nine Credit Facility, the current maturity date of January 1, 2018 was extended to May 31, 2018 and certain covenants, such as fixed charge coverage ratio, total leverage ratio and minimum EBITDA were modified to coincide with the extended maturity date.

Nine was in compliance with all debt covenants as of September 30, 2017. The Company’s ability to comply with covenants in the future could be affected by the levels of cash flows from operations and events or circumstances beyond Beckman’s control. If the market or other economic conditions deteriorate, the risk of noncompliance may increase.

Beckman credit facilities

On May 2, 2014, the Company entered into a new senior secured credit agreement with several major financial institutions (“2014 Credit Facility”). The senior secured credit financing consisted of a revolving credit facility in an aggregate amount of $170,000,000 with an accordion feature of up to $50,000,000 in the aggregate. The 2014 Credit Facility was secured by first priority perfected security interest in all equity interests of domestic subsidiaries, 65% of the voting equity of directly owned foreign subsidiaries, and substantially all of the tangible and intangible assets of the Company. Interest only is due monthly and calculated at 2.50 percent above the London Interbank Offered Rate (LIBOR) or 1.50 percent above the Alternate Base Rate. The credit agreement was to mature on May 2, 2019. As a requirement of the credit agreement, on May 2, 2014, the Company paid the outstanding balance under a 2012 credit agreement of $31,500,000 revolving credit and the term loan of $28,125,000.

The credit agreement contained certain financial covenants which, among other things, limited Beckman’s spending for capital expenditures and required that certain financial ratios be maintained. During 2014, the credit agreement was amended three times, primarily to increase the aggregate amount of the credit facility.

On January 12, 2016, Beckman entered into Amendment No. 4 to the 2014 Credit Facility. The amendment reduced the total aggregate commitments of the lenders from $235 million to $145 million, limited borrowing availability subject to a new borrowing basic mechanic, and amended certain covenant compliance and reporting requirements of the Company. Effective with the amendment date, $12.5 million of the outstanding revolver was converted to a term advance. Repayment of $1.5 million was required in 2016, $3.1 million is required in 2017 and the remainder is due in June, 2018. The agreement was to mature in June 2018.

The amended credit agreement contained certain financial covenants which, among other things, limited spending on capital expenditures and required that certain financial ratios be maintained. Beckman was required to provide a monthly borrowing base certificate which calculates the available borrowing base and reports compliance commencing January 2016. The Company was to provide a cash availability report each

 

F-16


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

Nine Energy Service, Inc.

Notes to condensed consolidated financial statements (unaudited)

September 30, 2017 and 2016—Continued

 

week commencing in January 2016 whereby cash on hand at the beginning of the week could not exceed $3.0 million. The leverage ratio was waived through the quarter ending March 31, 2017 and could not be more than 3.50 to 1.00 commencing with the quarter ending June 30, 2017. The fixed charge coverage as of the last day of each quarter, commencing with the quarter ending March 31, 2016, was to be less than 1.15 to 1.00 for each fiscal quarter ending on or prior to March 31, 2017 and 1.25 to 1.00 for each fiscal quarter ending after March 31, 2017. Capital expenditures in the fiscal year ended December 31, 2016, were not to exceed $15 million, and in each year ending after December 31, 2016, were not to exceed 75% of EBITDA for the immediately preceding year. Beckman was in compliance with all covenants during 2016 and 2015.

On February 10, 2017, Beckman entered into Amendment No. 5 to the 2014 Credit Facility. The amendment reduces the total aggregate commitments of the lenders from $145 million to $127.3 million, limits borrowing availability subject to a new borrowing basic mechanic, and amends certain covenant compliance and reporting requirements. As a requirement of this amendment, immediately prior to the amendment date, Beckman received $15 million of equity proceeds from certain of its shareholders. Effective with the amendment date, these proceeds were used to prepay the outstanding revolver $10 million and the term advance $5 million, of which $3,875,000 was applied as prepayment of the scheduled amortization payments that were due March 31, 2017 through March 31, 2018 and $106.3 million of the outstanding revolver was converted to a second term advance. The amendment provides for a $15 million revolver of which $2.5 million was drawn on the date of the amendment. Required repayments of the original term advance are $1,500,000 in 2017, $750,000 by March 31, 2018 and the remainder in June, 2018.

The amended credit agreement contains certain financial covenants which, among other things, limit spending on capital expenditures and require that certain financial ratios be maintained. Certain of the requirements are:

 

a.   Beckman must provide a monthly borrowing base certificate which calculates the available borrowing base and reports compliance commencing February 2017;

 

b.   Beckman must provide a cash availability report each month commencing in February 2017 whereby cash on hand on the last business day of the month cannot exceed $6,000,000;

 

c.   The leverage ratio is waived through the quarter ending September 30, 2017 and cannot be more than 3.50 to 1.00 commencing with the quarter ending December 31, 2017;

 

d.   The interest coverage ratio remains waived;

 

e.   The fixed charge coverage as of the last day of each quarter, commencing with the quarter ending March 31, 2016, to be a) less than 1.15 to 1.00 for each fiscal quarter ending on or prior to June 30, 2017 and b) 1.25 to 1.00 for each fiscal quarter ending after June 30, 2017;

 

f.   Capital expenditures in the fiscal year ended December 31, 2017 must not exceed $20,000,000, and in each year ending after December 31, 2017 must not exceed 75% of EBITDA for the immediately preceding year.

As of September 30, 2017, $6,000,000 was outstanding under the original term advance, $105,550,000 was outstanding under the second term advance, $9,500,000 was outstanding under the revolver and $650,000 was outstanding under a letter of credit. As of September 30, 2017, the Company had $4,850,000 available under the revolver. The Company was in compliance with all covenants as of September 30, 2017. The

 

F-17


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

Nine Energy Service, Inc.

Notes to condensed consolidated financial statements (unaudited)

September 30, 2017 and 2016—Continued

 

Company’s ability to comply with covenants in the future could be affected by the levels of cash flows from operations and events or circumstances beyond Beckman’s control. If the market or other economic conditions deteriorate, the risk of noncompliance may increase.

Nine and Beckman combined

Future principal payments on long-term debt for each of the years ending December 31 are as follows:

 

(in thousands of dollars)         

2017

   $ 750  

2018

     240,090  
  

 

 

 
   $ 240,840  

 

 

In accordance with ASC 2015-4, Going Concern, the Company evaluated whether there are conditions and events that raise substantial doubt about the Company’s ability to continue as a going concern for a period of one year after the date that the financial statements are issued. The Company has $119,790,000 of debt outstanding, under the revolving credit facility and term loan discussed above, as of September 30, 2017 that is scheduled to mature on May 31, 2018, and $121,050,000 that is scheduled to mature on June 30, 2018. The Company currently does not expect to have sufficient liquidity and capital resources to repay the debt outstanding in full on its maturity date. This condition raises substantial doubt about the Company’s ability to continue as a going concern for a period of one year after the date that the condensed consolidated financial statements are issued.

Delivery of financial statements including going concern language would result in an event of default under the Existing Nine Credit Facility absent an amendment or waiver. However, on March 23, 2017, the Company received the requisite waiver from the lenders under the Existing Nine Credit Facility with respect to this potential event of default.

The Company is in the process of pursuing an initial public offering of its equity in which the Company plans to partially repay its outstanding debt prior to maturity with the proceeds of the offering. The Company can provide no assurances regarding the successful completion of the offering.

As of September 14, 2017, in anticipation of the contemplated IPO, the Company completed negotiations of terms for a new Credit Facility (the “New Facility”) that will be effective upon the consummation of the contemplated IPO. Under this New Facility, the current Legacy Nine and Legacy Beckman entities’ Credit Facilities (“the Legacy Facilities”) would be considered closed and no longer in effect. The Legacy Nine Facility and Legacy Beckman Facility have a maturity date of May 31, 2018 and June 30, 2018, respectively. Upon consummation of the contemplated IPO, the Legacy Facilities would be replaced by the New Facility, which will aggregate the Company’s collateral and security and recognize the Company as a single combined entity. The New Facility will consist of a Term Loan Facility of up to $125 million, but in any event no less than $100 million, amortizable at a quarterly rate of 2.5% and a $50 million Revolving Credit Facility. The New Facility has a maturity date of 2.5 years from the date of the consummation of the contemplated IPO. The Company incurred $305,000 of legal fees in connection with the New Facility, which are reported within “Prepaid expenses and other” in the Condensed Consolidated Balance Sheets as of September 30, 2017 pending consummation of the IPO and funding of the New Facility.

 

F-18


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

Nine Energy Service, Inc.

Notes to condensed consolidated financial statements (unaudited)

September 30, 2017 and 2016—Continued

 

In the event the Company is unable to successfully complete the IPO, the Company will need to seek additional sources of financing such as raising additional equity, entering into a new different debt agreement, or restructuring existing debt and/or cutting costs. The Company can provide no assurance regarding its ability to obtain additional financing.

4. Commitments and contingencies

Litigation

The Company has claims, lawsuits and administrative proceedings that are pending or threatened, all arising in the ordinary course of business, with respect to commercial, product liability and employee matters. Although no assurance can be given with respect to the outcome of the other pending or threatened claims and the effect such outcomes may have, the Company believes any ultimate liability resulting from the outcome of such claims, lawsuits or administrative proceedings, to the extent not otherwise provided for or covered by insurance, will not have a material adverse effect on the company’s business, operating results, financial position or cash flows.

Scorpion contingent liability

In connection with the acquisition of Scorpion in 2015, the Company recorded a liability for contingent consideration to be paid in shares of Company common stock and in cash, contingent upon quantities of Scorpion Composite PlugsTM sold during 2016 and gross margin related to the product sales for three years following the acquisition. The shares of common stock underlying the contingent liability were valued at $332.20 at the acquisition date but revalued to $234.97 at December 31, 2015, resulting in a gain of $293,000. A cash payment of $297,000 was made during 2016 based on the gross margin on sales of Scorpion plugs during the first year following the acquisition. The forecasted quantities of plug sales and the related gross margin increased significantly at December 31, 2016 and the shares underlying the contingent liability were revalued at $181.62, resulting in a revaluation loss of $1,735,000. The forecasted quantities of plug sales and the related gross margin increased again during the nine months ended September 30, 2017, resulting in a revaluation loss of $421,000. The revaluation losses are included in “General and administrative expenses” in the Condensed Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income. The following is a reconciliation of the beginning and ending amounts of contingent consideration obligation (level 3) related to the Scorpion acquisition for the nine months ended September 30, 2017:

 

(in thousands of dollars)    As of September 30, 2017  

Balance at beginning of period

   $ 3,187  

Common stock issuance

     (547

Revaluation

     421  
  

 

 

 

Balance at end of period

   $ 3,061  

 

 

Contingent liabilities related to the Scorpion acquisition include $1,325,000 and $1,784,000 reported in “Accrued expenses” at September 30, 2017 and December 31, 2016, respectively, and $1,736,000 and $1,403,000 reported in “Other long term liabilities” at September 30, 2017 and December 31, 2016, respectively, in the Condensed Consolidated Balance Sheets.

 

F-19


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

Nine Energy Service, Inc.

Notes to condensed consolidated financial statements (unaudited)

September 30, 2017 and 2016—Continued

 

5. Earnings per share

 

(in thousands of dollars except for share and share data)    2017     2016  

Net loss attributable to common stockholders

   $ (37,871   $ (45,159

Average shares outstanding

     1,805,816       1,651,240  

Loss per share (basic and diluted)

   $ (20.97   $ (27.35

 

 

The diluted earnings per share calculation excludes all stock options for the nine months ended September 30, 2017 and 2016 because the effects were anti-dilutive.

6. Related party transactions

During 2014, in conjunction with an exercise of warrants to provide a capital infusion, promissory notes totaling $2,500,000 were issued to the former owners of an acquired company, who are members of the Company’s management team. The principal is due on June 30, 2019 (the “Maturity Date”). Interest of 4% per annum is due and payable on the Maturity Date. As of September 30, 2017 and December 31, 2016, the outstanding balance of the notes, including principal and unpaid interest, was $2,825,000 and $2,750,000, respectively. Unpaid interest at September 30, 2017 and December 31, 2016 was $325,000 and $250,000, respectively.

During 2014, promissory notes totaling $9,400,000 were issued to former owners of Crest, some of whom are members of the Company’s management team. The principal is due on June 30, 2019. The interest rate is based on the prime rate, the federal funds rate or LIBOR, plus a margin to be determined in connection with Nine’s credit agreement, and is due quarterly. As of September 30, 2017 and December 31, 2016, the outstanding principal balance of the notes totaled $7,600,000 and $7,600,000, respectively. Unpaid interest, included in “Prepaid expenses and other” in the Condensed Consolidated Balance Sheets, totaled $0 and $19,000 at September 30, 2017 and December 31, 2016, respectively.

The Company entered into a shared services agreement with a related party, whose manager is a shareholder of the Company, which provides office space, personnel and certain general and administrative services to the Company. The Company paid the related party $463,000 and $162,000 for the nine months ended September 30, 2017 and 2016, respectively. There was an outstanding payable to this related party of $1,000 and $8,000 as of September 30, 2017 and December 31, 2016, respectively.

The Company leases real property and improvements in Wyoming and Montana from shareholders in the Company pursuant to lease agreements entered into by the Company on November 15, 2013. Pursuant to these agreements, the Company incurred rent expense of $254,000 and $250,000 for the nine months ended September 30, 2017 and 2016, respectively. There were no payables to or receivables from this related party at September 30, 2017 and December 31, 2016.

The Company leases facilities and buildings in Monahans, Texas and Enid, Oklahoma, from an entity owned by one of its shareholders. The Company incurred rent expense of $358,000 and $357,000 to this entity for the nine months ended September 30, 2017 and 2016, respectively. There were no payables to or receivables from this related party at September 30, 2017 and December 31, 2016.

The Company leases real property from a related party, who is a shareholder and a manager of the Company. Pursuant to this agreement, the Company incurred expense of $10,000 and $14,000 in the nine months ended

 

F-20


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

Nine Energy Service, Inc.

Notes to condensed consolidated financial statements (unaudited)

September 30, 2017 and 2016—Continued

 

September 30, 2017 and 2016. At September 30, 2017 and December 31, 2016, there were no payables to or receivables from this related party.

The Company utilizes a related party, who is a shareholder and whose manager is a shareholder of the Company, to transport equipment, chemicals, and supplies. The Company incurred expense of $756,000 and $373,000 for these services during the nine months ending September 30, 2017 and 2016. There was a payable of $109,000 due to this related party at September 30, 2017. There was no payable to this related party at December 31, 2016.

The Company utilizes airplanes and related services owned by shareholders. The Company incurred expenses of $33,000 for the nine months ending September 30, 2016. There was a payable of $10,000 due to this related party as of December 31, 2016. There was no activity with this related party in 2017.

The Company facilitates pass-through billings on behalf of an entity owned by one of the shareholders. The Company recognizes no revenue or expense related to this activity. During the nine months ending September 30, 2016, the related entity billed the Company $645,000, and the Company rebilled respective customers the same amount. The Company collected cash for and reimbursed to the related entity $1,069,000. Within the Company’s trade accounts receivable and trade accounts payable, $72,000 of pass-through billings to customers remained uncollected as of December 31, 2016. During the nine months ending September 30, 2017, the related entity billed the Company $40,000, and the Company billed respective customers the same amount. The Company collected cash for and reimbursed to the related entity $118,000. Within the Company’s trade accounts receivable and trade accounts payable, $11,000 of pass-through billings to customers remain uncollected as of September 30, 2017.

The Company provides services through our Production Solutions segment to an entity owned by one of the shareholders, who is also a board member. The Company billed $364,000 and $260,000 for services provided to this entity during the nine months ending September 30, 2017 and 2016, respectively. There was an outstanding receivable due of $88,000 and $100,000 as of September 30, 2017 and December 31, 2016, respectively.

The Company provides services through our Production Solutions segment to an entity owned by one of the shareholders, who is also an employee. The Company billed $21,000 and $42,000 for services provided to this entity during the nine months ending September 30, 2017 and 2016, respectively. There was an outstanding receivable due of $10,000 and $8,000 as of September 30, 2017 and December 31, 2016, respectively.

The Company leases equipment from a related party, whose manager is a shareholder of the Company. Pursuant to the agreement entered into on February 1, 2017, the Company incurred expense of $173,000 in the nine months ended September 30, 2017. There was no payable due to this related party at September 30, 2017.

The Company leases other office space, yard facilities and equipment in the states and Canadian provinces where the Company operates, from related parties under leases classified as operating. Lease expense was $921,000 and $889,000 for the nine months ended September 30, 2017 and 2016, respectively. The Company had $46,000 and $41,000 on deposit with one of the related parties as of September 30, 2017 and December 31, 2016. There were payables with one of the related parties of $13,000 and $0 at September 30, 2017 and December 2016, respectively.

 

F-21


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

Nine Energy Service, Inc.

Notes to condensed consolidated financial statements (unaudited)

September 30, 2017 and 2016—Continued

 

7. Supplemental disclosures of cash flow information

 

       Nine months ended September 30,  
(in thousands of dollars)                2017                 2016  

Noncash investing and financing activities

    

Increase (decrease) in accounts payable and accrued liabilities for additions to property and equipment

   $ 7,013     $ (1,268

Decrease in long term liabilities for additions to property and equipment

   $     $ (182

Issuance of stock warrants

   $ 2,687     $  

Exercise and cancellation of stock warrants

   $ (2,687   $  

Issuance of common stock related to Scorpion acquisition

   $ 547     $  

Unpaid costs related to public offering

   $ 482     $  

 

 

8. Segment information

The Company is reporting its results of operations in the following two reportable segments: Completion Solutions and Production Solutions. The Completion Solutions segment consists primarily of cementing, wireline and coiled tubing services, while the Production Solutions consists of rig-based well maintenance and workover services.

The Company’s reportable segments are strategic units that offer distinct products and services. They are managed separately since each business segment requires different marketing strategies. The Company evaluates the performance of its reportable segments based on gross profit. This segmentation is representative of the manner in which our Chief Operating Decision Maker views the business. We consider the Chief Operating Decision Maker to be the Chief Executive Officer.

 

F-22


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

Nine Energy Service, Inc.

Notes to condensed consolidated financial statements (unaudited)

September 30, 2017 and 2016—Continued

 

Summary financial data by segment follows. The amounts labeled “Corporate” relate to assets not allocated to the reportable segments.

 

       Nine months ended September 30,  
(in thousands of dollars)              2017               2016  

Revenues

    

Completion Solutions

   $ 331,050     $ 156,768  

Production Solutions

     58,330       45,600  
  

 

 

 
   $ 389,380     $ 202,368  
  

 

 

 

Gross profit(1)

    

Completion Solutions

   $ 55,339     $ 16,848  

Production Solutions

     11,140       6,844  
  

 

 

 
     66,479       23,692  

General and administrative expenses

     37,628       26,194  

Depreciation

     40,326       41,779  

Amortization of intangibles

     6,601       6,794  

Loss on equity investment

     255        

Loss on sale of assets

     4,793       2,420  
  

 

 

 

Loss from operations

   $ (23,124   $ (53,495

 

 

 

(1)   Excludes depreciation and amortization, shown separately below

 

Depreciation and amortization

                 

Completion Solutions

   $ 37,383      $ 37,875  

Production Solutions

     9,544        10,698  
  

 

 

 
   $ 46,927      $ 48,573  
  

 

 

 

Capital expenditures

     

Completion Solutions

   $ 25,979      $ 6,254  

Production Solutions

     4,012        882  
  

 

 

 
   $ 29,991      $ 7,136  

 

 

 

       September 30,
2017
     December 31,
2016
 

Assets

 

Completion Solutions

   $ 461,582      $ 433,721  

Production Solutions

     122,402        131,046  

Corporate

     44,398        11,327  
  

 

 

 
   $ 628,382      $ 576,094  

 

 

 

F-23


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

Nine Energy Service, Inc.

Notes to condensed consolidated financial statements (unaudited)

September 30, 2017 and 2016—Continued

 

Revenues by country were as follows:

 

       Nine months ended September 30,  
(in thousands dollars)    2017      2016  

Revenues

           

United States

   $ 373,620        96.0%      $ 193,374        95.6%  

Canada

     15,760        4.0%        8,994        4.4%  
  

 

 

 
   $ 389,380        100.0%      $ 202,368        100.0%  

 

 

Long-lived assets by country were as follows:

 

(in thousands dollars)    September 30,
2017
     December 31,
2016
 

Long-lived assets

     

United States

   $ 259,434      $ 267,647  

Canada

     4,866        5,563  
  

 

 

 
   $ 264,300      $ 273,210  

 

 

 

F-24


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

To the Board of Directors and Stockholders of Nine Energy Service, Inc.

In our opinion, based on our audits and the report of other auditors with respect to the combined financial statements as of and for the year ended December 31, 2015, the accompanying combined balance sheets and the related combined statements of comprehensive income, of stockholders’ equity and of cash flows present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of Nine Energy Service, Inc. and its subsidiaries as of December 31, 2016 and 2015, and the results of their operations and their cash flows for the years then ended in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America. These financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements based on our audits. We did not audit the 2015 consolidated financial statements of Beckman Production Services, Inc., a wholly owned subsidiary, which reflect total assets of $321.9 million as of December 31, 2015 and total revenues of $176.4 million for the year then ended. Those 2015 statements were audited by other auditors whose report thereon has been furnished to us and our opinion expressed herein, insofar as it relates to the amounts included for Beckman Production Services, Inc. as of and for the year ended December 31, 2015, is based solely on the report of the other auditors. We conducted our audits of these financial statements in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements, assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, and evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits and the report of other auditors provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

The accompanying combined financial statements have been prepared assuming the Company will continue as a going concern. As discussed in Note 7 to the financial statements, the Company has $120.6 million of debt as of December 31, 2016 that is scheduled to mature on January 1, 2018 that raises substantial doubt about its ability to continue as a going concern. Management’s plans in regards to this matter are also described in Note 7. The financial statements do not include any adjustments that might result from the outcome of this uncertainty.

/s/PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP

Houston, Texas

March 27, 2017, except for the effects of the revision discussed in Note 2 to the combined financial statements, as to which the date is May 2, 2017 and except for the effects of the merger of entities under common control described in Note 3 to the combined financial statements, as to which the date is May 19, 2017

 

F-25


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

Board of Directors and Stockholders

Beckman Production Services, Inc.

Houston, Texas

We have audited the consolidated balance sheet of Beckman Production Services, Inc. as of December 31, 2015 and the related consolidated statement of operations, stockholders’ equity, and cash flows for the year then ended. These financial statements (not presented herein) are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements based on our audit.

We conducted our audit in accordance with the auditing standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States) and in accordance with auditing standards generally accepted in the United States of America. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. The Company is not required to have, nor were we engaged to perform, an audit of its internal control over financial reporting. Our audit included consideration of internal control over financial reporting as a basis for designing audit procedures that are appropriate in the circumstances, but not for the purpose of expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting. Accordingly, we express no such opinion. An audit also includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements, assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audit provides a reasonable basis for our opinion.

In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of Beckman Production Services, Inc. at December 31, 2015, and the results of its operations and its cash flows for the year then ended , in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America.

/s/ BDO USA, LLP

Houston, Texas

March 21, 2017

 

F-26


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

Nine Energy Service, Inc.

Combined balance sheets

December 31, 2016 and 2015

 

       2016     2015  
     (in thousands of dollars
except shares)
 

Assets

    

Current assets

    

Cash and cash equivalents

   $ 4,074     $ 18,877  

Accounts receivable, net

     47,366       49,356  

Inventories

     15,169       13,875  

Income taxes receivable

     14,620       8,872  

Prepaid expenses and other

     9,485       6,431  
  

 

 

 

Total current assets

     90,714       97,411  

Property and equipment, net

     273,210       325,894  

Goodwill

     125,286       137,493  

Intangible assets, net

     76,144       85,227  

Other long-term assets

     364       359  

Notes receivable from shareholders

     10,376       12,050  
  

 

 

 

Total assets

   $ 576,094     $ 658,434  
  

 

 

 

Liabilities and Stockholders’ Equity

    

Current liabilities

    

Long-term debt, current portion

   $ 17,975     $ 10,625  

Accounts payable

     18,823       18,437  

Accrued expenses

     12,417       13,132  

Notes payable—insurance premium financing

     272        
  

 

 

 

Total current liabilities

     49,487       42,194  

Long-term liabilities

    

Long-term debt

     226,287       239,016  

Deferred taxes

     10,637       22,798  

Other long term liabilities

     1,497       1,750  
  

 

 

 

Total liabilities

     287,908       305,758  
  

 

 

 

Commitments and contingencies (Note 10)

    

Stockholders’ equity

    

Common stock (6,567,000 shares authorized at $.01 par value; 1,668,036 and 1,657,224 shares issued and outstanding at December 31, 2016 and 2015, respectively)

     16       16  

Additional paid-in capital

     318,055       311,844  

Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss)

     (3,486     (3,696

Retained earnings (accumulated deficit)

     (26,399     44,512  
  

 

 

 

Total stockholders’ equity

     288,186       352,676  
  

 

 

 

Total liabilities and stockholders’ equity

   $ 576,094     $ 658,434  

 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these combined financial statements.

 

F-27


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

Nine Energy Service, Inc.

Combined statements of comprehensive income

Years ended December 31, 2016 and 2015

 

       2016      2015  
    

(in thousands of dollars,

except share and per share data)

 

Revenues

   $ 282,354      $ 478,522  

Cost and expenses

     

Cost of revenues (exclusive of depreciation and amortization shown separately below)

     246,109        373,191  

General and administrative expenses

     39,387        42,862  

Depreciation

     55,260        58,894  

Amortization of intangibles

     9,083        8,650  

Impairment of goodwill

     12,207        35,540  

Loss on sale of property and equipment

     3,320        2,004  
  

 

 

 

Loss from operations

     (83,012      (42,619
  

 

 

 

Other expense

     

Interest expense

     14,185        9,886  
  

 

 

 

Total other expense

     14,185        9,886  
  

 

 

 

Loss from continuing operations before income taxes

     (97,197      (52,505

Benefit for income taxes

     (26,286      (14,323
  

 

 

 

Loss from continuing operations, net of tax

     (70,911      (38,182

Loss from discontinued operations, net of tax ($0 and $513)

            (935
  

 

 

 

Net loss

   $ (70,911    $ (39,117
  

 

 

 

Loss per share from continuing operations—basic and diluted

   $ (42.89    $ (23.23

Loss per share from discontinued operations—basic and diluted

   $      $ (0.57

Loss per share—basic and diluted

   $ (42.89    $ (23.80

Weighted average shares outstanding

     1,653,277        1,643,912  

Other comprehensive income, net of tax

     

Foreign currency translation adjustments, net of tax of $0 and
$0

   $ 210      $ (4,067
  

 

 

 

Total other comprehensive income (loss), net of tax

     210        (4,067
  

 

 

 

Total comprehensive loss

   $ (70,701    $ (43,184

 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these combined financial statements.

 

F-28


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

Nine Energy Service, Inc.

Combined statements of stockholders’ equity

Years ended December 31, 2016 and 2015

 

      Common stock     Additional
paid-in
capital
    Accumulated
other
comprehensive
income (loss)
    Retained
earnings
(accumulated
deficit)
    Total
stockholders’
equity
 
    Shares     Amounts          
      (in thousands of dollars, except shares)  

Stockholders’ equity as of December 31, 2014

    1,644,367     $ 16     $ 305,628     $ 371     $ 83,629     $ 389,644  

Issuance of common stock

    6,706             200                   200  

Stock-based compensation expense

    3,742             5,266                   5,266  

Exercise of stock options

    1,943             219                   219  

Issuance of shares for Scorpion acquisition

    3,010             1,000                   1,000  

Cancellation of shares in conjunction with repayment of notes receivable

    (2,544           (675                 (675

Excess tax benefit on share based compensation

                206                   206  

Other comprehensive loss

                      (4,067           (4,067

Net loss

                            (39,117     (39,117
 

 

 

 

Stockholders’ equity as of December 31, 2015

    1,657,224       16       311,844       (3,696 )       44,512       352,676  

Issuance of common stock

    10,812             500                   500  

Stock-based compensation expense

                5,711                   5,711  

Other comprehensive income

                      210             210  

Net loss

                            (70,911     (70,911
 

 

 

 

Stockholders’ equity as of December 31, 2016

    1,668,036     $ 16     $ 318,055     $ (3,486   $ (26,399   $ 288,186  

 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these combined financial statements.

 

F-29


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

Nine Energy Service, Inc.

Combined statements of cash flows

December 31, 2016 and 2015

 

      2016     2015  
    (in thousands of dollars)  

Cash flows from operating activities

   

Net loss

  $ (70,911   $ (39,117

Adjustments to reconcile net loss to net cash (used in) provided by operating activities

   

Depreciation

    55,260       58,894  

Amortization of intangibles

    9,083       8,650  

Amortization of deferred financing costs

    2,355       1,027  

Provision for doubtful accounts

          1,170  

Deferred tax benefit

    (12,159     (15,836

Impairment of goodwill

    12,207       35,540  

Provision for inventory obsolescence

    287       2,772  

Stock-based and deferred compensation expense

    5,711       5,473  

Loss on sales of assets

    3,320       2,004  

Loss (gain) on revaluation of contingent consideration

    1,735       (293

Changes in operating assets and liabilities, net of effects from acquisitions

   

Accounts receivable

    2,073       88,880  

Inventories

    (558     3,524  

Prepaid expenses and other current assets

    (3,172     1,259  

Accounts payable and accrued expenses

    (2,396     (24,141

Income taxes receivable/payable

    (5,848     10,495  

Other assets and liabilities

    (277     66  
 

 

 

 

Net cash (used in) provided by operating activities

    (3,290     140,367  
 

 

 

 

Cash flows from investing activities

   

Entity acquisitions, no cash acquired

          (397

Proceeds from sales of assets

    2,918       5,241  

Proceeds from property and equipment casualty losses

    262       2,388  

Proceeds from notes receivable payments

    1,774       243  

Purchases of property and equipment

    (9,130     (26,726
 

 

 

 

Net cash used in investing activities

    (4,176     (19,251
 

 

 

 

Cash flows from financing activities

   

Borrowings on revolving credit facilities

    75,136       15,641  

Payments on revolving credit facilities

    (61,956     (134,351

Payments on term loans

    (19,725     (8,500

Proceeds from notes payable—insurance premium financing

    1,127        

Payments on notes payable—insurance premium financing

    (855      

Payment of contingent liability on Scorpion purchase

    (297      

Payments on capital lease obligations

          (70

Proceeds from share issuances

    500       419  

Deferred financing costs

    (1,245     (17
 

 

 

 

Net cash used in financing activities

    (7,315     (126,878
 

 

 

 

Net decrease in cash and cash equivalents

    (14,781     (5,762

Impact of foreign currency exchange on cash

    (22     403  

Cash and cash equivalents

   

Beginning of year

    18,877       24,236  
 

 

 

 

End of year

  $ 4,074     $ 18,877  

 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these combined financial statements.

 

F-30


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

Nine Energy Service, Inc.

Notes to financial statements

December 31, 2016 and 2015

1. Description of business and organization

Nine Energy Service, Inc. (the “Company” or “Nine”), a Delaware corporation, is an oilfield services business that provides services integral to the completion of unconventional wells through a full range of tools and methodologies, and provides a range of production enhancement and well workover services. The Company is headquartered in Houston, Texas.

On February 28, 2017, pursuant to the terms and conditions of a combination agreement dated February 3, 2017 (“Combination”), the Company merged with Beckman Production Services, Inc. (“Beckman” or collectively known as the “Combined Company”) and all of the issued and outstanding shares of Beckman common stock were converted into shares of common stock of Nine Energy Service, Inc., other than 1.6% of Beckman shares paid in cash. Prior to the Combination, SCF-VII, L.P. controlled a majority of the voting interests of Nine and Beckman since February 28, 2011 and July 31, 2012, respectively. The merger of the entities into the combined Company was accounted for using reorganization accounting (i.e., “as if” pooling of interests) for entities under common control.

The Company has $120,600,000 of debt as of December 31, 2016 that is scheduled to mature on January 1, 2018. The accompanying combined financial statements have been prepared on a basis which assumes that the Company will continue as a going concern and which contemplates the realization of assets and satisfaction of liabilities and commitments in the normal course of business. The Company performed an evaluation of its ability to continue as a going concern within one year after the date that the combined financial statements are issued, as described more fully in Note 7.

2. Significant accounting policies

Basis of presentation

The accompanying combined financial statements are prepared in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America (“U.S. GAAP”).

Principles of combination

The combined financial statements as of December 31, 2016 and 2015, and for the years then ended, include the accounts of Nine Energy Service, Inc. and Beckman Production Services, Inc. and their wholly owned subsidiaries since the date of their respective acquisition (Note 1). The Company’s historical financial information was recast to combine the financial statements of the Company with those of Beckman as if the combination had been in effect since inception of common control. All inter-company balances and transactions have been eliminated in the Combination.

Revision of Previously Issued Financial Statements

Management identified misstatements in the previously issued 2016 and 2015 combined financial statements with regard to income tax expense (benefit), the related balance sheet accounts and other comprehensive income. The misstatements related to the assessment of realizable future tax benefits of certain deferred tax assets and valuation allowance considerations. Management has evaluated the errors and determined the

 

F-31


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

Nine Energy Service, Inc.

Notes to financial statements

December 31, 2016 and 2015—Continued

 

errors are not material to the 2016 or 2015 combined financial statements. We have revised our 2016 and 2015 combined financial statements to correct the misstatements. The effect of this revision to the 2016 and 2015 combined financial statements is as follows:

 

       2016     2015  

(in thousands)

   As
Previously
Reported
    Effect of
Adjustment
    As Revised     As
Previously
Reported
    Effect of
Adjustment
    As Revised  

Combined balance sheets

            

Deferred taxes

   $ 6,545     $ 4,092     $ 10,637     $ 21,444     $ 1,354     $ 22,798  

Total liabilities

     283,816       4,092       287,908       304,404       1,354       305,758  

Accumulated other comprehensive loss

     (2,205     (1,281     (3,486     (2,342     (1,354     (3,696

Retained earnings (accumulated deficit)

     (23,588     (2,811     (26,399     44,512             44,512  

Total stockholders’ equity

     292,278       (4,092     288,186       354,030       (1,354     352,676  

Combined statements of comprehensive income

            

Benefit for income taxes

     (29,097     2,811       (26,286     (14,323           (14,323

Net loss

     (68,100     (2,811     (70,911     (39,117           (39,117

Other comprehensive income

     137       73       210       (2,713     (1,354     (4,067

Total comprehensive income

     (67,963     (2,738     (70,701     (41,830     (1,354     (43,184

Loss per share from continuing operations–basic and diluted

     (41.19     (1.70     (42.89     (23.23           (23.23

Combined statements of stockholders’ equity

            

Other comprehensive loss

     137       73       210       (2,713     (1,354     (4,067

Net loss

     (68,100     (2,811     (70,911     (39,117           (39,117

Combined statements of cash flows

            

Net loss

     (68,100     (2,811     (70,911     (39,117           (39,117

Deferred tax benefit

     (14,970     2,811       (12,159     (15,836           (15,836

Cash flows from operating activities

   $ (3,290         $ (3,290   $ 140,367           $ 140,367  

 

 

Use of estimates

The preparation of financial statements in conformity with U.S. GAAP requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the combined financial statements and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting period. Actual results could differ from those estimates. These estimates are based on management’s best knowledge of current events and actions that the Combined Company may

 

F-32


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

Nine Energy Service, Inc.

Notes to financial statements

December 31, 2016 and 2015—Continued

 

undertake in the future. Such estimates include but are not limited to fair value assumptions used in purchase accounting and in analyzing goodwill, other intangibles and long-lived assets for possible impairment, useful lives used in depreciation and amortization expense, stock based compensation fair value, estimated realizable value on excess and obsolete inventories, deferred taxes and income tax contingencies and losses on accounts receivable. It is at least reasonably possible that the estimates used will change within the next year

Revenue recognition

The Combined Company recognizes revenue for products and services based upon purchase orders, contracts or other persuasive evidence of an arrangement with the customer that include fixed or determinable prices and that do not include right of return or other similar provisions or other post-delivery obligations. Revenue is recognized for services when they are rendered and collectability is reasonably assured.

Completion Solutions— Completion Solutions consists primarily of cementing, wireline and coiled tubing services. Revenue is recognized when services are performed and accepted by the customer; there is persuasive evidence of an arrangement with the customer that includes fixed or determinable prices; and when collectability is reasonably assured. Revenue is recognized for products upon delivery, customer acceptance and when collectability is reasonably assured. Product sales are less than 3% of total Combined Company revenue in both 2016 and 2015.

Production Solutions —Production Solutions consists of rig-based well maintenance and workover services. Revenue is recognized when services are performed and accepted by the customer; there is persuasive evidence of an arrangement with the customer that includes fixed or determinable prices; and when collectability is reasonably assured.

Cash and cash equivalents

The Combined Company considers all highly liquid debt instruments with a maturity of three months or less when purchased to be cash equivalents. These items are carried at cost, which approximates their fair value. Throughout the year, the Combined Company maintained cash balances that were in excess of their federally insured limits. The Combined Company has not experienced any losses in such accounts.

Cash flows from the Combined Company’s Canadian subsidiary are calculated based on its functional currency. As a result, amounts related to changes in assets and liabilities reported in the combined statements of cash flows will not necessarily agree to changes in the corresponding balances on the combined balance sheets.

Foreign currency

The Combined Company’s functional currency is the U.S. Dollar (“USD”). The financial position and results of operations of the Company’s Canadian subsidiary are measured using the local currency as the functional currency. Revenues and expenses of the subsidiary have been translated into USD at average exchange rates prevailing during the period. Assets and liabilities have been translated at the rates of exchange on the combined balance sheet date. The resulting translation gain and loss adjustments have been recorded as a separate component of other comprehensive income (loss) in the accompanying combined statements of comprehensive income and changes in stockholders’ equity.

 

F-33


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

Nine Energy Service, Inc.

Notes to financial statements

December 31, 2016 and 2015—Continued

 

Accounts receivable

The Combined Company extends credit to customers in the normal course of business. Accounts receivable are carried at their estimated collectible amount. Trade credit is generally extended on a short-term basis; thus receivables do not bear interest, although a finance charge may be applied to amounts past due. The Combined Company maintains an allowance for doubtful accounts for estimated losses that may result from the inability of its customers to make required payments. Such allowances are based upon several factors including, but not limited to, credit approval practices, industry and customer historical experience as well as the current and projected financial condition of the specific customer. Accounts receivable outstanding longer than contractual terms are considered past due. The Combined Company writes off accounts receivable to the allowance for doubtful accounts when they become uncollectible. Any payments subsequently received on receivables previously written off are credited to bad debt expense.

There was no bad debt expense for the year ended December 31, 2016. Bad debt expense was $1,170,000 for the year ended December 31, 2015. The allowance for doubtful accounts was $435,000 and $882,000 at December 31, 2016 and 2015, respectively.

Concentration of credit risk

The majority of the Combined Company’s customers operate in the oil and gas industry. While current energy prices are important contributors to positive cash flow for the customers, expectations about future prices and price volatility are generally more important for determining future spending levels. Any prolonged increase or decrease in oil and natural gas prices affects the levels of exploration, development and production activity as well as the entire health of the oil and natural gas industry, and can therefore negatively impact spending by the Combined Company’s customers.

Revenues for the years ended December 31, 2016 and 2015 each included sales to one customer that individually represented 10% or more of total revenue. There was one customer that accounted for 13% of revenue and accounted for 6% of accounts receivable at December 31, 2016. Another customer accounted for 10% of revenue for the year ended December 31, 2015 and accounted for 7% of accounts receivable as of December 31, 2015. Both business segments provided services to these customers in 2016 and 2015.

Inventories

Inventories, classified as finished goods, are stated at the lower of cost or market. Cost is determined on an average cost basis. The Combined Company reviews its inventory balances and writes down its inventory for estimated obsolescence or excess inventory equal to the difference between the cost of inventory and the estimated market value based upon assumptions about future demand and market conditions. The reserves for obsolescence were $3,311,000 and $3,211,000 at December 31, 2016 and 2015, respectively.

Concentration of supplier risk

Purchases during the year ended December 31, 2016 included purchases from one supplier that individually represented more than 10% of total operating purchases. The accounts payable to this vendor totaled 11% of total accounts payable at December 31, 2016. No suppliers accounted for more than 10% of operating purchases during the year ended December 31, 2015.

 

F-34


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

Nine Energy Service, Inc.

Notes to financial statements

December 31, 2016 and 2015—Continued

 

Property and equipment

Property and equipment are recorded at cost, less applicable depreciation. Equipment held under capital leases is stated at the present value future minimum lease payments. Depreciation is computed using the straight-line method over the estimated useful lives of the respective assets. Equipment held under capital leases is amortized over the shorter of the lease term or the estimated useful life of the asset. Maintenance and repairs are charged to operating expense as incurred; significant renewals and betterments are capitalized.

Long-lived assets are reviewed for impairment when circumstances indicate the carrying value of an asset may not be recoverable. For assets that are to be held and used, impairment is recognized when the estimated undiscounted cash flows associated with the asset or group of assets are less than their carrying value. If impairment exists, an adjustment is made to write the asset down to its fair value, and a loss is recorded as the difference between the carrying value and fair value. Fair values are determined based on quoted market values, discounted cash flows or internal and external appraisals, as applicable. Assets to be disposed of are carried at the lower of carrying value or estimated net realizable value. The costs of assets that are sold or retired and the related accumulated depreciation are removed from the accounts, and any resulting gain or loss is reflected in income.

Goodwill and intangible assets

For goodwill and indefinite lived intangibles, an assessment for impairment is performed annually or when there is an indication an impairment may have occurred. The Combined Company completes its annual impairment test for goodwill using an assessment date in the fourth quarter of each fiscal year for each of the Combined Company’s seven reporting units. Goodwill is reviewed for impairment by comparing the carrying value of the reporting unit’s net assets (including allocated goodwill) to the fair value of the reporting unit. The fair value of the reporting unit is determined using a discounted cash flow approach. Determining the fair value of a reporting unit requires the use of estimates and assumptions. Such estimates and assumptions include revenue growth rates, operating margins, weighted average costs of capital, a terminal growth rate, and future market conditions, among others. The Combined Company believes that the estimates and assumptions used in impairment assessments are reasonable. If the reporting unit’s carrying value is greater than its fair value, a second step is performed whereby the implied fair value of goodwill is estimated by allocating the fair value of the reporting unit in a hypothetical purchase price allocation analysis. The Combined Company recognizes a goodwill impairment charge for the amount by which the carrying value of goodwill exceeds its fair value.

During 2015, several factors contributed to a reduction in projections of the Combined Company’s cash flow: 1) the Organization of Petroleum Exporting Countries (“OPEC”) confirmed that its members would not reduce production even in the face of low commodity prices and excess global oil supply; 2) a consensus expectation developed that oil prices would stay lower for longer than previously expected; 3) exploration and production companies significantly decreased their budgets as the demand for oil and gas was lower and production was significantly less economical and 4) macroeconomic concerns developed regarding a slowdown in the global economy. In 2015, the Combined Company performed its annual impairment test and concluded that an impairment was indicated at two reporting units and recognized impairment losses of $35,540,000 for the year ended December 31, 2015, as the carrying value of the reporting units exceeded their fair value (Note 5).

 

F-35


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

Nine Energy Service, Inc.

Notes to financial statements

December 31, 2016 and 2015—Continued

 

The 2016 analysis indicated further impairment at one of the reporting units on which impairment was recognized during 2015, due to continued deterioration of market conditions. The Combined Company recognized an impairment loss of $12,207,000, as the carrying value of the reporting unit again exceeded its fair value (Note 5).

Intangible assets with finite lives, including customer relationships, technology, and non-compete agreements are amortized on a straight-line basis over the life of the intangible assets, for three to fifteen years. These assets are tested for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicated that their carrying amount may not be recoverable. A triggering event occurred for a reporting unit’s asset grouping due to the loss of a customer that was significant to that reporting unit, although insignificant to the Combined Company and to both business segments. Accordingly, an impairment test was completed which determined that, as of December 31, 2016, the fair value exceeded its carrying value. No impairments to intangible assets were recorded in 2016 or 2015.

Share-based compensation

The Combined Company measures employee share-based compensation awards at fair value on the date they are granted to employees and recognizes compensation cost in its financial statements over the requisite service period. The Combined Company has stock-based compensation plans for certain of its employees. Compensation expense is recorded for restricted stock over the applicable vesting period based on the fair value of the stock on the date of grant. Options are issued with an exercise price equal to the fair value of the stock on the date of grant. Compensation expense is recorded for the fair value of the stock options, and is recognized over the period of the underlying security’s vesting schedule. Consideration paid on the exercise of stock options is credited to share capital and additional paid-in capital.

Fair value of the share-based compensation is measured by use of the Black-Scholes pricing model. The following discusses the assumptions used related to the Black-Scholes pricing model.

Expected life

The expected term of stock options represents the period the stock options are expected to remain outstanding and is based on the simplified method, which is the weighted average vesting term plus the original contractual term, divided by two.

Expected volatility

Expected volatility measures the amount that a stock price has fluctuated or is expected to fluctuate during a period. Since the Combined Company’s stock is not publicly traded, the Combined Company determines volatility based on an analysis of the PHLX Oil Service Index that tracks publicly traded oilfield service stocks.

Dividend yield

At the time of the issuance of the options, the Combined Company did not plan to pay cash dividends in the foreseeable future. Therefore, a zero expected dividend yield was used in the valuation model.

 

F-36


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

Nine Energy Service, Inc.

Notes to financial statements

December 31, 2016 and 2015—Continued

 

Risk-free interest rate

The risk-free interest rate is based on U.S. Treasury zero-coupon issues with remaining terms similar to the expected term on the options.

Forfeitures

The Combined Company estimates forfeitures at the time of grant, and revises those estimates in subsequent periods if actual forfeitures differ from those estimates. The Combined Company uses historical data to estimate pre-vesting option forfeitures and records stock-based compensation expense only for those awards that are expected to vest. If the Combined Company’s actual forfeiture rate is materially different from its estimate, the stock-based compensation expense could be different from what the Combined Company has recorded in the current period.

Fair value of common stock

The value of the Combined Company’s stock at the time of each option grant used to establish the strike price is estimated by management in accordance with an internal valuation model, and approved by the Combined Company’s Board of Directors. The valuation model is based upon an average of cash flow and book value multiples of comparable companies. The comparable companies selected reflect the market’s view on key sector, geographic, and product type exposure that are similar to those that impact the Combined Company’s business. The value is further subject to judgmental factors such as prevailing market conditions, changes in the stock prices of other oilfield service companies and the overall outlook for the Combined Company and its products in general.

Income taxes

The Combined Company follows the asset and liability method of accounting for income taxes. Under this method, deferred income tax assets and liabilities are determined based upon temporary differences between the carrying amounts and tax bases of the Combined Company’s assets and liabilities at the balance sheet date, and are measured using enacted tax rates and laws that will be in effect when the differences are expected to reverse. The effect on deferred tax assets and liabilities of a change in the tax rates is recognized in income in the period in which the change occurs. The Combined Company records a valuation reserve in each reporting period when management believes that it is more likely than not that any deferred tax asset created will not be realized.

The Combined Company recognizes the financial statement benefit of a tax position only after determining that the relevant tax authority would more likely than not sustain the position following an audit. If a tax position meets the “more likely than not” recognition criteria, the tax position is measured at the largest amount of benefit greater than 50% likely of being realized upon ultimate settlement.

Deferred financing costs

Deferred financing costs are amortized over the life of the related debt using the effective interest method. The Combined Company expensed approximately $2,400,000 and $1,000,000 of deferred financing costs during

 

F-37


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

Nine Energy Service, Inc.

Notes to financial statements

December 31, 2016 and 2015—Continued

 

the years ended December 31, 2016 and 2015, respectively, which amounts are included in interest expense in the statements of comprehensive income. The 2016 expense included the write-off of approximately $1,000,000 of deferred financing costs that were incurred upon entering into credit facilities in 2014. The amount written off represents the portion of the deferred financing costs related to the reduction in the amount available in the revolving credit facilities during 2016 (Note 7).

Deferred financing costs of $1,626,000 and $2,737,000 at December 31, 2016 and 2015, respectively, are reported as a reduction of long-term debt (Note 7).

Fair value of financial instruments

The carrying amounts for financial instruments classified as current assets and current liabilities approximate fair value, due to the short maturity of such instruments. The book values of other financial instruments, such as the Combined Company’s debt under its Credit Facilities (Note 7), approximates fair value because interest rates charged are similar to other financial instruments with similar terms and maturities and the rates vary in accordance with a market index.

For the financial assets and liabilities disclosed at fair value, fair value is determined as the exit price, or the price that would be received to sell an asset or paid to transfer a liability in an orderly transaction between market participants at the measurement date. The established fair value hierarchy divides fair value measurement into three levels:

 

 

Level 1—inputs are quoted prices (unadjusted) in active markets for identical assets or liabilities that the reporting entity has the ability to access at the measurement date;

 

 

Level 2—inputs other than quoted prices included within Level 1 that are observable for the assets or liability, either directly or indirectly; and

 

 

Level 3—inputs are unobservable for the asset or liability, which reflect the best judgment of management.

The financial assets and liabilities that are disclosed at fair value are categorized in one of the above three levels based on the lowest level input that is significant to the fair value measurement in its entirety. Level 1 provides the most reliable measure of fair value, whereas Level 3 generally requires significant management judgment.

Earnings per share

Basic income per share is calculated by dividing net income by the weighted-average number of common shares outstanding during the period. The diluted income per share computation is calculated by dividing net income by the weighted-average number of common shares outstanding during the period, taking into effect, if any, of shares that would be issuable upon the exercise of outstanding stock options, reduced by the number of shares purchased by the Combined Company at cost, when such amounts are dilutive to the earnings per share calculation. There is no dilutive effect for 2016 or 2015 since the company is in a net loss position.

Recently issued accounting pronouncements

In May 2014, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (‘‘FASB’’) issued Accounting Standards Update (‘‘ASU’’) No. 2014-09, Revenue from Contracts with Customers , which supersedes the current revenue recognition

 

F-38


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

Nine Energy Service, Inc.

Notes to financial statements

December 31, 2016 and 2015—Continued

 

guidance. The ASU is based on the principle that revenue is recognized to depict the transfer of goods and services to customers in the amount that reflects the consideration to which the entity expects to be entitled in exchange for those goods or services. The ASU also requires additional disclosure about the nature, amount, timing, and uncertainty of revenue and cash flows arising from customer contracts, including significant judgments and changes in judgments and asset recognized from costs incurred to obtain or fulfill a contract. The new standard will be effective for the Company for the fiscal years beginning after December 31, 2017 using one of two retrospective application methods. The Company is currently evaluating the impacts of adoption of this guidance.

In August 2014, the FASB issued ASU No. 2014-15, Presentation of Financial Statements—Going Concern . The new standard requires management to evaluate whether there are conditions and events that raise substantial doubt about an entity’s ability to continue as a going concern for both annual and interim reporting periods. Management performed an evaluation of the Company’s ability to fund operations and to continue as a going concern according to ASC Topic 205-40, Presentation of Financial Statements—Going Concern. Management has performed their own analysis which is included within Note 7.

In July 2015, the FASB issued ASU No. 2015-11, Simplifying the Measurement of Inventory , which requires companies to measure inventory at the lower of cost or net realizable value rather than at the lower of cost or market. Net realizable value is the estimated selling price in the ordinary course of business, less reasonably predictable costs of completion, disposal and transportation. The new guidance will be effective for the Company for the fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2016. The Company is currently evaluating the impacts of the adoption of this guidance.

In February 2016, the FASB issued ASU No. 2016-02, Leases (Topic 842) to increase transparency and comparability among organizations by recognizing lease assets and lease liabilities on the balance sheet and disclosing key information about leasing arrangements. Upon adoption of the new guidance, lessees are required to recognize and measure leases at the beginning of the earliest period presented using a modified retrospective approach. The new guidance will be effective for the Company for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2018. The Company is currently evaluating the impacts of adoption of this guidance.

In January 2017, the FASB issued ASU No. 2017-01, Business Combinations (Topic 805): Clarifying the Definition of a Business , in an effort to clarify the definition of a business with the objective of adding guidance to assist entities with evaluating whether transactions should be accounted for as acquisitions (or disposals) of assets or businesses. The amendments in this standard provide a screen to determine when an integrated set of assets and activities is not a business. The screen requires that when substantially all of the fair value of the gross assets acquired (or disposed of) is concentrated in a single identifiable asset or a group of similar identifiable assets, the integrated set of assets and activities is not a business. The new guidance is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2017, and interim periods within those fiscal years. Early adoption is allowed for transactions for which the acquisition date occurs before the issuance date or effective date of the amendments, only when the transaction has not been reported in financial statements that have been issued or made available for issuance and for transactions in which a subsidiary is deconsolidated or a group of assets is derecognized before the issuance date or effective date of the amendments. Entities will be required to apply the guidance prospectively when adopted. Management is evaluating the impact this new pronouncement will have on the combined financial statements.

 

F-39


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

Nine Energy Service, Inc.

Notes to financial statements

December 31, 2016 and 2015—Continued

 

In January 2017, the FASB issued ASU 2017-04, Intangibles—Goodwill and Other which simplifies the accounting for goodwill impairment by eliminating Step 2 of the current goodwill impairment test. In computing the implied fair value of goodwill under Step 2, an entity had to perform procedures to determine the fair value at the impairment testing date of its assets and liabilities (including unrecognized assets and liabilities) following the procedure that would be required in determining the fair value of assets acquired and liabilities assumed in a business combination. Instead, under the new standard, an entity should perform its annual, or interim, goodwill impairment test by comparing the fair value of a reporting unit with its carrying amount. An entity should recognize an impairment charge for the amount by which the carrying amount exceeds the reporting unit’s fair value; however, the loss recognized should not exceed the total amount of goodwill allocated to that reporting unit. An entity still has the option to perform the qualitative assessment for a reporting unit to determine if the quantitative impairment test is necessary. The new guidance should be adopted for annual or any interim goodwill impairment tests in fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2019. Early adoption is permitted for interim or annual goodwill impairment tests performed on testing dates after January 1, 2017. This standard will be implemented prospectively for all future goodwill impairment tests and will simplify such evaluations.

In August 2016, the FASB issued ASU No. 2016-15, Statement of Cash Flows (Topic 230)—Classification of Certain Cash Receipts and Cash Payment . This new guidance addresses eight specific cash flow issues with the objective of reducing the existing diversity in practice, including: debt prepayment or debt extinguishment costs, settlement of zero-coupon debt instruments or other debt instruments, contingent consideration payments made after a business combination, proceeds from the settlement of insurance claims, proceeds from the settlement of corporate-owned life insurance policies, distributions received from equity method investees, beneficial interests in securitization transactions, and separately identifiable cash flows and application of the predominance principle. ASU 2016-15 is effective for public business entities for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2017, and interim periods within those fiscal years. Early adoption is permitted, including adoption in an interim period. The Company is evaluating the financial statement implications of adopting ASU 2016-15.

In March 2016, the FASB issued ASU No. 2016-09, Improvements to Employee Share-Based Payment Accounting . This new guidance includes provisions intended to simplify how share-based payments are accounted for and presented in the financial statements, including: a) all excess tax benefits and tax deficiencies should be recognized as income tax expense or benefit in the income statement; b) excess tax benefits should be classified along with other income tax cash flows as an operating activity; c) an entity can make an entity-wide accounting policy election to either estimate the number of awards that are expected to vest or account for forfeitures when they occur; d) the threshold to qualify for equity classification permits withholding up to the maximum statutory tax rates in the applicable jurisdictions; e) cash paid by an employer should be classified as a financing activity when shares are directly withheld for tax withholding purposes. ASU 2016-09 is effective for public business entities for annual periods beginning after December 15, 2016, and interim periods within those annual periods. The Company has early adopted this standard for the year ended December 31, 2016 and did not have a material impact.

Subsequent events

The Combined Company has evaluated events occurring after the balance sheet date through March 24, 2017, which is the date these financial statements were available to be issued. Additionally, the Company evaluated transactions and other events that occurred through May 2, 2017 and May 19, 2017 for purposes of recognition

 

F-40


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

Nine Energy Service, Inc.

Notes to financial statements

December 31, 2016 and 2015—Continued

 

of subsequent events and disclosure of unrecognized subsequent events and determined that there are no events that require disclosure.

On February 10, 2017, Beckman amended its credit facility (Note 7).

In connection with the Combination in February 2017, the Combined Company completed the following offering to raise $40 million of equity proceeds from the shareholders of the Combined Company. The offering is referenced in Note 3 and described in further detail below:

 

 

$5 million of shares of Nine common stock to pre-Combination holders of Nine common stock, the proceeds of which were retained by the Combined Company to ensure compliance with the financial covenants under the Existing Nine Credit Facility;

 

 

$15 million of shares of common stock of Beckman to the holders of Beckman common stock, the proceeds of which were used to pay outstanding indebtedness under the Existing Beckman Credit Facility; and

 

 

$20 million of shares of Combined Company common stock to pre-Combination holders of Nine common stock and holders of Beckman common stock, the proceeds of which were used (i) to finance the purchase of non-accredited investors’ shares in the Combination and pay fees and expenses related to the Combination and (ii) for general corporate purposes, including ensuring compliance with the financial covenants under the Existing Nine Credit Facility.

For the quarter ended March 31, 2017, Nine was in breach of the minimum EBITDA covenant and the fixed charge coverage ratio related to the amended credit facility described in Note 7. However, Nine has cured the breaches by using a portion of the available proceeds raised in a stock subscription offer following the combination of Nine with Beckman, as described above.

3. Acquisitions and combinations

Beckman combination

On February 28, 2017, pursuant to the terms and conditions of a combination agreement dated February 3, 2017, the Company merged with Beckman and all of the issued and outstanding shares of Beckman common stock were converted into shares of common stock of Nine Energy Service, Inc., other than 1.6% of Beckman shares paid in cash. Beckman shares were converted at a ratio of 0.567154 Nine shares per Beckman share. Prior to the Combination, SCF-VII, L.P. had controlled a majority of the voting interests of Nine and Beckman since February 28, 2011 and July 31, 2012, respectively. The merger of the entities into the Combined Company was accounted for using reorganization accounting (i.e., “as if” pooling of interest) for entities under common control.

In conjunction with the Combination, other events occurred, including:

 

 

The conversion of certain Beckman shares into cash at the price of $141.94 per Beckman share. These shares were owned by non-accredited shareholders of Beckman at the time of the Combination;

 

 

Payment of cash for a certain number of Beckman shares that converted into fractional Nine shares at the price of $250.27 per Nine share;

 

F-41


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

Nine Energy Service, Inc.

Notes to financial statements

December 31, 2016 and 2015—Continued

 

 

The conversion of Beckman options to purchase Beckman common stock into options to purchase Nine shares;

 

 

The conversion of Beckman restricted shares into Nine restricted shares;

 

 

The conversion of Beckman warrants to purchase Beckman common stock in warrants to purchase Nine shares;

 

 

The issuance of options to purchase Nine common stock;

 

 

The issuance, on a pro-rata basis, to the Combined Company’s shareholders, of Nine common stock based on a subscription amount equal to the number of common shares issued at a price of $250.27. The subscription was offered to all shareholders on record at the time of the Combination. Any unsubscribed shares were reallocated among the shareholders; and

 

 

The issuance, to the Combined Company’s shareholders, of Nine warrants equal to one half of the amount of shares issued related to the subscription described above.

Scorpion acquisition

On September 1, 2015, the Company entered into an Asset Purchase Agreement (the “Scorpion Purchase Agreement”) pursuant to which it acquired certain of the assets and personal property of Pat Greenlee Builders, LLC (“Scorpion”) for consideration consisting of: (1) $265,000 in cash as consideration for the transfer of certain personal property including, but not limited to, certain equipment and inventory, (2) 3,010 shares of common stock in the Company valued at $332.20 per share, (3) additional shares of Company common stock ranging from 3,010 shares to 6,020 shares, contingent upon the quantity of Scorpion Composite Plugs TM sold during 2016 and (4) annual cash consideration equal to (i) 20% of the gross profit realized on the sale of Scorpion Composite Plugs TM during each of the first 3 years post-close and (ii) 21% of the gross profit realized on the sale of Scorpion flowback plugs during each of the first 7 years post-close. The purchase price was allocated to the assets acquired and liabilities assumed based upon their estimated fair values at the purchase date. The purchase price allocation was based upon valuations compiled by independent valuation specialists as well as estimates and assumptions made by management. The excess of the purchase price over the net tangible and identifiable intangible assets was recorded as goodwill, the amortization of which is deductible for income tax purposes. The goodwill is primarily attributable to the assembled workforce. The acquired intangible asset related to technology has an estimated useful life of 6 years. The Company incurred acquisition related fees and expenses of $207,000 during the year ended December 31, 2015 which were recognized under the caption “General and Administrative Expenses” on the Combined Statements of Comprehensive Income.

Scorpion revenue was $7,195,000 and $1,626,000 in the years ended December 31, 2016 and 2015, respectively. Earnings are not disclosed as they are reported within another reporting unit.

 

F-42


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

Nine Energy Service, Inc.

Notes to financial statements

December 31, 2016 and 2015—Continued

 

A summary of the allocation of the purchase price for Scorpion is as follows:

 

       (in thousands
of dollars)
 

Current assets

   $ 304  

Fixed assets

     29  

Goodwill

     1,143  

Other intangible asset—developed technology

     1,870  

Accrued liabilities

     (39
  

 

 

 

Net assets acquired

   $ 3,307  

 

 

4. Property and equipment

The following is a summary of property and equipment as of December 31, 2016 and 2015:

 

       Estimated
useful lives
     2016     2015  
            (in thousands of dollars)  

Operating equipment

     1 to 12 years      $ 370,153     $ 371,720  

Autos and trucks

     1 to 7 years        33,892       35,329  

Land

     indefinite        1,777       1,777  

Buildings

     7 to 39 years        14,901       15,044  

Furniture, fixtures and equipment

     2 to 12 years        2,913       2,895  

Shop equipment

     3 to 15 years        7,535       7,402  

Leasehold improvements

     3 to 10 years        936       923  
     

 

 

 
        432,107       435,090  

Less: Accumulated depreciation

        (158,897     (109,196
     

 

 

 
      $ 273,210     $ 325,894  

 

 

Depreciation expense was $55,260,000 and $58,894,000 for the years ended December 31, 2016 and 2015, respectively. Depreciation expense related to cost of revenues but reported separately as part of depreciation expense, was $54,344,000 and $58,042,000 for the years ended December 31, 2016 and 2015, respectively.

 

F-43


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

Nine Energy Service, Inc.

Notes to financial statements

December 31, 2016 and 2015—Continued

 

5. Goodwill and intangible assets

The changes in the net carrying amount of the components of goodwill and intangible assets for the years ended December 31, 2016 and 2015 were as follows:

 

       Goodwill     Intangible
assets
 
     (in thousands of dollars)  

Balance as of December 31, 2014

   $ 171,890     $ 92,055  

Acquired during 2015

     1,143       1,874  

Amortization expense

           (8,650

Impact on non U.S. currency translation

           (52

Impairment

     (35,540      
  

 

 

 

Balances as of December 31, 2015

     137,493       85,227  

Amortization expense

           (9,083

Impairment

     (12,207      
  

 

 

 

Balance as of December 31, 2016

   $ 125,286     $ 76,144  

 

 

The Combined Company performs its annual impairment tests of goodwill as of December 31. During 2016 the Combined Company recognized approximately $12,207,000 of goodwill impairment relating to one of the Combined Company’s reporting units. During 2015 the Combined Company recognized goodwill impairment losses of approximately $35,540,000 relating to two of the Combined Company’s reporting units, (Note 2). The impairment in both years resulted from an assessment of discounted estimated cash flows which were negatively impacted by the economic environment at that time.

Amortization expense of $9,083,000 and $8,650,000 for the years ended December 31, 2016 and 2015, respectively, is related to cost of revenues, but reported separately.

Goodwill by segment for the years ended December 31, 2016 and 2015 was as follows:

 

(in thousands of dollars)    Completion Solutions     Production Solutions      Total  
       2016     2015     2016      2015      2016     2015  

Balances as of January 1

   $ 124,507     $ 158,904     $ 12,986      $ 12,986      $ 137,493     $ 171,890  

Acquisitions

           1,143                           1,143  

Impairment

     (12,207     (35,540                   (12,207     (35,540
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balances as of December 31

   $ 112,300     $ 124,507     $ 12,986      $ 12,986      $ 125,286     $ 137,493  

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

F-44


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

Nine Energy Service, Inc.

Notes to financial statements

December 31, 2016 and 2015—Continued

 

Intangible assets arising from business acquisitions consisted of the following:

 

       Amortization
period
     December 31, 2015  
          Gross      Accumulated
amortization
    Net  
            (in thousands of dollars)  

Customer relationships

     8 to 15 years      $ 76,040      $ (16,984   $ 59,056  

Noncompete agreements

     3 to 5 years        4,966        (2,627     2,339  

Technology

     6 years        1,870        (104     1,766  

Trademarks

     Indefinite        22,020              22,020  

Other intangible assets

     4 years        550        (504     46  
     

 

 

 
      $ 105,446      $ (20,219   $ 85,227  

 

 

 

       Amortization
period
     December 31, 2016  
          Gross      Accumulated
amortization
    Net  
            (in thousands of dollars)  

Customer relationships

     8 to 15 years      $ 76,040      $ (24,896   $ 51,144  

Noncompete agreements

     3 to 5 years        4,966        (3,452     1,514  

Technology

     6 years        1,870        (415     1,455  

Trademarks

     Indefinite        22,020              22,020  

Other intangible assets

     4 years        550        (539     11  
     

 

 

 
      $ 105,446      $ (29,302   $ 76,144  

 

 

The weighted average remaining useful life of the intangible assets as of December 31, 2016 was 7.3 years. Future estimated amortization expense is as follows:

 

(in thousands of dollars)         

Year Ending December 31,

  

2017

   $ 8,807  

2018

     8,632  

2019

     8,117  

2020

     7,805  

2021

     6,452  

Thereafter

     14,312  
  

 

 

 
   $ 54,125  

 

 

 

F-45


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

Nine Energy Service, Inc.

Notes to financial statements

December 31, 2016 and 2015—Continued

 

6. Accrued expenses

Accrued expenses consisted of the following as of December 31, 2016 and 2015:

 

       2016      2015  
     (in thousands of dollars)  

Accrued compensation and benefits

   $ 4,922      $ 4,951  

Sales tax payable

     820        4,051  

Accrued expenses

     4,031        2,415  

Accrued property tax

     764        1,122  

Accrued interest

     96        290  

Scorpion contingent liability

     1,784        303  
  

 

 

 
   $ 12,417      $ 13,132  

 

 

7. Long-term debt

Long-term debt consists of the following as of December 31, 2016 and 2015:

 

       2016     2015  
     (in thousands of dollars)  

Nine US revolving credit facility

   $ 55,500     $ 43,000  

Nine US term loan

     56,150       74,375  

Nine Canada revolving credit facility

     8,938       6,503  

Beckman revolving credit facility

     114,300       128,500  

Beckman term loan

     11,000        
  

 

 

 
     245,888       252,378  

Less Current portion

     (17,975     (10,625
  

 

 

 

Long-term debt

     227,913       241,753  

Less deferred financing costs

     (1,626     (2,737
  

 

 

 
   $ 226,287     $ 239,016  

 

 

Nine credit facilities

In conjunction with the Crest Pumping Technologies (“Crest”) acquisition in 2014, Nine entered into a $300 million credit facility arrangement with several major financial institutions, secured by substantially all of Nine’s assets. Under the credit facility arrangement, $270 million could be borrowed in the U.S., consisting of an $85 million 5-year Term Loan and a $185 million Revolving Credit Facility, and $30 million could be borrowed in Canada under a Revolving Credit Facility. The maturity date was June 30, 2019. Interest rates were based on prime rate, the federal funds rate or the London Interbank Offered Rate (LIBOR), plus a margin determined by the funded debt to Earnings before Interest, Taxes, Depreciation and Amortization (“EBITDA”) ratio. There was also a standby fee of 0.375% to 0.5%. Interest rates ranged from 2.2% to 3.4% during 2015 and were approximately 2.7% in 2016 through May 13, 2016 when Nine entered into an amendment to the credit facility.

 

F-46


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

Nine Energy Service, Inc.

Notes to financial statements

December 31, 2016 and 2015—Continued

 

The debt covenants required that EBITDA be no higher than 3.5 to 1 during the period from inception of the loan through December 31, 2014, 3.25 to 1 from January through June 2015 and 3 to 1 thereafter.

On May 13, 2016, Nine entered into an amendment to the credit facility (“Amended Credit Facility”). The Amended Credit Facility reduced the borrowing capacity of the Revolving Credit Facility to $75 million in the U.S. and $13 million in Canada, with a new maturity date of January 1, 2018 and increased interest rates and standby fees. The amendment waives all previous covenants through 2016, establishes minimum 12-month EBITDA targets for June 30, 2016 through June 30, 2017 and limits the amount of capital expenditures in 2016 and 2017. The amendment establishes a debt to EBITDA ratio of 4.5 starting subsequent to June 30, 2017, and EBITDA to fixed charge ratios of 1.00 for March 31, 2017 and June 30, 2017 and a ratio of 1.25 for September 30, 2017 and thereafter. (Fixed charges include interest, term loan payments, capital expenditures and income tax payments.) The amendment also requires that all future income tax refunds resulting from net operating losses be used to prepay term loan advances in reverse order of maturity. Interest rates ranged from 4.9% to 7.0% from the inception of the amendment in May 2016 through December 31, 2016.

Given current market conditions and Nine’s performance in 2016, it is Nine’s belief that it will breach certain financial covenants at March 31, 2017 and that it may breach the fixed charge coverage ratio at June 30, 2017, depending on Nine’s level of capital expenditures for the second quarter. Should the need arise, Nine will exercise its right to equity cure under the Existing Nine Credit Facility and will access a certain amount of existing proceeds that have previously been raised from Nine’s existing shareholders. Upon delivery of its March 31, 2017 and June 30, 2017 compliance certificates, which are due within 45 days after each period, Nine will have 10 business days to provide the necessary equity proceeds. The equity proceeds will be in the amount necessary to satisfy any and all breaches of financial covenants. After giving effect to the equity cure, Nine expects to be in compliance of its amended credit agreement for March 31, 2017 and June 30, 2017.

Beckman credit facilities

On May 2, 2014, Beckman entered into a new senior secured credit agreement with several major financial institutions. The senior secured credit financing consisted of a revolving credit facility in an aggregate amount of $170,000,000 with an accordion feature of up to $50,000,000 in the aggregate. The credit agreement was secured by first priority perfected security interest in all equity interests of domestic subsidiaries, 65% of the voting equity of directly owned foreign subsidiaries, and substantially all of the tangible and intangible assets of Beckman. Interest only was due monthly and calculated at 2.50 percent above the London Interbank Offered Rate (LIBOR) or 1.50 percent above the Alternate Base Rate. The credit agreement was to mature on May 2, 2019. As a requirement of the credit agreement, on May 2, 2014 Beckman paid the outstanding balance under a 2012 credit agreement of $31,500,000 revolving credit and the term loan of $28,125,000.

The credit agreement contained certain financial covenants which, among other things, limited Beckman’s spending for capital expenditures and required that certain financial ratios be maintained. During 2014, the credit agreement was amended three times, primarily to increase the aggregate amount of the credit facility.

On January 12, 2016, Beckman entered into Amendment No. 4 to the 2014 Credit Facility. The amendment reduced the total aggregate commitments of the lenders from $235,000,000 to $145,000,000, limited borrowing availability subject to a new borrowing base, and amended certain covenant compliance and reporting requirements. Effective with the amendment date, $12,500,000 of the outstanding revolver was

 

F-47


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

Nine Energy Service, Inc.

Notes to financial statements

December 31, 2016 and 2015—Continued

 

converted to a term advance. Repayment of $1,500,000 was required in 2016, $3,100,000 is required in 2017 and the remainder matures in June 2018.

The amended credit agreement contained certain financial covenants which, among other things, limited spending on capital expenditures and required that certain financial ratios be maintained. Beckman was required to provide a monthly borrowing base certificate which calculates the available borrowing base and reports compliance commencing January 2016. Beckman was to provide a cash availability report each week commencing in January 2016 whereby cash on hand at the beginning of the week could not exceed $3.0 million. The leverage ratio was waived through the quarter ending March 31, 2017 and could not be more than 3.50 to 1.00 commencing with the quarter ending June 30, 2017. The fixed charge coverage as of the last day of each quarter, commencing with the quarter ending March 31, 2016, was to be less than 1.15 to 1.00 for each fiscal quarter ending on or prior to March 31, 2017 and 1.25 to 1.00 for each fiscal quarter ending after March 31, 2017. Capital expenditures in the fiscal year ended December 31, 2016, were not to exceed $15 million, and in each year ending after December 31, 2016, were not to exceed 75% of EBITDA for the immediately preceding year.

As of December 31, 2016 and 2015, $114,300,000 and $128,500,000 were outstanding under the revolver, respectively, and a letter of credit commitment in the amount of $850,000 and $950,000, respectively. As of December 31, 2016, $11,000,000 of the term loan was outstanding. As of December 31, 2016 and 2015, Beckman had $5,660,000 and $105,000,000 available, respectively under the revolver.

Beckman was in compliance with all covenants during 2016 and 2015. Beckman’s ability to comply with covenants in the future could be affected by the levels of cash flows from operations and events or circumstances beyond Beckman’s control. If market or other economic conditions deteriorate, the risk of noncompliance may increase.

On February 10, 2017, Beckman entered into Amendment No. 5 to the 2014 Credit Facility. The amendment reduces the total aggregate commitments of the lenders from $145,000,000 to $127,300,000, limits borrowing availability subject to a new borrowing base, and amends certain covenant compliance and reporting requirements. As a requirement of this amendment, immediately prior to the amendment date, Beckman received $15,000,000 of equity proceeds from certain of its shareholders. Effective with the amendment date, these proceeds were used to prepay the outstanding revolver $10,000,000 and the term advance $5,000,000, of which $3,875,000 was applied as prepayment of the scheduled amortization payments that were due March 31, 2017 through March 31, 2018 and $106,300,000 of the outstanding revolver was converted to a second term advance. The amendment provides for a $15,000,000 revolver, of which $2,500,000 was drawn on the date of the amendment. Required repayments of the original term advance are $1,500,000 in 2017, $750,000 by March 31, 2018 and the remainder in June 2018.

The amended credit agreement contains certain financial covenants which, among other things, limit spending on capital expenditures and require that certain financial ratios be maintained. Certain of the requirements are:

 

a.   Beckman must provide a monthly borrowing base certificate which calculates the available borrowing base and reports compliance commencing February 2017;

 

b.   Beckman must provide a cash availability report each month commencing in February 2017 whereby cash on hand on the last business day of the month cannot exceed $6,000,000;

 

F-48


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

Nine Energy Service, Inc.

Notes to financial statements

December 31, 2016 and 2015—Continued

 

c.   The leverage ratio is waived through the quarter ending September 30, 2017 and cannot be more than 3.50 to 1.00 commencing with the quarter ending December 31, 2017;

 

d.   The interest coverage ratio remains waived;

 

e.   The fixed charge coverage as of the last day of each quarter, commencing with the quarter ending March 31, 2017, must be a) less than 1.15 to 1.00 for each fiscal quarter ending on or prior to June 30, 2017 and b) less than 1.25 to 1.00 for each fiscal quarter ending after June 30, 2017;

 

f.   Capital expenditures in the fiscal year ending December 31, 2017 must not exceed $20,000,000, and in each year ending after December 31, 2017 must not exceed 75% of EBITDA for the immediately preceding year

Nine and Beckman combined

Future principal payments on long-term debt for each of years ending December 31 are as follows:

 

       (in thousands of
dollars)
 

2017

     $ 17,975  

2018

     227,913  
  

 

 

 
     $245,888  

 

 

In accordance with ASC 205-4, Going Concern, the Combined Company evaluated whether there are conditions and events that raise substantial doubt about the Company’s ability to continue as a going concern for a period of one year after the date that the combined financial statements are issued. The Combined Company has $120.6 million of debt outstanding, under the revolving credit facility and term loan discussed above, as of December 31, 2016 that is scheduled to mature on January 1, 2018, and the Combined Company currently does not expect to have sufficient liquidity and capital resources to repay the debt outstanding in full on its maturity date. This condition raises substantial doubt about the Combined Company’s ability to continue as a going concern for a period of one year after the date that the combined financial statements are issued.

Delivery of financial statements including a going concern qualification would result in an event of default under the Existing Nine Credit Facility absent an amendment or waiver. On March 23, 2017, the Combined Company received the requisite waiver from the lenders under the Existing Nine Credit Facility with respect to this potential event of default.

The Combined Company is in the process of pursing an initial public offering of its equity in which the Combined Company plans to repay the Nine Revolving Credit Facility and Term Loan prior to its maturity with the proceeds of the offering. The Combined Company can provide no assurances regarding the successful completion of the offering.

In the event the Combined Company is unable to successfully complete the offering, the Combined Company will need to seek additional sources of financing such as raising additional equity, entering into a new debt agreement, or restructuring existing debt and/or cut costs. The Combined Company can provide no assurance regarding its ability to obtain additional financing.

 

F-49


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

Nine Energy Service, Inc.

Notes to financial statements

December 31, 2016 and 2015—Continued

 

In February 2017, the Combined Company raised an aggregate $40 million of equity proceeds from the shareholders of the Combined Company.

8. Defined contribution plans

Nine and Beckman both sponsor defined contribution plans under Section 401(k) of the Internal Revenue Code for all qualified employees.

Under Nine’s plan, employee contributions are matched by Nine at 100% of the first 3% and 50% of the remaining up to 5% of compensation that a participant contributes to the Plan. Nine’s contributions were $1,300,000 in 2015. Contributions were suspended during a portion of 2015 and no contributions were made in 2016.

Under Beckman’s plan, employee contributions are matched by Beckman at 50% of the first 5% of compensation that a participant contributes to the Plan. During 2015, Beckman contributed $402,000 to the Plan. Beckman made no contributions during 2016, but incurred a liability of $418,000 related to employer contribution to be funded in 2017.

9. Stock based compensation

Nine

Stock options

Information about stock option activity during the years ended December 31, 2016 and 2015 is as follows:

 

2015 Activity    Number of
shares in
underlying
options
    Weighted
average
exercise price
     Remaining
weighted avg
contractual life
in years
     Intrinsic value  
                         (in thousands)  

Beginning balance

     63,382     $ 217.15        7.2      $ 2,983  

Granted

     41,268       284.87        9.7         

Exercised

     (1,943     91.07                

Forfeited

     (27,355     207.73        7.2        3,998  
  

 

 

         

Total outstanding

     75,352     $ 260.71        8.6      $ 1,590  
  

 

 

         

Options exercisable

     13,127     $ 240.98        7.6      $ 416  

 

 

 

F-50


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

Nine Energy Service, Inc.

Notes to financial statements

December 31, 2016 and 2015—Continued

 

2016 Activity    Number of
shares in
underlying
options
    Weighted
average
exercise price
     Remaining
weighted avg
contractual life
in years
     Intrinsic value  
                         (in thousands)  

Beginning balance

     75,352     $ 260.71        7.6      $ 502  

Granted

     10,093       182.21        9.7         

Exercised

                          

Forfeited

     (3,626     262.91        7.8        14  
  

 

 

         

Total outstanding

     81,819     $ 250.93        7.9      $ 502  
  

 

 

         

Options exercisable

     21,058     $ 317.17        8.2      $  

 

 

The intrinsic value at December 31, 2016 and 2015 is the amount by which the fair value of the underlying share exceeds the exercise price of an option as of December 31, 2016 and 2015, respectively. The assumptions used in the Black-Scholes pricing model to estimate the fair value of the options granted in 2016 and 2015 are as follows:

 

       2016      2015  

Weighted average fair value

   $ 83.81      $ 138.16  

Assumptions

     

Expected life (in years)

     6.0        6.0  

Volatility

     47.0%        49.6%  

Dividend yield

     0.0%        0.0%  

Risk free interest rate

     1.46%        1.86%  

 

 

Compensation expense recorded was approximately $2,744,000 and $1,943,000 for the years ended December 31, 2016 and 2015, respectively. As of December 31, 2016, Nine expects to record compensation expense of approximately $4,000,000 over the remaining options term of approximately 1.4 years. Future stock option grants will result in additional compensation expense.

Restricted stock

Information about restricted stock activity during the years ended December 31, 2016 and 2015 is as follows:

 

       2016     2015  

Nonvested at the beginning of the year

     18,201       5,632  

Granted

     3,010       25,005  

Vested

     (4,866     (1,566

Cancelled

           (10,870
  

 

 

 

Nonvested at the end of the year

     16,345       18,201  

 

 

The weighted-average grant date fair value of the restricted stock was $181.62 and $304.99 during the years ended December 31, 2016 and December 31, 2015, respectively. The total amount of compensation expense

 

F-51


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

Nine Energy Service, Inc.

Notes to financial statements

December 31, 2016 and 2015—Continued

 

related to the restricted stock awards recorded was approximately $1,734,000 and $1,086,000 for the years ended December 31, 2016 and December 31, 2015, respectively. As of December 31, 2016, 13,003 restricted shares were unvested, with a weighted average vesting period of 1.8 years. As of December 31, 2015, 26,777 restricted shares were unvested, with an average vesting period of 2.9 years.

Beckman

Stock options

Information about stock option activity during the years ended December 31, 2016 and 2015 follows:

 

2015 Activity    Number of
shares in
underlying
options
    Weighted
average
exercise Price
     Remaining
weighted avg
contractual life
in years
     Intrinsic value  
                         (in thousands)  

Beginning balance

     22,579     $ 118.00        7.4      $  

Granted

     833       150.00        9.4         

Exercised

     (2,294     100.00        6.6         

Forfeited

     (4,883     106.00        7.0         
  

 

 

         

Total outstanding

     16,235     $ 125.00        7.8      $  
  

 

 

         

Options exercisable

     7,992     $ 118.04        7.4      $  

 

 

 

2016 Activity    Number of
shares in
underlying
options
     Weighted
average
exercise price
     Remaining
weighted avg
contractual life
in years
     Intrinsic value  
                          (in thousands)  

Beginning balance

     16,235      $ 125.00        6.8      $  

Granted

     1,078        86.00        9.3        6  

Exercised

                           

Forfeited

                           
  

 

 

          

Total outstanding

     17,313      $ 123.02        6.9      $  
  

 

 

          

Options exercisable

     12,051      $ 120.54        6.5      $  

 

 

 

F-52


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

Nine Energy Service, Inc.

Notes to financial statements

December 31, 2016 and 2015—Continued

 

The intrinsic value at December 31, 2016 and 2015 is the amount by which the fair value of the underlying share exceeds the exercise price of an option as of December 31, 2016 and 2015, respectively. The assumptions used in the Black-Scholes pricing model to estimate the fair value of the options granted in 2016 and 2015 are as follows:

 

       2016      2015  

Weighted average fair value

   $ 86.18      $ 150.00  

Assumptions

     

Expected life (in years)

     7.0        7.0  

Volatility

     98.6%        30.0%  

Dividend yield

     0.0%        0.0%  

Risk free interest rate

     2.00%        1.00%  

 

 

Compensation expense recorded was approximately $234,000 and $481,000 for the years ended December 31, 2016 and 2015, respectively. As of December 31, 2016, Beckman expects to record compensation expense of approximately $241,000 over the remaining options term of approximately 3.4 years.

Restricted stock

Information about restricted stock activity during the years ended December 31, 2016 and 2015 is as follows:

 

       2016     2015  

Nonvested at the beginning of the year

     17,576       23,512  

Granted

     9,092        

Vested

     (5,631     (5,707

Cancelled

     (812     (229
  

 

 

 

Nonvested at the end of the year

     20,225       17,576  

 

 

The weighted-average grant date fair value of the restricted stock was $77 during the year ended December 31, 2016. No restricted stock was granted in 2015. Compensation expense related to the restricted stock awards was approximately $998,000 and $882,000 for the years ended December 31, 2016 and 2015, respectively. As of December 31, 2016 there were 20,225 unvested shares with a weighted average vesting period of 2.2 years. At December 31, 2015, 17,576 shares were unvested, with a weighted average vesting period of 2.3 years.

Other Share based compensation

During 2015, 4,000 shares were issued to a Beckman officer for services provided, at the market value of $150 per share, and $600,000 of compensation expense was recognized.

During 2015, certain Beckman officers and one member of Beckman’s board of directors were issued 2,598 common shares in lieu of cash compensation. Of these shares, 1,763 were issued at $100 per share and 835 were issued at $117 per share, and $274,000 of compensation expense was recognized.

 

F-53


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

Nine Energy Service, Inc.

Notes to financial statements

December 31, 2016 and 2015—Continued

 

10. Commitments and contingencies

Litigation

The Combined Company has claims, lawsuits and administrative proceedings that are pending or threatened, all arising in the ordinary course of business, with respect to commercial and employee matters. Although no assurance can be given with respect to the outcome of the other pending or threatened claims and the effect such outcomes may have, the Combined Company believes any ultimate liability resulting from the outcome of such claims, lawsuits or administrative proceedings, to the extent not otherwise provided for or covered by insurance, will not have a material adverse effect on the Combined Company’s business, operating results, financial position or cash flows.

Leases

The Combined Company leases equipment, vehicles, office space, yard facilities and employee housing in the United States and in Canada where the Combined Company operates, under leases classified as operating. The original lease terms require monthly rental payments and expire from 2017 through 2029. Other leases for various equipment and facilities are on a month-to-month basis or have expired during 2016. Total rent expense for all operating leases was approximately $6,300,000 and $8,800,000 for the years ended December 31, 2016 and 2015, respectively.

The following schedule shows the future total minimum lease payments under these non-cancelable leases as of December 31, 2016:

 

       (in thousands of dollars)  

Year ending December 31,

  

2017

   $ 5,538  

2018

     4,195  

2019

     3,452  

2020

     2,572  

2021

     2,249  

Thereafter

     12,544  
  

 

 

 
   $ 30,550  

 

 

Self-insurance

The Combined Company uses a combination of third party insurance and self-insurance for health insurance clams. The self-insured liability represents an estimate of the undiscounted ultimate cost of uninsured claims incurred as of the balance sheet date. The estimate is based on an analysis of trailing months of incurred medical claims to project the amount of incurred but not reported claims liability. The estimated liability for self-insured medical claims was $718,000 and $1,161,000 at December 31, 2016 and 2015, respectively, and is included under the caption “Accrued liabilities” on the Combined Balance Sheets.

 

F-54


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

Nine Energy Service, Inc.

Notes to financial statements

December 31, 2016 and 2015—Continued

 

Although the Combined Company does not expect the amounts ultimately paid to differ significantly from the estimates, the self-insurance liability could be affected if future claims experience differs significantly from historical trends and actuarial assumptions.

Scorpion contingent liability

In connection with the acquisition of Scorpion, discussed earlier in Note 3, the Company recorded a liability for contingent consideration to be paid in shares of Company common stock and in cash, contingent upon quantities of Scorpion Composite PlugsTM sold during 2016 and gross margin related to the product sales for three years following the acquisition. The shares of common stock underlying the contingent liability were valued at $332.20 at the acquisition date and revalued to $234.97 at December 31, 2015, resulting in a gain of $293,000. A cash payment of $297,000 was made during 2016 based on the gross margin on sales of Scorpion plugs during the first year following the acquisition. The forecasted quantities of plug sales and the related gross margin increased significantly at December 31, 2016 and the shares underlying the contingent liability were revalued at $181.62, resulting in a revaluation loss of $1,735,000. The 2016 loss and the 2015 gain are included in “General and administrative expenses” in the Combined Statements of Comprehensive Income. The following is a reconciliation of the beginning and ending amounts of contingent consideration obligation (level 3) related to the Scorpion acquisition:

 

           2016             2015  
     (in thousands of dollars)  

Balance at beginning of year

   $ 1,749     $  

Initial valuation

           2,042  

Payment

     (297      

Revaluation

     1,735       (293
  

 

 

 

Balance at end of the year

   $ 3,187     $ 1,749  

 

 

Contingent liabilities related to the Scorpion acquisition include $1,784,000 and $303,000 reported in “Accrued expenses” at December 2016 and 2015, respectively, and $1,403,000 and $1,446,000 reported in “Other long term liabilities” at December 2016 and 2015, respectively, in the Combined Balance Sheets.

 

F-55


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

Nine Energy Service, Inc.

Notes to financial statements

December 31, 2016 and 2015—Continued

 

11. Taxes

The components of the provision (benefit) for income taxes for the years ended December 31, 2016 and 2015 were as follows:

 

       2016     2015  
     (in thousands of dollars)  

Current

    

US Federal

   $ (14,295   $ 21  

US State

     168       1,524  

Canada

           (32
  

 

 

 

Total current provision (benefit)

     (14,127     1,513  
  

 

 

 

Deferred

    

US Federal

     (14,206     (14,924

US State

     2,047       (924

Canada

           12  
  

 

 

 

Total deferred benefit

     (12,159     (15,836
  

 

 

 

Total benefit for income taxes

   $ (26,286   $ (14,323

 

 

The provision (benefit) for income taxes for the years ended December 31, 2016 and 2015 differed from the provision (benefit) calculated using the applicable statutory federal income tax rate as follows:

 

       2016     2015  
     (in thousands of dollars)  

Tax benefit at statutory rate

   $ (33,689   $ (18,240

Foreign rate differential

     367       602  

State income taxes, net of federal benefit

     766       151  

Nondeductible expenses

     1,660       595  

Loss of tax benefits due to carryback

     998        

Valuation allowance

     2,804       2,226  

Adoption of ASU 2016-09

     141        

Other

     667       343  
  

 

 

 
   $ (26,286   $ (14,323

 

 

The Combined Company’s effective rate differs from the statutory rate primarily due to nondeductible expenses consisting of meals and entertainment, the effect of state taxes, the valuation allowance related to the Canada jurisdiction and the loss of prior year Section 199 benefits due to a carryback of net operating losses.

 

F-56


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

Nine Energy Service, Inc.

Notes to financial statements

December 31, 2016 and 2015—Continued

 

 

The tax effects of the cumulative temporary differences resulting in the net deferred tax asset (liabilities) at December 31, 2016 and 2015 were as follows:

 

      

2016

   

2015

 
    

(in thousands of dollars)

 

Deferred income tax assets:

    

Inventories

   $ 792     $ 918  

Goodwill and intangible assets

     6,761       5,739  

Deferred tax benefit from net losses

     37,453       24,036  

Stock based compensation

     2,418       1,266  

Tax credit carryforwards

     1,091        

Accrued expenses

     691       1,791  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total deferred income tax assets

     49,206       33,750  

Less: Valuation allowance

     (4,277     (2,054
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net deferred income tax assets

     44,929       31,696  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Deferred income tax liabilities:

    

Property and equipment

     (55,398     (54,339

Prepaid expenses and other

     (168     (155
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total deferred income tax liabilities

     (55,566     (54,494
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net deferred income tax liability

   $ (10,637   $ (22,798

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

 

As of December 31, 2016, the Combined Company had federal and state net operating loss carryforwards of approximately $138.6 million. The federal net operating loss can be used for a 20-year period and, if unused, will begin to expire in 2033. The state net operating losses can be used from 7 to 20 years and vary by state. A small portion of state net operating losses begin to expire in 2020. The Combined Company has domestic credit carryforwards of approximately $1.02 million of AMT credit and $72k of General Business credit.

We evaluate our deferred tax assets on a quarterly basis to determine whether a valuation allowance is required. We assess whether a valuation allowance should be established based on our determination of whether it is more likely than not that some portion or all of the deferred tax assets will not be realized. The ultimate realization of deferred tax assets is dependent upon the generation of future taxable income during the periods in which those temporary differences become deductible and prior to the expiration of our NOL and tax credit carryforwards. We consider the scheduled reversal of deferred tax liabilities, projected future taxable income, and tax planning strategies in making this assessment. Due to recent operating results and goodwill impairments recorded during 2016 and 2015, we are in a three-year cumulative loss position for the year ending December 31, 2016. According to ASC topic No. 740, Income Taxes, cumulative losses in recent years represent significant negative evidence in considering whether deferred tax assets are realizable. Therefore, during 2016 we recorded a valuation allowance of $1.6M against our deferred tax assets. We have excluded the deferred tax liabilities related to certain indefinite lived intangibles when calculating the amount of valuation allowance needed as these liabilities cannot be considered as a source of income when determining the realizability of the net deferred tax assets. The valuation allowance was recorded as a reduction to our income tax benefit in our combined statements of comprehensive income.

 

F-57


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

Nine Energy Service, Inc.

Notes to financial statements

December 31, 2016 and 2015—Continued

 

The Combined Company is subject to U.S. federal income tax as well as income tax in multiple state jurisdictions. The earliest period the Combined Company is subject to examination of Federal income tax returns by the Internal Revenue Service is 2013. The state income tax returns and other state tax filings of the Combined Company are subject to examination by the state taxing authorities for various periods, generally up to four years after they are filed.

The Combined Company does not have any unrecognized tax benefits recorded as of December 31, 2016 or 2015. The Combined Company does not anticipate the total amount of unrecognized tax benefits will significantly change by December 31, 2017. The Combined Company recognizes interest and/or penalties related to income tax matters in income tax expense.

12. Earnings per share

The diluted earnings per share calculation excludes all stock options and unvested restricted stock for 2015 and 2016 because there is a net loss for each period as their inclusion would be anti-dilutive.

 

       2016     2015  
     (in thousands of dollars except for
share and per share data)
 

Net income (loss) attributable to common stockholders

   $ (70,911   $ (39,117

Average shares outstanding

     1,653,277       1,643,912  

Loss per share (basic and diluted)

   $ (42.89   $ (23.80

 

 

13. Related party transactions

During 2014, in conjunction with an exercise of warrants to provide a capital infusion, promissory notes totaling $2,500,000 were issued to the former owners of an acquired company, who are members of the Company’s management team. The principal is due on June 30, 2019 (the “Maturity Date”). Interest of 4% per annum is due and payable on the Maturity Date. As of December 31, 2016 and 2015, the outstanding balance of the notes, including principal and unpaid interest, was $2,750,000 and $2,650,000, respectively. Unpaid interest at December 31, 2016 and 2015 was $250,000 and $150,000, respectively.

During 2014, promissory notes totaling $9,400,000 were issued to former owners of Crest, some of whom are members of the Company’s management team. The principal is due on June 30, 2019. The interest rate is based on the prime rate, the federal funds rate or LIBOR, plus a margin to be determined in connection with Nine’s credit agreement, and is due quarterly. One of the former owners paid $1,774,000 during 2016 to pay his promissory note in full. As of December 31, 2016 and 2015, the outstanding principal balance of the notes totaled $7,600,000 and $9,400,000, respectively. Unpaid interest, included in “Prepaid expenses and other” in the Combined Balance Sheets, totaled $19,000 and $0 at December 31, 2016 and 2015, respectively.

As part of the Tripoint acquisition on October 3, 2011, promissory notes totaling $1,090,000 were issued to former owners of Tripoint who were members of management. The principal was due on September 15, 2015. Interest of 4% was due quarterly, but could be deferred and added to the outstanding principal balance at the election of the Company. In 2015, the outstanding balance of the notes, $918,000, including accrued interest, was repaid in full using a combination of $243,000 of cash and common stock redemption valued at $675,000.

 

F-58


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

Nine Energy Service, Inc.

Notes to financial statements

December 31, 2016 and 2015—Continued

 

The value attributed to common stock, as agreed between the Company and the former owners of Tripoint, was $265.76 per share, resulting in the cancellation of 2,544 shares.

Beckman entered into a shared services agreement with a related party, whose manager was a member of Beckman’s Board of Directors, which provides office space, personnel and certain general and administrative services to Beckman. Beckman paid the related party $215,000 and $207,000 for the years ended December 31, 2016 and 2015, respectively. There was an outstanding payable to this related party of approximately $8,000 as of December 31, 2016.

Beckman leases real property and improvements (including the building and improvements thereon) in Wyoming and Montana from shareholders in Beckman pursuant to lease agreements entered into by Beckman on November 15, 2013. Pursuant to these agreements Beckman incurred rent expense of $339,000 and $277,000 for the years ended December 31, 2016 and 2015, respectively. At December 31, 2016, there were no payables to or receivables from this related party.

Beckman leases facilities and buildings in Monahans, Texas and Enid, Oklahoma, from an entity owned by one of the shareholders. Beckman incurred rent expense of $622,000 and $486,000 to this entity during 2016 and 2015, respectively. There were no payables to or receivables from this related party at December 31, 2016 and 2015.

Beckman leases real property from a related party, who is a shareholder and a manager of the Company. Pursuant to this agreement Beckman incurred expense of $27,000 and $64,000 in the years ended December 31, 2016 and 2015. At December 31, 2016, there were no payables to or receivables from this related party.

Beckman utilizes a related party, who is a shareholder and whose manager was a member of the Board and a manager of Beckman, to transport equipment, chemicals, and supplies. Beckman incurred expense of $690,000 and $719,000 for these services during 2016 and 2015, respectively. There was no payable to this related party at December 31, 2016 and at December 31, 2015 there was a payable of $92,000 due to this related party.

Beckman utilizes airplanes and related services, owned by a company that is a shareholder of Beckman. Beckman incurred expenses of $173,000 and $68,000 for these services during 2016 and 2015, respectively. There was a payable of $10,000 due to this related party as of December 31, 2016.

In 2015, Beckman sold $1,228,000 of equipment to an entity owned by one of the shareholders who was also is a member of the Board. Beckman facilitates pass-through billings on behalf of an entity owned by one of the shareholders who was also a member of the Board. Beckman recognizes no revenue or expense related to this activity. During 2015, the related entity billed Beckman $2,182,000. Beckman rebilled respective customers of this related entity $2,182,000, and Beckman collected cash for and reimbursed to the related entity approximately $2,146,000. Within Beckman’s trade accounts receivable and trade accounts payable, $36,000 of pass-through billings to customers remain uncollected as of December 31, 2015. During 2016, the related entity billed Beckman $765,000, and Beckman billed respective customers the same amount. Beckman collected cash for and reimbursed to the related entity $1,081,000. Within Beckman’s trade accounts receivable and trade accounts payable, $72,000 of pass through billings to customers remain uncollected as of December 31, 2016.

Beckman provides services to an entity owned by one of the shareholders, who is also a board member. Beckman billed approximately $365,000 and $463,000 for services provided to this entity during 2016 and

 

F-59


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

Nine Energy Service, Inc.

Notes to financial statements

December 31, 2016 and 2015—Continued

 

2015, respectively. There was an outstanding receivable due of $100,000 and $30,000 as of December 31, 2016 and 2015, respectively.

The Combined Company leases other office space, yard facilities and equipment in the United States and Canadian provinces where the Combined Company operates, with related parties under leases classified as operating. Lease expense was $1,219,000 and $1,396,000 for the years ended December 31, 2016 and 2015, respectively, and the Combined Company had $41,000 on deposit with the related parties as of December 31, 2016 and 2015.

14. Discontinued operations

The Company’s Tripoint subsidiary, acquired in October of 2011, was focused primarily on conventional completions, and did not fit with the future strategy of the Company. During 2014 the Company created a plan to fully dispose of the subsidiary. Tripoint operations ceased in the fourth quarter of 2014 and substantially all of its employees were released. Assets held for sale at December 31, 2014 were written down to net realizable value and were fully disposed of during the first quarter of 2015. The pretax loss for the year ended December 31, 2015 reflects expenses related to the disposal of the business. There were no expenses during 2016 and no remaining assets or liabilities as of December 31, 2015.

Summarized results of the Company’s discontinued operations for the year ended December 31, 2015 are as follows:

 

       2015  
     (in thousands of
dollars)
 

Income Statement

  

Revenue

   $  

Expenses

     1,494  

Loss (gain) on disposal

     (46
  

 

 

 

Pretax loss

     (1,448

Income tax benefit

     513  
  

 

 

 

Net loss

   $ (935

 

 

 

F-60


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

Nine Energy Service, Inc.

Notes to financial statements

December 31, 2016 and 2015—Continued

 

15. Supplemental disclosures of cash flow information

 

       Year ended
December 31,
2016
    Year ended
December 31,
2015
 
     (in thousands of dollars)  

Supplemental disclosures

    

Cash paid for interest

   $ (12,442   $ (8,957

Cash refunds for income taxes, net

     8,716       9,140  

Noncash investing and financing activities

    

Decrease in accounts payable and accrued liabilities for additions to property and equipment

   $ (497   $ (4,245

Increase (decrease) in long term liabilities for additions to property and equipment

     (182     182  

Issuance of common stock in acquisitions

           1,000  

Contingent consideration for Scorpion acquisition

           2,042  

Cancellation of shares in conjunction with repayment of notes receivable

           (675

 

 

16. Segment information

Beginning with the first quarter of 2017, the Combined Company realigned its segments due to the acquisition of Beckman. This change is reflected on a retrospective basis in accordance with GAAP. The Company is reporting its results of operations in the following two reportable segments: Completion Solutions and Production Solutions.

The Completion Solutions segment consists primarily of cementing, completion tools, wireline and coiled tubing services, while the Production Solutions consists of rig-based well maintenance and workover services.

The Combined Company’s reportable segments are strategic units that offer distinct products and services. They are managed separately since each business segment requires different marketing strategies. Operating segments have not been aggregated as part of a reportable segment. The Company evaluates the performance of its reportable segments based on gross profit. This segmentation is representative of the manner in which our Chief Operating Decision Maker and our Board of Directors view the business. We consider the Chief Operating Decision Maker to be the Chief Executive Officer.

 

F-61


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

Nine Energy Service, Inc.

Notes to financial statements

December 31, 2016 and 2015—Continued

 

Summary financial data by segment follows. The amounts labeled “Corporate” relate to assets not allocated to the reportable segments.

 

       2016     2015  
     (in thousands of dollars)  

Revenues

    

Completion Solutions

   $ 221,468     $ 380,174  

Production Solutions

     60,886       98,348  
  

 

 

 
   $ 282,354     $ 478,522  
  

 

 

 

Gross profit 1

    

Completion Solutions

   $ 27,032     $ 84,205  

Production Solutions

     9,213       21,126  
  

 

 

 
     36,245       105,331  

General and administrative expenses

     39,387       42,862  

Depreciation

     55,260       58,894  

Impairment of goodwill

     12,207       35,540  

Amortization of intangibles

     9,083       8,650  

Loss on sale of assets

     3,320       2,004  
  

 

 

 

Loss from operations

   $ (83,012   $ (42,619
  

 

 

 

Capital expenditures

    

Completion Solutions

   $ 7,358     $ 24,636  

Production Solutions

     1,772       2,090  
  

 

 

 
   $ 9,130     $ 26,726  
  

 

 

 

Assets

    

Completion Solutions

   $ 444,618     $ 506,021  

Production Solutions

     131,476       152,413  
  

 

 

 
   $ 576,094     $ 658,434  

 

 
(1)   Excludes depreciation and amortization, shown separately below.

Revenues by country were as follows:

 

       Year ended December 31,  
       2016      2015  
     (in thousands of dollars)  

Revenues

           

United States

   $ 269,893        95.6%      $ 460,232        96.2%  

Canada

     12,461        4.4%        18,290        3.8%  
  

 

 

 
   $ 282,354        100.0%      $ 478,522        100.0%  

 

 

 

F-62


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

Nine Energy Service, Inc.

Notes to financial statements

December 31, 2016 and 2015—Continued

 

Long-lived assets by country were as follows:

 

       2016      2015  
     (in thousands of dollars)  

Long-lived assets:

     

United States

   $ 479,691      $ 550,847  

Canada

     5,689        10,176  
  

 

 

 
   $ 485,380      $ 561,023  

 

 

 

F-63


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

                 shares

 

 

LOGO

Common stock

Prospectus

J.P. Morgan

Goldman Sachs & Co. LLC

Wells Fargo Securities

BofA Merrill Lynch

Credit Suisse

Raymond James

Simmons & Company International

Energy Specialists of Piper Jaffray

Tudor, Pickering, Holt & Co.

HSBC

Scotia Howard Weil

UBS Investment Bank

            , 2017

You should rely only on the information contained in this prospectus and any free writing prospectus prepared by or on behalf of us or to which we have referred you. We have not authorized anyone to provide you with information different from that contained in this prospectus and any free writing prospectus. We are offering to sell shares of common stock and seeking offers to buy shares of common stock only in jurisdictions where offers and sales are permitted. The information in this prospectus is accurate only as of the date of this prospectus, regardless of the time of delivery of this prospectus or any sale of the common stock.

No action is being taken in any jurisdiction outside the United States to permit a public offering of the common stock or possession or distribution of this prospectus in that jurisdiction. Persons who come into possession of this prospectus in jurisdictions outside the United States are required to inform themselves about and to observe any restrictions as to this offering and the distribution of this prospectus applicable to that jurisdiction.

Until                 , 2017, all dealers that buy, sell or trade our common stock, whether or not participating in this offering, may be required to deliver a prospectus. This requirement is in addition to the dealers’ obligation to deliver a prospectus when acting as underwriters and with respect to their unsold allotments or subscriptions.


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

Part II

Information not required in prospectus

Item 13. Other expenses of issuance and distribution

The following table sets forth an itemized statement of the amounts of all expenses (excluding underwriting discounts and commissions) payable by us in connection with the registration of the common stock offered hereby. With the exception of the SEC Registration Fee, FINRA Filing Fee and New York Stock Exchange listing fee), the amounts set forth below are estimates.

 

SEC Registration Fee

   $ 38,653  

FINRA Filing Fee

   $ 50,525  

New York Stock Exchange listing fee

   $ 150,000  

Accountants’ fees and expenses

   $ 750,000  

Legal fees and expenses

   $ 1,500,000  

Printing and engraving expenses

   $ 500,000  

Transfer agent and registrar fees

   $ 5,000  

Miscellaneous

   $ 178,822  
  

 

 

 

Total

   $ 3,173,000  

 

 
*   To be provided by amendment

Item 14. Indemnification of directors and officers

Section 145 of the DGCL provides that a corporation may indemnify directors and officers as well as other employees and individuals against expenses, including attorneys’ fees, judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement in connection with specified actions, suits and proceedings whether civil, criminal, administrative, or investigative, other than a derivative action by or in the right of the corporation, if they acted in good faith and in a manner they reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the corporation and, with respect to any criminal action or proceeding, had no reasonable cause to believe their conduct was unlawful. A similar standard is applicable in the case of derivative actions, except that indemnification extends only to expenses, including attorneys’ fees, incurred in connection with the defense or settlement of such action and the statute requires court approval before there can be any indemnification where the person seeking indemnification has been found liable to the corporation. The statute provides that it is not exclusive of other indemnification that may be granted by a corporation’s certificate of incorporation, bylaws, disinterested director vote, stockholder vote, agreement or otherwise.

Our charter provides that a director will not be liable to the Company or its stockholders for monetary damages to the fullest extent permitted by the DGCL. Any amendment to, or repeal of, these provisions will not eliminate or reduce the effect of these provisions in respect of any act, omission or claim that occurred or arose prior to that amendment or repeal. In addition, if the DGCL is amended to authorize the further elimination or limitation of the liability of directors, then the liability of a director of the Company, will be limited to the fullest extent permitted by the amended DGCL. Our charter and bylaws provide that the Company will indemnify, and advance expenses to, any officer or director to the fullest extent authorized by the DGCL.

We have obtained directors’ and officers’ insurance to cover our directors, officers and some of our employees for certain liabilities. In addition, we intend to enter into indemnification agreements with our current and future directors and officers containing provisions that are in some respects broader than the specific indemnification provisions contained in the DGCL. The indemnification agreements will require us, among other

 

II-1


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

things, to indemnify our directors and officers against certain liabilities that may arise by reason of their status or service as directors or officers and to advance their expenses incurred as a result of any proceeding against them as to which they could be indemnified.

The Underwriting Agreement (Exhibit 1.1 hereto) provides for indemnification by the underwriters of the registrant and its executive officers and directors, and by the registrant of the underwriters, for certain liabilities, including liabilities arising under the Securities Act.

Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act may be permitted to directors, officers or persons controlling us pursuant to the foregoing provisions, we have been informed that in the opinion of the SEC, such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and is therefore unenforceable.

Item 15. Recent sales of unregistered securities.

During the past three years, we have issued unregistered securities to a limited number of persons, as described below. None of these transactions involved any underwriters, underwriting discounts or commissions or any public offering, and we believe that each of these transactions was exempt from the registration requirements pursuant to Section 4(a)(2) of the Securities Act, Regulation D or Regulation S promulgated thereunder or Rule 701 of the Securities Act. The recipients of these securities represented their intention to acquire the securities for investment only and not with a view to or for sale in connection with any distribution thereof, and appropriate legends were affixed to the share certificates and instruments issued in these transactions.

The following table sets forth information on the restricted stock awards issued by us and common stock issued pursuant to the exercise of stock options in the three years preceding the filing of this registration statement.

 

Person or class of person   Date of issuance/
option exercise
    Total shares of
restricted stock
    Common stock
issued pursuant
to options/
warrants
exercises
    Total consideration  

SCF-VII, L.P.

    June 30, 2014         59,884     $ 11,000,091.96  

Nine Executive Officer

    June 30, 2014         27,218     $ 4,999,674.42  

Former Nine Employee

    March 8, 2015         200     $ 25,236.00  

Former Nine Employee

    April 20, 2015         167     $ 31,982.17  

Former Nine Employee

    August 11, 2015         326     $ 59,882.94  

Former Nine Employee

    August 12, 2015         1,250     $ 59,837.50  

Nine Executive Officer

    July 15, 2015       1,505         *  

Nine Executive Officer

    July 15, 2015       2,500         *  

Nine Executive Officer/Employee

    July 15, 2015       7,500         *  

Nine Employee

    December 15, 2015       3,500         *  

Nine Employee

    December 16, 2016       3,100         *  

Nine Employee

    March 20, 2017       200         *  

Nine Employee

    March 20, 2017       599         *  

Nine Employee

    March 20, 2017       200         *  

Nine Director

    March 20, 2017       400         *  

Nine Employee

    March 20, 2017       200         *  

Nine Employee

    March 20, 2017       300         *  

Nine Employee

    March 20, 2017       600         *  

Nine Employee

    March 20, 2017       200         *  
                                 

 

II-2


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements
Person or class of person   Date of issuance/option
exercise
    Total shares of
restricted stock
    Common stock
issued pursuant
to options/
warrants
exercises
    Total consideration  

Nine Employee

    March 20, 2017       400         *  

Nine Employee

    March 20, 2017       799         *  

Nine Employee

    March 20, 2017       300         *  

Nine Employee

    March 20, 2017       200         *  

Nine Employee

    March 20, 2017       1,199         *  

Nine Executive Officer

    March 20, 2017       699         *  

Nine Executive Officer

    March 20, 2017       999         *  

Former Nine Employee

    March 20, 2017       300         *  

Nine Employee

    March 20, 2017       100         *  

Nine Employee

    March 20, 2017       300         *  

Nine Employee

    March 20, 2017       200         *  

Nine Employee

    March 20, 2017       200         *  

Nine Employee

    March 20, 2017       799         *  

Nine Employee

    March 20, 2017       300         *  

Nine Employee

    March 20, 2017       799         *  

Nine Employee

    March 20, 2017       200         *  

Nine Director

    March 20, 2017       400         *  

Nine Employee

    March 20, 2017       200         *  

Nine Executive Officer

    March 20, 2017       10,000         *  

Nine Employee

    March 20, 2017       200         *  

Nine Employee

    March 20, 2017       400         *  

Nine Employee

    March 20, 2017       400         *  

Nine Director

    March 20, 2017       1,199         *  

Nine Employee

    March 20, 2017       300         *  

Nine Executive Officer

    March 20, 2017       2,797         *  

Nine Employee

    March 20, 2017       300         *  

Nine Employee

    March 20, 2017       320         *  

Nine Employee

    March 20, 2017       600         *  

Nine Employee

    March 20, 2017       320         *  

Nine Director

    March 20, 2017       400         *  

Nine Employee

    March 20, 2017       400         *  

Nine Executive Officer

    March 31, 2017       9,000         *  
                                 
*   No cash consideration was paid to us by any recipient of any restricted stock award.

The following table sets forth information on the stock options issued by us in the three years preceding the filing of this registration statement.

 

Date of issuance    Number of options granted      Grant date exercise price ($/sh)  

June 5, 2014

     1,362      $ 366.88  

June 13, 2014

     200      $ 396.95  

June 30, 2014

     5,277      $ 396.95  

August 11, 2014

     100      $ 396.95  

October 1, 2014

     91      $ 548.30  

July 15, 2015

     20,880      $ 332.20  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 
    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

II-3


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements
Date of issuance    Number of options granted      Grant date exercise price ($/sh)  

December 15, 2015

     20,087      $ 234.97  

April 1, 2016

     112      $ 223.13  

July 8, 2016

     2,752      $ 181.62  

October 7, 2016

     2,752      $ 181.62  

December 16, 2016

     3,375      $ 181.62  

January 17, 2017

     1,650      $ 181.62  

March 20, 2017

     32,469      $ 250.27  

March 21, 2017

     12,625      $ 250.27  

March 31, 2017

     12,000      $ 250.27  
   

 

No cash consideration was paid to us by any recipient of any of the foregoing options for the grant of such options. All of the stock options described above issued prior to the completion of the Combination were granted under the Stock Plan, to the officers, employees and consultants of the Company.

On April 30, 2014, we issued 7,500 shares of common stock to the former members of Dak-Tana Wireline, LLC as consideration for the Dak-Tana Wireline Acquisition.

Pursuant to a Subscription Agreement dated June 5, 2014, a former Nine Employee subscribed to purchase 545 shares of our common stock in exchange for a cash payment of $199,949.60.

Pursuant to a Subscription Agreement dated June 6, 2014, a Nine Employee subscribed to purchase 272 shares of our common stock in exchange for a cash payment of $99,791.36.

On June 30, 2014, we issued 105,000 shares of common stock to the former members of Crest Pumping Technologies, LLC as consideration for the Crest Pumping Technologies Acquisition.

Pursuant to a Subscription Agreement dated November 17, 2014, a Nine Employee subscribed to purchase 408 shares of our common stock in exchange for a cash payment of $149,687.04.

Pursuant to a Subscription Agreement dated July 15, 2015, Ms. Fox subscribed to purchase 602 shares of our common stock in exchange for a cash payment of $199,984.40.

On September 1, 2015, we issued 3,010 shares of common stock to the former members of Pat Greenlee Builders, LLC as consideration for the G8 Oil Tool Acquisition.

Pursuant to a Subscription Agreement dated October 6, 2016, a Nine Employee subscribed to purchase 1,376 shares of our common stock in exchange for a cash payment of $249,909.12.

Pursuant to a Subscription Agreement dated October 7, 2016, a Nine Employee subscribed to purchase 1,376 shares of our common stock in exchange for a cash payment of $249,909.12.

Pursuant to a Subscription Agreement dated January 17, 2017, a Nine Employee subscribed to purchase 550 shares of our common stock in exchange for a cash payment of $99,891.00.

Pursuant to a Subscription Agreement dated January 17, 2017, a Nine Employee subscribed to purchase 550 shares of our common stock in exchange for a cash payment of $99,891.00.

Pursuant to a Subscription Agreement dated January 17, 2017, a Nine Employee subscribed to purchase 550 shares of our common stock in exchange for a cash payment of $99,891.00.

On January 31, 2017, we issued 3,010 shares of common stock to the former members of Pat Greenlee Builders, LLC as deferred consideration for the G8 Oil Tool Acquisition.

On February 28, 2017, we completed the Combination, through which Nine Energy Service, Inc. and Beckman Production Services, Inc. were combined. In the Combination, Nine Energy Service, Inc. was the surviving entity,

 

II-4


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

all of the outstanding shares held by each of the former Beckman Production Services, Inc. shareholders in Beckman Production Services, Inc. were acquired in exchange for 669,270 of our shares.

In connection with the Combination and pursuant to subscription agreements dated March 10, 2017, we offered each of our stockholders (our existing stockholders and the Beckman stockholders) who were accredited investors or non-U.S. persons (as such term is defined in Regulation S under the Securities Act) the opportunity to purchase shares of our common stock worth $20 million in the aggregate, up to their pro-rata ownership of the Company in the Combined Nine Subscription Offer). If each eligible purchaser did not purchase its respective pro rata portion of such approximately $20 million of shares of our common stock, the eligible purchasers that elected to participate in the Combined Nine Subscription Offer were entitled, but not obligated, to purchase the remaining number of shares of our common stock worth $20 million in the aggregate. In connection with Combined Nine Subscription Offer, 55 stockholders, including some of our executive officers and directors, subscribed to purchase 79,914 shares of our common stock in exchange for aggregate cash payments of approximately $20 million. The proceeds from the Combined Nine Subscription Offer were used to (i) to finance the purchase of non-accredited investors’ shares in the Combination and pay fees and expenses related to the Combination and (ii) for general corporate purposes, including ensuring compliance with our financial covenants under the Existing Nine Credit Facility. In connection with the Combined Nine Subscription Offer, we issued to those stockholders who purchased shares of our common stock a warrant to purchase additional shares of our common stock on the basis of one warrant share for every two shares purchased in the Combined Nine Subscription Offer, resulting in warrants issued to purchase an aggregate of 39,945 shares of our common stock. The warrants were called by the Company on July 25, 2017, and all warrants that were not exercised by August 23, 2017 expired and are deemed cancelled.

In addition to the Combined Nine Subscription Offer, though not in connection with the Combination, pursuant to subscription agreements dated March 10, 2017, we offered each of our existing stockholders pre-Combination who were accredited investors or non-U.S. persons (as such term is defined in Regulation S under the Securities Act) the opportunity to purchase shares of our common stock worth $5 million in the aggregate, up to their pro-rata ownership of the Company (the “Nine Subscription Offer”). If each eligible purchaser did not purchase its respective pro rata portion of such approximately $5 million of shares of our common stock, the eligible purchasers that elected to participate in the Nine Subscription Offer were entitled, but not obligated, to purchase the remaining number of shares of our common stock worth $5 million in the aggregate. In connection with Nine Subscription Offer, 41 stockholders, including some of our executive officers and directors, subscribed to purchase 19,978 shares of our common stock in exchange for aggregate cash payments of approximately $5 million. The proceeds from the Nine Subscription Offer were retained by us to ensure compliance with our financial covenants under the Existing Nine Credit Facility. In connection with the Nine Subscription Offer, we issued to those stockholders who purchased shares of our common stock a warrant to purchase additional shares of our common stock on the basis of one warrant share for every two shares purchased in the Nine Subscription Offer, resulting in warrants issued to purchase an aggregate of 9,980 shares of our common stock. The warrants were called by the Company on July 25, 2017, and all warrants that were not exercised by August 23, 2017 expired and are deemed cancelled.

In addition to the Combined Nine Subscription Offer and the Nine Subscription Offer, though not in connection with the Combination, pursuant to subscription agreements dated February 10, 2017, Beckman offered each of its stockholders pre-Combination who were accredited investors or non-U.S. persons (as such term is defined in Regulation S under the Securities Act) the opportunity to purchase shares of its common stock worth $15 million

 

II-5


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

in the aggregate, up to their pro-rata ownership of Beckman (the “Beckman Subscription Offer” and with the Combined Nine Subscription Offer and the Nine Subscription Offer, the “Subscription Offers”). If each eligible purchaser did not purchase its respective pro rata portion of such approximately $15 million of shares of its common stock, the eligible purchasers that elected to participate in the Beckman Subscription Offer were entitled, but not obligated, to purchase the remaining number of shares of its common stock worth $15 million in the aggregate. In connection with Beckman Subscription Offer, 15 stockholders, including some of our executive officers and directors, subscribed to purchase 105,680 shares of Beckman common stock in exchange for aggregate cash payments of approximately $15 million (59,937 shares of our common stock after giving effect to the application of the exchange ratio used with respect to the Combination to convert the shares of Beckman common stock into shares of our common stock). The proceeds from the Beckman Subscription Offer were used to pay outstanding indebtedness under the Existing Beckman Credit Facility. In connection with the Beckman Subscription Offer, Beckman issued to those stockholders who purchased shares of its common stock a warrant to purchase additional shares of its common stock on the basis of one warrant share for every two shares purchased in the Beckman Subscription Offer, resulting in warrants issued to purchase an aggregate of 29,959 shares of our common stock based on the exchange ratio used with respect to the combination. Beckman shares of common stock issued in the Beckman Subscription Offer and warrants purchased in the Beckman Subscription Offer converted into shares and warrants of our common stock based on the exchange ratio used with respect to the Combination. The warrants were called by the Company on July 25, 2017, and all warrants that were not exercised by August 23, 2017 expired and are deemed cancelled.

Pursuant to a Subscription Agreement dated March 31, 2017, a former Company employee subscribed to purchase 4,000 shares of our common stock in exchange for a cash payment of $1,001,080.00.

On July 25, 2017, we provided notice to certain eligible holders of the Company’s common stock that we are offering for sale up to approximately $20 million of the Company’s common stock at $150.000 per share. We closed the July 2017 Subscription Offer on August 23, 2017.

Item 16. Exhibits and financial statement schedules

(a) Exhibits

Exhibit Index

 

Exhibit
number
   Description
  1.1**      Form of Underwriting Agreement
  2.1**†    Combination Agreement, dated as of February  3, 2017, by and among Nine Energy Service, Inc., Beckman Production Services, Inc. and Beckman Merger Sub, Inc.
  3.1**      Form of Third Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of Nine Energy Service, Inc.
  3.2**      Form of Fourth Amended and Restated Bylaws of Nine Energy Service, Inc.
  4.1**      Form of Common Stock Certificate
  4.2**      Second Amended and Restated Stockholders Agreement, dated as of February 28, 2017, by and among Nine Energy Service, Inc. and the parties thereto
  4.3**      Amendment to Second Amended and Restated Stockholders Agreement, dated as of July 24, 2017, by and among Nine Energy Service, Inc. and the parties thereto

 

  

 

 

II-6


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements
Exhibit
number
  Description
  5.1**     Form of Opinion of Vinson & Elkins L.L.P.
10.1***     Credit Agreement, dated as of September 14, 2017, among Nine Energy Service, Inc. and certain of its subsidiaries listed therein, Nine Energy Canada Inc., JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A. and certain other financial institutions
10.2**     Amended and Restated Credit Agreement, dated as of June  30, 2014, by and among Nine Energy Service, Inc., Nine Energy Canada Inc., HSBC Bank USA, N.A., HSBC Bank Canada and certain other financial institutions listed therein
10.3**     First Amendment to Amended and Restated Credit Agreement and US Pledge and Security Agreement, dated as of May 13, 2016, by and among Nine Energy Service, Inc., Nine Energy Canada Inc., HSBC Bank USA, N.A., HSBC Bank Canada and certain other financial institutions and guarantors listed therein
10.4**     Second Amendment to Amended and Restated Credit Agreement and Limited Consent, dated as of August 2, 2017, by and among Nine Energy Service, Inc., Nine Energy Canada Inc., HSBC Bank USA, N.A., HSBC Bank Canada and certain other financial institutions and guarantors listed therein
10.5**     Credit Agreement, dated as of May  2, 2014, by and among Beckman Production Services, Inc., Wells Fargo Bank, National Association and certain other financial institutions listed therein
10.6**     Agreement and Amendment No. 1 to Credit Agreement, dated as of August  26, 2014, by and among Beckman Production Services, Inc., Wells Fargo Bank, National Association and certain other financial institutions and guarantors listed therein
10.7**     Master Assignment, Agreement and Amendment No.  2 to Credit Agreement, dated as of October 16, 2014, by and among Beckman Production Services, Inc., Wells Fargo Bank, National Association and certain other financial institutions and guarantors listed therein
10.8**     Agreement and Amendment No. 3 to Credit Agreement, dated as of November  21, 2014, by and among Beckman Production Services, Inc., Wells Fargo Bank, National Association and certain other financial institutions and guarantors listed therein
10.9**     Agreement and Amendment No. 4 to Credit Agreement, dated as of January  12, 2016, by and among Beckman Production Services, Inc., Wells Fargo Bank, National Association and certain other financial institutions and guarantors listed therein
10.10**     Agreement and Amendment No. 5 to Credit Agreement, dated as of February  10, 2017, by and among Beckman Production Services, Inc., Wells Fargo Bank, National Association and certain other financial institutions and guarantors listed therein
10.11**     Form of Indemnification Agreement between Nine Energy Service, Inc. and its directors and certain officers
10.12**     Nine Energy Service, Inc. 2011 Stock Incentive Plan, as amended and restated effective February 28, 2017
10.13**   Form of Nine Energy Service, Inc. Restricted Stock Agreement for Executives
10.14**   Form of Nine Energy Service, Inc. Nonstatutory Stock Option Agreement for Executives
10.15**   Form of Nine Energy Service, Inc. Restricted Stock Agreement for Directors
10.16**     Form of Nine Energy Service, Inc. Nonstatutory Stock Option Agreement for Directors
10.17**   Employment Agreement between Ann Fox and Nine Energy Service, LLC, dated as of July 6, 2015

 

 

 

 

II-7


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements
Exhibit
number
  Description
10.18**   Employment Agreement between David Crombie and Crest Pumping Technologies, LLC, dated as of June 30, 2014
10.19**   Employment Agreement between Edward Bruce Morgan, Nine Energy Service, Inc. and Nine Energy Service, LLC, dated as of April 6, 2017
10.20**   Employment Agreement between Theodore R. Moore, Nine Energy Service, Inc. and Nine Energy Service, LLC, dated as of March 12, 2017
21.1**     List of Subsidiaries
23.1***     Consent of PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP
23.2***     Consent of BDO USA, LLP
23.3*   Consent of Vinson & Elkins L.L.P. (contained in Exhibit 5.1)
24.1**     Powers of Attorney (included on the signature page of this Registration Statement)

 

*   To be filed by amendment.
**   Previously filed.
***   Filed herewith.
  The schedules have been omitted pursuant to Item 601(b)(2) of Regulation S-K and will be provided to the Securities and Exchange Commission upon request.

Item 17. Undertakings

The undersigned registrant hereby undertakes to provide to the underwriters at the closing specified in the underwriting agreement certificates in such denominations and registered in such names as required by the underwriters to permit prompt delivery to each purchaser.

Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act may be permitted to directors, officers and controlling persons of the registrant pursuant to the foregoing provisions, or otherwise, the registrant has been advised that in the opinion of the Securities and Exchange Commission such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and is, therefore, unenforceable. In the event that a claim for indemnification against such liabilities (other than the payment by the registrant of expenses incurred or paid by a director, officer or controlling person of the registrant in the successful defense of any action, suit or proceeding) is asserted by such director, officer or controlling person in connection with the securities being registered, the registrant will, unless in the opinion of its counsel the matter has been settled by controlling precedent, submit to a court of appropriate jurisdiction the question whether such indemnification by it is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and will be governed by the final adjudication of such issue.

The undersigned registrant hereby undertakes that:

 

(1)   For purposes of determining any liability under the Securities Act, the information omitted from the form of prospectus filed as part of this registration statement in reliance upon Rule 430A and contained in a form of prospectus filed by the registrant pursuant to Rule 424(b)(1) or (4) or 497(h) under the Securities Act shall be deemed to be part of this registration statement as of the time it was declared effective.

 

(2)   For the purpose of determining any liability under the Securities Act, each post-effective amendment that contains a form of prospectus shall be deemed to be a new registration statement relating to the securities offered therein, and the offering of such securities at that time shall be deemed to be the initial bona fide offering thereof.

 

II-8


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

Signatures

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, the registrant has duly caused this Registration Statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the City of Houston, State of Texas, on November 13, 2017.

 

NINE ENERGY SERVICE, INC.

By:    

 

/s/ Ann G. Fox

 

Ann G. Fox

President and Chief Executive Officer

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, this Registration Statement has been signed below by the following persons in the capacities and the dates indicated.

 

Signature    Title   Date

/s/ Ann G. Fox

Ann G. Fox

  

President, Chief Executive Officer, Interim Chief Financial Officer

and Director

(Principal Executive Officer and

Principal Financial Officer)

  November 13, 2017

/s/ Richard S. Woolston

Richard S. Woolston

  

Chief Accounting Officer

(Principal Accounting Officer)

  November 13, 2017

*

Ernie L. Danner

   Chairman of the Board   November 13, 2017

*

David C. Baldwin

   Director   November 13, 2017

*

Mark E. Baldwin

   Director   November 13, 2017

 

 

II-9


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements
Signature    Title   Date

*

Curtis F. Harrell

   Director   November 13, 2017

*

Gary L. Thomas

   Director   November 13, 2017

*

Scott E. Schwinger

   Director   November 13, 2017

*

Andrew L. Waite

   Director   November 13, 2017

 

 

*

 

/s/ Theodore R. Moore

 

Theodore R. Moore

 

Attorney-in-fact

 

II-10

Exhibit 10.1

Execution Version

 

 

 

CREDIT AGREEMENT

dated as of September 14, 2017

among

NINE ENERGY SERVICE, INC.,

as Borrower,

JPMORGAN CHASE BANK, N.A.,

as Administrative Agent and Issuing Lender,

ZB, N.A. dba AMEGY BANK, as Issuing Lender

and

THE LENDERS PARTY HERETO FROM TIME TO TIME

as Lenders

 

 

 

JPMORGAN CHASE BANK, N.A.,

and

WELLS FARGO SECURITIES, LLC,

as Joint Lead Arrangers and Joint Bookrunners

ZB, N.A. dba AMEGY BANK, as Documentation Agent

 

 

 


ARTICLE I DEFINITIONS AND ACCOUNTING TERMS

     1  

Section 1.1

  

Certain Defined Terms

     1  

Section 1.2

  

Computation of Time Periods

     29  

Section 1.3

  

Accounting Terms; Changes in GAAP

     29  

Section 1.4

  

Classes and Types of Advances

     29  

Section 1.5

  

Other Interpretive Provisions

     30  

Section 1.6

  

Exchange Rates; Currency Equivalents

     30  

ARTICLE II CREDIT FACILITIES

     30  

Section 2.1

  

Commitments

     30  

Section 2.2

  

Evidence of Indebtedness

     31  

Section 2.3

  

Letters of Credit

     32  

Section 2.4

  

Borrowings; Procedures and Limitations

     38  

Section 2.5

  

Prepayments

     41  

Section 2.6

  

Repayment

     42  

Section 2.7

  

Fees

     43  

Section 2.8

  

Interest

     43  

Section 2.9

  

Illegality

     44  

Section 2.10

  

Breakage Costs

     45  

Section 2.11

  

Increased Costs

     45  

Section 2.12

  

Payments and Computations

     47  

Section 2.13

  

Taxes

     49  

Section 2.14

  

Change of Lenders

     52  

Section 2.15

  

Defaulting Lender Provisions

     53  

Section 2.16

  

MIRE Events

     55  

ARTICLE III CONDITIONS PRECEDENT

     56  

Section 3.1

  

Conditions Precedent to the Effective Date

     56  

Section 3.2

  

Conditions Precedent to Funding Date

     56  

Section 3.3

  

Conditions Precedent to Each Credit Extension

     58  

Section 3.4

  

Determinations Under Section 3

     59  

ARTICLE IV REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES

     59  

Section 4.1

  

Organization

     59  

Section 4.2

  

Authorization

     59  

Section 4.3

  

Enforceability

     60  

Section 4.4

  

Financial Condition

     60  

Section 4.5

  

Ownership and Liens; Real Property

     60  

Section 4.6

  

True and Complete Disclosure

     60  

Section 4.7

  

Litigation

     61  

Section 4.8

  

Compliance with Agreements

     61  

Section 4.9

  

Pension Plans

     61  

Section 4.10

  

Environmental Condition

     62  

Section 4.11

  

Subsidiaries

     62  

Section 4.12

  

Investment Company Act

     63  

Section 4.13

  

Taxes

     63  

Section 4.14

  

Permits, Licenses, etc

     63  

Section 4.15

  

Use of Proceeds

     63  

Section 4.16

  

Condition of Property; Casualties

     63  

Section 4.17

  

Insurance

     63  

Section 4.18

  

Security Interest

     63  

 

i


Section 4.19

  

OFAC; Anti-Terrorism; Anti-Corruption Laws

     64  

Section 4.20

  

Solvency

     64  

Section 4.21

  

EEA Financial Institution

     64  

Section 4.22

  

Qualified ECP Counterparty

     64  

ARTICLE V AFFIRMATIVE COVENANTS

     64  

Section 5.1

  

Organization

     64  

Section 5.2

  

Reporting

     64  

Section 5.3

  

Insurance

     67  

Section 5.4

  

Compliance with Laws

     69  

Section 5.5

  

Taxes

     69  

Section 5.6

  

Security

     69  

Section 5.7

  

Designations with Respect to Subsidiaries

     70  

Section 5.8

  

Records; Inspection

     70  

Section 5.9

  

Maintenance of Property

     71  

Section 5.10

  

Asset Coverage Ratio Appraisal

     71  

ARTICLE VI NEGATIVE COVENANTS

     71  

Section 6.1

  

Debt

     71  

Section 6.2

  

Liens

     74  

Section 6.3

  

Investments

     75  

Section 6.4

  

Acquisitions

     77  

Section 6.5

  

Agreements Restricting Liens

     77  

Section 6.6

  

Use of Proceeds; Use of Letters of Credit

     77  

Section 6.7

  

Corporate Actions; Accounting Changes

     78  

Section 6.8

  

Disposition of Assets

     79  

Section 6.9

  

Restricted Payments

     80  

Section 6.10

  

Affiliate Transactions

     81  

Section 6.11

  

Line of Business

     81  

Section 6.12

  

Hazardous Materials

     81  

Section 6.13

  

Compliance with ERISA

     81  

Section 6.14

  

Sale and Leaseback Transactions

     82  

Section 6.15

  

Limitation on Hedging

     82  

Section 6.16

  

Leverage Ratio

     83  

Section 6.17

  

Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio

     83  

Section 6.18

  

Asset Coverage Ratio

     83  

Section 6.19

  

Restrictions on Non-Guarantor Entities

     84  

Section 6.20

  

Prepayment of Certain Debt

     84  

Section 6.21

  

Capital Expenditures

     84  

ARTICLE VII DEFAULT AND REMEDIES

     84  

Section 7.1

  

Events of Default

     84  

Section 7.2

  

Optional Acceleration of Maturity

     86  

Section 7.3

  

Automatic Acceleration of Maturity

     87  

Section 7.4

  

Set-off

     87  

Section 7.5

  

Remedies Cumulative, No Waiver

     87  

Section 7.6

  

Application of Payments

     88  

Section 7.7

  

Equity Right to Cure

     89  

ARTICLE VIII THE ADMINISTRATIVE AGENT AND THE ISSUING LENDER

     90  

Section 8.1

  

Appointment, Powers, and Immunities

     90  

Section 8.2

  

Reliance by Administrative Agent and Issuing Lender

     91  

 

ii


Section 8.3

  

Delegation of Duties

     92  

Section 8.4

  

Indemnification

     92  

Section 8.5

  

Non-Reliance on Administrative Agent and Other Lenders

     93  

Section 8.6

  

Resignation of Administrative Agent or the Issuing Lender

     93  

Section 8.7

  

Collateral Matters

     95  

Section 8.8

  

No Other Duties, etc

     96  

ARTICLE IX MISCELLANEOUS

     97  

Section 9.1

  

Expenses; Indemnity; Damage Waiver

     97  

Section 9.2

  

Waivers and Amendments

     99  

Section 9.3

  

Severability

     100  

Section 9.4

  

Survival of Representations and Obligations

     100  

Section 9.5

  

Binding Effect

     100  

Section 9.6

  

Successors and Assigns Generally

     100  

Section 9.7

  

Lender Assignments and Participations

     101  

Section 9.8

  

Confidentiality

     103  

Section 9.9

  

Notices, Etc

     104  

Section 9.10

  

Usury Not Intended

     105  

Section 9.11

  

Usury Recapture

     106  

Section 9.12

  

Judgment Currency

     106  

Section 9.13

  

Payments Set Aside

     107  

Section 9.14

  

Governing Law

     107  

Section 9.15

  

Submission to Jurisdiction

     107  

Section 9.16

  

Waiver of Venue

     107  

Section 9.17

  

Service of Process

     108  

Section 9.18

  

Execution in Counterparts

     108  

Section 9.19

  

Electronic Execution of Assignments

     108  

Section 9.20

  

Waiver of Jury

     108  

Section 9.21

  

USA Patriot Act

     108  

Section 9.22

  

Acknowledgement and Consent to Bail-In of EEA Financial Institutions

     108  

Section 9.23

  

Integration

     109  

Section 9.24

  

No Fiduciary Duty, etc

     109  

 

iii


Exhibits and Schedules

 

Exhibit A

  

Form of Assignment and Assumption

Exhibit B

  

Guaranty Agreement

Exhibit C

  

Pledge and Security Agreement

Exhibit D

  

Compliance Certificate

Exhibit E

  

Notice of Borrowing

Exhibit F

  

Notice of Continuation or Conversion

Schedule I

  

Commitments, Contact Information

Schedule II

  

Existing Letters of Credit

Schedule 4.1

  

Organizational Information

Schedule 4.10

  

Environmental Conditions

Schedule 4.11

  

Subsidiaries

Schedule 5.7

  

Requirements for New Subsidiaries

Schedule 6.1

  

Permitted Debt

Schedule 6.2

  

Permitted Liens

Schedule 6.3

  

Permitted Investments

Schedule 6.10

  

Permitted Affiliate Transactions

 

iv


CREDIT AGREEMENT

This Credit Agreement dated as of September 14, 2017 (this “ Agreement ”) is among Nine Energy Service, Inc., a Delaware corporation (“ Borrower ”), the Lenders, JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A. (“ JPMorgan ”), as Administrative Agent and as an Issuing Lender (each as defined below) and ZB, N.A. dba Amegy Bank (“ Amegy ”), as an Issuing Lender.

PRELIMINARY STATEMENT:

WHEREAS, the Borrower has requested that the Lenders and the Issuing Lender provide certain loans to and extensions of credit on behalf of the Borrower on and after the Funding Date; and

WHEREAS, the Lenders and the Issuing Lender have agreed to make such loans and extensions of credit subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement.

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual covenants and agreements contained herein, and of the loans, extensions of credit and commitments hereinafter referred to, the parties hereto agree as follows:

ARTICLE I

DEFINITIONS AND ACCOUNTING TERMS

Section 1.1     Certain Defined Terms . As used in this Agreement, the defined terms set forth in the recitals above shall have the meanings set forth above and the following terms shall have the following meanings (unless otherwise indicated, such meanings to be equally applicable to both the singular and plural forms of the terms defined):

Acceptable Security Interest ” means a security interest which (a) exists in favor of the Administrative Agent for its benefit and the ratable benefit of the applicable Secured Parties, (b) is superior to all other security interests (other than the Permitted Liens and other than as to Excluded Perfection Collateral), (c) secures the Secured Obligations, (d) is enforceable against the Credit Party which created such security interest and (e) except as to Excluded Perfection Collateral, is perfected.

Acquisition ” means the purchase by any Restricted Entity of any business, including (a) the purchase of associated assets or operations of, or (b) the purchase of Equity Interests, or merger or consolidation with, any Person.

Adjusted Base Rate ” means, for any day, a rate per annum (rounded upwards, if necessary, to the next 1/16 of 1%) equal to the greatest of (a) the Prime Rate in effect on such day, (b) the Federal Funds Rate in effect on such day plus  1 2 of 1.0% and (c) the Adjusted Eurocurrency Rate for an Interest Period of one month on such day (or if such day is not a Business Day, the immediately preceding Business Day) plus 1.0%; provided that for the purpose of this definition, the Adjusted Eurocurrency Rate for any day shall be based on the Eurocurrency Base Rate (or if the Eurocurrency Base Rate is not available for such one month Interest Period, the Interpolated Rate) at 11:00 am (London, England time). Any change in the Adjusted Base Rate due to a change in the Prime Rate, the Federal Funds Rate or the Adjusted Eurocurrency Rate shall be effective from and including the effective date of such change in the Prime Rate, the Federal Funds Rate or the Adjusted Eurocurrency Rate, respectively.

Adjusted Eurocurrency Rate ” means, with respect to any Eurocurrency Advance for any Interest Period (and with respect to clause (c)  of the definition of “Alternate Base Rate” for an Interest Period of one month), an interest rate per annum equal to the Eurocurrency Rate for such Interest Period multiplied by the Statutory Reserve Rate.


Administrative Agent ” means JPMorgan operating in its capacity as administrative agent under this Agreement.

Administrative Agent’s Office ” means the Administrative Agent’s address as set forth on Schedule I , or such other address as the Administrative Agent may from time to time notify to the Borrower and the Lenders.

Administrative Questionnaire ” means an Administrative Questionnaire in a form supplied by the Administrative Agent.

Advance ” means (a) a Revolving Advance or (b) a Term Loan Advance.

Affiliate ” means, with respect to a specified Person, another Person that directly, or indirectly through one or more intermediaries, Controls or is Controlled by or is under common Control with the Person specified.

Amegy ” has the meaning given to such term in the preamble to this Agreement.

Anti-Corruption Laws ” means all laws, rules, and regulations of any jurisdiction applicable to the Borrower or any of its Affiliates from time to time concerning or relating to bribery or corruption.

Applicable Margin ” means, at any time with respect to each Type of Advance, the Letters of Credit, the percentage rate per annum which is applicable at such time with respect to such Advance or Letter of Credit as set forth in the grid below based on the Leverage Ratio for the most recently ended four fiscal quarter period of the Borrower for which financial statements have been delivered, as set forth in the most recent Compliance Certificate received by the Administrative Agent pursuant to Section  5.2(c) , and subject to further adjustments as set forth below:

 

    

Leverage Ratio

  

Eurocurrency

Margin

  

ABR Margin

Level I    < 1.00:1.00    250 bps    150 bps
Level II    ³  1.00:1.00;
< 1.50:1.00
   275 bps    175 bps
Level III    ³  1.50:1.00;
< 2.00:1.00
   300 bps    200 bps
Level IV    ³  2.00:1.00;
< 2.50:1.00
   325 bps    225 bps
Level V    ³  2.50:1.00;
< 3.00:1.00
   350 bps    250 bps
Level VI    ³  3.00:1.00    375 bps    275 bps

Any increase or decrease in the Applicable Margin resulting from a change in the Leverage Ratio shall become effective as of the date a Compliance Certificate is delivered pursuant to Section  5.2(c) . Notwithstanding the foregoing: (a) if the Borrower fails to deliver a Compliance Certificate as required by Section  5.2(c) , then from the date of such failure until the delivery of such Compliance Certificate in accordance with the requirements of Section  5.2(c) , the Applicable Margin shall be set at Level VI, (b) during the Fixed Applicable Margin Period, the Applicable Margin shall be set at Level V, (c)

 

2


notwithstanding the foregoing clause (b), the Borrower, by written notice to the Administrative Agent, may irrevocably elect (such election, the “ Four Quarter EBITDA Election ”) to have the Applicable Margin calculated using the Borrower’s EBITDA for the most recently ended four fiscal quarter period of the Borrower for which financial statements have been delivered to the Administrative Agent (it being understood that the Borrower shall have delivered a Compliance Certificate including a calculation of the Leverage Ratio based on such financial statements) and, from and after such Four Quarter EBITDA Election made in compliance with the foregoing requirements, the Applicable Margin shall be based on the EBITDA for the most recently ended four fiscal quarter period of the Borrower and (d) this paragraph is subject to the terms of Section  2.8(c) .

Applicable Percentage ” means:

(a)     with respect to the Revolving Facility and any Revolving Lender, (i) the ratio (expressed as a percentage) of such Lender’s Revolving Commitment at such time to the aggregate Revolving Commitments of the Revolving Lenders at such time or (ii) if the Revolving Commitments have been terminated or expired, the ratio (expressed as a percentage) of such Revolving Lender’s aggregate outstanding Revolving Advances at such time to the total outstanding Revolving Advances at such time;

(b)     with respect to the Term Loan Facility and any Term Loan Lender, (i) the ratio (expressed as a percentage) of such Term Loan Lender’s Term Loan Commitment at such time to the aggregate Term Loan Commitments of the Term Loan Lenders at such time or (ii) if the Term Loan Commitments have been terminated or expired, the ratio (expressed as a percentage) of such Term Loan Lender’s aggregate outstanding Term Loan Advances at such time to the total outstanding Term Loan Advances at such time; and

(c)     with respect to the Facilities as a whole and to any Lender, (i) the ratio (expressed as a percentage) of such Lender’s Commitments and Term Loan Advances at such time to the aggregate Commitments and Term Loan Advances of the Lenders at such time or (ii) if the Commitments have been terminated or expired, the ratio (expressed as a percentage) of such Lender’s aggregate outstanding Advances at such time to the total outstanding Advances at such time;

provided that, (A) if all of the Commitments have been terminated, the ratio (expressed as a percentage) of such Lender’s aggregate outstanding Advances at such time to the total outstanding Advances at such time, or (B) if no Advances are then outstanding, then “Applicable Percentage” shall mean the “Applicable Percentage” most recently in effect, after giving pro forma effect to any Assignment and Assumptions.

Applicable Period ” has the meaning set forth in Section  2.8(c) .

Appraisal Trigger ” has the meaning set forth in Section  5.10 .

Approved Fund ” means any Person (other than a natural person) that is engaged in making, purchasing, holding or investing in bank loans and similar extensions of credit in the ordinary course of its business and that is administered or managed by (a) a Lender, (b) an Affiliate of a Lender or (c) an entity or an Affiliate of an entity that administers or manages a Lender.

Asset Coverage Ratio ” means, as of the date of determination, the ratio of (a) Total Asset Value as of such date to (b) the Net Funded Debt as of the most recent fiscal quarter for which financial statements have been delivered.

 

3


Asset Coverage Ratio Appraisal ” means an appraisal, performed by an appraiser designated by the Administrative Agent, of the property, plant and equipment owned by the Restricted Entities as of such date.

Asset Coverage Ratio Appraisal Report ” means a written report of the appraiser in respect of an Asset Coverage Ratio Appraisal in a form reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent.

Asset Coverage Ratio Appraisal Value ” means, with respect to any property, plant and equipment owned by the Restricted Entities, the net orderly liquidation value thereof as set forth in the most recently delivered Asset Coverage Ratio Appraisal Report.

Assignment and Assumption ” means an Assignment and Assumption executed by a Lender and an Eligible Assignee and accepted by the Administrative Agent in substantially the form set forth in Exhibit A .

Availability ” means an amount equal to (a) the aggregate Revolving Commitments in effect at such time minus (b) the aggregate Revolving Outstandings.

Bail-In Action ” means the exercise of any Write-Down and Conversion Powers by the applicable EEA Resolution Authority in respect of any liability of an EEA Financial Institution.

Bail-In Legislation ” means, with respect to any EEA Member Country implementing Article 55 of Directive 2014/59/EU of the European Parliament and of the Council of the European Union, the implementing law for such EEA Member Country from time to time which is described in the EU Bail-In Legislation Schedule.

Banking Services ” means each and any of the following bank services provided to any Credit Party by any Banking Services Provider: (a) commercial credit cards, (b) stored value cards and (c) treasury management services (including, without limitation, controlled disbursement, pooling and netting arrangements, automated clearinghouse transactions, electronic funds transfers, return items, overdrafts and interstate depository network services).

Banking Services Obligations ” means any and all obligations of any Credit Party owing to the Banking Services Providers, whether absolute or contingent and howsoever and whensoever created, arising, evidenced or acquired (including all renewals, extensions and modifications thereof and substitutions therefor) in connection with Banking Services.

Banking Services Provider ” means any Lender or Affiliate of a Lender that provides Banking Services to any Credit Party.

Bankruptcy Code ” means the Bankruptcy Code of the United States.

Base Rate Advance ” means a Revolving Advance or a Term Loan Advance that bears interest based upon the Adjusted Base Rate.

Borrower ” has the meaning set forth in the preamble to this Agreement.

Borrowing ” means a borrowing consisting of simultaneous Revolving Advances or Term Loan Advances of the same Type made by the Revolving Lenders pursuant to Section  2.1(a) or Term Loan Lenders pursuant to Section  2.1(b) or Converted by each Revolving Lender or Term Loan Lender to Revolving Advances or Term Loan Advances of a different Type pursuant to Section  2.4(b) .

 

4


Business Day ” means (a) any day other than a Saturday, Sunday or other day on which commercial banks are authorized to close under the Legal Requirements of, or are in fact closed in New York, New York or Houston, Texas; and

(b)     if such day relates to any interest rate settings as to a Eurocurrency Advance denominated in Dollars, any fundings, disbursements, settlements and payments in Dollars in respect of any such Eurocurrency Advance, or any other dealings in Dollars to be carried out pursuant to this Agreement in respect of any such Eurocurrency Advance, means any such day on which dealings in deposits in Dollars are conducted by and between banks in the London interbank eurodollar market.

Capital Expenditures ” means, for any Person and period of its determination, without duplication, the aggregate of all expenditures and costs (whether paid in cash or accrued as liabilities during that period and including that portion of payments under Capital Leases that are capitalized on the balance sheet of such Person) of such Person during such period that, in conformity with GAAP, are required to be included in or reflected as property, plant, equipment or other similar fixed asset accounts on the balance sheet of such Person, but excluding any such expenditure made to restore, replace or rebuild Property to the condition of such Property immediately prior to any damage, loss, destruction or condemnation of such Property, to the extent such expenditure is made with insurance proceeds, condemnation awards or damage recovery proceeds relating to any such damage, loss, destruction or condemnation.

Capital Leases ” means, for any Person, any lease of any Property by such Person as lessee which would, in accordance with GAAP, be required to be classified and accounted for as a capital lease on the balance sheet of such Person.

Cash Collateralize ” means, to pledge and deposit with or deliver to the Administrative Agent, for the benefit of the Issuing Lender or the Lenders, as collateral for Secured Obligations, or the obligations of Lenders to fund participations in respect of Letter of Credit Obligations, cash or deposit account balances or, if the Administrative Agent and the Issuing Lender shall agree in their sole discretion, other credit support, in each case pursuant to documentation in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent and the Issuing Lender. “ Cash Collateral ” shall have a meaning correlative to the foregoing and shall include the proceeds of such cash collateral and other credit support.

Cash Collateral Account ” means a special cash collateral account pledged to the Administrative Agent containing cash deposited pursuant to the terms hereof to be maintained with the Administrative Agent in accordance with the terms hereof.

CERCLA ” means the Comprehensive Environmental Response, Compensation, and Liability Act of 1980, as amended, analogous state and local laws, and all rules and regulations and legally enforceable requirements promulgated thereunder, in each case as now or hereafter in effect.

Certificated Equipment ” shall have the meaning given to such term in the Security Agreement.

Change in Control ” means the occurrence of any of the following events: (a) any “person” or “group” (as such terms are used in Sections 13(d) and 14(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, but excluding any employee benefit plan of such person or its subsidiaries, and any person or entity acting in its capacity as trustee, agent or other fiduciary or administrator of any such plan) other than SCF becomes the “beneficial owner” (as defined in Rules 13d-3 and 13d-5 under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, except that a person or group shall be deemed to have “beneficial ownership” of all securities that such person or group has the right to acquire (such right, an “ option right ”), whether such right is exercisable immediately or only after the passage of time), directly or indirectly, of 33% or more of the equity

 

5


securities of the Borrower entitled to vote for members of the board of directors of the Borrower on a fully-diluted basis (and taking into account all such securities that such person or group has the right to acquire pursuant to any option right), or (b) occupation at any time of a majority of the seats (other than vacant seats) on the board of directors of the Borrower by Persons who were not (i) directors of the Borrower on the date of this Agreement, (ii) nominated or appointed by the board of directors of the Borrower or (iii) approved by the board of directors of the Borrower as director candidates prior to their election; provided that the foregoing clause (b) shall not include any change to the board of directors of the Borrower solely to the extent required for the board of directors of the Borrower to comply with Section 303A.01 of the New York Stock Exchange listed company manual within one year after the Funding Date.

Change in Law ” means the occurrence, after the date of this Agreement (or with respect to any Lender, if later, the date on which such Lender becomes a Lender), of any of the following: (a) the adoption or taking effect of any law, rule, regulation or treaty, (b) any change in any law, rule, regulation or treaty or in the administration, interpretation, implementation or application thereof by any Governmental Authority or (c) compliance by any Lender or Issuing Lender (or, for purposes of Section  2.13(b) , by any lending office of such Lender or by such Lender’s or Issuing Lender’s holding company, if any) with any request, guideline or directive (whether or not having the force of law) of any Governmental Authority made or issued after the date of this Agreement; provided that, notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, (x) the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act and all requests, rules, guidelines or directives thereunder or issued in connection therewith and (y) all requests, rules, guidelines or directives promulgated by the Bank for International Settlements, the Basel Committee on Banking Supervision (or any successor or similar authority) or the United States or foreign regulatory authorities, in each case pursuant to Basel III, shall be deemed to be a “Change in Law,” regardless of the date enacted, adopted or issued.

Class ” has the meaning set forth in Section  1.4 .

Code ” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, and Treasury regulations thereunder.

Collateral ” means all Property of the Credit Parties, now owned or hereafter acquired, upon which a Lien is created, or purported to be created, by any Security Document. The Collateral shall not include any Excluded Collateral.

Commitment Fee ” means the fees required under Section  2.7(a) .

Commitments ” means, as to any Lender, its Revolving Commitment and/or Term Loan Commitment.

Communications ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section  9.9(b)(i) .

Compliance Certificate ” means a compliance certificate executed by a Responsible Officer of the Borrower or such other Person as required by this Agreement in substantially the same form as Exhibit D .

Condemnation Event ” means any event that gives rise to the receipt by any Restricted Entity of any condemnation awards in respect of any Property.

Control ” means the possession, directly or indirectly, of the power to direct or cause the direction of the management and policies of a Person, whether through ownership, by contract, or otherwise, and the terms “ Controlled by ” or “ under common Control with ” shall have the correlative meanings.

 

6


Controlled Group ” means all members of a controlled group of corporations and all businesses (whether or not incorporated) under common control which, together with the Borrower or any Subsidiary (as applicable), are treated as a single employer under Section 414 of the Code.

Convert ”, “ Conversion ” and “ Converted ” each refers to a conversion of Revolving Advances or Term Loan Advances of one Type into Revolving Advances or Term Loan Advances of another Type pursuant to Section  2.4(b) and Section  2.4(c) .

Credit Documents ” means this Agreement, the Notes, the Letter of Credit Documents, the Guaranty, the Notices of Borrowing, the Notices of Continuation or Conversion, the Security Documents, the Fee Letter, and each other agreement, instrument, or document executed at any time in connection with this Agreement.

Credit Extension ” means an Advance or a Letter of Credit Extension.

Credit Parties ” means the Borrower and the Guarantors.

Cumulative Nonordinary Course Disposition Proceeds ” means the aggregate amount of Net Proceeds of Nonordinary Course Dispositions received by Restricted Entities since the Funding Date.

Debt ” means, for any Person, without duplication: (a) indebtedness of such Person for borrowed money; (b) to the extent not covered under clause (a)  above, obligations under letters of credit and agreements relating to the issuance of letters of credit, bankers’ acceptances, bank guaranties, surety bonds and similar instruments; (c) obligations of such Person evidenced by bonds, debentures, notes or other similar instruments; (d) obligations of such Person under conditional sale or other title retention agreements relating to any Properties purchased by such Person (other than customary reservations or retentions of title under agreements with suppliers entered into in the ordinary course of business); (e) obligations of such Person to pay in cash the deferred purchase price of property or services (such obligations including, without limitation, any earn-out obligations, contingent obligations, or other similar obligations associated with such purchase) but excluding trade accounts payable in the ordinary course of business and, in each case, either not past due for more than 90 days after the date on which such trade account payable was created or being contested in good faith and for which adequate reserves have been made in accordance with GAAP; (f) obligations of such Person as lessee under Capital Leases and obligations of such Person in respect of synthetic leases; (g) obligations of such Person under any Hedging Arrangement; (h) all obligations of such Person to mandatorily purchase, redeem, retire, defease or otherwise make any payment in respect of any Equity Interest in such Person or any other Person on a date certain or upon the occurrence of certain events or conditions, valued, in the case of a redeemable preferred interest, at the greater of its voluntary or involuntary liquidation preference plus accrued and unpaid dividends (which obligations, for the avoidance of doubt, do not include any obligations to issue Equity Interests in respect of warrants); (i) the Debt of any partnership or unincorporated joint venture in which such Person is a general partner or a joint venturer, but only to the extent to which there is recourse to such Person for the payment of such Debt; (j) Disqualified Equity Interests; (k) obligations of such Person under direct or indirect guaranties in respect of, and obligations (contingent or otherwise) of such Person to purchase or otherwise acquire, or otherwise to assure a creditor against loss in respect of, indebtedness or obligations of others of the kinds referred to in clauses (a)  through (j) above; and (l) indebtedness or obligations of others of the kinds referred to in clauses (a)  through (j) secured by any Lien on or in respect of any Property of such Person, but if recourse is only to such Property, then only to the extent of the lesser of the amount of the Debt secured thereby and the fair market value of the Property subject to such Lien.

 

7


Debtor Relief Laws ” means (a) the Bankruptcy Code and (b) all other liquidation, conservatorship, bankruptcy, assignment for the benefit of creditors, moratorium, rearrangement, receivership, insolvency, reorganization, or similar debtor relief laws of the United States or other applicable jurisdictions from time to time in effect and affecting the rights of creditors generally.

Default ” means (a) an Event of Default or (b) any event or condition which with notice or lapse of time or both would, unless cured or waived, become an Event of Default.

Default Rate ” means a per annum rate equal to (a) in the case of principal of any Advance, 2.00% plus the rate otherwise applicable to such Advance as provided in Section  2.8(a) or Section  2.8(b) and (b) in the case of any other Obligation, 2.00% plus the non-default rate applicable to Base Rate Advances as provided in Section  2.8(a) .

Defaulting Lender ” means, subject to Section  2.15 , any Lender that (a) has failed to (i) fund all or any portion of its Advances within two Business Days of the date such Advances were required to be funded hereunder unless such Lender notifies the Administrative Agent and the Borrower in writing that such failure is the result of such Lender’s good faith determination that one or more conditions precedent to funding (each of which conditions precedent, together with any applicable default, shall be specifically identified in such writing) has not been satisfied or waived, or (ii) pay to the Administrative Agent, Issuing Lender or any other Lender any other amount required to be paid by it hereunder (including in respect of its participation in Letters of Credit) within two Business Days of the date when due, (b) has notified the Borrower, the Administrative Agent or the Issuing Lender in writing that it does not intend to comply with its funding obligations hereunder, or has made a public statement to that effect (unless such writing or public statement relates to such Lender’s obligation to fund an Advance hereunder and states that such position is based on such Lender’s good faith determination that a condition precedent to funding (which condition precedent, together with any applicable default, shall be specifically identified in such writing or public statement) cannot be satisfied), (c) has failed, within three Business Days after written request by the Administrative Agent or the Borrower, to confirm in writing to the Administrative Agent and the Borrower that it will comply with its prospective funding obligations hereunder ( provided that such Lender shall cease to be a Defaulting Lender pursuant to this clause (c)  upon receipt of such written confirmation by the Administrative Agent and the Borrower), or (d) has, or has a direct or indirect parent company that has, (i) become the subject of a proceeding under any Debtor Relief Law, or (ii) had appointed for it a receiver, custodian, conservator, trustee, administrator, assignee for the benefit of creditors or similar Person charged with reorganization or liquidation of its business or assets, including the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation or any other state or federal regulatory authority acting in such a capacity; provided that a Lender shall not be a Defaulting Lender solely by virtue of the ownership or acquisition of any Equity Interest in that Lender or any direct or indirect parent company thereof by a Governmental Authority so long as such ownership interest does not result in or provide such Lender with immunity from the jurisdiction of courts within the United States or from the enforcement of judgments or writs of attachment on its assets or permit such Lender (or such Governmental Authority) to reject, repudiate, disavow or disaffirm any contracts or agreements made with such Lender. Any determination by the Administrative Agent that a Lender is a Defaulting Lender under clauses (a)  through (d) above shall be conclusive and binding absent manifest error, and such Lender shall be deemed to be a Defaulting Lender (subject to Section  2.15 ) upon delivery of written notice of such determination to the Borrower, the Issuing Lender and each Lender under the applicable Facility.

Disposition ” means any sale, lease, transfer, assignment, conveyance, or other disposition of any Property and “ Dispose ” or similar terms shall have correlative meanings.

 

8


Disqualified Equity Interest ” means any Equity Interest that, by its terms (or by the terms of any security into which it is convertible or for which it is exchangeable) or upon the happening of any event, matures or is mandatorily redeemable for any consideration other than another Equity Interest (which would not constitute a Disqualified Equity Interest), pursuant to a sinking fund obligation or otherwise (except as a result of a change of control or asset sale so long as any rights of the holders thereof upon the occurrence of such change of control or asset sale event shall be subject to prior Payment in Full), or is convertible or exchangeable for Debt or redeemable for any consideration other than any Equity Interest (which would not constitute a Disqualified Equity Interest) at the option of the holder thereof, in whole or in part, on or prior to the date that is one hundred-eighty (180) days after the earlier of (a) the Maturity Date and (b) Payment in Full; provided that if such Equity Interest is issued pursuant to a Plan for the benefit of the Borrower or its Subsidiaries or their officers or employees, such Equity Interest shall not constitute a Disqualified Equity Interest solely because it may be required to be repurchased by the Borrower or its Subsidiaries in order to satisfy applicable statutory or regulatory obligations.

Dollar Equivalent ” means, at any time, (a) with respect to any amount denominated in Dollars, such amount, and (b) with respect to any amount denominated in a currency other than Dollars, the equivalent amount thereof in Dollars as determined by the Administrative Agent at such time on the basis of the Exchange Rate on such date for the purchase of Dollars with such other currency.

Dollars ” and “ $ ” means lawful money of the United States.

Domestic Restricted Subsidiary ” means any Restricted Subsidiary that is a Domestic Subsidiary; provided that neither an Excluded Domestic Holdco nor a Subsidiary of a Foreign Subsidiary shall be a Domestic Restricted Subsidiary.

Domestic Subsidiary ” means any Subsidiary that is either (a) incorporated or organized under the laws of the United States, any State thereof or the District of Columbia or (b) disregarded for U.S. federal income tax purposes and the parent is either the Borrower or any other Domestic Subsidiary.

EBIDA ” means, for any period, for the Borrower and its consolidated Restricted Subsidiaries, EBITDA minus cash taxes to the extent paid by, or on behalf of, the Borrower and its consolidated Restricted Subsidiaries during such period.

EBITDA ” means, for any period: for the Borrower and its consolidated Restricted Subsidiaries, without duplication, (a) the Borrower’s consolidated Net Income for such period (it being understood that no amounts of the Unrestricted Subsidiaries’ Net Income shall be taken into account in calculating EBITDA other than to the extent provided in clause (c)  below) plus (b) to the extent deducted in determining such consolidated Net Income for such period, (i) Interest Expense, (ii) taxes based on income, profits or capital, including U.S. federal, state, non-U.S., franchise, excise and similar taxes and foreign withholding taxes paid or accrued during such period, including any penalties and interest relating to any tax examinations, (iii) depreciation, (iv) amortization and (v) other non-cash charges for such period (including any provision for the reduction in the carrying value of long-term assets (but not including any write down of current assets) recorded in accordance with GAAP and including non-cash charges resulting from the requirements of ASC 410, 718 and 815) for such period plus (c) cash dividends received by the Restricted Entities from the net income of Unrestricted Subsidiaries during such period plus (d) to the extent deducted in determining such consolidated Net Income for such period, any cash charges or other expenses incurred in connection with the Transactions during such period plus (e) to the extent deducted in determining such consolidated Net Income for such period, any non-recurring charges incurred during such period in connection with Permitted Acquisitions consisting of (i) excess compensation of prior officers of the acquired Person and (ii) transaction fees and expenses, in each case subject to the cap in the proviso at the end of this definition; plus (f) equity-based compensation paid by

 

9


any Credit Party to its directors, officers and/or employees for such period; plus (g) (i) the amount of reasonably identifiable and factually supportable “run-rate” cost savings and operating expense reductions resulting from actions taken by the Restricted Entities that are reasonably projected by the Borrower to be realized within 12 months, in each case related to Permitted Acquisitions, Dispositions, restructurings and other savings initiatives, without duplication of the amount of actual benefits realized prior to or during such period from such actions (which cost savings and operating expense reductions shall be calculated on a pro forma basis as though such cost savings and operating expense reductions had been realized on the first day of such period) and (ii) one-time litigation expenses (including the amount of any settlement or judgment), in each case as confirmed by the Administrative Agent, in an aggregate amount, with respect to this clause (g) , not to exceed the greater of (A) $4,000,000 and (B) seven and one-half percent (7.5%) of EBITDA prior to giving effect to any amounts added back pursuant to this clause (g) , in each case, for any four fiscal quarter period; provided , that, with respect to any period for which EBITDA includes an addback pursuant to this clause (g) , a Responsible Officer of the Borrower shall provide a certificate to the Administrative Agent specifying the amount of such addback and certifying that such addback complies with the requirements of this clause (g) ; plus (h) any proceeds from business interruption insurance received by the Credit Parties during such period, to the extent the associated losses arising out of the event that resulted in the payment of such business interruption insurance proceeds were included in computing Net Income for such period; minus (i) all non-cash items of income which were included in determining such consolidated Net Income (including non-cash income resulting from the requirements of ASC 410, 718 and 815); provided that such EBITDA shall be calculated on a pro forma basis for Acquisitions (which, for the avoidance of doubt closed at or prior to the end of the period for which EBITDA is being calculated) and Nonordinary Course Dispositions assuming that such transactions had occurred on the first day of the determination period, which calculations shall be reasonable and certified by a Responsible Officer in a certificate delivered to the Administrative Agent; provided further that, for purposes of calculating “EBITDA” the aggregate amount of non-recurring charges which are added back pursuant to clause (e)  above shall not exceed $4,000,000 for any four fiscal quarter period.

EEA Financial Institution ” means (a) any institution established in any EEA Member Country which is subject to the supervision of an EEA Resolution Authority, (b) any entity established in an EEA Member Country which is a parent of an institution described in clause (a)  of this definition, or (c) any institution established in an EEA Member Country which is a subsidiary of an institution described in clauses (a)  or (b) of this definition and is subject to consolidated supervision with its parent.

EEA Member Country ” means any of the member states of the European Union, Iceland, Liechtenstein and Norway.

EEA Resolution Authority ” means any public administrative authority or any Person entrusted with public administrative authority of any EEA Member Country (including any delegee) having responsibility for the resolution of any EEA Financial Institution.

Effective Date ” means the date of this Agreement.

Eligible Assignee ” means (a) a Lender (other than a Defaulting Lender); (b) an Affiliate of a Lender (other than a Defaulting Lender); (c) an Approved Fund; and (d) any other Person approved by (i) the Administrative Agent, (ii) unless an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing at the time any assignment is effected, the Borrower; provided that, if the Borrower shall fail to promptly (and in any event within ten (10) Business Days) approve or reject such Person as an Eligible Assignee, the Borrower shall be deemed to have approved such Person as an Eligible Assignee and (iii) in the case of any assignment under the Revolving Facility, the Issuing Lender, in each case, such approval not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed; provided , however , that neither the Borrower nor an Affiliate of the Borrower nor any natural person shall qualify as an Eligible Assignee.

 

10


Environment ” or “ Environmental ” shall have the meanings set forth in 42 U.S.C. § 9601(8).

Environmental Claim ” means any third party (including any Governmental Authority) action, lawsuit, claim, demand, regulatory action or proceeding, order, decree, consent agreement or written notice of potential or actual responsibility or violation which seeks to impose liability under any Environmental Law.

Environmental Law ” means all federal, state, and local laws, rules, regulations, ordinances, orders, decisions, enforceable agreements, and other Legal Requirements, including duties imposed under common law, now or hereafter in effect and relating to, or in connection with the Environment, including without limitation CERCLA, relating to (a) pollution, contamination, injury, destruction, loss, protection, cleanup, reclamation or restoration of the air, surface water, groundwater, land surface or subsurface strata, or other natural resources; (b) solid, gaseous or liquid waste generation, treatment, processing, recycling, reclamation, cleanup, storage, disposal or transportation; (c) exposure to pollutants, contaminants, hazardous or toxic substances, materials or wastes; or (d) the manufacture, processing, handling, transportation, distribution in commerce, use, storage or disposal of hazardous or toxic substances, materials or wastes.

Environmental Permit ” means any permit, license, order, approval, registration or other authorization required or issued under Environmental Law.

Equity Funded Capital Expenditure s” means Capital Expenditures that are funded solely with Equity Issuance Proceeds (of Equity Interests not constituting Disqualified Equity Interests) that are not required to be used to prepay Term Loan Advances pursuant to Section  2.5(c)(iii) and which were not applied to increase EBITDA for purposes of Section  7.7 .

Equity Interest ” means with respect to any Person, any shares, interests, participation, or other equivalents (however designated) of corporate stock, membership interests or partnership interests (or any other ownership interests) of such Person.

Equity Issuance ” means any issuance of equity securities or any other Equity Interests (including any preferred equity securities) by the Borrower, including any such issuance upon the exercise of warrants to purchase equity by the holders thereof.

Equity Issuance Proceeds ” means, with respect to any Equity Issuance, all cash and cash equivalent proceeds or cash equivalent investments received by the Borrower from such Equity Issuance (other than from any other Credit Party) after payment of, or provision for, all underwriter fees and expenses, SEC and blue sky fees, printing costs, fees and expenses of accountants, lawyers and other professional advisors, brokerage commissions and other out-of-pocket fees and expenses actually incurred in connection with such Equity Issuance.

ERISA ” means the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended from time to time.

Eurocurrency Advance ” means an Advance by the Lenders in Dollars that bears interest based upon the Eurocurrency Rate.

 

11


Eurocurrency Base Rate ” means, for any day and time, with respect to any Eurocurrency Advance for any applicable Interest Period (and with respect to clause (c)  of the definition of “Alternate Base Rate”, for an Interest Period of one month), the London interbank offered rate as administered by ICE Benchmark Administration (or any other Person that takes over the administration of such rate for Dollars) for a period equal in length to such Interest Period as displayed on such day and time on pages LIBOR01 or LIBOR02 of the Reuters screen that displays such rate or, in the event such rate does not appear on a Reuters page or screen, on any successor or substitute page on such screen that displays such rate, or on the appropriate page of such other information service that publishes such rate from time to time as shall be selected by the Administrative Agent in its reasonable discretion; provided that, if the Eurocurrency Base Rate shall be less than zero, such rate shall be deemed to be zero for the purposes of this Agreement.

Eurocurrency Liabilities ” has the meaning assigned to that term in Regulation D of the Federal Reserve Board as in effect from time to time.

Eurocurrency Rate ” means, with respect to any Eurocurrency Advance for any applicable Interest Period (and with respect to clause (c)  of the definition of “Alternate Base Rate”, for an Interest Period of one month), the Eurocurrency Base Rate as of 11:00 am (London, England time), two Business Days prior to the commencement of such Interest Period; provided that if the Eurocurrency Base Rate shall not be available at such time for such Interest Period (an “ Impacted Interest Period ”) then the Eurocurrency Rate shall be the greater of 0.0% and the Interpolated Rate,

Event of Default ” has the meaning specified in Section  7.1 .

Excess Proceeds ” has the meaning specified in Section  2.5(c)(iv) .

Exchange Rate ” means, on any Business Day, with respect to any calculation of the Dollar Equivalent on such date, the rate at which a currency may be exchanged into Dollars, as set forth on such date on the relevant FWDS Series Reuters currency page at or about 11:00 a.m. New York City time on such date. In the event that such rate does not appear on any such Reuters page, the “Exchange Rate” shall be determined by reference to such other publicly available service for displaying exchange rates as may be agreed upon by the Administrative Agent and the Borrower or, in the absence of such agreement, such “Exchange Rate” shall instead be the Administrative Agent’s spot rate of exchange in the interbank market where its currency exchange operations in respect of such currency are then being conducted, at or about 10:00 A.M. local time at such date for the purchase of such currency with Dollars or the purchase of Dollars with such currency, as the case may be, for delivery two Business Days later; provided that if at the time of any such determination no such spot rate can reasonably be quoted, the Administrative Agent may use any reasonable method (including obtaining quotes from three or more market makers for such currency) as it deems appropriate to determine such rate and such determination shall be presumed correct absent manifest error.

Excluded Collateral ” means has the meaning given to such term in the Security Agreement.

Excluded Domestic Holdco ” shall mean any direct or indirect Domestic Subsidiary (including any Domestic Subsidiary that is a disregarded entity under the Code) of any Credit Party that has no material assets (held directly or indirectly) other than Equity Interests or indebtedness of one or more Foreign Subsidiaries that are “controlled foreign corporations” within the meaning of Section 957 of the Code.

Excluded Hedging Obligation ” means, with respect to any Guarantor, (a) any obligations of such Guarantor owing to Swap Counterparties under any Hedging Arrangements if, and to the extent that,

 

12


and only for so long as, all or a portion of the guarantee of such Guarantor of, or the grant by such Guarantor of a security interest to secure, as applicable, such obligation under such Hedging Arrangements (or any guarantee thereof) is or becomes illegal under the Commodity Exchange Act or any rule, regulation or order of the Commodity Futures Trading Commission (or the application or official interpretation of any thereof) by virtue of such Guarantor’s failure to constitute an “eligible contract participant,” as defined in the Commodity Exchange Act and the regulations thereunder, at the time the guarantee of (or grant of such security interest by, as applicable) such Guarantor becomes or would become effective with respect to such obligation under such Hedging Arrangements.

Excluded Perfection Collateral ” means collectively (a) Certificated Equipment with an individual net book value not to exceed $100,000 and (b) any other Property with respect to which the Administrative Agent has determined, in its reasonable discretion that the cost of perfecting a security interest in such Property are excessive in relation to the value of the Lien to be afforded thereby.

Excluded Taxes ” means, with respect to any Lender Party or any other recipient of any payment to be made by or on account of any obligation of the Borrower hereunder, (a) taxes imposed on or measured by its net income (however denominated), and franchise taxes imposed on it by the United States of America (or any political subdivision thereof), Canada (or any political subdivision thereof) or by the jurisdiction (or any political subdivision thereof) under the laws of which such recipient is organized, is a resident or in which its principal office is located or, in the case of any Lender, in which its applicable Lending Office is located, (b) any branch profits taxes imposed by the United States of America or Canada, (c) in the case of a Foreign Lender (other than an assignee pursuant to a request under Section  2.16 by the Borrower hereunder), any withholding tax that is imposed on amounts payable to such Foreign Lender at the time such Foreign Lender becomes a party hereto (or designates a new Lending Office), except to the extent that such Foreign Lender (or its assignor, if any) was entitled, at the time of designation of a new Lending Office (or assignment), to receive additional amounts from the Borrower with respect to such withholding tax pursuant to Section  2.11(a) or Section  2.15 , (d) Taxes attributable to such Lender Party’s failure to comply with Section  2.13(f), (g) or (h), (e) any U.S. Federal withholding taxes that are imposed by FATCA, and (f) any interest, additions to tax and penalties with respect to taxes referred to in clauses (a) - (e) above.

Executive Officer ” means any Responsible Officer of a Restricted Subsidiary who is, as part of his/her employment with such Restricted Subsidiary, in contact with any Responsible Officer of the Borrower regarding the business and operations of such Restricted Subsidiary on a regular basis.

Existing Beckman Debt ” means all Debt and other obligations of Beckman Production Services, Inc. and its Subsidiaries under the Credit Agreement, dated as of May 2, 2014, as amended, among Beckman Production Services, Inc., Wells Fargo Bank, National Association as Administrative Agent and the other financial institutions party thereto.

Existing Nine Debt ” means all Debt and other obligations of the Borrower and certain of its Subsidiaries under the Amended and Restated Credit Agreement, dated as of June 30, 2014, among the Borrower, Nine Energy Canada Inc., HSBC Bank USA, N.A., as US Administrative Agent, HSBC Bank Canada, as Canadian Administrative Agent and the other financial institutions party thereto, as amended by the First Amendment, dated as of May 13, 2016, and the Second Amendment, dated as of August 2, 2017.

Facility ” and “ Facilities ” mean, individually or collectively as the context requires, the Revolving Facility and the Term Loan Facility.

 

13


FATCA ” means Sections 1471 through 1474 of the Code, as of the date of this Agreement, (or any amended or successor version that is substantively comparable and not materially more onerous to comply with), any current or future regulations or official interpretations thereof, any agreement entered into pursuant to Section 1471(b)(1) of the Code, any intergovernmental agreement entered into in connection with the implementation of such Sections of the Code and any fiscal or regulatory legislation or rules adopted pursuant to such intergovernmental agreement.

Federal Funds Rate ” means, for any day, the weighted average of the rates on overnight Federal funds transactions with members of the Federal Reserve System arranged by Federal funds brokers, as published on the next succeeding Business Day by the Federal Reserve Bank of New York, or, if such rate is not so published for any day that is a Business Day, the average of the rate charged by the Administrative Agent on such transactions; provided that if the Federal Funds Rate shall be less than zero, such rate shall be deemed to be zero for purposes of this Agreement.

Federal Reserve Board ” means the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System or any of its successors.

Fee Letter ” means that certain Fee Letter, dated as of August 9, 2017, between the Borrower and JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A.

First Tier Foreign Subsidiary ” means any Foreign Subsidiary the Equity Interests of which are held directly by the Borrower or a Credit Party.

Fixed Applicable Margin Period ” means the period commencing on the Funding Date and ending on the date on which a Compliance Certificate is delivered in accordance with Section  5.2(c) and the accompanying financial statements required under Sections 5.2(a) or 5.2(b) , as the case may be, with respect to the first fiscal quarter of the Borrower ending after the first anniversary of the Funding Date.

Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio ” means, for any period, the ratio of (a) EBIDA for such period to (b) Fixed Charges for such period.

Fixed Charges ” means, for any period, without duplication, (a) cash Interest Expense of the Borrower and its consolidated Restricted Subsidiaries during such period, plus (b) scheduled principal payments on Debt (including, for the avoidance of doubt, the Term Loan Advances) owed by the Borrower and its consolidated Restricted Subsidiaries during such period, plus (c) Maintenance Capital Expenditures by the Borrower and its consolidated Restricted Subsidiaries during such period. For the avoidance of doubt, any prepayment of Term Loan Advances pursuant to Section  2.5(c) prior to the fiscal quarter in which such Term Loan Advances were scheduled to be paid hereunder shall not be included as Fixed Charges until the fiscal quarter in which such Term Loan Advances were scheduled to be paid.

Flood Laws ” means the National Flood Insurance Act of 1968 and the Flood Disaster Protection Act of 1973, as revised by the National Flood Insurance Reform Act of 1994, and as the same may be further amended, modified or supplemented, and including the regulations issued thereunder.

Foreign Lender ” means, with respect to the Borrower, any Lender that is organized under the laws of a jurisdiction other than that in which the Borrower is resident for tax purposes. For purposes of this definition, the United States, each State thereof and the District of Columbia shall be deemed to constitute a single jurisdiction.

Foreign Restricted Subsidiary ” means any Restricted Subsidiary of the Borrower that is a Foreign Subsidiary.

 

14


Foreign Subsidiary ” means any Subsidiary of the Borrower that is not a Domestic Subsidiary.

Four Quarter EBITDA Election ” has the meaning set forth in the definition of Applicable Margin.

Fronting Exposure ” means, at any time there is a Defaulting Lender or a Potential Defaulting Lender, with respect to the Issuing Lender, such Defaulting Lender’s or Potential Defaulting Lender’s Applicable Percentage of the outstanding Letter of Credit Obligations with respect to Letters of Credit issued by the Issuing Lender other than Letter of Credit Obligations as to which such Defaulting Lender’s or Potential Defaulting Lender’s participation obligation has been reallocated to other Lenders or Cash Collateralized in accordance with the terms hereof.

Funded Debt ” means, as to the Borrower and its consolidated Restricted Subsidiaries, without duplication:

(a)    all Debt of such Restricted Entity of the type described in clauses (a) , (b) , (c) , (d), (f) and (j)  of the definition of “Debt” but excluding any Debt permitted under Section  6.1(l) ;

(b)    all Debt of such Restricted Entity of the type described in clause (e)  of the definition of “Debt” other than (i) trade accounts payable incurred in the ordinary course of business, and (ii) contingent obligations of such Restricted Entity to pay in cash the deferred purchase price of property to the extent, and only to the extent, (A) such obligations are contingent and (B) with respect to earn-out obligations, the amount of such earn-out obligations is not known and payable;

(c)    all Debt of such Restricted Entity of the type described in clause (h)  of the definition of “Debt”;

(d)    all Debt of such Restricted Entity of the type described in clause (i)  of the definition of “Debt”, but only to the extent such Debt is of the type that would be included in clause (a) - (c) above;

(e)    all Debt of such Restricted Entity of the type described in clause (j)  of the definition of “Debt” but only in respect of Debt of any other Person (other than a Restricted Entity) of the type that would be included in clauses (a) - (d) above; and

(f)    all Debt of others of the type included in clauses (a) - (e) above secured by any Lien on or in respect of any Property of such Restricted Entity, but if recourse is only to such Property, then only to the extent of the lesser of the amount of the Debt secured thereby and the fair market value of the Property subject to such Lien.

Funding Date ” means the date on which all of the conditions set forth in Section  3.2 have been satisfied or waived in accordance therewith.

GAAP ” means United States generally accepted accounting principles as in effect from time to time, applied on a basis consistent with the requirements of Section  1.3 .

Governmental Authority ” means the government of the United States or any other nation, or of any political subdivision thereof, whether state or local, and any agency, authority, instrumentality, regulatory body, court, central bank or other entity exercising executive, legislative, judicial, taxing, regulatory or administrative powers or functions of or pertaining to government (including any supra-national bodies such as the European Union or the European Central Bank).

 

15


Guarantor ” means any Person that now or hereafter executes a Guaranty, including (a) the Borrower, (b) the Wholly-Owned Domestic Restricted Subsidiaries of the Borrower listed on Schedule  4.11 ; and (c) each Wholly-Owned Domestic Restricted Subsidiary of the Borrower that becomes a guarantor of all or a portion of the Secured Obligations and which has entered into either a joinder agreement substantially in the form attached to the Guaranty or a new Guaranty.

Guaranty ” means the Guaranty Agreement, dated as of the Funding Date, among the Guarantors and the Administrative Agent for the benefit of the Secured Parties in substantially the same form as Exhibit B .

Hazardous Substance ” means any substance or material identified as hazardous or extremely hazardous pursuant to CERCLA and those regulated as hazardous or toxic under any other Environmental Law, including without limitation pollutants, contaminants, petroleum, petroleum products, radionuclides, and radioactive materials.

Hazardous Waste ” means any substance or material regulated or designated as a hazardous waste pursuant to any Environmental Law.

Hedging Arrangement ” means a hedge, call, swap, collar, floor, cap, option, forward sale or purchase or other contract or similar arrangement (including any obligations to purchase or sell any commodity or security at a future date for a specific price) which is entered into to reduce or eliminate or otherwise protect against the risk of fluctuations in prices or rates, including interest rates, foreign exchange rates, commodity prices and securities prices.

Impacted Interest Period ” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in the definition of “Eurocurrency Rate”.

Indemnified Taxes ” means Taxes other than Excluded Taxes.

Indemnitee ” has the meaning specified in Section  9.1(b) .

Interest Expense ” means, for any period and with respect to any Person, total cash interest expense of the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries, letter of credit fees and other fees and expenses incurred by such Person in connection with any Debt for such period whether paid or accrued (including that attributable to obligations which have been or should be, in accordance with GAAP, recorded as Capital Leases; provided that, notwithstanding any changes in GAAP resulting from the implementation of lease accounting rules after the Effective Date, no lease payments shall be treated as “Interest Expense” to the extent that such lease payments would not have been treated as “Interest Expense” prior to such change in GAAP), including, without limitation, all commissions, discounts, and other fees and charges owed with respect to letters of credit and bankers’ acceptance financing, fees owed with respect to the Secured Obligations, and net costs under Hedging Arrangements entered into addressing interest rates, all as determined in conformity with GAAP; provided that, no amounts of the Unrestricted Subsidiaries’ Interest Expense (which, for the avoidance of doubt, the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary does not have liability to pay) shall be taken into account in calculating the Borrower’s consolidated Interest Expense.

Interest Period ” means for each Eurocurrency Advance comprising part of the same Borrowing, the period commencing on the date of such Eurocurrency Advance is made or deemed made and ending on the last day of the period selected by the Borrower pursuant to the provisions below and Section  2.4 , and thereafter, each subsequent period commencing on the last day of the immediately preceding Interest Period and ending on the last day of the period selected by the Borrower pursuant to the provisions below

 

16


and Section  2.4 . The duration of each such Interest Period shall be one, three, or six months (or such longer or shorter period if agreed to by all the Lenders), in each case as the Borrower may select, provided that:

(a)    whenever the last day of any Interest Period would otherwise occur on a day other than a Business Day, the last day of such Interest Period shall be extended to occur on the next succeeding Business Day, provided that if such extension would cause the last day of such Interest Period to occur in the next following calendar month, the last day of such Interest Period shall occur on the next preceding Business Day;

(b)    any Interest Period which begins on the last Business Day of a calendar month (or on a day for which there is no numerically corresponding day in the calendar month at the end of such Interest Period) shall end on the last Business Day of the calendar month in which it would have ended if there were a numerically corresponding day in such calendar month; and

(c)    the Borrower may not select any Interest Period for any Advance which ends after the Maturity Date.

Interpolated Rate ” means, at any time, for any Interest Period, the rate per annum (rounded to the same number of decimal places as the Eurocurrency Base Rate) determined by the Administrative Agent (which determination shall be conclusive and binding absent manifest error) to be equal to the rate that results from interpolating on a linear basis between: (a) the Eurocurrency Base Rate for the longest period for which the Eurocurrency Base Rate is available) that is shorter than the Impacted Interest Period; and (b) the Eurocurrency Base Rate for the shortest period (for which that Eurocurrency Base Rate is available) that exceeds the Impacted Interest Period, in each case, at such time.

Investment ” means, as to any Person, any direct or indirect acquisition or investment by such Person, whether by means of (a) the purchase or other acquisition of capital stock or other securities of another Person, (b) a loan, advance or capital contribution to, or a purchase or other acquisition of any Debt or equity participation or interest in, another Person, including any partnership or joint venture interest in such other Person, or (c) the purchase or other acquisition (in one transaction or a series of transactions) of assets of another Person that constitute a business unit. For purposes of covenant compliance, the amount of any Investment shall be the amount actually invested, without adjustment for subsequent increases or decreases in the value of such Investment.

ISP ” means, with respect to any Letter of Credit, the “International Standby Practices 1998” published by the Institute of International Banking Law & Practice (or such later version thereof as may be in effect at the time of issuance).

Issuing Lender ” means each of JPMorgan and Amegy and, with the consent of the Administrative Agent, any other Lender that agrees to act as an Issuing Lender, each in its capacity as the issuer of Letters of Credit pursuant to the terms of this Agreement. The Issuing Lender may, in its discretion, arrange for one or more Letters of Credit to be issued by Affiliates of the Issuing Lender, in which case the term “Issuing Lender” shall include any such Affiliate with respect to Letters of Credit issued by such Affiliate. References herein and in the other Loan Documents to the Issuing Lender shall be deemed to refer to the Issuing Lender in respect of the applicable Letter of Credit or to each Issuing Lender, as the context requires.

Joint Lead Arrangers ” means JPMorgan and Wells Fargo Securities, LLC in their respective capacities as Joint Lead Arrangers and Joint Bookrunners.

 

17


JPMorgan ” has the meaning given to such term in the preamble to this Agreement.

Legal Requirement ” means any law, statute, ordinance, decree, requirement, order, judgment, rule, regulation (or official interpretation of any of the foregoing) of, and the terms of any license or permit issued by, any Governmental Authority, including, but not limited to, Regulations T, U, and X.

Lender Parties ” means the Lenders, the Issuing Lender and the Administrative Agent.

Lenders ” means the Revolving Lenders and the Term Loan Lenders.

Lending Office ” means, as to any Lender, the office or offices of such Lender described as such in such Lender’s Administrative Questionnaire, or such other office or offices as a Lender may from time to time notify the Borrower and the Administrative Agent.

Letter of Credit ” means (a) any standby or commercial letter of credit issued by any Issuing Lender for the account of the Borrower or any Guarantor in Dollars pursuant to the terms of this Agreement, in such form as may be agreed by the Borrower, such Guarantor and such Issuing Lender and (b) any Letter of Credit issued by any Issuing Lender prior to the date of this Agreement and listed on Schedule II .

Letter of Credit Application ” means the Issuing Lender’s standard form letter of credit application for standby or commercial letters of credit which has been executed by the Borrower, the applicable Guarantor and accepted by the Issuing Lender in connection with the issuance of a Letter of Credit.

Letter of Credit Documents ” means all Letters of Credit, Letter of Credit Applications and amendments thereof, and agreements, documents, and instruments entered into in connection therewith or relating thereto.

Letter of Credit Exposure ” means, at the date of its determination by the Administrative Agent, the aggregate outstanding undrawn amount of Letters of Credit plus the aggregate unpaid amount of all of the Borrower’s payment obligations under drawn Letters of Credit.

Letter of Credit Extension ” means, with respect to any Letter of Credit, the issuance thereof or extension of the expiry date thereof, or the increase of the amount thereof.

Letter of Credit Maximum Amount ” means $15,000,000; provided that, on and after the Maturity Date, the Letter of Credit Maximum Amount shall be zero.

Letter of Credit Obligations ” means any obligations of the Borrower under this Agreement in connection with the Letters of Credit.

Letter of Credit Termination Date ” means the 5th Business Day prior to the Maturity Date.

Leverage Ratio ” means, for any period, the ratio of (a) the Funded Debt as of the last day of such period to (b) EBITDA for such period.

Lien ” means any mortgage, lien, pledge, charge, deed of trust, security interest, or encumbrance to secure or provide for the payment of any obligation of any Person, whether arising by contract, operation of law, or otherwise (including the interest of a vendor or lessor under any conditional sale agreement, Capital Lease, or other title retention agreement).

 

18


Liquid Investments ” means (a) readily marketable direct full faith and credit obligations of the United States of America or obligations unconditionally guaranteed by the full faith and credit of the United States of America; (b) commercial paper issued by (i) any Lender or any Affiliate of any Lender or (ii) any commercial banking institutions or corporations rated at least P-1 by Moody’s or A-1 by S&P; (c) certificates of deposit, time deposits, and bankers’ acceptances issued by (i) any of the Lenders or (ii) any other commercial banking institution which is a member of the Federal Reserve System and has a combined capital and surplus and undivided profits of not less than $250,000,000.00 and rated Aa by Moody’s or AA by S&P; (d) repurchase agreements which are entered into with any of the Lenders or any major money center banks included in the commercial banking institutions described in clause (c)  and which are secured by readily marketable direct full faith and credit obligations of the government of the United States of America or any agency thereof; (e) investments in any money market fund which holds investments substantially of the type described in the foregoing clauses (a)  through (d) ; and (f) other investments made through the Administrative Agent or its Affiliates. All the Liquid Investments described in clauses (a)  through (d) above shall have maturities of not more than 365 days from the date of issue.

Liquidity ” means, as of a date of determination, the sum of (a) Availability plus (b) readily available unrestricted cash held in deposit accounts of any Credit Party in the United States (other than the Cash Collateral Accounts); provided that, such deposit accounts and the funds therein shall be unencumbered and free and clear of all Liens and other third party rights other than a Lien in favor of the Administrative Agent pursuant to Security Documents and the Liens described in Section  6.2(h) .

Maintenance Capital Expenditures ” means, for the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries, all Capital Expenditures related to extending the life of, or maintaining the working condition of, existing assets. The term “Maintenance Capital Expenditures” does not include capital spending for new assets or expansion or enhancement of existing assets (so-called “growth capital expenditures”).

Majority Lenders ” means, as of the date of determination with respect to the Facilities as a whole and for purposes of declaring the Obligations due and payable pursuant to Section  7.2 , and for all purposes after the Obligations become due and payable pursuant to Section  7.2 or Section  7.3 or all of the Commitments shall have expired or terminated, three (3) or more Lenders holding at least 51% of the aggregate Maximum Exposure Amount, and at any time when there are less than three (3) Lenders, all of the Lenders; provided that (i) in any event, if there are three (3) or more Lenders, the Maximum Exposure Amount of any Defaulting Lender shall be excluded for purposes of making a determination of Majority Lenders unless all Lenders are Defaulting Lenders, and (ii) for purposes of this definition, Letter of Credit Exposure which is not reallocated or Cash Collateralized in accordance with Section  2.15 shall be deemed to be held by the Lender that is the Issuing Lender.

Material Adverse Change ” means any event, development or circumstance that has had or would reasonably be expected to have a material adverse effect on (a) the business, operations, property or financial condition of the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries, taken as a whole; (b) the validity or enforceability of any Credit Document or any right or remedy of any Secured Party under any Credit Document and (c) the ability of the Borrower and the other Credit Parties, taken as a whole, to perform their obligations under the Credit Documents.

Material Real Property ” means, as of any date of determination, any real property owned by the Borrower or any Domestic Restricted Subsidiary that has an individual net book value or fair market value equal to or greater than $2,500,000.

Maturity Date ” means the earlier of (a) two and a half years after the Funding Date or (b) the earlier termination in whole of the Commitments pursuant to Section  2.1(c) or Article VII .

 

19


Maximum Exposure Amount ” means, at any time for each Lender, the sum of (a) the unfunded Revolving Commitment held by such Lender at such time, if any, plus (b) the Total Outstandings held by such Lender at such time (with the aggregate amount of such Lender’s risk participation and funded participation in the Letter of Credit Obligations being deemed “held” by such Lender for purposes of this definition).

Maximum Rate ” means the maximum nonusurious interest rate under applicable Legal Requirements.

MIRE Event ” means, if there are any Properties subject to a Mortgage at such time, any increase, extension or renewal of any of the Commitments or Advances (excluding (a) any continuation or conversion of borrowings, (b) the making of any Advance or (c) the issuance, renewal or extension of Letters of Credit).

Moody’s ” means Moody’s Investors Service, Inc. and any successor thereto which is a nationally recognized statistical rating organization.

Mortgage ” means any mortgage, deed of trust or other agreement which conveys or evidences a Lien in favor of the Administrative Agent, for the benefit of the Administrative Agent and the other Secured Parties, on real property of a Credit Party.

Multiemployer Plan ” means a “ multiemployer plan ” as defined in Section 4001(a)(3) of ERISA to which the Borrower or any member of the Controlled Group is making or accruing an obligation to make contributions.

Net Funded Debt ” means, (a) at any time there are any Revolving Advances outstanding, all Funded Debt and (b) at any other time, all Funded Debt calculated net of unrestricted cash and cash equivalents held by the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries.

Net Income ” means, for any period and with respect to any Person, the net income for such period for such Person after taxes as determined in accordance with GAAP, excluding, however, (a) extraordinary items, including (i) any net non-cash gain or loss during such period arising from the sale, exchange, retirement or other disposition of capital assets (such term to include all fixed assets and all securities) other than in the ordinary course of business, and (ii) any write-up or write-down of assets and (b) the cumulative effect of any change in GAAP.

Net Proceeds ” means, (a) in connection with any Nonordinary Course Disposition, or any casualty loss of Collateral pursuant to Section  5.3(d) , by any Restricted Entity, the proceeds thereof in the form of cash and Liquid Investments (including any such proceeds received by way of deferred payment of principal pursuant to a note or installment receivable or purchase price adjustment receivable or otherwise, and including casualty insurance settlements and condemnation awards, but in each case only as and when received), net of attorneys’ fees, accountants’ fees, investment banking fees, amounts required to be applied to the repayment of the Debt secured by a Lien expressly permitted hereunder on any asset that is the subject of such Nonordinary Course Disposition (other than any Lien pursuant to a Security Document) or such casualty loss of collateral and other customary fees and expenses actually incurred in connection therewith and net of taxes paid or reasonably estimated to be payable as a result thereof (after taking into account any available tax credits or deductions and any tax sharing arrangements) and (b) in connection with any issuance or sale of Equity Interests or any incurrence of Debt, in each case by a Restricted Entity, the cash proceeds received from such issuance or incurrence, net of attorneys’ fees, investment banking fees, accountants’ fees, underwriting discounts and commissions and other customary fees and expenses actually incurred in connection therewith.

 

20


Non-Consenting Lender ” means any Lender who does not agree to a consent, waiver or amendment which (a) requires the agreement of all Lenders or all affected Lenders in accordance with the terms of 1.1 and (b) has been agreed by the Majority Lenders.

Non-Defaulting Lender ” means any Lender that is not then a Defaulting Lender or a Potential Defaulting Lender.

Nonordinary Course Disposition ” means, any sales, conveyances, or other transfers of Property made by any Restricted Entity (other than (x) by a Credit Party to another Credit Party or (y) a Restricted Entity that is not a Credit Party to another Restricted Entity) (a) of any division of any Restricted Entity, (b) of an Equity Interest in any Restricted Subsidiary by the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary or (c) outside the ordinary course of business of any assets of any Restricted Entity, whether in a single transaction or related series of transactions or (b) any Condemnation Event.

Notes ” means the Revolving Notes and the Term Loan Notes.

Notice ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section  9.9(b)(ii) .

Notice of Borrowing ” means a notice of borrowing signed by the Borrower in substantially the same form as Exhibit E or such other form as shall be reasonably approved by the Administrative Agent.

Notice of Continuation or Conversion ” means a notice of continuation or conversion signed by the Borrower in substantially the same form as Exhibit F .

Notice Period ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section  2.16 .

Obligations ” means all principal, interest (including post-petition interest), fees, reimbursements, indemnifications, and other amounts now or hereafter owed by any of the Credit Parties to the Lenders, the Issuing Lender, or the Administrative Agent under this Agreement and the Credit Documents, including the Letter of Credit Obligations and any increases, extensions, and rearrangements of those obligations under any amendments, supplements, and other modifications of the documents and agreements creating those obligations.

OFAC ” means The Office of Foreign Assets Control of the U.S. Department of the Treasury.

Offering ” means a public offering and sale of Equity Interests in the Borrower closing on or about the Funding Date with gross proceeds of not less than $150,000,000.

Other Taxes ” means all present or future stamp or documentary taxes or any other similar charges or levies imposed by any Governmental Authority arising from any payment made hereunder or under any other Credit Document or from the execution, delivery or enforcement of, or otherwise with respect to, this Agreement or any other Credit Document, except any such taxes imposed as a result of a present or former connection between such recipient and the jurisdiction imposing such tax (other than connections arising from such recipient having executed, delivered, become a party to, performed its obligations under, received payments under, received or perfected a security interest under, engaged in any other transaction pursuant to or enforced any Credit Document or sold or assigned an interest in any Note or Credit Document) that are imposed with respect to an assignment (other than an assignment made pursuant to Section  2.14 ).

Participant ” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section  9.7(c) .

 

21


Participant Register ” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section  9.7(c) .

Patriot Act ” means the USA Patriot Act (Title III of Pub. L. 107-56 (signed into law October 26, 2001)).

Payment in Full ” means (a) the Commitments have expired or been terminated, (b) the principal of and interest on each Advance and all fees payable hereunder and all other amounts payable under the Credit Documents shall have been paid in full (other than contingent indemnification obligations) and (c) all Letters of Credit shall have expired or terminated (or are Cash Collateralized or otherwise secured to the satisfaction of the Issuing Lender) and all unpaid amount of all of the Borrower’s payment obligations under drawn Letters of Credit shall have been paid.

PBGC ” means the Pension Benefit Guaranty Corporation or any entity succeeding to any or all of its functions under ERISA.

Permitted Acquisition ” means an Acquisition that is permitted under Section  6.4 .

Permitted Debt ” has the meaning set forth in Section  6.1 .

Permitted Investments ” has the meaning set forth in Section  6.3 .

Permitted Liens ” has the meaning set forth in Section  6.2 .

Person ” means any natural person, partnership, corporation (including a business trust), joint stock company, trust, limited liability company, unlimited liability company, limited liability partnership, unincorporated association, joint venture, or other entity, or Governmental Authority, or any trustee, receiver, custodian, or similar official.

Plan ” means an employee benefit plan (other than a Multiemployer Plan) maintained for employees of the Borrower or any member of the Controlled Group and covered by Title IV of ERISA or subject to the minimum funding standards under Section 412 of the Code.

Platform ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section  9.9(b)(i) .

Potential Defaulting Lender ” means, at any time, a Lender (a) as to which the Administrative Agent has notified the Borrower that an event of the kind referred to in clause  (d) of the definition of “Defaulting Lender” has occurred in respect of any financial institution affiliate of such Lender, or (b) as to which the Administrative Agent or Issuing Lender has in good faith determined and notified the Borrower and, in the case of any good faith determination and notification made by the Issuing Lender, the Administrative Agent, that such Lender or its direct or indirect parent company or a financial institution affiliate thereof has notified the Administrative Agent or the Issuing Lender, or has stated publicly, that it will not comply with its funding obligations under any other loan agreement or credit agreement or other similar financing agreement. Any determination that a Lender is a Potential Defaulting Lender under any of clauses (a)  or (b) above will be made by the Administrative Agent or, in the case of clause (b) , the Issuing Lender, in its sole discretion acting in good faith.

PPSA ” means the Personal Property Security Act (Alberta), as amended from time to time, and any other similar legislation of any Canadian province or territory.

 

22


Prime Rate ” means the per annum rate of interest established from time to time by JPMorgan as its prime rate for Dollar loans, which rate may not be the lowest rate of interest charged by such Lender to its customers.

Property ” of any Person means any property or assets (whether real, personal, or mixed, tangible or intangible) of such Person.

Qualified ECP Counterparty ” means, in respect of any Swap Agreement, a Guarantor that (a) has total assets exceeding $10.0 million at the time any guaranty of obligations of any Credit Party owing to Swap Counterparties under any Hedging Arrangements or grant of the relevant security interest becomes effective or (b) otherwise constitutes an “eligible contract participant” under the Commodity Exchange Act.

Reinvestment Deferred Amount ” means with respect to any Reinvestment Event, the aggregate Excess Proceeds received by any Restricted Entity in connection therewith that are not applied to prepay Term Loan Advances as a result of the delivery of a Reinvestment Notice.

Reinvestment Event ” means any Nonordinary Course Disposition in respect of which the Borrower has delivered a Reinvestment Notice.

Reinvestment Notice ” means a written notice executed by a Responsible Officer of the Borrower stating that no Default has occurred and is continuing and that a Restricted Entity intends and expects to use all or a specified portion of the Excess Proceeds of a Nonordinary Course Disposition to acquire, replace or repair assets useful in the business of the Restricted Entities; provided that, in the case of any Nonordinary Course Disposition by a Credit Party, Excess Proceeds may only be reinvested in assets of such Credit Party or another Credit Party.

Reinvestment Prepayment Amount ” means with respect to any Reinvestment Event, the Reinvestment Deferred Amount relating thereto less any amount expended prior to the relevant Reinvestment Prepayment Date to acquire, replace or repair assets of any of the Restricted Entities useful in their business.

Reinvestment Prepayment Date ” means with respect to any Reinvestment Event, the earlier of (a) the later of (i) the date occurring six months after such Reinvestment Event and (ii) if prior to the date referred to in the foregoing clause (a)(i) an applicable Restricted Entity has entered into a written agreement committing such Restricted Entity to acquire, replace or repair assets useful in such Restricted Entity’s business, the date occurring nine months after such Reinvestment Event and (b) the date on which the Borrower shall have determined not to, or shall have otherwise ceased to, acquire, replace or repair assets useful in any applicable Restricted Entity’s business with all or any portion of the relevant Reinvestment Deferred Amount.

Register ” has the meaning set forth in Section  9.7(b) .

Regulations T , U , and X ” means Regulations T, U, and X of the Federal Reserve Board, as each is from time to time in effect, and all official rulings and interpretations thereunder or thereof.

Related Parties ” means, with respect to any Person, such Person’s Affiliates and the partners, directors, officers, employees, agents and advisors of such Person and of such Person’s Affiliates.

Release ” shall have the meaning set forth in CERCLA or under any other applicable Environmental Law.

 

23


Removal Effective Date ” has the meaning set forth in Section  8.6(b) .

Reportable Event ” means any of the events set forth in Section 4043(c) of ERISA (other than any such event not subject to the provision for 30-day notice to the PBGC under the regulations issued under such section).

Resignation Effective Date ” has the meaning set forth in Section  8.6(a) .

Response ” shall have the meaning set forth in CERCLA or under any other applicable Environmental Law.

Responsible Officer ” means (a) with respect to any Person that is a corporation, such Person’s chief executive officer, president, chief financial officer, chief operating officer, general counsel, director of finance, treasurer, controller, or vice president, (b) with respect to any Person that is a limited liability company, if such Person has officers, then such Person’s chief executive officer, president, chief financial officer, chief operating officer, general counsel, treasurer, or vice president, and if such Person is managed by members, then a chief executive officer, president, chief financial officer, chief operating officer, general counsel, treasurer or vice president of such Person’s managing member, and if such Person is managed by managers, then a manager (if such manager is an individual) or a chief executive officer, president, chief financial officer, chief operating officer, general counsel, treasurer or vice president of such manager (if such manager is an entity), and (c) with respect to any Person that is a general partnership, limited partnership or a limited liability partnership, the chief executive officer, president, chief financial officer, chief operating officer, general counsel, treasurer or vice president of such Person’s general partner or partners.

Restricted Entity ” means (a) the Borrower and (b) each Restricted Subsidiary.

Restricted Payment ” means, with respect to any Person, any direct or indirect dividend or distribution (whether in cash, securities or other Property) or any direct or indirect payment of any kind or character (whether in cash, securities or other Property) in consideration for or otherwise in connection with any retirement, purchase, redemption or other acquisition of any Equity Interest of such Person, or any options, warrants or rights to purchase or acquire any such Equity Interest of such Person; provided that the term “Restricted Payment” shall not include any dividend or distribution payable solely in Equity Interests of such Person or warrants, options or other rights to purchase such Equity Interests.

Restricted Subsidiary ” means (a) each Subsidiary of the Borrower on the Effective Date and (b) each other Subsidiary of the Borrower that is not an Unrestricted Subsidiary.

Revolving Advance ” means an advance by a Revolving Lender to the Borrower as a part of a Borrowing pursuant to Section  2.1(a) and refers to either a Base Rate Advance or a Eurocurrency Advance.

Revolving Commitment ” means, for each Lender, the obligation of such Lender to advance to Borrower the amount set opposite such Lender’s name on Schedule I as its Revolving Commitment, or if such Lender has entered into any Assignment and Assumption, set forth for such Lender as its Revolving Commitment in the applicable Register, as such amount may be reduced pursuant to Section  2.1 ; provided that, after the Maturity Date, the Commitment for each Lender shall be zero. As of the Funding Date, the aggregate amount of the Revolving Commitments is $50,000,000.

Revolving Facility ” means, collectively, (a) the revolving credit facility described in Section  2.1(a) and (b) the letter of credit subfacility provided by the Issuing Lender described in Section  2.3 .

 

24


Revolving Lender ” means a Lender having a Revolving Commitment or if such Revolving Commitments have been terminated, a Lender that is owed Revolving Advances.

Revolving Majority Lenders ” means (a) at any time when there are three (3) or more Revolving Lenders, three or more Revolving Lenders holding at least 51% of the sum of the unutilized Revolving Commitments plus the Revolving Outstandings (with the aggregate amount of each Revolving Lender’s risk participation and funded participation in the Letter of Credit Obligations being deemed “held” by such Revolving Lender for purposes of this definition), and (b) at any time when there are one to two Revolving Lenders, all Revolving Lenders; provided that, (i) in any event, if there are two or more Revolving Lenders, the Revolving Commitment of, and the portion of the Revolving Advances and Letter of Credit Exposure held or deemed held by, any Defaulting Lender shall be excluded for purposes of making a determination of Revolving Majority Lenders unless all Revolving Lenders are Defaulting Lenders, and (ii) for purposes of this definition, Fronting Exposure as to Letters of Credit which has not been reallocated or Cash Collateralized in accordance with Section  2.15 shall be deemed to be held by the Lender that is the Issuing Lender.

Revolving Note ” means a promissory note of the Borrower payable to a Revolving Lender in the amount of such Lender’s Revolving Commitment, in the form provided by the Administrative Agent and reasonably acceptable to the Borrower.

Revolving Outstandings ” means, as of any date of determination, the sum of (a) the aggregate outstanding amount of all Revolving Advances plus (b) the Letter of Credit Exposure.

Same Day Funds ” means with respect to disbursements and payments in Dollars, immediately available funds.

Sanctioned Entity ” means (a) a country or a government of a country, region or territory, (b) an agency of the government of a country, region or territory, (c) an organization directly or indirectly controlled by a country, region or territory or its government, (d) a Person resident in a country, region or territory, in each case, that is subject to a country, region or territory sanctions program administered and enforced by OFAC or other applicable sanctions authority, including, without limitation, currently, Belarus, Burundi, Central African Republic, the Crimea Region of Ukraine, Cuba, Iran, Libya, North Korea, Somalia, Sudan, Syria and Venezuela.

Sanctioned Person ” means, at any time, (a) a Person named on any sanctioned-related list of designated persons maintained by OFAC or other applicable sanctions authority, (b) any Person operating, organized or resident in a Sanctioned Entity or (c) any Person owned or controlled by any such Person or Persons described in the foregoing clauses (a)  or (b) .

S&P ” means Standard & Poor’s Ratings Service, a division of The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc., or any successor thereof which is a nationally recognized statistical rating organization.

SCF ” means, collectively, SCF-VII, L.P., a Delaware limited partnership, and its Affiliates (other than any portfolio company thereof).

SEC ” means the Securities and Exchange Commission, or any Governmental Authority succeeding to any of its principal functions.

Secured Obligations ” means (a) the Obligations, (b) the Banking Services Obligations owing by Credit Parties, and (c) obligations of any Credit Party owing to Swap Counterparties under any Hedging Arrangements, provided , that solely with respect to any Credit Party that is not an “eligible contract participant” under the Commodity Exchange Act, Excluded Hedging Obligations of such Credit Party shall in any event be excluded from “Secured Obligations” owing by such Credit Party.

 

25


Secured Parties ” means the Lender Parties, the Banking Services Providers who are owed Banking Services Obligations and Swap Counterparties who are owed any Obligations.

Security Agreement ” means the Pledge and Security Agreement, dated as of the Funding Date, among the Borrower, the Subsidiaries party thereto and the Administrative Agent for the benefit of the Secured Parties in substantially the same form as Exhibit C .

Security Documents ” means the Security Agreement, including any supplements thereto, any Mortgages and any and all other instruments, documents or agreements, now or hereafter executed by any Credit Party or any other Person to secure the Obligations.

Solvent ” means, as to any Person, on the date of any determination (a) the fair value of the Property of such Person is greater than the total amount of debts and other liabilities (including without limitation, contingent liabilities) of such Person, (b) the present fair salable value of the assets of such Person is not less than the amount that will be required to pay the probable liability of such Person on its debts and other liabilities (including, without limitation, contingent liabilities) as they become absolute and matured, (c) such Person is able to realize upon its assets and pay its debts and other liabilities (including, without limitation, contingent liabilities) as they mature in the normal course of business, (d) such Person does not intend to, and does not believe that it will, incur debts or liabilities (including, without limitation, contingent liabilities) beyond such Person’s ability to pay as such debts and liabilities mature, (e) such Person is not engaged in, and is not about to engage in, business or a transaction for which such Person’s Property would constitute unreasonably small capital, and (f) such Person has not transferred, concealed or removed any Property with intent to hinder, delay or defraud any creditor of such Person.

Statutory Reserve Rate ” means a fraction (expressed as a decimal), the numerator of which is the number one and the denominator of which is the number one minus the aggregate of the maximum reserve percentage (including any marginal, special, emergency or supplemental reserves) expressed as a decimal established by the Federal Reserve Board to which the Administrative Agent is subject with respect to the Adjusted Eurocurrency Rate, for eurocurrency funding (currently referred to as “Eurocurrency Liabilities” in Regulation D of the Federal Reserve Board). Such reserve percentage shall include those imposed pursuant to such Regulation D. Eurocurrency Advances shall be deemed to constitute eurocurrency funding and to be subject to such reserve requirements without benefit of or credit for proration, exemptions or offsets that may be available from time to time to any Lender under such Regulation D or any comparable regulation. The Statutory Reserve Rate shall be adjusted automatically on and as of the effective date of any change in any reserve percentage.

Subject Lender ” has the meaning set forth in Section  2.14 .

Subsidiary ” means, with respect to any Person (the “ holder ”) at any date, any corporation, limited liability company, partnership, association or other entity the accounts of which would be consolidated with those of the holder in the holder’s consolidated financial statements if such financial statements were prepared in accordance with GAAP as of such date, as well as any other corporation, limited liability company, partnership, association or other entity, a majority of whose outstanding Voting Securities shall at any time be owned by the holder or one more Subsidiaries of the holder. Unless expressly provided otherwise, all references herein and in any other Credit Document to any “ Subsidiary ” or “ Subsidiaries ” means a Subsidiary or Subsidiaries of the Borrower.

 

26


Swap Counterparty ” means Person that is a Lender or an Affiliate of a Lender or was a Lender or an Affiliate of a Lender at the time such Person entered into a Hedging Arrangement with a Credit Party.

Tangible Net Assets ” means (a) the consolidated net book value of all assets of the Borrower and its consolidated Restricted Subsidiaries minus (b) the consolidated net book value of all intangible assets of the Borrower and its consolidated Restricted Subsidiaries.

Tax Group ” has the meaning set forth in Section  4.13 .

Taxes ” means all present or future taxes, levies, imposts, duties, deductions, withholdings, assessments, fees or other charges imposed by any Governmental Authority, including any interest, additions to tax or penalties applicable thereto.

Term Loan Advance ” means an advance by a Lender to the Borrower pursuant to Section  2.1(b) .

Term Loan Borrowing ” means a borrowing consisting of simultaneous Term Loan Advances of the same Type made by the Term Loan Lenders pursuant to Section  2.1

Term Loan Commitment ” means for each Lender, the obligation of such Lender to advance to the Borrower the amount set forth opposite such Lender’s name on Schedule I as its Term Loan Commitment; provided that (a) immediately after the funding of the Term Loan Advance on the Funding Date, the Term Loan Commitment for each Lender shall be reduced to zero, and (b) the aggregate amount of the Term Loan Commitments is $125,000,000; provided that the aggregate amount of the Term Loan Commitments on the Funding Date shall be reduced by an amount equal to the product of (i) $0.50 multiplied by (ii) the amount by which the Net Proceeds of the Offering exceeds $175,000,000 (it being understood and agreed that the Term Loan Commitment of each Lender shall be reduced by the product of (A) its Applicable Percentage of the Term Loan Commitments multiplied by (B) the aggregate amount of such reduction in the Term Loan Commitments; provided that the amount of such reduction shall not exceed $25,000,000. If the Term Loan Commitments are reduced in accordance with the foregoing sentence the Administrative Agent, without the consent of the Borrower or any Lender, is authorized to amend Schedule I to reflect the amounts of such reduced Term Loan Commitments.

Term Loan Facility ” means the Term Loan Commitments and the extensions of credit thereunder.

Term Loan Lender ” means a Lender having a Term Loan Commitment on or prior to the Funding Date and thereafter, each Lender holding a Term Loan Advance.

Term Loan Majority Lenders ” means (a) at any time when there are three (3) or more Term Loan Lenders, three or more Term Loan Lenders holding at least 51% of the sum of the Term Loan Advances, and (b) at any time when there are one to two Term Loan Lenders, all Term Loan Lenders; provided that, in any event, if there are two or more Term Loan Lenders, the portion of the Term Loan Advances held or deemed held by any Defaulting Lender shall be excluded for purposes of making a determination of Term Loan Majority Lenders unless all Term Loan Lenders are Defaulting Lenders.

Term Loan Note ” means a promissory note of the Borrower payable to a Term Loan Lender in the amount of such Lender’s Term Loan Commitment, in the form provided by the Administrative Agent and reasonably acceptable to the Borrower.

 

27


Term Loan Outstandings ” means, as of the date of determination, the aggregate outstanding amount of all Term Loan Advances.

Termination Event ” means (a) a Reportable Event with respect to a Plan, (b) the withdrawal of the Borrower or any member of the Controlled Group from a Plan during a plan year in which it was a “substantial employer” as defined in Section 4001(a)(2) of ERISA, (c) the filing of a notice of intent to terminate a Plan or the treatment of a Plan amendment as a termination under Section 4041(c) of ERISA, (d) the institution of proceedings to terminate a Plan by the PBGC, or (e) any other event or condition which constitutes grounds under Section 4042 of ERISA for the termination of, or the appointment of a trustee to administer, any Plan.

Total Asset Value ” means, as of any date of determination, the sum of (a) eighty percent (80%) of the net book value of the Restricted Entities’ accounts receivable as of the most recent fiscal quarter for which financial statements have been delivered pursuant to Section  5.2(a) or 5.2(b) plus (b) fifty percent (50%) of the net book value of the Restricted Entities’ inventory as of the most recent fiscal quarter for which financial statements have been delivered pursuant to Section  5.2(a) or 5.2(b) plus (c) either (i) if an Asset Coverage Ratio Appraisal Report has not been delivered within the last four fiscal quarters, fifty percent (50%) of the net book value of the Restricted Entities’ property, plant and equipment as of the most recent fiscal quarter for which financial statements have been delivered pursuant to Section  5.2(a) or 5.2(b) or (ii) if an Asset Coverage Ratio Appraisal Report has been delivered within the last four fiscal quarters, eighty percent (80%) of the Asset Coverage Ratio Appraisal Value of the property, plant and equipment owned by the Restricted Entities as of the last day of the most recent fiscal quarter for which financial statements have been delivered pursuant to Section  5.2(a) or 5.2(b) .

Total Outstandings ” means the aggregate Revolving Outstandings and Term Loan Outstandings.

Transactions ” means, collectively, (a) the initial borrowings and other extensions of credit under this Agreement, (b) the Offering, (c) the refinancing of Existing Nine Debt and Existing Beckman Debt and (d) the payment of fees, commissions and expenses in connection with each of the foregoing.

Type ” has the meaning set forth in Section  1.4 .

UCC ” means the Uniform Commercial Code as in effect in the State of New York from time to time.

Unfunded Advances ” has the meaning set forth in Section  2.12(a) .

United States ” means the United States of America.

Unrestricted Subsidiaries ” means any Subsidiary of the Borrower that has been designated as an Unrestricted Subsidiary in compliance with Section  5.7 .

Voting Securities ” means (a) with respect to any corporation (including any unlimited liability company), capital stock of such corporation having general voting power under ordinary circumstances to elect directors of such corporation (irrespective of whether at the time stock of any other class or classes shall have or might have special voting power or rights by reason of the happening of any contingency), (b) with respect to any partnership, any partnership interest or other ownership interest having general voting power to elect the general partner or other management of the partnership or other Person, and (c) with respect to any limited liability company, membership certificates or interests having general voting power under ordinary circumstances to elect managers of such limited liability company.

 

28


Wholly-Owned ” means, as used in reference to a Restricted Subsidiary, any Restricted Subsidiary whose Equity Interest is owned 100%, either directly or indirectly, by the Borrower.

Write-Down and Conversion Powers ” means, with respect to any EEA Resolution Authority, the write-down and conversion powers of such EEA Resolution Authority from time to time under the Bail-In Legislation for the applicable EEA Member Country, which write-down and conversion powers are described in the EU Bail-In Legislation Schedule.

Section 1.2     Computation of Time Periods . In this Agreement in the computation of periods of time from a specified date to a later specified date, the word “from” means “from and including” and the words “to” and “until” each means “to but excluding”.

Section 1.3     Accounting Terms; Changes in GAAP .

(a)    All accounting terms not specifically defined in this Agreement shall be construed in accordance with GAAP applied on a consistent basis with those applied in the preparation of the audited financial statements delivered to the Administrative Agent for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2015 and 2016 pursuant to Section  3.2(f) , except as provided in Section  6.6 .

(b)    Unless otherwise indicated, all financial statements of the Borrower, all calculations for compliance with covenants in this Agreement, all determinations of the Applicable Margin, and all calculations of any amounts to be calculated under the definitions in Section  1.1 shall be based upon the consolidated accounts of the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries in accordance with GAAP and consistent with the principles of consolidation applied in preparing the Borrower financial statements referred to in Section  4.4 . For the avoidance of doubt, references in this Agreement or in any other Credit Document to a Person’s consolidated financial statements, financial position, financial condition, liabilities, etc. refer to the consolidated financial statements, financial position, financial condition, liabilities, etc. of such Person and its properly consolidated Subsidiaries (or subset thereof if expressly provided herein) which eliminate offsetting intercompany transactions.

(c)    If at any time any change in, or the application of, GAAP would affect the computation of any financial ratio or requirement set forth in any Credit Document, and either the Borrower or the Majority Lenders shall so request, the Administrative Agent, the Lenders and the Borrower shall negotiate in good faith to amend such ratio or requirement to preserve the original intent thereof in light of such change in, or application of, GAAP (subject to the approval of the Borrower and the Majority Lenders); provided that, until so amended, (i) such ratio or requirement shall continue to be computed in accordance with GAAP (or its prior application) prior to such change in, or application of, GAAP and (ii) the Borrower shall provide to the Administrative Agent and the Lenders financial statements and other documents required under this Agreement or as reasonably requested hereunder setting forth a reconciliation between calculations of such ratio or requirement made before and after giving effect to such change in, or application of, GAAP.

Section 1.4     Classes and Types of Advances . Advances are distinguished by “Class” and “Type”. The “Class”, when used in reference to any Advance or Borrowing, refers to whether such Advance, or the Advances comprising such Borrowing, are Revolving Advances or Term Loan Advances. The “Type”, when used in respect of any Advance or Borrowing, refers to the Rate (as defined below) by reference to which interest on such Advances or on the Advances comprising such Borrowing is determined. For purposes hereof, the term “Rate” shall include the Eurocurrency Rate and the Adjusted Base Rate.

 

29


Section 1.5     Other Interpretive Provisions . Article, Section, Schedule, and Exhibit references are to this Agreement, unless otherwise specified. All references to instruments, documents, contracts, and agreements (including this Agreement) are references to such instruments, documents, contracts, and agreements as the same may be amended, supplemented, and otherwise modified from time to time, unless otherwise specified and shall include all schedules and exhibits thereto unless otherwise specified. Any reference herein to any law shall be construed as referring to such law as amended, modified, codified or reenacted, in whole or in part, and in effect from time to time. Any reference herein to any Person shall be construed to include such Person’s successors and assigns (subject to the restrictions contained herein). The words “hereof”, “herein”, and “hereunder” and words of similar import when used in this Agreement shall refer to this Agreement as a whole and not to any particular provision of this Agreement. The term “including” means “including, without limitation,”. Paragraph headings have been inserted in this Agreement as a matter of convenience for reference only and it is agreed that such paragraph headings are not a part of this Agreement and shall not be used in the interpretation of any provision of this Agreement.

Section 1.6     Exchange Rates; Currency Equivalents . Except for purposes of financial statements delivered by Credit Parties hereunder or calculating compliance with any covenants hereunder or except as otherwise provided herein, the applicable amount of any currency (other than Dollars) for purposes of the Credit Documents shall be such Dollar Equivalent amount as so determined by the Administrative Agent or the Issuing Lender.

ARTICLE II

CREDIT FACILITIES

Section 2.1     Commitments .

(a)     Revolving Commitment . Each Revolving Lender severally agrees, on the terms and conditions set forth in this Agreement, to make Revolving Advances to the Borrower from time to time on any Business Day during the period from the Funding Date until the Business Day immediately preceding the Maturity Date; provided that, after giving effect to such Revolving Advances, the Revolving Outstandings shall not exceed the aggregate Revolving Commitments. Each Revolving Advance shall (i) if comprised of Base Rate Advances be in an aggregate amount not less than $500,000 and in integral multiples of $100,000 in excess thereof, (ii) if comprised of Eurocurrency Advances be in an aggregate amount not less than $1,000,000 and in integral multiples of $500,000 in excess thereof, and (iii) consist of Revolving Advances of the same Type made on the same day by the Revolving Lenders ratably according to their respective Revolving Commitments. Within the limits of each Lender’s Revolving Commitment, the Borrower may from time to time borrow, prepay pursuant to Section  2.5 , and reborrow under this (a).

(b)     Term Loan Commitments . Each Term Loan Lender severally agrees, on the terms and conditions set forth in this Agreement, to make a single Term Loan Advance to Borrower on or about the Funding Date in a principal amount equal to such Lender’s Term Loan Commitment. Immediately upon the making of a Term Loan Advance by any Lender having a Term Loan Commitment, such Lender’s Term Loan Commitment will be permanently reduced to zero. Term Loan Advances that are repaid or prepaid by Borrower may not be reborrowed.

(c)     Change in Commitments .

(i)     Revolving Commitments . The Borrower shall have the right, upon at least three Business Days’ notice to the Administrative Agent, to terminate in whole or reduce ratably in part the unused portion of the Revolving Commitments; provided that each partial reduction shall be in

 

30


the aggregate amount of $1,000,000 and in integral multiples of $1,000,000 in excess thereof. Any reduction or termination of the Revolving Commitments pursuant to this Section shall be permanent, with no obligation of the Revolving Lenders to reinstate such Revolving Commitments, and the Commitment Fees shall thereafter be computed on the basis of the Revolving Commitments, as so reduced.

(ii)     Term Loan Commitments . Prior to the Funding Date, the Borrower shall have the right, upon at least three Business Days’ notice to the Administrative Agent, to reduce ratably in part the Term Loan Commitments; provided that such partial reduction shall be in the aggregate amount of $1,000,000 or an integral multiple of $1,000,000 in excess thereof. Any reduction of the Term Loan Commitments pursuant to this Section shall be permanent, with no obligation of the Term Loan Lenders to reinstate such Term Loan Commitments. The Term Loan Commitments may also be reduced prior to the Funding Date as set forth in the definition of Term Loan Commitment.

(iii)     Defaulting Lender . At any time when a Lender is then a Defaulting Lender, the Borrower, at its election, may elect to terminate such Defaulting Lender’s Revolving Commitment hereunder; provided that (A) such termination must be of all of the Defaulting Lender’s Revolving Commitments, (B) the Borrower shall pay all amounts owed by the Borrower to such Defaulting Lender in such Lender’s capacity as a Lender under this Agreement and under the other Credit Documents (including principal of and interest on the Advances owed to such Defaulting Lender, accrued Commitment Fees (subject to Section  2.15(a)(iii) ), and letter of credit fees (subject to Section  2.15(a)(iii) but specifically excluding any amounts owing under Section  2.10 as result of such payment of such Advances) and shall deposit with the Administrative Agent into the Cash Collateral Account cash collateral in the amount equal to such Defaulting Lender’s ratable share of the Letter of Credit Exposure (including any such portion thereof that has been reallocated pursuant to Section  2.15 ), (C) a Defaulting Lender’s Commitments may be terminated by the Borrower under this Section  2.1(c)(iii) if and only if at such time, the Borrower has elected, or is then electing, to terminate the Commitments of all then existing Defaulting Lenders, and (D) no Default has occurred and is continuing at the time of such election and termination. Upon written notice to the Defaulting Lender and Administrative Agent of the Borrower’s election to terminate a Defaulting Lender’s Commitments pursuant to this clause (iii)  and the payment and deposit of amounts required to be made by the Borrower under clause (B)  and (C) above, (1) such Defaulting Lender shall cease to be a “Lender” hereunder for all purposes except that such Lender’s rights and obligations as a Lender under Section  2.9 , Section  2.11 , Section  2.13 , Section  8.3 and Section  9.1 shall continue with respect to events and occurrences occurring before or concurrently with its ceasing to be a “Lender” hereunder, (2) such Defaulting Lender’s Commitments shall be deemed terminated, and (3) such Defaulting Lender shall be relieved of its obligations hereunder as a “Lender” except as to its obligations under Section  8.3 and Section  9.1 and any other obligations that expressly survive, which obligations shall continue with respect to events and occurrences occurring before or concurrently with its ceasing to be a “Lender” hereunder, provided that, any such termination will not be deemed to be a waiver or release of any claim by the Borrower, the Administrative Agent, Issuing Lender or any Lender may have against such Defaulting Lender.

(iv)    All notices for a complete termination under clauses (i) - (iii) above delivered by the Borrower may state that such notice is conditioned upon the effectiveness of other credit facilities, in which case such notice may be revoked by the Borrower (by notice to the Administrative Agent on or prior to the specified effective date) if such condition is not satisfied.

Section 2.2     Evidence of Indebtedness . The Advances made by each Lender shall be evidenced by one or more accounts or records maintained by such Lender and by the Administrative Agent in the ordinary course of business. The accounts or records maintained by the Administrative Agent and the Lenders shall be conclusive absent manifest error of the amount of the Advances made by such Lenders to the Borrower and the interest and payments thereon. Any failure to so record or any error

 

31


in doing so shall not, however, limit or otherwise affect the obligation of the Borrower hereunder to pay any amount owing with respect to the Obligations. In the event of any conflict between the accounts and records maintained by any Lender and the accounts and records of the Administrative Agent in respect of such matters, the accounts and records of the Administrative Agent shall control in the absence of manifest error. Upon the request of any Lender to the Borrower made through the Administrative Agent, the Borrower shall execute and deliver to such Lender (through the Administrative Agent) the applicable Notes which shall evidence such Lender’s Advances to the Borrower in addition to such accounts or records. Each Lender may attach schedules to such Notes and record thereon the date, Type (if applicable), amount, and maturity of its Advances and payments with respect thereto. In addition to the accounts and records referred to in the immediately preceding sentences, each Lender, Issuing Lender and the Administrative Agent shall maintain in accordance with its usual practice accounts or records evidencing the purchases and sales by such Lender of participations in Letters of Credit. In the event of any conflict between the accounts and records maintained by the Administrative Agent and the accounts and records of any Lender (other than the Issuing Lender) in respect of such matters, the accounts and records of the Administrative Agent shall control in the absence of manifest error. In the event of any conflict among the accounts and records maintained by the Administrative Agent, the accounts and records maintained by the Issuing Lender as to Letters of Credit issued by it, and the accounts and records of any other Lender in respect of such matters, the accounts and records of the Issuing Lender shall control in the absence of manifest error.

Section 2.3     Letters of Credit .

(a)     Commitment for Letters of Credit . Subject to the terms and conditions set forth in this Agreement and in reliance upon the agreements of the other Lenders set forth in this Section, the Issuing Lender agrees to, from time to time on any Business Day during the period from the Funding Date until the Letter of Credit Termination Date, issue, increase or extend the expiration date of Letters of Credit denominated in Dollars for the account of the Borrower or a Guarantor; provided that, in any event, no Letter of Credit will be issued, increased, or extended:

(i)    if such issuance, increase, or extension would cause the Letter of Credit Exposure to exceed the lesser of (A) the Letter of Credit Maximum Amount and (B) an amount equal to (1) the aggregate Revolving Commitments in effect at such time minus (2) the aggregate outstanding amount of Revolving Advances;

(ii)    unless such Letter of Credit has an expiration date not later than the earlier of (A) one year after the issuance or extension and (B) the Letter of Credit Termination Date; provided that, (1) if Commitments are terminated in whole pursuant to Section  2.1(c) , the Borrower shall either (A) deposit into the applicable Cash Collateral Account cash in an amount equal to 103% of the applicable Letter of Credit Exposure for the Letters of Credit which have an expiry date beyond such termination date or (B) provide a replacement letter of credit (or other security) reasonably acceptable to the Administrative Agent and the Issuing Lender in an amount equal to 103% of such Letter of Credit Exposure and (2) any such Letter of Credit with a one-year tenor (or shorter tenor) may expressly provide for an automatic extension of additional periods up to one additional year so long as such Letter of Credit expressly allows the Issuing Lender, at its sole discretion, to elect not to provide such extension; provided that, in any event, such automatic extension may not result in an expiration date that occurs after the Letter of Credit Termination Date;

(iii)    unless such Letter of Credit is (A) a standby letter of credit, or (B) with the consent of the Issuing Lender in its sole discretion, a commercial letter of credit;

 

32


(iv)    unless such Letter of Credit is in form and substance acceptable to the Issuing Lender in its sole discretion;

(v)    unless the Borrower has delivered to the Issuing Lender a completed and executed Letter of Credit Application; provided that, if the terms of any Letter of Credit Application conflicts with the terms of this Agreement, the terms of this Agreement shall control;

(vi)    unless such Letter of Credit is governed by (A) the Uniform Customs and Practice for Documentary Credits (2007 Revision), International Chamber of Commerce Publication No. 600, or (B) the ISP, in either case, including any subsequent revisions thereof approved by a Congress of the International Chamber of Commerce;

(vii)    if any order, judgment or decree of any Governmental Authority or arbitrator shall by its terms purport to enjoin or restrain the Issuing Lender from issuing, increasing or extending such Letter of Credit, or any Legal Requirement applicable to the Issuing Lender or any request or directive (whether or not having the force of law) from any Governmental Authority with jurisdiction over the Issuing Lender shall prohibit, or request that the Issuing Lender refrain from, the issuance, increase or extension of letters of credit generally or such Letter of Credit in particular or shall impose upon the Issuing Lender with respect to such Letter of Credit any restriction, reserve or capital requirement (for which the Issuing Lender is not otherwise compensated hereunder) not in effect on the Effective Date, or shall impose upon the Issuing Lender any unreimbursed loss, cost or expense which was not applicable on the Effective Date and which the Issuing Lender in good faith deems material to it;

(viii)    if the issuance, increase or extension of such Letter of Credit would violate one or more policies of the Issuing Lender that are generally applicable to letters of credit;

(ix)    if such Letter of Credit supports the obligations of any Person in respect of (A) a lease of real property, or (B) an employment contract if the Issuing Lender reasonably determines that the Borrower’s obligation to reimburse any draws under such Letter of Credit may be limited; or

(x)    any Lender is at such time a Defaulting Lender or a Potential Defaulting Lender hereunder, unless the Issuing Lender has entered into satisfactory arrangements with the Borrower or such Lender to eliminate the Issuing Lender’s Fronting Exposure with respect to such Lender.

(b)     Requesting Letters of Credit . Each Letter of Credit Extension shall be made pursuant to a Letter of Credit Application, or if applicable, amendments to such Letter of Credit Applications, given by the Borrower to the Administrative Agent for the benefit of the Issuing Lender by telecopy or in writing not later than 12:00 noon (New York City time) on the third Business Day before the proposed date of the Letter of Credit Extension. Each Letter of Credit Application, or if applicable, amendments to the Letter of Credit Applications, shall be fully completed and shall specify the information required therein. Each Letter of Credit Application, or if applicable, amendments to the Letter of Credit Applications, shall be irrevocable and binding on the Borrower.

(c)     Reimbursements for Letters of Credit; Funding of Participations .

(i)    In accordance with the related Letter of Credit Application, the Borrower agrees to pay on demand to the Administrative Agent on behalf of the Issuing Lender an amount equal to any amount paid by the Issuing Lender under such Letter of Credit. Upon the Issuing Lender’s demand for payment under the terms of a Letter of Credit Application, the Borrower may request that the Borrower’s obligations to the Issuing Lender thereunder be satisfied with the proceeds of a Base Rate Advance under the Revolving Facility in the same amount, notwithstanding any minimum size or

 

33


increment limitations on individual Advances. If the Borrower does not make such request and does not otherwise make the payments demanded by the Issuing Lender as required under this Agreement or the applicable Letter of Credit Application, then upon such notice by the Issuing Lender to the Administrative Agent (which notice is not required when the Issuing Lender and the Administrative Agent are the same Person), the Borrower shall be deemed for all purposes of this Agreement to have requested such Revolving Advance in the same amount and the transfer of the proceeds thereof to satisfy the Borrower’s obligations to the Issuing Lender. The Borrower hereby unconditionally and irrevocably authorizes, empowers, and directs the Revolving Lenders to make such Base Rate Advances, to transfer the proceeds thereof to the Issuing Lender in satisfaction of such obligations, and to record and otherwise treat such payments as a Base Rate Advance under the Revolving Facility to the Borrower. The Administrative Agent and each applicable Lender may record and otherwise treat the making of such Borrowings as the making of a Borrowing to the Borrower under this Agreement as if requested by the Borrower with respect to Letter of Credit Obligations. Nothing herein is intended to release the Borrower’s obligations under any Letter of Credit Application, but only to provide an additional method of payment therefor. The making of any Borrowing under this Section  2.3(c) shall not constitute a cure or waiver of any Default or Event of Default, other than the payment Default or Event of Default which is satisfied by the application of the amounts deemed advanced hereunder, caused by the Borrower’s failure to comply with the provisions of this Agreement or the applicable Letter of Credit Application.

(ii)    Each Revolving Lender (including, to the extent it is a Revolving Lender, the Issuing Lender) shall, upon notice from the Administrative Agent that the Borrower has requested or is deemed to have requested an Advance pursuant to Section  2.4 and regardless of whether (A) the conditions in Section  3.3 have been met, (B) such notice complies with Section  2.4 , or (C) a Default exists, make funds available to the Administrative Agent for the account of the Issuing Lender in an amount equal to such Revolving Lender’s Applicable Percentage of the amount of such Advance not later than 1:00 p.m. (New York City time) on the Business Day specified in such notice, whereupon each Revolving Lender that so makes funds available shall be deemed to have made a Base Rate Advance under the Revolving Facility to the Borrower in such amount. The Administrative Agent shall remit the funds so received to the Issuing Lender.

(iii)    If any such Lender shall not have so made such Advance available to the Administrative Agent pursuant to this Section  2.3 , such Lender agrees to pay interest thereon for each day from such date until the date such amount is paid at the lesser of (A) the Federal Funds Rate for such day for the first three days and thereafter the interest rate applicable to such Base Rate Advances and (B) the Maximum Rate. Whenever, at any time after the Administrative Agent has received from any Lender such Lender’s Advance, the Administrative Agent receives any payment on account thereof, the Administrative Agent will pay to such Lender its participating interest in such amount (appropriately adjusted, in the case of interest payments, to reflect the period of time during which such Lender’s Advance was outstanding and funded), which payment shall be subject to repayment by such Lender if such payment received by the Administrative Agent is required to be returned. Each Revolving Lender’s obligation to make the Advances pursuant to this Section  2.3 shall be absolute and unconditional and shall not be affected by any circumstance, including (1) any set-off, counterclaim, recoupment, defense or other right which such Revolving Lender or any other Person may have against the Issuing Lender, the Administrative Agent or any other Person for any reason whatsoever; (2) the occurrence or continuance of a Default or the termination of the Revolving Commitments; (3) any breach of this Agreement by the Borrower or any other Lender; or (4) any other circumstance, happening or event whatsoever, whether or not similar to any of the foregoing.

(iv)    If at any time, the Revolving Commitments shall have expired or been terminated while any Letter of Credit Exposure is outstanding, then each Revolving Lender, at the sole option of the Issuing Lender, shall fund its participation in such Letters of Credit in an amount equal to

 

34


such Lender’s Applicable Percentage of the unpaid amount of the Borrower’s payment obligations under drawn Letters of Credit. The Issuing Lender shall notify the Administrative Agent, and in turn, the Administrative Agent shall notify each such applicable Lender of the amount of such participation, and such Lender will transfer to the Administrative Agent for the account of the Issuing Lender on the Business Day immediately following the later of the Business Day on which such participation is funded and the Business Day the Borrower receives notice thereof, in Same Day Funds, the amount of such participation. At any time after the Issuing Lender has made a payment under any Letter of Credit and has received from any Lender funding of its participation in respect of such payment in accordance with this clause (iv) , if the Administrative Agent receives for the account of the Issuing Lender any payment in respect of the related Letter of Credit Exposure or interest thereon (whether directly from the Borrower or otherwise, including proceeds of cash collateral applied thereto by the Administrative Agent), the Administrative Agent shall distribute to such Lender its Applicable Percentage thereof in the same funds as those received by the Administrative Agent.

(v)    If any payment received by the Administrative Agent for the account of the Issuing Lender pursuant to this Section  2.3(c) is required to be returned under any of the circumstances described in Section  9.13 (including pursuant to any settlement entered into by the Issuing Lender in its discretion), each Lender shall pay to the Administrative Agent for the Issuing Lender its Applicable Percentage thereof on demand of the Administrative Agent, plus interest thereon from the date of such demand to the date such amount is returned by such Lender, at a rate per annum equal to the Federal Funds Rate in effect from time to time. The obligations of the Lenders under this clause shall survive Payment in Full and the termination of this Agreement.

(d)     Participations . Upon the date of the issuance or increase of a Letter of Credit, the Issuing Lender shall be deemed to have sold to each other Revolving Lender and each other Revolving Lender shall have been deemed to have purchased from the Issuing Lender a participation in the related Letter of Credit Obligations equal to such Revolving Lender’s Applicable Percentage at such date and such sale and purchase shall otherwise be in accordance with the terms of this Agreement.

(e)     Obligations Unconditional . The obligations of the Borrower under this Agreement in respect of each Letter of Credit shall be unconditional, irrevocable and absolute, and shall be paid strictly in accordance with the terms of this Agreement under all circumstances, notwithstanding the following circumstances:

(i)    any lack of validity or enforceability of any Letter of Credit Documents;

(ii)    any amendment or waiver of or any consent to departure from any Letter of Credit Documents;

(iii)    the existence of any claim, set-off, defense or other right which any Restricted Entity may have at any time against any beneficiary or transferee of such Letter of Credit (or any Persons for whom any such beneficiary or any such transferee may be acting), the Issuing Lender, any Lender or any other person or entity, whether in connection with this Agreement, the transactions contemplated in this Agreement or in any Letter of Credit Documents or any unrelated transaction;

(iv)    any statement or any other document presented under such Letter of Credit proving to be forged, fraudulent, invalid or insufficient in any respect or any statement therein being untrue or inaccurate in any respect to the extent the Issuing Lender would not be liable therefor pursuant to the following paragraph (g) ;

 

35


(v)    payment by the Issuing Lender under such Letter of Credit against presentation of a draft or certificate which does not comply with the terms of such Letter of Credit; or

(vi)    any other circumstance or happening whatsoever, whether or not similar to any of the foregoing;

provided , however , that nothing contained in this paragraph (e)  shall be deemed to constitute a waiver of any remedies of the Borrower in connection with the Letters of Credit.

(f)     Prepayments of Letters of Credit . In the event that any Letter of Credit shall be outstanding or shall be drawn and not reimbursed after the Maturity Date, the Borrower shall pay to the Administrative Agent an amount equal to 103% of the Letter of Credit Exposure allocable to such Letter of Credit to be held in the Cash Collateral Account and applied in accordance with paragraph  (h) below.

(g)     Liability of Issuing Lender . The Borrower assumes all risks of the acts or omissions of any beneficiary or transferee of any Letter of Credit with respect to its use of such Letter of Credit. Neither the Issuing Lender nor any of its officers or directors shall be liable or responsible for:

(i)    the use which may be made of any Letter of Credit or any acts or omissions of any beneficiary or transferee in connection therewith;

(ii)    the validity, sufficiency or genuineness of documents, or of any endorsement thereon, even if such documents should prove to be in any or all respects invalid, insufficient, fraudulent or forged;

(iii)    payment by the Issuing Lender against presentation of documents which do not comply with the terms of a Letter of Credit, including failure of any documents to bear any reference or adequate reference to the relevant Letter of Credit; or

(iv)    any other circumstances whatsoever in making or failing to make payment under any Letter of Credit (INCLUDING THE ISSUING LENDER’S OWN NEGLIGENCE) ;

except that the Borrower shall have a claim against the Issuing Lender, and the Issuing Lender shall be liable to, and shall promptly pay to, the Borrower, to the extent of any direct, as opposed to consequential, special, indirect or punitive damages suffered by the Borrower which a court in a final, non-appealable finding rules were caused by the Issuing Lender’s willful misconduct or gross negligence in determining whether documents presented under a Letter of Credit comply with the terms of such Letter of Credit. In furtherance and not in limitation of the foregoing, the Issuing Lender may accept documents that appear on their face to be in order, without responsibility for further investigation, regardless of any notice or information to the contrary.

(h)     Cash Collateral—General .

(i)    If the Borrower is required to deposit funds in the Cash Collateral Account pursuant to the terms hereof, then the Borrower and the Administrative Agent shall establish the Cash Collateral Account and the Borrower shall execute any documents and agreements, including the Administrative Agent’s standard form assignment of deposit accounts, that the Administrative Agent reasonably requests in connection therewith to establish the Cash Collateral Account and grant the Administrative Agent an Acceptable Security Interest in such account and the funds therein. The Borrower hereby pledges to the Administrative Agent and grants the Administrative Agent a security

 

36


interest in the Cash Collateral Account, whenever established, all funds held in the Cash Collateral Account from time to time, and all proceeds thereof as security for the payment of the Secured Obligations.

(ii)    If a Defaulting Lender or a Potential Defaulting Lender deposits funds in a deposit account with the Administrative Agent pursuant to the terms of this Section  2.3(h)(ii) and Section  2.3(j) , then such Lender and the Administrative Agent shall establish such cash collateral account and such Lender shall execute any documents and agreements, including the Administrative Agent’s standard form assignment of deposit accounts, that the Administrative Agent requests in connection therewith to establish such account and grant the Administrative Agent a first priority security interest in such account and the funds therein. Such Defaulting Lender hereby pledges to the Administrative Agent and grants the Administrative Agent a security interest in such collateral account, whenever established, all funds held in such account from time to time, and all proceeds thereof as security for the payment of the Letter of Credit Obligations of the Borrower to be applied as provided in Section  2.3(j) below.

(iii)    Funds held in the Cash Collateral Accounts shall be held as cash collateral for obligations with respect to Letters of Credit. Such funds shall be promptly applied by the Administrative Agent at the request of the Issuing Lender to any reimbursement or other obligations under the applicable Letters of Credit that exist or occur. To the extent that any surplus funds are held in the Cash Collateral Account above the Letter of Credit Exposure during the existence of an Event of Default the Administrative Agent may (A) hold such surplus funds in the Cash Collateral Account as cash collateral for the Secured Obligations or (B) apply such surplus funds to any Secured Obligations in any manner directed by the Revolving Majority Lenders. If no Default exists, the Administrative Agent shall release to the Borrower at the Borrower’s written request any funds held in the applicable Cash Collateral Account above the amounts required by Section  2.3(j) , subject to the requirements of Section  2.3(j) below and Section  2.15(a)(ii) .

(iv)    Funds held in the Cash Collateral Account shall be invested in Liquid Investments maintained with, and under the sole dominion and control of, the Administrative Agent or in another investment if mutually agreed upon by the Borrower and the Administrative Agent, but the Administrative Agent shall have no obligation to make any other investment of the funds therein. The Administrative Agent shall exercise reasonable care in the custody and preservation of any funds held in the Cash Collateral Accounts and shall be deemed to have exercised such care if such funds are accorded treatment substantially equivalent to that which the Administrative Agent accords its own property, it being understood that the Administrative Agent shall not have any responsibility for taking any necessary steps to preserve rights against any parties with respect to any such funds.

(i)     Defaulting Lender—Cash Collateral . Subject to Section  2.15 , if, at any time, a Defaulting Lender or a Potential Defaulting Lender exists hereunder, then, at the request of the Issuing Lender, the Borrower shall fully Cash Collateralize the Issuing Lender’s Fronting Exposure with respect to such Defaulting Lender or Potential Defaulting Lender (determined after giving effect to Section  2.15 and any Cash Collateral provided by such Defaulting Lender). Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Agreement, Cash Collateral provided under this Section  2.3(j) or Section  2.15 in respect of Letters of Credit shall be applied to the satisfaction of the Defaulting Lender’s obligation to fund participations in respect of Letter of Credit Obligations (including, as to Cash Collateral provided by a Defaulting Lender, any interest accrued on such obligation) for which the Cash Collateral was so provided, prior to any other application of such property as may otherwise be provided for herein. Cash Collateral (or the appropriate portion thereof) provided to reduce the Issuing Lender’s Fronting Exposure shall no longer be required to be held as Cash Collateral pursuant to this Section  2.3(j) following (a) the elimination of the applicable Fronting Exposure (including by the termination of Defaulting Lender status of the applicable Lender), or (b) the determination by the Administrative Agent and the Issuing Lender

 

37


that there exists excess Cash Collateral; provided that, (1) subject to Section  2.15 , the Person providing Cash Collateral and the Issuing Lender may agree that Cash Collateral shall be held to support future anticipated Fronting Exposure or other obligations, (2) to the extent that such Cash Collateral was provided by the Borrower, such Cash Collateral shall remain subject to the security interest granted pursuant to the Credit Documents, and (3) to the extent that such Cash Collateral was provided by the Borrower, during the existence of an Event of Default the application of such Cash Collateral shall be subject to Sections 2.3(h)(iii) and (iv)  above, the second sentence in this Section  2.3(j) and Section  2.15(a)(ii) .

(j)     Letters of Credit Issued for Subsidiaries . Notwithstanding that a Letter of Credit issued or outstanding hereunder is in support of any obligations of, or is for the account of, any Restricted Subsidiary, the Borrower shall be obligated to reimburse the Issuing Lender hereunder for any and all drawings under such Letter of Credit issued under the Revolving Facility by the Issuing Lender. The Borrower hereby acknowledges that the issuance of Letters of Credit for the account of its Restricted Subsidiaries inures to the benefit of the Borrower, and that the Borrower’s business derives substantial benefits from the businesses of such Restricted Subsidiaries.

(k)     Reports from Issuing Lenders . Each Issuing Lender (other than the Administrative Agent or any of its Affiliates) shall, upon any issuance of a Letter of Credit or any drawing under a Letter of Credit by such Issuing Lender, provide the Administrative Agent with a list of all Letters of Credit issued by such Issuing Lender that are outstanding at such time; provided that, upon written request from the Administrative Agent, the Issuing Lender shall thereafter notify the Administrative Agent in writing on each Business Day of all Letters of Credit issued on the prior Business Day by such Issuing Lender.

(l)     Existing Letters of Credit . Any Letter of Credit Listed on Schedule II shall be deemed to have been issued pursuant hereto as of the Funding Date and shall be subject to and governed by the terms and conditions hereof.

Section 2.4     Borrowings; Procedures and Limitations .

(a)    Notice. Each Borrowing shall be made pursuant to a Notice of Borrowing given by the Borrower to the Administrative Agent:

(i)    not later than 12:00 noon (New York City time) on the third Business Day before the date of the proposed Borrowing in the case of a Eurocurrency Advance; and

(ii)    not later than 12:00 noon (New York City time) on the date of the proposed Borrowing in the case of a Base Rate Advance.

The Administrative Agent shall give each applicable Lender prompt notice on the day of receipt of a timely Notice of Borrowing by facsimile. Each Notice of Borrowing shall be by telephone or facsimile, and if by telephone, confirmed promptly in writing, specifying (i) the requested date of such Borrowing (which shall be a Business Day), (ii) the requested Type of Advances comprising such Borrowing, (iii) the aggregate amount of such Borrowing and (iv) if such Borrowing is to be comprised of Eurocurrency Advances, the Interest Period for such Advances. In the case of a proposed Borrowing comprised of Eurocurrency Advances, the Administrative Agent shall promptly notify each applicable Lender of the applicable interest rate under Section  2.8 . Each applicable Lender shall before 1:00 p.m. (New York City time) on the date of the proposed Borrowing, make available for the account of its Lending Office to the Administrative Agent at its address referred to in Section  9.9 , or such other location as the Administrative Agent may specify by notice to the applicable Lenders, in Same Day Funds, such Lender’s Applicable

 

38


Percentage of such Borrowing. Promptly upon the Administrative Agent’s receipt of such funds (but in any event not later than 4:00 p.m. (New York City time) on the date of the proposed Borrowing) and provided that the applicable conditions set forth in Article III have been satisfied, the Administrative Agent will make such funds available to the Borrower at its account with the Administrative Agent (specified in the Notice of Borrowing).

(b)     Conversions and Continuations . In order to elect to Convert or continue Advances comprising part of the same Borrowing, the Borrower shall deliver an irrevocable Notice of Conversion or Continuation to the Administrative Agent at the Administrative Agent’s Office no later than 12:00 noon (New York City time) (i) at least one Business Day in advance of the proposed Conversion date in the case of a Conversion of such Advances to Base Rate Advances, and (ii) at least three Business Days in advance of the proposed Conversion or continuation date in the case of a Conversion to, or a continuation of, Eurocurrency Advances.

Each such Notice of Conversion or Continuation shall be in writing or by telephone or facsimile, and if by telephone, confirmed promptly in writing, specifying (A) the requested Conversion or continuation date (which shall be a Business Day), (B) the Borrowing amount and Type of the Advances to be Converted or continued, (C) whether a Conversion or continuation is requested, and if a Conversion, into what Type of Advances and (D) in the case of a Conversion to, or a continuation of, Eurocurrency Advances, the requested Interest Period. Promptly after receipt of a Notice of Conversion or Continuation under this paragraph, the Administrative Agent shall provide each applicable Lender with a copy thereof and, in the case of a Conversion to or a continuation of Eurocurrency Advances, notify each applicable Lender of the applicable interest rate under Section  2.9(e) . For purposes other than the conditions set forth in Section  3.3 , the portion of Advances comprising part of the same Borrowing that are Converted to Advances of another Type shall constitute a new Borrowing.

(c)     Certain Limitations . Notwithstanding anything in paragraphs (a)  and (b) above:

(i)    Each Revolving Advance shall (A) be in an aggregate amount not less than $1,000,000 and in integral multiples of $500,000 in excess thereof in case of Eurocurrency Advances and in an aggregate amount not less than $500,000 and in integral multiples of $100,000 in excess thereof in case of Base Rate Advances, (B) consist of Advances of the same Type made, Converted or continued on the same day by the Revolving Lenders according to their Applicable Percentage, and (C) denominated only in Dollars.

(ii)    At no time shall there be more than ten Interest Periods applicable to outstanding Eurocurrency Advances under the Facilities.

(iii)    Without the consent of all of the Lenders, the Borrower may not select Eurocurrency Advances for any Borrowing to be made, Converted or continued if an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing.

(iv)    If any Lender shall, at least one Business Day prior to the requested date of any Borrowing comprised of Eurocurrency Advances, notify the Administrative Agent and the Borrower that the introduction of or any change in or in the interpretation of any Legal Requirement makes it unlawful, or that any central bank or other Governmental Authority asserts that it is unlawful, for such Lender or its Lending Office to perform its obligations under this Agreement to make Eurocurrency Advances or to fund or maintain Eurocurrency Advances, or any Governmental Authority has imposed material restrictions on the authority of such Lender to purchase or sell, or take deposits of, in the applicable interbank market, then (A) (1) such Lender’s Applicable Percentage of the amount of such Borrowing shall be made or Converted as a Base Rate Advance of such Lender, (2) such Base Rate

 

39


Advance shall be considered part of the same Borrowing and interest on such Base Rate Advance shall be due and payable at the same time that interest on the Eurocurrency Advances comprising the remainder of such Borrowing shall be due and payable, and (3) any obligation of such Lender to make, continue, or Convert to, Eurocurrency Advances in the affected currency or currencies, including in connection with such requested Borrowing, shall be suspended until such Lender notifies the Administrative Agent and the Borrower that the circumstances giving rise to such determination no longer exist; and (B) such Lender agrees to use commercially reasonable efforts (consistent with its internal policies and legal and regulatory restrictions) to designate a different Lending Office if the making of such designation (1) would eliminate the restriction on such Lender described above, and (2) would not subject such Lender to any unreimbursed cost or expense and would not otherwise be disadvantageous to such Lender.

(v)    If the Administrative Agent is unable to determine the Eurocurrency Rate for Eurocurrency Advances comprising any requested Borrowing, the right of the Borrower to select Eurocurrency Advances in the affected currency or currencies for such Borrowing or for any subsequent Borrowing shall be suspended until the Administrative Agent shall notify the Borrower and the applicable Lenders that the circumstances causing such suspension no longer exist, and each Revolving Advance comprising such Borrowing shall be made, Converted or continued as a Base Rate Advance.

(vi)    If the Revolving Majority Lenders or Term Loan Majority Lenders shall, at least one Business Day before the date of any requested Revolving Advance or Conversion of a Term Loan Borrowing, respectively, notify the Administrative Agent that the Eurocurrency Rate for Eurocurrency Advances comprising such Borrowing will not adequately reflect the cost to such Lenders of making or funding their respective Eurocurrency Advances, as the case may be, for such Borrowing, then the Administrative Agent shall give notice thereof to the Borrower and the Lenders and the right of the Borrower to select Eurocurrency Advances for such Revolving Advance or Term Loan Conversion or for any subsequent Revolving Advance or Term Loan Conversion, respectively, be suspended until the Administrative Agent shall notify the Borrower and the Lenders that the circumstances causing such suspension no longer exist, and each Advance comprising such Borrowing shall be made as a Base Rate Advance.

(vii)    If the Borrower shall fail to select the duration or continuation of any Interest Period for any Eurocurrency Advance in accordance with the provisions contained in the definition of “Interest Period” in Section  1.1 and paragraph (a)  or (b) above, the Administrative Agent will forthwith so notify the Borrower and the applicable Lenders and such affected Advances will be made available to the Borrower on the date of such Borrowing as Base Rate Advances or, if such affected Advances are existing Advances, will be Converted into Base Rate Advances at the end of Interest Period then in effect.

(viii)    Revolving Advances may only be Converted or continued as Revolving Advances and Term Loan Advances may only be Converted or continued as Term Loan Advances.

(d)     Notices Irrevocable . Each Notice of Borrowing and Notice of Continuation or Conversion delivered by the Borrower hereunder, including its deemed request for borrowing made under Section  2.3(c) , shall be irrevocable and binding on the Borrower.

(e)     Lender Obligations Several . The failure of any Lender to make the Advance to be made by it as part of any Borrowing shall not relieve any other Lender of its obligation, if any, to make its Advance on the date of such Borrowing. No Lender shall be responsible for the failure of any other Lender to make the Advance to be made by such other Lender on the date of any Borrowing.

 

40


(f)     Funding by Lenders; Administrative Agent s Reliance . Unless the Administrative Agent shall have received notice from a Lender prior to the proposed date of any Borrowing of Eurocurrency Advances, or prior to noon on the date of any Borrowing of Base Rate Advances, that such Lender will not make available to the Administrative Agent such Lender’s share of such Borrowing, the Administrative Agent may assume that such Lender has made such share available in accordance with and at the time required in Section  2.4 and may, in reliance upon such assumption, make available to the Borrower a corresponding amount. In such event, if a Lender has not in fact made its share of the applicable Borrowing available to the Administrative Agent, then such Lender and the Borrower severally agree to pay to the Administrative Agent forthwith on demand such corresponding amount in Same Day Funds with interest thereon, for each day from and including the date such amount is made available to the Borrower to but excluding the date of payment to the Administrative Agent, at (A) in the case of a payment to be made by the Borrower, the Adjusted Base Rate plus the Applicable Margin, and (B) in the case of a payment to be made by such Lender, the lesser of (i) the Federal Funds Rate for such day and (ii) the Maximum Rate. If such Lender shall repay to the Administrative Agent such corresponding amount and interest as provided above, such corresponding amount so repaid shall constitute such Lender’s Advance as part of such Borrowing for purposes of this Agreement even though not made on the same day as the other Advances comprising such Borrowing. Any payment by the Borrower shall be without prejudice to any claim the Borrower may have against a Lender that shall have failed to make such payment to the Administrative Agent. A notice of the Administrative Agent to any Lender or Borrower with respect to any amount owing under this subsection (f) shall be conclusive, absent manifest error.

Section 2.5     Prepayments .

(a)     Right to Prepay . The Borrower shall not have any right to prepay any principal amount of any Advance except as provided in this Section  2.5 . All notices given pursuant to this Section  2.5 shall be irrevocable and binding upon the Borrower; provided that, if a notice of prepayment is given in connection with a conditional notice of termination of the Commitments as contemplated by Section  2.1(c) , then such notice of prepayment may be revoked if such notice of termination is revoked in accordance with Section  2.1(c )( iv) . Each payment of any Advance pursuant to this Section  2.5 shall be made in a manner such that all Advances comprising part of the same Borrowing are paid in whole or ratably in part other than Advances owing to a Defaulting Lender as provided in Section  2.15 .

(b)     Optional .

(i)    The Borrower may elect to prepay any Borrowing, in whole or in part, without penalty or premium except as set forth in Section  2.10 and after giving by 12:00 noon (New York City time) (i) in the case of Dollar denominated Eurocurrency Advances, at least three Business Days’ or (ii) in case of Base Rate Advances, one Business Day’s prior written notice to the Administrative Agent stating the proposed date and aggregate principal amount of such prepayment. If any such notice is given, the Borrower shall prepay Advances comprising part of the same Borrowing in whole or ratably in part in an aggregate principal amount equal to the amount specified in such notice, together with accrued interest to the date of such prepayment on the principal amount prepaid and amounts, if any, required to be paid pursuant to Section  2.10 as a result of such prepayment being made on such date; provided that (A) each optional prepayment of Eurocurrency Advances shall be in a minimum amount not less than $1,000,000 and in multiple integrals of $500,000 in excess thereof and (B) each optional prepayment of Base Rate Advances shall be in a minimum amount not less than $500,000 and in multiple integrals of $100,000 in excess thereof.

(c)     Mandatory .

 

41


(i)     Nonordinary Course Dispositions . Upon the receipt by any Restricted Entity of Cumulative Nonordinary Course Disposition Proceeds (as of the date of such receipt) exceeding $5,000,000 (such excess amount, the “ Excess Proceeds ”) from any Nonordinary Course Disposition (including, for the avoidance of doubt, any transaction consummated in reliance on Section  6.14 ), unless a Reinvestment Notice shall be delivered in respect thereof, the Borrower shall repay Term Loan Advances in an amount equal to the lesser of (A) such Excess Proceeds and (B) the aggregate principal amount of Term Loan Advances then outstanding; provided , however , that in the case of receipt of any such proceeds by a Foreign Restricted Subsidiary, such prepayment shall not be required, to the extent such prepayment would result in an adverse tax consequence as reasonably determined by the Borrower, until such prepayment may be made without an adverse tax consequence. On any applicable Reinvestment Prepayment Date, the Borrower shall repay Term Loan Advances in an amount equal to the lesser of (x) Reinvestment Prepayment Amount with respect to the relevant Reinvestment Event and (y) the aggregate principal amount of Term Loan Advances then outstanding.

(ii)     Incurrence, Issuance or Sale of Debt . Upon the receipt by any Restricted Entity of Net Proceeds from any incurrence, issuance or sale of Debt incurred by the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries that is (x) not permitted under this Agreement or (y) is permitted under Section  6.1(i) of this Agreement, the Borrower shall repay Term Loan Advances in an amount equal to the lesser of (A) such Net Proceeds and (B) the aggregate principal amount of Term Loan Advances then outstanding.

(iii)     Issuance of Equity Interests . If (A) on or prior to the date that is thirty-one (31) calendar days after the Funding Date, the Borrower issues Equity Interests in connection with the Offering the Borrower shall repay Term Loan Advances in an amount equal to the lesser of (1) 50% of the amount by which the Net Proceeds of such issuance (when aggregated with any other Net Proceeds of the Offering) exceeds $175,000,000 and (2) the amount required to reduce the aggregate principal amount of Term Loan Advances then outstanding to $100,000,000 and (B) so long as any Term Loan Advances are outstanding, after the date that is thirty-one (31) calendar days after the Funding Date, as of the last day of the most recently ended four fiscal quarter period of the Borrower for which financial statements have been delivered, the Leverage Ratio (calculated on a pro forma basis to give effect to any increases in Debt outstanding since the date of the most recent financial statements delivered pursuant to this Agreement) for such four quarter period is in excess of 2.50:1.00, upon the receipt by any Restricted Entity of Net Proceeds from any issuance of Equity Interests by the Borrower (excluding, for avoidance of doubt, Equity Interests issued as consideration for a Permitted Acquisition) or receipt of capital contributions, the Borrower shall repay Term Loan Advances in an amount equal to the least of (x) 50% of such Net Proceeds, (y) the aggregate principal amount of Term Loan Advances then outstanding and (z) the amount required to reduce such Leverage Ratio (after giving effect to such repayment of Term Loan Advances) for such four quarter period to 2.50:1.00.

(d)     Interest; Costs . Each prepayment pursuant to this Section  2.5 shall be accompanied by accrued interest on the amount prepaid to the date of such prepayment and amounts, if any, required to be paid pursuant to Section  2.10 as a result of such prepayment being made on such date.

Section 2.6     Repayment .

(a)     Revolving Advances . The Borrower hereby unconditionally promises to pay to the Administrative Agent for the account of and ratable benefit of each Revolving Lender the aggregate outstanding principal amount of all Revolving Advances on the Maturity Date.

(b)     Term Loan Advances . The Borrower hereby unconditionally promises to pay to the Administrative Agent for the account of and ratable benefit of each Term Loan Lender, commencing

 

42


on the last day of the first full fiscal quarter ending after the Funding Date, the principal amount of the Term Loan Advances in installments payable on each March 31, June 30, September 30 and December 31 (or, if any such date is not a Business Day, on the immediately following Business Day) in an amount equal to 2.50% of the initial aggregate principal amount of the Term Loan Facility. To the extent not previously irrevocably paid in full in cash, the then unpaid principal amount of the Term Loan Advances shall be due and payable the Maturity Date.

Section 2.7     Fees .

(a)     Commitment Fees . The Borrower agrees to pay to the Administrative Agent for the account of each Revolving Lender a Commitment Fee on the average daily amount by which such Lender’s Revolving Commitment from and after the Funding Date exceeds such Lender’s outstanding Revolving Advances plus such Lender’s Applicable Percentage of the Letter of Credit Exposure at the per annum rate equal to 0.50%. The Commitment Fee is due quarterly in arrears on March 31, June 30, September 30, and December 31 of each year commencing on the last day of the first fiscal quarter ending after the Funding Date, and on the Maturity Date.

(b)     Fees for Letters of Credit . The Borrower agrees to pay the following:

(i)    to the Administrative Agent for the pro rata benefit of the Revolving Lenders a per annum letter of credit fee for each Letter of Credit issued hereunder in an amount equal to the Applicable Margin for Eurocurrency Advances under the Revolving Facility on the face amount of such Letter of Credit for the period such Letter of Credit is outstanding, which fee shall be due and payable quarterly in arrears on March 31, June 30, September 30, and December 31 of each year, and on the Maturity Date;

(ii)    to the Issuing Lender, a fronting fee for each Letter of Credit equal to the greater of (A) 0.25% per annum on the face amount of such Letter of Credit and (B) $750.00, which fee shall be due and payable in advance on the date of the issuance of the Letter of Credit, and, in the case of an increase or extension only, on the date of such increase or such extension; and

(iii)    to the Issuing Lender such other usual and customary fees associated with any transfers, amendments, drawings, negotiations or reissuances of any Letter of Credit, which fees shall be due and payable as requested by the Issuing Lender in accordance with the Issuing Lender’s then current fee policy.

The Borrower shall have no right to any refund of letter of credit fees previously paid by the Borrower, including any refund claimed because the Borrower cancels any Letter of Credit prior to its expiration date.

(c)     Other Fees . The Borrower agrees to pay the fees to the Administrative Agent and the Joint Lead Arrangers as set forth in the Fee Letter.

Section 2.8     Interest .

(a)     Base Rate Advances . Each Base Rate Advance shall bear interest at the Adjusted Base Rate in effect from time to time plus the Applicable Margin for Base Rate Advances for such period. The Borrower shall pay to Administrative Agent for the ratable account of each Revolving Lender all accrued but unpaid interest on such Revolving Lender’s Base Rate Advances on each March 31, June 30, September 30, and December 31 commencing on September 30, 2017, and on the Maturity Date.

 

43


(b)     Eurocurrency Advances . Each Eurocurrency Advance shall bear interest during its Interest Period equal to at all times the Eurocurrency Rate for such Interest Period plus the Applicable Margin for Eurocurrency Advances for such period. The Borrower shall pay to the Administrative Agent for the ratable account of each Lender all accrued but unpaid interest on each of such Lender’s Eurocurrency Advances on the last day of the Interest Period therefor ( provided that for Eurocurrency Advances with six month Interest Periods or 12 month Interest Periods, accrued but unpaid interest shall also be due (i) on the day three months from the first day of such Interest Period and (ii) in the case of a 12 month Interest Period, on the day six months and nine months from the first day of such Interest Period), on the date any Eurocurrency Advance is repaid in full, and on the Maturity Date.

(c)     Retroactive Adjustments of Applicable Margin . In the event that any financial statement or Compliance Certificate delivered pursuant to Section  5.2 is shown to be inaccurate (regardless of whether this Agreement or the Commitments are in effect when such inaccuracy is discovered), and such inaccuracy, if corrected, would have led to the application of a higher Applicable Margin for any period (an “ Applicable Period ”) than the Applicable Margin applied for such Applicable Period, then (i) the Borrower shall promptly deliver to the Administrative Agent a corrected Compliance Certificate for such Applicable Period, (ii) the Applicable Margin shall be determined as if the higher Applicable Margin that would have applied were applicable for such Applicable Period (and in any event at the highest level (Level VI) if the inaccuracy was the result of intentional dishonesty, fraud or willful misconduct of a Responsible Officer), and (iii) the Borrower shall promptly, without further action by the Administrative Agent, any Lender or Issuing Lender (and, in any event after written notice from the Administrative Agent of such determination), pay to the Administrative Agent for the account of the applicable Lenders, the accrued additional interest owing as a result of such increased Applicable Margin for such Applicable Period. This Section  2.8(c) shall not limit the rights of the Administrative Agent and Lenders with respect to the Default Rate of interest as set forth in Section  2.8(a) below or Article VII . The Borrower’s obligations under this Section  2.8(c) shall survive the termination of the Commitments and the repayment of all other Secured Obligations hereunder.

(d)     Default Rate . Notwithstanding the foregoing, (i) upon the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default under Section  7.1(a) or Section  7.1(g) , all outstanding principal, fees and other Obligations under this Agreement shall bear interest, after as well as before judgment, at the Default Rate and (ii) upon the occurrence and during the continuance of any Event of Default (other than under Section  7.1(a) or Section  7.1(g) , upon the request of the Majority Lenders all outstanding principal, fees and other Obligations under this Agreement shall bear interest, after as well as before judgment, at the Default Rate. Interest accrued pursuant to this Section  2.8(d) and all interest accrued but unpaid on or after the Maturity Date shall be due and payable on demand.

Section 2.9     Illegality . If any Lender shall notify the Borrower that the introduction of or any change in or in the interpretation of any law or regulation makes it unlawful, or that any central bank or other Governmental Authority asserts that it is unlawful, for such Lender or its Lending Office to perform its obligations under this Agreement to make, maintain, or fund any Eurocurrency Advances of such Lender then outstanding hereunder, (a) the Borrower shall, no later than 11:00 a.m. (New York City time) (i) if not prohibited by law, on the last day of the Interest Period for each outstanding Eurocurrency Advance, or (ii) if required by such notice, on the second Business Day following its receipt of such notice, prepay all of the Eurocurrency Advances of such Lender then outstanding, together with accrued interest on the principal amount prepaid or defeased to the date of such prepayment and amounts, if any, required to be paid pursuant to Section  2.10 as a result of such prepayment or defeasance being made on such date, (b) such Lender shall simultaneously make a Base Rate Advance to the Borrower on such date in an amount equal to the aggregate principal amount of the Eurocurrency Advances prepaid to such Lender, and (c) the right of the Borrower to select Eurocurrency Advances from such Lender for any subsequent Borrowing shall be suspended until such Lender shall notify the Borrower that the

 

44


circumstances causing such suspension no longer exist. Each Lender agrees to use commercially reasonable efforts (consistent with its internal policies and legal and regulatory restrictions) to designate a different Lending Office if the making of such designation would avoid the effect of this paragraph and would not, in the reasonable judgment of such Lender, be otherwise disadvantageous to such Lender.

Section 2.10     Breakage Costs . Within 5 Business Days of demand made by any Lender to the Borrower (with a copy to the Administrative Agent) from time to time, the Borrower shall compensate such Lender for and hold such Lender harmless from any loss, cost or expense incurred by it as a result of:

(a)    any continuation, conversion, payment or prepayment (including any deemed payment or repayment and any reallocated repayment to Non-Defaulting Lenders provided for in Section  2.15 ) of any Advance other than a Base Rate Advance on a day other than the last day of the Interest Period for such Advance (whether voluntary, mandatory, automatic, by reason of acceleration, or otherwise);

(b)    any failure by the Borrower (for a reason other than the failure of such Lender to make an Advance) to prepay, borrow, continue or convert any Advance other than a Base Rate Advance on the date or in the amount notified by the Borrower; or

(c)    any assignment of a Eurocurrency Advance on a day other than the last day of the Interest Period therefor as a result of a request by the Borrower pursuant to Section  2.14 ;

including any loss of anticipated profits, any foreign exchange losses and any loss or expense arising from the liquidation or reemployment of funds obtained by it to maintain such Advance, from fees payable to terminate the deposits from which such funds were obtained or from the performance of any foreign exchange contract. The Borrower shall also pay any customary administrative fees charged by such Lender in connection with the foregoing. For purposes of calculating amounts payable by the Borrower to the Lenders under this Section  2.10 , the requesting Lender shall be deemed to have funded such Advance at the Eurocurrency Base Rate used in determining the Eurocurrency Rate for such Advance by a matching deposit or other borrowing in the offshore interbank market for the applicable currency for a comparable amount and for a comparable period, whether or not such Eurocurrency Advance was in fact so funded. Any notice delivered by the Administrative Agent (including on behalf of any Lender providing such notice to the Administrative Agent) setting forth in reasonable detail any amount or amounts that such Lender is entitled to receive pursuant to this Section  2.10 shall be delivered to Borrower and shall be conclusive and binding absent manifest error.

Section 2.11     Increased Costs .

(a)     Increased Costs Generally . If any Change in Law shall:

(i)    impose, modify or deem applicable any reserve, special deposit, compulsory loan, insurance charge or similar requirement against assets of, deposits with or for the account of, or credit extended or participated in by, any Lender (except any reserve requirement reflected in the Eurocurrency Rate) or the Issuing Lender;

(ii)    subject any Lender or the Issuing Lender to any tax of any kind whatsoever with respect to this Agreement, any Letter of Credit, any participation in a Letter of Credit or any Eurocurrency Advance made by it, or change the basis of taxation of payments to such Lender or Issuing Lender in respect thereof (except for Indemnified Taxes or Other Taxes covered by Section  2.13 and the imposition of, or any change in the rate of, any Excluded Tax payable by such Lender or the Issuing Lender); or

 

45


(iii)    impose on any Lender or the Issuing Lender or the London interbank market any other condition, cost or expense (in each case, other than Taxes) affecting this Agreement or Eurocurrency Advances made by such Lender, or any Letter of Credit or participation therein;

and the result of any of the foregoing shall be to increase the cost to such Lender of making or maintaining any Eurocurrency Advance, or to increase the cost to such Lender or the Issuing Lender of participating in, issuing or maintaining any Letter of Credit (or of maintaining its obligation to participate in or to issue any Letter of Credit), or to reduce the amount of any sum received or receivable by such Lender or the Issuing Lender hereunder (whether of principal, interest or any other amount) then, upon request of such Lender or the Issuing Lender, as applicable, the Borrower will pay to such Lender or the Issuing Lender, as the case may be, such additional amount or amounts as will compensate such Lender or the Issuing Lender, as the case may be, for such additional costs incurred or reduction suffered.

(b)     Capital Adequacy . If any Lender or the Issuing Lender determines that any Change in Law affecting such Lender or the Issuing Lender or any Lending Office of such Lender or such Lender’s or Issuing Lender’s holding company, if any, regarding capital or liquidity requirements has or would have the effect of reducing the rate of return on such Lender’s or the Issuing Lender’s capital or on the capital of such Lender’s or the Issuing Lender’s holding company, if any, as a consequence of this Agreement, the Commitments of such Lender or the Advances made by, or participations in Letters of Credit held by, such Lender, or the Letters of Credit issued by the Issuing Lender, to a level below that which such Lender or the Issuing Lender or such Lender’s or the Issuing Lender’s holding company could have achieved but for such Change in Law (taking into consideration such Lender’s or the Issuing Lender’s policies and the policies of such Lender’s or the Issuing Lender’s holding company with respect to capital adequacy), then from time to time the Borrower will pay to such Lender or the Issuing Lender, such additional amount or amounts as will compensate such Lender or the Issuing Lender or such Lender’s or the Issuing Lender’s holding company for any such reduction suffered.

(c)     Certificates for Reimbursement . A certificate of a Lender or the Issuing Lender setting forth in reasonable detail the amount or amounts necessary to compensate such Lender or the Issuing Lender or its holding company, as the case may be, as specified in paragraph (a)  or (b) of this Section and delivered to the Borrower shall be conclusive absent manifest error. The Borrower shall pay such Lender or the Issuing Lender, as the case may be, the amount shown as due on any such certificate within ten (10) days after receipt thereof.

(d)     Delay in Requests . Failure or delay on the part of any Lender or the Issuing Lender to demand compensation pursuant to this Section shall not constitute a waiver of such Lender’s or the Issuing Lender’s right to demand such compensation, provided that the Borrower shall not be required to compensate a Lender or the Issuing Lender pursuant to this Section for any increased costs incurred or reductions suffered more than 180 days prior to the date that such Lender or the Issuing Lender, as the case may be, notifies the Borrower of the Change in Law giving rise to such increased costs or reductions and of such Lender’s or the Issuing Lender’s intention to claim compensation therefor (except that, if the Change in Law giving rise to such increased costs or reductions is retroactive, then the 180-day period referred to above shall be extended to include the period of retroactive effect thereof).

(e)     Designation of a Different Lending Office . If any Lender or the Issuing Lender requests compensation under this Section  2.11 then such Lender or the Issuing Lender shall use commercially reasonable efforts to designate a different Lending Office for funding or booking its Advances hereunder or to assign its rights and obligations hereunder to another of its offices, branches or

 

46


affiliates, if, in the judgment of such Lender or the Issuing Lender, such designation or assignment (i) would eliminate or reduce amounts payable pursuant to this Section  2.11 in the future and (ii) would not subject such Lender or the Issuing Lender to any unreimbursed cost or expense and would not otherwise be disadvantageous to such Lender or the Issuing Lender. The Borrower hereby agrees to pay all reasonable costs and expenses incurred by any Lender in connection with any such designation or assignment.

Section 2.12     Payments and Computations .

(a)     Payments . Except as otherwise expressly provided herein, all payments to be made by the Borrower under this Agreement and the other Credit Documents shall be made without condition or deduction for any counterclaim, defense, recoupment or setoff; provided that, the Borrower may setoff amounts owing to any Lender that is at such time a Defaulting Lender against Advances that such Defaulting Lender failed to the fund to the Borrower under this Agreement (the “ Unfunded Advances ”) so long as (i) the Borrower shall have delivered prior written notice of such setoff to the Administrative Agent and such Defaulting Lender, (ii) the Advances made by the Lenders (other than such Defaulting Lender) as part of the original Borrowing to which the Unfunded Advances applied shall still be outstanding and was made under the same Facility, (iii) if such Defaulting Lender failed to fund Advances under more than one Borrowing, such setoff shall be applied in a manner satisfactory to the Administrative Agent, and (iv) upon the application of such setoff, the Unfunded Advances shall be deemed to have been made by such Defaulting Lender on the effective date of such setoff. All payments by the Borrower under this Agreement shall be made to the Administrative Agent, for the account of the respective Lenders to which such payment is owed in Dollars and in Same Day Funds. Subject to Section  2.4(c) , each payment of any Advance pursuant to this Section or any other provision of this Agreement shall be made in a manner such that all Advances comprising part of the same Borrowing are paid in whole or ratably in part.

(b)     Payments by Borrowers; Presumptions by Administrative Agent . Unless the Administrative Agent shall have received notice from the Borrower prior to the date on which any payment is due to the Administrative Agent for the account of the applicable Lenders or the Issuing Lender hereunder that the Borrower will not make such payment, the Administrative Agent may assume that the Borrower has made such payment on such date in accordance herewith and may, in reliance upon such assumption, distribute to the Lenders or the Issuing Lender, as the case may be, the amount due. In such event, if the Borrower has not in fact made such payment, then each of the applicable Lenders or the Issuing Lender, as the case may be, severally agrees to repay to the Administrative Agent forthwith on demand the amount so distributed to such Lender or Issuing Lender, in Same Day Funds with interest thereon, for each day from and including the date such amount is distributed to it to but excluding the date of payment to the Administrative Agent, at the Federal Funds Rate (which interest shall not be borne by the Borrower). For the avoidance of doubt, the Borrower shall continue to be obligated to pay the otherwise applicable interest on such amounts as and when due under this Agreement. A notice of the Administrative Agent to any Lender or the Borrower with respect to any amount owing under this subsection (b) shall be conclusive, absent manifest error.

(c)     Payment Procedures . The Borrower shall make each payment of any amount due and payable under this Agreement and under any other Credit Document not later than 12:00 noon (New York City time) on the day when due to the Administrative Agent at the Administrative Agent’s Office (or such other location as the Administrative Agent shall designate in writing to the Borrower) in Same Day Funds. The Administrative Agent will promptly thereafter, and in any event prior to the close of business on the day any timely payment is made, cause to be distributed like funds relating to the payment of principal, interest or fees ratably (other than amounts payable solely to any specific Lender Party pursuant to Section  2.9 , Section  2.10 , Section  2.11 , Section  2.13 , Section  8.3 and Section  9.1 but after

 

47


taking into account payments effected pursuant to Section  2.12(f) ) in accordance with each Lender’s Applicable Percentage to the Lenders for the account of their respective Lending Offices, and like funds relating to the payment of any other amount payable to any Lender to such Lender for the account of its Lending Office, in each case to be applied in accordance with the terms of this Agreement. Upon receipt of other amounts due solely to a specific Lender Party, the Administrative Agent shall distribute such amounts to the appropriate party to be applied in accordance with the terms of this Agreement.

(d)     Non-Business Day Payments . Whenever any payment shall be stated to be due on a day other than a Business Day, such payment shall be made on the next succeeding Business Day, and such extension of time shall in such case be included in the computation of payment of interest or fees, as the case may be; provided that if such extension would cause payment of interest on or principal of Eurocurrency Advances to be made in the next following calendar month, such payment shall be made on the immediately preceding Business Day.

(e)     Computations . All computations of interest and fees shall be made by the Administrative Agent on the basis of a year of 365/366 days for Base Rate Advances based on the Adjusted Base Rate (other than Base Rate Advances based on the Federal Funds Rate or a one-month Adjusted Eurocurrency Rate) and a year of 360 days for all other interest and fees, in each case for the actual number of days (including the first day, but excluding the last day) occurring in the period for which such interest or fees are payable. Each determination by the Administrative Agent of an amount of interest or fees shall be conclusive and binding for all purposes, absent manifest error. The principle of deemed reinvestment of interest shall not apply to any interest calculation under this Agreement; all interest payments to be made hereunder shall be paid without allowance or deduction for deemed reinvestment or otherwise. The rates of interest specified in this Agreement are intended to be nominal rates and not effective rates. Interest calculated hereunder shall be calculated using the nominal rate method and not the effective rate method of calculation.

(f)     Sharing of Payments, Etc . If any Lender shall, by exercising any right of setoff or counterclaim or otherwise, obtain payment in respect of any principal of or interest on any of its Revolving Advances, Term Loan Advances or other obligations hereunder resulting in such Lender receiving payment of a proportion of the aggregate amount of its Revolving Advances or Term Loan Advances and accrued interest thereon or other such obligations greater than its pro rata share thereof as provided herein, then the Lender receiving such greater proportion shall (i) notify the Administrative Agent of such fact, and (ii) purchase (for cash at face value) participations in the Revolving Advances, Term Loan Advances and such other obligations of the other Lenders, or make such other adjustments as shall be equitable, so that the benefit of all such payments shall be shared by the Lenders ratably in accordance with the aggregate amount of principal of and accrued interest on their respective Revolving Advances, Term Loan Advances and other amounts owing them; provided that: (A) if any such participations are purchased and all or any portion of the payment giving rise thereto is recovered, such participations shall be rescinded and the purchase price restored to the extent of such recovery, without interest; and (B) the provisions of this paragraph shall not be construed to apply to (x) any payment made by the Borrower pursuant to and in accordance with the express terms of this Agreement (including the application of funds arising from the existence of a Defaulting Lender), or (y) any payment obtained by a Lender as consideration for the assignment of or sale of a participation in any of its Revolving Advances, Term Loan Advances or participations in Letter of Credit Obligations to any assignee or participant, other than to the Borrower or any Affiliate thereof (as to which the provisions of this paragraph shall apply).

The Borrower consents to the foregoing and agrees, to the extent it may effectively do so under applicable Legal Requirements, that any Lender acquiring a participation pursuant to the foregoing arrangements may exercise against the Borrower rights of setoff and counterclaim with respect to such participation as fully as if such Lender were a direct creditor of the Borrower in the amount of such participation.

 

48


Section 2.13     Taxes .

(a)     No Deduction for Certain Taxes . Any and all payments by or on account of any obligation of any Credit Party hereunder or under any other Credit Document shall be made free and clear of and without reduction or withholding for any Indemnified Taxes or Other Taxes, provided that if any Credit Party shall be required by Legal Requirement to deduct any Indemnified Taxes or Other Taxes from such payments, then (i) the sum payable shall be increased as necessary so that after making all required deductions (including deductions for Indemnified Taxes or Other Taxes applicable to additional sums payable under this Section) the Administrative Agent, Lender or Issuing Lender, as the case may be, receives an amount equal to the sum it would have received had no such deductions been made, (ii) such Credit Party shall make such deductions and (iii) such Credit Party shall timely pay the full amount deducted to the relevant Governmental Authority in accordance with applicable Legal Requirement.

(b)     Other Taxes . Without limiting the terms set forth in paragraph (a)  above, the Borrower shall timely pay any Other Taxes to the relevant Governmental Authority in accordance with applicable Legal Requirement.

(c)     Indemnification by the Borrower . The Borrower shall indemnify the Administrative Agent, each Lender and the Issuing Lender, in any case, within ten (10) days after demand therefor, for the full amount of any Indemnified Taxes or Other Taxes (including Indemnified Taxes or Other Taxes imposed or asserted on or attributable to amounts payable under this Section) paid by the Administrative Agent, such Lender or the Issuing Lender, as the case may be, and any reasonable expenses arising therefrom or with respect thereto (except such expenses resulting from gross negligence or willful misconduct of the Administrative Agent, such Lender or the Issuing Lender, as determined by a court of competent jurisdiction by final and nonappealable judgment), whether or not such Indemnified Taxes or Other Taxes were correctly or legally imposed or asserted by the relevant Governmental Authority. A certificate as to the amount of such payment or liability delivered to the Borrower by a Lender or the Issuing Lender (with a copy to the Administrative Agent), or by the Administrative Agent on its own behalf or on behalf of a Lender or the Issuing Lender, shall be conclusive absent manifest error. Failure or delay on the part of the Administrative Agent, Lender or Issuing Lender to demand payment pursuant to this Section  2.13 shall not constitute a waiver of such Person’s right to demand such payment.

(d)     Indemnification by the Lenders . Each Lender shall severally indemnify the Administrative Agent, within ten (10) days after demand therefor, for (i) any Indemnified Taxes or Other Taxes attributable to such Lender (but only to the extent that the Borrower has not already indemnified the Administrative Agent for such Indemnified Taxes or Other Taxes and without limiting the obligation of the Borrower to do so), (ii) any Taxes attributable to such Lender’s failure to comply with the provisions of Section  9.7(c) relating to the maintenance of a Participant Register and (iii) any Excluded Taxes attributable to such Lender, in each case, that are payable or paid by the Administrative Agent in connection with any Credit Document, and any reasonable expenses arising therefrom or with respect thereto, whether or not such Taxes were correctly or legally imposed or asserted by the relevant Governmental Authority. A certificate as to the amount of such payment or liability delivered to any Lender by the Administrative Agent shall be conclusive absent manifest error. Each Lender hereby authorizes the Administrative Agent to set off and apply any and all amounts at any time owing to such Lender under any Credit Document or otherwise payable by the Administrative Agent to the Lender from any other source against any amount due to the Administrative Agent under this paragraph (d) .

(e)     Evidence of Tax Payments . As soon as practicable after any payment of Indemnified Taxes or Other Taxes by the Borrower to a Governmental Authority pursuant to this Section, the Borrower shall deliver to the Administrative Agent the original or a certified copy of any available

 

49


receipt issued by such Governmental Authority evidencing such payment, a copy of the return (if any) reporting such payment or other evidence of such payment reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent.

(f)     Status of Lenders .

(i)    Any Foreign Lender that is entitled to an exemption from or reduction of withholding tax under the law of the jurisdiction in which the Borrower is resident for tax purposes, or any treaty to which such jurisdiction is a party, with respect to payments hereunder or under any other Credit Document shall deliver to the Borrower (with a copy to the Administrative Agent), prior to the Funding Date (or upon becoming a Lender by assignment or participation) and at any time or times prescribed by applicable Legal Requirement or reasonably requested by the Borrower or the Administrative Agent, such properly completed and executed documentation prescribed by applicable Legal Requirement or reasonably requested by the Borrower or the Administrative Agent as will permit such payments to be made without withholding or at a reduced rate of withholding. In addition, any Lender, if requested by the Borrower or the Administrative Agent, shall deliver such other documentation prescribed by applicable Legal Requirement or reasonably requested by the Borrower or the Administrative Agent as will enable the Borrower or the Administrative Agent to determine whether or not such Lender is subject to backup withholding or information reporting requirements.

(ii)    Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, in the event that the Borrower is resident for tax purposes in the United States, any Foreign Lender shall deliver to the Borrower and the Administrative Agent (in such number of copies as shall be requested by the recipient) on or prior to the date on which such Foreign Lender becomes a Lender under this Agreement (and from time to time thereafter upon the request of the Borrower or the Administrative Agent, but only if such Foreign Lender is legally entitled to do so), whichever of the following is applicable:

(A)    in the case of a Foreign Lender claiming the benefits of an income tax treaty to which the United States is a party (x) with respect to payments of interest under any Loan Document, duly executed copies of IRS Form W-8BEN or IRS Form W-8BEN-E establishing an exemption from, or reduction of, U.S. federal withholding Tax pursuant to the “interest” article of such tax treaty and (y) with respect to any other applicable payments under any Loan Document, duly executed copies of IRS Form W-8BEN or IRS Form W-8BEN-E establishing an exemption from, or reduction of, U.S. federal withholding Tax pursuant to the “business profits” or “other income” article of such tax treaty,

(B)    duly executed copies of Internal Revenue Service Form W-8ECI,

(C)    in the case of a Foreign Lender claiming the benefits of the exemption for portfolio interest under Section 881(c) of the Code, (x) a certificate to the effect that such Foreign Lender is not (A) a “bank” within the meaning of Section 881(c)(3)(A) of the Code, (B) a “10 percent shareholder” of the Borrower within the meaning of Section 881(c)(3)(B) of the Code, or (C) a “controlled foreign corporation” described in Section 881(c)(3)(C) of the Code and (y) duly executed copies of Internal Revenue Service Form W-8BEN or W-8BEN-E,

(D)    to the extent the Foreign Lender is not the beneficial owner, executed originals of IRS Form W-8IMY, accompanied by IRS Form W-8ECI, IRS Form W-8BEN or W-8BEN-E, IRS Form W-9, and/or other certification documents from each beneficial owner, as applicable; or

 

50


(E)    any other form prescribed by applicable Legal Requirement as a basis for claiming exemption from or a reduction in United States Federal withholding tax duly completed together with such supplementary documentation as may be prescribed by applicable Legal Requirement to permit the Borrower to determine the withholding or deduction required to be made.

(iii)    Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, in the event that the Borrower is resident for tax purposes in the United States, any Lender that is “United States person” (as such term is defined in section 7701(a)(30) of the Code) shall deliver to the Borrower and the Administrative Agent on or about the date on which such Lender becomes a Lender under this Agreement (and from time to time thereafter upon the reasonable request of the Borrower or the Administrative Agent), duly executed copies of IRS Form W-9 certifying that such Lender is exempt from U.S. federal backup withholding tax.

(iv)    Without limiting the obligations of the Lenders set forth above regarding delivery of certain forms and documents to establish each Lender’s status for U.S. withholding tax purposes, each Lender agrees promptly to deliver to the Administrative Agent or the Borrower, as the Administrative Agent or the Borrower shall reasonably request, on or prior to the Funding Date, and in a timely fashion thereafter, such other documents and forms required by any relevant taxing authorities under any Legal Requirement of any other jurisdiction, duly executed and completed by such Lender, as are required under such Legal Requirements to confirm such Lender’s entitlement to any available exemption from, or reduction of, applicable withholding taxes in respect of all payments to be made to such Lender outside of the U.S. by the Borrower pursuant to this Agreement or otherwise to establish such Lender’s status for withholding tax purposes in such other jurisdiction.

(v)    Each Lender shall promptly notify the Administrative Agent of any change in circumstances which would modify or render invalid any such claimed exemption or reduction.

(g)     FATCA . In the case of any Lender Party that would be subject to withholding tax imposed by FATCA on payments made on account of any obligation of the Borrower hereunder if such Lender Party fails to comply with the applicable reporting requirements of FATCA (including those contained in Section 1471(b) or 1472(b) of the Code, as applicable), such Lender Party shall provide such documentation prescribed by applicable Legal Requirement (including as prescribed by Section 1471(b)(3)(C)(i) of the Code) and such additional documentation reasonably requested by the Borrower or the Administrative Agent as may be necessary for the Borrower to comply with their obligations under FATCA, to determine that such Lender Party has complied with such Lender Party’s obligations under FATCA. Each Lender Party shall promptly notify the Administrative Agent of any change in circumstances which would modify or render invalid any such documentation regarding FATCA.

(h)     Status of the Administrative Agent . On or before the date on which JPMorgan (and any successor or replacement Administrative Agent) becomes the Administrative Agent hereunder, it shall deliver to the Borrower two duly executed copies of either (i) IRS Form W-9, or (ii) IRS Form W-8ECI (with respect to any payments to be received on its own behalf) and IRS Form W-8IMY (for all other payments), establishing that the Borrower can make payments to the Administrative Agent without deduction or withholding of any Taxes imposed by the United States, including Taxes imposed under FATCA.

(i)     Treatment of Certain Refunds . If any Lender Party determines, in its sole discretion, that it has received a refund of any Taxes or Other Taxes as to which it has been indemnified by the Borrower or with respect to which the Borrower has paid additional amounts pursuant to this Section, it shall pay to the Borrower an amount equal to such refund (but only to the extent of indemnity

 

51


payments made, or additional amounts paid, by the Borrower under this Section with respect to the Taxes or Other Taxes giving rise to such refund), net of all out-of-pocket expenses of such Lender Party and without interest (other than any interest paid by the relevant Governmental Authority with respect to such refund), provided that the Borrower, upon the request of such Lender Party agrees to repay the amount paid over to the Borrower ( plus any penalties, interest or other charges imposed by the relevant Governmental Authority) to such Lender Party in the event such Lender Party is required to repay such refund to such Governmental Authority. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this paragraph (h) , in no event will the indemnified party be required to pay any amount to an indemnifying party pursuant to this paragraph (h)  the payment of which would place the indemnified party in a less favorable net after-Tax position than the indemnified party would have been in if the Tax subject to indemnification and giving rise to such refund had not been deducted, withheld or otherwise imposed and the indemnification payments or additional amounts with respect to such Tax had never been paid. This subsection shall not be construed to require any Lender Party to make available its tax returns (or any other information relating to its taxes that it deems confidential) to the Borrower or any other Person.

(j)     Designation of a Different Lending Office . If any Lender requires the Borrower to pay any additional amount to such Lender or any Governmental Authority for the account of any Lender pursuant to this Section  2.13 , then such Lender shall use commercially reasonable efforts to designate a different Lending Office for funding or booking its Advances hereunder or to assign its rights and obligations hereunder to another of its offices, branches or affiliates, if, in the judgment of such Lender, such designation or assignment (i) would eliminate or reduce amounts payable pursuant to this Section  2.13 in the future and (ii) would not subject such Lender to any unreimbursed cost or expense and would not would not otherwise be disadvantageous to such Lender. The Borrower hereby agrees to pay all reasonable costs and expenses incurred by any Lender in connection with any such designation or assignment.

(k)    Each party’s obligations under this Section  2.13 shall survive the resignation or replacement of the Administrative Agent or any assignment of rights by, or the replacement of, a Lender, the termination of the Commitments and the repayment, satisfaction or discharge of all obligations under any Credit Document.

(l)     Defined Terms. For purposes of this Section 2.15, the term “Lender” includes any Issuing Lender.

Section 2.14     Change of Lenders . If (a) any Lender requests compensation under Section  2.11 or the Borrower is required to pay additional amounts to any Lender or any Governmental Authority for the account of any Lender pursuant to Section  2.13 , (b) any Lender suspends its obligation to continue, or Convert Advances into, Eurocurrency Advances pursuant to Section  2.9 , (c) any Lender is a Non-Consenting Lender, or (d) any Lender is a Defaulting Lender (any such Lender described in the preceding clauses (a) - (d) , a “ Subject Lender ”), then (i) in the case of a Defaulting Lender, the Administrative Agent may, upon notice to the Subject Lender and the Borrower, require such Defaulting Lender to assign and delegate, without recourse (in accordance with and subject to the restrictions contained in, and consents required by, Section  9.7 ), all of its interests, rights and obligations under this Agreement and the related Credit Documents as a Lender to an Eligible Assignee that shall assume such obligations (which assignee may be another Lender, if a Lender accepts such assignment) and (ii) in the case of any Subject Lender, the Borrower may, upon notice to the Subject Lender and the Administrative Agent and at the Borrower’s sole cost and expense, require such Subject Lender to assign and delegate, without recourse (in accordance with and subject to the restrictions contained in, and consents required by, Section  9.7 ), all of its interests, rights and obligations under this Agreement and the related Credit Documents to an Eligible Assignee that shall assume such obligations (which Eligible Assignee may be another Lender, if a Lender accepts such assignment), provided that, in any event

 

52


(A)    as to assignments required by the Borrower, the Borrower shall have paid to the Administrative Agent the assignment processing and recordation fee specified in Section  9.7(a)(iv) ;

(B)    such Subject Lender shall have received payment of an amount equal to the outstanding principal of its Advances and participations in outstanding Letter of Credit Obligations, accrued interest thereon, accrued fees and all other amounts payable to it hereunder and under the other Credit Documents (including any amounts under Section  2.10 other than in the case of a Defaulting Lender) from the assignee (to the extent of such outstanding principal and accrued interest and fees) or the Borrower (in the case of all other amounts);

(C)    in the case of any such assignment resulting from a claim for compensation under Section  2.11 or payments required to be made pursuant to Section  2.13 , such assignment will result in a reduction in such compensation or payments thereafter;

(D)    such assignment does not conflict with applicable Legal Requirements; and

(E)    in the event such Subject Lender is a Non-Consenting Lender, each assignee shall consent, at the time of such assignment, to each matter in respect of which such Subject Lender was a Non-Consenting Lender.

A Lender shall not be required to make any such assignment or delegation if, prior thereto, as a result of a waiver by such Lender or otherwise, the circumstances entitling the Borrower to require such assignment and delegation cease to apply. Solely for purposes of effecting any assignment involving a Defaulting Lender under this Section  2.14 and to the extent permitted under applicable Legal Requirements, each Lender hereby designates and appoints the Administrative Agent as true and lawful agent and attorney-in-fact, with full power and authority, for and on behalf of and in the name of such Lender to execute, acknowledge and deliver the Assignment and Assumption required hereunder if such Lender is a Defaulting Lender and such Lender shall be bound thereby as fully and effectively as if such Lender had personally executed, acknowledged and delivered the same. In lieu of the Borrower or the Administrative Agent replacing a Defaulting Lender as provided in this Section  2.14 , the Borrower may terminate such Defaulting Lender’s applicable Commitments as provided in Section  2.1(c)(iii) .

Section 2.15     Defaulting Lender Provisions .

(a)     Defaulting Lender Adjustments . Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Agreement, if any Lender becomes a Defaulting Lender, then, until such time as such Lender is no longer a Defaulting Lender, to the extent permitted by Legal Requirement:

(i)     Waivers and Amendments . Such Defaulting Lender’s right to approve or disapprove any amendment, waiver or consent with respect to this Agreement shall be restricted as set forth in the definition of Majority Lenders.

(ii)     Defaulting Lender Waterfall . Any payment of principal, interest, fees or other amounts received by the Administrative Agent for the account of such Defaulting Lender (whether voluntary or mandatory, at maturity, pursuant to Article VII or otherwise) or received by the Administrative Agent from a Defaulting Lender pursuant to Section  7.4 shall be applied at such time or times as may be determined by Administrative Agent as follows: first , to the payment of any amounts owing by such Defaulting Lender to the Administrative Agent hereunder; second , to the payment on a pro rata basis of any amounts owing by such Defaulting Lender to the Issuing Lender hereunder; third , on a

 

53


pro rata basis, to Cash Collateralize the Issuing Lender’s Fronting Exposure with respect to such Defaulting Lender in accordance with Section  2.3(j) ; fourth , as Borrower may request (so long as no Default exists), to the funding of any Advance in respect of which such Defaulting Lender has failed to fund its portion thereof as required by this Agreement, as determined by the Administrative Agent; fifth , if so determined by the Administrative Agent and Borrower, to be held in a deposit account and released pro rata in order to (x) satisfy such Defaulting Lender’s potential future funding obligations with respect to Advances under this Agreement and (y) Cash Collateralize the Issuing Lender’s future Fronting Exposure with respect to such Defaulting Lender with respect to future Letters of Credit issued made under this Agreement, in accordance with Section  2.3(j) ; sixth , to the payment of any amounts owing to the Lenders or the Issuing Lender as a result of any judgment of a court of competent jurisdiction obtained by any Lender or the Issuing Lender against such Defaulting Lender as a result of such Defaulting Lender’s breach of its obligations under this Agreement; seventh , so long as no Default exists, to the payment of any amounts owing to the Borrower as a result of any judgment of a court of competent jurisdiction obtained by the Borrower against such Defaulting Lender as a result of such Defaulting Lender’s breach of its obligations under this Agreement; and eighth , to such Defaulting Lender or as otherwise directed by a court of competent jurisdiction; provided that if (x) such payment is a payment of the principal amount of any Advances or Letter of Credit Obligations in respect of which such Defaulting Lender has not fully funded its appropriate share, and (y) such Advances were made or the related Letters of Credit were issued at a time when the conditions set forth in Section  3.3 were satisfied or waived, such payment shall be applied solely to pay the Advances of, and Letter of Credit Obligations owed to, all Non-Defaulting Lenders on a pro rata basis prior to being applied to the payment of any Advances of, or Letter of Credit Obligations owed to, such Defaulting Lender until such time as all Advances and funded and unfunded participations in Letter of Credit Obligations are held by the Lenders pro rata in accordance with the applicable Commitments under the Revolving Facility without giving effect to Section  2.15(a)(iv) . Any payments, prepayments or other amounts paid or payable to a Defaulting Lender that are applied (or held) to pay amounts owed by a Defaulting Lender or to post Cash Collateral pursuant to this Section  2.15(a)(ii) shall be deemed paid to and redirected by such Defaulting Lender, and each Lender irrevocably consents hereto.

(iii)     Certain Fees .

(A)    No Defaulting Lender shall be entitled to receive any Commitment Fee for any period during which that Lender is a Defaulting Lender (and the Borrower shall not be required to pay any such fee that otherwise would have been required to have been paid to that Defaulting Lender).

(B)    No Defaulting Lender shall be entitled to receive letter of credit fees for any period during which that Lender is a Defaulting Lender, except to the extent allocable to its Applicable Percentage of the stated amount of Letters of Credit for which it has provided Cash Collateral pursuant to Section  2.3(j) .

(C)    With respect to any letter of credit fee not required to be paid to any Defaulting Lender pursuant to clause (B)  above, the Borrower shall (x) pay to each Non-Defaulting Lender that portion of any such fee otherwise payable to such Defaulting Lender with respect to such Defaulting Lender’s participation in Letter of Credit Obligations that has been reallocated to such Non-Defaulting Lender pursuant to clause (iv)  below, (y) pay to the Issuing Lender, the amount of any such fee otherwise payable to such Defaulting Lender to the extent allocable to the Issuing Lender’s Fronting Exposure to such Defaulting Lender, and (z) not be required to pay the remaining amount of any such fee.

 

54


(iv)     Reallocation of Participations to Reduce Fronting Exposure . All or any part of such Defaulting Lender’s participation in Letter of Credit Obligations shall be reallocated among the Non-Defaulting Lenders in the Revolving Facility in accordance with their respective Applicable Percentages (calculated without regard to such Defaulting Lender’s applicable Commitments) but only (i) to the extent that such reallocation does not cause the sum of (1) the aggregate amount of Revolving Advances owing to such Non-Defaulting Lender, plus (2) such Non-Defaulting Lender’s participation in Letters of Credit to exceed such Non-Defaulting Lender’s Revolving Commitment and (ii) if the conditions set forth in Section  3.3 are satisfied at the time such Lender becomes a Defaulting Lender. No reallocation hereunder shall constitute a waiver or release of any claim of any party hereunder against a Defaulting Lender arising from that Lender having become a Defaulting Lender, including any claim of a Non-Defaulting Lender as a result of such Non-Defaulting Lender’s increased exposure following such reallocation.

(v)     Cash Collateral . If the reallocation described in clause (iv)  above cannot, or can only partially, be effected, the Borrower shall, without prejudice to any right or remedy available to it hereunder or under law, within three (3) Business Days, Cash Collateralize the Issuing Lender’s Fronting Exposure in accordance with the procedures set forth in Section  2.3(i) .

(b)     Defaulting Lender Cure . If the Borrower, the Administrative Agent and the Issuing Lender (if the Defaulting Lender is a Revolving Lender) agree in writing that a Lender is no longer a Defaulting Lender, the Administrative Agent will so notify the parties hereto, whereupon as of the effective date specified in such notice and subject to any conditions set forth therein (which may include arrangements with respect to any Cash Collateral), that Lender will, to the extent applicable, purchase at par that portion of outstanding Advances of the other Lenders or take such other actions as the Administrative Agent may determine to be necessary to cause the Advances and funded and unfunded participations in Letters of Credit to be held pro rata by the Revolving Lenders in accordance with the applicable Commitments under the Revolving Facility (without giving effect to Section  2.15(a)(iv) , whereupon such Lender will cease to be a Defaulting Lender; provided that no adjustments will be made retroactively with respect to fees accrued or payments made by or on behalf of the Borrower while that Lender was a Defaulting Lender; and provided , further , that except to the extent otherwise expressly agreed by the affected parties, no change hereunder from Defaulting Lender to Lender will constitute a waiver or release of any claim of any party hereunder arising from that Lender having been a Defaulting Lender.

Section 2.16     MIRE Events . Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, no MIRE Event may be closed until the date that is (a) if there are Properties subject to a Mortgage and such Properties are not in a “special flood hazard area”, ten (10) Business Days or (b) if there are any Properties subject to a Mortgage and such Properties are in a “special flood hazard area”, thirty (30) days (in each case, the “Notice Period”), after the Administrative Agent has delivered to the Lenders the following documents in respect of such Property: (i) a completed flood hazard determination from a third party vendor; (ii) if such Property is located in a “special flood hazard area”, (A) a notification to the applicable Credit Parties of that fact and (if applicable) notification to the applicable Credit Parties that flood insurance coverage is not available and (B) evidence of the receipt by the applicable Credit Parties of such notice; and (iii) if required by Flood Laws, evidence of required flood insurance; provided that any such MIRE Event may be closed prior to the Notice Period if the Administrative Agent shall have received confirmation from each applicable Lender that such Lender has completed any necessary flood insurance due diligence to its reasonable satisfaction.

 

55


ARTICLE III

CONDITIONS PRECEDENT

Section 3.1     Conditions Precedent to the Effective Date . This Agreement shall not become effective until the satisfaction or waiver (in accordance with Section  9.2 of this Agreement) of the following conditions:

(a)     Documentation . The Administrative Agent shall have received this Agreement and all attached Exhibits and Schedules, in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent and the Lenders, and fully executed by all parties hereto.

(b)     Consents; Authorization; Conflicts . The Borrower shall have received any consents, licenses and approvals of any Governmental Authority or any other Person and required in accordance with applicable Legal Requirement, or in accordance with any document, agreement, instrument or arrangement to which the Borrower, any Restricted Subsidiary, or any other party is a party, in connection with the execution, delivery, performance, validity and enforceability of this Agreement other than immaterial consents, licenses or approvals the absence of which would not reasonably be expected to be adverse to any Secured Party. In addition, the Borrower and the Restricted Subsidiaries shall have all such material consents, licenses and approvals required in connection with the continued operation of the Borrower and the Restricted Subsidiaries, and such approvals shall be in full force and effect, and all applicable waiting periods shall have expired without any action being taken or threatened by any competent authority which would restrain, prevent or otherwise impose adverse conditions on this Agreement and the actions contemplated hereby.

(c)     Pro Forma Structure . The pro forma capital and ownership structure and the equityholder arrangements of the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries (and all agreements relating thereto), after giving effect to the Transactions, shall be reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent and the Lenders.

(d)     USA Patriot Act . The Administrative Agent shall have received all documentation and other information that is required by regulatory authorities under applicable “know your customer” and anti-money-laundering rules and regulations, including, without limitation, the Patriot Act.

(e)     Payment of Fees . The Borrower shall have paid the fees and expenses required to be paid as of the Effective Date by Section  2.7(c) and Section  9.1(a) (other than legal fees) or any other provision of a Credit Document. The Borrower shall have paid the legal fees for the Administrative Agent’s counsel as required under Section  9.1 to the extent such fees have been invoiced at least two Business Days prior to the Effective Date.

Section 3.2 Conditions Precedent to Funding Date . The obligations of each Lender to make Advances on the Funding Date and for the Issuing Lender to issue or confirm any initial Letters of Credit shall be subject to the satisfaction or waiver (in accordance with Section  9.2 of this Agreement) of the following conditions:

(a)     Documentation . The Administrative Agent shall have received the following, duly executed by all the parties thereto, in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent and the Lenders, and, where applicable, fully executed by all parties thereto:

(i)    the Notes payable to each Lender requesting a Note;

 

56


(ii)    the Security Agreement, together with such other documents, agreements, or instruments necessary to create, perfect or maintain an Acceptable Security Interest in the Collateral and the Guaranty;

(iii)    certificates of insurance naming the Administrative Agent as loss payee with respect to property insurance, or additional insured with respect to liability insurance, and covering the Borrower’s or its Domestic Restricted Subsidiaries’ Properties with such insurance carriers, for such amounts and covering such risks as required by Section  5.3 ;

(iv)    a secretary’s certificate from each Credit Party certifying such Person’s (A) officers’ incumbency, (B) authorizing resolutions, (C) organizational documents, and (D) governmental approvals, if any, with respect to the Credit Documents to which such Person is a party;

(v)    a certificate from an authorized officer of the Borrower dated as of the Funding Date stating that as of such date (A) all representations and warranties of the Borrower set forth in this Agreement are true and correct in all material respects (except that such materiality qualifier shall not be applicable to any representations and warranties that already are qualified or modified by materiality in the text thereof), (B) no Default has occurred and is continuing; and (C) all conditions precedent set forth in this Section  3.2 have been met or waived;

(vi)    certificates of status or good standing for each Credit Party in the state in which each such Person is organized, which certificates shall be (A) dated as of a recent date or (B) otherwise effective on the Funding Date;

(vii)    a legal opinion of (A) Vinson & Elkins LLP as outside counsel to the Credit Parties and (B) local counsel in each relevant jurisdiction, in form and substance reasonably acceptable to the Administrative Agent; and

(viii)    such other documents, governmental certificates, agreements, and lien searches as any Lender Party may reasonably request.

(b)     Payment of Fees . The Borrower shall have paid the fees and expenses required to be paid as of the Funding Date by Section  2.7(a) , Section  2.7(c) and Section  9.1(a) (other than legal fees) or any other provision of a Credit Document. The Borrower shall have paid the legal fees for the Administrative Agent’s counsel as required under Section  9.1 to the extent such fees have been invoiced at least one Business Days prior to the Funding Date.

(c)     Other Proceedings . No action, suit, investigation or other proceeding by or before any arbitrator or any Governmental Authority shall be threatened or pending and no preliminary or permanent injunction or order by a state or federal court shall have been entered in connection with this Agreement, any other Credit Document, or any of the Transactions.

(d)     No Default . No Default shall have occurred and be continuing.

(e)     Solvency . The Administrative Agent shall have received a certificate in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent from a Responsible Officer of Borrower certifying that, (i) before giving effect to the initial Borrowings made hereunder on the Funding Date, the Credit Parties, taken as a whole, are Solvent and (ii) after giving effect to the initial Borrowings made hereunder on the Funding Date and the other Transactions, the Credit Parties, taken as a whole, are Solvent.

 

57


(f)     Delivery of Financial Statements; Projections . With respect to the Borrower and its Subsidiaries, the Administrative Agent shall have received (i) audited consolidated financial statements for the fiscal years ending December 31, 2015 and 2016 and (ii) unaudited consolidated financial statements for the fiscal quarters ending March 31, 2017 and June 30, 2017. The Administrative Agent shall have also received projections prepared by management of balance sheets, income statements and cash flow statements of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries, after giving effect to the Transactions, which shall be quarterly for the first year after the Funding Date and annually thereafter until the Maturity Date.

(g)     Notice of Borrowing . The Administrative Agent shall have received a Notice of Borrowing from the Borrower, with appropriate insertions and executed by a duly authorized officer of the Borrower.

(h)     Payment in Full of Existing Nine Debt and Existing Beckman Debt . Prior to, or concurrently with, the making of the initial Advances hereunder, all outstanding obligations owing with respect to the Existing Nine Debt and the Existing Beckman Debt shall have been paid in full and the Administrative Agent shall have received one or more “pay-off” letters (or such other evidence) in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent with respect to all such Debt being refinanced with the initial Advances to be made hereunder; and arrangements reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent shall have been made with any Person holding any Lien securing any such Debt, for the release and delivery of such UCC (or equivalent) termination statements, mortgage releases, releases of assignments of leases and rents, and other instruments, in each case in proper form for recording or filing, as the Administrative Agent shall have requested to release and terminate of record the Liens securing such Debt.

(i)     Offering . The Administrative Agent shall have received evidence that immediately prior to, or concurrently with, the initial Advances made hereunder, the Offering shall have been completed.

(j)     Compliance with Law . The Borrower and each of its Subsidiaries shall have been in compliance with all Legal Requirements which are applicable to such Persons, including the operations, business or Property of such Persons, except in any case where the failure to be in compliance could not reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Change or affect the consummation or the legality of the Transactions.

(k)     Liquidity . The Administrative Agent shall have received evidence satisfactory to it that, after giving effect to the Transactions, Liquidity is greater than or equal to $50,000,000.

(l)     Structure and Capitalization. The capital and ownership structure and the equityholder arrangements of the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries (and all agreements relating thereto), after giving effect to the Transactions, shall be consistent with those approved by the Administrative Agent pursuant to Section  3.1(c) .

(m)     Funding Date . The Funding Date shall have occurred on or prior to December 13, 2017.

Section 3.3     Conditions Precedent to Each Credit Extension . The obligation of each Lender to make any Credit Extension on the occasion of each Borrowing (including the initial Borrowing), the obligation of the Issuing Lender to make any Credit Extension and any reallocation provided in Section  2.15 , in each case, shall be subject to the satisfaction or waiver (in accordance with Section  9.2 of this Agreement) of the following conditions as of the date of such Borrowing, such Credit Extension or such reallocation:

 

58


(a)     Representations and Warranties . As of the date of the making of such Credit Extension, Borrowing or reallocation, the representations and warranties made by any Credit Party or any officer of any Credit Party contained in the Credit Documents shall be true and correct in all material respects (except that such materiality qualifier shall not be applicable to any representations and warranties that already are qualified or modified by materiality in the text thereof) on such date, except that any representation and warranty which by its terms is made as of a specified date shall be required to be true and correct in all material respects (except that such materiality qualifier shall not be applicable to any representations and warranties that already are qualified or modified by materiality in the text thereof) only as of such specified date and each request for the making of any Borrowing, Credit Extension or reallocation, and the making of such Borrowing, Credit Extension or reallocation shall be deemed to be a reaffirmation of such representations and warranties. Each of the giving of the applicable Notice of Borrowing or Letter of Credit Application, the acceptance by the Borrower of the proceeds of such Borrowing, Credit Extension or reallocation, shall constitute a representation and warranty by the Borrower that on the date of such Borrowing, Credit Extension or reallocation, as applicable, the foregoing condition has been met.

(b)     Event of Default . As of the date of each Borrowing, Credit Extension or reallocation, no Default or Event of Default shall exist, and the making of such Borrowing, Credit Extension, or reallocation would not cause a Default or Event of Default. Each of the giving of the applicable Notice of Borrowing or Letter of Credit Application, the acceptance by the Borrower of the proceeds of such Borrowing, Credit Extension or reallocation, shall constitute a representation and warranty by the Borrower that on the date of such Borrowing, Credit Extension or reallocation, as applicable, the foregoing condition has been met.

Section 3.4     Determinations Under Section  3 .1, Section  3.2 and Section  3. 3 . For purposes of determining compliance with the conditions specified in Section  3.1 , Section  3.2 and Section  3.3 , each Lender shall be deemed to have consented to, approved or accepted or to be satisfied with each document or other matter required thereunder to be consented to or approved by or acceptable or satisfactory to the Lenders unless an officer of the Administrative Agent responsible for the transactions contemplated by the Credit Documents shall have received written notice from such Lender prior to the Credit Extensions hereunder specifying its objection thereto and such Lender shall not have made available to the Administrative Agent such Lender’s Credit Extensions.

ARTICLE IV

REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES

From and after the Funding Date, the Borrower represents and warrants as follows:

Section 4.1     Organization . The Borrower and each of its Restricted Subsidiaries is duly and validly organized and existing and in good standing under the laws of its jurisdiction of incorporation or formation and is authorized to do business and is in good standing in all jurisdictions in which such qualifications or authorizations are necessary except where the failure to be so qualified or authorized could not reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Change. As of the Effective Date, each Credit Party’s type of organization and jurisdiction of incorporation or formation are set forth on Schedule 4.1 .

Section 4.2     Authorization . The execution, delivery, and performance by each Credit Party of each Credit Document to which such Credit Party is a party and the consummation of the transactions

 

59


contemplated thereby (a) are within such Credit Party’s organizational powers, (b) have been duly authorized by all necessary corporate, limited liability company or partnership action, as applicable, of such Credit Party, (c) do not contravene any articles or certificate of incorporation or bylaws, partnership or limited liability company agreement, as applicable, binding on or affecting such Credit Party, (d) do not contravene any law or any contractual restriction binding on or affecting such Credit Party except for immaterial laws or contractual restrictions the noncompliance with which would not reasonably be expected to be adverse to any Secured Party, (e) do not result in or require the creation or imposition of any Lien prohibited by this Agreement, and (f) do not require any authorization or approval or other action by, or any notice or filing with, any Governmental Authority except for immaterial authorizations, approvals, other actions, notices or filings the failure to obtain of which would not reasonably be expected to be adverse to any Secured Party. At the time of each Credit Extension, such Credit Extension and the use of the proceeds of such Credit Extension are within the Borrower’s corporate powers, have been duly authorized by all necessary action, do not contravene (i) the Borrower’s certificate of incorporation, bylaws or other organizational documents, or (ii) any Legal Requirement or any contractual restriction binding on or affecting the Borrower, will not result in or require the creation or imposition of any Lien prohibited by this Agreement, and do not require any authorization or approval or other action by, or any notice or filing with, any Governmental Authority.

Section 4.3     Enforceability . The Credit Documents have each been duly executed and delivered by each Credit Party that is a party thereto and each Credit Document constitutes the legal, valid, and binding obligation of each Credit Party that is a party thereto enforceable against such Credit Party in accordance with its terms, except as limited by applicable Debtor Relief Laws or similar laws at the time in effect affecting the rights of creditors generally and to the effect of general principles of equity whether applied by a court of law or equity.

Section 4.4     Financial Condition .

(a)    The Borrower has delivered to the Lenders the financial statements identified in Section  3.2(f) and such financial statements were prepared in accordance with GAAP and fairly present, in all material respects, the consolidated financial condition of the Persons covered thereby as of the respective dates thereof for the periods covered therein, subject, in the case of unaudited financial statements, to normal year-end adjustments and the absence of footnotes. As of the date of the aforementioned financial statements, there were no material contingent obligations, liabilities for taxes, unusual forward or long-term commitments, or unrealized or anticipated losses of the applicable Persons, except as disclosed therein and adequate reserves for such items have been made in accordance with GAAP.

(b)    Since the December 31, 2016, after giving pro forma effect to the Transactions, no event or condition has occurred that could reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Change.

Section 4.5     Ownership and Liens; Real Property . Each Restricted Entity (a) has good and marketable fee simple title to, or a valid leasehold interest or easement in, all Material Real Property, and good title to all material personal Property, used in its business, and (b) none of the Property owned by the Borrower or a Restricted Subsidiary is subject to any Lien except Permitted Liens.

Section 4.6     True and Complete Disclosure . All written factual information (whether delivered before or after the date of this Agreement) prepared by or on behalf of the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries and furnished to any Lender Party for purposes of or in connection with this Agreement or any other Credit Document, taken as a whole, does not contain any material misstatement of fact or omit to state any material fact necessary to make the statements therein not misleading as of the

 

60


date such information is dated or certified. There is no fact known to any Responsible Officer of any Credit Party on the date of this Agreement that has not been disclosed to the Administrative Agent that could reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Change. All projections, estimates, budgets, and pro forma financial information furnished by the Borrower or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries (or on behalf of the Borrower or any such Restricted Subsidiary), were prepared on the basis of assumptions, data, information, tests, or conditions (including current and reasonably foreseeable business conditions) believed to be reasonable at the time such projections, estimates, and pro forma financial information were furnished (it being recognized by the Lender Parties, however, that projections as to future events are not to be viewed as facts and that results during the period(s) covered by such projections may differ from the projected results and that such differences may be material and that the Credit Parties make no representation that such projections will be realized).

Section 4.7     Litigation . There are no actions, suits, or proceedings pending or, to any Restricted Entity’s knowledge, threatened against the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary, at law, in equity, or in admiralty, or by or before any Governmental Authority, which could reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Change. Additionally, except as disclosed in writing to the Administrative Agent, there is no pending or, to the knowledge of any Restricted Entity, threatened action or proceeding instituted against the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary which seeks to adjudicate the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary as bankrupt or insolvent, or seeking liquidation, winding up, reorganization, arrangement, adjustment, protection, relief, or composition of it or its debts under any Debtor Relief Law, or seeking the entry of an order for relief or the appointment of a receiver, trustee or other similar official for it or for any substantial part of its Property.

Section 4.8     Compliance with Agreements .

(a)    No Restricted Entity is a party to any indenture, loan or credit agreement or any lease or any other types of agreement or instrument or subject to any charter or corporate restriction or provision of applicable law or governmental regulation the performance of or compliance with which could reasonably be expected to cause a Material Adverse Change. No Restricted Entity is in default under or with respect to any contract, agreement, lease or any other types of agreement or instrument to which any Restricted Entity is a party and which could reasonably be expected to cause a Material Adverse Change. To the knowledge of the Credit Parties, no Restricted Entity is in default under, or has received a notice of default under, any contract, agreement, lease or any other document or instrument to which any Restricted Entity is a party which is continuing and which, if not cured, could reasonably be expected to cause a Material Adverse Change.

(b)    No Default has occurred and is continuing.

Section 4.9     Pension Plans . (a) Except for matters that could not reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Change, all Plans are in compliance with all applicable provisions of ERISA, (b) no Termination Event has occurred with respect to any Plan that would result in an Event of Default under Section  7.1(j) , and, except for matters that could not reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Change, each Plan has complied with and been administered in accordance with applicable provisions of ERISA and the Code, (c) no “accumulated funding deficiency” (as defined in Section 302 of ERISA) has occurred with respect to any Plan, and for plan years after December 31, 2007, no unpaid minimum required contribution exists with respect to any Plan, and there has been no excise tax imposed under Section 4971 of the Code with respect to any Plan, (d) the present value of all benefits vested under each Plan (based on the assumptions used to fund such Plan) did not, as of the last annual valuation date applicable thereto, exceed the value of the assets of such Plan allocable to such vested benefits in an amount that could reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Change, (e) neither the Borrower nor any member of the Controlled Group has had a complete or partial withdrawal from any

 

61


Multiemployer Plan for which there is any unsatisfied withdrawal liability that could reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Change or an Event of Default under Section  7.1(i) , and (f) neither the Borrower nor any member of the Controlled Group has incurred any liability as a result of a Multiemployer Plan being in reorganization or insolvent that could reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Change. Based upon GAAP existing as of the date of this Agreement and current factual circumstances, no Restricted Entity has any reason to believe that the annual cost during the term of this Agreement to the Borrower or any Subsidiary for post-retirement benefits to be provided to the current and former employees of the Borrower or any Subsidiary under Plans that are welfare benefit plans (as defined in Section 3(1) of ERISA) could, in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to cause a Material Adverse Change.

Section 4.10     Environmental Condition . Except as set forth on Schedule 4.10 :

(a)     Permits, Etc . Each Restricted Entity (i) has obtained all material Environmental Permits necessary for the ownership and operation of its Properties and the conduct of its businesses; (ii) is and, during the relevant time periods specified under applicable statutes of limitation, has been in material compliance with all terms and conditions of such Environmental Permits and with all other material requirements of applicable Environmental Laws; (iii) has not received written notice of any material violation or alleged material violation of any Environmental Law or Environmental Permit; and (iv) is not subject to any actual or contingent Environmental Claim which could reasonably be expected to cause a Material Adverse Change.

(b)     Certain Liabilities . To each Restricted Entity’s knowledge, none of the present or previously owned or operated Property of any Restricted Entity or of any Subsidiary thereof, wherever located, (i) has been placed on or proposed to be placed on the National Priorities List, the Comprehensive Environmental Response Compensation Liability Information System list, or their state or local analogs, or have been otherwise investigated, designated, listed, or identified by a Governmental Authority as a potential site for removal, remediation, cleanup, closure, restoration, reclamation, or other response activity under any Environmental Laws; (ii) is subject to a Lien, arising under or in connection with any Environmental Laws, that attaches to any revenues or to any Property owned or operated by any Restricted Entity, wherever located, which could reasonably be expected to cause a Material Adverse Change; or (iii) has been the site of any Release of Hazardous Substances or Hazardous Wastes from present or past operations which has caused at the site or at any third-party site any condition that has resulted in or could reasonably be expected to result in the need for Response that could cause a Material Adverse Change.

(c)     Certain Actions . Without limiting the foregoing, (i) all necessary material notices have been properly filed, and no further material action is required under current applicable Environmental Law as to each Response or other restoration or remedial project required to be undertaken by the Borrower, any of its Subsidiaries or any of the Borrower’s or such Subsidiary’s former Subsidiaries pursuant to any Environmental Law, on any of their presently or formerly owned or operated Property and (ii) the present and, to the Credit Parties’ knowledge, future liability, if any, of the Borrower or of any Subsidiary which could reasonably be expected to arise in connection with requirements under Environmental Laws is not expected to result in a Material Adverse Change.

Section 4.11     Subsidiaries . As of the Effective Date, the Borrower has no Subsidiaries other than those listed on Schedule 4.11 , each of which is a Restricted Subsidiary hereunder. Each Restricted Subsidiary (including any such Restricted Subsidiary formed or acquired subsequent to the Effective Date) has complied with the requirements of Section  5.6 .

 

62


Section 4.12     Investment Company Act . No Restricted Entity is an “investment company” or a company “controlled” by an “investment company” within the meaning of the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended.

Section 4.13     Taxes . Proper and accurate (in all material respects), federal and all material state, provincial, local and foreign tax returns, reports and statements required to be filed (after giving effect to any extension granted in the time for filing) by each Restricted Entity or any member of an affiliated group of such Restricted Entities as determined under Section 1504 of the Code (hereafter collectively called the “ Tax Group ”) have been filed with the appropriate Governmental Authorities, and all taxes (which are material in amount) and other impositions due and payable have been timely paid prior to the date on which any fine, penalty, interest, late charge or loss may be added thereto for non-payment thereof except where contested in good faith and by appropriate proceeding. No Restricted Entity nor any member of the Tax Group has given, or been requested to give, a waiver of the statute of limitations relating to the payment of any federal, state, local or foreign taxes. Proper and accurate amounts have been withheld by the Restricted Entities and all other members of the Tax Group from their employees for all periods to comply in all material respects with the tax, social security and unemployment withholding provisions of applicable federal, state, provincial, local and foreign law.

Section 4.14     Permits, Licenses, etc . Each Restricted Entity possesses all permits, licenses, patents, patent rights or licenses, trademarks, trademark rights, trade names rights, and copyrights which are material to the conduct of its business. Each Restricted Entity manages and operates its business in accordance with all applicable Legal Requirements except where the failure to so manage or operate could not reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Change; provided that this Section  4.14 does not apply with respect to Environmental Permits.

Section 4.15     Use of Proceeds . The proceeds of the Advances will be used by the Borrower for the purposes described in Section  6.6 . No Credit Party is engaged in the business of extending credit for the purpose of purchasing or carrying margin stock (within the meaning of Regulation U). No proceeds of any Advance will be used to purchase or carry any margin stock in violation of Regulation T, U, or X.

Section 4.16     Condition of Property; Casualties . The material Properties used or to be used in the continuing operations of the Restricted Entities, taken as a whole, are in good working order and condition, normal wear and tear excepted. Neither the business nor the material Properties of any Restricted Entity has been affected as a result of any fire, explosion, earthquake, flood, drought, windstorm, accident, strike or other labor disturbance, embargo, requisition or taking of Property or cancellation of contracts, permits or concessions by a Governmental Authority, riot, activities of armed forces or acts of God or of any public enemy, which effect could reasonably be expected to cause a Material Adverse Change.

Section 4.17     Insurance . Each of Restricted Entity carries insurance (which may be carried by the Borrower on a consolidated basis) with reputable insurers in respect of such of their respective Properties, in such amounts and against such risks as is customarily maintained by other Persons of similar size engaged in similar businesses or, self-insure to the extent that is customary for Persons of similar size engaged in similar businesses.

Section 4.18     Security Interest . Each Credit Party has authorized the filing of financing statements sufficient when filed to perfect the Lien created by the Security Documents to the extent such Lien can be perfected by filing financing statements. When such financing statements (including, to the extent required to perfect in Equity Interests of Canadian Restricted Subsidiaries not constituting Excluded Collateral, PPSA financing statements in Canada) are filed in the offices noted therein, the Administrative Agent will have a valid and perfected security interest in all Collateral that is capable of being perfected by filing financing statements (excluding, for perfection purposes, the Excluded Perfection Collateral).

 

63


Section 4.19     OFAC; Anti-Terrorism ; Anti-Corruption Laws .

(a)    Neither the Borrower nor any Subsidiary of the Borrower is in violation of any of the country or list based economic and trade sanctions administered and enforced by OFAC or any other applicable sanctions authority. Neither the Borrower nor any Subsidiary of the Borrower, nor any of their respective officers, directors, nor to the knowledge of the Borrower, any of their respective employees, advisors, Affiliates or agents (a) is a Sanctioned Person or a Sanctioned Entity, (b) has assets located in Sanctioned Entities, or (c) derives revenues from investments in, or transactions with Sanctioned Persons or Sanctioned Entities. No proceeds of any Advance will be used to fund any operations in, finance any investments or activities in, or make any payments to, a Sanctioned Person or a Sanctioned Entity.

(b)    Neither the Borrower nor any Subsidiary, nor any of their directors or officers, nor to the knowledge of the Borrower, any agent, employee, advisor, Affiliate or other person acting on behalf of the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries is aware of or has taken any action, directly or indirectly, that would result in a violation by such persons of any Anti-Corruption Laws. Furthermore, the Borrower and, to the knowledge of the Borrower, its Affiliates have conducted their businesses in compliance with Anti-Corruption Laws and have instituted and maintain policies and procedures designed to ensure, and which are reasonably expected to continue to ensure, continued compliance therewith.

Section 4.20     Solvency . Before and after giving effect to the making of each Credit Extension after the Effective Date, the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries are, when taken as a whole, Solvent.

Section 4.21     EEA Financial Institution . No Credit Party is an EEA Financial Institution.

Section 4.22     Qualified ECP Counterparty . The Borrower is a Qualified ECP Counterparty.

ARTICLE V

AFFIRMATIVE COVENANTS

Commencing on the Funding Date and until Payment in Full, the Borrower shall comply and shall cause the Restricted Subsidiaries to comply with the following covenants.

Section 5.1     Organization . Each Credit Party shall, and shall cause each of its respective Restricted Subsidiaries to, preserve and maintain its partnership, limited liability company or corporate existence, rights, franchises and privileges in the jurisdiction of its organization. Each Credit Party shall, and shall cause each of its respective Restricted Subsidiaries to qualify and remain qualified as a foreign business entity in each jurisdiction in which qualification is necessary or desirable in view of its business and operations or the ownership of its Properties, except where failure to so qualify could not reasonably be expected to cause a Material Adverse Change. Nothing contained in this Section  5.1 shall prevent any transaction permitted by Section  6.6 or Section  6.7 .

Section 5.2     Reporting .

(a)     Annual Financial Reports . (i) The Borrower shall provide, or shall cause to be provided, to the Administrative Agent, as soon as available, but in any event within 90 days after the end of each fiscal year of the Borrower (commencing with the fiscal year ended December 31, 2017), consolidated balance sheets of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries (and, to the extent that any Unrestricted Subsidiaries existed during the applicable period, consolidating balance sheets of the Borrower and its

 

64


Subsidiaries, including Unrestricted Subsidiaries) as at the end of such fiscal year, and the related consolidated statements of income or operations, shareholders’ equity and cash flows of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries (and, to the extent that any Unrestricted Subsidiaries existed during the applicable period, consolidating statements of income or operations, shareholders’ equity and cash flows of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries, including Unrestricted Subsidiaries) for such fiscal year, setting forth in each case in comparative form the figures for the previous fiscal year, all in reasonable detail and prepared in accordance with GAAP, such consolidated statements to be audited and accompanied by a report and opinion of any independent certified public accountant of recognized standing reasonably acceptable to the Administrative Agent, which report and opinion shall be prepared in accordance with GAAP and shall not be subject to any “going concern” or like qualification or exception or any qualification or exception as to the scope of such audit, and such consolidated and, if applicable, consolidating statements to be certified by the chief executive officer, chief financial officer, director of finance, treasurer or controller of the Borrower to the effect that such statements fairly present the financial condition, results of operations, shareholders’ equity and cash flows of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries in all material respects in accordance with GAAP.

(b)     Quarterly Financial Reports . (i) The Borrower shall provide, or shall cause to be provided, to the Administrative Agent, as soon as available, but in any event within 45 days after the end of the first three fiscal quarters of each fiscal year of the Borrower, a consolidated balance sheets of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries (and, to the extent that any Unrestricted Subsidiaries existed during the applicable period, consolidating balance sheets of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries, including Unrestricted Subsidiaries) as at the end of such fiscal quarter, and the related consolidated statements of income or operations, shareholders’ equity and cash flows of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries (and, to the extent that any Unrestricted Subsidiaries existed during the applicable period, consolidating statements of income or operations, shareholders’ equity and cash flows of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries, including Unrestricted Subsidiaries) for such fiscal quarter and for the portion of the Borrower’s fiscal year then ended, setting forth in each case in comparative form the figures for the corresponding fiscal quarter of the previous fiscal year and the corresponding portion of the previous fiscal year, all in reasonable detail, such consolidated statements and, if applicable consolidating statements to be certified by the chief executive officer, chief financial officer, director of finance, treasurer or controller of the Borrower as fairly presenting the financial condition, results of operations, shareholders’ equity and cash flows of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries, in all material respects, in accordance with GAAP, subject only to normal year-end audit adjustments and the absence of footnotes.

(c)     Compliance Certificate . Concurrently with the delivery of the financial statements referred to in Section  5.2(a) and Section  5.2(b) above and upon any calculation of the Asset Coverage Ratio pursuant to Section  6.18(b) , the Borrower shall provide to the Administrative Agent a duly completed Compliance Certificate signed by a Responsible Officer of the Borrower and attaching thereto detailed supporting information for the calculations made thereunder.

(d)     Annual Budget . As soon as available and in any event within 60 days after the end of each fiscal year of the Borrower, the Borrower shall provide to the Administrative Agent an annual budget consisting of projected balance sheets, income statements and cash flow statements for the immediately following fiscal year and reasonably detailed on a quarterly basis.

(e)     Defaults . The Credit Parties shall provide to the Administrative Agent promptly, but in any event within five Business Days after a Responsible Officer of any Credit Party obtains knowledge thereof, a notice of any Default, together with a statement of a Responsible Officer of the Borrower setting forth the details of such Default and the actions which the Credit Parties have taken and propose to take with respect thereto.

 

65


(f)     Other Creditors . The Credit Parties shall provide to the Administrative Agent promptly after the giving or receipt thereof, copies of any material default notices given or received by the Borrower or by any of its Restricted Subsidiaries pursuant to the terms of any indenture, loan agreement, credit agreement, or similar agreement evidencing Debt in an amount in excess of $2,000,000.

(g)     Litigation . The Credit Parties shall provide to the Administrative Agent promptly after the commencement thereof, notice of all actions, suits, and proceedings before any Governmental Authority, affecting any Restricted Entity that could reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Change.

(h)     Environmental Notices . Promptly upon, and in any event no later than 15 days after, the receipt thereof, or the acquisition of knowledge thereof, by any Executive Officer of any Restricted Entity, the Credit Parties shall provide the Administrative Agent with a copy of any form of request, claim, complaint, order, notice, summons or citation received from any Governmental Authority or any other Person, (i) concerning violations or alleged violations of Environmental Laws, which seeks to impose liability therefore in excess of $2,000,000, (ii) concerning any action or omission on the part of any of the Credit Parties or any of their former Subsidiaries in connection with Hazardous Waste or Hazardous Substances which could reasonably result in the imposition of liability in excess of $2,000,000 or requiring that action be taken to respond to or clean up a Release of Hazardous Substances or Hazardous Waste into the Environment and such action or clean-up could reasonably be expected to exceed $2,000,000, including without limitation any information request related to, or notice of, potential responsibility under CERCLA which could reasonably result in the imposition of liability in excess of $2,000,000, or (iii) concerning the filing of a Lien (other than a Permitted Lien) upon, against or in connection with the Borrower, any Subsidiary, or any of their respective former Subsidiaries, or any of their leased or owned Property, wherever located pursuant to any Environmental Law.

(i)     Material Changes . The Credit Parties shall provide to the Administrative Agent prompt written notice of any condition or event of which any Responsible Officer of any Credit Party obtains knowledge and which could reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Change.

(j)     Termination Events . As soon as possible and in any event (i) within 30 days after the Borrower or any member of the Controlled Group knows that any Termination Event described in clause (a)  of the definition of Termination Event with respect to any Plan has occurred, and (ii) within 10 days after the Borrower or any member of the Controlled Group knows that any other Termination Event with respect to any Plan has occurred, the Credit Parties shall provide to the Administrative Agent a statement of an authorized officer of the Borrower describing such Termination Event and the action, if any, which the Borrower or any Affiliate of the Borrower proposes to take with respect thereto;

(k)     Termination of Plans . Promptly and in any event within five Business Days after receipt thereof by the Borrower or any member of the Controlled Group from the PBGC, the Credit Parties shall provide to the Administrative Agent copies of each notice received by the Borrower or any such member of the Controlled Group of the PBGC’s intention to terminate any Plan or to have a trustee appointed to administer any Plan;

(l)     Other ERISA Notices . Promptly and in any event within five Business Days after receipt thereof by the Borrower or any member of the Controlled Group from a Multiemployer Plan sponsor, the Credit Parties shall provide to the Administrative Agent a copy of each notice received by the Borrower or any member of the Controlled Group concerning the imposition or amount of withdrawal liability imposed on the Borrower or any member of the Controlled Group pursuant to Section 4202 of ERISA;

 

66


(m)     Other Governmental Notices . Promptly and in any event within five Business Days after receipt thereof by the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary, the Credit Parties shall provide to the Administrative Agent a copy of any notice, summons, citation, or proceeding seeking to modify, revoke, or suspend any contract, license, permit, or agreement with any Governmental Authority the modification, revocation or suspension of which could reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Change;

(n)     Disputes; etc . The Credit Parties shall provide to the Administrative Agent prompt written notice of (i) any claims, legal or arbitration proceedings, proceedings before any Governmental Authority, or disputes, or to the knowledge of any Credit Party, any such actions threatened, or affecting the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary, in any event, which could reasonably be expected to cause a Material Adverse Change, or any material labor controversy of which any Credit Party has knowledge resulting in or reasonably considered to be likely to result in a strike against the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary, and (ii) any claim, judgment, Lien or other encumbrance (other than a Permitted Lien) affecting any Property of the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary, if the value of the claim, judgment, Lien, or other encumbrance affecting such Property shall exceed $2,000,000;

(o)     Management Letters; Other Accounting Reports . Promptly upon receipt thereof (to the extent permitted by the Borrower’s auditors), a copy of each “management letter” submitted to the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary by independent accountants in connection with any annual, interim or special audit made by them of the books of the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries, and a copy of any response by the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary of the Borrower, or the board of directors or managers (or other applicable governing body) of the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary of the Borrower, to such letter;

(p)     Other Information . Subject to the confidentiality provisions of Section  9.8 , the Credit Parties shall provide to the Administrative Agent such other information respecting the business, operations, or Property of the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary, financial or otherwise, as any Lender through the Administrative Agent may reasonably request.

Documents required to be delivered pursuant to Section  5.1(a) or Section  5.1(b) (to the extent such documents are included in materials otherwise filed with the SEC) may be delivered electronically and if so delivered, shall be deemed to have been delivered on the earliest of such date (i) on which such documents are delivered by e-mail to the Administrative Agent, (ii) on which the Borrower posts such documents, or provides a link thereto on the Borrower’s website on the Internet or (iii) on which such documents are posted on the Borrower’s behalf on an Internet or intranet website, if any, to which each Lender and the Administrative Agent have access (whether a commercial, third-party website or whether sponsored by the Administrative Agent); provided that: (A) the Borrower shall deliver paper copies of such documents to the Administrative Agent upon its reasonable request to the Borrower to deliver such paper copies and (B) the Borrower shall arrange for the prompt notification of the Administrative Agent (by facsimile or electronic mail) of the posting of any such documents pursuant to clause (ii) or (iii) (unless posted by the Administrative Agent). The Administrative Agent shall have no obligation to request the delivery or to maintain copies of the documents referred to above, and in any event shall have no responsibility to monitor compliance by the Borrower with any such request for delivery, and each Lender shall be solely responsible for requesting delivery to it or maintaining its copies of such documents.

Section 5.3     Insurance .

 

67


(a)    Each Credit Party shall, and shall cause each of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, carry and maintain all such insurance in such amounts and against such risks as is customarily maintained by other Persons of similar size engaged in similar businesses and with reputable insurers.

(b)    Copies of all certificates of insurance for policies covering the property or business of the Borrower and its Domestic Restricted Subsidiaries, and endorsements and renewals thereof, shall be delivered by the Borrower to and retained by the Administrative Agent. At the request of the Administrative Agent, copies of such policies of insurance, certified as true and correct copies of such documents by a Responsible Officer of the Borrower shall be delivered by the Borrower to and retained by the Administrative Agent. All policies of property insurance with respect to the Collateral either shall have attached thereto a lender’s loss payable endorsement in favor of the Administrative Agent for its benefit and the ratable benefit of the Secured Parties or name the Administrative Agent as loss payee for its benefit and the ratable benefit of the Secured Parties, in either case, in form reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent, and all policies of liability insurance shall name the Administrative Agent for its benefit and the ratable benefit of the Secured Parties as an additional insured. All policies or certificates of insurance shall set forth the coverage, the limits of liability, the name of the carrier, the policy number, and the period of coverage. All such policies shall contain a provision that notwithstanding any contrary agreements between the Borrower, its Restricted Subsidiaries, and the applicable insurance company, such policies will not be canceled or allowed to lapse without renewal without at least 30 days’ (or such shorter period as such insurance company may require and which is acceptable to the Administrative Agent) prior written notice to the Administrative Agent.

(c)    If at any time the area in which any real property constituting Collateral (to the extent any “buildings” or “mobile home” (as defined in Regulation H of the Federal Reserve Board) is situated on real property) is located is designated a “flood hazard area” in any Flood Insurance Rate Map published by the Federal Emergency Management Agency (or any successor agency), the Borrower shall, and shall cause each other Credit Party to, obtain flood insurance in such total amount as required by Regulation H of the Federal Reserve Board, as from time to time in effect and all official rulings and interpretations thereunder or thereof, and otherwise comply with the National Flood Insurance Program as set forth in the Flood Disaster Protection Act of 1973, as it may be amended from time to time.

(d)    Prior to the occurrence and continuance of an Event of Default, (i) up to $5,000,000, in the aggregate since the Funding Date, of all Net Proceeds of property insurance received by a Credit Party for the casualty loss of Property which constitutes Collateral shall be paid directly to the applicable Credit Party to repair or replace the damaged or destroyed Property covered by such policy; provided that such Credit Party shall make such repair or replace such Property within 180 days from the receipt of such proceeds and (ii) the remaining amount of such proceeds and any amount of proceeds that were paid to such Credit Party as permitted under clause (i)  above and not used toward the repair or replacement of such Property within the 180 days required under such clause (i) , shall be paid directly to the Administrative Agent and if necessary, assigned to the Administrative Agent to be, at the election of the Administrative Agent, (A) applied in accordance with Section  7.6(a) of this Agreement, whether or not the Secured Obligations are then due and payable, or (B) returned to such Credit Party to repair or replace the damaged or destroyed Property covered by such policy or to make such other Investments permitted under Section  6.2 of this Agreement.

(e)    After the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default, if requested by the Administrative Agent, all proceeds of insurance of any Credit Party, including any casualty insurance proceeds, property insurance proceeds, proceeds from actions, and any other proceeds, shall be paid directly to the Administrative Agent and if necessary, assigned to the Administrative Agent, to be applied in accordance with Section  7.6(b) of this Agreement, whether or not the Secured Obligations are then due and payable.

 

68


(f)    In the event that any insurance proceeds are paid to any Credit Party in violation of clause (d)  or clause (e) , such Credit Party shall hold the proceeds in trust for the Administrative Agent, segregate the proceeds from the other funds of such Credit Party, and promptly pay the proceeds to the Administrative Agent with any necessary endorsement. Upon the request of the Administrative Agent, each Credit Party shall execute and deliver to the Administrative Agent any additional assignments and other documents as may be necessary to enable the Administrative Agent to directly collect the proceeds as set forth herein.

Section 5.4     Compliance with Laws . Each Credit Party shall, and shall cause each of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, comply with Legal Requirements (including Environmental Laws) which are applicable to such Restricted Entity, including the operations, business or Property of such Restricted Entity and maintain all related permits necessary for the ownership and operation of such Restricted Entity’s Property and business, except in any case where the failure to so comply could not reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Change.

Section 5.5     Taxes . Each Credit Party shall, and shall cause each of its Restricted Subsidiaries to pay and discharge all material taxes, assessments, and other charges and claims related thereto imposed on the Borrower or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries prior to the date on which penalties attach other than any tax, assessment, charge, or claims which is being contested in good faith and for which adequate reserves have been established in compliance with GAAP.

Section 5.6     Security . The Borrower agrees that at all times, the Administrative Agent shall have an Acceptable Security Interest in the applicable Collateral as required below, subject to any permitted releases pursuant to the terms of this Agreement or the Security Documents, to secure the performance and payment of the Secured Obligations as set forth in the Security Documents. The Borrower shall, and shall cause each Restricted Subsidiary to take such actions, including execution and delivery of any Security Documents necessary to create, perfect and maintain an Acceptable Security Interest in favor of the Administrative Agent in the following Property, whether now owned or hereafter acquired: (i) all Equity Interests issued by any Subsidiary (other than a Foreign Subsidiary) and held by a Wholly-Owned Domestic Restricted Subsidiary or the Borrower; (ii) (x) 100% of Equity Interests issued by First Tier Foreign Subsidiaries which are owned by the Borrower or any Wholly-Owned Domestic Restricted Subsidiary and are not Voting Securities and (y) 65% of the outstanding Voting Securities issued by any such First Tier Foreign Subsidiary; and (iii) all other Properties of the Credit Parties and their respective Domestic Restricted Subsidiaries, in each case, other than Excluded Collateral.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Administrative Agent shall not enter into any Mortgage in respect of any real property acquired by any Credit Party after the Closing Date until the date that is (a) if such Mortgage relates to a Property that is not located in a “special flood hazard area”, ten (10) Business Days or (b) if such Mortgage relates to a Property that is located in a “special flood hazard area”, thirty (30) days, after the Administrative Agent has delivered to the Lenders the following documents in respect of such Property: (i) a completed flood hazard determination from a third party vendor; (ii) if such Property is located in a “special flood hazard area”, (A) a notification to the applicable Credit Parties of that fact and (if applicable) notification to the applicable Credit Parties that flood insurance coverage is not available and (B) evidence of receipt by the applicable Credit Parties of such notice; and (iii) if required by Flood Laws, evidence of required flood insurance.

For the avoidance of doubt, notwithstanding the preceding provisions of this Section  5.6 or any other provisions of the Credit Documents, none of the Property of any Foreign Subsidiary shall ever serve as collateral or other security for the Facility and no actions outside of the United States shall be required with respect to any Collateral other than the filing of a PPSA or similar financing statement with respect to equity interests in First Tier Foreign Subsidiaries which are owned by the Borrower or any Wholly-Owned Domestic Restricted Subsidiary.

 

69


Section 5.7     Designations with Respect to Subsidiaries .

(a)    Any Subsidiary formed or acquired after the Effective Date shall be deemed a Restricted Subsidiary unless initially designated by the Borrower as an Unrestricted Subsidiary in accordance with the terms of this Section  5.7(a) or subsequently designated by the Borrower as an Unrestricted Subsidiary in accordance with Section  5.7(b) . No Borrower may acquire or form any new Subsidiary or initially designate such new Subsidiary as an Unrestricted Subsidiary unless each of the following conditions are satisfied in connection with such acquisition, formation or designation:

(i)    immediately before and after giving effect to such acquisition, formation, or designation, no Default shall exist and be continuing;

(ii)    the Borrower shall deliver to the Administrative Agent each of the items set forth in Schedule 5.7 attached hereto with respect to each Subsidiary created after the Effective Date (and not initially designated as an Unrestricted Subsidiary) to the extent required in Schedule 5.7 ;

(iii)    the Borrower shall otherwise be in compliance with Section  5.6 and Section  6.3 ; and

(iv)    such designation shall occur either (A) concurrently with the acquisition or formation of such new Subsidiary or (B) prior to such new Subsidiary becoming a Credit Party.

(b)    The Borrower may designate any Restricted Subsidiary that was created or acquired after the Effective Date as an Unrestricted Subsidiary and may designate any Unrestricted Subsidiary as a Restricted Subsidiary; provided that (i) before and after giving effect to such designation, no Default shall exist, (ii) if such designation is to make a Restricted Subsidiary an Unrestricted Subsidiary, the Borrower can demonstrate compliance with Section  6.1 Section  6.3 , Section  6.7 , Section  6.8 , Section  6.13 , Section  6.15 Section  6.19 as of the date of such designation, both before and after giving effect to such designation, in such detail as is reasonably acceptable to the Administrative Agent, (iii) if such designation is to make a Credit Party an Unrestricted Subsidiary, no such designation may be made if such Credit Party has received from any Restricted Entity a Disposition that would not have been permitted under Section  6.7 had such Credit Party been an Unrestricted Subsidiary at the time of such Disposition, (iv) if such designation is to make an Unrestricted Subsidiary a Restricted Subsidiary, such Restricted Subsidiary shall deliver to the Administrative Agent each of the items set forth in Schedule 5.7 to the extent required therein, (v) only two such designations may be made as to any particular Subsidiary, (vi) such designation shall be made effective as of a quarter end, and (vii) at the time of any such designation of a Restricted Subsidiary as an Unrestricted Subsidiary, Restricted Subsidiaries shall account for at least eighty five percent (85%) of the Tangible Net Assets and the Net Income of the Borrower, each on a consolidated basis.

(c)    The Borrower shall deliver to the Administrative Agent (i) with respect to any designation of an Unrestricted Subsidiary, prior to or concurrently with such designation and (ii) otherwise, within twenty (20) Business Days of any such designation, a certificate of a Responsible Officer of the Borrower stating the effective date of such designation and stating that the applicable foregoing conditions have been satisfied.

Section 5.8     Records; Inspection . Each Credit Party shall maintain, in all material respects, proper, complete and consistent books of record with respect to such Person’s operations, affairs, and

 

70


financial condition. From time to time upon reasonable prior notice, each Credit Party shall permit representatives of the Administrative Agent or any Lender, at such reasonable times and intervals and to a reasonable extent and under the reasonable guidance of officers of or employees delegated by officers of such Credit Party, subject to any applicable confidentiality considerations, to examine and copy the books and records of such Credit Party, to visit and inspect the Property of such Credit Party, and to discuss the business operations and Property of such Credit Party with the officers and directors thereof ( provided that, so long as no Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, the Lenders shall be entitled to only two such visits per year coordinated by the Administrative Agent (and only one such visit shall be at the expense of the Credit Parties)).

Section 5.9     Maintenance of Property . Each Credit Party shall, and shall cause each of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, maintain their owned, leased, or operated material Property, taken as a whole, in good condition and repair, except for normal wear and tear; and shall abstain from, and cause each of its Restricted Subsidiaries to abstain from, knowingly or willfully permitting the commission of waste or other injury, destruction, or loss of natural resources, or the occurrence of pollution, contamination, or any other condition in, on or about the owned or operated Property involving the Environment that could reasonably be expected to result in Response activities and that could reasonably be expected to cause a Material Adverse Change.

Section 5.10     Asset Coverage Ratio Appraisal . If (a) as of the last day of any fiscal quarter, the EBITDA of the Borrower for such fiscal quarter is less than $10,000,000 and (b) no Asset Coverage Ratio Appraisal Report has been delivered by the Borrower to the Administrative Agent within the last four fiscal quarters of the Borrower prior to such fiscal quarter (the occurrence of the events described in the foregoing clauses (a)  and (b) , an “ Appraisal Trigger ”), then the Borrower shall obtain an Asset Coverage Ratio Appraisal and deliver to the Administrative Agent an Asset Coverage Ratio Appraisal Report as soon as reasonably practicable and, in any case, within 45 days of the date financial statements were required to be delivered pursuant to Section  5.2(a) or 5.2(b) (or such longer period as the Administrative Agent may agree in its sole discretion), as applicable (for the avoidance of doubt, such Asset Coverage Ratio Appraisal shall be at the expense of the Borrower).

ARTICLE VI

NEGATIVE COVENANTS

Commencing on the Funding Date and until Payment in Full, the Borrower shall comply and shall cause the Restricted Subsidiaries to comply with the following covenants:

Section 6.1     Debt . No Credit Party shall, nor shall it permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, create, assume, incur, suffer to exist, or in any manner become liable, directly, indirectly, or contingently in respect of, any Debt other than the following (collectively, the “ Permitted Debt ”):

(a)    (i) the Obligations, and (ii) the Banking Services Obligations;

(b)    Debt existing on the date hereof and set forth in Schedule 6.1 and extensions, refinancings, refundings, replacements and renewals of any such Debt subject to the last sentence of this Section  6.1 .

(c)    intercompany Debt incurred by any Credit Party owing to any other Credit Party; so long as such Debt is also permitted as an Investment under Section  6.3(e )( i) ; provided that, (i) to the extent such Debt is evidenced by an unsecured intercompany note, the Administrative Agent shall have a first priority Lien in such intercompany note and the receivable evidenced thereby and (ii) such Debt shall be subordinated to the Obligations on terms reasonably acceptable to the Administrative Agent;

 

71


(d)    intercompany Debt incurred by any Foreign Restricted Subsidiary and owing to any Credit Party or Restricted Subsidiary; provided that, (i) such Debt is evidenced by an unsecured intercompany note, (ii) to the extent owed to a Credit Party, the Administrative Agent shall have a first priority Lien in such intercompany note and the receivable evidenced thereby, and (iii) the aggregate outstanding amount of all Debt pursuant to this clause (d)  does not exceed $10,000,000 less the aggregate amount of investments then outstanding pursuant to Section  6.3(l) ;

(e)    purchase money debt or Capital Leases (including extensions, refinancings, refundings, replacements and renewals of thereof subject to the last sentence of this Section  6.1 , and including those set forth on Schedule 6.1 ) in an aggregate outstanding principal amount not to exceed $25,000,000 at any time;

(f)    Hedging Arrangements permitted under Section  6.15 ;

(g)    Debt arising from the endorsement of instruments for collection in the ordinary course of business;

(h)    Debt incurred by any Foreign Restricted Subsidiary under lines of credit made available for the purpose of supporting the operations of any Foreign Restricted Subsidiary in Canada or any other jurisdiction that is not a Sanctioned Entity (and including extensions, refinancings, refundings, replacements and renewals of thereof subject to the last sentence of this Section  6.1 ); provided that, the aggregate outstanding principal amount of such Debt permitted under this clause (h)  shall not exceed $5,000,000 at any time;

(i)    unsecured Debt of the Borrower evidenced by bonds, debentures, notes or other similar instruments (including extensions, refinancings, refundings, replacements and renewals of thereof subject to the last sentence of this Section  6.1 ); provided that, (i) the scheduled maturity date of such Debt shall not be earlier than one year after the Maturity Date, (ii) such Debt shall not have any amortization or other requirement to purchase, redeem, retire, defease or otherwise make any payment in respect thereof, other than at scheduled maturity thereof and mandatory prepayments which are customary with respect to such type of Debt and that are triggered upon change in control and sale of all or substantially all assets, (iii) the aggregate amount of such Debt shall not exceed $200,000,000, (iv) if at such time, there are no Term Loan Advances outstanding, the Borrower’s pro forma Leverage Ratio after giving effect to the incurrence or issuance of such Debt for the four fiscal most recent quarters for which financial statements shall be less than 2.50:1.00 and (v) the agreements and instruments governing such Debt shall not contain (A) (x) any financial maintenance covenants that are more restrictive than those in this Agreement, or (y) any other affirmative or negative covenants that are, taken as a whole, materially more restrictive than those set forth in this Agreement; provided that the inclusion of any covenant that is customary with respect to such type of Debt and that is not found in this Agreement shall not be deemed to be more restrictive for purposes of this clause (A) , (B) any restriction on the ability of the Borrower or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to amend, modify, restate or otherwise supplement this Agreement or the other Credit Documents, (C) any restrictions on the ability of any Subsidiary of the Borrower to guarantee the Secured Obligations (as such Secured Obligations may be amended, supplemented, modified, or amended and restated), provided that a requirement that any such Subsidiary also guarantee such Debt shall not be deemed to be a violation of this clause (C) , (D) any restrictions on the ability of any Restricted Subsidiary or the Borrower to pledge assets as collateral security for the Secured Obligations (as such Secured Obligations may be amended, supplemented, modified, or amended and restated), or (E) any restrictions on the ability of any Restricted Subsidiary or the Borrower to incur Debt under this Agreement or any other Credit Document;

 

72


(j)    any guaranty of Debt so long as such underlying Debt is otherwise permitted hereunder;

(k)    Debt of any Restricted Entity that is non-recourse to any other Restricted Entity and that is assumed by such Restricted Entity in connection with any Permitted Acquisition (or, if such Restricted Subsidiary is acquired as part of such Permitted Acquisition, existing prior thereto) and the refinancing and renewal thereof; provided , however , that (i) such Debt exists at the time of such Permitted Acquisition at least in the amounts assumed in connection therewith and is not drawn down, created or increased in contemplation of or in connection with such Permitted Acquisition, (ii) that such Debt is not recourse to any other Restricted Entity or any Property thereof prior to the date of such Permitted Acquisition, and (iii) the aggregate principal amount of Debt at any time outstanding pursuant to this clause  (k) shall not exceed $10,000,000;

(l)    Debt arising from the financing of insurance premium of any Restricted Entity, so long as (i) such Debt shall not be in excess of the amount of the unpaid cost of, and shall be incurred only to defer the cost of, such insurance for the underlying term of such insurance policy, (ii) any unpaid amount of such Debt is fully cancelled upon termination of the underlying insurance policy, and (iii) the aggregate principal amount of Debt at any time outstanding pursuant to this clause (l)  shall not exceed $10,000,000;

(m)    secured Debt not otherwise permitted under the preceding provisions of this Section  6.1 (including extensions, refinancings, refundings, replacements and renewals of thereof subject to the last sentence of this Section  6.1 ); provided that, (i) the aggregate principal amount of such Debt shall not exceed $10,000,000 at any time and (ii) the Properties encumbered by any Lien securing such Debt shall not be Collateral or any Property that is required to be Collateral under Section  5.6 ;

(n)    unsecured Debt not otherwise permitted under the preceding provisions of this Section  6.1 (including extensions, refinancings, refundings, replacements and renewals of thereof subject to the last sentence of this Section  6.1 ); provided that, the aggregate outstanding principal amount of Debt permitted under this clause (n)  shall not exceed $15,000,000 at any time;

(o)    unsecured Debt constituting earn-out obligations, contingent obligations or similar obligations of any Restricted Entity arising from or relating to a Permitted Acquisition; and

(p)    Debt in respect of performance bonds, bid bonds, appeal bonds, surety bonds and similar obligations, in each case provided in the ordinary course of business.

Any extensions, refinancings, refundings, replacements and renewals of Debt as permitted above in this Section  6.1 shall be subject to the following conditions: (A) any such refinancing Debt is in an aggregate principal amount not greater than the aggregate principal amount of the Debt being renewed or refinanced, plus the amount of any premiums required to be paid thereon and reasonable fees and expenses associated therewith and an amount equal to any unutilized active commitment under the Debt being renewed or refinanced and (B) the covenants, events of default, subordination and other provisions thereof (including any guarantees thereof) shall be, in the aggregate, no less favorable to the Borrower and its Subsidiaries than those contained in the Debt being renewed or refinanced; provided that, the foregoing conditions are not, and shall not be construed as, an increase in any dollar limit already provided in Section  6.1 above nor an amendment of any specific requirement set forth in Section  6.1 above, including the specific requirements under clause (i)  above. Notwithstanding anything else to the contrary, Foreign Restricted Subsidiaries shall not create, assume, incur, suffer to exist, or in any manner become liable, directly, indirectly, or contingently in respect of Debt under clauses (h) , (k) , (m) and (n)  of this Section  6.1 with an aggregate principal amount in excess of $10,000,000, except as may be increased in connection with a refinancing in accordance with the immediately preceding sentence.

 

73


Section 6.2     Liens . No Credit Party shall, nor shall it permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, create, assume, incur, or suffer to exist any Lien on the Property of any Credit Party or any Restricted Subsidiary, whether now owned or hereafter acquired, or assign any right to receive any income, other than the following (collectively, the “ Permitted Liens ”):

(a)    Liens securing the Secured Obligations pursuant to the Security Documents;

(b)    Liens imposed by law, such as materialmen’s, mechanics’, carriers’, workmen’s and repairmen’s liens, landlord’s liens and other similar liens, and such Liens granted under contract with such materialmen, mechanic, carrier, workmen, repairmen and landlord, in any case, arising in the ordinary course of business securing obligations which are not overdue for a period of more than 30 days or are being contested in good faith by appropriate procedures or proceedings and for which adequate reserves have been established;

(c)    Liens arising in the ordinary course of business out of pledges or deposits under workers compensation laws, unemployment insurance, old age pensions, or other social security or retirement benefits, or similar legislation to secure public or statutory obligations;

(d)    Liens for taxes, assessments, or other governmental charges which are not yet due and payable or which are being actively contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings;

(e)    Liens securing purchase money debt or Capital Lease obligations permitted under Section  6.1(e) ; provided that each such Lien encumbers only the Property purchased in connection with the creation of any such purchase money debt or the subject of any such Capital Lease, and all proceeds thereof (including insurance proceeds);

(f)    Liens arising from PPSA or precautionary UCC financing statements regarding operating leases;

(g)    encumbrances consisting of easements, zoning restrictions, servitudes or other restrictions on the use of real property that do not (individually or in the aggregate) materially affect the value of the assets encumbered thereby or materially impair the ability of any Credit Party to use such assets in its business;

(h)    Liens arising solely by virtue of any statutory or common law provision relating to banker’s liens, rights of set-off or similar rights and remedies and burdening only deposit accounts or other funds maintained with a depository institution;

(i)    Liens on cash or securities with an aggregate value not to exceed $2,000,000 pledged to secure performance of tenders, surety and appeal bonds, government contracts, performance and return of money bonds, bids, trade contracts, leases, statutory obligations, regulatory obligations and other obligations of a like nature incurred in the ordinary course of business;

(j)    judgment and attachment Liens not giving rise to an Event of Default, provided that (i) any appropriate legal proceedings which may have been duly initiated for the review of such judgment shall not have been finally terminated or the period within which such proceeding may be initiated shall not have expired and (ii) no action to enforce such Lien has been commenced;

 

74


(k)    Liens arising out of conditional sale, title retention, consignment or similar arrangements for sale of goods entered into in the ordinary course of business or Liens arising by operation of law under Article 2 of the UCC or by contract in favor of a reclaiming seller of goods or buyer of goods (including purchase money security interests in favor of vendors in the ordinary course of business);

(l)    Liens solely on cash earnest money deposits made in connection with any letter of intent or purchase agreement permitted hereunder;

(m)    Lien arising by reason of deposits with or giving of any form of security to any Governmental Authority for any purpose at any time as required by applicable law as a condition to the transaction of any business or the exercise of any privilege or license;

(n)    Liens created pursuant to joint venture agreements and related documents (to the extent requiring a Lien on the Equity Interest owned by the Borrower or Restricted Entity in the applicable joint venture is required thereunder) having ordinary and customary terms (including with respect to Liens) and entered into in the ordinary course of business and securing obligations other than Debt;

(o)    Liens encumbering Property of the Restricted Entities which is not Collateral or Property required to be Collateral under Section  5.6 and securing Debt permitted under Section  6.1(m) ;

(p)    Liens encumbering Properties of Foreign Subsidiaries securing Debt permitted under Section  6.1(h) ;

(q)    Liens on Property of a Person which becomes a Restricted Subsidiary after the date hereof, to the extent that (i) such Liens are in existence at the time such Person becomes a Restricted Subsidiary and were not created in anticipation thereof and (ii) the Debt secured by such Liens does not thereafter increase in amount; and

(r)    Liens existing as of the date hereof and set forth on Schedule 6.2 .

Section 6.3     Investments . No Credit Party shall, nor shall it permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, make or hold any Investment other than the following (collectively, the “ Permitted Investments ”):

(a)    Investments in the form of trade credit to customers of a Restricted Entity arising in the ordinary course of business and represented by accounts from such customers;

(b)    Liquid Investments;

(c)    Investments made prior to the Effective Date as specified in the attached Schedule  6.3 ;

(d)    Investments in any Unrestricted Subsidiary by any Credit Party (including the creation of any Unrestricted Subsidiary in compliance with Section  5.7) ; provided that, (i) the aggregate amount of all such Investments permitted under this clause (d) , does not exceed $5,000,000 (other than as a result of appreciation), (ii) if any Restricted Payments made by Unrestricted Subsidiaries are included in the calculation of EBITDA of any period for any purpose under this Agreement, then no Investments may be made by any Restricted Entity in such applicable Unrestricted Subsidiary during such period (under this clause (d)  or otherwise) unless the Borrower would otherwise be in compliance with the applicable

 

75


covenant without taking into account such Restricted Payments from the Unrestricted Subsidiaries, and (iii) any such Investment that constitutes an Equity Interest or intercompany Debt shall become Collateral to the extent required by Section  5.6 ;

(e)    (i) Investments by any Credit Party in any other Credit Party, (ii) Investments by any Domestic Restricted Subsidiary that is not Credit Party in any other Domestic Restricted Subsidiary that is not Credit Party, (iii) Investments by any Foreign Restricted Subsidiary in any other Foreign Restricted Subsidiary and (iv) Investments by any Credit Party in a Foreign Restricted Subsidiary to the extent permitted under Section  6.1(d) ;

(f)    Investments in the form of Permitted Acquisitions; provided that, if such Permitted Acquisition involves a Subsidiary, such Acquisition otherwise complies with this Agreement, including Section  5.7 as to Wholly-Owned Restricted Subsidiaries and clause (d)  above with respect to Investments in any Unrestricted Subsidiary;

(g)    Investments consisting of the creation and de minimis (on both an individual basis and on an aggregate basis with any other entities capitalized pursuant to this clause  (e) ) initial capitalization of any additional Restricted Subsidiaries in compliance with Section  5.6 and Section  5.7 ;

(h)    loans or advances to (x) directors, officers and employees of any Restricted Entity for expenses or other payments incident to such Person’s employment or association with any Restricted Entity and (y) former owners of Equity Interests in any Restricted Entity in connection with or relating to their acquisition of Equity Interests in the Borrower; provided that the aggregate amount of such loans and advances pursuant to this Section  6.3(h) shall not exceed $5,000,000;

(i)    Investments (including debt obligations and Equity Interests) and other assets received in connection with the bankruptcy or reorganization of suppliers and customers or in settlement or delinquent obligations of, or other disputes with, customers and suppliers arising in the ordinary course of business or received upon the foreclosure with respect to any secured Investment or other transfer of title with respect to any secured Investment;

(j)    Investments in the form of mergers and consolidations of Restricted Entities in compliance with Section  6.7(a) ; provided that, if such Investment involves a Subsidiary, such Investment otherwise complies with this Agreement, including Section  5.7 as to Restricted Subsidiaries and clause  (d) above with respect to any Subsidiary that is not a Credit Party;

(k)    Capital Expenditures and Investments to the extent funded exclusively with Equity Issuance Proceeds (of Equity Interests not constituting Disqualified Equity Interests) that are not required to be used to prepay Term Loan Advances pursuant to Section  2.5(c)(iii) and which were not applied to increase EBITDA for purposes of Section  7.7 ;

(l)    Investments in the form of Equity Interests, including the purchase or acquisition thereof and capital contributions in connection therewith, made by the Credit Parties to Foreign Restricted Subsidiaries; provided that, (i) such Investments are made for general corporate purposes or to fund a Permitted Acquisition, and (ii) the aggregate amount of such Investments permitted under this clause  (l) shall not exceed $10,000,000, less the amount of any Investments the outstanding pursuant to Section  6.3(e) (other than as a result of appreciation and other than to the extent funded with Equity Issuance Proceeds (of Equity Interests not constituting Disqualified Equity Interest) that are not required to be used to prepay Term Loan Advances pursuant to Section  2.5(c)(iii) and which were not applied in increasing EBITDA for purposes of Section  7.7 ); and

 

76


(m)    other Investments in an aggregate amount not to exceed $10,000,000 (other than as a result of appreciation), during the term hereof; provided that this Section  6.3(m) shall not permit any Investment in a Foreign Subsidiary.

Section 6.4     Acquisitions . No Credit Party shall, nor shall it permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, make an Acquisition in a single transaction or related series of transactions other than:

(a)    mergers, amalgamations and consolidations permitted by Section  6.7(a) ;

(b)    any Acquisition approved by the Majority Lenders;

(c)    an Acquisition that meets each of the following conditions: (i) no Default exists both before and after giving effect to such Acquisition; (ii) both before and after giving effect to such Acquisition, Liquidity is greater than or equal to $20,000,000; (iii) the Acquisition is from an unrelated third party or an arm’s-length basis for no more than fair market value; and (iv) either (A) no more than 65% of the total consideration for such Acquisition will be funded with Advances or (B) after giving effect to such Acquisition, the Borrower’s pro forma Leverage Ratio for the most recent four fiscal quarter period for which financial statements have been delivered is less than or equal to the Leverage Ratio then required pursuant to Section  6.16 minus (x) prior to the delivery of financial statements for the quarter ending September 30, 2019, 0.50:1.00 and (y) at any time thereafter, 0.25:1.00, and the Borrower has delivered to the Administrative Agent a Compliance Certificate evidencing such pro forma compliance duly executed by a Responsible Officer of the Borrower.

Section 6.5     Agreements Restricting Liens . No Credit Party shall, nor shall it permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, create, incur, assume or permit to exist any contract, agreement or understanding which in any way prohibits or restricts the granting, conveying, creation or imposition of any Lien on any of its Property, whether now owned or hereafter acquired, to secure the Secured Obligations or restricts any Restricted Subsidiary from paying Restricted Payments to the Borrower, or which requires the consent of or notice to other Persons in connection therewith other than:

(a)    this Agreement and the Security Documents;

(b)    agreements governing Debt permitted by Section  6.1(e) to the extent such restrictions govern only the assets financed pursuant to such Debt and the proceeds thereof;

(c)    agreements governing Debt permitted by Section  6.1(h) , (k) , and (m)  to the extent such restrictions do not apply to Collateral or Properties which are required to be Collateral under Section  5.6 and such agreements do not require the direct or indirect granting of any Lien securing such Debt or other obligation by virtue of the granting of Liens on or pledge of Collateral to secure the Secured Obligations;

(d)    any prohibition or limitation that (i) exists pursuant to applicable requirements of a Governmental Authority, (ii) restricts subletting or assignment of leasehold interests contained in any lease governing a leasehold interest of the Borrower or a Restricted Subsidiary and customary provisions in other contracts restricting assignment thereof, or (iii) exists in any agreement in effect at the time a Subsidiary becomes a Restricted Subsidiary of the Borrower, so long as such agreement was not entered into in contemplation of such Person becoming a Restricted Subsidiary; and

(e)    any prohibition or limitation that exists in any contract to which a Credit Party is a party on the date hereof so long as (i) such prohibition or limitation is generally applicable and does not specifically address any of the Secured Obligations or the Liens granted under the Credit Documents, and (ii) the noncompliance of such prohibition or limitation would not reasonably be expected to be adverse to any Secured Party.

 

77


Section 6.6     Use of Proceeds; Use of Letters of Credit . No Credit Party shall, nor shall it permit any of its Subsidiaries to: (a) use the proceeds of the Term Loan Advances for any purpose other to repay the Existing Nine Debt and the Existing Beckman Debt; (b) use the proceeds of the Revolving Advances for any purposes other than (i) for the payment of fees and expenses related to the Transactions, (ii) for working capital purposes of the Borrower and the Restricted Subsidiaries and (iii) for other general corporate purposes of the Borrower and the Restricted Subsidiaries, including Permitted Acquisitions, Permitted Investments and permitted Restricted Payments; (c) use the proceeds of the Letters of Credit for any purposes other than (i) working capital purposes of the Borrower and the Restricted Subsidiaries or (ii) other general corporate purposes of the Borrower and the Restricted Subsidiaries. No Credit Party shall, nor shall it permit any of its Subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly, use any part of the proceeds of Advances or Letters of Credit for any purpose which violates, or is inconsistent with, Regulations T, U, or X. The Borrower will not request any Borrowing or Letter of Credit, and the Borrower shall not use, and shall ensure that their Subsidiaries and its or their respective directors, officers, employees and agents shall not use, the proceeds of any Borrowing or Letter of Credit (A) in furtherance of an offer, payment, promise to pay, or authorization of the payment or giving of money, or anything else of value, to any Person in violation of any Anti-Corruption Laws, (B) for the purpose of funding, financing or facilitating any activities, business or transaction of or with any Sanctioned Person, or in any Sanctioned Entity, or (C) in any manner that would result in the violation of any sanctions administered or enforced by OFAC or other sanctions authority applicable to any party hereto.

Section 6.7     Corporate Actions; Accounting Changes .

(a)    No Credit Party shall, nor shall it permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, merge, amalgamate or consolidate with or into any other Person after the Effective Date, except:

(i)    that the Borrower may merge with any of its Wholly-Owned Restricted Subsidiaries and any Credit Party may merge or be consolidated with or into any other Credit Party; provided that immediately after giving effect to any such proposed transaction no Default would exist and, in the case of any such merger to which the Borrower is a party, the Borrower is the surviving entity;

(ii)    that any Foreign Restricted Subsidiary may merge, amalgamate or be consolidated with or into any other Foreign Restricted Subsidiary; provided that immediately after giving effect to any such proposed transaction no Default would exist;

(iii)    that any Restricted Entity that is not a Credit Party may merge, amalgamate or consolidate with any other Restricted Entity that is not a Credit Party;

(iv)    any other merger, amalgamation or consolidation to effect a Permitted Acquisition under Section  6.4(c) , subject to the conditions set forth therein; and

(v)    any Subsidiary may dissolve, liquidate or wind up its affairs at any time; provided , that (A) the assets of any such dissolving Restricted Subsidiary that is a Domestic Subsidiary become owned by the Borrower or another Domestic Restricted Subsidiary and (B) to the extent that the dissolving Restricted Subsidiary is a Credit Party, the assets of any such dissolving Restricted Subsidiary that is a Credit Party become owned by the Borrower or another Credit Party and provided further that such dissolution, liquidation or winding up, as applicable, could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Change. Any such Subsidiary may effect the same by merger, amalgamation or consolidation.

 

78


(b)    No Credit Party shall, nor shall it permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, (i) without at least 15 days (or such shorter period as agreed to by the Administrative Agent) prior written notice to the Administrative Agent, change its name, change its state of incorporation, formation or organization, change its organizational identification number or reorganize in another jurisdiction, (ii) amend, supplement, modify or restate their articles or certificate of incorporation or formation, limited partnership agreement, bylaws, limited liability company agreements, or other equivalent organizational documents, in any manner that could reasonably be expected to be materially adverse to the Lenders, (iii) change the method of accounting employed in the preparation of the financial statements referred to in Section  4.4 unless such changes are required to conform to GAAP or such changes are to conform the accounting practices of the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries and notice of such changes have been delivered to the Administrative Agent prior to effecting such changes or (iv) change the fiscal year end of the Borrower.

(c)    The Borrower shall not reorganize in any jurisdiction other than the United States, any State thereof or the District of Columbia.

Section 6.8     Disposition of Assets . No Credit Party shall, nor shall it permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, make a Disposition other than:

(a)    Disposition by any Restricted Entity (other than a Credit Party) of any of its Properties to any Credit Party; provided that, at the reasonable request of the Administrative Agent, the receiving Credit Party shall ratify, grant and confirm the Liens on such assets (and any other related Collateral) pursuant to documentation reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent;

(b)    Disposition by any Credit Party of any of its Properties to any other Credit Party; provided that, at the reasonable request of the Administrative Agent, the receiving Credit Party shall ratify, grant and confirm the Liens on such assets (and any other related Collateral) pursuant to documentation reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent;

(c)    Disposition by any Restricted Entity that is not a Credit Party of any of its Properties to any Domestic Restricted Entity that is not a Credit Party; provided that, if such Property is an Equity Interest that is Collateral or otherwise required to be Collateral under Section  5.6 , then at the reasonable request of the Administrative Agent, the receiving Restricted Entity (other than a Foreign Subsidiary) shall ratify, grant and confirm the Liens on such Equity Interest (and any other related Collateral) pursuant to documentation reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent;

(d)    Sale of inventory in the ordinary course of business and Disposition of cash or Liquid Investments in the ordinary course of business;

(e)    Disposition of worn out, obsolete or surplus property in the ordinary course of business and the abandonment or other Disposition of patents, trademarks and copyrights that, in the reasonable judgment of the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries, should be replaced or is no longer economically practicable to maintain or useful in the conduct of the business of the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries taken as a whole;

(f)    mergers and consolidations in compliance with Section  6.7(a) ;

(g)    Dispositions of Permitted Investments;

(h)    assignments and licenses of patents, trademarks or copyrights of any Restricted Entity in the ordinary course of business;

 

79


(i)    Disposition of any assets required under Legal Requirements;

(j)    Dispositions of equipment by any Credit Party in the ordinary course of business the proceeds of which are reinvested in the acquisition of equipment of comparable value and type within 90 days and on which the Administrative Agent has an Acceptable Security Interest;

(k)    Dispositions of equipment by any Foreign Restricted Subsidiary in the ordinary course of business;

(l)    Dispositions of Equity Interests in a joint venture or Unrestricted Subsidiary;

(m)    leases of real or personal property in the ordinary course of business; and

(n)    Dispositions of Property permitted by Section 6.14.

(o)    Disposition of Properties not otherwise permitted under the preceding clauses of this Section  6.8 ; provided that, such Disposition, taken together with all such other Dispositions completed since the Funding Date, does not exceed ten percent (10%) of the Tangible Net Assets in the aggregate and calculated at the time of such subject Disposition; provided , that, at least 75% of the consideration for each Disposition effected pursuant to this Section  6.8(n) shall be cash or Liquid Investments.

Section 6.9     Restricted Payments . No Credit Party shall, nor shall it permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to make any Restricted Payments except that:

(a)    (i) the Restricted Subsidiaries of the Borrower may make Restricted Payments to the Borrower or any other Credit Party, and (ii) the Foreign Restricted Subsidiaries may make Restricted Payments to any Credit Party;

(b)    so long as no Default exists or would result from the making of such Restricted Payment, the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary may (i) make cash Restricted Payments to existing and former officers, directors, and employees of the Borrower or such Restricted Subsidiary; provided that such Restricted Payments are in consideration for the retirement, purchase, or redemption of any of the Equity Interests of such Restricted Entity, or any option, warrant or other right to purchase or acquire such Equity Interest, in any event, held by such Person and (ii) make repurchases, redemptions or exchanges of Equity Interests of the Borrower deemed to occur upon exercise of stock options or exchange of exchangeable shares if such Equity Interests represent a portion of the exercise price of such options and may make repurchases, redemptions or other acquisitions or retirements for value of Equity Interests of the Borrower made in lieu of withholding Taxes in connection with any exercise or exchange of stock options, warrants or other similar rights, in an aggregate amount with respect to this clause  (b) not to exceed $5,000,000 in the aggregate per fiscal year;

(c)    the Borrower may declare and pay dividends with respect to its common stock payable solely in additional shares of its common stock, and, with respect to its preferred stock, payable solely in additional shares of such preferred stock (not constituting Disqualified Equity Interests) or in shares of its common stock; and

(d)    the Borrower may make Restricted Payments to purchase, redeem, retire, or otherwise acquire its Equity Interests, to the extent such Restricted Payments are made from the substantially concurrent receipt by the Borrower of Net Proceeds from capital contributions or the substantially concurrent issuance of new Equity Interests of the Borrower (not constituting Disqualified Equity Interests) that are not required to be used to prepay Term Loan Advances pursuant to Section  2.5(c)(iii) and which were not applied to increase EBITDA for purposes of Section  7.7 .

 

80


Section 6.10     Affiliate Transactions . No Credit Party shall, nor shall it permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly, enter into or permit to exist any transaction or series of transactions (including, but not limited to, the purchase, sale, lease or exchange of Property, the making of any Investment, the giving of any guaranty, the assumption of any obligation or the rendering of any service) with any of their Affiliates that are not Restricted Entities other than:

(a)    such transaction or series of transactions are arm’s length transactions entered into on terms that are not materially less favorable to the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary, as applicable, than those that could be obtained in a comparable arm’s length transaction with a Person that is not such an Affiliate;

(b)    the agreements described on Schedule  6.10 ; provided that the terms thereof may not be amended, supplemented or otherwise modified unless such amended, supplemented or otherwise modified terms complies with clause  (a) above;

(c)    the Restricted Payments permitted under Section  6.8 ;

(d)    permitted Investments in the form of Equity Interests of Subsidiaries, including the purchase or acquisition thereof and capital contributions in connection therewith; and

(e)    reasonable and customary director, officer and employee compensation (including bonuses) and other benefits (including retirement, health, stock option and other benefit plans).

Section 6.11     Line of Business . No Credit Party shall, and shall not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, change the character of the Borrower’s and its Restricted Subsidiaries collective business as conducted on the date of this Agreement, or engage in any type of business not reasonably related to, or a normal extension of, the Borrower’s and its Restricted Subsidiaries collective business as presently conducted.

Section 6.12     Hazardous Materials . No Credit Party (a) shall, nor shall it permit any of its Subsidiaries to, create, handle, transport, use, or dispose of any Hazardous Substance or Hazardous Waste, except in the ordinary course of its business and except in compliance with Environmental Law other than to the extent that such non-compliance could not, individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Change or in any liability on the Lenders or the Administrative Agent, and (b) shall, nor shall it permit any of its Subsidiaries to, Release any Hazardous Substance or Hazardous Waste into the Environment and shall not permit any Credit Party’s or any Subsidiary’s Property to be subjected to any Release of Hazardous Substance or Hazardous Waste, except in compliance with Environmental Law other than to the extent that such non-compliance could not, individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Change or in any material liability on the Lenders or the Administrative Agent.

Section 6.13     Compliance with ERISA . Except for matters that could not reasonably be expected to cause a Material Adverse Change, no Credit Party shall, nor shall it permit any of its Subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly: (a) engage in any transaction in connection with which the Borrower or any Subsidiary could be subjected to either a civil penalty assessed pursuant to Section 502(c), (i) or (l) of ERISA or a tax imposed by Chapter 43 of Subtitle D of the Code; (b) terminate, or permit any member of the Controlled Group to terminate, any Plan in a manner, or take any other action with respect to any Plan, which could result in any liability to the Borrower, any Subsidiary or any

 

81


member of the Controlled Group to the PBGC; (c) fail to make, or permit any member of the Controlled Group to fail to make, full payment when due of all amounts which, under the provisions of any Plan, agreement relating thereto or applicable law, the Borrower, a Subsidiary or member of the Controlled Group is required to pay as contributions thereto; (d) permit to exist, or allow any Subsidiary or any member of the Controlled Group to permit to exist, any accumulated funding deficiency (or unpaid minimum required contribution for plan years after December 31, 2007) within the meaning of Section 302 of ERISA or Section 412 of the Code, whether or not waived, with respect to any Plan; (e) permit, or allow any member of the Controlled Group to permit, the actuarial present value of the benefit liabilities (as “actuarial present value of the benefit liabilities” shall have the meaning specified in Section 4041 of ERISA) under any Plan that is regulated under Title IV of ERISA to exceed the current value of the assets (computed on a plan termination basis in accordance with Title IV of ERISA) of such Plan allocable to such benefit liabilities; (f) contribute to or assume an obligation to contribute to, or permit any member of the Controlled Group to contribute to or assume an obligation to contribute to, any Multiemployer Plan; (g) acquire, or permit any member of the Controlled Group to acquire, an interest in any Person that causes such Person to become a member of the Controlled Group if such Person sponsors, maintains or contributes to, or at any time in the six-year period preceding such acquisition has sponsored, maintained, or contributed to, (1) any Multiemployer Plan, or (2) any other Plan that is subject to Title IV of ERISA under which the actuarial present value of the benefit liabilities under such Plan exceeds the current value of the assets (computed on a plan termination basis in accordance with Title IV of ERISA) of such Plan allocable to such benefit liabilities; (h) incur, or permit any member of the Controlled Group to incur, a liability to or on account of a Plan under Sections 515, 4062, 4063, 4064, 4201 or 4204 of ERISA; or (i) contribute to or assume an obligation to contribute to any employee welfare benefit plan, as defined in Section 3(1) of ERISA, including, without limitation, any such plan maintained to provide benefits to former employees of such entities, that may not be terminated by such entities in their sole discretion at any time without any liability.

Section 6.14     Sale and Leaseback Transactions . No Credit Party shall, nor shall it permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, sell or transfer to a Person any Property, whether now owned or hereafter acquired, if at the time or thereafter the Borrower or a Restricted Subsidiary shall lease as lessee such Property or any part thereof or other Property which the Borrower or a Restricted Subsidiary intends to use for substantially the same purpose as the Property sold or transferred; provided that, the Restricted Entities may effect such transactions with Property that is not Collateral so long as such transactions do not exceed $10,000,000 in the aggregate during the term hereof and if such Restricted Entity is a Foreign Restricted Subsidiary, the cash proceeds of such transaction are distributed or otherwise transferred to a Credit Party for repayment of Term Loan Advances pursuant to Section  2.5 .

Section 6.15     Limitation on Hedging . No Credit Party shall, nor shall it permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, (a) purchase, assume, or hold a speculative position in any commodities market or futures market or enter into any Hedging Arrangement for speculative purposes; or (b) be party to or otherwise enter into any Hedging Arrangement which is entered into for reasons other than as a part of its normal business operations as a risk management strategy and/or hedge against changes resulting from market conditions related to the Borrower’s or its Restricted Subsidiaries’ operations; provided that, for the avoidance of doubt, any Restricted Entity may enter into Hedging Arrangements (A) to mitigate risk to which such Restricted Entity has actual exposure, (B) to effectively cap, collar or exchange interest rates (from floating to fixed rates, from fixed to floating rates, from one floating rate to another floating rate or otherwise) with respect to any interest-bearing liability or investment of any Restricted Entities and (C) consisting of spot and forward delivery foreign exchange contracts entered into in the ordinary course of business and not for speculative purposes.

 

82


Section 6.16     Leverage Ratio . The Borrower shall not permit the Leverage Ratio for the most recent four fiscal quarter period of the Borrower, commencing with the first quarter ending after (and including) the Funding Date, to exceed the amount set forth below:

 

Fiscal Quarters Ending:   

Until and including

March 31, 2018

     3.25:1.00  

June 30, 2018 through

December 31, 2018

     3.00:1.00  

March 31, 2019 through

June 30, 2019

     2.75:1.00  

September 30, 2019

and thereafter

     2.50:1.00  

For the first three fiscal quarters of the Borrower ending after the Funding Date, for the purpose of calculating the Leverage Ratio for the purposes of this Section  6.16 , EBITDA will be annualized in the following manner: (x) for the first fiscal quarter of the Borrower ending after (and including) the Funding Date, EBITDA for such fiscal quarter shall be multiplied by 4, (y) for the second fiscal quarter of the Borrower ending after the Funding Date, EBITDA for the first two fiscal quarters of the Borrower ending after the Funding Date shall be multiplied by 2 and (z) for the third fiscal quarter of the Borrower ending after the Funding Date, EBITDA for the first three quarters ending after the Funding Date shall be multiplied by 4/3; provided that, if the Borrower has made a Four Quarter EBITDA Election, instead of using the foregoing annualized EBITDA calculation, the Leverage Ratio shall be calculated using the Borrower’s EBITDA for the most recent four fiscal quarter period for which financial statements have been delivered to the Administrative Agent (it being understood that the Borrower shall have delivered a Compliance Certificate including a calculation of the Leverage Ratio based on such financial statements).

Section 6.17     Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio . The Borrower shall not permit the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio as of the last day of (a) the first fiscal quarter of the Borrower ending after (and including) the Funding Date, based on the results for such fiscal quarter, (b) the second fiscal quarter of the Borrower ending after the Funding Date, based on the results for the two fiscal quarter period ending on such day, (c) the third fiscal quarter of the Borrower ending after the Funding Date, based on the results for the three fiscal quarter period ending on such day, and (d) beginning with the fourth fiscal quarter of the Borrower ending after the Funding Date, based on the results for each four fiscal quarter period ending on or after such date, in each case to be less than 1.50 to 1.00.

Section 6.18     Asset Coverage Ratio . The Borrower shall not permit the Asset Coverage Ratio (a) as of the last day of any fiscal quarter of the Borrower, commencing with the first quarter ending after (and including) the Funding Date and (b) as of the tenth (10th) Business Day following the delivery of an Asset Coverage Ratio Appraisal Report, to be less than 1.25 to 1.00; provided that, in the cause of this clause (b), the Borrower shall be permitted to (i) repay Term Loan Advances or (ii) repay Revolving Advances and permanently reduce the Revolving Commitment in the amount of such repayment, in each case, within such ten (10) Business Day period such that, after giving pro forma effect to such repayment with respect to the financial statements for the most recently ended fiscal quarter, the Borrower would have been in compliance with the Asset Coverage Ratio as of such date.

 

83


Section 6.19     Restrictions on Non-Guarantor Entities . No Credit Party shall, nor shall it permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, (a) permit the Net Income of the Credit Parties to be less than 95% of the consolidated Net Income of the Borrower and its Domestic Restricted Subsidiaries, and (b) permit the net book value of all assets of the Credit Parties to be less than 95% of the aggregate consolidated net book value of all assets of the Borrower and its Domestic Restricted Subsidiaries, in each case, as established in accordance with GAAP and as reflected in the financial statements most recently delivered to the Administrative Agent pursuant to the terms hereof.

Section 6.20     Prepayment of Certain Debt . No Credit Party shall, nor shall it permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, prepay, redeem, purchase, defease or otherwise satisfy prior to the scheduled maturity thereof in any manner, or make any payment in violation of any subordination terms of, any Debt, except (a) the prepayment of the Obligations in accordance with the terms of this Agreement, (b) regularly scheduled or required repayments or redemptions of Permitted Debt (other than Debt permitted under Section  6.1(h) ) and refinancings and refundings of such Permitted Debt so long as such refinancings and refundings would otherwise comply with Section  6.1 , including the last sentence therein, (c) the payment of Debt described in Section  6.1(o) , provided such payment shall be permitted only to the extent that (x) both before and after giving effect to the payment of such obligation, Liquidity is greater than or equal to $20,000,000, and (y) the Borrower’s pro forma Leverage Ratio for the four most recent fiscal quarters for which financial statements have been delivered, is less than or equal to the Leverage Ratio then required pursuant to Section  6.16 minus 0.50:1.00 and the Borrower has delivered to the Administrative Agent a Compliance Certificate evidencing such pro forma compliance duly executed by a Responsible Officer of the Borrower and (d) so long as no Event of Default exists or would result therefrom, other prepayments of Permitted Debt not described in the immediately preceding clauses  (a) and (b) , but specifically excluding any prepayments, redemptions, purchases, defeasance, or other satisfaction of Debt permitted under Section  6.1(i) . No Credit Party shall, nor shall it permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, make any cash interest payments with respect to Debt permitted under Section  6.1(i) other than scheduled interest payments permitted under the subordination terms applicable to such Debt.

Section 6.21     Capital Expenditures . No Credit Party shall, nor shall it permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, cause the aggregate Capital Expenditures (other than Equity Funded Capital Expenditures) expended by the Borrower or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to exceed $70,000,000 for the fiscal year ending December 31, 2018, or in any subsequent fiscal year, 75% of EBITDA for the prior fiscal year; provided , that, if as of the end of the applicable fiscal year, the Leverage Ratio for the last four fiscal quarter period is less than 2.50:1.00, the restrictions on Capital Expenditures for such fiscal year in this Section  6.21 shall not apply.

ARTICLE VII

DEFAULT AND REMEDIES

Section 7.1     Events of Default . The occurrence of any of the following events shall constitute an “ Event of Default ” under this Agreement and any other Credit Document:

(a)     Payment Failure. Any Credit Party (i) fails to pay any principal when due under this Agreement or (ii) fails to pay, within three Business Days of when due, any other amount due under this Agreement or any other Credit Document, including payments of interest fees, reimbursements, and indemnifications;

(b)     False Representation or Warranties . Any representation or warranty made or deemed to be made by any Credit Party or any officer thereof in this Agreement, in any other Credit Document or in any certificate delivered in connection with this Agreement or any other Credit Document

 

84


is incorrect, false or otherwise misleading in any material respect (except that such materiality qualifier shall not be applicable to any representations and warranties that already are qualified or modified by materiality in the text thereof) at the time it was made or deemed made;

(c)     Breach of Covenant . (i) Any breach by any Credit Party of any of the covenants in Section  5.2(a) , Section  5.2(e) or Article  VI of this Agreement or the corresponding covenants in any Guaranty; provided , however that any Event of Default under Section  6.16 or Section  6.17 is subject to cure as contemplated by Section  7.7 below; or (ii) any breach by any Credit Party of any other covenant or agreement contained in this Agreement or any other Credit Document and such breach shall remain unremedied for a period of thirty days after the earliest of (A) the date any Responsible Officer of the Borrower has actual knowledge of such breach, (B) the date any Executive Officer of any Restricted Subsidiary has actual knowledge of such breach, and (C) the date written notice thereof shall have been given to the Borrower by any Lender Party;

(d)     Guaranties . (i) Any material provision in the Guaranties shall at any time (before the Guaranties expire in accordance with their terms) and for any reason be determined by a court of competent jurisdiction to cease to be in full force and effect and valid and binding on the Guarantors party thereto or shall be contested by any Guarantor party thereto or by the Borrower; (ii) the Borrower or any Guarantor shall deny in writing that it has any liability or obligation under the Guaranties; or (iii)  any Guarantor shall cease to exist other than as expressly permitted by the terms of this Agreement;

(e)     Security Documents . Any Security Document shall at any time and for any reason cease to create an Acceptable Security Interest with respect to any Collateral having a fair market value, individually or in the aggregate, in excess of $2,500,000 (unless released or terminated pursuant to the terms of such Security Document) or any material provisions thereof shall cease to be in full force and effect and valid and binding on the Credit Party that is a party thereto or any such Person shall so state in writing (unless released or terminated pursuant to the terms of such Security Document);

(f)     Cross-Default . (i) Any Restricted Entity shall fail to pay any principal of or premium or interest on its Debt which is outstanding in a principal amount of at least $10,000,000 individually or when aggregated with all such Debt of the Restricted Entities so in default (but excluding Debt owing to the Lenders hereunder) when the same becomes due and payable (whether by scheduled maturity, required prepayment, acceleration, demand or otherwise), and such failure shall continue after the applicable grace period, if any, specified in the agreement or instrument relating to such Debt; (ii) any other event shall occur or condition shall exist under any agreement or instrument relating to Debt of the Restricted Entities which is outstanding in a principal amount of at least $10,000,000 individually or when aggregated with all such Debt of the Restricted Entities so in default (but excluding Debt owing to the Lenders hereunder), and shall continue after the applicable grace period, if any, specified in such agreement or instrument, if the effect of such event or condition is to accelerate, or to permit the acceleration of, the maturity of, or to permit the redemption of such Debt by the holder of, such Debt prior to the stated maturity thereof; or (iii) any such Debt shall be declared to be due and payable, or required to be prepaid (other than by a regularly scheduled required prepayment); provided that, for purposes of this paragraph  (f) , the “principal amount” of the obligations in respect of Hedging Arrangements at any time shall be the maximum aggregate amount (giving effect to any netting agreements) that would be required to be paid if such Hedging Arrangements were terminated at such time;

(g)     Bankruptcy and Insolvency . (i) Except as otherwise permitted under this Agreement, any Restricted Entity shall terminate its existence or dissolve or (ii) any Restricted Entity (A) admits in writing its inability to pay its debts generally as they become due; makes an assignment for the benefit of its creditors; consents to or acquiesces in the appointment of a receiver, liquidator, fiscal agent, or trustee of itself or any of its Property; files a petition under any Debtor Relief Law; or consents

 

85


to any reorganization, arrangement, workout, liquidation, dissolution, or similar relief or (B) shall have had, without its consent: any court enter an order appointing a receiver, liquidator, fiscal agent, or trustee of itself or any of its Property; any petition filed against it seeking reorganization, arrangement, workout, liquidation, dissolution or similar relief under any Debtor Relief Law and such petition shall not be dismissed, stayed, or set aside for an aggregate of 60 days, whether or not consecutive;

(h)     Adverse Judgment . Any Restricted Entity suffers final judgments against any of them since the date of this Agreement that results in an aggregate amount, less any insurance proceeds covering such judgments which are received or as to which the insurance carriers have not denied, greater than $10,000,000 and either (i) enforcement proceedings shall have been commenced by any creditor upon such judgments or (ii) there shall be any period of 30 consecutive days during which a stay of enforcement of such judgments, by reason of a pending appeal or otherwise, shall not be in effect;

(i)     Termination Events . Any Termination Event with respect to a Plan shall have occurred, and, 30 days after notice thereof shall have been given to the Borrower by the Administrative Agent, such Termination Event shall not have been corrected and shall have created and caused to be continuing a material risk of Plan termination or liability for withdrawal from the Plan as a “substantial employer” (as defined in Section 4001(a)(2) of ERISA), which termination could reasonably be expect to result in a liability of, or liability for withdrawal could reasonably be expected to be, greater than $10,000,000;

(j)     Multiemployer Plan Withdrawals . The Borrower or any member of the Controlled Group as employer under a Multiemployer Plan shall have made a complete or partial withdrawal from such Multiemployer Plan and such withdrawing employer shall have incurred a withdrawal liability in an annual amount exceeding $10,000,000;

(k)     Invalidity of Credit Agreement . Any material provision of this Agreement shall cease to be in full force and effect and valid and binding on the Borrower or the Borrower shall so state in writing (except as permitted by the terms of this Agreement or as waived in accordance with Section  9.2 ); or

(l)     Change in Control . The occurrence of a Change in Control.

Section 7.2     Optional Acceleration of Maturity . If any Event of Default (other than an Event of Default under Section  7.1(g) ) shall have occurred and be continuing, then, and in any such event,

(a)    the Administrative Agent (i) shall at the request, or may with the consent, of the Majority Lenders, by notice to the Borrower, declare that the obligation of each Lender and the Issuing Lender to make Credit Extensions shall be terminated, whereupon the same shall forthwith terminate, and (ii) shall at the request, or may with the consent, of the Majority Lenders, by notice to the Borrower, declare all outstanding Advances, all interest thereon, and all other amounts payable under this Agreement to be forthwith due and payable, whereupon such Advances, all such interest, and all such amounts shall become and be forthwith due and payable in full, without presentment, demand, protest or further notice of any kind (including, without limitation, any notice of intent to accelerate or notice of acceleration), all of which are hereby expressly waived by the Borrower,

(b)    the Borrower shall, on demand of the Administrative Agent at the request or with the consent of the Revolving Majority Lenders, deposit with the Administrative Agent into the Cash Collateral Account an amount of cash equal to 103% of the outstanding Letter of Credit Exposure as security for the Secured Obligations to the extent the Letter of Credit Obligations are not otherwise paid or Cash Collateralized at such time, and

 

86


(c)    the Administrative Agent shall at the request of, or may with the consent of, the Majority Lenders proceed to enforce its rights and remedies under the Security Documents, the Guaranties, or any other Credit Document by appropriate proceedings.

Section 7.3     Automatic Acceleration of Maturity . If any Event of Default pursuant to Section  7.1(g) shall occur,

(a)    the obligation of each Lender and the Issuing Lender to make Credit Extensions shall immediately and automatically be terminated and all Advances, all interest on the Advances, and all other amounts payable under this Agreement shall immediately and automatically become and be due and payable in full, without presentment, demand, protest or any notice of any kind (including, without limitation, any notice of intent to accelerate or notice of acceleration), all of which are hereby expressly waived by the Borrower,

(b)    the Borrower shall, on demand of the Administrative Agent at the request or with the consent of the Revolving Majority Lenders, deposit with the Administrative Agent into the Cash Collateral Account an amount of cash equal to 103% of the outstanding Letter of Credit Exposure as security for the Secured Obligations to the extent the Letter of Credit Obligations are not otherwise paid or Cash Collateralized at such time, and

(c)    the Administrative Agent shall at the request of, or may with the consent of, the Majority Lenders proceed to enforce its rights and remedies under the Security Documents, the Guaranties, or any other Credit Document by appropriate proceedings.

Section 7.4     Set-off . If an Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing, each Lender Party, and each of its Affiliates is hereby authorized at any time and from time to time, to the fullest extent permitted by applicable Legal Requirement, to set off and apply any and all deposits (general or special, time or demand, provisional or final, in whatever currency) at any time held and other obligations (in whatever currency) at any time owing by such Lender Party or any such Affiliate to or for the credit or the account of the Borrower against any and all of the obligations of the Borrower now or hereafter existing under this Agreement or any other Credit Document to such Lender Party or Affiliate, irrespective of whether or not such Lender Party or Affiliate shall have made any demand under this Agreement or any other Credit Document and although such obligations of the Borrower may be contingent or unmatured or are owed to a branch or office of such Lender Party or Affiliate different from the branch or office holding such deposit or obligated on such indebtedness; provided that in the event that any Defaulting Lender shall exercise any such right of setoff, (x) all amounts so set off shall be paid over immediately to the Administrative Agent for further application in accordance with the provisions of Section  2.15 and, pending such payment, shall be segregated by such Defaulting Lender from its other funds and deemed held in trust for the benefit of the Administrative Agent, the Issuing Lender and the Lenders, and (y) the Defaulting Lender shall provide promptly to the Administrative Agent a statement describing in reasonable detail the Secured Obligations owing to such Defaulting Lender as to which it exercised such right of setoff. The rights of the Administrative Agent, each Lender, the Issuing Lender and their respective Affiliates under this Section are in addition to other rights and remedies (including other rights of setoff) that the Administrative Agent, such Lender, the Issuing Lender or their respective Affiliates may have. Each Lender and the Issuing Lender agrees to notify the Borrower and the Administrative Agent promptly after any such setoff and application, provided that the failure to give such notice shall not affect the validity of such setoff and application.

Section 7.5     Remedies Cumulative, No Waiver . No right, power, or remedy conferred to any Lender, Administrative Agent, or the Issuing Lender in this Agreement or the Credit Documents, or now or hereafter existing at law, in equity, by statute, or otherwise shall be exclusive, and each such right,

 

87


power, or remedy shall to the full extent permitted by law be cumulative and in addition to every other such right, power or remedy. No course of dealing and no delay in exercising any right, power, or remedy conferred to any Lender, Administrative Agent, or Issuing Lender in this Agreement and the Credit Documents or now or hereafter existing at law, in equity, by statute, or otherwise shall operate as a waiver of or otherwise prejudice any such right, power, or remedy. Any Lender, the Administrative Agent, or the Issuing Lender may take action to eliminate the circumstances giving rise to any Event of Default (it being understood that taking such action shall not waive such Event of Default). No notice to or demand upon the Borrower shall entitle the Borrower to similar notices or demands in the future.

Section 7.6     Application of Payments .

(a)     Prior to Event of Default . Prior to an Event of Default, all payments made hereunder shall be applied as directed by the Borrower, but such payments are subject to the terms of this Agreement, including the application of prepayments according to Section  2.5 . Notwithstanding the foregoing, any prepayments of Term Loan Advances pursuant to Section  2.5 shall be applied (i) first to reduce scheduled payments required under Section  2.6(b) in direct order of maturity to the next four scheduled payments, (ii) second, thereafter, on a pro rata basis among the payments in respect of the Term Loan Advances remaining to be made on each scheduled repayment date, and (iii) third to the extent there are prepayment amounts in respect of the Term Loan Advances remaining after the application of such prepayments under clauses  (i) and (ii) , such excess amounts shall be applied as directed by the Borrower.

(b)    After Event of Default. If an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, any amounts received or collected from, or on account of assets held by, any Credit Party shall be applied to the Secured Obligations by the Administrative Agent in the following order and manner but subject to the marshaling rights of the Administrative Agent and Lenders:

(i)     First , to payment of that portion of such Secured Obligations constituting fees, indemnities, expenses, and other amounts (including fees, charges, and disbursements of counsel to the Administrative Agent and amounts payable under Section  2.10 , Section  2.11 , and Section  2.13 ) payable by any Credit Party to the Administrative Agent in its capacity as such;

(ii)     Second , to payment of that portion of such Secured Obligations constituting accrued and unpaid interest, allocated ratably among the Lender Parties in proportion to the amounts described in this clause Second payable to them;

(iii)     Third , to payment of that portion of such Secured Obligations constituting fees, indemnities and other amounts (other than principal and interest) payable by any Credit Party to the Secured Parties (including fees, charges and disbursements of counsel to the respective Secured Parties and amounts payable under Article  II ), ratably among such Secured Parties in proportion to the amounts described in this clause Third payable to them;

(iv)     Fourth , to the Administrative Agent for the account of the Issuing Lender to Cash Collateralize that portion of the Letter of Credit Secured Obligations comprised of the aggregate undrawn amount of Letters of Credit;

(v)     Fifth , to payment of that portion of the Secured Obligations constituting unpaid principal of the Secured Obligations payable by any Credit Party (including obligations under Hedging Agreements with any Swap Counterparties and Banking Services Obligations) and allocated ratably among the Lender Parties in proportion to the respective amounts described in this clause  Fifth held by them;

 

88


(vi)     Sixth , to the remaining Secured Obligations owed by any Credit Party including all Secured Obligations for which the Borrower is liable as a Guarantor, allocated among such remaining Secured Obligations as determined by the Administrative Agent and the Majority Lenders and applied to such Secured Obligations in the order specified in this clause  (b) ; and

(vii)     Last , the balance, if any, after all of the Secured Obligations have been indefeasibly paid in full, to the Borrower or as otherwise required by any Legal Requirement.

Subject to Section  2.3(j) , amounts used to Cash Collateralize the aggregate undrawn amount of Letters of Credit pursuant to clause  Fourth above shall be applied to satisfy drawings under such Letters of Credit as they occur. If any amount remains on deposit as cash collateral after all Letters of Credit have either been fully drawn or expired, such remaining amount shall be applied to the other Secured Obligations, if any, in the order set forth above.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, amounts received from the Borrower or any Guarantor that is not an “eligible contract participant” under the Commodity Exchange Act shall not be applied to any Excluded Hedging Obligations (it being understood, that in the event that any amount is applied to Secured Obligations other than Excluded Hedging Obligations as a result of this clause, the Administrative Agent shall make such adjustments as it determines are appropriate to distributions pursuant to clause  Fifth above from amounts received from “eligible contract participants” under the Commodity Exchange Act to ensure, as nearly as possible, that the proportional aggregate recoveries with respect to Secured Obligations described in clause  Fifth above by the holders of any Excluded Hedging Obligations are the same as the proportional aggregate recoveries with respect to other Secured Obligations pursuant to clause  Fifth above).

Section 7.7     Equity Right to Cure .

(a)    Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in Section  7.1 , in the event of any Event of Default under the covenants set forth in Section  6.16 or Section  6.17 and until the expiration of the tenth (10th) Business Day after the date on which financial statements are required to be delivered pursuant to Section  5.2(a) or Section  5.2(b) with respect to the applicable fiscal quarter hereunder, the Borrower may sell or issue common Equity Interests of the Borrower to SCF and apply the Equity Issuance Proceeds thereof to increase consolidated EBITDA of the Borrower with respect to such applicable quarter (and include it as consolidated EBITDA in such quarter for any four fiscal quarter period including such quarter; provided , that such amount shall be added to consolidated EBITDA after the application of any annualization (including annualization pursuant to the last paragraph of Section  6.16 ); provided that (i) such Equity Issuance Proceeds are actually received by the Borrower no later than ten (10) Business Days after the date on which financial statements are required to be delivered pursuant to Section  5.2(a) or Section  5.2(b) with respect to such fiscal quarter hereunder and (ii) the amount of such Equity Issuance Proceeds included as consolidated EBITDA for any such fiscal quarter shall not exceed the amount necessary to cause (y) the maximum Leverage Ratio or Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio on a pro forma basis after giving effect to the cure provided herein, for any applicable period to be (1) with respect to the Leverage Ratio, less than and (2) with respect to the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio, greater than the then required levels under Section  6.16 or Section  6.17 , as applicable. Subject to the terms set forth above and the terms in clauses  (b) and (c)  below, upon (A) application of the Equity Issuance Proceeds as provided above within the ten (10) Business Day period described above in such amounts sufficient to cure the Events of Default under the covenants set forth in Section  6.16 and Section  6.17 and (B) delivery of an updated Compliance Certificate executed by a Responsible Officer of the Borrower to the Administrative Agent reflecting compliance with Section  6.16 and Section  6.17 such Events of Default shall be deemed cured and no longer in existence.

 

89


(b)    The parties hereby acknowledge and agree that this Section  7.7 may not be relied on for purposes of calculating any financial ratios or other conditions or compliances other than the covenants set forth in Section  6.16 and Section  6.17 and shall not result in any adjustment to any amounts (including, for the avoidance of doubt, any Debt that is prepaid or repaid with the Equity Issuance Proceeds) other than the amount of the consolidated EBITDA referred to in Section  7.7(a) above for purposes of determining the Borrower’s compliance with Section  6.16 or Section  6.17 .

(c)    In each period of four fiscal quarters following the Funding Date, there shall be at least two (2) fiscal quarters in which no cure set forth in this Section  7.7 is made. Furthermore, the Borrower may not utilize more than three cures provided in this Section  7.7 during the term hereof.

ARTICLE VIIITHE ADMINISTRATIVE AGENT AND THE ISSUING LENDER

Section 8.1     Appointment, Powers, and Immunities .

(a)     Appointment and Authority . Each Lender and the Issuing Lender hereby (a) irrevocably appoints JPMorgan to act on its behalf as the Administrative Agent hereunder and under the other Credit Documents, and (b) authorizes the Administrative Agent to take such actions on its behalf and to exercise such powers as are delegated to the Administrative Agent by the terms hereof or thereof, together with such actions and powers as are reasonably incidental thereto. The provisions of this Article  VIII are solely for the benefit of the Lender Parties, and neither the Borrower nor any other Credit Party shall have rights as a third party beneficiary of any of such provisions. It is understood and agreed that the use of the term “agent” herein or in any other Credit Documents (or any other similar term) with reference to the Administrative Agent is not intended to connote any fiduciary or other implied (or express) obligations arising under agency doctrine of any applicable Legal Requirement. Instead such term is used as a matter of market custom, and is intended to create or reflect only an administrative relationship between contracting parties.

(b)     Rights as a Lender . The Person serving as the Administrative Agent hereunder shall have the same rights and powers in its capacity as a Lender as any other Lender and may exercise the same as though it were not the Administrative Agent and the term “Lender” or “Lenders” shall, unless otherwise expressly indicated or unless the context otherwise requires, include the Person serving as the Administrative Agent hereunder in its individual capacity. Such Person and its Affiliates may accept deposits from, lend money to, own securities, act as the financial advisor or in any other advisory capacity for and generally engage in any kind of business with the Borrower or any Subsidiary or other Affiliate thereof as if such Person were not the Administrative Agent hereunder and without any duty to account therefor to the Lenders. JPMorgan (and any successor acting as Administrative Agent) and their respective Affiliates may accept fees and other consideration from the Borrower or any Subsidiary or Affiliate of a Subsidiary for services in connection with this Agreement or otherwise without having to account for the same to the Lenders or the Issuing Lender.

(c)     Exculpatory Provisions . The Administrative Agent (which term as used in this Section  8.1(c) shall include its Related Parties) shall not have any duties or obligations except those expressly set forth herein and in the other Credit Documents, and its duties hereunder shall be administrative in nature. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the Administrative Agent:

(i)    shall not be subject to any fiduciary or other implied duties, regardless of whether a Default has occurred and is continuing;

(ii)    shall not have any duty to take any discretionary action or exercise any discretionary powers, except discretionary rights and powers expressly contemplated hereby or by the

 

90


other Credit Documents that the Administrative Agent is required to exercise as directed in writing by the Majority Lenders, Revolving Majority Lenders or Term Loan Majority Lenders, as applicable (or such other number or percentage of the Lenders as shall be expressly provided for herein or in the other Credit Documents), provided that the Administrative Agent shall not be required to take any action that, in its opinion or the opinion of its counsel, may expose the Administrative Agent to liability or that is contrary to any Credit Document or Legal Requirement, including for the avoidance of doubt any action that may be in violation of the automatic stay under any Debtor Relief Law or that may effect a forfeiture, modification or termination of property of a Defaulting Lender in violation of any Debtor Relief Law; and

(iii)    shall not, except as expressly set forth herein and in the other Credit Documents, have any duty to disclose, nor shall it be liable for the failure to disclose, any information relating to the Borrower, any Credit Party or any of their respective Affiliates that is communicated to or obtained by the Person serving as the Administrative Agent or any of their respective Affiliates in any capacity.

The Administrative Agent shall not be liable for any action taken or not taken by it (i) with the consent or at the request of the Majority Lenders, Revolving Majority Lenders or Term Loan Majority Lenders, as applicable (or such other number or percentage of the Lenders as shall be necessary, or as the Administrative Agent shall believe in good faith shall be necessary, under the circumstances as provided in Section  7.1 and Section  1.1 ) or (ii) in the absence of its own gross negligence or willful misconduct as determined by a court of competent jurisdiction by final and nonappealable judgment. The Administrative Agent shall be deemed not to have knowledge of any Default unless and until notice describing such Default is given to the Administrative Agent in writing by the Borrower, a Lender or the Issuing Lender. In the event that the Administrative Agent receives such a notice of the occurrence of a Default, the Administrative Agent shall (subject to Section  9.2 ) take such action with respect to such Default or Event of Default as shall reasonably be directed by the Majority Lenders, provided that, unless and until the Administrative Agent shall have received such directions, the Administrative Agent may (but shall not be obligated to) take such action, or refrain from taking such action, with respect to such Default as it shall deem advisable in the best interest of the Secured Parties.

The Administrative Agent shall not be responsible for or have any duty to ascertain or inquire into (i) any recital, statement, warranty or representation (whether written or oral) made in or in connection with this Agreement or any other Credit Document, (ii) the contents of any certificate, report or other document delivered hereunder or thereunder or in connection herewith or therewith, (iii) the performance or observance of any of the covenants, agreements or other terms or conditions set forth herein or therein or the occurrence of any Default, (iv) the value, validity, enforceability, effectiveness, enforceability, sufficiency or genuineness of this Agreement, any other Credit Document or any other agreement, instrument or document, (v) the inspection of, or to inspect, the Property (including the books and records) of any Credit Party or any Subsidiary or Affiliate thereof, (vi) the satisfaction of any condition set forth in Article  III or elsewhere herein, other than to confirm receipt of items expressly required to be delivered to the Administrative Agent, or (vii) any litigation or collection proceedings (or to initiate or conduct any such litigation or proceedings) under any Credit Document unless requested by the Majority Lenders in writing and it receives indemnification satisfactory to it from the Lenders.

Section 8.2     Reliance by Administrative Agent and Issuing Lender . The Administrative Agent shall be entitled to rely upon, and shall not incur any liability for relying upon, any notice, request, certificate, consent, statement, instrument, document, writing or other communication (including any electronic message, Internet or intranet website posting or other distribution) believed by it to be genuine and to have been signed, sent or otherwise authenticated by the proper Person. The Administrative Agent also may rely upon any statement made to it orally or by telephone and believed by it to have been made by the proper Person, and shall not incur any liability for relying thereon. In determining compliance

 

91


with any condition hereunder to the making of a Credit Extension or any Conversion or continuance of an Advance that by its terms must be fulfilled to the satisfaction of a Lender or the Issuing Lender, the Administrative Agent may presume that such condition is satisfactory to such Lender or Issuing Lender unless the Administrative Agent shall have received notice to the contrary from such Lender or Issuing Lender prior to the making of such Credit Extension or Conversion or continuance of an Advance. The Administrative Agent may consult with legal counsel (who may be counsel for the Borrower), independent accountants and other experts selected by it, and shall not be liable for any action taken or not taken by it in accordance with the advice of any such counsel, accountants or experts.

Section 8.3     Delegation of Duties . The Administrative Agent may perform any and all of its duties and exercise its rights and powers hereunder or under any other Credit Document by or through any one or more sub-agents appointed by the Administrative Agent. The Administrative Agent and any such sub-agent may perform any and all of its duties and exercise its rights and powers by or through their respective Related Parties. The exculpatory provisions of this Article shall apply to any such sub-agent and to the Related Parties of the Administrative Agent and any such sub-agent, and shall apply to their respective activities in connection with the syndication of the Facilities provided for herein as well as activities as Administrative Agent. The Administrative Agent shall not be responsible for the negligence or misconduct of any sub-agents except to the extent that a court of competent jurisdiction determines in a final and non-appealable judgment that the Administrative Agent acted with gross negligence or willful misconduct in the selection of such sub agents.

Section 8.4     Indemnification .

(a)     INDEMNITY OF ADMINISTRATIVE AGENT . THE LENDERS SEVERALLY AGREE TO INDEMNIFY THE ADMINISTRATIVE AGENT AND EACH AFFILIATE THEREOF AND THEIR RESPECTIVE RELATED PARTIES (TO THE EXTENT NOT REIMBURSED BY THE BORROWER), RATABLY ACCORDING TO THE RESPECTIVE PRINCIPAL AMOUNTS OF THE ADVANCES THEN HELD BY EACH OF THEM (OR IF NO PRINCIPAL OF THE ADVANCES IS AT THE TIME OUTSTANDING, RATABLY ACCORDING TO THE RESPECTIVE APPLICABLE COMMITMENTS HELD BY EACH OF THEM IMMEDIATELY PRIOR TO THE TERMINATION, EXPIRATION OR FULL REDUCTION OF EACH SUCH COMMITMENT), FROM AND AGAINST ANY AND ALL LIABILITIES, OBLIGATIONS, LOSSES, DAMAGES, PENALTIES, ACTIONS, JUDGMENTS, SUITS, COSTS, EXPENSES, OR DISBURSEMENTS OF ANY KIND OR NATURE WHATSOEVER WHICH MAY BE IMPOSED ON, INCURRED BY, OR ASSERTED AGAINST THE ADMINISTRATIVE AGENT OR ANY OF ITS RELATED PARTIES IN ANY WAY RELATING TO OR ARISING OUT OF THIS AGREEMENT, ANY CREDIT DOCUMENT OR ANY ACTION TAKEN OR OMITTED BY SUCH ADMINISTRATIVE AGENT UNDER THIS AGREEMENT OR ANY OTHER CREDIT DOCUMENT (INCLUDING SUCH INDEMNITEE S OWN NEGLIGENCE REGARDLESS OF WHETHER SUCH NEGLIGENCE IS SOLE OR CONTRIBUTORY, ACTIVE OR PASSIVE, IMPUTED, JOINT OR TECHNICAL) , AND INCLUDING, WITHOUT LIMITATION, ENVIRONMENTAL LIABILITIES, PROVIDED THAT NO LENDER SHALL BE LIABLE FOR ANY PORTION OF SUCH LIABILITIES, OBLIGATIONS, LOSSES, DAMAGES, PENALTIES, ACTIONS, JUDGMENTS, SUITS, COSTS, EXPENSES, OR DISBURSEMENTS FOUND IN A FINAL, NON-APPEALABLE JUDGMENT BY A COURT OF COMPETENT JURISDICTION TO HAVE RESULTED FROM SUCH INDEMNITEE’S GROSS NEGLIGENCE OR WILLFUL MISCONDUCT. WITHOUT LIMITATION OF THE FOREGOING, EACH LENDER AGREES TO REIMBURSE THE ADMINISTRATIVE AGENT PROMPTLY UPON DEMAND FOR ITS RATABLE SHARE (DETERMINED AS SET FORTH ABOVE IN THIS PARAGRAPH) OF (i) ANY OUT-OF-POCKET EXPENSES (INCLUDING REASONABLE COUNSEL FEES) INCURRED BY THE ADMINISTRATIVE AGENT IN CONNECTION WITH THE PREPARATION, EXECUTION, DELIVERY, ADMINISTRATION,

 

92


MODIFICATION, OR AMENDMENT, AND (ii) ANY OUT-OF-POCKET EXPENSES (INCLUDING COUNSEL FEES) INCURRED BY THE ADMINISTRATIVE AGENT IN CONNECTION WITH ENFORCEMENT OF THIS AGREEMENT OR ANY OTHER CREDIT DOCUMENT, IN ANY EVENT, INCLUDING LEGAL ADVICE IN RESPECT OF RIGHTS OR RESPONSIBILITIES UNDER THIS AGREEMENT OR ANY OTHER CREDIT DOCUMENT AND TO THE EXTENT THAT THE ADMINISTRATIVE AGENT IS NOT REIMBURSED FOR SUCH BY THE BORROWER.

(b)     INDEMNITY OF ISSUING LENDER . THE LENDERS SEVERALLY AGREE TO INDEMNIFY THE ISSUING LENDER AND EACH AFFILIATE THEREOF AND THEIR RESPECTIVE RELATED PARTIES (TO THE EXTENT NOT REIMBURSED BY THE BORROWER), RATABLY ACCORDING TO THE RESPECTIVE PRINCIPAL AMOUNTS OF THE ADVANCES THEN HELD BY EACH OF THEM (OR IF NO PRINCIPAL OF THE ADVANCES IS AT THE TIME OUTSTANDING, RATABLY ACCORDING TO THE RESPECTIVE APPLICABLE COMMITMENTS HELD BY EACH OF THEM IMMEDIATELY PRIOR TO THE TERMINATION, EXPIRATION OR FULL REDUCTION OF EACH SUCH COMMITMENT), FROM AND AGAINST ANY AND ALL LIABILITIES, OBLIGATIONS, LOSSES, DAMAGES, PENALTIES, ACTIONS, JUDGMENTS, SUITS, COSTS, EXPENSES, OR DISBURSEMENTS OF ANY KIND OR NATURE WHATSOEVER WHICH MAY BE IMPOSED ON, INCURRED BY, OR ASSERTED AGAINST THE ISSUING LENDER OR ANY OF ITS RELATED PARTIES IN ANY WAY RELATING TO OR ARISING OUT OF THIS AGREEMENT, ANY CREDIT DOCUMENT OR ANY ACTION TAKEN OR OMITTED BY THE ISSUING LENDER UNDER THIS AGREEMENT OR ANY OTHER CREDIT DOCUMENT (INCLUDING SUCH INDEMNITEE’S OWN NEGLIGENCE REGARDLESS OF WHETHER SUCH NEGLIGENCE IS SOLE OR CONTRIBUTORY, ACTIVE OR PASSIVE, IMPUTED, JOINT OR TECHNICAL), AND INCLUDING, WITHOUT LIMITATION, ENVIRONMENTAL LIABILITIES, PROVIDED THAT NO LENDER SHALL BE LIABLE FOR ANY PORTION OF SUCH LIABILITIES, OBLIGATIONS, LOSSES, DAMAGES, PENALTIES, ACTIONS, JUDGMENTS, SUITS, COSTS, EXPENSES, OR DISBURSEMENTS FOUND IN A FINAL, NON-APPEALABLE JUDGMENT BY A COURT OF COMPETENT JURISDICTION TO HAVE RESULTED FROM SUCH INDEMNITEE’S GROSS NEGLIGENCE OR WILLFUL MISCONDUCT.

Section 8.5     Non-Reliance on Administrative Agent and Other Lenders . Each Lender Party acknowledges and agrees that it has, independently and without reliance upon the Administrative Agent or any other Lender Party or any of their Related Parties, and based on such documents and information as it has deemed appropriate, made its own credit analysis and decision to enter into this Agreement. Each Lender Party also acknowledges and agrees that it will, independently and without reliance upon the Administrative Agent or any other Lender Party or any of their Related Parties, and based on such documents and information as it shall from time to time deem appropriate, continue to make its own decisions in taking or not taking action under or based upon this Agreement, any other Credit Document or any related agreement or any document furnished hereunder or thereunder. Except for notices, reports, and other documents and information expressly required to be furnished to the Lenders or the Issuing Lender by the Administrative Agent hereunder and for other information in the Administrative Agent’s possession which has been requested by a Lender and for which such Lender pays the Administrative Agent’s expenses in connection therewith, the Administrative Agent shall not have any duty or responsibility to provide any Lender or Issuing Lender with any credit or other information concerning the affairs, financial condition, or business of any Credit Party or any of its Subsidiaries or Affiliates that may come into the possession of the Administrative Agent or any of its Affiliates.

Section 8.6     Resignation of Administrative Agent or the Issuing Lender .

(a)    The Administrative Agent or the Issuing Lender may at any time give notice of its resignation to the other applicable Lender Parties and the Borrower. Upon receipt of any such notice

 

93


of resignation, (i) with respect to the Administrative Agent, the Majority Lenders shall have the right, with the prior written consent of the Borrower (which consent is not required if a Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing and which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed), to appoint a successor Administrative Agent and (ii) with respect to the Issuing Lender, the Revolving Majority Lenders shall have the right, with the prior written consent of the Borrower (which consent is not required if a Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing and which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed) to appoint a successor Issuing Lender, which shall be a Lender. If no such successor Administrative Agent or Issuing Lender shall have been so appointed and shall have accepted such appointment within 30 days after the retiring Administrative Agent or Issuing Lender gives notice of its resignation (or such earlier day as shall be agreed by the Majority Lenders or Revolving Majority Lenders, as applicable) (the “ Resignation Effective Date ”), then the retiring Administrative Agent or Issuing Lender, as applicable, may on behalf of the Lenders and the Issuing Lender, appoint a successor agent or Issuing Lender meeting the qualifications set forth above. Whether or not a successor has been appointed, such resignation by the Administrative Agent or the Issuing Lender shall become effective in accordance with such notice on the Resignation Effective Date.

(b)    If the Person serving as Administrative Agent is a Defaulting Lender pursuant to clause  (d) of the definition thereof, the Majority Lenders may, to the extent permitted by applicable Legal Requirement, by notice in writing to the Borrower and such Person remove such Person as Administrative Agent and, in consultation with the Borrower, appoint a successor. If no such successor shall have been so appointed by Majority Lenders and shall have accepted such appointment within 30 days (or such earlier day as shall be agreed by the Majority Lenders) (the “ Removal Effective Date ”), then such removal shall nonetheless become effective in accordance with such notice on the Removal Effective Date.

(c)    With effect from the Resignation Effective Date or the Removal Effective Date (as applicable), (i) the retiring or removed Administrative Agent or Issuing Lender, as applicable, shall be discharged from its duties and obligations hereunder and under the other Credit Documents (except that (y) in the case of any collateral security held by the Administrative Agent on behalf of the Lenders or the Issuing Lender under any of the Credit Documents, the retiring Administrative Agent shall continue to hold such collateral security until such time as a successor Administrative Agent is appointed and (z) the retiring Issuing Lender shall remain the Issuing Lender with respect to any Letters of Credit outstanding on the effective date of its resignation and the provisions affecting the Issuing Lender with respect to such Letters of Credit shall inure to the benefit of the retiring Issuing Lender until the termination of all such Letters of Credit); provided , that promptly after request therefor by the retiring Issuing Lender, the Borrower shall request from the successor Issuing Lender replacement Letters of Credit to replace Letters of Credit issued by the retiring Issuing Lender and (ii) all payments, communications and determinations provided to be made by, to or through the retiring or removed Administrative Agent or Issuing Lender, as applicable, shall instead be made by or to each applicable class of Lenders, until such time as the Majority Lenders or Revolving Majority Lenders, as applicable, appoint a successor Administrative Agent or Issuing Lender as provided for above in this paragraph. Upon the acceptance of a successor’s appointment as Administrative Agent or Issuing Lender hereunder, such successor shall succeed to and become vested with all of the rights, powers, privileges and duties of the retiring or removed Administrative Agent or Issuing Lender, as applicable, and the retiring or removed Administrative Agent or Issuing Lender, as applicable, shall be discharged from all of its duties and obligations hereunder or under the other Credit Documents. The fees payable by the Borrower to a successor Administrative Agent or Issuing Lender, as applicable shall be the same as those payable to its predecessor unless otherwise agreed between the Borrower and such successor. After the retiring or removed Administrative Agent’s or Issuing Lender’s resignation or removal hereunder and under the other Credit Documents, the provisions of this Article and Section  9.1 and Section  2.3(h) shall continue in effect for the benefit of such retiring or removed Administrative Agent and the Issuing Lender, its sub-agents and their respective

 

94


Related Parties in respect of any actions taken or omitted to be taken by any of them while the retiring or removed Administrative Agent or Issuing Lender, as applicable, was acting as Administrative Agent or Issuing Lender.

Section 8.7     Collateral Matters .

(a)    The Administrative Agent is authorized on behalf of the Secured Parties, without the necessity of any notice to or further consent from the Secured Parties, from time to time, to take any actions with respect to any Collateral or Security Documents which may be necessary to perfect and maintain Acceptable Security Interests in and Liens upon the Collateral granted pursuant to the Security Documents. The Administrative Agent is further authorized (but not obligated) on behalf of the Secured Parties, without the necessity of any notice to or further consent from the Secured Parties, from time to time, to take any action (other than enforcement actions requiring the consent of, or request by, the Majority Lenders as set forth in Section  7.2 or Section  7.3 above) in exigent circumstances as may be reasonably necessary to preserve any rights or privileges of the Lenders under the Credit Documents or applicable Legal Requirement.

(b)    The Lenders hereby, and any other Secured Party by accepting the benefit of the Liens granted pursuant to the Security Documents, irrevocably authorize the Administrative Agent to (i) release any Lien granted to or held by the Administrative Agent upon any Collateral (a) upon Payment in Full; (b) constituting property sold or to be sold or Disposed of as part of or in connection with any disposition permitted under this Agreement or any other Credit Document; (c) constituting property in which no Credit Party owned an interest at the time the Lien was granted or at any time thereafter; or (d) constituting property leased to any Credit Party under a lease which has expired or has been terminated in a transaction permitted under this Agreement or is about to expire and which has not been, and is not intended by such Credit Party to be, renewed or extended; and (ii) release a Guarantor from its obligations under the Guaranty and any other applicable Credit Document if such Person ceases to be a Restricted Subsidiary as a result of a transaction permitted under this Agreement.

(c)    Upon request by the Administrative Agent at any time, the Secured Parties will confirm in writing the Administrative Agent’s authority to release or subordinate its interest in particular types or items of property, or to release any Guarantor from its obligations under its Guaranty pursuant to this Section  8.7 . The Administrative Agent shall not be responsible for or have a duty to ascertain or inquire into any representation or warranty regarding the existence, value or collectability of the Collateral, the existence, priority or perfection of the Administrative Agent’s Lien thereon, or any certificate prepared by any Credit Party in connection therewith, nor shall the Administrative Agent be responsible or liable to the Secured Parties or any other Lender Party for any failure to monitor or maintain any portion of the Collateral.

(d)    Notwithstanding anything contained in any of the Credit Documents to the contrary, the Credit Parties, the Administrative Agent, and each Secured Party hereby agree that no Secured Party shall have any right individually to realize upon any of the Collateral or to enforce the Guaranties, it being understood and agreed that all powers, rights and remedies under the Guaranties and under the Security Documents may be exercised solely by Administrative Agent on behalf of the Secured Parties in accordance with the terms hereof and the other Credit Documents.

(e)    By accepting the benefit of the Liens granted pursuant to the Security Documents, each Secured Party hereby agrees to the terms of this Section  8.7 .

(f)    The Secured Parties hereby irrevocably authorize the Administrative Agent, at the direction of the Majority Lenders, to credit bid all or any portion of the Obligations (including by

 

95


accepting some or all of the Collateral in satisfaction of some or all of the Obligations pursuant to a deed in lieu of foreclosure or otherwise) and in such manner purchase (either directly or through one or more acquisition vehicles) all or any portion of the Collateral (i) at any sale thereof conducted under the provisions of the Bankruptcy Code, including under Sections 363, 1123 or 1129 of the Bankruptcy Code, or any similar laws in any other jurisdictions, or (ii) at any other sale, foreclosure or acceptance of collateral in lieu of debt conducted by (or with the consent or at the direction of) the Administrative Agent (whether by judicial action or otherwise) in accordance with any applicable law. In connection with any such credit bid and purchase, the Obligations owed to the Secured Parties shall be entitled to be, and shall be, credit bid by the Administrative Agent at the direction of the Majority Lenders on a ratable basis (with Obligations with respect to contingent or unliquidated claims receiving contingent interests in the acquired assets on a ratable basis that shall vest upon the liquidation of such claims in an amount proportional to the liquidated portion of the contingent claim amount used in allocating the contingent interests) for the asset or assets so purchased (or for the equity interests or debt instruments of the acquisition vehicle or vehicles that are issued in connection with such purchase). In connection with any such bid (A) the Administrative Agent shall be authorized to form one or more acquisition vehicles and to assign any successful credit bid to such acquisition vehicle or vehicles (B) each of the Secured Parties’ ratable interests in the Obligations which were credit bid shall be deemed without any further action under this Agreement to be assigned to such vehicle or vehicles for the purpose of closing such sale, (C) the Administrative shall be authorized to adopt documents providing for the governance of the acquisition vehicle or vehicles ( provided that any actions by the Administrative Agent with respect to such acquisition vehicle or vehicles, including any disposition of the assets or equity interests thereof, shall be governed, directly or indirectly, by, and the governing documents shall provide for, control by the vote of the Majority Lenders or their permitted assignees under the terms of this Agreement or the governing documents of the applicable acquisition vehicle or vehicles, as the case may be, irrespective of the termination of this Agreement and without giving effect to the limitations on actions by the Majority Lenders contained in Section  9.2 ), (D) the Administrative Agent on behalf of such acquisition vehicle or vehicles shall be authorized to issue to each of the Secured Parties, ratably on account of the relevant Obligations which were credit bid, interests, whether as equity, partnership, limited partnership interests or membership interests, in any such acquisition vehicle and/or debt instruments issued by such acquisition vehicle, all without the need for any Secured Party or acquisition vehicle to take any further action, and (E) to the extent that Obligations that are assigned to an acquisition vehicle are not used to acquire Collateral for any reason (including as a result of another bid being higher or better, because the amount of Obligations assigned to the acquisition vehicle exceeds the amount of Obligations credit bid by the acquisition vehicle or otherwise), such Obligations shall automatically be reassigned to the Secured Parties pro rata and the equity interests and/or debt instruments issued by any acquisition vehicle on account of such Obligations shall automatically be cancelled, without the need for any Secured Party or any acquisition vehicle to take any further action. Notwithstanding that the ratable portion of the Obligations of each Secured Party are deemed assigned to the acquisition vehicle or vehicles as set forth in clause (B) above, each Secured Party shall execute such documents and provide such information regarding the Secured Party (and/or any designee of the Secured Party which will receive interests in or debt instruments issued by such acquisition vehicle) as the Administrative Agent may reasonably request in connection with the formation of any acquisition vehicle, the formulation or submission of any credit bid or the consummation of the transactions contemplated by such credit bid.

Section 8.8     No Other Duties, etc . Anything herein to the contrary notwithstanding, none of the Bookrunners, Arrangers, and Documentation Agent listed on the cover page hereof shall have any powers, duties or responsibilities under this Agreement or any of the other Credit Documents, except in its capacity, as applicable, as the Administrative Agent, Lender or Issuing Lender hereunder.

 

96


ARTICLE IXMISCELLANEOUS

Section 9.1     Expenses; Indemnity; Damage Waiver .

(a)     Costs and Expenses . The Borrower shall pay, within 30 days of invoice, (i) all reasonable out-of-pocket expenses incurred by the Administrative Agent and its Affiliates (including the reasonable out-of-pocket fees, charges and disbursements of counsel for the Administrative Agent; provided that counsel shall be limited to (x) one counsel to such Persons, taken as a whole and one local counsel in each relevant jurisdiction, taken as a whole and (y) solely in the event of a conflict of interest, one additional counsel (and, if necessary, one local counsel in each relevant jurisdiction or for each matter) to each group of similarly situated affected persons), in connection with the syndication of the credit facilities provided for herein, the preparation, negotiation, execution, delivery and administration of this Agreement and the other Credit Documents or any amendments, modifications or waivers of the provisions hereof or thereof (whether or not the transactions contemplated hereby or thereby shall be consummated), (ii) all reasonable out-of-pocket expenses incurred by the Issuing Lender in connection with the issuance, amendment, renewal or extension of any Letter of Credit or any demand for payment thereunder and (iii) all out-of-pocket expenses incurred by any Lender Party (including the fees, charges and disbursements of any counsel for any Lender Party), in connection with the enforcement or protection of its rights, (A) in connection with this Agreement and the other Credit Documents, including its rights under this Section, or (B) in connection with the Advances made or Letters of Credit issued hereunder, including all such out-of-pocket expenses incurred during any workout, restructuring, negotiations or legal proceedings in respect of such Advances or Letters of Credit.

(b)     Indemnification by the Borrower . The Borrower shall, and does hereby indemnify, the Administrative Agent (and any sub-agent thereof), each Lender and the Issuing Lender, and each Related Party of any of the foregoing Persons (each such Person being called an “ Indemnitee ”) against, and hold each Indemnitee harmless from, any and all losses, claims, damages, liabilities and related expenses (including the reasonable fees, charges and disbursements of any counsel for any Indemnitee; provided that counsel shall be limited to (x) one counsel to such Persons, taken as a whole and one local counsel in each relevant jurisdiction, taken as a whole and (y) solely in the event of a conflict of interest, one additional counsel (and, if necessary, one local counsel in each relevant jurisdiction or for each matter) to each group of similarly situated affected indemnified persons), incurred by any Indemnitee or asserted against any Indemnitee by any third party or by the Borrower or any other Credit Party arising out of, in connection with, or as a result of (i) the execution or delivery of this Agreement, any other Credit Document or any agreement or instrument contemplated hereby or thereby, the performance by the parties hereto of their respective obligations hereunder or thereunder, the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby or thereby, or, in the case of the Administrative Agent (and any sub-agent thereof) and its Related Parties only, the administration of this Agreement and the other Credit Documents, (ii) any Advance or Letter of Credit or the use or proposed use of the proceeds therefrom (including any refusal by the Issuing Lender to honor a demand for payment under a Letter of Credit if the documents presented in connection with such demand do not strictly comply with the terms of such Letter of Credit), (iii) any actual or alleged Release of Hazardous Substance on or from any property owned or operated by the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries, or any Environmental Claim related in any way to the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries, or (iv) any actual or prospective claim, litigation, investigation or proceeding relating to any of the foregoing, whether based on contract, tort or any other theory, whether brought by a third party or by the Borrower or any other Credit Party, and regardless of whether any Indemnitee is a party thereto, IN ALL CASES, WHETHER OR NOT CAUSED BY OR ARISING, IN WHOLE OR IN PART, OUT OF THE COMPARATIVE, CONTRIBUTORY OR SOLE NEGLIGENCE OF THE INDEMNITEE ; provided that such indemnity shall not, as to any Indemnitee, be available to the extent that such losses, claims, damages, liabilities or related expenses are determined by a court of competent jurisdiction by final and

 

97


nonappealable judgment in favor on the Borrower or such other Credit Party to have resulted (x) from the bad faith, gross negligence or willful misconduct of such Indemnitee, (y) from a claim brought by the Borrower or any other Credit Party against an Indemnitee for breach in bad faith of such Indemnitee’s material obligations hereunder or under any other Credit Document or (z) a dispute among or between Indemnitees (except to the extent that such indemnified loss was incurred by or asserted against the Administrative Agent, any arranger or Issuing Lender in its capacity as such) and not involving any act or omission of the Credit Parties or any of their Affiliates. THIS SECTION  9.1(b) SHALL NOT APPLY WITH RESPECT TO TAXES OTHER THAN TAXES THAT REPRESENT LOSSES, CLAIMS, DAMAGES, ETC. ARISING FROM ANY NON-TAX CLAIM.

(c)     Waiver of Consequential Damages, Etc . To the fullest extent permitted by applicable Legal Requirement, no Credit Party shall assert, agrees not to assert and hereby waives, any claim against any Indemnitee, on any theory of liability, for special, indirect, consequential or punitive damages (as opposed to direct or actual damages) arising out of, in connection with, or as a result of, this Agreement, any other Credit Document or any agreement or instrument contemplated hereby, the transactions contemplated hereby or thereby, any Advance or Letter of Credit or the use of the proceeds thereof. To the fullest extent permitted by applicable Legal Requirement, no Indemnitee shall assert, agrees not to assert, and hereby waives, any claim against any Credit Party or any Affiliate thereof, on any theory of liability, for special, indirect, consequential or punitive damages (as opposed to direct or actual damages) arising out of, in connection with, or as a result of, this Agreement, any other Credit Document or any agreement or instrument contemplated hereby, the transactions contemplated hereby or thereby. For the avoidance of doubt, the parties hereto acknowledge and agree that a claim for indemnity under Section  9.1(b) above, to the extent covered thereby, is a claim of direct or actual damages. No Indemnitee referred to in subsection (b) above shall be liable for any damages arising from the use by unintended recipients of any information or other materials distributed to such unintended recipients by such Indemnitee through telecommunications, electronic or other information transmission systems in connection with this Agreement or the other Credit Documents or the transactions contemplated hereby or thereby other than for direct or actual damages resulting from the gross negligence or willful misconduct of such Indemnitee as determined by a final and nonappealable judgment of a court of competent jurisdiction.

(d)     Survival . Without prejudice to the survival of any other agreement hereunder, the agreements in this Section shall survive the resignation of the Administrative Agent and the Issuing Lender, the replacement of any Lender, the termination of the aggregate Commitments, termination or expiration of all Letters of Credit, and the repayment, satisfaction or discharge of all the other Obligations.

(e)     Payments . All amounts due under this Section  9.1 shall, unless otherwise set forth above, be payable not later than 10 days after demand therefor.

(f)     Reimbursement by Lenders . To the extent that the Borrower for any reason fail to indefeasibly pay any amount required under subsection (a) or (b) of this Section to be paid by it to the Administrative Agent (or any sub-agent thereof), the Issuing Lender or any Related Party of any of the foregoing, each Lender severally agrees to pay to the Administrative Agent (or any such sub-agent), the Issuing Lender, or such Related Party, as the case may be, such Lender’s pro rata share (determined as of the time that the applicable unreimbursed expense or indemnity payment is sought based on each Lender’s share of the aggregate Maximum Exposure Amount at such time) of such unpaid amount (including any such unpaid amount in respect of a claim asserted by such Lender); provided that with respect to such unpaid amounts owed to the Administrative Agent or the Issuing Lender solely in its capacity as such, only the Lenders under the Revolving Facility shall be required to pay such unpaid amounts, such payment to be made severally among them based on such Lenders’ Applicable Percentage

 

98


(determined as of the time that the applicable unreimbursed expense or indemnity payment is sought), provided further that the unreimbursed expense or indemnified loss, claim, damage, liability or related expense, as the case may be, was incurred by or asserted against the Administrative Agent (or any such sub-agent), or the Issuing Lender in its capacity as such, or against any Related Party of any of the foregoing acting for the Administrative Agent (or any such sub-agent), the Issuing Lender in connection with such capacity. The obligations of the Lenders under this subsection (f) are subject to the provisions of Section  2.4(e) .

Section 9.2     Waivers and Amendments . No amendment or waiver of any provision of this Agreement or any other Credit Document (other than the Fee Letter), nor consent to any departure by any Credit Party therefrom, shall in any event be effective unless the same shall be in writing and signed by the Majority Lenders and the Borrower, and then such waiver or consent shall be effective only in the specific instance and for the specific purpose for which given; provided that:

(a)    no amendment, waiver, or consent shall, unless in writing and signed by all the Revolving Lenders and the Borrower (in addition to such other parties that may be required under this Section  9.2 ), to (i) change the number of Revolving Lenders which shall be required for the Revolving Lenders to take any action hereunder or under any other Credit Document (including the definition of “Revolving Majority Lenders”) or (ii) other than as a result of acceleration pursuant to Article  VII , change the Maturity Date with respect to the Term Loan Facility to a date that is earlier than the then effective Maturity Date with respect to the Revolving Facility or amend the amortization schedule thereof to increase the quarterly installment amounts;

(b)    no amendment, waiver, or consent shall, unless in writing and signed by all the Term Loan Lenders and the Borrower (in addition to such other parties that may be required under this Section  9.2 ), (i) change the number of Term Loan Lenders which shall be required for the Term Loan Lenders to take any action hereunder or under any other Credit Document (including the definition of “Term Loan Majority Lenders”) or (ii) other than as a result of acceleration pursuant to Article  VII , change the Maturity Date with respect to the Revolving Facility to a date that is earlier than the then effective Maturity Date with respect to the Term Loan Facility or amend the amortization schedule thereof to increase the quarterly installment amounts;

(c)    no amendment, waiver, or consent shall, unless in writing and signed by all the Lenders and the Borrower, do any of the following: (i) waive any of the conditions specified in Section  3.1 , Section  3.2 or Section  3.3 , (ii) reduce the principal or interest amounts payable hereunder or under any other Credit Document ( provided that, the consent of the Majority Lenders shall be sufficient to waive or reduce the increased portion of interest resulting from Section  2.8(a) ), (iii) increase the aggregate Commitments, (iv) release all or substantially all of the Guarantors from their respective obligations under any Guaranty except as specifically provided in the Credit Documents or release the Borrower from its obligations under the Guaranty, (v) release all or substantially all of the Collateral except as permitted under Section  8.7(b) , or (vi) amend the definitions of “Majority Lenders” or “Maximum Exposure Amount”;

(d)    no amendment, waiver, or consent shall, unless in writing and signed by each Lender directly and adversely affected thereby, do any of the following: (i) postpone any date fixed for any interest, fees or other amounts payable hereunder, extend the Maturity Date with respect to Revolving Advances or extend the expiration of any Letter of Credit to a date after the Maturity Date with respect to Revolving Advances, (ii) reduce any fees or other amounts payable hereunder or under any other Credit Document (other than the principal or interest) with respect to Revolving Advances or (iii) amend Section  2.12(f) , Section  7.6 , or this Section  9.2 ;

 

99


(e)    no amendment, waiver, or consent shall, unless in writing and signed by all the Term Loan Lenders, do any of the following: (i) reduce the principal of, or interest on, the Term Loan Advances, or (ii) postpone or extend any date fixed for any payment of principal of, or interest on, the Term Loan Advances, including, without limitation, the Maturity Date;

(f)    no Commitment of a Lender or any obligations of a Lender may be increased without such Lender’s written consent;

(g)    no amendment, waiver, or consent shall, unless in writing and signed by the Administrative Agent in addition to the Lenders required above to take such action, affect the rights or duties of the Administrative Agent under this Agreement or any other Credit Document; and

(h)    no amendment, waiver or consent shall, unless in writing and signed by the Issuing Lender in addition to the Lenders required above to take such action, affect the rights or duties of the Issuing Lender under this Agreement or any other Credit Document.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, (a) the Borrower and Administrative Agent may amend this Agreement and the other Credit Documents without the consent of any Lender (i) to cure any ambiguity, omission, mistake, error, defect or inconsistency, (ii) to add a Guarantor with respect to the Advances or collateral to secure the Advances, (iii) to make administrative changes that do not adversely affect the rights of any Lender or (iv) make changes that enhance the rights of the Lenders. For the avoidance of doubt, (a) no Lender or any Affiliate of a Lender shall have any voting rights under this Agreement or any Credit Document as a result of the existence of obligations owed to it under Hedging Arrangements or Banking Services Obligations and (b) the Administrative Agent, without the consent of any other Person, may amend Schedule I in accordance with the definition of “Term Loan Commitment”.

Section 9.3     Severability . In case one or more provisions of this Agreement or the other Credit Documents shall be invalid, illegal or unenforceable in any respect under any applicable Legal Requirement, the validity, legality, and enforceability of the remaining provisions contained herein or therein shall not be affected or impaired thereby.

Section 9.4     Survival of Representations and Obligations . All representations and warranties contained in this Agreement or made in writing by or on behalf of the Credit Parties in connection herewith shall survive the execution and delivery of this Agreement and the other Credit Documents, the making Credit Extensions and any investigation made by or on behalf of the Lenders, none of which investigations shall diminish any Lender’s right to rely on such representations and warranties. Without limiting the provisions hereof which expressly provide for the survival of obligations, all obligations of the Borrower or any other Credit Party provided for in Section  2.8(c) , Section  2.10 , Section  2.11 , Section  2.13(c) , and Section  9.1(a) , Section  9.1(b) , Section  9.1(c) and Section  9.1(e) and all of the obligations of the Lenders in Section  8.3 , Section  9.1(c) and Section  9.1(f) shall survive any termination of this Agreement, Payment in Full, and termination or expiration of all Letters of Credit.

Section 9.5     Binding Effect . This Agreement shall become effective when it shall have been executed by the Borrower, and the Administrative Agent, and when the Administrative Agent shall have, as to each Lender, either received a counterpart hereof executed by such Lender or been notified by such Lender that such Lender has executed it.

Section 9.6     Successors and Assigns Generally . The provisions of this Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the parties hereto and their respective successors and assigns permitted hereby, except that the Borrower may not assign or otherwise transfer any of its rights or obligations hereunder without the prior written consent of each Lender Party or pursuant to a transaction

 

100


permitted under Section  6.7(a) and no Lender may assign or otherwise transfer any of its rights or obligations hereunder except (a) to an Eligible Assignee in accordance with the provisions of Section  9.7 , (b) by way of participation in accordance with the provisions of Section  9.7(c) , or (c) by way of pledge or assignment of a security interest subject to the restrictions of Section  9.7(e) (and any other attempted assignment or transfer by any party hereto shall be null and void). Nothing in this Agreement, expressed or implied, shall be construed to confer upon any Person (other than the parties hereto, their respective successors and assigns permitted hereby, Participants to the extent provided in Section  9.7(e) and, to the extent expressly contemplated hereby, the Related Parties of the Administrative Agent and each Lender) any legal or equitable right, remedy or claim under or by reason of this Agreement.

Section 9.7     Lender Assignments and Participations .

(a) Assignments by Lenders . Any Lender may at any time assign to one or more Eligible Assignees all or a portion of its rights and obligations under this Agreement (including all or a portion of its Commitment and the Advances at the time owing to it); provided that

(i) except in the case of an assignment of the entire remaining amount of the assigning Lender’s applicable Commitment and the Advances under such Commitment at the time owing to it (in each case with respect to any Facility) or in the case of an assignment to a Lender or an Affiliate of a Lender, the aggregate amount of the applicable Commitment (which for this purpose includes Advances outstanding thereunder) or, if the applicable Commitment is not then in effect, the principal outstanding balance of the Advances of the assigning Lender subject to each such assignment (determined as of the date the Assignment and Assumption with respect to such assignment is delivered to the Administrative Agent or, if “Trade Date” is specified in the Assignment and Assumption, as of the Trade Date) shall not be less than $5,000,000 unless the Administrative Agent and, so long as no Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, the Borrower otherwise consent (each such consent not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed);

(ii) each partial assignment shall be made as an assignment of a proportionate part of all the assigning Lender’s rights and obligations under this Agreement with respect to the applicable Class of Advances or the applicable Commitment assigned, except that this clause  (ii) shall not prohibit any Lender from assigning all or a portion of its rights and obligations among separate Facilities on a non- pro rata basis;

(iii) any assignment of a Revolving Commitment or a Revolving Advance must be approved by the Issuing Lender, unless the Person that is the proposed assignee is itself a Lender with a Revolving Commitment or an outstanding Revolving Advance (whether or not the proposed assignee would otherwise qualify as an Eligible Assignee); and

(iv) the parties to each assignment shall execute and deliver to the Administrative Agent an Assignment and Assumption, together with a processing and recordation fee of $3,500; provided that the Administrative Agent may, in its sole discretion, elect to waive such processing and recordation fee in the case of any assignment, and the Eligible Assignee, if it shall not be a Lender, shall deliver to the Administrative Agent an Administrative Questionnaire.

Subject to acceptance and recording thereof by the Administrative Agent pursuant to paragraph  (b) of this Section, from and after the effective date specified in each Assignment and Assumption, the assignee thereunder shall be a party to this Agreement and, to the extent of the interest assigned by such Assignment and Assumption, have the rights and obligations of a Lender under this Agreement, and the assigning Lender thereunder shall, to the extent of the interest assigned by such Assignment and Assumption, be released from its obligations under this Agreement (and, in the case of an Assignment

 

101


and Assumption covering all of the assigning Lender’s rights and obligations under this Agreement, such Lender shall cease to be a party hereto) but shall continue to be entitled to the benefits of Section  2.10 , Section  2.11 , Section  2.13(b) and Section  9.1 with respect to facts and circumstances occurring prior to the effective date of such assignment; provided , that except to the extent otherwise expressly agreed by the affected parties, no assignment by a Defaulting Lender will constitute a waiver or release of any claim of any party hereunder arising from that Lender’s having been a Defaulting Lender. Any assignment or transfer by a Lender of rights or obligations under this Agreement that does not comply with this paragraph shall be treated for purposes of this Agreement as a sale by such Lender of a participation in such rights and obligations in accordance with paragraph (c)  of this Section.

(b) Register . The Administrative Agent, acting solely for this purpose as an agent of the Borrower, shall maintain at its address referred to in Section  9.9 a copy of each Assignment and Assumption delivered to it and a register for the recordation of the names and addresses of the Lenders, the Revolving Commitments, and principal amounts (and stated interest) of the Revolving Advances and Term Loan Advances owing to, each Lender pursuant to the terms hereof from time to time (the “ Register ”). The entries in the applicable Register shall be conclusive absent manifest error, and the Borrower and the Lender Parties shall treat each Person whose name is recorded in the applicable Register pursuant to the terms hereof as a Lender hereunder for all purposes of this Agreement, notwithstanding notice to the contrary. The Borrower hereby agrees that the Administrative Agent acting as its nonfiduciary agent solely for the purpose set forth above in this clause  (b) , shall not subject the Administrative Agent to any fiduciary or other implied duties, all of which are hereby waived by the Borrower.

(c) Participations . Any Lender may at any time, without the consent of, or notice to, the Borrower or the Administrative Agent, sell participations to any Person (other than a natural person) (each, a “ Participant ”) in all or a portion of such Lender’s rights and/or obligations under this Agreement (including all or a portion of its Commitments and/or the Advances owing to it); provided that (i) such Lender’s obligations under this Agreement shall remain unchanged, (ii) such Lender shall remain solely responsible to the other parties hereto for the performance of such obligations and (iii) the Borrower and the Lender Parties shall continue to deal solely and directly with such Lender Party in connection with such Lender Party’s rights and obligations under this Agreement. Any agreement or instrument pursuant to which a Lender sells such a participation shall provide that such Lender shall retain the sole right to enforce this Agreement and to approve any amendment, modification or waiver of any provision of this Agreement; provided that such agreement or instrument may provide that such Lender will not, without the consent of the Participant, agree to any amendment, modification or waiver described in clauses  (a) - (e) of Section  9.2 (that adversely affects such Participant). Subject to paragraph  (d) of this Section, the Borrower agrees that each Participant shall be entitled to the benefits of, and subject to the requirements of, Section  2.10 , Section  2.11 and Section  2.13 to the same extent as if it were a Lender and had acquired its interest by assignment pursuant to paragraph  (a) of this Section. To the extent permitted by law, each Participant also shall be entitled to the benefits of Section  7.4 as though it were a Lender, provided such Participant agrees to be subject to Section  2.12(f) as though it were a Lender.

Each Revolving Lender or Term Loan Lender that sells a participation shall, acting solely for this purpose as a nonfiduciary agent of the Borrower, maintain a register in the United States on which it enters the name and address of each Participant and the principal amounts (and stated interest) of each Participant’s interest in the Obligations under the Credit Documents (the “ Participant Register ”) and no Revolving Lender or Term Loan Lender shall have any obligation to disclose any information contained in any Participant Register (including the identity of any Participant or any information relating to the Participant’s interests under this Agreement) except to the extent that such disclosure is necessary to ensure that the rights and obligations reflected in such register, or in any Register, are in registered form under Section 5f.103-1(c) of the United States Treasury Regulations. The entries in the Participant

 

102


Register shall be conclusive absent manifest error, and such Revolving Lender or Term Loan Lender shall treat each Person whose name is recorded in the Participant Register as the owner of such participation for all purposes of this Agreement notwithstanding any notice to the contrary. The Borrower hereby agrees that each Revolving Lender or Term Loan Lender acting as its nonfiduciary agent solely for the purpose set forth above in this clause  (c) , shall not subject such Revolving Lender or Term Loan Lender to any fiduciary or other implied duties, all of which are hereby waived by the Borrower.

(d) Limitations upon Participant Rights . A Participant shall not be entitled to receive any greater payment under Section  2.11 than the applicable Lender would have been entitled to receive with respect to the participation sold to such Participant (except to the extent such entitlement to receive a greater payment results from a Change in Law that occurs after the Participant acquired the applicable participation), unless the sale of the participation to such Participant is made with the Borrower’s prior written consent. A Participant that would be a Foreign Lender if it were a Lender shall not be entitled to the benefits of Section  2.13 unless the Borrower is notified of the participation sold to such Participant and such Participant agrees, for the benefit of the Borrower, to comply with Section  2.15(e) , in which case Section  2.13 shall be applied as if such Participant had become a Lender and had acquired its interest by assignment pursuant to paragraph  (a) of this Section; provided that, in no event shall such Participant be entitled to receive any greater payment under Section  2.13 than the applicable Lender would have been entitled to receive with respect to the participation sold to such Participant, except to the extent such entitlement to receive a greater payment results from a Change in Law that occurs after the Participant acquired the applicable participation.

(e) Certain Pledges . Any Lender may at any time pledge or assign a security interest in all or any portion of its rights under this Agreement to secure obligations of such Lender, including any pledge or assignment to secure obligations to a Federal Reserve Bank; provided that no such pledge or assignment shall release such Lender from any of its obligations hereunder or substitute any such pledgee or assignee for such Lender as a party hereto.

Section 9.8     Confidentiality . Each of the Administrative Agent, the Issuing Lender and each Lender agrees to maintain the confidentiality of the Information (as defined below), except that Information may be disclosed (a) to its and its Affiliates’ directors, officers, employees and agents, including accountants, legal counsel and other advisors on a need-to-know basis who are involved in evaluating, approving, structuring or administering the Advances and the Commitments (it being understood that the Persons to whom such disclosure is made will be informed of the confidential nature of such Information and instructed to keep such Information confidential), (b) to the extent requested by any regulatory authority or any self-regulatory authority or agency possessing investigative powers and the ability to sanction members for non-compliance, (c) to the extent required by applicable laws or regulations or by any subpoena or similar legal process, (d) to any other party to this Agreement, (e) in connection with the exercise of any remedies hereunder or any suit, action or proceeding relating to this Agreement or the enforcement of rights hereunder, (f) subject to an agreement containing provisions substantially the same as, or otherwise consistent with, those of this Section  9.8 , to (i) any assignee (other than any non-Eligible Assignee) of or Participant in, or any prospective assignee of or Participant in, any of its rights or obligations under this Agreement or (ii) any actual or prospective counterparty (or its advisors) to any swap or derivative transaction relating to the Credit Parties and their obligations, (g) with the consent of the Borrower, (h) to the extent such Information (i) becomes publicly available other than as a result of a breach of this Section or (ii) becomes available to the Administrative Agent, the Issuing Lender or any Lender on a nonconfidential basis from a source other than a Credit Party or (i) to the Administrative Agent, the Issuing Lender or any Lender or Affiliate thereof. For the purposes of this Section, “ Information ” means all information received from any Restricted Entity relating to any Restricted Entity or its business, other than any such information that is available to the Administrative Agent, the Issuing Lender or any Lender on a nonconfidential basis prior to disclosure by any Restricted Entity and other information pertaining to this Agreement routinely provided by arrangers to data service

 

103


providers, including league table providers, that serve the lending industry provided that, in the case of information received from any Restricted Entity after the date hereof, such information shall be deemed confidential to the extent a reasonable person would understand it to be confidential. Any Person required to maintain the confidentiality of Information as provided in this Section  9.8 shall be considered to have complied with its obligation to do so if such Person has exercised the same degree of care to maintain the confidentiality of such Information as such Person would accord to its own confidential information. In addition, the Administrative Agent and each Lender may disclose the existence of this Agreement and the information about this Agreement to service providers to the Administrative Agent and the Lenders in connection with the administration and management of this Agreement and the other Credit Documents.

Each Lender acknowledges that information furnished to it pursuant to this Agreement or the other Credit Documents may include material non-public information concerning the Borrower and its Affiliates and its related parties or its respective securities, and confirms that it has developed compliance procedures regarding the use of material non-public information and that it will handle such material non-public information in accordance with those procedures and applicable law, including Federal and state securities laws.

All information, including requests for waivers and amendments, furnished by the Borrower or the Administrative Agent pursuant to, or in the course of administering, this Agreement or the other Credit Documents will be syndicate-level information, which may contain material non-public information about the Borrower and its Affiliates and its related parties or its respective securities. Accordingly, each Lender represents to the Borrower and the Administrative Agent that it has identified in its Administrative Questionnaire a credit contact who may receive information that may contain material non-public information in accordance with its compliance procedures and applicable law, including Federal and state securities laws.

Section 9.9     Notices, Etc .

(a) Notices Generally . Except in the case of notices and other communications expressly permitted to be given by telephone (and except as provided in paragraph  (b) below), all notices and other communications provided for herein shall be in writing and shall be delivered by hand or overnight courier service, mailed by certified or registered mail or sent by facsimile as follows: (i) if to the Borrower or any other Credit Party, at the applicable address (or facsimile numbers) set forth on Schedule  I ; (ii) if to the Administrative Agent or Issuing Lender, at the applicable address (or facsimile numbers) set forth on Schedule  I ; and (iii) if to a Lender, to it at its address (or facsimile number) set forth in its Administrative Questionnaire. Notices sent by hand or overnight courier service, or mailed by certified or registered mail, shall be deemed to have been given when received; notices sent by facsimile shall be deemed to have been given when sent (except that, if not given during normal business hours for the recipient, shall be deemed to have been given at the opening of business on the next business day for the recipient). Notices delivered through electronic communications to the extent provided in paragraph  (b) below, shall be effective as provided in said paragraph  (b) .

(b) Electronic Communications .

(i) The Borrower and the Lenders agree that the Administrative Agent may make any material delivered by the Borrower to the Administrative Agent, as well as any amendments, waivers, consents, and other written information, documents, instruments and other materials relating to the Borrower, any of its Subsidiaries, or any other materials or matters relating to this Agreement, the Notes or any of the transactions contemplated hereby (collectively, the “ Communications ”) available to the Lenders by posting such notices on an electronic delivery system (which may be provided by the

 

104


Administrative Agent, an Affiliate of the Administrative Agent, or any Person that is not an Affiliate of the Administrative Agent), such as IntraLinks, or a substantially similar electronic system (the “ Platform ”). The Borrower acknowledge that (i) the distribution of material through an electronic medium is not necessarily secure and that there are confidentiality and other risks associated with such distribution, (ii) the Platform is provided “as is” and “as available” and (iii) none of the Administrative Agent nor any of its Affiliates warrants the accuracy, completeness, timeliness, sufficiency, or sequencing of the Communications posted on the Platform. The Administrative Agent and its Affiliates expressly disclaim with respect to the Platform any liability for errors in transmission, incorrect or incomplete downloading, delays in posting or delivery, or problems accessing the Communications posted on the Platform and any liability for any losses, costs, expenses or liabilities that may be suffered or incurred in connection with the Platform. No warranty of any kind, express, implied or statutory, including, without limitation, any warranty of merchantability, fitness for a particular purpose, non-infringement of third party rights or freedom from viruses or other code defects, is made by the Administrative Agent or any of their respective Affiliates in connection with the Platform. In no event shall the Administrative Agent or any of its Related Parties have any liability to the Borrower or the other Credit Parties, any Lender Party or any other Person or entity for damages of any kind, including, without limitation, direct or indirect, special, incidental or consequential damages, losses or expenses (whether in tort, contract or otherwise) arising out of the Borrower’s, any Credit Party’s or any Lender Party’s transmission of communications through the Platform.

(ii) Each Lender agrees that notice to it (as provided in the next sentence) (a “ Notice ”) specifying that any Communication has been posted to the Platform shall for purposes of this Agreement constitute effective delivery to such Lender of such information, documents or other materials comprising such Communication. Each Lender agrees (i) to notify, on or before the date such Lender becomes a party to this Agreement, the Administrative Agent in writing of such Lender’s e-mail address to which a Notice may be sent (and from time to time thereafter to ensure that the Administrative Agent has on record an effective e-mail address for such Lender) and (ii) that any Notice may be sent to such e-mail address.

(c) Change of Address, Etc . Any party hereto may change its address or facsimile number for notices and other communications hereunder by notice to the other parties hereto.

Section 9.10     Usury Not Intended . It is the intent of each Credit Party and each Lender Party in the execution and performance of this Agreement and the other Credit Documents to contract in strict compliance with applicable usury laws, including conflicts of law concepts, governing the Advances of each Lender including such applicable laws of the State of New York, if any, and the United States of America from time to time in effect. In furtherance thereof, the Lender Parties and the Credit Parties stipulate and agree that none of the terms and provisions contained in this Agreement or the other Credit Documents shall ever be construed to create a contract to pay, as consideration for the use, forbearance or detention of money, interest at a rate in excess of the Maximum Rate and that for purposes of this Agreement “interest” shall include the aggregate of all charges which constitute interest under such laws that are contracted for, charged or received under this Agreement; and in the event that, notwithstanding the foregoing, under any circumstances the aggregate amounts taken, reserved, charged, received or paid on the Advances, include amounts which by applicable Legal Requirement are deemed interest which would exceed the Maximum Rate, then such excess shall be deemed to be a mistake and each Lender receiving same shall credit the same on the principal of its Obligations (or if such Obligations shall have been paid in full, refund said excess to the Borrower). In the event that the maturity of the Obligations are accelerated by reason of any election of the holder thereof resulting from any Event of Default under this Agreement or otherwise, or in the event of any required or permitted prepayment, then such consideration that constitutes interest may never include more than the Maximum Rate, and excess interest, if any, provided for in this Agreement or otherwise shall be canceled automatically as of the date of such

 

105


acceleration or prepayment and, if theretofore paid, shall be credited on the applicable Obligations (or, if the applicable Obligations shall have been paid in full, refunded to the Borrower of such interest). In determining whether or not the interest paid or payable under any specific contingencies exceeds the Maximum Rate, the Credit Parties and the Lender Parties shall to the maximum extent permitted under applicable law amortize, prorate, allocate and spread in equal parts during the period of the full stated term of the Obligations all amounts considered to be interest under applicable law at any time contracted for, charged, received or reserved in connection with the Obligations. The provisions of this Section shall control over all other provisions of this Agreement or the other Credit Documents which may be in apparent conflict herewith.

Section 9.11     Usury Recapture . In the event the rate of interest chargeable under this Agreement at any time is greater than the Maximum Rate, the unpaid principal amount of the Advances shall bear interest at the Maximum Rate until the total amount of interest paid or accrued on the Advances equals the amount of interest which would have been paid or accrued on the Advances if the stated rates of interest set forth in this Agreement had at all times been in effect. In the event, upon payment in full of the Advances, the total amount of interest paid or accrued under the terms of this Agreement and the Advances is less than the total amount of interest which would have been paid or accrued if the rates of interest set forth in this Agreement had, at all times, been in effect, then the Borrower shall, to the extent permitted by applicable Legal Requirement, pay the Administrative Agent for the account of the applicable Lenders an amount equal to the difference between (i) the lesser of (A) the amount of interest which would have been charged on its Advances if the Maximum Rate had, at all times, been in effect and (B) the amount of interest which would have accrued on its Advances if the rates of interest set forth in this Agreement had at all times been in effect and (ii) the amount of interest actually paid under this Agreement on its Advances. In the event the Lenders ever receive, collect or apply as interest any sum in excess of the Maximum Rate, such excess amount shall, to the extent permitted by applicable Legal Requirement, be applied to the reduction of the principal balance of the Advances, and if no such principal is then outstanding, such excess or part thereof remaining shall be paid to the Borrower.

Section 9.12     Judgment Currency . If for the purposes of obtaining judgment in any court it is necessary to convert a sum due from the Borrower hereunder in the currency expressed to be payable herein (the “ specified currency ”) into another currency, the parties hereto agree, to the fullest extent that they may effectively do so, that the rate of exchange used shall be that at which in accordance with usual and customary banking procedures the Administrative Agent could purchase the specified currency with such other currency at any of the Administrative Agent’s offices in the United States of America on the Business Day preceding that on which final judgment is given. The obligations of the Borrower in respect of any sum due to any Lender Party hereunder shall, notwithstanding any judgment in a currency other than the specified currency, be discharged only to the extent that on the Business Day following receipt by such Lender, the Issuing Lender or the Administrative Agent (as the case may be) of any sum adjudged to be so due in such other currency such Lender, the Issuing Lender or the Administrative Agent (as the case may be) may in accordance with normal, reasonable banking procedures purchase the specified currency with such other currency. If the amount of the specified currency so purchased is less than the sum originally due to such Lender, the Issuing Lender or the Administrative Agent, as the case may be, in the specified currency, the Borrower agrees, to the fullest extent that it may effectively do so, as a separate obligation and notwithstanding any such judgment, to indemnify such Lender, the Issuing Lender or the Administrative Agent, as the case may be, against such loss, and if the amount of the specified currency so purchased exceeds (a) the sum originally due to any Lender, the Issuing Lender or the Administrative Agent, as the case may be, in the specified currency and (b) any amounts shared with other Lenders as a result of allocations of such excess as a disproportionate payment to such Lender under Section  2.12 , each Lender, Issuing Lender or the Administrative Agent, as the case may be, agrees to promptly remit such excess to the Borrower.

 

106


Section 9.13     Payments Set Aside . To the extent that any payment by or on behalf of the Borrower is made to any Lender Party, or any Lender Party exercises its right of setoff, and such payment or the proceeds of such setoff or any part thereof is subsequently invalidated, declared to be fraudulent or preferential, set aside or required (including pursuant to any settlement entered into by any Lender Party in its discretion) to be repaid to a trustee, receiver or any other party, in connection with any proceeding under any Debtor Relief Law or otherwise, then (a) to the extent of such recovery, the obligation or part thereof originally intended to be satisfied shall be revived and continued in full force and effect as if such payment had not been made or such setoff had not occurred, and (b) each Lender and the Issuing Lender severally agrees to pay to the Administrative Agent upon demand its applicable share (without duplication) of any amount so recovered from or repaid by the Administrative Agent, plus interest thereon from the date of such demand to the date such payment is made at a rate per annum equal to the Federal Funds Rate from time to time in effect, in the applicable currency of such recovery or payment. The obligations of the Lenders and the Issuing Lender under clause (b)  of the preceding sentence shall survive Payment in Full and the termination of this Agreement.

Section 9.14     Governing Law . This Agreement, the Notes and the other Credit Documents (other than such Credit Documents which expressly provide otherwise) shall be governed by, and construed and enforced in accordance with, the laws of the State of New York. Each Letter of Credit shall be governed by either (i) the Uniform Customs and Practice for Documentary Credits (2007 Revision), International Chamber of Commerce Publication No. 600, or (ii) the ISP, in either case, including any subsequent revisions thereof approved by a Congress of the International Chamber of Commerce and adhered to by the Issuing Lender.

Section 9.15     Submission to Jurisdiction . EACH PARTY TO THIS AGREEMENT IRREVOCABLY AND UNCONDITIONALLY SUBMITS, FOR ITSELF AND ITS PROPERTY, TO THE NONEXCLUSIVE JURISDICTION OF THE COURTS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK SITTING IN NEW YORK COUNTY AND OF THE UNITED STATES DISTRICT COURT OF THE SOUTHERN DISTRICT OF NEW YORK, AND ANY APPELLATE COURT FROM ANY THEREOF, IN ANY ACTION OR PROCEEDING ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO THIS AGREEMENT, OR FOR RECOGNITION OR ENFORCEMENT OF ANY JUDGMENT, AND EACH OF THE PARTIES HERETO IRREVOCABLY AND UNCONDITIONALLY AGREES THAT ALL CLAIMS IN RESPECT OF ANY SUCH ACTION OR PROCEEDING MAY BE HEARD AND DETERMINED IN SUCH NEW YORK STATE COURT OR, TO THE FULLEST EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LEGAL REQUIREMENT, IN SUCH FEDERAL COURT. EACH OF THE PARTIES HERETO AGREES THAT A FINAL JUDGMENT IN ANY SUCH ACTION OR PROCEEDING SHALL BE CONCLUSIVE AND MAY BE ENFORCED IN OTHER JURISDICTIONS BY SUIT ON THE JUDGMENT OR IN ANY OTHER MANNER PROVIDED BY APPLICABLE LEGAL REQUIREMENT. NOTHING IN THIS AGREEMENT SHALL AFFECT ANY RIGHT THAT ANY PARTY MAY OTHERWISE HAVE TO BRING ANY ACTION OR PROCEEDING RELATING TO THIS AGREEMENT AGAINST ANY OTHER PARTY OR ITS PROPERTIES IN THE COURTS OF ANY JURISDICTION.

Section 9.16     Waiver of Venue . EACH PARTY IRREVOCABLY AND UNCONDITIONALLY WAIVES, TO THE FULLEST EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LEGAL REQUIREMENT, ANY OBJECTION THAT IT MAY NOW OR HEREAFTER HAVE TO THE LAYING OF VENUE OF ANY ACTION OR PROCEEDING ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO THIS AGREEMENT IN ANY COURT REFERRED TO IN SECTION 9.15. EACH OF THE PARTIES HERETO HEREBY AGREES THAT SECTIONS 5-1401 AND 4-1402 OF THE GENERAL OBLIGATIONS LAW OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK SHALL APPLY TO THIS AGREEMENT AND IRREVOCABLY WAIVES, TO THE FULLEST EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE

 

107


LEGAL REQUIREMENT, THE DEFENSE OF AN INCONVENIENT FORUM TO THE MAINTENANCE OF SUCH ACTION OR PROCEEDING IN ANY SUCH COURT.

Section 9.17     Service of Process . Each party hereto irrevocably consents to service of process in the manner provided for notices in Section  9.9 . Nothing in this Agreement will affect the right of any party hereto to serve process in any other manner permitted by applicable Legal Requirement.

Section 9.18     Execution in Counterparts . This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts and by different parties hereto in separate counterparts, each of which when so executed shall be deemed to be an original and all of which taken together shall constitute one and the same agreement. Delivery of an executed counterpart of a signature page of this Agreement by facsimile or by e-mail “PDF” copy shall be effective as delivery of a manually executed counterpart of this Agreement.

Section 9.19     Electronic Execution of Assignments . The words “execution,” “signed,” “signature,” and words of like import in any Assignment and Assumption shall be deemed to include electronic signatures or the keeping of records in electronic form, each of which shall be of the same legal effect, validity or enforceability as a manually executed signature or the use of a paper-based recordkeeping system, as the case may be, to the extent and as provided for in any applicable law, including the Federal Electronic Signatures in Global and National Commerce Act, the New York State Electronic Signatures and Records Act, or any other similar state laws based on the Uniform Electronic Transactions Act.

Section 9.20     Waiver of Jury . EACH PARTY HERETO HEREBY IRREVOCABLY WAIVES, TO THE FULLEST EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW, ANY RIGHT IT MAY HAVE TO A TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY LEGAL PROCEEDING DIRECTLY OR INDIRECTLY ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO THIS AGREEMENT OR ANY OTHER CREDIT DOCUMENT OR THE TRANSACTIONS CONTEMPLATED HEREBY OR THEREBY (WHETHER BASED ON CONTRACT, TORT OR ANY OTHER THEORY). EACH PARTY HERETO (A) CERTIFIES THAT NO REPRESENTATIVE, AGENT OR ATTORNEY OF ANY OTHER PERSON HAS REPRESENTED, EXPRESSLY OR OTHERWISE, THAT SUCH OTHER PERSON WOULD NOT, IN THE EVENT OF LITIGATION, SEEK TO ENFORCE THE FOREGOING WAIVER AND (B) ACKNOWLEDGES THAT IT AND THE OTHER PARTIES HERETO HAVE BEEN INDUCED TO ENTER INTO THIS AGREEMENT AND THE OTHER CREDIT DOCUMENTS BY, AMONG OTHER THINGS, THE MUTUAL WAIVERS AND CERTIFICATIONS IN THIS SECTION.

Section 9.21     USA Patriot Act . Each Lender that is subject to the Patriot Act and the Administrative Agent (for itself and not on behalf of any Lender) hereby notifies each Credit Party that pursuant to the requirements of the Patriot Act it is required to obtain, verify and record information that identifies such Credit Party, which information includes the name and address of such Credit Party and other information that will allow such Lender or the Administrative Agent, as applicable, to identify such Credit Party in accordance with the Patriot Act.

Section 9.22     Acknowledgement and Consent to Bail-In of EEA Financial Institutions . Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in any Credit Document or in any other agreement, arrangement or understanding among any such parties, each party hereto acknowledges that any liability of any EEA Financial Institution arising under any Credit Document may be subject to the Write-Down and Conversion powers of an EEA Resolution Authority and agrees and consents to, and acknowledges and agrees to be bound by:

 

108


(a) the application of any Write-Down and Conversion Powers by an EEA Resolution Authority to any such liabilities arising hereunder which may be payable to it by any party hereto that is an EEA Financial Institution; and

(b) the effects of any Bail-In Action on any such liability, including, if applicable:

(i) a reduction in full or in part or cancellation of any such liability;

(ii) conversion of all, or a portion of, such liability into shares or other instruments of ownership in such EEA Financial Institution, its parent entity, or a bridge institution that may be issued to it or otherwise conferred on it, and that such shares or other instruments of ownership will be accepted by it in lieu of any rights with respect to any such liability under this Agreement or any other Credit Document; or

(iii) the variation of the terms of such liability in connection with the exercise of the Write-Down and Conversion powers of any EEA Resolution Authority.

Section 9.23     Integration . THIS AGREEMENT AND THE CREDIT DOCUMENTS, AS DEFINED IN THIS AGREEMENT, REPRESENT THE FINAL AGREEMENT AMONG THE PARTIES WITH RESPECT TO THE SUBJECT MATTERS SET FORTH HEREIN AND MAY NOT BE CONTRADICTED BY EVIDENCE OF PRIOR, CONTEMPORANEOUS, OR SUBSEQUENT ORAL AGREEMENTS OF THE PARTIES.

Section 9.24     No Fiduciary Duty, etc . The Borrower acknowledges and agrees that no Secured Party will have any obligations except those obligations with respect to the Facilities expressly set forth herein and in the other Credit Documents, and each Secured Party is acting solely in the capacity of an arm’s length contractual counterparty to the Borrower with respect to the Credit Documents and the transactions contemplated therein and not as a financial advisor or a fiduciary to, or an agent of, the Borrower or any other person. The Borrower agrees that it will not assert any claim against any Secured Party based on an alleged breach of fiduciary duty by such Secured Party in connection with this Agreement and the transactions contemplated hereby. Additionally, the Borrower acknowledges and agrees that no Secured Party is advising the Borrower as to any legal, tax, investment, accounting, regulatory or any other matters in any jurisdiction. The Borrower shall consult with its own advisors concerning such matters and shall be responsible for making its own independent investigation and appraisal of the transactions contemplated hereby, and the Secured Parties shall have no responsibility or liability to the Borrower with respect thereto.

[Remainder of this page intentionally left blank. Signature pages follow.]

 

109


EXECUTED as of the date first above written.

 

BORROWER     NINE ENERGY SERVICE, INC.
    By:   /s/ Ann G. Fox
    Name:   Ann G. Fox
    Title:   President and Chief Executive Officer


ADMINISTRATIVE AGENT, ISSUING

LENDER AND A LENDER

    JPMORGAN CHASE BANK, N.A.
    By:   /s/ Arina Mavilian
    Name:   Arina Mavilian
    Title:   Authorized Signatory


ISSUING Lender     ZB, N.A. dba AMEGY BANK
    By:   /s/ Rachel Pletcher
    Name:   Rachel Pletcher
    Title:   Vice President


LENDER     WELLS FARGO BANK, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION
    By:   /s/ Katherine Scalzo
    Name:   Katherine Scalzo
    Title:  


LENDER     GOLDMAN SACHS BANK USA
    By:   /s/ Josh Rosenthal
    Name:   Josh Rosenthal
    Title:   Authorized Signatory


LENDER     Comerica Bank
    By:   /s/ Kenny Barhanovich
    Name:   Kenny Barhanovich
    Title:   Senior Vice President


LENDER     HSBC BANK USA, N.A.
    By:   /s/ Thomas L. Nolan
    Name:   Thomas L. Nolan
    Title:   Vice President


LENDER     IBERIABANK
    By:   /s/ Robert S. Martin
    Name:   Robert S. Martin
    Title:   Senior Vice President


LENDER     Bank of America, N.A.
    By:   /s/ Anthony D. Healey
    Name:   Anthony D. Healey
    Title:   Senior Vice President


LENDER     The Bank of Nova Scotia
    By:   /s/ Mark Sparrow
    Name:   Mark Sparrow
    Title:   Director


EXHIBIT A

FORM OF ASSIGNMENT AND ASSUMPTION

This Assignment and Assumption (the “ Assignment and Assumption ”) is dated as of the Effective Date set forth below and is entered into by and between [Insert name of Assignor] (the “ Assignor ”) and [Insert name of Assignee] (the “ Assignee ”). Capitalized terms used but not defined herein shall have the meanings given to them in the Credit Agreement identified below (as amended, the “ Credit Agreement ”), receipt of a copy of which is hereby acknowledged by the Assignee. The Standard Terms and Conditions set forth in Annex I attached hereto are hereby agreed to and incorporated herein by reference and made a part of this Assignment and Assumption as if set forth fully herein.

For an agreed consideration, the Assignor hereby irrevocably sells and assigns to the Assignee, and the Assignee hereby irrevocably purchases and assumes from the Assignor, subject to and in accordance with the Standard Terms and Conditions and the Credit Agreement, effective as of the Effective Date inserted by the Administrative Agent as contemplated below (i) all of the Assignor’s rights and obligations in its capacity as a Lender under the Credit Agreement and any other documents or instruments delivered pursuant thereto to the extent related to the amount and percentage interest identified below (including any letters of credit and guarantees included in such facilities) and (ii) to the extent permitted to be assigned under applicable law, all claims, suits, causes of action and any other right of the Assignor (in its capacity as a Lender) against any Person, whether known or unknown, arising under or in connection with the Credit Agreement, any other documents or instruments delivered pursuant thereto or the loan transactions governed thereby or in any way based on or related to any of the foregoing, including contract claims, tort claims, malpractice claims, statutory claims and all other claims at law or in equity related to the rights and obligations sold and assigned pursuant to clause (i) above (the rights and obligations sold and assigned pursuant to clauses (i) and (ii) above being referred to herein collectively as the “ Assigned Interest ”). Such sale and assignment is without recourse to the Assignor and, except as expressly provided in this Assignment and Assumption, without representation or warranty by the Assignor.

 

1. Assignor:   
2. Assignee:    [an Affiliate of [identify Lender] 1 ]
3. Borrower:    Nine Energy Service, Inc., as Borrower
4. Administrative Agent:        JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., as the Administrative Agent under the Credit Agreement
5. Credit Agreement:    The Credit Agreement dated as of 13, 2017 among Nine Energy Service, Inc., as Borrower, the Lenders party thereto, the Issuing Lenders, and JPMorgan Chase Bank N.A., Administrative Agent.

 

1   Include as applicable.


Assigned Interest:

 

Facility Assigned

    

Aggregate Amount of
Commitment/Loans

for all Lenders

      

Amount of

Commitment/Loans

Assigned

      

Percentage Assigned of

Commitment/Loans 2

 
     $                             $                                               
     $        $                          
     $        $                          

Effective Date:                      , 20      [TO BE INSERTED BY ADMINISTRATIVE AGENT AND WHICH SHALL BE THE EFFECTIVE DATE OF RECORDATION OF TRANSFER IN THE REGISTER THEREFOR.]

The Assignee agrees to deliver to the Administrative Agent a completed administrative questionnaire in which the Assignee designates one or more credit contacts to whom all syndicate-level information (which may contain material non-public information about the Borrowers and their Affiliates and their Related Parties or their respective Securities) will be made available and who may receive such information in accordance with the Assignee’s compliance procedures and applicable laws, including Federal and state securities laws.

 

2   Set forth, to at least 9 decimals, as a percentage of the Commitment/Loans of all Lenders thereunder.

 

2


The terms set forth in this Assignment and Assumption are hereby agreed to:

 

ASSIGNOR:
[NAME OF ASSIGNOR]
By:    
Name:      
Title:    

 

Signature Page

Assignment and Assumption


ASSIGNEE:
[NAME OF ASSIGNEE]
By:    
Name:      
Title:    

 

[Consented to and] 3 Accepted:
JPMORGAN CHASE BANK N.A. , as Administrative Agent
By:    
Name:      
Title:    
[Consented to:] 4
[NAME OF RELEVANT PARTY]
By:    
Name:      
Title:    

 

3   To be added only if the consent of the Administrative Agent is required by the terms of the Credit Agreement.
4   To be added only if the consent of either Borrower and/or other parties (e.g. Issuing Lender) is required by the terms of the Credit Agreement.

 

Signature Page

Assignment and Assumption


ANNEX I

STANDARD TERMS AND CONDITIONS FOR

ASSIGNMENT AND ASSUMPTION

1. Representations and Warranties .

1.1 Assignor . The Assignor (a) represents and warrants that (i) it is the legal and beneficial owner of the Assigned Interest, (ii) the Assigned Interest is free and clear of any lien, encumbrance or other adverse claim and (iii) it has full power and authority, and has taken all action necessary, to execute and deliver this Assignment and Assumption and to consummate the transactions contemplated hereby; and (b) assumes no responsibility with respect to (i) any statements, warranties or representations made in or in connection with the Credit Agreement, (ii) the execution, legality, validity, enforceability, genuineness, sufficiency or value of the Credit Agreement or any collateral thereunder, (iii) the financial condition of the Borrower, any of its Subsidiaries or Affiliates or any other Person obligated in respect of the Credit Agreement or (iv) the performance or observance by the Borrower, any of its Subsidiaries or Affiliates or any other Person of any of their respective obligations under the Credit Agreement.

1.2 Assignee . The Assignee (a) represents and warrants that (i) it has full power and authority, and has taken all action necessary, to execute and deliver this Assignment and Assumption and to consummate the transactions contemplated hereby and to become a Lender under the Credit Agreement, (ii) it satisfies the requirements, if any, specified in the Credit Agreement that are required to be satisfied by it in order to acquire the Assigned Interest and become a Lender, (iii) from and after the Effective Date, it shall be bound by the provisions of the Credit Agreement as a Lender thereunder and, to the extent of the Assigned Interest, shall have the obligations of a Lender thereunder, (iv) it has received a copy of the Credit Agreement, together with copies of the most recent financial statements delivered pursuant to Section 5.2 thereof, as applicable, and such other documents and information as it has deemed appropriate to make its own credit analysis and decision to enter into this Assignment and Assumption and to purchase the Assigned Interest on the basis of which it has made such analysis and decision independently and without reliance on the Administrative Agent or any other Lender, and (v) attached to the Assignment and Assumption is any documentation required to be delivered by it pursuant to the terms of the Credit Agreement, duly completed and executed by the Assignee; and (b) agrees that (i) it will, independently and without reliance on the Administrative Agent, the Assignor or any other Lender, and based on such documents and information as it shall deem appropriate at the time, continue to make its own credit decisions in taking or not taking action under the Credit Agreement, and (ii) it will perform in accordance with their terms all of the obligations which by the terms of the Credit Agreement are required to be performed by it as a Lender.

2. Payments . From and after the Effective Date, the Administrative Agent shall make all payments in respect of the Assigned Interest (including payments of principal, interest, fees and other amounts) to the Assignor for amounts which have accrued to but excluding the Effective Date and to the Assignee for amounts which have accrued from and after the Effective Date.

3. General Provisions . This Assignment and Assumption shall be binding upon, and inure to the benefit of, the parties hereto and their respective successors and assigns. This Assignment and Assumption may be executed in any number of counterparts, which together shall constitute one instrument. Delivery of an executed counterpart of a signature page of this Assignment and Assumption by telecopy shall be effective as delivery of a manually executed counterpart of this Assignment and Assumption. This Assignment and Assumption shall be governed by, and construed in accordance with, the law of the State of New York.

 

Annex I


EXHIBIT B

GUARANTY AGREEMENT

This Guaranty Agreement dated as of [●], 2017 (as amended, supplemented, amended and restated or otherwise modified from time to time, this “ Guaranty ”) is executed by each of the undersigned (individually a “ Guarantor ” and collectively, the “ Guarantors ”), in favor of JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., as Administrative Agent (as defined below) for the ratable benefit of the Secured Parties (as defined in the Credit Agreement referred to herein).

INTRODUCTION

A.    This Guaranty is given in connection with that certain Credit Agreement dated as of September 14, 2017 (as amended, supplemented, amended and restated or otherwise modified from time to time, the “ Credit Agreement ”), by and among Nine Energy Service, Inc. (the “ Borrower ”), the lenders party thereto from time to time (the “ Lenders ”), the Issuing Lenders (as defined in the Credit Agreement) and JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., as the Administrative Agent (in such capacity, the “ Administrative Agent ”).

B.    Each Guarantor is a Domestic Restricted Subsidiary (as defined in the Credit Agreement) of the Borrower and (i) the transactions contemplated by the Credit Agreement and the other Credit Documents (as defined in the Credit Agreement), (ii) the Hedging Arrangements (as defined in the Credit Agreement) entered into by any Credit Party with a Swap Counterparty (as defined in the Credit Agreement), and (iii) the Banking Services provided by any Lender or any Affiliate of a Lender to any Credit Party, each are (a) in furtherance of such Domestic Restricted Subsidiary’s corporate purposes, (b) necessary or convenient to the conduct, promotion or attainment of such Domestic Restricted Subsidiary’s business, and (c) for such Domestic Restricted Subsidiary’s direct or indirect benefit.

C.    The Borrower is a party to this Guaranty in order to guarantee the Secured Obligations (as defined in the Credit Agreement) to the extent that the Secured Obligations were directly incurred by a Credit Party other than the Borrower.

Each Guarantor is executing and delivering this Guaranty (i) to induce the Lenders to provide and to continue to provide Advances under the Credit Agreement, (ii) to induce the Issuing Lenders to provide and to continue to provide Letters of Credit under the Credit Agreement, and (iii) intending it to be a legal, valid, binding, enforceable and continuing obligation of such Guarantor.

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises, each Guarantor hereby agrees as follows:

Section 1.     Definitions . All capitalized terms not otherwise defined in this Guaranty that are defined in the Credit Agreement shall have the meanings assigned to such terms by the Credit Agreement.

Section 2.     Guaranty .

(a)    The Guarantors hereby, jointly and severally, absolutely, unconditionally and irrevocably guarantee the punctual and complete payment and performance, when due,


whether at the stated maturity, by acceleration or otherwise, of all Secured Obligations, whether absolute or contingent and whether for principal, interest (including, without limitation, interest that but for the existence of a bankruptcy, reorganization or similar proceeding would accrue), fees, amounts owing in respect of Letter of Credit Obligations, amounts required to be provided as collateral, indemnities, expenses or otherwise (collectively, the “ Guaranteed Obligations ”). Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, each Guarantor’s liability shall extend to all amounts that constitute part of the Guaranteed Obligations and would be owed by the Borrower or any other Credit Party to the Secured Parties but for the fact that they are unenforceable or not allowable due to insolvency or the existence of a bankruptcy, reorganization or similar proceeding involving any Borrower or any Credit Party.

(b)    In order to provide for just and equitable contribution among the Guarantors, the Guarantors agree that in the event a payment shall be made on any date under this Guaranty by any Guarantor (the “ Funding Guarantor ”), each other Guarantor (each a “ Contributing Guarantor ”) shall indemnify the Funding Guarantor in an amount equal to the amount of such payment, in each case multiplied by a fraction the numerator of which shall be the net worth of the Contributing Guarantor as of such date and the denominator of which shall be the aggregate net worth of all the Contributing Guarantors together with the net worth of the Funding Guarantor as of such date. Any Contributing Guarantor making any payment to a Funding Guarantor pursuant to this Section 2(b) shall be subrogated to the rights of such Funding Guarantor to the extent of such payment.

(c)    Anything contained in this Guaranty to the contrary notwithstanding, the obligations of each Guarantor under this Guaranty on any date shall be limited to a maximum aggregate amount equal to the largest amount that would not, on such date, render its obligations hereunder subject to avoidance as a fraudulent transfer or conveyance under Section 548 of the Bankruptcy Code of the United States or any applicable provisions of comparable laws relating to bankruptcy, insolvency, or reorganization, or relief of debtors (collectively, the “ Fraudulent Transfer Laws ”), but only to the extent that any Fraudulent Transfer Law has been found in a final non-appealable judgment of a court of competent jurisdiction to be applicable to such obligations as of such date, in each case:

(i)    after giving effect to all liabilities of such Guarantor, contingent or otherwise, that are relevant under the Fraudulent Transfer Laws, but specifically excluding:

(A)    any liabilities of such Guarantor in respect of intercompany indebtedness to the Borrower or other affiliates of the Borrower to the extent that such indebtedness would be discharged in an amount equal to the amount paid by such Guarantor hereunder;

(B)    any liabilities of such Guarantor under this Guaranty; and

(C)    any liabilities of such Guarantor under each of its other guarantees of and joint and several co-borrowings of Debt, in each case entered into on the date this Guaranty becomes effective, which contain a limitation as to maximum amount substantially similar to that set forth in this Section 2(c) (each

 

2


such other guarantee and joint and several co-borrowing entered into on the date this Guaranty becomes effective, a “ Competing Guaranty ”) to the extent such Guarantor’s liabilities under such Competing Guaranty exceed an amount equal to (1) the aggregate principal amount of such Guarantor’s obligations under such Competing Guaranty (notwithstanding the operation of that limitation contained in such Competing Guaranty that is substantially similar to this Section 2(c)), multiplied by (2) a fraction (i) the numerator of which is the aggregate principal amount of such Guarantor’s obligations under such Competing Guaranty (notwithstanding the operation of that limitation contained in such Competing Guaranty that is substantially similar to this Section 2(c)), and (ii) the denominator of which is the sum of (x) the aggregate principal amount of the obligations of such Guarantor under all other Competing Guaranties (notwithstanding the operation of those limitations contained in such other Competing Guaranties that are substantially similar to this Section 2(c)), (y) the aggregate principal amount of the obligations of such Guarantor under this Guaranty (notwithstanding the operation of this Section 2(c)), and (z) the aggregate principal amount of the obligations of such Guarantor under such Competing Guaranty (notwithstanding the operation of that limitation contained in such Competing Guaranty that is substantially similar to this Section 2(c)); and

(D)    after giving effect as assets to the value (as determined under the applicable provisions of the Fraudulent Transfer Laws) of any rights to subrogation, reimbursement, indemnification or contribution of such Guarantor pursuant to applicable Legal Requirement or pursuant to the terms of any agreement (including any such right of contribution under Section 2(b)).

(d)    The Borrower, unconditionally and irrevocably, with respect to each other Guarantor, guarantees such Guarantor’s guarantee under Section 2(a) of any Hedging Arrangements constituting Secured Obligations. The obligations of the Borrower under this Section 2.1(d) shall remain in full force and effect until Payment in Full. The Borrower intends that this Section 2.1(d) constitutes, and this Section 2.1(d) shall be deemed to constitute, a guarantee or other agreement for the benefit of each other Guarantor for all purposes of section 1a(18)(A)(v)(II) of the Commodity Exchange Act (7 U.S.C. § 1 et seq.), as amended from time to time, and any successor statute (the “ Commodity Exchange Act ”).

 

3


Section 3.     Guaranty Absolute . Until Payment in Full, each Guarantor guarantees that the Guaranteed Obligations will be paid strictly in accordance with the terms of the Credit Documents, regardless of any law, regulation or order now or hereafter in effect in any jurisdiction affecting any of such terms or the rights of the Administrative Agent, the Issuing Lenders, any Lender, any Banking Service Provider or any Swap Counterparty with respect thereto but subject to Section 2(c) above. The obligations of each Guarantor under this Guaranty are independent of the Guaranteed Obligations or any other obligations of any other Person under the Credit Documents or in connection with any Hedging Arrangement or Banking Services, and a separate action or actions may be brought and prosecuted against a Guarantor to enforce this Guaranty, irrespective of whether any action is brought against any Guarantor or any other Person or whether any Guarantor or any other Person is joined in any such action or actions. The liability of each Guarantor under this Guaranty shall be irrevocable, absolute and unconditional irrespective of, and each Guarantor, to the extent not prohibited by applicable Legal Requirement, hereby irrevocably waives any defenses it may now or hereafter have in any way relating to, any or all of the following:

(a)    any lack of validity or enforceability of any Credit Document or any agreement or instrument relating thereto or any part of the Guaranteed Obligations being irrecoverable;

(b)    any change in the time, manner or place of payment of, or in any other term of, all or any of the Guaranteed Obligations or any other obligations of any Person under the Credit Documents or any agreement or instrument relating to Hedging Arrangements with a Swap Counterparty or Banking Services with a Banking Services Provider, or any other amendment or waiver of or any consent to departure from any Credit Document or any agreement or instrument relating to Hedging Arrangements with a Swap Counterparty or Banking Services with a Banking Services Provider, including, without limitation, any increase in the Guaranteed Obligations resulting from the extension of additional credit to the either Borrower or otherwise;

(c)    any taking, exchange, release or non-perfection of any Collateral, or any taking, release or amendment or waiver of or consent to departure from any other guaranty, for all or any of the Guaranteed Obligations;

(d)    any manner of application of Collateral, or proceeds thereof, to all or any of the Guaranteed Obligations, or any manner of sale or other disposition of any Collateral for all or any of the Guaranteed Obligations or any other obligations of any other Person under the Credit Documents or any other assets of any Guarantor;

(e)    any change, restructuring or termination of the corporate structure or existence of any Guarantor;

(f)    any failure of any Lender, the Administrative Agent, any Issuing Lender, or any other Secured Party to disclose to any Guarantor any information relating to the business, condition (financial or otherwise), operations, properties or prospects of any Person now or in the future known to the Administrative Agent, the Issuing Lenders, any Lender or any other Secured Party (and each Guarantor hereby irrevocably waives any duty on the part of any Secured Party to disclose such information);

(g)    any signature of any officer of any Guarantor being mechanically reproduced in facsimile or otherwise; or

(h)    any other circumstance or any existence of or reliance on any representation by any Secured Party that might otherwise constitute a defense available to, or a discharge of, any Guarantor or any other guarantor, surety or other Person.

Section 4.     Continuation and Reinstatement, Etc. Each Guarantor agrees that, to the extent that payments of any of the Guaranteed Obligations are made, or any Secured Party receives any proceeds of Collateral, and such payments or proceeds or any part thereof are subsequently invalidated, declared to be fraudulent or preferential, set aside, or otherwise required to be repaid, then to the extent of such repayment the Guaranteed Obligations shall be reinstated and continued in full force and effect as of the date such initial payment or collection of proceeds occurred.

 

4


EACH GUARANTOR SHALL DEFEND AND INDEMNIFY EACH SECURED PARTY FROM AND AGAINST ANY CLAIM, DAMAGE, LOSS, LIABILITY, COST, OR EXPENSE UNDER THIS SECTION 4 (INCLUDING REASONABLE ATTORNEYS’ FEES AND EXPENSES) IN THE DEFENSE OF ANY SUCH ACTION OR SUIT, INCLUDING SUCH CLAIM, DAMAGE, LOSS, LIABILITY, COST, OR EXPENSE ARISING AS A RESULT OF THE INDEMNIFIED SECURED PARTY’S OWN NEGLIGENCE BUT EXCLUDING SUCH CLAIM, DAMAGE, LOSS, LIABILITY, COST, OR EXPENSE THAT IS FOUND IN A FINAL, NON-APPEALABLE JUDGMENT BY A COURT OF COMPETENT JURISDICTION TO HAVE RESULTED FROM SUCH INDEMNIFIED SECURED PARTY’S GROSS NEGLIGENCE, OR WILLFUL MISCONDUCT; PROVIDED, HOWEVER, THAT IT IS THE INTENTION OF THE PARTIES HERETO THAT EACH INDEMNIFIED SECURED PARTY BE INDEMNIFIED IN THE CASE OF ITS OWN NEGLIGENCE (OTHER THAN GROSS NEGLIGENCE), REGARDLESS OF WHETHER SUCH NEGLIGENCE IS SOLE OR CONTRIBUTORY, ACTIVE OR PASSIVE, IMPUTED, JOINT OR TECHNICAL.

Section 5.     Waivers and Acknowledgments .

(a)    Each Guarantor, to the extent not prohibited by applicable Legal Requirement, hereby waives promptness, diligence, presentment, notice of acceptance and any other notice with respect to any of the Guaranteed Obligations and this Guaranty and any requirement that any Secured Party protect, secure, perfect or insure any Lien or any property or exhaust any right or take any action against the Borrower or any other Person or any collateral.

(b)    Each Guarantor, to the extent not prohibited by applicable Legal Requirement, hereby irrevocably waives any right to revoke this Guaranty, and acknowledges that this Guaranty is continuing in nature and applies to all Guaranteed Obligations, whether existing now or in the future.

(c)    Each Guarantor acknowledges that it will receive substantial direct and indirect benefits from (i) the financing arrangements involving any Guarantor contemplated by the Credit Documents, (ii) the Hedging Arrangements entered into by a Credit Party with a Swap Counterparty, and (iii) the Bank Services provided to any Credit Party, and that the waivers set forth in this Guaranty are knowingly made in contemplation of such benefits.

Section 6.     Subrogation and Subordination .

(a)    No Guarantor will exercise any rights that it may now have or hereafter acquire against any Credit Party to the extent that such rights arise from the existence, payment, performance or enforcement of such Guarantor’s obligations under this Guaranty or any other Credit Document, including, without limitation, any right of subrogation, reimbursement, exoneration, contribution or indemnification and any right to participate in any claim or remedy of any Secured Party against any Credit Party, whether or not such claim, remedy or right arises

 

5


in equity or under contract, statute or common law, including, without limitation, the right to take or receive from any Credit Party, directly or indirectly, in cash or other property or by set-off or in any other manner, payment or security on account of such claim, remedy or right, until after Payment in Full. If any amount shall be paid to a Guarantor in violation of the preceding sentence at any time prior to or on the Payment in Full, such amount shall be held in trust for the benefit of the Secured Parties and shall forthwith be paid to the Administrative Agent to be credited and applied to the Guaranteed Obligations and any and all other amounts payable by the Guarantors under this Guaranty, whether matured or unmatured, in accordance with the terms of the Credit Documents.

(b)    Each Guarantor agrees that all Subordinated Guarantor Obligations (as hereinafter defined) are and shall be subordinate and inferior in rank, preference and priority to all obligations of such Guarantor in respect of the Guaranteed Obligations hereunder, and such Guarantor shall, if requested by the Administrative Agent, execute or cause, if applicable, a Restricted Subsidiary to execute, a subordination agreement reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent to more fully set out the terms of such subordination. Each Guarantor agrees that none of the Subordinated Guarantor Obligations shall be secured by a lien or security interest on any assets of such Guarantor or any ownership interests in any Subsidiary of such Guarantor. “ Subordinated Guarantor Obligations ” means any and all obligations and liabilities of a Guarantor owing to any other Guarantor or any Restricted Subsidiary, direct or contingent, due or to become due, now existing or hereafter arising, including, without limitation, all future advances, with interest, attorneys’ fees, expenses of collection and costs.

Section 7.     Representations and Warranties . Each Guarantor hereby represents and warrants as follows:

(a)    There are no conditions precedent to the effectiveness of this Guaranty. Such Guarantor benefits from executing this Guaranty.

(b)    Such Guarantor has, independently and without reliance upon the Administrative Agent, any Lender or any other Secured Party and based on such documents and information as it has deemed appropriate, made its own credit analysis and decision to enter into this Guaranty, and such Guarantor has established adequate means of obtaining from each Credit Party on a continuing basis information pertaining to, and is now and on a continuing basis will be completely familiar with, the business, condition (financial and otherwise), operations, properties and prospects of each Credit Party.

(c)    The obligations of such Guarantor under this Guaranty are the valid, binding and legally enforceable obligations of such Guarantor, (except as limited by (i) applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium, or similar laws at the time in effect affecting the rights of creditors generally and (ii) general principles of equity whether applied by a court of law or equity), and the execution and delivery of this Guaranty by such Guarantor has been duly and validly authorized in all respects by all requisite corporate, limited liability company or partnership actions on the part of such Guarantor, and the Person who is executing and delivering this Guaranty on behalf of such Guarantor has full power, authority and legal right to so do, and to observe and perform all of the terms and conditions of this Guaranty on such Guarantor’s part to be observed or performed.

 

6


Section 8.     Right of Set-Off . Upon the occurrence and during the continuance of any Event of Default, any Lender, the Administrative Agent, any Issuing Lender and any other Secured Party and each of their Affiliates is hereby authorized at any time, to the fullest extent permitted by law, to set-off and apply any and all deposits (general or special, time or demand, provisional or final) at any time held and other indebtedness at any time owing by such Secured Party or any such Affiliates to or for the credit or the account of each Guarantor against any and all of the obligations of the Guarantors now or hereafter existing under this Guaranty, irrespective of whether or not such Secured Party shall have made any demand under this Guaranty and although such obligations may be contingent and unmatured; provided that in the event that any Defaulting Lender shall exercise any such right of setoff, (x) all amounts so set off shall be paid over immediately to the Administrative Agent for further application in accordance with the provisions of Section 2.15 of the Credit Agreement and, pending such payment, shall be segregated by such Defaulting Lender from its other funds and deemed held in trust for the benefit of the Administrative Agent, the Issuing Lender and the Lenders, and (y) the Defaulting Lender shall provide promptly to the Administrative Agent a statement describing in reasonable detail the obligations owing to such Defaulting Lender as to which it exercised such right of setoff. Such Secured Party shall promptly notify the affected Guarantor after any such set-off and application is made, provided that the failure to give such notice shall not affect the validity of such set-off and application. The rights of the Secured Parties under this Section 8 are in addition to other rights and remedies (including, without limitation, other rights of set-off) which any Secured Party may have.

Section 9.     Amendments, Etc. No amendment or waiver of any provision of this Guaranty and no consent to any departure by any Guarantor therefrom shall in any event be effective unless the same shall be in writing and signed by the affected Guarantor and the Administrative Agent in accordance with Section 9.2 of the Credit Agreement, and then such waiver or consent shall be effective only in the specific instance and for the specific purpose for which given.

Section 10.     Notices, Etc. All notices and other communications provided for hereunder shall be sent in the manner provided for in Section 9.9 of the Credit Agreement, in writing and hand delivered with written receipt, telecopied, sent by facsimile, sent by a nationally recognized overnight courier, or sent by certified mail, return receipt requested, if to a Guarantor, at its address for notices specified in Schedule II to the Security Agreement, and if to the Administrative Agent, the Issuing Lenders or any Lender, at its address specified in or pursuant to the Credit Agreement. All such notices and communications shall be effective when delivered.

Section 11.     No Waiver: Remedies . No failure on the part of the Administrative Agent or any other Secured Party to exercise, and no delay in exercising, any right hereunder shall operate as a waiver thereof; nor shall any single or partial exercise of any right hereunder preclude any other or further exercise thereof or the exercise of any other right. The remedies herein provided are cumulative and not exclusive of any remedies provided by law.

Section 12.     Continuing Guaranty: Assignments under the Credit Agreement . This Guaranty is a continuing guaranty and shall (a) remain in full force and effect until Payment in Full, (b) be binding upon each Guarantor and its successors and assigns, (c) inure to the benefit

 

7


of and, subject to Section 8.7(d) of the Credit Agreement, be enforceable by the Administrative Agent, each Lender, each Issuing Lender, each other Secured Party and their respective successors, and, in the case of transfers and assignments made in accordance with the Credit Agreement, transferees and assigns, and (d) inure to the benefit of and be enforceable by a Swap Counterparty and each of its successors, transferees and assigns to the extent such successor, transferee or assign is a Lender or an Affiliate of a Lender. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing clause (c), subject to Section 9.7 of the Credit Agreement, any Lender may assign or otherwise transfer all or any portion of its rights and obligations under the Credit Agreement (including, without limitation, all or any portion of its Commitment, the Advances owing to it and the Note or Notes held by it) to any other Person, and such other Person shall thereupon become vested with all the benefits in respect thereof granted to such Lender herein or otherwise, subject, however, in all respects to the provisions of the Credit Agreement. Each Guarantor acknowledges that upon any Person becoming a Lender, the Administrative Agent or an Issuing Lender in accordance with the Credit Agreement, such Person shall be entitled to the benefits hereof.

Section 13.     Governing Law . This Guaranty shall be governed by, and construed and enforced in accordance with, the laws of the State of New York.

Section 14.     Submission to Jurisdiction . EACH GUARANTOR PARTY TO THIS GUARANTY IRREVOCABLY AND UNCONDITIONALLY SUBMITS, FOR ITSELF AND ITS PROPERTY, TO THE NONEXCLUSIVE JURISDICTION OF THE COURTS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK SITTING IN NEW YORK COUNTY AND OF THE UNITED STATES DISTRICT COURT OF THE SOUTHERN DISTRICT OF NEW YORK, AND ANY APPELLATE COURT FROM ANY THEREOF, IN ANY ACTION OR PROCEEDING ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO THIS GUARANTY, OR FOR RECOGNITION OR ENFORCEMENT OF ANY JUDGMENT, AND EACH OF THE GUARANTORS PARTY HERETO IRREVOCABLY AND UNCONDITIONALLY AGREES THAT ALL CLAIMS IN RESPECT OF ANY SUCH ACTION OR PROCEEDING MAY BE HEARD AND DETERMINED IN SUCH NEW YORK STATE COURT OR, TO THE FULLEST EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LEGAL REQUIREMENT, IN SUCH FEDERAL COURT. EACH OF THE GUARANTORS PARTY HERETO AGREES THAT A FINAL JUDGMENT IN ANY SUCH ACTION OR PROCEEDING SHALL BE CONCLUSIVE AND MAY BE ENFORCED IN OTHER JURISDICTIONS BY SUIT ON THE JUDGMENT OR IN ANY OTHER MANNER PROVIDED BY LAW. NOTHING IN THIS GUARANTY SHALL AFFECT ANY RIGHT THAT ANY PARTY MAY OTHERWISE HAVE TO BRING ANY ACTION OR PROCEEDING RELATING TO THIS GUARANTY AGAINST ANY OTHER PARTY OR ITS PROPERTIES IN THE COURTS OF ANY JURISDICTION.

Section 15.     Waiver of Venue . EACH GUARANTOR PARTY HERETO IRREVOCABLY AND UNCONDITIONALLY WAIVES, TO THE FULLEST EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LEGAL REQUIREMENT, ANY OBJECTION THAT IT MAY NOW OR HEREAFTER HAVE TO THE LAYING OF VENUE OF ANY ACTION OR PROCEEDING ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO THIS GUARANTY IN ANY COURT REFERRED TO IN SECTION 14. EACH OF THE PARTIES HERETO HEREBY AGREES THAT SECTIONS 5-1401 AND 4-1402 OF THE GENERAL OBLIGATIONS LAW OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK SHALL APPLY TO THIS GUARANTY AND IRREVOCABLY WAIVES, TO THE FULLEST EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LEGAL REQUIREMENT, THE DEFENSE OF AN INCONVENIENT FORUM TO THE MAINTENANCE OF SUCH ACTION OR PROCEEDING IN ANY SUCH COURT.

 

8


Section 16.     Service of Process . Each Guarantor party hereto irrevocably consents to service of process in the manner provided for notices in Section 9.9 of the Credit Agreement. Nothing in this Guaranty will affect the right of any party hereto to serve process in any other manner permitted by applicable Legal Requirement.

Section 17.     Waiver of Jury . EACH GUARANTOR PARTY HERETO HEREBY IRREVOCABLY WAIVES, TO THE FULLEST EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LEGAL REQUIREMENT, ANY RIGHT IT MAY HAVE TO A TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY LEGAL PROCEEDING DIRECTLY OR INDIRECTLY ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO THIS GUARANTY OR THE TRANSACTIONS CONTEMPLATED HEREBY (WHETHER BASED ON CONTRACT, TORT OR ANY OTHER THEORY). EACH GUARANTOR PARTY HERETO (A) CERTIFIES THAT NO REPRESENTATIVE, AGENT OR ATTORNEY OF ANY OTHER PERSON HAS REPRESENTED, EXPRESSLY OR OTHERWISE, THAT SUCH OTHER PERSON WOULD NOT, IN THE EVENT OF LITIGATION, SEEK TO ENFORCE THE FOREGOING WAIVER AND (B) ACKNOWLEDGES THAT IT AND THE OTHER PARTIES HERETO HAVE BEEN INDUCED TO ENTER INTO THIS AGREEMENT AND THE OTHER CREDIT DOCUMENTS BY, AMONG OTHER THINGS, THE MUTUAL WAIVERS AND CERTIFICATIONS IN THIS SECTION.

Section 18.     Indemnification . Each Guarantor shall, and does hereby indemnify, the Administrative Agent (and any sub-agent thereof), each Lender and the Issuing Lender, and each Related Party of any of the foregoing Persons (each such Person being called an “ Indemnitee ”) against, and hold each Indemnitee harmless from, any and all losses, claims, damages, liabilities and related expenses (including the reasonable fees, charges and disbursements of any counsel for any Indemnitee; provided that counsel shall be limited to (x) one counsel to such Persons, taken as a whole and one local counsel in each relevant jurisdiction, taken as a whole and (y) solely in the event of a conflict of interest, one additional counsel (and, if necessary, one local counsel in each relevant jurisdiction or for each matter) to each group of similarly situated affected indemnified persons), incurred by any Indemnitee or asserted against any Indemnitee by any third party or by the Borrower or any other Guarantor arising out of, in connection with, or as a result of (i) the execution or delivery of this Guaranty or any agreement or instrument contemplated hereby, the performance by the parties hereto of their respective obligations hereunder, the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby, or, in the case of the Administrative Agent (and any sub-agent thereof) and its Related Parties only, the administration of this Guaranty or (ii) any actual or prospective claim, litigation, investigation or proceeding relating to the foregoing, whether based on contract, tort or any other theory, whether brought by a third party or by any Guarantor, and regardless of whether any Indemnitee is a party thereto, IN ALL CASES, WHETHER OR NOT CAUSED BY OR ARISING, IN WHOLE OR IN PART, OUT OF THE COMPARATIVE, CONTRIBUTORY OR SOLE NEGLIGENCE OF THE INDEMNITEE ; provided that such indemnity shall not, as to any Indemnitee, be available to the extent that such losses, claims, damages, liabilities or related expenses are determined by a court of competent jurisdiction by final and nonappealable judgment in favor of

 

9


such other Guarantor to have resulted (x) from the bad faith, gross negligence or willful misconduct of such Indemnitee or (y) a dispute among or between Indemnitees (except to the extent that such indemnified loss was incurred by or asserted against the Administrative Agent, any arranger or Issuing Lender in its capacity as such) and not involving any act or omission of the Guarantors or any of their Affiliates. THIS SECTION 18 SHALL NOT APPLY WITH RESPECT TO TAXES OTHER THAN TAXES THAT REPRESENT LOSSES, CLAIMS, DAMAGES, ETC. ARISING FROM ANY NON-TAX CLAIM.

Section 19.     Additional Guarantors . Wholly-Owned Domestic Restricted Subsidiaries of Borrower (a) may from time to time enter into this Guaranty as a Guarantor and (b) the other Credit Parties shall cause their Wholly-Owned Domestic Restricted Subsidiaries to become Guarantors hereunder to the extent required to comply with Section 5.7 or Section 6.19 of the Credit Agreement. Upon execution and delivery after the date hereof by the Administrative Agent and such Wholly-Owned Domestic Restricted Subsidiary of an instrument in the form of Annex 1, such Wholly-Owned Domestic Restricted Subsidiary shall become a Guarantor hereunder with the same force and effect as if originally named as a Guarantor herein. The execution and delivery of any instrument adding an additional Guarantor as a party to this Guaranty shall not require the consent of any other Guarantor hereunder. The rights and obligations of each Guarantor hereunder shall remain in full force and effect notwithstanding the addition of any new Guarantor as a party to this Guaranty.

Section 20.     USA Patriot Act . Each Secured Party that is subject to the Act (as hereinafter defined) and the Administrative Agent (for itself and not on behalf of any other Secured Party) hereby notifies each Guarantor that pursuant to the requirements of the USA Patriot Act (Title III of Pub. L. 107-56 (signed into law October 26, 2001))(the “ Act ”), it is required to obtain, verify and record information that identifies such Guarantor, which information includes the name and address of such Guarantor and other information that will allow such Secured Party or the Administrative Agent, as applicable, to identify such Guarantor in accordance with the Act. Following a request by any Secured Party, each Guarantor shall promptly furnish all documentation and other information that such Secured Party reasonably requests in order to comply with its ingoing obligations under the applicable “know your customer” and anti-money laundering rules and regulations, including the Act.

Section 21.     No Fiduciary Duty, etc. The Guarantors hereby acknowledge and agree that no Secured Party will have any obligations except those obligations with respect to the Facilities expressly set forth in the Credit Agreement and in the other Credit Documents, and each Secured Party is acting solely in the capacity of an arm’s length contractual counterparty to the Guarantors with respect to the Credit Documents and the transactions contemplated therein and not as a financial advisor or a fiduciary to, or an agent of, any Guarantor or any other person. Each Guarantor agrees that it will not assert any claim against any Secured Party based on an alleged breach of fiduciary duty by such Secured Party in connection with the Credit Documents and the transactions contemplated thereby. Additionally, each Guarantor acknowledges and agrees that no Secured Party is advising any it as to any legal, tax, investment, accounting, regulatory or any other matters in any jurisdiction. Each Guarantor shall consult with its own advisors concerning such matters and shall be responsible for making its own independent investigation and appraisal of the transactions contemplated hereby, and the Secured Parties shall have no responsibility or liability to any Guarantor with respect thereto.

 

10


Section 22.     NOTICE OF FINAL AGREEMENT . THIS GUARANTY AND THE CREDIT DOCUMENTS REPRESENT THE FINAL AGREEMENT AMONG THE PARTIES WITH RESPECT TO THE SUBJECT MATTER HEREOF AND MAY NOT BE CONTRADICTED BY EVIDENCE OF PRIOR, CONTEMPORANEOUS, OR SUBSEQUENT ORAL AGREEMENTS OF THE PARTIES.

THERE ARE NO UNWRITTEN ORAL AGREEMENTS AMONG THE PARTIES.

[Remainder of this page intentionally left blank.]

 

11


The Administrative Agent and each Guarantor has caused this Guaranty to be duly executed as of the date first above written.

 

GUARANTORS :

    NINE ENERGY SERVICE, INC.,

    a Delaware corporation

    By:    
    Name:  
    Title:  

 

[Signature Page to Guaranty]


CDK PERFORATING, LLC,

a Texas limited liability company

NORTHERN STATES COMPLETIONS, INC.,

a Delaware corporation

PEAK PRESSURE CONTROL, LLC,

a Texas limited liability company

BECKMAN PRODUCTION SERVICES, INC.

(DELAWARE), a Delaware corporation

BIG LAKE SERVICES, LLC, a Delaware limited

liability company

REDZONE COIL TUBING, LLC, a Texas limited

liability company

SJL WELL SERVICE, LLC, an Oklahoma limited

liability company

NORTHERN PRODUCTION COMPANY, LLC, a

Wyoming limited liability company

NINE ENERGY SERVICE, LLC,

a Delaware limited liability company

CDK PERFORATING HOLDINGS, INC., a

Delaware corporation

CDK INTERMEDIATE, LLC, a Delaware limited

liability company

DAK-TANA WIRELINE, LLC, a Delaware limited

liability company

CREST PUMPING TECHNOLOGIES, LLC, a

Delaware limited liability company

NINE DOWNHOLE TECHNOLOGIES, LLC, a

Delaware limited liability company

BIG LAKE SERVICES HOLDCO, LLC, a

Delaware limited liability company

REDZONE HOLDCO, LLC, a Delaware limited

liability company

 

[Signature Page to Guaranty]


BECKMAN PRODUCTION SERVICES, INC.

(MICHIGAN), a Michigan corporation

R & S WELL SERVICE, INC., a Wyoming

corporation

J & R WELL SERVICE, LLC, a Michigan limited

liability company

By:

   

Name:

 

Title:

 

 

[Signature Page to Guaranty]


ADMINISTRATIVE AGENT:

JPMORGAN CHASE BANK, N.A.

By:

   

Name:

 

Title:

 

 

[Signature Page to Guaranty]


Annex 1 to the Guaranty Agreement

SUPPLEMENT NO.                  dated as of                          (the “ Supplement ”), to the Guaranty Agreement dated as of                          , 2017 (as amended, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, the “ Guaranty Agreement ”), among Nine Energy Service, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “ Borrower ”), each Domestic Restricted Subsidiary of the Borrower party thereto (together with the Borrower, individually, a “ Guarantor and collectively, the “ Guarantors ”) and JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., as administrative agent (the “ Administrative Agent ”) for the benefit of the Secured Parties (as defined in the Credit Agreement referred to herein).

A.    Reference is made to the Credit Agreement dated as of                          , 2017 (as amended, restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, the “ Credit Agreement ”), among the Borrower, the lenders from time to time party thereto (the “ Lenders ”), the Issuing Lenders (as defined in the Credit Agreement), and JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., as Administrative Agent.

B.    Capitalized terms used herein and not otherwise defined herein shall have the meanings assigned to such terms in the Guaranty Agreement and the Credit Agreement.

C.    The Guarantors have entered into the Guaranty Agreement in order to induce the Lenders to make Advances and the Issuing Lenders to issue Letters of Credit. Section 19 of the Guaranty Agreement provides that additional Domestic Restricted Subsidiaries of the Borrower may become Guarantors under the Guaranty Agreement by execution and delivery of an instrument in the form of this Supplement. The undersigned Domestic Restricted Subsidiary of the Borrower (the “ New Guarantor ”) is executing this Supplement in accordance with the requirements of the Credit Agreement to become a Guarantor under the Guaranty Agreement in order to induce the Lenders to make additional Advances and the Issuing Lenders to issue additional Letters of Credit and as consideration for Advances previously made and Letters of Credit previously issued.

Accordingly, the Administrative Agent and the New Guarantor agree as follows:

SECTION 1.    In accordance with Section 19 of the Guaranty Agreement, the New Guarantor by its signature below becomes a Guarantor under the Guaranty Agreement with the same force and effect as if originally named therein as a Guarantor and the New Guarantor hereby (a) guarantees the Guaranteed Obligations, (b) agrees to all the terms and provisions of the Guaranty Agreement applicable to it as a Guarantor thereunder and (c) represents and warrants that the representations and warranties made by it as a Guarantor thereunder are true and correct in all material respects on and as of the date hereof. Each reference to a “Guarantor” in the Guaranty Agreement shall be deemed to include the New Guarantor. The Guaranty Agreement is hereby incorporated herein by reference.

SECTION 2.    The New Guarantor represents and warrants to the Administrative Agent and the other Secured Parties that this Supplement has been duly authorized, executed and delivered by it by all requisite corporate, limited liability company or partnership action and constitutes its legal, valid and binding obligation, enforceable against it in accordance with its

 

Annex I-1


terms (subject to applicable bankruptcy, reorganization, insolvency, moratorium or similar laws affecting creditors’ rights generally and subject, as to enforceability, to equitable principles of general application (regardless of whether enforcement is sought in a proceeding in equity or at law)).

SECTION 3.    This Supplement may be executed in counterparts, each of which shall constitute an original, but all of which when taken together shall constitute a single contract. This Supplement shall become effective when the Administrative Agent shall have received counterparts of this Supplement that, when taken together, bear the signatures of the New Guarantor and the Administrative Agent. Delivery of an executed signature page to this Supplement by fax transmission shall be as effective as delivery of a manually executed counterpart of this Supplement.

SECTION 4.    Except as expressly supplemented hereby, the Guaranty Agreement shall remain in full force and effect.

SECTION 5.     Governing Law . This Supplement shall be deemed a contract under, and shall be governed by, and construed and enforced in accordance with, the laws of the State of New York, applicable to contracts made and to be performed entirely within such state, including without regard to conflicts of laws principles.

SECTION 6.     Submission to Jurisdiction . NEW GUARANTOR IRREVOCABLY AND UNCONDITIONALLY SUBMITS, FOR ITSELF AND ITS PROPERTY, TO THE NONEXCLUSIVE JURISDICTION OF THE COURTS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK SITTING IN NEW YORK COUNTY AND OF THE UNITED STATES DISTRICT COURT OF THE SOUTHERN DISTRICT OF NEW YORK, AND ANY APPELLATE COURT FROM ANY THEREOF, IN ANY ACTION OR PROCEEDING ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO THIS SUPPLEMENT, OR FOR RECOGNITION OR ENFORCEMENT OF ANY JUDGMENT, AND NEW GUARANTOR IRREVOCABLY AND UNCONDITIONALLY AGREES THAT ALL CLAIMS IN RESPECT OF ANY SUCH ACTION OR PROCEEDING MAY BE HEARD AND DETERMINED IN SUCH NEW YORK STATE COURT OR, TO THE FULLEST EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LEGAL REQUIREMENT, IN SUCH FEDERAL COURT. NEW GUARANTOR AGREES THAT A FINAL JUDGMENT IN ANY SUCH ACTION OR PROCEEDING SHALL BE CONCLUSIVE AND MAY BE ENFORCED IN OTHER JURISDICTIONS BY SUIT ON THE JUDGMENT OR IN ANY OTHER MANNER PROVIDED BY LAW. NOTHING IN THIS SUPPLEMENT SHALL AFFECT ANY RIGHT THAT ANY PARTY MAY OTHERWISE HAVE TO BRING ANY ACTION OR PROCEEDING RELATING TO THIS SUPPLEMENT AGAINST ANY OTHER PARTY OR ITS PROPERTIES IN THE COURTS OF ANY JURISDICTION.

SECTION 7.     Waiver of Venue . NEW GUARANTOR IRREVOCABLY AND UNCONDITIONALLY WAIVES, TO THE FULLEST EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LEGAL REQUIREMENT, ANY OBJECTION THAT IT MAY NOW OR HEREAFTER HAVE TO THE LAYING OF VENUE OF ANY ACTION OR PROCEEDING ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO THIS SUPPLEMENT IN ANY COURT REFERRED TO IN SECTION 6. NEW GUARANTOR HEREBY AGREES THAT SECTIONS 5-1401 AND 4-1402 OF THE GENERAL OBLIGATIONS LAW OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK SHALL

 

Annex I-2


APPLY TO THIS SUPPLEMENT AND IRREVOCABLY WAIVES, TO THE FULLEST EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LEGAL REQUIREMENT, THE DEFENSE OF AN INCONVENIENT FORUM TO THE MAINTENANCE OF SUCH ACTION OR PROCEEDING IN ANY SUCH COURT.

SECTION 8.     Service of Process . New Guarantor irrevocably consents to service of process in the manner provided for notices in Section 9.9 of the Credit Agreement. Nothing in this Supplement will affect the right of any party hereto to serve process in any other manner permitted by applicable law.

SECTION 9.     Waiver of Jury . NEW GUARANTOR HEREBY IRREVOCABLY WAIVES, TO THE FULLEST EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LEGAL REQUIREMENT, ANY RIGHT IT MAY HAVE TO A TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY LEGAL PROCEEDING DIRECTLY OR INDIRECTLY ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO THIS SUPPLEMENT OR THE TRANSACTIONS CONTEMPLATED HEREBY (WHETHER BASED ON CONTRACT, TORT OR ANY OTHER THEORY). NEW GUARANTOR (A) CERTIFIES THAT NO REPRESENTATIVE, AGENT OR ATTORNEY OF ANY OTHER PERSON HAS REPRESENTED, EXPRESSLY OR OTHERWISE, THAT SUCH OTHER PERSON WOULD NOT, IN THE EVENT OF LITIGATION, SEEK TO ENFORCE THE FOREGOING WAIVER AND (B) ACKNOWLEDGES THAT IT AND THE OTHER PARTIES HERETO HAVE BEEN INDUCED TO ENTER INTO THIS SUPPLEMENT BY, AMONG OTHER THINGS, THE MUTUAL WAIVERS AND CERTIFICATIONS IN THIS SECTION.

SECTION 10.    In case any one or more of the provisions contained in this Supplement should be held invalid, illegal or unenforceable in any respect, the validity, legality and enforceability of the remaining provisions contained herein and in the Guaranty Agreement shall not in any way be affected or impaired thereby (it being understood that the invalidity of a particular provision hereof in a particular jurisdiction shall not in and of itself affect the validity of such provision in any other jurisdiction). The parties hereto shall endeavor in good-faith negotiations to replace the invalid, illegal or unenforceable provisions with valid provisions the economic effect of which comes as close as possible to that of the invalid, illegal or unenforceable provisions.

SECTION 11.    All communications and notices hereunder shall be in writing and given as provided in Section 10 of the Guaranty Agreement.

THIS SUPPLEMENT, THE GUARANTY AGREEMENT AND THE OTHER CREDIT DOCUMENTS, AS DEFINED IN THE CREDIT AGREEMENT REFERRED TO IN THIS SUPPLEMENT, REPRESENT THE FINAL AGREEMENT AMONG THE PARTIES AND MAY NOT BE CONTRADICTED BY EVIDENCE OF PRIOR CONTEMPORANEOUS, OR SUBSEQUENT ORAL AGREEMENTS OF THE PARTIES.

THERE ARE NO UNWRITTEN ORAL AGREEMENTS AMONG THE PARTIES HERETO.

 

Annex I-3


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the New Guarantor and the Administrative Agent have duly executed this Supplement to the Guaranty Agreement as of the day and year first above written.

 

[Name of New Guarantor]

By:    

Name:

 

Title:

 

JPMORGAN CHASE BANK, N.A.,

as Administrative Agent

By:    

Name:

 

Title:

 


EXHIBIT C

PLEDGE AND SECURITY AGREEMENT

This PLEDGE AND SECURITY AGREEMENT, dated as of [●], 2017 (as amended, supplemented, amended and restated or otherwise modified from time to time, this “ Security Agreement ”), is by and among NINE ENERGY SERVICE, INC., a Delaware corporation (the “ Borrower ”), each subsidiary of the Borrower party hereto from time to time (collectively with the Borrower, the “ Grantors ” and individually, a “ Grantor ”), and JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., as Administrative Agent (in such capacity, the “ Administrative Agent ”) for the ratable benefit of the Secured Parties (as defined in the Credit Agreement referred to herein).

W   I   T   N   E   S   S   E   T   H :

WHEREAS, this Security Agreement is entered into in connection with that certain Credit Agreement dated as of September 14, 2017 (as amended, supplemented, amended and restated or otherwise modified from time to time, the “ Credit Agreement ”), by and among the Borrower, the lenders party thereto from time to time (the “ Lenders ”), the Issuing Lenders (as defined in the Credit Agreement) and JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., as Administrative Agent; and

WHEREAS, pursuant to the terms of the Credit Agreement, and in consideration of the credit extended by the Lenders to the Borrower and the letters of credit issued by the Issuing Lenders for the account of the Borrower or any subsidiary of a Borrower, the Grantors have executed and delivered the Guaranty (as defined in the Credit Agreement); and

WHEREAS, as a condition precedent to the initial extension of credit under the Credit Agreement, each Grantor is required to execute and deliver this Security Agreement; and

WHEREAS, it is in the best interests of each Grantor to execute this Security Agreement inasmuch as each Grantor will derive substantial direct and indirect benefits from (i) the transactions contemplated by the Credit Agreement and the other Credit Documents (as defined in the Credit Agreement), (ii) the Hedging Arrangements (as defined in the Credit Agreement) entered into by a Borrower or any other Credit Party (as defined in the Credit Agreement) with a Swap Counterparty (as defined in the Credit Agreement), and (iii) the Banking Services (as defined in the Credit Agreement) provided by any of the Lenders or their Affiliates to a Borrower or any other Credit Party, and each Grantor is willing to execute, deliver and perform its obligations under this Security Agreement to secure the Secured Obligations (as defined in the Credit Agreement).

NOW, THEREFORE, for good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, each Grantor agrees, for the benefit of each Secured Party, as follows:

ARTICLE I

DEFINITIONS

Section 1.1     Certain Terms . The following terms when used in this Security Agreement, including its preamble and recitals, shall have the following meanings (such definitions to be equally applicable to the singular and plural forms thereof):


Administrative Agent ” has the meaning set forth in the preamble.

Borrower ” has the meaning set forth in the preamble.

Certificated Equipment ” means any Equipment the ownership of which is evidenced by, or under any applicable Legal Requirement is required to be evidenced by, a certificate of title.

Collateral ” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.1(a) .

Collateral Account ” has the meaning set forth in Section 4.3(b) .

Computer Hardware and Software Collateral ” means (a) all computer and other electronic data processing hardware, integrated computer systems, central processing units, memory units, display terminals, printers, features, computer elements, card readers, tape drives, hard and soft disk drives, cables, electrical supply hardware, generators, power equalizers, accessories and all peripheral devices and other related computer hardware, including all operating system software, utilities and application programs in whatsoever form owned by a Grantor or leased or licensed to Grantor, (b) software programs (including both source code, object code and all related applications and data files), designed for use on the computers and electronic data processing hardware described in clause (a) above owned by a Grantor or leased or licensed to a Grantor, (c) all firmware associated therewith, (d) all documentation (including flow charts, logic diagrams, manuals, guides, specifications, training materials, charts and pseudo codes) with respect to such hardware, software and firmware described in the preceding clauses (a) through (c), and (e) all rights with respect to all of the foregoing, including copyrights (including renewal rights) and trade secrets rights, contract rights of a Grantor with respect to all or any of the foregoing, licenses, options, warranties, service contracts, program services, test rights, maintenance rights, support rights, improvement rights, renewal rights and indemnifications and any substitutions, replacements, improvements, error corrections, updates, additions or model conversions of any of the foregoing.

Control Agreement ” means an authenticated record in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent, that provides for the Administrative Agent (for the benefit of the Secured Parties) to have “control” (as defined in the UCC) over certain Collateral.

Copyright Collateral ” means all copyrights of any Grantor, registered or unregistered and whether published or unpublished, now or hereafter in force throughout the world including all of such Grantor’s rights, titles and interests in and to all copyrights registered in the United States Copyright Office or anywhere else in the world, including those copyright registrations or applications therefor set forth in Item C of Schedule III hereto, and registrations and recordings thereof and all applications for registration thereof, whether pending or in preparation, all copyright licenses, the right to sue for past, present and future infringements of any of the foregoing, all rights corresponding thereto, all extensions and renewals of any thereof and all proceeds of the foregoing, including licenses, royalties, income, payments, claims, damages and Proceeds of suit, which are owned or licensed by such Grantor.

Credit Agreement ” has the meaning set forth in the first recital.


Distributions ” means all cash, cash dividends, stock dividends, other distributions, liquidating dividends, shares of stock resulting from (or in connection with the exercise of) stock splits, reclassifications, warrants, options, non-cash dividends, and all other distributions or payments (whether similar or dissimilar to the foregoing) on or with respect to, or on account of, any Pledged Interest or other rights or interests constituting Collateral.

Equipment ” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.1(a)(i) .

Excluded Collateral ” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.1(b) .

Excluded Contracts ” means any contract to which any of the Grantors is a party on the date hereof or which is entered into by any Grantor after the date hereof which complies with Section 6.5 of the Credit Agreement (and the provisions of which are not agreed to by a Grantor for the purposes of excluding such contract from the Lien granted hereunder) to the extent (but only to the extent) that the granting of a security interest therein would be prohibited by (a) such contract under a provision (unless a Restricted Entity may unilaterally waive such prohibition) in such contract in existence on the date hereof or, as to contracts entered into after the date hereof, in existence in compliance with Section 6.5 of the Credit Agreement (and the provisions of which are not agreed to by a Grantor for the purposes of excluding such contract from the Lien granted hereunder), or (b) an applicable Legal Requirement to which such Grantor or such contract is subject; provided , however , to the extent that (i) either of the prohibitions discussed in clause (a) and clause (b) above is ineffective or subsequently rendered ineffective under Sections 9-406, 9-407, 9-408 or 9-409 of the UCC or under any other Legal Requirement or is otherwise no longer in effect or enforceable, or (ii) the applicable Grantor has obtained the consent of the other parties to such Excluded Contract to the creation of a lien and security interest in such Excluded Contract, then such contract shall cease to be an “Excluded Contract” and shall automatically be subject to the lien and security interests granted hereby and to the terms and provisions of this Security Agreement as “Collateral”; provided further , that any proceeds received by any Grantor from the sale, transfer or other disposition of Excluded Contracts shall constitute Collateral unless any Property constituting such proceeds are themselves subject to the exclusions set forth above or otherwise constitute Excluded Collateral.

Excluded Foreign Stock ” means the Equity Interests issued by Foreign Subsidiaries other than (a) 65% of the Voting Securities issued by a First-Tier Foreign Subsidiary and (b) 100% of Equity Interests issued by a First-Tier Foreign Subsidiary that are not Voting Securities.

Excluded Governmental Approvals ” means any Governmental Approval to the extent (but only to the extent) that a Grantor is prohibited from granting a security interest in, pledge of, or charge, mortgage or lien upon any such Property by reason of applicable Legal Requirement to which such Grantor or such Property is subject; provided , however , to the extent that (i) such prohibition is ineffective or subsequently rendered ineffective under Sections 9-406, 9-407, 9-408 or 9-409 of the UCC or under any other Legal Requirement or is otherwise no longer in effect or enforceable, or (ii) the applicable Grantor has obtained the consent of the applicable Governmental Authority to the creation of a lien and security interest in such Excluded Governmental Approval, then such Governmental Approval shall cease to be an “Excluded Governmental Approval” and shall automatically be subject to the lien and security interests granted hereby and to the terms and provisions of this Security Agreement as “Collateral”;


provided further , that any proceeds received by any Grantor from the sale, transfer or other disposition of Excluded Governmental Approval shall constitute Collateral unless any Property constituting such proceeds are themselves subject to the exclusions set forth above or otherwise constitute Excluded Collateral.

Excluded JV Equity Interests ” means the Equity Interests owned by any Grantor in a Joint Venture to the extent (but only to the extent) (a) the organizational documents of such Joint Venture prohibit the granting of a Lien on such Equity Interests or (b) such Equity Interests of such Joint Venture are expressly required to be pledged as collateral to secure (i) obligations to the other holders of the Equity Interests in such Joint Venture (other than a holder that is a Subsidiary of a Borrower) or (ii) Debt of such Joint Venture that is non-recourse to any of the Credit Parties or to any of the Credit Parties’ Properties; provided , however , if any of the foregoing conditions ceases to be in effect for any reason, then the Equity Interest in such Joint Venture shall cease to be an “Excluded JV Equity Interest” and shall automatically be subject to the Lien and security interest granted hereby and to the terms and provisions of this Security Agreement as “Collateral”; provided further , that any proceeds received by any Grantor in respect of any (including from the sale, transfer or other disposition of) Excluded JV Equity Interest shall constitute Collateral unless any Property constituting such proceeds are themselves subject to the exclusions set forth above.

Excluded Perfection Collateral ” has the meaning set forth in the Credit Agreement.

Excluded PMSI Collateral ” means any Property and proceeds thereof (including insurance proceeds) of a Grantor that is now or hereafter subject to a Lien securing (and, for the avoidance of doubt, acquired with the proceeds of) purchase money debt or a Capital Lease obligation to the extent (and only to the extent) that (a) the Debt associated with such Lien is permitted under Section 6.1(e), (k) or (m) of the Credit Agreement, and (b) the documents evidencing such purchase money debt or Capital Lease obligation prohibit or restrict the granting of a Lien in such Property; provided , however , to the extent that (i) either of the prohibitions discussed in clauses (a) and (b) above is ineffective or subsequently rendered ineffective under Sections 9-406, 9-407, 9-408 or 9-409 of the UCC or under any other Legal Requirement or is otherwise no longer in effect or (ii) the holder of such Lien consents to the granting of a Lien in favor of the Administrative Agent, then such Property and proceeds thereof shall cease to be “Excluded PMSI Collateral” and shall automatically be subject to the lien and security interests granted hereby and to the terms and provisions of this Security Agreement as “Collateral”; provided further , that any proceeds received by any Grantor from the sale, transfer or other disposition of Excluded PMSI Collateral shall constitute Collateral unless any Property constituting such proceeds are themselves subject to the exclusions set forth above or otherwise constitute Excluded Collateral.

Excluded Real Property ” means all fee owned and leased real property (including all leases related thereto) of any Credit Party with an individual net book value or fair market value less than $2,500,000.

Excluded Trademark Collateral ” means all United States intent to use trademark applications with respect to which the grant of a security interest therein would impair the validity or enforceability of said intent to use trademark application under federal law; provided ,


however , to the extent that such law is no longer in effect, then such trademark application shall cease to be “Excluded Trademark Collateral” and shall automatically be subject to the lien and security interests granted hereby and to the terms and provisions of this Security Agreement as “Collateral”; provided further , that any proceeds received by any Grantor from the sale, transfer or other disposition of Excluded Trademark Collateral shall constitute Collateral unless any Property constituting such proceeds are themselves subject to the exclusions set forth above or otherwise constitute Excluded Collateral.

First-Tier Foreign Subsidiary ” means any Foreign Subsidiary the Equity Interests of which are held directly by the Borrower or a Wholly-Owned Domestic Restricted Subsidiary.

Foreign Subsidiary ” means any Subsidiary of the Borrower that is not a United States Person within the meaning of Section 7701(a)(30) of the Code.

General Intangibles ” means all “general intangibles” and all “payment intangibles”, each as defined in the UCC, and shall include all interest rate or currency protection or hedging arrangements, all tax refunds, all licenses, permits, concessions and authorizations and all Intellectual Property Collateral (in each case, regardless of whether characterized as general intangibles under the UCC).

Governmental Approval ” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.1(a)(vi).

Grantor ” has the meaning set forth in the preamble.

Indemnitee ” has the meaning set forth in Section 6.3(a).

Intellectual Property Collateral ” means, collectively, the Computer Hardware and Software Collateral, the Copyright Collateral, the Patent Collateral, the Trademark Collateral and the Trade Secrets Collateral.

Inventory ” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.1(a)(ii).

Joint Venture ” means, with respect to any Person (the “holder”) at any time, any incorporated, formed or organized corporation, limited liability company, partnership, association or other entity, which is not a Subsidiary of the Borrower and less than a majority of whose outstanding Voting Securities are at such time owned by the holder or one or more Subsidiaries of the holder. Unless expressly provided otherwise, all references herein to any “Joint Venture” or “Joint Ventures” means a Joint Venture or Joint Ventures of a Grantor.

Lenders ” has the meaning set forth in the first recital.

Patent Collateral ” means (a) all inventions and discoveries, whether patentable or not, all letters patent and applications for letters patent throughout the world, including those patents and patent applications referred to in Item A of Schedule III hereto, (b) all reissues, divisions, continuations, continuations-in-part, extensions, renewals and reexaminations of any of the items described in clause (a), (c) all patent licenses, and other agreements providing any Grantor with the right to use any items of the type referred to in clauses (a) and (b) above, and (d) all proceeds of, and rights associated with, the foregoing (including licenses, royalties income, payments,


claims, damages and proceeds of infringement suits), the right to sue third parties for past, present or future infringements of any patent or patent application, and for breach or enforcement of any patent license.

Pledged Interests ” means all Equity Interests or other ownership interests of any Pledged Interests Issuer, including those described in Item A of Schedule I hereto; all registrations, certificates, articles, by-laws, regulations, limited liability company agreements or constitutive agreements governing or representing any such interests; all options and other rights, contractual or otherwise, at any time existing with respect to such interests, as such interests are amended, modified, or supplemented from time to time, and together with any interests in any Pledged Interests Issuer taken in extension or renewal thereof or substitution therefor.

Pledged Interests Issuer ” means each Person identified in Item A of Schedule I hereto as the issuer of the Pledged Interests identified opposite the name of such Person or any other issuer of Pledged Interests.

Pledged Note Issuer ” means any issuer of Pledged Notes.

Pledged Notes ” means all promissory notes listed on Schedule II hereto together with any intercompany notes and any other promissory notes issued to or held by any Grantor, excluding, in each case, any Excluded Collateral.

Pledged Property ” means all Pledged Notes, Pledged Interests, all assignments of any amounts due or to become due with respect to the Pledged Interests, all other instruments which are now being delivered by any Grantor to the Administrative Agent or may from time to time hereafter be delivered by any Grantor to the Administrative Agent for the purpose of pledging under this Security Agreement or any other Credit Document, and all proceeds of any of the foregoing.

Receivables ” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.1(a)(iii).

Related Contracts ” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.1(a)(iii).

Secured Parties ” has the meaning set forth in the Credit Agreement.

Security Agreement ” has the meaning set forth in the preamble.

Payment in Full ” has the meaning set forth in the Credit Agreement.

Title Policy ” has the meaning as set forth in Section 4.11.

Trademark Collateral ” means (a) (i) all trademarks, trade names, corporate names, company names, business names, fictitious business names, trade styles, service marks, certification marks, collective marks, logos and other source or business identifiers, and all goodwill of the business associated therewith, now existing or hereafter adopted or acquired, including those trademarks referred to in Item B of Schedule III hereto, whether currently in use or not, all registrations and recordings thereof and all applications in connection therewith, whether pending or in preparation for filing, including registrations, recordings and applications


in the United States Patent and Trademark Office or in any office or agency of the United States of America, or any State thereof or any other country or political subdivision thereof or otherwise, and all common-law rights relating to the foregoing, and (ii) the right to obtain all reissues, extensions or renewals of the foregoing (collectively referred to as the “ Trademark ”), (b) all trademark licenses for the grant by or to any Grantor of any right to use any trademark, (c) all of the goodwill of the business connected with the use of, and symbolized by the items described in, clause (a), and to the extent applicable, clause (b), (d) the right to sue third parties for past, present and future infringements of any Trademark Collateral described in clause (a) and, to the extent applicable, clause (b), and (e) all Proceeds of, and rights associated with, the foregoing, including any claim by any Grantor against third parties for past, present or future infringement or dilution of any Trademark, Trademark registration or Trademark license, or for any injury to the goodwill associated with the use of any such Trademark or for breach or enforcement of any Trademark license and all rights corresponding thereto throughout the world.

Trade Secrets Collateral ” means all common law and statutory trade secrets and all other confidential, proprietary or useful information and all know-how obtained by or used in or contemplated at any time for use in the business of any Grantor, and any patent applications in preparation for filing (all of the foregoing being collectively called a “ Trade Secret ”), including all documents and things embodying, incorporating or referring in any way to such Trade Secret, all Trade Secret licenses, and including the right to sue for and to enjoin and to collect damages for the actual or threatened misappropriation of any Trade Secret and for the breach or enforcement of any such Trade Secret license.

UCC ” means the Uniform Commercial Code, as in effect in the State of New York, as the same may be amended from time to time.

Section 1.2     Credit Agreement Definitions . Unless otherwise defined herein or the context otherwise requires, capitalized terms used in this Security Agreement, including its preamble and recitals, have the meanings provided in the Credit Agreement.

Section 1.3     UCC Definitions . Unless otherwise defined herein or the context otherwise requires, terms for which meanings are provided in the UCC are used in this Security Agreement, including its preamble and recitals, with such meanings.

Section 1.4     Miscellaneous . Article, Section, Schedule, and Exhibit references are to Articles and Sections of and Schedules and Exhibits to this Security Agreement, unless otherwise specified. All references to instruments, documents, contracts, and agreements (including this Security Agreement) are references to such instruments, documents, contracts, and agreements as the same may be amended, supplemented, and otherwise modified from time to time, unless otherwise specified and shall include all schedules and exhibits thereto unless otherwise specified. The words “hereof”, “herein”, and “hereunder” and words of similar import when used in this Security Agreement shall refer to this Security Agreement as a whole and not to any particular provision of this Security Agreement. The term “including” means “including, without limitation,”. Paragraph headings have been inserted in this Security Agreement as a matter of convenience for reference only and it is agreed that such paragraph headings are not a part of this Security Agreement and shall not be used in the interpretation of any provision of this Security Agreement.


ARTICLE II

SECURITY INTEREST

Section 2.1     Grant of Security Interest .

(a) Each Grantor hereby pledges, hypothecates, assigns, charges, mortgages, delivers, and transfers to the Administrative Agent, for the ratable benefit of each Secured Party, and hereby grants to the Administrative Agent, for the ratable benefit of each Secured Party, a continuing security interest in all of such Grantor’s right, title and interest in, to and under, all of the following, whether now owned or hereafter acquired by such Grantor, and wherever located and whether now owned or hereafter existing or arising (collectively, the “Collateral”) as collateral security for the prompt and complete payment and performance when due (whether at the stated maturity, by acceleration or otherwise) of such Grantor’s Secured Obligations:

(i) all equipment in all of its forms (including all drilling platforms and rigs and remotely operated vehicles, trenchers, and other equipment used by any Grantor, vehicles, motor vehicles, rolling stock, vessels and aircraft) of such Grantor, wherever located, and all surface or subsurface machinery, equipment, facilities, supplies, or other tangible personal property, including tubing, rods, pumps, pumping units and engines, pipe, pipelines, meters, apparatus, boilers, compressors, liquid extractors, connectors, valves, fittings, power plants, poles, lines, cables, wires, transformers, starters and controllers, machine shops, tools, machinery and parts, storage yards and equipment stored therein, buildings and camps, telegraph, telephone, and other communication systems, loading docks, loading racks, and shipping facilities, and any manuals, instructions, blueprints, computer software (including software that is imbedded in and part of the equipment), and similar items which relate to the above, and any and all additions, substitutions and replacements of any of the foregoing, wherever located together with all improvements thereon and all attachments, components, parts, equipment and accessories installed thereon or affixed thereto (any and all of the foregoing being the “ Equipment ”);

(ii) all inventory in all of its forms of such Grantor, wherever located, including (A) all oil, gas, or other hydrocarbons and all products and substances derived therefrom, all raw materials and work in process therefore, finished goods thereof, and materials used or consumed in the manufacture or production thereof, (B) all documents of title covering any inventory, including work in process, materials used or consumed in any Grantor’s business, now owned or hereafter acquired or manufactured by any Grantor and held for sale in the ordinary course of its business, (C) all goods in which such Grantor has an interest in mass or a joint or other interest or right of any kind (including goods in which such Grantor has an interest or right as consignee), (D) all goods which are returned to or repossessed by such Grantor, and all accessions thereto, products thereof and documents therefore, and (E) any other item constituting “inventory” under the UCC (any and all such inventory, materials, goods, accessions, products and documents being the “ Inventory ”);

(iii) all accounts, money, payment intangibles, deposit accounts (including the Collateral Accounts and all amounts on deposit therein and all cash


equivalent investments carried therein and all proceeds thereof), contracts, contract rights, all rights constituting a right to the payment of money, chattel paper, documents, documents of title, instruments, and General Intangibles of such Grantor, whether or not earned by performance or arising out of or in connection with the sale or lease of goods or the rendering of services, including all moneys due or to become due in repayment of any loans or advances, and all rights of such Grantor now or hereafter existing in and to all security agreements, guaranties, leases, agreements and other contracts securing or otherwise relating to any such accounts, money, payment intangibles, deposit accounts, contracts, contract rights, rights to the payment of money, chattel paper, documents, documents of title, instruments, and General Intangibles (any and all such accounts, money, payment intangibles, deposit accounts, contracts, contract rights, rights to the payment of money, chattel paper, documents, documents of title, instruments, and General Intangibles being the “ Receivables ”, and any and all such security agreements, guaranties, leases, agreements and other contracts being the “ Related Contracts” );

(iv) all Intellectual Property Collateral of such Grantor;

(v) all books, correspondence, credit files, records, invoices, tapes, cards, computer runs, writings, data bases, information in all forms, paper and documents and other property relating to, used or useful in connection with, evidencing, embodying, incorporating or referring to, any of the foregoing in this Section 2.1(a) ;

(vi) all governmental approvals, permits, licenses, authorizations, consents, rulings, tariffs, rates, certifications, waivers, exemptions, filings, claims, orders, judgments and decrees and other Legal Requirements (each a “ Governmental Approval ”);

(vii) all interest rate swap agreements, interest rate cap agreements and interest rate collar agreements, and all other agreements or arrangements designed to protect such Grantor against fluctuations in interest rates or currency exchange rates and all commodity hedge, commodity swap, exchange, forward, future, floor, collar or cap agreements, fixed price agreements and all other agreements or arrangements designed to protect such Grantor against fluctuations in commodity prices (including any Hedging Arrangement);

(viii) to the extent not included in the foregoing, all bank accounts, investment property, fixtures, supporting obligations, and goods;

(ix) all Pledged Interests, Pledged Notes, and any other Pledged Property and all Distributions, interest, and other payments and rights with respect to such Pledged Property;

(x)(A) all policies of insurance now or hereafter held by or on behalf of such Grantor, including casualty, liability, key man life insurance, business interruption, foreign credit insurance, and any title insurance, (B) all proceeds of insurance, and (C) all rights, now or hereafter held by such Grantor to any warranties of any manufacturer or contractor of any other Person;


(xi) all Commercial Tort Claims as set forth on Schedule IV;

(xii) all accessions, substitutions, replacements, products, offspring, rents, issues, profits, returns, income and proceeds of and from any and all of the foregoing Collateral (including proceeds which constitute property of the types described in sub-clauses (i) , (ii) , (iii) , (iv) , (v), ( vi ), (vii) , (viii) , (ix)  and (x)  and proceeds deposited from time to time in any lock boxes of such Grantor, and, to the extent not otherwise included, all payments and proceeds under insurance (whether or not the Administrative Agent is the loss payee thereof), or any condemnation award, indemnity, warranty or guaranty, payable by reason of loss or damage to or otherwise with respect to any of the Collateral);

(xiii) any and all Liens and security interests (together with the documents evidencing such security interests) granted to such Grantor by an obligor to secure such obligor’s obligations owing under any Instrument, Chattel Paper, or contract that is pledged hereunder or with respect to which a security interest in such Grantor’s rights in such Instrument, Chattel Paper, or contract is granted hereunder;

(xiv) any and all guaranties given by any Person for the benefit of such Grantor which guarantees the obligations of an obligor under any instrument, chattel paper, or contract, which are pledged hereunder;

(xv) all of such Grantor’s other property and rights of every kind and description and interests therein, including all other “ Accounts ”, “ Certificated Securities ”, “ Chattel Paper ”, “ Commodity Accounts ”, “ Commodity Contracts ”, “ Deposit Accounts ”, “ Documents ”, “ Equipment ”, “ Fixtures ”, “ General Intangibles ”, “ Goods ”, “ Instruments ”, “ Inventory ”, “ Investment Property ”, “ Money ”, “ Payment Intangibles ”, “ Proceeds ”, “ Securities ”, “ Securities Account ”, “ Security Entitlements ”, “ Supporting Obligations ” and “ Uncertificated Securities ” as each such term is defined in the UCC.

(b) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in Section 2(a) and other than to the extent set forth in this Section 2(b) , the following property shall be excluded from the lien and security interest granted hereunder (and shall not be included as “Collateral” for purposes of this Agreement) (collectively, the “ Excluded Collateral ”):

(i) letter of credit rights;

(ii) Excluded Governmental Approvals;

(iii) Excluded Contracts;

(iv) Excluded JV Equity Interests;

(v) Excluded PMSI Collateral;

(vi) Excluded Real Property;

(vii) Excluded Foreign Stock; and


(viii) Excluded Trademark Collateral;

provided , however , that (x) the exclusion from the Lien and security interest granted by any Grantor hereunder of any Excluded Collateral shall not limit, restrict or impair the grant by such Grantor of the Lien and security interest in any accounts or receivables arising under any such Excluded Collateral or any payments due or to become due thereunder unless the conditions in effect which qualify such Property as Excluded Collateral applies with respect to such accounts and receivables and (y) any proceeds received by any Grantor from the sale, transfer or other disposition of Excluded Collateral shall constitute Collateral unless the conditions in effect which qualify such Property as an Excluded Collateral applies with respect to such proceeds.

Section 2.2     Security for Obligations .

(a) This Security Agreement, and the Collateral in which the Administrative Agent for the benefit of the Secured Parties is granted a security interest hereunder by each Grantor, secures the prompt and complete payment in cash and performance of the Secured Obligations.

(b) Notwithstanding anything contained herein to the contrary, it is the intention of each Grantor, the Administrative Agent and the other Secured Parties that the amount of the Secured Obligations secured by each Grantor’s interests in any of its Property shall be in, but not in excess of, the maximum amount permitted by fraudulent conveyance, fraudulent transfer and other similar law, rule or regulation of any Governmental Authority applicable to such Grantor. Accordingly, notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Security Agreement or in any other agreement or instrument executed in connection with the payment of any of the Secured Obligations, the amount of the Secured Obligations secured by each Grantor’s interests in any of its Property pursuant to this Security Agreement shall be limited to an aggregate amount equal to the largest amount that would not render such Grantor’s obligations hereunder or the Liens and security interest granted to the Administrative Agent hereunder subject to avoidance under Section 548 of the United States Bankruptcy Code or any comparable provision of any other applicable Legal Requirement.

Section 2.3     Continuing Security Interest; Transfer of Advances; Reinstatement . This Security Agreement shall create continuing security interests in the Collateral and shall (a) except as otherwise provided in the Credit Agreement, remain in full force and effect until Payment in Full, (b) be binding upon each Grantor and its successors, transferees and assigns, and (c) inure, together with the rights and remedies of the Administrative Agent hereunder, to the benefit of the Administrative Agent and each other Secured Party and its respective permitted successors, transferees and assigns, subject to the limitations as set forth in the Credit Agreement. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing clause (c) , any Lender may assign or otherwise transfer (in whole or in part) any Note or any Advance held by it as provided in Section 9.7 of the Credit Agreement, and any successor or assignee thereof shall thereupon become vested with all the rights and benefits in respect thereof granted to such Secured Party under any Credit Document (including this Security Agreement), or otherwise. If at any time all or any part of any payment theretofore applied by the Administrative Agent or any other Secured Party to any of the Secured Obligations is or must be rescinded or returned by the Administrative Agent or any such Secured Party for any reason whatsoever


(including the insolvency, bankruptcy, reorganization or other similar proceeding of any Grantor or any other Person), such Secured Obligations shall, for purposes of this Security Agreement, to the extent that such payment is or must be rescinded or returned, be deemed to have continued to be in existence, notwithstanding any application by the Administrative Agent or such Secured Party or any termination agreement or release provided to any Grantor, and this Security Agreement shall continue to be effective or reinstated, as the case may be, as to such Secured Obligations, all as though such application by the Administrative Agent or such Secured Party had not been made .

Section 2.4     Grantors Remain Liable . Anything herein to the contrary notwithstanding, (a) each Grantor shall remain liable under the contracts and agreements included in the Collateral to the extent set forth therein, and will perform all of its duties and obligations under such contracts and agreements to the same extent as if this Security Agreement had not been executed, (b) the exercise by the Administrative Agent of any of its rights hereunder shall not release any Grantor from any of its duties or obligations under any such contracts or agreements included in the Collateral, and (c) neither the Administrative Agent nor any other Secured Party shall have any obligation or liability under any contracts or agreements included in the Collateral by reason of this Security Agreement, nor shall the Administrative Agent nor any Secured Party be obligated to perform any of the obligations or duties of any Grantor thereunder or to take any action to collect or enforce any claim for payment assigned hereunder.

Section 2.5     Delivery of Pledged Property; Instruments and Tangible Chattel Paper . Other than as provided in the first sentence of Section 4.5 below, all certificates or instruments representing or evidencing (i) all Pledged Interests and Pledged Notes and (ii) other Collateral consisting of Instruments and Tangible Chattel Paper individually, or collectively, evidencing amounts payable in excess of $2,000,000, shall be delivered to and held by or on behalf of (or in the case of the Pledged Notes, endorsed to the order of) the Administrative Agent pursuant hereto, shall be in suitable form for transfer by delivery, and shall be accompanied by all necessary endorsements or instruments of transfer or assignment, duly executed in blank. To the extent any of the Collateral constitutes an “uncertificated security” (as defined in Section 8-102(a)(18) of the UCC) or a “security entitlement” (as defined in Section 8-102(a)(17) of the UCC), then at the Administrative Agent’s request and its determination that such Property is not an Excluded Perfection Collateral, the applicable Grantor shall take and cause the appropriate Person (including any issuer, entitlement holder or securities intermediary thereof) to take all actions necessary to grant “control” (as defined in 8-106 of the UCC) to the Agent (for the benefit of the Secured Parties) over such Collateral.

Section 2.6     Distributions on Pledged Interests . So long as no Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing, in the event that any Distribution with respect to any Pledged Interest pledged hereunder is permitted to be paid (in accordance with Section 6.9 of the Credit Agreement), such Distribution or payment may be paid directly to the applicable Grantor. If any Distribution is made in contravention of Section 6.9 of the Credit Agreement or this Section 2.6 , the applicable Grantor shall hold the same segregated and in trust for the Administrative Agent until paid to the Administrative Agent in accordance with Section 4.1(e) .

Section 2.7     Security Interest Absolute, etc. This Security Agreement shall in all respects be a continuing, absolute, unconditional and irrevocable grant of security interest, and


shall remain in full force and effect until Payment in Full. All rights of the Secured Parties and the security interests granted to the Administrative Agent (for its benefit and the ratable benefit of each other Secured Party) hereunder, and all obligations of each Grantor hereunder, shall, in each case, be absolute, unconditional and irrevocable irrespective of (a) any lack of validity, legality or enforceability of any Credit Document, (b) the failure of any Secured Party (i) to assert any claim or demand or to enforce any right or remedy against any Grantor or any other Person under the provisions of any Credit Document or otherwise, or (ii) to exercise any right or remedy against any other guarantor of, or collateral securing, any Secured Obligations, (c) any change in the time, manner or place of payment of, or in any other term of, all or any part of the Secured Obligations, or any other extension, compromise or renewal of any Secured Obligations, (d) any reduction, limitation, impairment or termination of any Secured Obligations (other than Payment in Full) for any reason, including any claim of waiver, release, surrender, alteration or compromise, and shall not be subject to (and each Grantor hereby waives any right to or claim of) any defense or setoff, counterclaim, recoupment or termination whatsoever by reason of the invalidity, illegality, nongenuineness, irregularity, compromise, unenforceability of, or any other event or occurrence affecting, any Secured Obligations or otherwise, (e) any amendment to, rescission, waiver, or other modification of, or any consent to or departure from, any of the terms of any Credit Document, (f) any addition, exchange or release of any Collateral of the Secured Obligations, or any surrender or non-perfection of any collateral, or any amendment to or waiver or release or addition to, or consent to or departure from, any other guaranty held by any Secured Party securing any of the Secured Obligations, or (g) any other circumstance which might otherwise constitute a defense available to, or a legal or equitable discharge of, any Grantor or any other Credit Party, any surety or any guarantor.

Section 2.8     Waiver of Subrogation . Until 91 days after Payment in Full, each Grantor hereby irrevocably waives any claim or other rights which it may now or hereafter acquire against any Credit Party that arise from the existence, payment, performance or enforcement of such Grantor’s obligations under this Security Agreement or any other Credit Document, including any right of subrogation, reimbursement, exoneration or indemnification, any right to participate in any claim or remedy of any Secured Party against any Credit Party or any collateral which any Secured Party now has or hereafter acquires, whether or not such claim, remedy or right arises in equity, or under contract, statute or common law, including the right to take or receive from any Credit Party, directly or indirectly, in cash or other property or by set-off or in any manner, payment or security on account of such claim or other rights. If any amount shall be paid to any Grantor in violation of the preceding sentence and Payment in Full shall not have occurred, then such amount shall be deemed to have been paid to such Grantor for the benefit of, and held in trust for, the Administrative Agent (on behalf of the Secured Parties), and shall forthwith be paid to the Administrative Agent to be credited and applied upon the Secured Obligations, whether matured or unmatured. Each Grantor acknowledges that it will receive direct and indirect benefits from the financing arrangements contemplated by the Credit Agreement and that the waiver set forth in this Section 2.8 is knowingly made in contemplation of such benefits.

Section 2.9     Election of Remedies . Except as otherwise provided in the Credit Agreement, if any Secured Party may, under applicable Legal Requirement, proceed to realize its benefits under this Security Agreement or the other Credit Documents giving any Secured Party a Lien upon any Collateral, either by judicial foreclosure or by non-judicial sale or enforcement,


such Secured Party may, at its sole option, determine which of its remedies or rights it may pursue without affecting any of its rights and remedies under this Security Agreement. If, in the exercise of any of its rights and remedies, any Secured Party shall forfeit any of its rights or remedies, including its right to enter a deficiency judgment against any Credit Party or any other Person, whether because of any applicable Legal Requirements pertaining to “election of remedies” or the like, each Grantor hereby consents to such action by such Secured Party and waives any claim based upon such action, even if such action by such Secured Party shall result in a full or partial loss of any rights of subrogation that such Grantor might otherwise have had but for such action by such Secured Party.

Section 2.10     Pledged Securities . The granting of the foregoing security interest does not make the Administrative Agent or any Secured Party a successor to Grantor as a partner or member in any Pledged Interests Issuer that is a partnership, limited partnership or limited liability company, as applicable, and neither the Administrative Agent, any Secured Party, nor any of their respective successors or assigns hereunder shall be deemed to have become a partner or member in any Issuer, as applicable, by accepting this Agreement or exercising any right granted herein unless and until such time, if any, when any such Person expressly becomes a partner or member in any Pledged Interests Issuer, as applicable, and complies with any applicable transfer provisions set forth in the charter or organizational documents relating to an applicable Pledged Security after a foreclosure thereon.

ARTICLE III

REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES

In order to induce the Secured Parties to enter into the Credit Agreement and make Advances thereunder and for the Issuing Lenders to issue Letters of Credit thereunder, and to induce the Secured Parties to enter into Hedging Arrangements and Banking Services, each Grantor represents and warrants unto each Secured Party as set forth in this Article.

Section 3.1     Ownership, No Liens, etc. Such Grantor is the legal and beneficial owner of, and has good title to (and has full right and authority to pledge, grant and assign) the Collateral free and clear of all Liens, except for any Lien that is a Permitted Lien. No effective UCC financing statement or other filing similar in effect covering all or any part of the Collateral is on file in any recording office, except those filed in favor of the Administrative Agent relating to this Security Agreement, Permitted Liens or as to which a duly authorized termination statement relating to such UCC financing statement or other instrument has been delivered to the Administrative Agent on the Funding Date. This Security Agreement creates a valid security interest in the Collateral, securing the payment of the Secured Obligations, and, except for (a) the proper filing of the applicable financing statements with the filing offices listed on Item A-1 of Schedule II attached hereto, (b) the recordation of security agreements with the U.S. Patent and Trademark Office and the U.S. Copyright Office, and (c) taking possession of any Pledged Property with necessary endorsements, all filings and other actions necessary to perfect and protect such security interest in the Collateral (other than, as to perfection, Excluded Perfection Collateral) have been duly taken and, subject to Permitted Liens, such security interest shall be a first priority security interest.


Section 3.2     As to Equity Interests of the Subsidiaries, Investment Property .

(a) With respect to the Pledged Interests, all such Pledged Interests (i) other than with respect to Pledged Interests in limited liability companies and partnerships, are duly authorized and validly issued, fully paid and non-assessable, and (ii) unless otherwise noted on Schedule I , are represented by a certificate.

(b) With respect to the Pledged Interests, no such Pledged Interests (i) are dealt in or traded on securities exchanges or in securities markets, or (ii) are held in a Securities Account, except, with respect to this clause (b) , Pledged Interests (A) for which the Administrative Agent is the registered owner or (B) with respect to which the Pledged Interests Issuer has agreed in an authenticated record with such Grantor and the Administrative Agent to comply with any instructions of the Administrative Agent without the consent of such Grantor.

(c) Such Grantor has delivered all Certificated Securities constituting Collateral held by such Grantor on the Funding Date to the Administrative Agent, together with duly executed undated blank stock powers, or other equivalent instruments of transfer reasonably acceptable to the Administrative Agent.

(d) With respect to Uncertificated Securities constituting Collateral, such Grantor has caused the Pledged Interests Issuer or other issuer thereof either (i) to register the Administrative Agent as the registered owner of such security, or (ii) to agree in an authenticated record with such Grantor and the Administrative Agent that such Pledged Interests Issuer or other issuer will comply with instructions with respect to such security originated by the Administrative Agent without further consent of such Grantor.

(e) The percentage of the issued and outstanding Pledged Interests of each Pledged Interests Issuer pledged by such Grantor hereunder is as set forth on Schedule I and the percentage of the total membership, partnership and/or other Equity Interests in the Pledged Interests Issuer is indicated on Schedule I , in each case, as such Schedule I may be supplemented from time to time pursuant to the terms hereof. All of the Pledged Interests constitute one hundred percent (100%) of such Grantor’s interest in the applicable Pledged Interests Issuer, except in the case of the Pledged Interests that are issued by First-Tier Foreign Subsidiaries with respect to which such Grantor has pledged (i) up to sixty-five percent (65%) of the outstanding Voting Securities issued by such First-Tier Foreign Subsidiaries and (ii) one hundred percent (100%) of all Equity Interests issued by such First-Tier Foreign Subsidiaries that are not Voting Securities, in any case, as indicated on Schedule I .

(f) There are no outstanding rights, rights to subscribe, options, warrants or convertible securities outstanding or any other rights outstanding whereby any Person would be entitled to acquire shares, member interests or units of any Pledged Interests Issuer other than (i) as to Pledged Interests Issuers that are not Wholly-Owned Subsidiaries or (ii) such rights that constitute Collateral.

(g) In the case of each Pledged Note, all of such Pledged Notes have been duly authorized, executed, endorsed, issued and delivered, and are the legal, valid and binding obligation of the issuers thereof, and, as of the Funding Date, are not in default.


Section 3.3     Grantor’s Name, Location, etc.

(a) Other than as otherwise permitted pursuant to any Credit Document, (i) the jurisdiction in which such Grantor is located for purposes of Sections 9-301 and 9-307 of the UCC is set forth in Item A-1 of Schedule II hereto, (ii) as of the Funding Date or such later date on which such Grantor joins this Security Agreement, the place of business of such Grantor or, if such Grantor has more than one place of business, the chief executive office of such Grantor and the office where such Grantor keeps its records concerning the Receivables, is set forth in Item A-2 of Schedule II hereto, and (iii) such Grantor’s federal taxpayer identification number is set forth in Item A-3 of Schedule II hereto.

(b) Within the past five years, such Grantor has not been known by any legal name different from the one set forth on the signature page hereto, nor has such Grantor been the subject of any merger or other corporate reorganization, except as set forth in Item B of Schedule II hereto.

(c) None of the Receivables in excess of $2,000,000 is evidenced by a promissory note or other instrument other than a promissory note or instrument that has been delivered to the Administrative Agent (with appropriate endorsements).

(d) As of the Funding Date or such later date on which such Grantor joins this Security Agreement, the name set forth on the signature page attached hereto (or, if applicable, the signature page to the supplement document pursuant to which such Grantor joins this Security Agreement) is the true and correct legal name (as defined in the UCC) of such Grantor.

Section 3.4     Possession of Inventory; Control . Such Grantor has exclusive possession and control, subject to Permitted Liens, of the Equipment and Inventory, except as otherwise required, necessary or customary in the ordinary course of its business. Such Grantor has not consented to, and is otherwise unaware of, any Person (other than, if applicable, the Administrative Agent pursuant to Section 4.3(b) or Section 4.1(b)(i) hereof) having control (within the meaning of Section 9-104 or Section 8-106 of the UCC) over any Collateral, or any other interest in any of such Grantor’s rights in respect thereof other than, with respect to Deposit Accounts and Securities Accounts, as to Liens permitted under Section 6.2(c), (h), (i), (l) and (m) of the Credit Agreement.

Section 3.5     Pledged Property, Instruments and Tangible Chattel Paper . Such Grantor has, contemporaneously herewith, delivered to the Administrative Agent possession of all originals of all certificates or instruments representing or evidencing (i) any Pledged Interests and Pledged Notes, and (ii) other Collateral consisting of Instruments and Tangible Chattel Paper individually, or collectively, evidencing amounts payable in excess of $2,000,000, owned or held by such Grantor (duly endorsed, in blank, if requested by the Administrative Agent).

Section 3.6     Intellectual Property Collateral . Such Grantor represents that except for any Patent Collateral, Trademark Collateral, and Copyright Collateral specified in Item A , Item B and Item C , respectively, of Schedule III hereto, and any and all Trade Secrets Collateral, as of the date hereof, such Grantor does not own and has no interests in any other Intellectual Property Collateral material to the operations or business of such Grantor, other than the Computer Hardware and Software Collateral. Such Grantor further represents and warrants that, with respect to all Intellectual Property Collateral material to the conduct of such Grantor’s


business (a) such Intellectual Property Collateral is valid, subsisting, unexpired and enforceable and has not been abandoned or adjudged invalid or unenforceable, in whole or in part, (b) other than with respect to Intellectual Property Collateral licensed to it, such Grantor is the sole and exclusive owner of the right, title and interest in and to such Intellectual Property Collateral, subject to Permitted Liens, and, to such Grantor’s knowledge, no claim has been made that the use of such Intellectual Property Collateral does or may, conflict with, infringe, misappropriate, dilute, misuse or otherwise violate any of the rights of any third party in any material respects, (c) such Grantor has made all necessary filings and recordations to protect its interest in such Intellectual Property Collateral, including recordations of any of its interests in the Patent Collateral and Trademark Collateral in the United States Patent and Trademark Office and, if requested by the Administrative Agent, in corresponding offices throughout the world, and its claims to the Copyright Collateral in the United States Copyright Office and, if requested by the Administrative Agent, in corresponding offices throughout the world, (d) such Grantor has taken all reasonable steps to safeguard its material Trade Secrets Collateral and to its knowledge none of such Trade Secrets Collateral of such Grantor has been used, divulged, disclosed or appropriated for the benefit of any other Person other than such Grantor, the Borrower or any Subsidiary thereof, (e) to such Grantor’s knowledge, no third party is infringing upon any such Intellectual Property Collateral owned or used by such Grantor in any material respect, or any of its respective licensees, (f) no settlement or consents, covenants not to sue, nonassertion assurances, or releases have been entered into by such Grantor or to which such Grantor is bound that adversely affects its rights to own or use any such Intellectual Property Collateral, and (g) the consummation of the transactions contemplated by the Credit Agreement and this Security Agreement will not result in the termination or material impairment of any material portion of such Intellectual Property Collateral.

Section 3.7     Commercial Tort Claims . As of the date hereof, no Grantor has rights in any commercial tort claim with potential value in excess of $2,000,000.

Section 3.8     Authorization, Approval, etc. Except as have been obtained or made and are in full force and effect, no Governmental Approval, authorization, approval or other action by, and no notice to or filing with, any Governmental Authority or any other third party is required either (a) for the grant by such Grantor of the security interest granted hereby, (b) except with respect to Excluded Perfection Collateral, for the perfection or maintenance of the security interests hereunder including the first priority (subject to Permitted Liens) nature of such security interest (except with respect to the financing statements or, with respect to Intellectual Property Collateral, the recordation of any agreements with the U.S. Patent and Trademark Office or the U.S. Copyright Office) or the exercise by the Administrative Agent of its rights and remedies hereunder, or (c) for the exercise by the Administrative Agent of the voting or other rights provided for in this Security Agreement, except (i) with respect to any Pledged Interests, as may be required in connection with a disposition of such Pledged Interests by laws affecting the offering and sale of securities generally, the remedies in respect of the Collateral pursuant to this Security Agreement and (ii) any “change of control” or similar filings required by state licensing agencies.

Section 3.9     Best Interests . It is in the best interests of each Grantor to execute this Security Agreement in as much as such Grantor will, as a result of being the Borrower, or a Restricted Subsidiary of the Borrower, derive substantial direct and indirect benefits from (a) the


Advances and other extensions of credit (including Letters of Credit) made from time to time to a Borrower or any other Grantor by the Lenders and the Issuing Lenders pursuant to the Credit Agreement, (b) the Hedging Arrangements entered into with the Swap Counterparties, and (c) the Banking Services provided by the Lenders or their Affiliates, and each Grantor agrees that the Secured Parties are relying on this representation in agreeing to make such Advances and other extensions of credit pursuant to the Credit Agreement to the Borrower. Furthermore, such extensions of credit, Hedging Arrangements and Banking Services are (i) in furtherance of each Grantor’s corporate purposes, and (ii) necessary or convenient to the conduct, promotion or attainment of each Grantor’s business.

ARTICLE IV

COVENANTS

Each Grantor covenants and agrees that, until Payment in Full, it will perform, comply with and be bound by the obligations set forth below.

Section 4.1     As to Investment Property, etc.

(a) Equity Interests of Subsidiaries . No Grantor shall allow or permit any of its Subsidiaries (i) that is a corporation, business trust, joint stock company or similar Person, to issue Uncertificated Securities, unless such Person promptly (and, in any case, within five (5) Business Days (or such later date as the Administrative Agent may agree in its sole discretion) of such issuance) takes the actions set forth in Section 4.1(b)(ii) with respect to any such Uncertificated Securities, (ii) that is a partnership or limited liability company, to (A) issue Equity Interests that are to be dealt in or traded on securities exchanges or in securities markets, (B) expressly provide in its organizational documents that its Equity Interests are securities governed by Article 8 of the UCC, or (C) place such Subsidiary’s Equity Interests in a Securities Account, unless such Person promptly (and, in any case, within five (5) Business Days (or such later date as the Administrative Agent may agree in its sole discretion) of such placement) takes the actions set forth in Section 4.1(b)(ii) with respect to any such Equity Interests, and (iii) to issue Equity Interests in addition to or in substitution for the Pledged Property or any other Equity Interests pledged hereunder, except for additional Equity Interests issued to such Grantor; provided that (x) such Equity Interests are pledged and delivered to the Administrative Agent promptly (and in any event within ten (10) Business Days of issuance), and (y) such Grantor delivers a supplement to Schedule I to the Administrative Agent identifying such new Equity Interests as Pledged Property, in each case pursuant to the terms of this Security Agreement. No Grantor shall permit any of its Subsidiaries to issue any warrants, options, contracts or other commitments or other securities that are convertible to any of the foregoing (except as to Equity Interests issued by Subsidiaries that are not Wholly-Owned) or that entitle any Person to purchase any of the foregoing, and except for this Security Agreement or any other Credit Document, shall not, and shall not permit any of its Subsidiaries to, enter into any agreement creating any restriction or condition upon the transfer, voting or control of any Pledged Property.

(b) Investment Property (other than Certificated Securities) .

(i) With respect to any Commodity Contracts or Security Entitlements constituting Investment Property owned or held by any Grantor, such Grantor will, (A)


with respect to any Commodity Contracts or Security Entitlements existing on the Funding Date, within 60 days of the Funding Date and (B) with respect to Commodity Contracts or Security Entitlements acquired after the Funding Date, within 30 calendar days of such acquisition, cause the intermediary maintaining such Investment Property to execute a Control Agreement relating to such Investment Property pursuant to which such intermediary agrees to comply with the Administrative Agent’s instructions with respect to such Investment Property without further consent by such Grantor, or (2) transfer such Investment Property to intermediaries that have or will agree to execute such Control Agreements.

(ii) With respect to any Uncertificated Securities (other than Uncertificated Securities credited to a Securities Account) owned or held by any Grantor, such Grantor will (y) cause the Pledged Interests Issuer or other issuer of such securities to either (A) register the Administrative Agent as the registered owner thereof on the books and records of the issuer, or (B) execute a Control Agreement relating to such Investment Property pursuant to which the Pledged Interests Issuer or other issuer agrees to comply with the Administrative Agent’s instructions with respect to such Uncertificated Securities (provided that, it is understood that the Administrative Agent shall not deliver such instructions except following the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default), and (z) take and cause the appropriate Person (including any issuer, entitlement holder or securities intermediary thereof) to take all other actions necessary to grant “control” (as defined in 8-106 of the UCC) to the Administrative Agent (for the ratable benefit of the Secured Parties) over such Collateral.

(c) Certificated Securities (Stock Powers) . Each Grantor agrees that all Pledged Interests which are certificated (and all other certificated shares of Equity Interests constituting Collateral) delivered by such Grantor pursuant to this Security Agreement will be accompanied by duly endorsed undated blank stock powers, or other equivalent instruments of transfer reasonably acceptable to the Administrative Agent. Each Grantor will, from time to time upon the reasonable request of the Administrative Agent, promptly deliver to the Administrative Agent such stock powers, instruments and similar documents, reasonably satisfactory in form and substance to the Administrative Agent, with respect to the Collateral and will, from time to time upon the request of the Administrative Agent during the continuance of any Event of Default, promptly transfer any Pledged Interests or other shares of Equity Interests constituting Collateral into the name of any nominee designated by the Administrative Agent.

(d) Continuous Pledge . Each Grantor will (subject to the terms of the Credit Agreement and this Security Agreement) at all times keep pledged to the Administrative Agent pursuant hereto, on a first-priority, perfected basis all Pledged Property and all Distributions with respect thereto, and all Proceeds and rights from time to time received by or distributable to such Grantor in respect of any of the foregoing Collateral (other than, as to perfection, Excluded Perfection Collateral). Each Grantor agrees that it will promptly (and no later than ten (10) Business Days following receipt thereof unless consented to by the Administrative Agent) deliver to the Administrative Agent possession of all originals of Pledged Property that it acquires following the Funding Date and shall deliver to the Administrative Agent a supplement to Schedule I identifying any such new Pledged Property.


(e) Voting Rights; Dividends, etc . Each Grantor agrees:

(i) that promptly upon receipt of notice of the occurrence and continuance of an Event of Default from the Administrative Agent and without any request therefor by the Administrative Agent, so long as such Event of Default shall continue, to deliver (properly endorsed where required hereby or requested by the Administrative Agent) to the Administrative Agent all Distributions with respect to Investment Property, all interest principal and other cash payments on the Pledged Property and all Proceeds of the Pledged Property, in case thereafter received by such Grantor, all of which shall be held by the Administrative Agent as additional Collateral; and

(ii) if an Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing and the Administrative Agent has notified such Grantor of the Administrative Agent’s intention to exercise its voting power under this Section 4.1(e)(ii) ,

(A) the Administrative Agent may exercise (to the exclusion of such Grantor) the voting power and all other incidental rights of ownership with respect to any Pledged Interests, Investment Property or other Equity Interests constituting Collateral. EACH GRANTOR HEREBY GRANTS THE ADMINISTRATIVE AGENT AN IRREVOCABLE PROXY (WHICH IRREVOCABLE PROXY SHALL CONTINUE IN EFFECT UNTIL SUCH EVENT OF DEFAULT SHALL HAVE BEEN CURED OR WAIVED) EXERCISABLE UNDER SUCH CIRCUMSTANCES, TO VOTE THE PLEDGED INTERESTS, INVESTMENT PROPERTY AND SUCH OTHER COLLATERAL ; AND

(B) promptly to deliver to the Administrative Agent such additional proxies and other documents as may be necessary to allow the Administrative Agent to exercise such voting power.

All Distributions, interest, principal, cash payments, Payment Intangibles and Proceeds that may at any time and from time to time be held by any Grantor but which such Grantor is then obligated to deliver to the Administrative Agent, shall, until delivery to the Administrative Agent, be held by such Grantor separate and apart from its other property in trust for the Administrative Agent. The Administrative Agent agrees that unless an Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing and the Administrative Agent shall have given the notice referred to in Section 4.1(e) , each Grantor shall be entitled to receive and retain all Distributions and shall have the exclusive voting power, and is granted a proxy, with respect to any Equity Interests constituting Collateral. Administrative Agent shall, upon the written request of any Grantor, promptly deliver such proxies and other documents, if any, as shall be reasonably requested by such Grantor which are necessary to allow such Grantor to exercise that voting power with respect to any such Equity Interests constituting Collateral; provided , however , that no vote shall be cast, or consent, waiver, or ratification given, or action taken by such Grantor that would violate any provision of the Credit Agreement or any other Credit Document (including this Security Agreement).


Section 4.2     As to Deposit Accounts , Securities Accounts and Commodity Accounts. With respect to any Deposit Account, Securities Accounts and Commodity Accounts owned or held by any Grantor, such Grantor will (A) with respect to any Deposit Accounts, Securities Accounts and Commodity Accounts existing on the Funding Date, within 60 days of the Funding Date and (B) with respect to Deposit Accounts, Securities Accounts and Commodity Accounts acquired after the Funding Date, within 30 calendar days of such acquisition, (1) cause the depositary bank maintaining such Deposit Account, Securities Accounts and Commodity Accounts to execute a Control Agreement relating to such Deposit Account, Securities Accounts and Commodity Accounts and the funds therein pursuant to which such depositary bank, securities intermediary or commodity intermediary agrees to comply with the Administrative Agent’s instructions with respect to such Deposit Account, Securities Accounts and Commodity Accounts without further consent by such Grantor, or (2) with respect to Deposit Accounts, transfer the funds in such Deposit Account to a Deposit Account subject to a Control Agreement and close such acquired Deposit Account; provided , that Control Agreements shall not be required (i) with respect to any Deposit Accounts, Securities Accounts or Commodity Accounts, that, individually, have a fair market value (or cash balance, as applicable) less than $100,000 or, when aggregated with the balance or fair market value (as applicable) of all other Deposit Accounts, Securities Accounts, Commodity Accounts less than $1,000,000 or (ii) with respect to Deposit Accounts used solely for payroll, workers compensation or 401(k) or other employee benefits.

Section 4.3     As to Accounts .

(a) Each Grantor shall have the right to collect all Accounts so long as no Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing.

(b) Upon (i) the occurrence and continuance of an Event of Default and (ii) the delivery of notice by the Administrative Agent to each Grantor, all Proceeds of Collateral received by any Grantor shall be delivered in kind to the Administrative Agent for deposit in a Deposit Account of such Grantor maintained with the Administrative Agent and subject to a Control Agreement (any such Deposit Accounts, together with any other Deposit Accounts pursuant to which any portion of the Collateral is deposited with the Administrative Agent, a “ Collateral Account ,” and collectively, the “ Collateral Accounts ”), and such Grantor shall not commingle any such Proceeds, and shall hold separate and apart from all other property, all such Proceeds in express trust for the benefit of the Administrative Agent until delivery thereof is made to the Administrative Agent.

(c) Following the delivery of notice pursuant to clause (b)(ii) during the continuance of an Event of Default, the Administrative Agent shall have the right to apply any amount in the Collateral Account to the payment of any Secured Obligations which are due and payable or in accordance with Section 7.6 of the Credit Agreement.

(d) With respect to each of the Collateral Accounts, it is hereby confirmed and agreed that (i) deposits in such Collateral Account are subject to a security interest as contemplated hereby, (ii) such Collateral Account shall be under the control of the Administrative Agent after the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default (unless otherwise agreed to by the Borrower and the Majority Lenders), and (iii) the Administrative Agent shall have the sole right of withdrawal over such Collateral Account; provided that such withdrawals shall only be made during the existence of an Event of Default.


(e) No Grantor shall adjust, settle, or compromise the amount or payment of any Receivable, nor release wholly or partly any account debtor or obligor thereof, nor allow any credit or discount thereon; provided that, a Grantor may make such adjustments, settlements or compromises and release wholly or partly any account debtor or obligor thereof and allow any credit or discounts thereon so long as (i) such action is taken in the ordinary course of business, and (ii) such action is, in such Grantor’s good faith business judgment, advisable.

Section 4.4     As to Grantor’s Use of Collateral .

(a) Subject to clause (b) , each Grantor (i) may in the ordinary course of its business, at its own expense, sell, lease or furnish under the contracts of service any of the Inventory held by such Grantor for such purpose, and use and consume any raw materials, work in process or materials held by such Grantor for such purpose, (ii) following the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default, shall, at its own expense, endeavor to collect, as and when due, all amounts due with respect to any of the Collateral, including the taking of such action with respect to such collection as the Administrative Agent may request or, in the absence of such request, as such Grantor may deem advisable, and (iii) may grant, in the ordinary course of business, to any party obligated on any of the Collateral, any rebate, refund or allowance to which such party may be lawfully entitled, and may accept, in connection therewith, the return of Goods, the sale or lease of which shall have given rise to such Collateral.

(b) At any time following the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default, whether before or after the maturity of any of the Secured Obligations, the Administrative Agent may (i) revoke any or all of the rights of any Grantor set forth in clause (a) , (ii) notify any parties obligated on any of the Collateral to make payment to the Administrative Agent of any amounts due or to become due thereunder, and (iii) enforce collection of any of the Collateral by suit or otherwise and surrender, release, or exchange all or any part thereof, or compromise or extend or renew for any period (whether or not longer than the original period) any indebtedness thereunder or evidenced thereby.

(c) Upon request of the Administrative Agent following the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default, each Grantor will, at its own expense, notify any parties obligated on any of the Collateral to make payment to the Administrative Agent of any amounts due or to become due thereunder.

(d) At any time following the occurrence and during the continuation of an Event of Default, the Administrative Agent may endorse, in the name of the applicable Grantor, any item, howsoever received by the Administrative Agent, representing any payment on or other Proceeds of any of the Collateral.

Section 4.5     As to Equipment and Inventory and Goods . Each Grantor agrees to take such action (or cause its Restricted Subsidiaries that are also Credit Parties to take such action), including endorsing certificates of title or executing applications for transfer of title, as is reasonably required by the Administrative Agent to enable it to properly perfect and protect its


Lien on all Certificated Equipment and to transfer the same. Each Grantor agrees to take such action (or cause its Restricted Subsidiaries that are also Credit Parties to take such action) as is reasonably requested by the Administrative Agent to enable it to properly perfect and protect its Lien on Equipment and Inventory and Goods that such Grantor has transferred from a jurisdiction within the United States of America or its offshore waters to a jurisdiction outside of the United States of America or its offshore waters. Notwithstanding anything else in this Section 4.5, it is understood and agreed that no such actions shall be required with respect to Excluded Collateral or Excluded Perfection Collateral.

Section 4.6     As to Intellectual Property Collateral . Each Grantor covenants and agrees to comply with the following provisions as such provisions relate to any Intellectual Property Collateral material to the operations or business of such Grantor:

(a) such Grantor will not (i) do or fail to perform any act whereby any such Patent Collateral may lapse or become abandoned or dedicated to the public or unenforceable except upon the expiration of the life of the applicable patent, (ii) permit any of its licensees to (A) fail to continue to use any of such Trademark Collateral in order to maintain all of such Trademark Collateral in full force free from any claim of abandonment for non-use, (B) fail to maintain as in the past the quality of products and services offered under all such Trademark Collateral, (C) fail to employ all of such Trademark Collateral registered with any federal or state, or if requested by the Administrative Agent, foreign authority with an appropriate notice of such registration, (D) knowingly adopt or use any other Trademark which is confusingly similar or a colorable imitation of any such Trademark Collateral, (E) use any such Trademark Collateral registered with any federal, state or if requested by the Administrative Agent, foreign authority except for the uses for which registration or application for registration of all of the Trademark Collateral has been made, or (F) do or permit any act or knowingly omit to do any act whereby any such Trademark Collateral may lapse or become invalid or unenforceable, or (iii) do or permit any act or knowingly omit to do any act whereby any such Copyright Collateral or any such Trade Secrets Collateral may lapse or become invalid or unenforceable or placed in the public domain except upon expiration of the end of an unrenewable term of a registration thereof, unless, in the case of any of the foregoing requirements in clauses (i) , (ii)  and (iii) , such Grantor shall reasonably and in good faith determine that any of such Intellectual Property Collateral is of negligible economic value to such Grantor or in the case of Trade Secret Collateral, the publication of such information is customary in the ordinary course of business of such Grantor;

(b) such Grantor shall promptly notify the Administrative Agent if it knows that any application or registration relating to any material item of such Intellectual Property Collateral may become abandoned or dedicated to the public or placed in the public domain or invalid or unenforceable (other than upon the expiration of the life of the applicable patent), or of any adverse determination or development (including the institution of, or any such determination or development in, any proceeding in the United States Patent and Trademark Office, the United States Copyright Office or if requested by the Administrative Agent, any foreign counterpart thereof or any court) regarding such Grantor’s ownership of any such Intellectual Property Collateral, its right to register the same or to keep and maintain and enforce the same;


(c) in no event will such Grantor or any of its agents, employees, designees or licensees file an application for the registration of any such material Intellectual Property Collateral with the United States Patent and Trademark Office, the United States Copyright Office or any similar office or agency in any other country or any political subdivision thereof, unless it promptly informs the Administrative Agent, and upon request of the Administrative Agent (subject to the terms of the Credit Agreement), such Grantor shall execute and deliver all agreements, instruments and documents as the Administrative Agent may reasonably request to evidence the Administrative Agent’s security interest in such Intellectual Property Collateral;

(d) such Grantor will take all necessary steps, including in any proceeding before the United States Patent and Trademark Office, the United States Copyright Office or (subject to the terms of the Credit Agreement), if requested by the Administrative Agent, any similar office or agency in any other country or any political subdivision thereof, to maintain and pursue any application (and to obtain the relevant registration) filed with respect to, and to maintain any registration of, each such Intellectual Property Collateral, including the filing of applications for renewal, affidavits of use, affidavits of incontestability and opposition, interference and cancellation proceedings and the payment of fees and taxes (except to the extent that dedication, abandonment or invalidation is permitted under the foregoing clause (a)  or (b)  or to the extent such Grantor shall reasonably and in good faith determine is of immaterial economic value to such Grantor);

(e) following the obtaining of an interest in any such Intellectual Property Collateral by such Grantor, such Grantor shall deliver a supplement to Schedule II identifying such new Intellectual Property Collateral; and

(f) following the obtaining of an interest in any such Intellectual Property Collateral by such Grantor or, following the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default, upon the request of the Administrative Agent, such Grantor shall deliver all agreements, instruments and documents the Administrative Agent may reasonably request to evidence the Administrative Agent’s security interest in such Intellectual Property Collateral and as may otherwise be required to acknowledge or register or perfect the Administrative Agent’s interest in any part of such item of Intellectual Property Collateral unless such Grantor shall determine in good faith (and if an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, with the consent of the Administrative Agent) that any Intellectual Property Collateral is of negligible economic value to such Grantor.

Section 4.7     As to Electronic Chattel Paper and Transferable Records . If any Grantor at any time holds or acquires an interest in any electronic chattel paper or any “transferable record,” as that term is defined in Section 201 of the U.S. Federal Electronic Signatures in Global and National Commerce Act, or in Section 16 of the U.S. Uniform Electronic Transactions Act as in effect in any relevant jurisdiction, with a value in excess of $2,000,000, such Grantor shall promptly notify the Administrative Agent thereof and, at the reasonable request of the Administrative Agent, shall take such action as the Administrative Agent may reasonably request to vest in the Administrative Agent control (for the ratable benefit of Secured Parties) under Section 9-105 of the UCC of such electronic chattel paper or control under Section 201 of the Federal Electronic Signatures in Global and National Commerce Act or, as the case may be, Section 16 of the Uniform Electronic Transactions Act, as so in effect in such


jurisdiction, of such transferable record. The Administrative Agent agrees with each Grantor that the Administrative Agent will arrange, pursuant to procedures reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent and so long as such procedures will not result in the Administrative Agent’s loss of control, for such Grantor to make alterations to the electronic chattel paper or transferable record permitted under Section 9-105 of the UCC or, as the case may be, Section 201 of the U.S. Federal Electronic Signatures in Global and National Commerce Act or Section 16 of the U.S. Uniform Electronic Transactions Act for a party in control to allow without loss of control, unless an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing or would occur after taking into account any action by such Grantor with respect to such electronic chattel paper or transferable record.

Section 4.8     As to Certificated Equipment . Unless delivered to the Administrative Agent in accordance with Section 4.5, the certificates of title with respect to Certificated Equipment shall be maintained at the applicable Grantor’s offices.

Section 4.9     Trade Secrets . With respect to any patent applications in preparation for filing that comprise Trade Secret Collateral, Grantor shall have the right to assert its attorney-client privilege in such applications and not to disclose such applications unless and until an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing. If an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, then at the request of the Administrative Agent, the Grantors shall deliver to the Administrative Agent any patent applications in preparation for filing and all documents and things embodying, incorporating or referring to inventions that in any way relate to such patent application.

Section 4.10     As to Commercial Tort Claims . If any Grantor shall obtain an interest in any commercial tort claim with a potential value in excess of $2,000,000, such Grantor shall within 20 days of obtaining such interest sign and deliver documentation acceptable to the Administrative Agent granting a security interest under the terms and provisions of this Agreement in and to such commercial tort claim including a supplement to Schedule IV hereto.

Section 4.11     As to Material Real Estate . (a) If any Material Real Estate is acquired (with any increase in net book value or fair market value that causes any real property to become Material Real Property being deemed to be an acquisition for this purpose) by a Credit Party after the Funding Date, such Credit Party shall cause such Material Real Estate and any associated fixtures to be subjected to a Lien securing the Secured Obligations and shall take, and cause the other applicable Credit Parties to take, such actions as shall be necessary (or reasonably requested by the Administrative Agent), including the granting of a Mortgage on such owned real estate, as soon as commercially reasonable but in no event later than 90 days (such Material Real Estate subject to a Mortgage, “ Mortgaged Property ”), unless extended by the Administrative Agent in its sole discretion, to grant and perfect such Liens. (b) Any Mortgage delivered to the Administrative Agent in accordance with the preceding clause (a) shall be accompanied by (w) to the extent available in the applicable jurisdiction, a policy or policies (or an unconditional binding commitment therefor to be replaced by a final title policy) of title insurance issued by a title insurance company or similar insurer recognized in such jurisdiction, in such amounts as reasonably acceptable to the Administrative Agent not to exceed the fair market value of the applicable Mortgaged Property, insuring the Lien of each Mortgage as a valid first Lien on the Mortgaged Property described therein, free of any other Liens except as


expressly permitted by the Credit Agreement and otherwise in form and substance reasonably acceptable to the Administrative Agent (the “ Title Policy ”), together with such endorsements, coinsurance and reinsurance as the Administrative Agent may reasonably request but only to the extent such endorsements are (i) available in the relevant jurisdiction (provided, in no event shall the Administrative Agent request a creditors’ rights endorsement) and (ii) available at commercially reasonable rates, (x) an opinion of local counsel to the applicable Credit Party in form and substance reasonably acceptable to the Administrative Agent, (y) a completed “Life-of-Loan” Federal Emergency Management Agency Standard Flood Hazard Determination, and if any improvements on such Mortgaged Property are located in a special flood hazard area, (i) a notice about special flood hazard area status and flood disaster assistance duly executed by the applicable Credit Parties and (ii) evidence of the insurance required by the Credit Agreement in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent, and (z) an ALTA survey in a form and substance reasonably acceptable to the Administrative Agent or such existing survey together with a no-change affidavit sufficient for the title company to issue the survey related endorsements and to remove all standard survey exceptions from the Title Policy related to such Mortgaged Property and issue the endorsements required in (w) above.

Section 4.12     Further Assurances, etc. Each Grantor shall warrant and defend the right and title herein granted unto the Administrative Agent in and to the Collateral (and all right, title and interest represented by the Collateral) against the claims and demands of all Persons whomsoever. Each Grantor agrees that, from time to time at its own expense, it will promptly execute and deliver all further instruments and documents, and take all further action, that may be necessary or that the Administrative Agent may reasonably request, in order to perfect, preserve and protect any security interest granted or purported to be granted hereby or to enable the Administrative Agent to exercise and enforce its rights and remedies hereunder with respect to any Collateral (other than, as to perfection, Excluded Perfection Collateral) subject to the terms hereof. Each Grantor agrees that, upon the acquisition after the date hereof by such Grantor of any Collateral, with respect to which the security interest granted hereunder is not perfected automatically upon such acquisition, to take such actions with respect to such Collateral (other than, as to perfection, Excluded Perfection Collateral) or any part thereof as required by the Credit Documents. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, each Grantor will:

(a) from time to time upon the request of the Administrative Agent, promptly deliver to the Administrative Agent such stock powers, instruments and similar documents, reasonably satisfactory in form and substance to the Administrative Agent, with respect to such Collateral as the Administrative Agent may reasonably request and will, from time to time upon the request of the Administrative Agent, after the occurrence and during the continuance of any Event of Default, (i) promptly transfer any securities constituting Collateral into the name of any nominee designated by the Administrative Agent and (ii) if any Collateral shall be evidenced by an Instrument, negotiable Document, promissory note or tangible Chattel Paper, deliver and pledge to the Administrative Agent hereunder such Instrument, negotiable Document, promissory note, Pledged Note or tangible Chattel Paper duly endorsed and accompanied by duly executed instruments of transfer or assignment, all in form and substance satisfactory to the Administrative Agent;


(b) file (and hereby authorize the Administrative Agent to file) such financing statements or continuation statements, or amendments thereto, and such other instruments or notices (including any assignment of claim form under or pursuant to the federal assignment of claims statute, 31 U.S.C. § 3726, any successor or amended version thereof or any regulation promulgated under or pursuant to any version thereof), as may be necessary or that the Administrative Agent may reasonably request in order to perfect and preserve the security interests and other rights granted or purported to be granted to the Administrative Agent hereby; and

(c) furnish to the Administrative Agent, from time to time at the Administrative Agent’s reasonable request, statements and schedules further identifying and describing the Collateral and such other reports in connection with the Collateral as the Administrative Agent may reasonably request, all in reasonable detail.

The authorization contained in Section 4.10(b) above shall be irrevocable and continuing until Payment in Full. Each Grantor agrees that a carbon, photographic or other reproduction of this Security Agreement or any UCC financing statement covering the Collateral or any part thereof shall be sufficient as a UCC financing statement where permitted by law. Each Grantor hereby authorizes the Administrative Agent to file financing statements describing as the collateral covered thereby “all of the debtor’s personal property or assets” or words to that effect, notwithstanding that such wording may be broader in scope than the Collateral described in this Security Agreement.

ARTICLE V

THE ADMINISTRATIVE AGENT

Section 5.1     Administrative Agent Appointed Attorney-in-Fact . Each Grantor hereby irrevocably appoints the Administrative Agent its attorney-in-fact, with full authority in the place and stead of such Grantor and in the name of such Grantor or otherwise, from time to time in the Administrative Agent’s discretion, following the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default, to take any action and to execute any instrument which the Administrative Agent may deem necessary or advisable to accomplish the purposes of this Security Agreement, including (a) to ask, demand, collect, sue for, recover, compromise, receive and give acquittance and receipts for moneys due and to become due under or in respect of any of the Collateral, (b) to receive, endorse, and collect any drafts or other Instruments, Documents and Chattel Paper, in connection with clause (a)  above, (c) to file any claims or take any action or institute any proceedings which the Administrative Agent may deem necessary or desirable for the collection of any of the Collateral or otherwise to enforce the rights of the Administrative Agent with respect to any of the Collateral, and (d) to perform the affirmative obligations of such Grantor hereunder. EACH GRANTOR HEREBY ACKNOWLEDGES, CONSENTS AND AGREES THAT THE POWER OF ATTORNEY GRANTED PURSUANT TO THIS SECTION 5.1 IS IRREVOCABLE AND COUPLED WITH AN INTEREST AND SHALL BE EFFECTIVE UNTIL PAYMENT IN FULL.

Section 5.2     Administrative Agent May Perform . If any Grantor fails to perform any agreement contained herein, the Administrative Agent may, during the continuance of any Event of Default, itself perform, or cause performance of, such agreement, and the expenses of the


Administrative Agent incurred in connection therewith shall be payable by such Grantor pursuant to Section 6 .3 hereof and Section 9.1 of the Credit Agreement and the Administrative Agent may from time to time take any other action which the Administrative Agent reasonably deems necessary for the maintenance, preservation or protection of any of the Collateral or of its security interest therein.

Section 5.3     Administrative Agent Has No Duty . The powers conferred on the Administrative Agent hereunder are solely to protect its interest (on behalf of the Secured Parties) in the Collateral and shall not impose any duty on it to exercise any such powers. Except for reasonable care of any Collateral in its possession and the accounting for moneys actually received by it hereunder, the Administrative Agent shall have no duty as to any Collateral or responsibility for (a) ascertaining or taking action with respect to calls, conversions, exchanges, maturities, tenders or other matters relative to any Investment Property and any other Pledged Property, whether or not the Administrative Agent has or is deemed to have knowledge of such matters, or (b) taking any necessary steps to preserve rights against prior parties or any other rights pertaining to any Collateral.

Section 5.4     Reasonable Care . The Administrative Agent is required to exercise reasonable care in the custody and preservation of any of the Collateral in its possession; provided, that the Administrative Agent shall be deemed to have exercised reasonable care in the custody and preservation of any of the Collateral (a) if such Collateral is accorded treatment substantially equal to that which the Administrative Agent accords its own personal property, or (b) if the Administrative Agent takes such action for that purpose as any Grantor reasonably requests in writing at times other than upon the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default; provided , further , that failure of the Administrative Agent to comply with any such request at any time shall not in itself be deemed a failure to exercise reasonable care.

ARTICLE VI

REMEDIES

Section 6.1     Certain Remedies . If any Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing:

(a) The Administrative Agent may exercise in respect of the Collateral, in addition to other rights and remedies provided for herein or otherwise available to it, all the rights and remedies of a secured party on default under the UCC (whether or not the UCC applies to the affected Collateral) and also may (i) take possession of any Collateral not already in its possession without demand and without legal process, (ii) require any Grantor to, and each Grantor hereby agrees that it will, at its expense and upon request of the Administrative Agent forthwith, assemble all or part of the Collateral as directed by the Administrative Agent and make it available to the Administrative Agent at a place to be designated by the Administrative Agent that is reasonably convenient to both parties, (iii) subject to applicable Legal Requirement or agreements with landlords, bailees, or warehousemen, enter onto the property where any Collateral is located and take possession thereof without demand and without legal process, (iv) without notice except as specified below, lease, license, sell or otherwise dispose of the Collateral or any part thereof in one or more parcels at public or private sale, at any of the Administrative Agent’s offices or elsewhere, for cash, on credit or for future delivery, and upon


such other terms as the Administrative Agent may deem commercially reasonable. Each Grantor agrees that, to the extent notice of sale shall be required by law, at least ten (10) days’ prior notice to the applicable Grantor of the time and place of any public sale or the time of any private sale is to be made shall constitute reasonable notification; provided , however , that with respect to Collateral that is (x) perishable or threatens to decline speedily in value, or (y) is of a type customarily sold on a recognized market (including Investment Property), no notice of sale or disposition need be given. For purposes of this Article VI , notice of any intended sale or disposition of any Collateral may be given by first-class mail, hand-delivery (through a delivery service or otherwise), facsimile or email, and shall be deemed to have been “sent” upon deposit in the U.S. Mails with adequate postage properly affixed, upon delivery to an express delivery service or upon electronic submission through telephonic or internet services, as applicable. The Administrative Agent shall not be obligated to make any sale of Collateral regardless of notice of sale having been given. The Administrative Agent may adjourn any public or private sale from time to time by announcement at the time and place fixed therefor, and such sale may, without further notice, be made at the time and place to which it was so adjourned.

(b) Each Grantor that is or may become a fee estate owner of property where any Collateral is located (regardless of ownership thereof by any other Grantor) agrees and acknowledges that (i) Administrative Agent may remove the Collateral or any part thereof from such property in accordance with statutory law appertaining thereto without objection, delay, hindrance or interference by such Grantor and in such case such Grantor will make no claim or demand whatsoever against the Collateral, (ii) it will (x) cooperate with Administrative Agent in its efforts to assemble and/or remove all of the Collateral located on such property; (y) permit Administrative Agent and its agents to enter upon such property and occupy the property at any or all times to conduct an auction or sale, and/or to inspect, audit, examine, safeguard, assemble, appraise, display, remove, maintain, prepare for sale or lease, repair, lease, transfer, auction and/or sell the Collateral; and (z) not hinder Administrative Agent’s actions in enforcing its security interest in the Collateral.

(c) Each Grantor agrees and acknowledges that a commercially reasonable disposition of Inventory, Equipment, Goods, Computer Hardware and Software Collateral, or Intellectual Property Collateral may be by lease or license of, in addition to the sale of, such Collateral. Each Grantor further agrees and acknowledges that the following shall be deemed a reasonable commercial disposition: (i) a disposition made in the usual manner on any recognized market, (ii) a disposition at the price current in any recognized market at the time of disposition, and (iii) a disposition in conformity with reasonable commercial practices among dealers in the type of property subject to the disposition.

(d) All cash Proceeds received by the Administrative Agent in respect of any sale of, collection from, or other realization upon, all or any part of the Collateral shall be applied by the Administrative Agent against, all or any part of the Obligations as set forth in Section 7.6 of the Credit Agreement. The Administrative Agent shall not be obligated to apply or pay over for application noncash proceeds of collection or enforcement unless (i) the failure to do so would be commercially unreasonable, and (ii) the affected party has provided the Administrative Agent with a written demand to apply or pay over such noncash proceeds on such basis.


(e) The Administrative Agent may do any or all of the following: (i) transfer all or any part of the Collateral into the name of the Administrative Agent or its nominee, with or without disclosing that such Collateral is subject to the Lien hereunder, (ii) notify the parties obligated on any of the Collateral to make payment to the Administrative Agent of any amount due or to become due thereunder, (iii) withdraw, or cause or direct the withdrawal, of all funds with respect to the Collateral Account, (iv) enforce collection of any of the Collateral by suit or otherwise, and surrender, release or exchange all or any part thereof, or compromise or extend or renew for any period (whether or not longer than the original period) any obligations of any nature of any party with respect thereto, (v) endorse any checks, drafts, or other writings in the applicable Grantor’s name to allow collection of the Collateral, (vi) take control of any Proceeds of the Collateral, or (vii) execute (in the name, place and stead of the applicable Grantor) endorsements, assignments, stock powers and other instruments of conveyance or transfer with respect to all or any of the Collateral.

Section 6.2     Compliance with Restrictions . Each Grantor agrees that in any sale of any of the Collateral whenever an Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing, the Administrative Agent is hereby authorized to comply with any limitation or restriction in connection with such sale as it may be advised by counsel is necessary in order to avoid any violation of applicable Legal Requirement (including compliance with such procedures as may restrict the number of prospective bidders and purchasers, require that such prospective bidders and purchasers have certain qualifications, and restrict such prospective bidders and purchasers to Persons who will represent and agree that they are purchasing for their own account for investment and not with a view to the distribution or resale of such Collateral), or in order to obtain any required approval of the sale or of the purchaser by any Governmental Authority or official, and each Grantor further agrees that such compliance shall not result in such sale being considered or deemed not to have been made in a commercially reasonable manner, nor shall the Administrative Agent be liable nor accountable to such Grantor for any discount allowed by the reason of the fact that such Collateral is sold in compliance with any such limitation or restriction.

Section 6.3     Indemnity and Expenses .

(a) WITHOUT LIMITING THE GENERALITY OF THE PROVISIONS OF SECTION 9.1 OF THE CREDIT AGREEMENT, EACH GRANTOR HEREBY INDEMNIFIES AND HOLDS HARMLESS THE ADMINISTRATIVE AGENT, EACH SECURED PARTY AND EACH OF THEIR RESPECTIVE OFFICERS, DIRECTORS, EMPLOYEES AND AGENTS (ANY OF THE FOREGOING BEING, AN “ INDEMNITEE ”) FROM AND AGAINST ANY AND ALL CLAIMS, DAMAGES, LOSSES AND LIABILITIES ARISING OUT OF OR RESULTING FROM THIS SECURITY AGREEMENT OR ANY OTHER CREDIT DOCUMENT (INCLUDING ENFORCEMENT OF THIS SECURITY AGREEMENT), EXCEPT CLAIMS, LOSSES OR LIABILITIES THAT (I) ARE FOUND IN A FINAL, NON-APPEALABLE JUDGMENT BY A COURT OF COMPETENT JURISDICTION TO HAVE RESULTED FROM SUCH INDEMNITEE’S BAD FAITH, GROSS NEGLIGENCE OR WILLFUL MISCONDUCT, (II) RESULT FROM A CLAIM BROUGHT BY A GRANTOR AGAINST AN INDEMNITEE FOR BREACH IN BAD FAITH OF SUCH INDEMNITEE’S OBLIGATIONS HEREUNDER OR UNDER ANY OTHER CREDIT DOCUMENT, IF SUCH GRANTOR HAS OBTAINED A FINAL AND


NONAPPEALABLE JUDGMENT IN ITS FAVOR ON SUCH CLAIM AS DETERMINED BY A COURT OF COMPETENT JURISDICTION OR (III) A DISPUTE AMONG OR BETWEEN INDEMNITEES (EXCEPT TO THE EXTENT THAT SUCH INDEMNIFIED LOSS WAS INCURRED BY OR ASSERTED AGAINST THE ADMINISTRATIVE AGENT, ANY ARRANGER OR ISSUING LENDER IN ITS CAPACITY AS SUCH) AND NOT INVOLVING ANY ACT OR OMISSION OF THE GRANTORS; PROVIDED, HOWEVER, THAT, TO THE EXTENT THIS INDEMNITY WOULD OTHERWISE APPLY, IT IS THE INTENTION OF THE PARTIES HERETO THAT EACH INDEMNITEE BE INDEMNIFIED IN THE CASE OF ITS OWN NEGLIGENCE (OTHER THAN GROSS NEGLIGENCE), REGARDLESS OF WHETHER SUCH NEGLIGENCE IS SOLE OR CONTRIBUTORY, ACTIVE OR PASSIVE, IMPUTED, JOINT OR TECHNICAL . If and to the extent that the foregoing undertaking may be unenforceable for any reason, each Grantor hereby agrees to make the maximum contribution to the payment and satisfaction of each of the foregoing which is permissible under applicable Legal Requirement.

(b) Other than as set forth in clause (c)  below, each Grantor will upon demand pay to the Administrative Agent the amount of any and all out-of-pocket expenses, including the reasonable fees and disbursements of its counsel and of any experts and agents, which the Administrative Agent may incur in connection herewith, including in connection with the administration of this Security Agreement and the custody, preservation, use or operation of, any of the Collateral in accordance with Section 9.1 of the Credit Agreement.

(c) Each Grantor will upon demand pay to the Administrative Agent the amount of any and all out-of-pocket expenses, including the fees and disbursements of its counsel and of any experts and agents, which the Administrative Agent may incur in connection (i) the sale of, collection from, or other realization upon, any of the Collateral, (ii) the exercise or enforcement of any of the rights of the Administrative Agent or any of the Secured Parties hereunder, or (iii) the failure by any Grantor to perform or observe any of the provisions hereof.

Section 6.4     Warranties . The Administrative Agent may sell the Collateral without giving any warranties or representations as to the Collateral. The Administrative Agent may disclaim any warranties of title or the like. Each Grantor agrees that this procedure will not be considered to adversely affect the commercial reasonableness of any sale of the Collateral.

ARTICLE VII

MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS

Section 7.1     Credit Document . This Security Agreement is a Credit Document executed pursuant to the Credit Agreement and shall (unless otherwise expressly indicated herein) be construed, administered and applied in accordance with the terms and provisions thereof, including Article 9 thereof.

Section 7.2     Binding on Successors, Transferees and Assigns; Assignment . This Security Agreement shall remain in full force and effect until Payment in Full, shall be binding upon each Grantor and its successors, transferees and assigns and, subject to the limitations set forth in the Credit Agreement, shall inure to the benefit of and be enforceable by each Secured Party and its successors, transferees and assigns; provided that, no Grantor shall assign any of its obligations hereunder (unless otherwise permitted under the terms of the Credit Agreement or this Security Agreement).


Section 7.3     Amendments, etc. No amendment to or waiver of any provision of this Security Agreement, nor consent to any departure by any Grantor from its obligations under this Security Agreement, shall in any event be effective unless the same shall be in writing and signed by the Administrative Agent (on behalf of the Lenders or the Majority Lenders, as the case may be, pursuant to Section 9.2 of the Credit Agreement) and such Grantor and then such waiver or consent shall be effective only in the specific instance and for the specific purpose for which given.

Section 7.4     Notices . Except as otherwise provided in this Security Agreement, all notices and other communications provided for hereunder shall be in writing and hand delivered with written receipt, telecopied, sent by facsimile (with a hard copy sent as otherwise permitted pursuant to the Credit Agreement), sent by a nationally recognized overnight courier, or sent by certified mail, return receipt requested to the appropriate party at the address or facsimile number of such party specified in the Credit Agreement, on the signature pages of this Security Agreement or at such other address or facsimile number as may be designated by such party in a notice to the other party. Except as otherwise provided in this Security Agreement, all such notices and communications shall be effective when delivered.

Section 7.5     No Waiver; Remedies . In addition to, and not in limitation of Section 2.7, no failure on the part of any Secured Party to exercise, and no delay in exercising, any right hereunder shall operate as a waiver thereof, nor shall any single or partial exercise of any right hereunder preclude any other or further exercise thereof or the exercise of any other right. The remedies herein provided are cumulative and not exclusive of any remedies provided by law.

Section 7.6     Headings . The various headings of this Security Agreement are inserted for convenience only and shall not affect the meaning or interpretation of this Security Agreement or any provisions thereof.

Section 7.7     Severability . Any provision of this Security Agreement which is prohibited or unenforceable in any jurisdiction shall, as to such provision and such jurisdiction, be ineffective to the extent of such prohibition or unenforceability without invalidating the remaining provisions of this Security Agreement or affecting the validity or enforceability of such provision in any other jurisdiction.

Section 7.8     Counterparts . This Security Agreement may be executed by the parties hereto in several counterparts, each of which shall be deemed to be an original and all of which shall constitute together but one and the same agreement. Delivery of an executed counterpart of a signature page to this Security Agreement by facsimile or other electronic transmission shall be effective as delivery of a manually executed counterpart of this Security Agreement.

Section 7.9     Consent as Holder of Equity and as Pledged Interests Issuer . Each Grantor hereby (a) consents to the execution by each other Grantor of this Security Agreement and grant by each other Grantor of a security interest, encumbrance, pledge and hypothecation in all Pledged Interests and other Collateral of such other Grantor to the Administrative Agent


pursuant hereto, and (b) without limiting the generality of the foregoing, consents to the transfer of any Pledged Interest to the Administrative Agent or its nominee pursuant to the terms of this Security Agreement following the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default and to the substitution of the Administrative Agent or its nominee as a partner under the limited partnership agreement or as a member under the limited liability company agreement, in any case, as heretofore and hereafter amended. Furthermore, each Grantor as the holder of any Equity Interests in a Pledged Interests Issuer, hereby (i) waives all rights of first refusal, rights to purchase, and rights to consent to transfer (to any Secured Party or to any purchaser resulting from the exercise of a Secured Party’s remedy provided hereunder or under applicable Legal Requirement) and (ii) if required by the organizational documents of such Pledged Interests Issuer, agrees to cause such Pledged Interests Issuer to register the Lien granted hereunder and encumbering such Equity Interests in the registry books of such Pledged Interests Issuer.

Section 7.10     Additional Grantors . Additional Wholly-Owned Domestic Restricted Subsidiaries of Borrower may from time to time enter into this Security Agreement as a Grantor. Upon execution and delivery after the date hereof by the Administrative Agent and such Wholly-Owned Domestic Restricted Subsidiary of an instrument in the form of Annex 1, such Wholly-Owned Domestic Restricted Subsidiary shall become a Grantor hereunder with the same force and effect as if originally named as a Grantor herein. The execution and delivery of any instrument adding an additional Grantor as a party to this Security Agreement shall not require the consent of any other Grantor hereunder. The rights and obligations of each Grantor hereunder shall remain in full force and effect notwithstanding the addition of any new Grantor as a party to this Security Agreement.

Section 7.11     Acknowledgment of Pledged Interests Issuers . Each Pledged Interests Issuer that is party hereto agrees that it will comply with instructions of the Administrative Agent with respect to the applicable Uncertificated Securities without further consent by the applicable Grantor.

Section 7.12     Conflicts with Credit Agreement . To the fullest extent possible, the terms and provisions of the Credit Agreement shall be read together with the terms and provisions of this Security Agreement so that the terms and provisions of this Security Agreement do not conflict with the terms and provisions of the Credit Agreement; provided, however, notwithstanding the foregoing, in the event that any of the terms or provisions of this Security Agreement conflict with any terms or provisions of the Credit Agreement, the terms or provisions of the Credit Agreement shall govern and control for all purposes; provided that the inclusion in this Security Agreement of terms and provisions, supplemental rights or remedies in favor of the Administrative Agent not addressed in the Credit Agreement shall not be deemed to be in conflict with the Credit Agreement and all such additional terms, provisions, supplemental rights or remedies contained herein shall be given full force and effect.

Section 7.13     Governing Law . This Security Agreement shall be governed by, and construed and enforced in accordance with, the laws of the State of New York.

Section 7.14     Submission to Jurisdiction . EACH GRANTOR PARTY TO THIS SECURITY AGREEMENT IRREVOCABLY AND UNCONDITIONALLY SUBMITS, FOR ITSELF AND ITS PROPERTY, TO THE NONEXCLUSIVE JURISDICTION OF THE


COURTS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK SITTING IN NEW YORK COUNTY AND OF THE UNITED STATES DISTRICT COURT OF THE SOUTHERN DISTRICT OF NEW YORK, AND ANY APPELLATE COURT FROM ANY THEREOF, IN ANY ACTION OR PROCEEDING ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO THIS SECURITY AGREEMENT, OR FOR RECOGNITION OR ENFORCEMENT OF ANY JUDGMENT, AND EACH OF THE GRANTORS PARTY HERETO IRREVOCABLY AND UNCONDITIONALLY AGREES THAT ALL CLAIMS IN RESPECT OF ANY SUCH ACTION OR PROCEEDING MAY BE HEARD AND DETERMINED IN SUCH NEW YORK STATE COURT OR, TO THE FULLEST EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LEGAL REQUIREMENT, IN SUCH FEDERAL COURT. EACH OF THE GRANTORS PARTY HERETO AGREES THAT A FINAL JUDGMENT IN ANY SUCH ACTION OR PROCEEDING SHALL BE CONCLUSIVE AND MAY BE ENFORCED IN OTHER JURISDICTIONS BY SUIT ON THE JUDGMENT OR IN ANY OTHER MANNER PROVIDED BY APPLICABLE LEGAL REQUIREMENT. NOTHING IN THIS SECURITY AGREEMENT SHALL AFFECT ANY RIGHT THAT ANY PARTY MAY OTHERWISE HAVE TO BRING ANY ACTION OR PROCEEDING RELATING TO THIS SECURITY AGREEMENT AGAINST ANY OTHER PARTY OR ITS PROPERTIES IN THE COURTS OF ANY JURISDICTION.

Section 7.15     Waiver of Venue . EACH GRANTOR PARTY HERETO IRREVOCABLY AND UNCONDITIONALLY WAIVES, TO THE FULLEST EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LEGAL REQUIREMENT, ANY OBJECTION THAT IT MAY NOW OR HEREAFTER HAVE TO THE LAYING OF VENUE OF ANY ACTION OR PROCEEDING ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO THIS SECURITY AGREEMENT IN ANY COURT REFERRED TO IN SECTION 7.14 . EACH OF THE PARTIES HERETO HEREBY AGREES THAT SECTIONS 5-1401 AND 4-1402 OF THE GENERAL OBLIGATIONS LAW OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK SHALL APPLY TO THIS SECURITY AGREEMENT AND IRREVOCABLY WAIVES, TO THE FULLEST EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LEGAL REQUIREMENT, THE DEFENSE OF AN INCONVENIENT FORUM TO THE MAINTENANCE OF SUCH ACTION OR PROCEEDING IN ANY SUCH COURT.

Section 7.16     Service of Process . Each Grantor party hereto irrevocably consents to service of process in the manner provided for notices in Section 9.9 of the Credit Agreement.

Nothing in this Security Agreement will affect the right of any party hereto to serve process in any other manner permitted by applicable Legal Requirement.

Section 7.17     Waiver of Jury . EACH GRANTOR PARTY HERETO HEREBY IRREVOCABLY WAIVES, TO THE FULLEST EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LEGAL REQUIREMENT, ANY RIGHT IT MAY HAVE TO A TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY LEGAL PROCEEDING DIRECTLY OR INDIRECTLY ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO THIS SECURITY AGREEMENT OR THE TRANSACTIONS CONTEMPLATED HEREBY (WHETHER BASED ON CONTRACT, TORT OR ANY OTHER THEORY). EACH GRANTOR PARTY HERETO (A) CERTIFIES THAT NO REPRESENTATIVE, AGENT OR ATTORNEY OF ANY OTHER PERSON HAS REPRESENTED, EXPRESSLY OR OTHERWISE, THAT SUCH OTHER PERSON WOULD NOT, IN THE EVENT OF LITIGATION, SEEK TO ENFORCE THE FOREGOING WAIVER AND (B)


ACKNOWLEDGES THAT IT AND THE OTHER PARTIES HERETO HAVE BEEN INDUCED TO ENTER INTO THIS SECURITY AGREEMENT BY, AMONG OTHER THINGS, THE MUTUAL WAIVERS AND CERTIFICATIONS IN THIS SECTION.

THIS SECURITY AGREEMENT AND THE OTHER CREDIT DOCUMENTS REPRESENT THE FINAL AGREEMENT BETWEEN THE PARTIES AND SUPERSEDE ALL PRIOR UNDERSTANDINGS AND AGREEMENTS, WHETHER WRITTEN OR ORAL, RELATING TO THE TRANSACTIONS PROVIDED FOR HEREIN AND THEREIN. ADDITIONALLY, THIS SECURITY AGREEMENT AND THE CREDIT DOCUMENTS MAY NOT BE CONTRADICTED BY EVIDENCE OF PRIOR, CONTEMPORANEOUS, OR SUBSEQUENT ORAL AGREEMENTS OF THE PARTIES.

THERE ARE NO UNWRITTEN ORAL AGREEMENTS BETWEEN THE PARTIES.

[Remainder of this page intentionally left blank. Signature pages to follow.]


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, each of the parties hereto has caused this Security Agreement to be duly executed and delivered by its Responsible Officer as of the date first above written.

 

GRANTORS

NINE ENERGY SERVICE, INC.,

a Delaware Corporation

By:    
Name:  
Title:  

[Signature Page to Pledge and Security Agreement]


CDK PERFORATING, LLC,
a Texas limited liability company
NORTHERN STATES COMPLETIONS, INC.,
a Delaware corporation
PEAK PRESSURE CONTROL, LLC,
a Texas limited liability company

BECKMAN PRODUCTION SERVICES, INC.

(DELAWARE), a Delaware corporation

BIG LAKE SERVICES, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company
REDZONE COIL TUBING, LLC, a Texas limited liability company
SJL WELL SERVICE, LLC, an Oklahoma limited liability company
NORTHERN PRODUCTION COMPANY, LLC, a Wyoming limited liability company
NINE ENERGY SERVICE, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company
CDK PERFORATING HOLDINGS, INC., a Delaware corporation
CDK INTERMEDIATE, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company
DAK-TANA WIRELINE, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company
CREST PUMPING TECHNOLOGIES, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company
NINE DOWNHOLE TECHNOLOGIES, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company
BIG LAKE SERVICES HOLDCO, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company
REDZONE HOLDCO LLC a Delaware limited liability company

[Signature Page to Pledge and Security Agreement]


BECKMAN PRODUCTION SERVICES, INC. (MICHIGAN), a Michigan corporation
R & S WELL SERVICE, INC., a Wyoming corporation
J & R WELL SERVICE, LLC, a Michigan limited liability company
By:    
Name:  
Title:  

[Signature Page to Pledge and Security Agreement]


JPMORGAN CHASE BANK, N.A. , as Administrative Agent
By:    
Name:  
Title:  

[Signature Page to Pledge and Security Agreement]


SCHEDULE I

to Pledge and Security

Agreement

ITEM A – PLEDGED INTERESTS

 

   

Common Stock

   

Pledgor

 

Pledged Interests
Issuer
(corporate)

 

Cert. #

 

# of Shares

 

Authorized
Shares

 

% of Total
Shares Pledged

[●]

         

 

   

Limited Liability Company Interests

   
 

(Uncertificated unless otherwise noted)

 

Pledgor

 

Pledged Interests
Issuer (limited liability
company)

 

% of Limited Liability
Company Interests
Owned

 

% of Limited
Liability
Company
Interests Pledged

[●]

     

[Security Agreement Schedules]


ITEM B – PLEDGED NOTES

[Security Agreement Schedules]


SCHEDULE II to Pledge and Security

Agreement

Item A-1. Location of Grantor for purposes of UCC.

 

Grantor    Location   
Nine Energy Service, Inc.    Delaware   
[●]      

Item A-2. Grantor’s place of business or principal office.

Nine Energy Service, Inc.

Address:

[●]

Item A-3. Taxpayer ID number.

 

Nine Energy Service, Inc.    80-0759121   
[●]      

Item B. Merger or other corporate reorganization.

[●]

[Security Agreement Schedules]


SCHEDULE III – A

to Pledge and Security

Agreement

INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY COLLATERAL

Item A. Patent Collateral .

Issued Patents

[●]

Pending Patent Applications

[●]

Patent Applications in Preparation

[●]

[Security Agreement Schedules]


SCHEDULE III – B

to Pledge and Security

Agreement

Item B. Trademark Collateral

 

Grantor

 

Registration #

 

Serial #

 

Trademark

[●]

     

[Security Agreement Schedules]


SCHEDULE III – C

to Pledge and Security

Agreement

Item C. Copyright Collateral .

[●]

[Security Agreement Schedules]


SCHEDULE IV

to Pledge and Security

Agreement

COMMERCIAL TORT CLAIMS

[●]

[Security Agreement Schedules]


Annex 1 to Pledge and Security

Agreement

SUPPLEMENT NO.      dated as of , 20      (this “ Supplement ”), to the Pledge and Security Agreement dated as of                      , 2017 (as amended, supplemented, restated, or otherwise modified from time to time, the “ Security Agreement ”), among NINE ENERGY SERVICE, INC., a Delaware corporation (the “ Borrower ”) and each subsidiary of the Borrower party thereto from time to time (collectively with the Borrower, the “ Grantors ” and individually, a “ Grantor ”), and JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., as Administrative Agent (in such capacity, the “ Administrative Agent ”) for the ratable benefit of the Secured Parties (as defined in the Credit Agreement referred to herein).

A. Reference is made to the Credit Agreement dated as of                      , 2017 (as amended, restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, the “ Credit Agreement ”), among the Borrower, the lenders from time to time party thereto (the “Lenders”), the Issuing Lenders (as defined in the Credit Agreement), and JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., as Administrative Agent.

B. Capitalized terms used herein and not otherwise defined herein shall have the meanings assigned to such terms in the Security Agreement and the Credit Agreement.

C. Section 7.10 of the Security Agreement provides that additional Wholly-Owned Domestic Restricted Subsidiaries of the Borrower may become Grantors under the Security Agreement by execution and delivery of an instrument in the form of this Supplement. The undersigned Wholly-Owned Domestic Restricted Subsidiary of the Borrower (the “ New Grantor ”) is executing this Supplement in accordance with the requirements of the Credit Agreement to become a Grantor under the Security Agreement.

Accordingly, the Administrative Agent and the New Grantor agree as follows:

SECTION 1.    In accordance with Section 7.10 of the Security Agreement, the New Grantor by its signature below becomes a Grantor under the Security Agreement with the same force and effect as if originally named therein as a Grantor and the New Grantor hereby agrees (a) to all the terms and provisions of the Security Agreement applicable to it as a Grantor thereunder and (b) represents and warrants that the representations and warranties made by it as a Grantor thereunder are true and correct on and as of the date hereof. In furtherance of the foregoing, the New Grantor, as security for the payment and performance in full of the Secured Obligations (as defined in the Credit Agreement), does hereby create and grant to the Administrative Agent, its successors and assigns, for the benefit of the Secured Parties, their successors and assigns as provided in the Security Agreement, a continuing security interest in and Lien on all of the New Grantor’s right, title and interest in and to the Collateral (as defined in the Security Agreement) of the New Grantor. Each reference to a “Grantor” in the Security Agreement shall be deemed to include the New Grantor. The Security Agreement is hereby incorporated herein by reference.

SECTION 2.    The New Grantor represents and warrants to the Administrative Agent and the other Secured Parties that this Supplement has been duly authorized, executed and delivered


by it and constitutes its legal, valid and binding obligation, enforceable against it in accordance with its terms (subject to applicable bankruptcy, reorganization, insolvency, moratorium or similar laws affecting creditors’ rights generally and subject, as to enforceability, to equitable principles of general application (regardless of whether enforcement is sought in a proceeding in equity or at law)).

SECTION 3.    This Supplement may be executed in counterparts, each of which shall constitute an original, but all of which when taken together shall constitute a single contract. This Supplement shall become effective when the Administrative Agent shall have received counterparts of this Supplement that, when taken together, bear the signatures of the New Grantor and the Administrative Agent. Delivery of an executed signature page to this Supplement by facsimile or other electronic transmission shall be as effective as delivery of a manually signed counterpart of this Supplement.

SECTION 4.    The New Grantor hereby agrees that the schedules attached to the Security Agreement are hereby supplemented by the corresponding schedules attached to this Supplement. The New Grantor hereby represents and warrants that the information provided in the schedules attached hereto are true and correct as of the date hereof.

SECTION 5.    The New Grantor hereby expressly acknowledges and agrees to the terms of Section 6.3. (Indemnity and Expenses) of the Security Agreement and expressly acknowledges the irrevocable proxy provided in Section 4.1(e) of the Security Agreement. In furtherance thereof, NEW GRANTOR HEREBY GRANTS THE ADMINISTRATIVE AGENT AN IRREVOCABLE PROXY (WHICH IRREVOCABLE PROXY SHALL CONTINUE IN EFFECT UNTIL PAYMENT IN FULL) EXERCISABLE UNDER THE CIRCUMSTANCES PROVIDED IN SECTION 4.1 OF THE SECURITY AGREEMENT, TO VOTE THE PLEDGED INTERESTS, INVESTMENT PROPERTY AND SUCH OTHER COLLATERAL .

SECTION 6.    Except as expressly supplemented hereby, the Security Agreement shall remain in full force and effect.

SECTION 7.    This Supplement shall be deemed a contract under, and shall be governed by, and construed and enforced in accordance with, the laws of the State of New York (including Section 5-1401 and Section 5-1402 of the General Obligations Law of the State of New York), applicable to contracts made and to be performed entirely within such state, including without regard to conflicts of laws principles, except to the extent that the validity or perfection of the security interests hereunder, or remedies hereunder, in respect of any particular Collateral are governed by the laws of a jurisdiction other than the State of New York.

SECTION 8.    In case any one or more of the provisions contained in this Supplement should be held invalid, illegal or unenforceable in any respect, neither party hereto shall be required to comply with such provision for so long as such provision is held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable, but the validity, legality and enforceability of the remaining provisions contained herein and in the Security Agreement shall not in any way be affected or impaired The parties hereto shall endeavor in good-faith negotiations to replace the invalid, illegal or unenforceable provisions with valid provisions the economic effect of which comes as close as possible to that of the invalid, illegal or unenforceable provisions.


SECTION 9.    All communications and notices hereunder shall be in writing and given as provided in the Security Agreement. All communications and notices hereunder to the New Grantor shall be given to it at the address set forth under its signature hereto.

SECTION 10.    The New Grantor agrees to reimburse the Administrative Agent for its reasonable out-of-pocket expenses in connection with this Supplement, including the reasonable fees, other charges and disbursements of counsel for the Administrative Agent.

SECTION 11.     Submission to Jurisdiction . NEW GRANTOR IRREVOCABLY AND UNCONDITIONALLY SUBMITS, FOR ITSELF AND ITS PROPERTY, TO THE NONEXCLUSIVE JURISDICTION OF THE COURTS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK SITTING IN NEW YORK COUNTY AND OF THE UNITED STATES DISTRICT COURT OF THE SOUTHERN DISTRICT OF NEW YORK, AND ANY APPELLATE COURT FROM ANY THEREOF, IN ANY ACTION OR PROCEEDING ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO THIS SUPPLEMENT, OR FOR RECOGNITION OR ENFORCEMENT OF ANY JUDGMENT, AND NEW GRANTOR IRREVOCABLY AND UNCONDITIONALLY AGREES THAT ALL CLAIMS IN RESPECT OF ANY SUCH ACTION OR PROCEEDING MAY BE HEARD AND DETERMINED IN SUCH NEW YORK STATE COURT OR, TO THE FULLEST EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LEGAL REQUIREMENT, IN SUCH FEDERAL COURT. NEW GRANTOR AGREES THAT A FINAL JUDGMENT IN ANY SUCH ACTION OR PROCEEDING SHALL BE CONCLUSIVE AND MAY BE ENFORCED IN OTHER JURISDICTIONS BY SUIT ON THE JUDGMENT OR IN ANY OTHER MANNER PROVIDED BY LAW. NOTHING IN THIS SUPPLEMENT SHALL AFFECT ANY RIGHT THAT ANY PARTY MAY OTHERWISE HAVE TO BRING ANY ACTION OR PROCEEDING RELATING TO THIS SUPPLEMENT AGAINST ANY OTHER PARTY OR ITS PROPERTIES IN THE COURTS OF ANY JURISDICTION.

SECTION 12.     Waiver of Venue . NEW GRANTOR IRREVOCABLY AND UNCONDITIONALLY WAIVES, TO THE FULLEST EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LEGAL REQUIREMENT, ANY OBJECTION THAT IT MAY NOW OR HEREAFTER HAVE TO THE LAYING OF VENUE OF ANY ACTION OR PROCEEDING ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO THIS SUPPLEMENT IN ANY COURT REFERRED TO IN SECTION 11. NEW GRANTOR HEREBY AGREES THAT SECTIONS 5-1401 AND 4-1402 OF THE GENERAL OBLIGATIONS LAW OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK SHALL APPLY TO THIS SUPPLEMENT AND IRREVOCABLY WAIVES, TO THE FULLEST EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LEGAL REQUIREMENT, THE DEFENSE OF AN INCONVENIENT FORUM TO THE MAINTENANCE OF SUCH ACTION OR PROCEEDING IN ANY SUCH COURT.

SECTION 13.     Service of Process . New Grantor irrevocably consents to service of process in the manner provided for notices in Section 9.9 of the Credit Agreement. Nothing in this Supplement will affect the right of any party hereto to serve process in any other manner permitted by applicable Legal Requirement.


Section 7.18     Waiver of Jury . NEW GRANTOR HEREBY IRREVOCABLY WAIVES, TO THE FULLEST EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LEGAL REQUIREMENT, ANY RIGHT IT MAY HAVE TO A TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY LEGAL PROCEEDING DIRECTLY OR INDIRECTLY ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO THIS SUPPLEMENT OR THE TRANSACTIONS CONTEMPLATED HEREBY (WHETHER BASED ON CONTRACT, TORT OR ANY OTHER THEORY). NEW GRANTOR (A) CERTIFIES THAT NO REPRESENTATIVE, AGENT OR ATTORNEY OF ANY OTHER PERSON HAS REPRESENTED, EXPRESSLY OR OTHERWISE, THAT SUCH OTHER PERSON WOULD NOT, IN THE EVENT OF LITIGATION, SEEK TO ENFORCE THE FOREGOING WAIVER AND (B) ACKNOWLEDGES THAT IT AND THE OTHER PARTIES HERETO HAVE BEEN INDUCED TO ENTER INTO THIS SUPPLEMENT BY, AMONG OTHER THINGS, THE MUTUAL WAIVERS AND CERTIFICATIONS IN THIS SECTION.

THIS SUPPLEMENT, THE SECURITY AGREEMENT AND THE OTHER CREDIT DOCUMENTS, AS DEFINED IN THE CREDIT AGREEMENT REFERRED TO IN THIS SUPPLEMENT, REPRESENT THE FINAL AGREEMENT AMONG THE PARTIES AND MAY NOT BE CONTRADICTED BY EVIDENCE OF PRIOR, CONTEMPORANEOUS, OR SUBSEQUENT ORAL AGREEMENTS OF THE PARTIES.

THERE ARE NO UNWRITTEN ORAL AGREEMENTS AMONG THE PARTIES HERETO.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the New Grantor and the Administrative Agent have duly executed this Supplement to the Security Agreement as of the day and year first above written.

 

[Name of New Grantor]
By:    
Name:  
Title:  
Address:  
JPMORGAN CHASE BANK, N.A., as Administrative Agent
By:    
Name:  
Title:  


SCHEDULES TO SUPPLEMENT NO. 1

[AS APPROPRIATE]


EXHIBIT D

COMPLIANCE CERTIFICATE

FOR THE PERIOD FROM                      , 201    TO                      , 201   

This certificate dated as of                      ,          is prepared pursuant to the Credit Agreement dated as of 14, 2017 (as amended, restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, the “ Credit Agreement ”) among Nine Energy Service, Inc., a Delaware corporation (“ Borrower ”), the lenders party thereto (the “ Lenders ”), the Issuing Lenders, and JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., as Administrative Agent (as each such term is defined in the Credit Agreement). Unless otherwise defined in this certificate, capitalized terms used herein that are defined in the Credit Agreement shall have the meanings assigned to them in the Credit Agreement.

The undersigned, on behalf of the Borrower, certifies that:

(a) all of the representations and warranties made by or on behalf of any Credit Party contained in the Credit Documents are true and correct in all material respects (except that such materiality qualifier does not apply to any representations and warranties that already are qualified or modified by materiality in the text thereof) as if made on this date, except that any representation and warranty which by its terms is made as of a specified date is true and correct in all material respects (except that such materiality qualifier does not apply to any representations and warranties that already are qualified or modified by materiality in the text thereof) only as of such specified date;

(b) attached hereto in Schedule A is a reasonably detailed spreadsheet reflecting the calculations of, as of the date and for the periods covered by this certificate, Funded Debt, EBITDA, Fixed Charges (including Maintenance Capital Expenditures expended by Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary), Net Funded Debt and Total Asset Value;

(c) [no Default or Event of Default has occurred or is continuing as of the date hereof;]

—or—

[(c) the following Default[s] or Event[s] of Default exist[s] as of the date hereof, if any, and the actions set forth below are being taken to remedy such circumstances:

;]

(d) [as of the last day of the most recent fiscal quarter, either (i) the EBITDA of the Borrower for such fiscal quarter is not less than $10,000,000 or (ii) at least one Asset Coverage Ratio Appraisal Report has been delivered by the Borrower to the Administrative Agent within the last four fiscal quarters;]

—or—

(d) [the Borrower has ordered an Asset Coverage Ratio Appraisal Report, which the Borrower shall deliver to the Administrative Agent as soon as possible, and in any case within 45 days of the date the financial statements to which this Compliance Certificate is attached were required to be delivered to the Administrative Agent;]


(e) [(i) attached hereto as Exhibit A are any financial statements (other than those delivered pursuant to Sections 5.2(a) and 5.2(b) of the Credit Agreement) relied upon for the purpose of calculating EBITDA and (ii) such financial statements fairly present the financial condition, results of operations, shareholders’ equity and cash flows of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries in all material respects in accordance with GAAP;] 1

(f) as of the last day of the most recent fiscal quarter, (i) the Net Income of the Credit Parties was no less than 95% of the consolidated Net Income of the Borrower and its Domestic Restricted Subsidiaries and (ii) the net book value of all assets of the Credit Parties was no less than 95% of the aggregate consolidated net book value of all assets of the Borrower and its Domestic Restricted Subsidiaries; and

(g) as of the date hereof for the periods set forth below the following statements, amounts, and calculations included herein and in Schedule A , are true and correct in all material respects:

 

I.     Leverage Ratio for the fiscal quarter ending                      , 20      (the “Testing Period”)  
  (a)     Funded Debt as of the last day of such fiscal quarter      $                                                     
  (b)   EBITDA for the applicable period 2      $                                                     
    Leverage Ratio = (a) to (b) =   

 

    Maximum Leverage Ratio                   to 1.00 3  
    Compliance      Yes            No  
II.     Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio  
  (a)   EBITDA for the applicable period      $                                                     
  (b)   Fixed Charges for such period      $                                                     
    Coverage Ratio = (a) to (b) =   

 

    Minimum Coverage Ratio      1.50 to 1.00 4  
    Compliance      Yes            No  
III.         Asset Coverage Ratio  
  (a)   Total Asset Value as of the last day of such fiscal quarter      $                                                     
  (b)   Net Funded Debt as of the most recent fiscal quarter for which financial statements have been delivered (including any pro forma repayment of debt to the extent permitted to reduce Net Funded Debt by Section 6.18)      $                                                     
    Coverage Ratio = (a) to (b) =   

 

    Minimum Coverage Ratio      1.25 to 1.00 5  
    Compliance      Yes            No  

 

1   Include if a Four Quarter EBITDA Election has been made.
2   In accordance with the Credit Agreement, EBITDA shall be subject to pro forma adjustments for Acquisitions and Nonordinary Course Asset Sales assuming that such transactions had occurred on the first day of the determination period, which adjustments shall be in a manner reasonably acceptable to the US Administrative Agent.
3   Borrower shall not permit the Leverage Ratio as of the last day of each fiscal quarter, commencing with the first fiscal quarter ending after (and including) the Funding Date, to be more than (a) 3.25 to 1.00 for each fiscal quarter ending on or prior to March 31, 2018, (b) 3.00 to 1.00 for each fiscal quarter ending on or prior to December 31, 2018, (c) 2.75 to 1.00 for each fiscal quarter ending on or prior to June 30, 2019 and (d) 2.50 to 1.00 for each fiscal quarter ending on September 30, 2019 and thereafter.
4   Borrower shall not permit the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio as of the last day of (a) the first fiscal quarter of the Borrower ending after (and including) the Funding Date, based on the results for such fiscal quarter, (b) the second fiscal quarter of the Borrower ending after the Funding Date, based on the results for the two fiscal quarter period ending on such day, (c) the third fiscal quarter of the Borrower ending after the Funding Date, based on the results for the three fiscal quarter period ending on such day, and (d) beginning with the fourth fiscal quarter of the Borrower ending after the Funding Date, based on the results for each four fiscal quarter period ending on or after such date, in each case to be less than 1.50 to 1.00.
5   Borrower shall not permit the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio as of the last day of (a) the first fiscal quarter of the Borrower ending after (and including) the Funding Date, based on the results for such fiscal quarter, (b) the second fiscal quarter of the Borrower ending after the Funding Date, based on the results for the two fiscal quarter period ending on such day, (c) the third fiscal quarter of the Borrower ending after the Funding Date, based on the results for the three fiscal quarter period ending on such day, and (d) beginning with the fourth fiscal quarter of the Borrower ending after the Funding Date, based on the results for each four fiscal quarter period ending on or after such date, in each case to be less than 1.50 to 1.00.

 

2


IV.     Maximum Capital Expenditure 6  
  (a)   Leverage Ratio (See I(b) above)   

 

  (b)   Total Capital Expenditures      $                                                     
 

(c)

(d)

 

Equity Funded Capital Expenditures

Capped Capital Expenditures = (b) minus (c)

    

$                                                   

$                                                   

 

 

    Compliance      Yes            No 7  

 

6   Include in annual compliance certificates only.
7   Either (a) Leverage Ratio ³ 2.50:1.00 or (b) Capped Capital Expenditures < (i)for the fiscal year ending December 31, 2018, $70 million or (ii) for each subsequent fiscal year, 75% of EBITDA for the prior fiscal year.

 

3


IN WITNESS THEREOF, I have hereto signed my name to this Compliance Certificate as of                      ,          .

NINE ENERGY SERVICE, INC.

 

NINE ENERGY SERVICE, INC.
By:    
Name:    
Title:    

 

Signature Page


EXHIBIT E

NOTICE OF BORROWING

                              ,                 

JPMORGAN CHASE BANK, N.A.

JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A.

712 Main Street, 5 th Floor

Houston, Texas 77002

Ladies and Gentlemen:

The undersigned, Nine Energy Service, Inc., a Delaware corporation (“ Borrower ”), refers to the Credit Agreement dated as of 14, 2017 (as the same may be amended or modified from time to time, the “ Credit Agreement ,” the defined terms of which are used in this Notice of Borrowing as defined therein unless otherwise defined in this Notice of Borrowing) among the Borrower, the lenders party thereto (the “ Lenders ”), the Issuing Lenders, and JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., as Administrative Agent (as each such term is defined therein). The Borrower hereby gives you irrevocable notice pursuant to Section 2.4(a) of the Credit Agreement that the Borrower hereby requests a Borrowing consisting of [Revolving Advances][Term Loan Advance], and in connection with that request sets forth below the information relating to such Borrowing (the “ Proposed Borrowing ”) as required by Section 2.4(a) of the Credit Agreement:

(a)    The Business Day of the Proposed Borrowing is                              ,                  .

(b)    The Proposed Borrowing will be composed of [Base Rate Advances][Eurocurrency Advances].

(c)    The aggregate amount of the Proposed Borrowing is $                      .

(d)    [The Interest Period for each Eurocurrency Advance made as part of the Proposed Borrowing is month(s)].

The Borrower hereby certifies that the following statements are true on the date hereof, and will be true on the date of the Proposed Borrowing:

(i)    the representations and warranties contained in the Credit Agreement and each of the other Credit Documents are true and correct in all material respects (except that such materiality qualifier does not apply to any representations and warranties that already are qualified or modified by materiality in the text thereof), on and as of the date of the Proposed Borrowing, before and after giving effect to such Proposed Borrowing, as though made on the date of the Proposed Borrowing except for those representations and warranties that are expressly made as of an earlier date or period which are true and correct as of such earlier date or period (except that such materiality qualifier does not apply to any representations and warranties that already are qualified or modified by materiality in the text thereof); and

(ii)    no Default has occurred and is continuing, or would result from such Proposed Borrowing.


Very truly yours,
NINE ENERGY SERVICE, INC.
By:    
Name:      
Title:    


EXHIBIT F

NOTICE OF CONTINUATION OR CONVERSION

                                      ,                     

JPMORGAN CHASE BANK, N.A.

JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A.

712 Main Street, 5 th Floor

Houston, Texas 77002

Ladies and Gentlemen:

The undersigned, Nine Energy Service, Inc., a Delaware corporation (“Borrower”), refers to the Credit Agreement dated as of 14, 2017 (as the same may be amended or modified from time to time, the “Credit Agreement,” the defined terms of which are used in this Notice of Continuation or Conversion as defined therein unless otherwise defined in this Notice of Continuation or Conversion) among the Borrower, the lenders party thereto (the “Lenders”), the Issuing Lenders, and JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., as Administrative Agent (as each such term is defined therein). The Borrower hereby gives you irrevocable notice pursuant to Section 2.4(b) of the Credit Agreement that the Borrower hereby requests a [Conversion][Continuation] of outstanding [Revolving Advances][Term Loan Advances] and in connection with that request sets forth below the information relating to such Borrowing (the “ Proposed Borrowing ”) as required by Section 2.4(b) of the Credit Agreement:

1.    The Business Day of the Proposed Borrowing is                                      ,                      .

2.    The aggregate amount of the existing [Revolving Advances][Term Loan Advances] to be [Converted] [Continued] is $                      and is comprised of [Base Rate Advances][Eurocurrency Advances] (“ Existing Advances ”).

3.    The Proposed Borrowing consists of [a Conversion of the Existing Advances to [Base Rate Advances] [Eurocurrency Advances]] [a Continuation of the Existing Advances].

4.    [The Interest Period for the Proposed Borrowing is [                  month[s]].]

The Borrower hereby certifies that the following statements are true on the date hereof, and will be true on the date of the Proposed Borrowing:

A.    the representations and warranties contained in the Credit Agreement and each of the other Credit Documents are true and correct in all material respects (except that such materiality qualifier does not apply to any representations and warranties that already are qualified or modified by materiality in the text thereof), on and as of the requested funding date of this Proposed Borrowing, before and after giving effect to such Proposed Borrowing, as though made on and as of such date except for those representations and warranties which were expressly made as of an earlier date or period which are true and correct as of such earlier date or period (except that such materiality qualifier does not apply to any representations and warranties that already are qualified or modified by materiality in the text thereof); and

B.    no Default has occurred and is continuing or would result from such Proposed Borrowing.


Very truly yours,
NINE ENERGY SERVICE, INC.
By:  

 

Name:  

 

Title:  

 


Execution Version

SCHEDULE I

COMMITMENTS, CONTACT INFORMATION

 

ADMINISTRATIVE AGENT AND ISSUING LENDER

Notices: Principal/Interest/Fees

JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A.

712 Main Street, 5 th Floor

Houston, Texas 77002

 

Attn: Greg George

Phone: 713.216.6291

Fax: 713.216.7794

Email: gregory.george@Jpmorgan.com

  

Documentation Contact

JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A.

712 Main Street, 5 th Floor

Houston, Texas 77002

 

Attn: Greg George

Phone: 713.216.6291

Fax: 713.216.7794

Email: gregory.george@Jpmorgan.com

ISSUING LENDER

Notices:

ZB, N.A. DBA Amegy Bank

1801 Main Street

Houston, Texas 77002

 

Attn: Special Processing

Phone:

Fax: 713.693.7467

Email: special.processing@amegybank.com

  

Documentation Contact

ZB, N.A. DBA Amegy Bank

1717 West Loop South, 23 rd Floor

Houston, Texas 77027

 

Attn: Rachel Pletcher

Phone: 713.232.1434

Fax:

Email: Rachel.pletcher@amegybank.com

CREDIT PARTIES
Borrowers/Guarantors   

Addressc/o Nine Energy Service, Inc.

Greenspoint Plaza 4

16945 Northchase Drive, Suite 1600

Houston, Texas 77060

Attn:Ann Fox

Fax:713-227-7850


LENDERS    TERM
COMMITMENT
     REVOLVING
COMMITMENT
 

JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A.

   $ 24,285,714.29      $ 15,714,285.71  

Wells Fargo Bank, National Association

   $ 26,785,714.29      $ 10,714,285.71  

ZB, N.A. dba Amegy Bank

   $ 22,224,868.01      $ 8,889,946.81  

Goldman Sachs Bank USA

   $ 14,285,714.00      $ 5,714,286.00  

Comerica Bank

   $ 8,928,571.43      $ 3,571,428.57  

HSBC Bank USA, N.A.

   $ 10,000,000.00      $ 0.00  

IberiaBank

   $ 7,142,857.14      $ 2,857,142.86  

Bank of America, N.A.

   $ 6,346,560.84      $ 2,538,624.34  

The Bank of Nova Scotia

   $ 5,000,000.00      $ 0.00  

TOTAL

   $ 125,000,000.00      $ 50,000,000.00  


SCHEDULE II

EXISTING LETTER OF CREDIT

That certain Letter of Credit No. SBFTX300457, issued by ZB, N.A dba Amegy Bank for the account of Beckman Production Services, Inc. in favor of Zurich American Insurance Company (as amended prior to the Funding Date).


SCHEDULE 4.1

ORGANIZATIONAL INFORMATION

 

Entity Name    Type of Organization    Jurisdiction of Formation

Beckman Production Services, Inc. (Delaware)

  

Corporation

  

Delaware

Beckman Production Services, Inc. (Michigan)

  

Corporation

  

Michigan

Big Lake Services Holdco, LLC

  

Limited Liability Company

  

Delaware

Big Lake Services, LLC

  

Limited Liability Company

  

Delaware

CDK Intermediate, LLC

  

Limited Liability Company

  

Delaware

CDK Perforating Holdings, Inc.

  

Corporation

  

Delaware

CDK Perforating, LLC

  

Limited Liability Company

  

Texas

Crest Pumping Technologies, LLC

  

Limited Liability Company

  

Delaware

Dak-Tana Wireline, LLC

  

Limited Liability Company

  

Delaware

J & R Well Service, LLC

  

Limited Liability Company

  

Michigan

Nine Downhole Technologies, LLC

  

Limited Liability Company

  

Delaware

Nine Energy Canada Inc.

  

Corporation

  

Alberta, Canada

Nine Energy Service, LLC

  

Limited Liability Company

  

Delaware

Nine Energy Service, Inc.

  

Corporation

  

Delaware

Northern Production Company, LLC

  

Limited Liability Company

  

Wyoming

Northern States Completions, Inc.

  

Corporation

  

Delaware

Peak Pressure Control, LLC

  

Limited Liability Company

  

Texas

R & S Well Service, Inc.

  

Limited Liability Company

  

Wyoming

RedZone Coil Tubing, LLC

  

Limited Liability Company

  

Texas

RedZone Holdco, LLC

  

Limited Liability Company

  

Delaware

SJL Well Service, LLC

  

Limited Liability Company

  

Oklahoma


SCHEDULE 4.10

ENVIRONMENTAL CONDITIONS

Beckman Production Services, Inc. received a notice of non-compliance from the Michigan Department of Environmental Quality for an improper discharge of brining water operations under Part 31 and Groundwater Discharge Permit No. GW1550009. It submitted a plan of mitigation to regain compliance on August 17, 2017.


SCHEDULE 4.11

SUBSIDIARIES

 

Entity Name:

Beckman Production Services, Inc. (Delaware)

Beckman Production Services, Inc. (Michigan)

Big Lake Services Holdco, LLC

Big Lake Services, LLC

CDK Intermediate, LLC

CDK Perforating Holdings, Inc.

CDK Perforating, LLC

Crest Pumping Technologies, LLC

Dak-Tana Wireline, LLC

First Call Well Services, LLC

J & R Well Service, LLC

Nine Downhole Technologies, LLC

Nine Energy Canada Inc.

Nine Energy Service, LLC

Northern Production Company, LLC

Northern States Completions, Inc.

Peak Pressure Control, LLC

R & S Well Service, Inc.

RedZone Coil Tubing, LLC

RedZone Holdco, LLC

SJL Well Service, LLC


SCHEDULE 5.7

REQUIREMENTS FOR NEW SUBSIDIARIES

Within (i) 14 days of creating a new Subsidiary or acquiring a new Subsidiary, and (ii) 20 Business Days of designating an Unrestricted Subsidiary as a Restricted Subsidiary under Section  5.7(b) , the Administrative Agent shall have received each of the following to the extent applicable:

(a)      Guaranty . A joinder and supplement to the Guaranty executed by such Subsidiary if such Subsidiary is a Wholly-Owned Domestic Restricted Subsidiary;

(b)      Security Agreement . A joinder and/or supplement to the Security Agreement (1) if such Subsidiary is a Wholly-Owned Domestic Restricted Subsidiary, executed by such new Subsidiary and (ii) if such new Subsidiary is a Domestic Subsidiary or a First Tier Foreign Subsidiary, executed by the Borrower and any other Credit Party that owns Equity Interests in such new Subsidiary, together with, if applicable, stock certificates and stock powers executed in blank, UCC-1 financing statements, and any other documents, agreements, or instruments necessary to create and perfect an Acceptable Security Interest in the Collateral described in the Security Agreement, as so supplemented, which joinder and/or supplement will grant a Lien in, among other things, 100% of the Equity Interests of such new Subsidiary owned by the US Borrower or any other Credit Party (but in the case of any First Tier Foreign Subsidiary limited to no greater than 65% of the Voting Securities issued by such First Tier Foreign Subsidiary);

(c)      Corporate Documents . A secretary’s certificate from such new Wholly-Owned Domestic Restricted Subsidiary certifying such Subsidiary’s (1) officers’ incumbency, (ii) authorizing resolutions, (iii) organizational documents, (iv) necessary governmental approvals, and (v) certificate of good standing from the state in which each such Person is organized dated a date not earlier than 30 days prior to date of delivery or otherwise in effect on the date of delivery;

(d)      Patriot Act . All documentation and other information that is required by regulatory authorities under applicable “know your customer” and anti-money-laundering rules and regulations, including, without limitation, the Patriot Act; and

(e)      Opinion of Counsel . If reasonably requested by the Administrative Agent, an opinion of counsel in form and substance reasonably acceptable to the Administrative Agent related to such new Restricted Subsidiary and substantially similar to the legal opinions delivered at the Funding Date with respect to the other Restricted Subsidiaries in existence on the Funding Date.


SCHEDULE 6.1

PERMITTED DEBT

None.


SCHEDULE 6.2

PERMITTED LIENS

Lien in favor of De Lage Laden Financial Services, Inc. granted by CDK Perforating, LLC encumbering 1 new National NBT 45 Crane s/n 296464 mounted to 1 new Peterbilt 367 chassis VIN 1NPTX4TX1CD157616, including all components, additions, upgrades, attachments, accessions, substitutions, replacements and proceeds of such collateral.

Lien in favor of Air Liquide Industrial US LP granted by RedZone Coil Tubing, LLC encumbering Vessel—TW, S/N S1541, 13000 GAL Vaporizer—Thermax, S/N A6632-1 hose fill stand assem—acme S/N 44728 Telemetry—Dataquest, S/N FF793DE0.

Lien in favor of Air Liquide Industrial US LP granted by RedZone Coil Tubing, LLC encumbering Vessel 241105-1-5 Vessel VT13000-S1541 exchanger A6632-1 assembly 44728 telemetry FF793DE0 Vessel VT13000 exchanger A6762-1 telemetry 2563035 assembly 46806 assembly 241105-2-4.

Lien in favor of Rowley Brothers, Inc. dba Rowleys Wholesale granted by Beckman Production Services, Inc. encumbering the following described equipment, and any equpment previously loaned or which may be added or substituted for the following equipment, pursuant to a Loaned Equipment Agreement between “Secured Party” and “Debtor” dated 10/08/2012: 2-S3338 Samson 330 poly tank 5:1 pump with electronic meter, including 957 mini regulatore and 2051 1/4” steel nipple pre-installed on unit from factory.


SCHEDULE 6.3

PERMITTED INVESTMENTS

1.    Promissory Note dated June 30, 2014, made by Kevin Palma in favor of Nine Energy Service, Inc., in the original principal amount of $532,052.73.

2.    Promissory Note dated June 30, 2014, made by Christopher Cole Ortowski in favor of Nine Energy Service, Inc., in the original principal amount of $3,547,056.28.

3.    Promissory Note dated June 30, 2014, made by Cody Joe Ortowski in favor of Nine Energy Service, Inc., in the original principal amount of $3,547,056.28.


SCHEDULE 6.10

PERMITTED AFFILIATE TRANSACTIONS

None.

Exhibit 23.1

CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

We hereby consent to the use in this Amendment No. 4 to the Registration Statement on Form S-1 of Nine Energy Service, Inc. and its subsidiaries (“the Company”) of our report dated March 27, 2017, except for the effects of the revision discussed in Note 2 to the combined financial statements, as to which the date is May 2, 2017, and except for the effects of the merger of entities under common control described in Note 3 to the combined financial statements, as to which date is May 19, 2017, relating to the financial statements, which appears in such Registration Statement. We also consent to the reference to us under the heading “Experts” in such Registration Statement.

 

/s/ PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP
Houston, TX
November 13, 2017

Exhibit 23.2

Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

Nine Energy Services, Inc.

Houston, TX

We hereby consent to the use in the Prospectus constituting a part of this Registration Statement of our report dated March 21, 2017, relating to the consolidated financial statements of Beckman Production Services, Inc. (not presented separately therein), which is contained in that Prospectus.

We also consent to the reference to us under the caption “Experts” in the Prospectus.

/s/ BDO USA, LLP

Houston, Texas

November 13, 2017